ProdMan PDF

Página Principal
Product Manual
An Engineer’s Guide to Steam System Solutions
We do everything with steam

but create it.
INICIO
Boiler Controls
for level control/alarm and TDS control.
Accurate control of water level/alarm within the boiler

or tank while maintaining the proper TDS level of the
boiler water, are vital in the boiler room.
INICIO
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Controls Index
Tech. Illus. # Model Page No.
9.114 LP 10-4 Level Probe 1: 4

9.113 LC 1000 Level Controller 1: 6
9.101 LP 20 Capacitance Level Probe 1: 7
9.102 PA 20 Pre-Amplifier 1: 9
trols
lCon
Leve
9.104 LC 2500 Controller 1: 16
TI-P402-94-US LC 2610 Level Controller 1: 18
9.105 LT 2010 Level Transmitter 1: 20
9.116 Digital Display DS 1000 1: 22
9.401 APS 1 Probe Simulator 1: 23
9.110 LP 30 Self Monitoring Level Probe 1: 25
9.111 LP 31 High Level Alarm Probe l Alarms 1: 27
9.109 LC 3000 Level Controller
Leve 1: 29
9.403 S20 Sensor Chamber TP20 Temperature Sensor CP10 & PT2 1: 31
9.404 Recommended Pipeline Components for BCS1 Blowdown System 1: 33
9.202 CP 30 Conductivity probe 1: 34
CCD
9.106 BC 1100 Controller 1: 36
&
own
9.107 BC 3200 & BC3210 Controllers 1: 38
wd
9.201 BCV1 Solenoid Valve
er Blo 1: 40
l
9.302 BCV 31 Blowdown Control Valve Boi 1: 42
9.305 BCV 30 Blowdown Control Valve 1: 44
9.402 MS 1 Conductivity Meter 1: 47
9.303 KBV 20 Key operated Boiler Blowdown
wdown 1: 48
9.304 ABV 20 Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Blo 1: 50
9.301 BT 1000 Boiler Blowdown Timer ottom 1: 52
B
TIS INDEX US 11.02

1: 3
Controls INICIO
Boiler
LP 10-4
Controls
Level
Level Probe
• Single probe provides all the controls needed on a tank
• Suitable for use with steam boilers up to 464 psig
(32 barg)
• For level control and simple alarm duties
• Stainless steel and PFA wetted parts
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP10-4 level probe is used with Spirax Sarco LC1000
series level controllers to provide on / off level control and alarm functions in
steam boilers, tanks or other vessels.
The four tip probe is particularly suitable where 3-lamp 'electric gauge glass'
alarm/ level indicators are fitted. The probe body is grounded through its
screwed connection and the boiler or tank normally forms the ground return
path. The probe may also be used in concrete or plastic tanks by using one
of the tips as a ground return, or by providing a separate ground rod or plate. 1
The LP10-4 probe has four detachable level sensing tips which are cut to
length on installation to give the required switching levels. Note: Tips are
ordered separately, and are 39" long. Two sets of tips may be connected for
a maximum probe length of 82". When a tip is immersed in conductive liquid
it completes an electrical circuit to ground. When the level drops below the
tip, the resistance to ground becomes high, indicating to the controller that
the tip is out of the liquid.
Limiting conditions
Nominal pressure rating PN40
Maximum pressure 464 psig (32 bar)
Maximum temperature 462°F (239°C)
Maximum ambient temperature 158°F (70°C)
Minimum ambient temperature -40°F ( -20°C)
Protection rating NEMA 3R (IP54)
Maximum cable length (probe to controller) 100ft (30 m)
Maximum sensing depth 82" (2 095 mm)
Minimum sensing depth 3" (75 mm)
Materials
No. Part Material
Austenitic
1 Probe body Type 304L/ 1.4306
stainless steel
Austenitic
2 Probe tips Type 316/ 316L
stainless steel
3 Tip insulation PFA (Per Fluor Alkoxy)
sleeving
4 Lower housing PPS (Polyphenyline sulphide)
5 Upper housing PPS (Polyphenyline sulphide)
6 Gland support pad Thermoplastic elastomer
7 Cable gland PA (Polyamide)
8 Tip steady PEEK (Polyaryletherketone) Grade 450G
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product below the conditions quoted. Limiting conditions refer to standard connections only.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.
TIS 9.114 US 05.01
1: 4
INICIO
LP 10-4 Level Probe
Controls
Boiler
Safety information Dimensions / weight (approximate) in inches and lbs.
WARNING
A B C D Weight
Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10, as
2.3 1 3 2 2.5
well as to any National or Regional regulations.
This product is designed and constructed to withstand the forces
Controls
encountered during normal use.
Level
Use of the product for any purpose other than as a level probe could
cause damage to the product and may cause injury or fatality to per-
sonnel.
This product contains materials including plastics which can
give off toxic fumes if exposed to excessive heat. Additional envi-
ronmental protection is needed for installation outdoors.
Installation
This document does not contain sufficient information to
install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions provided with every unit.
The LP10-4 is designed for installation in a 1" NPT threaded flange or
cover. The probe tips are screwed to the probe body using the extension
connectors and lock-nuts provided, then cut to length before installation to
give the required switching levels. Tip steadies provide lateral support as
well as insulation between the tips. For deep tanks/ boilers, the switching
level may be extended to a maximum of 82" by fitting a second probe tip.
A minimum 80 mm (3") nominal bore protection tube is recommended if
installing the probe in a boiler, or in a tank which is subject to very turbu-
lent conditions.
Wiring How to specify

Wiring is straightforward on the LP10-4, as crimp connectors are used. Conductivity probe with austenitic stainless steel body and
Extra connectors are available as a spares kit. Terminal posts are colour probe tips, PFA tip insulation, suitable for steam boiler operation up
coded for easy identification. to 464 psig (462°F)
The wiring loom may be disconnected and removed without disturbing the
© Spirax Sarco, Inc. 2001
cable gland by lifting the gland carrier out of the lower housing. How to order
Example: 1 of Spirax Sarco LP10-4 probe with 39" tip assembly.
Maintenance
No special maintenance is required, though boiler water level controls do Available spares
require periodic testing and inspection which is described in separate lit- Crimp kit, comprising six flat crimp connectors and two ring
erature. crimps. Stock no. 4024480.
TIS 9.114 US 05.01

Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd., Blythewood, SC 29016 Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX (803) 714-2200
1: 5
INICIO
LC 1000 Level Controller
Description Clamping
Screw Configuration
The Spirax Sarco LC1000 controller is a two-channel, dual voltage Label
level controller for use with conductivity probes in conductive liquids. Power
The controller is suitable for use with virtually all qualities of industrial
waters from condensate or boiler water to salt solutions, and can
be used in water with an electrical conductivity as low as 10 micro
Siemens/cm. Channel A
The LC 1000 has two sensitivity levels and a wave filter function
which allows it to give a precise response under the very different
conductivity and turbulence conditions found in tanks and high
output boilers.
Both functions are switch-selectable.
The controller is set up before installation to suit the mains supply
voltage and to provide the required level control and level alarm Channel B
functions.
Configuration labels are provided for the controller front panel and
enclosure chassis plate.
Applications
The LC 1000 controller can provide the following functions, which
are selected by an 8-way switch on the printed circuit board:- Clamping
- High and low alarm - Pumping in/low alarm Screw
- Two low alarms - Pumping out/low alarm
- Two high alarms - Pumping in/high alarm
- Pumping out/high alarm General Wiring Diagram
Full commissioning instructions are given in the Installation and
Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit. Ch.A Ch.B
Select
Limiting Conditions Voltage Probe Inputs
Enclosure rating IP40 Internally Ch.B Ch.A
Maximum cable length (controller/probe) 100 ft. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Installation
WARNING:-Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the Norm
controller as live terminals will be exposed in the controller Norm or
L N
base. Pump Pump
The controller should be installed in an enclosure or control panel to Mains Alm On Pump Alm
provide environmental protection. The controller may be mounted or Alm
on a ‘top hat’ DIN rail using the mounting clip provided or the clip
may be removed and the controller base screwed direct to a chassis Dimensions (approximate) in inches
plate.
Screened cable is required for the probe. A suitable cable is Belden 2.1'' 4.2''
83654 (4-core). The same type of cable may also be used for the
mains wiring. Individual wiring diagrams and selection switch settings
are shown in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions.
Technical Data
Mains supply voltage
230V setting 198V - 264V
115V setting 99V - 121V 4.4''
Frequency 50 - 60Hz
Maximum power consumption 6VA
Materials
Case Polystyrene
Baseplate ABS (Reinforced)
Weight 1 lb
1''
How to Specify 4.3''
1- Spirax Sarco LC 1000 controller
Local regulation may restrict the use of this product below the conditions quoted. Limiting conditions refer to standard connections only.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. TIS 9.113 US 09.99
1: 6
INICIO
Controls
Boiler
Controls
LP 20 Capacitance Level Probe
Level
Pre-amplifier connector
• For modulating or on/off level control, and level alarm systems
• Suitable for pressures up to 464 psig, 462°F - (32 barg, 239°C)
• Multiple control/switching points possible

Cover assembly
• Easy to install - no cutting to length required
• No maintenance required
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP 20 is a capacitance probe designed for continuous
level detection in conductive liquids, in conjunction with a pre-amplifier,
which is supplied separately. It can also be used for adjustable on/off con- Body
trol.
It can be used with one or more controllers or transmitters to provide level
control, level alarms, and/or outputs to a building management system.
The probe is normally installed in a steam boiler or metal tank where it is
grounded through the 1/2" NPT taper connection, the boiler or tank forming
the ground return path.
It may be used in a non-conductive tank (e.g. plastic or concrete) if a ground
rod is provided.
A pre-amplifier, (described in separate literature), is screwed to the top of
the probe and hand tightened, enabling easy removal without the need to
disturb the probe. Probe
Limiting conditions
Maximum pressure 464 psig (32 barg)
Hydraulic test pressure 870 psig (60 barg)
PTFE sheathing
Materials
Probe body Austenitic stainless steel Type 316Ti W/S 1.4571
Cover assembly Austenitic stainless steel Type 316L
Probe (Sheathed) Austenitic stainless steel alloy UNS N08028
Probe sheathing PTFE BS6564 Grade UA Type 1
Pressure seal Fluorocarbon elastomer
‘O’ Ring Nitrite Rubber
Approvals
UL UL 508
United States Standard Industrial Control Accessory
(E203559)
cUL C22-2 Number 14
CSA Canadian Standard Industrial Control Accessory
(E203559 )
1: 7
INICIO
LP 20 Capacitance Level Probe

Controls
Boiler
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimetres Available probe lengths 'L'

(approximate) in inches and millimetres
14.6", 18.5", 23.6", 29.5", 35.4", 41.3", 47.2", 53.1", 59.1"
370, 470, 600, 750, 900, 1050, 1200, 1350, 1500.
Controls
Note:- Probe length includes the 1.0" (25mm) 'dead' length at its tip.
Level
Installation
WARNING: Do not install the probe outside without additional
weather protection.
The probe is installed in a 1/2" NPT female connection. If the
probe is to be installed in a boiler or turbulent tank, fit a protection
tube. This should be as long as possible, and at least long enough
to cope with the expansion of the probe at higher operating tem-
6.4" (162) peratures. The table below shows the maximum probe expansion
possible 32-462° F (0-239° C).
Probe Length Max. expansion (inc. ‘dead band’)

(inch) (mm) (inch) (mm)
14.6 370 0.4 10
18.5 470 0.5 13
23.6 600 0.6 16
29.5 750 0.8 20
35.4 900 0.9 23
41.3 1050 1.1 27
1/2" NPT 47.2 1200 1.2 30
53.1 1350 1.3 34
59.1 1500 1.5 38
Both the PA20 pre-amplifier and the probe are supplied with an ‘O’
ring to provide a water tight seal. Ensure one of these are fitted
between the probe and pre-amplilfier.
WARNING: Do not block drain or vent holes.
Maintenance
No special maintenance is required. Boiler water level controls and
alarms do, however require periodic testing and inspection, which is
described in separate literature.
How to specify
'L'
Capacitance level probe with all wetted parts in austenitic stainless
steel/PTFE, taper thread, and screwed connector for pre-amplifier.
How to order
Spirax Sarco LP 20 (UL) capacitance level probe, length 18.5"
(470mm).
1.0" (25mm) 'dead' length

Weights (approximate) including immediate packaging

Probe length (ins) 14.6 18.5 23.6 29.5 35.4 41.3 47.2 53.1 59.1
Weights (lbs) 1.7 1.7 2.0 2.2 2.6 2.9 3.1 3.4 3.4
Probe length (mm) 370 470 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500
Weight (kg) 0.82 0.84 0.98 1.08 1.26 1.42 1.50 1.64 1.68
TIS 9.101 US 04.02

1: 8
INICIO
PA 20 Pre-Amplifier
• Compact, rigidly mounted unit 1/2" NPT

Conduit
• Can be removed/replaced without disturbing probe Thread
No maintenance needed Adaptor
•
Cable socket
• Stainless steel body
• Suitable for all probe lengths
Description
The PA 20 pre-amplifier is used with a Spirax Sarco capacitance probe to
amplify the capacitance measured and convert it to a voltage output propor-
tional to the liquid level. It is compatible with all Spirax Sarco voltage input
Body
controllers/transmitters.
The pre-amplifier consists of a tubular austenitic stainless steel body which
screws onto the top of the probe, and has a DIN 43650 connector.The con-
nector includes an 1/2" NPT adaptor for connection to flexible conduit and
four 18AWG flying leads. The PA20 has three sensitivity settings, selected
to suit different probe lengths by wiring variations. These are fully described
in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit.
4 off
Field Wiring 18AWG
Flying leads (supplied) 18 AWG, 105° 60 DV flying
leads
length: 12" (approx) 12" long
Conduit Connection 1/2" NPT for flexible conduit
Limiting Conditions Materials

Maximum ambient temperature 158°F (70°C) Body Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A582 303
Maximum cable length 300ft (100m) Cable connector Polyamide (Glass filled)
Protection rating IP65 (NEMA 13) Connector gasket Silicone rubber
‘O’ring Nitrile rubber
Technical Data
Supply voltage 14-36V dc
Maximum power requirement 10mA Installation
Output volts range 1-6V dc The PA 20 is screwed into the top of the capacitance probe and hand
Output impedance 100Ω tightened. An ‘O’ ring is supplied with both the LP20 probe and the
pre-amplifier to provide a water tight seal. Ensure only one of these
is fitted between the probe and amplifier. Full installation and wiring
instructions are provided with each unit.
1.5" (39) Approvals
UL UL 508
United States Standard Industrial Control Equipment
1/2" NPT (E203559)
Conduit 18 AWG
Thread Flying leads cUL C22.2 Number 14-M91
Adapter 12" (approx.) CSACanadian Standard Industrial Control Equipment
(E203559)
Withdrawal distance for Maintenance
4.1" (105) cable socket 0.6" (15) No special maintenance is required.
Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing and
Weight 0.6 lbs (225g) inspection, which is described in separate literature.
including packaging
How to Specify
Pre-amplifier for Spirax Sarco capacitance probe.
0.2" (5) How to Order

Spirax Sarco PA 20 (UL) pre-amplifier.
1: 9
INICIO
• Proportional controller for electrically actuated valves

• Three stage wave filter – wide turbulence tolerance
• High or low alarm as standard
• Control levels may be altered without de-commissioning boiler
• Valve positioner built in
Clamping
Description screw
The Spirax Sarco LC 2200 is used to control an electrically actuated
valve in response to a signal from a capacitance probe, providing
proportional modulating control of liquid levels. It can be used for
level control of boilers, deaerators, and tanks.
The controller can also be used with any two-wire 4-20mA transmitter,
for example for pressure, temperature, or level control using a
pressure or differential pressure transmitter. Green LED
Power on
A dc power supply for a two-wire transmitter is included.
The LC 2200 has an alarm output, which can be set high or low, Red LED
and has a filter which allows accurate alarm signalling under varying
turbulence conditions. The controller also has an ‘out of range’
alarm which releases the alarm relay if the probe or wiring is
Test button
damaged or has been incorrectly wired, enabling prompt action to
be taken to rectify any potentially dangerous situation.
The LC 2200 has a three stage level wave filter (input signal damping).
This switch-selectable feature gives an averaged output, maintaining Green LED
a stable signal under the very different turbulence conditions found
in tanks and high output boilers.
A green LED at the top of the front panel indicates power on. Amber LED
A test button is provided below the red alarm LED to check the
alarm output.
The green (>50%) LED indicates that the level is higher than 50%.
i.e. above the set point.
The amber (>100%/<0%) LED indicates that the level is outside the Alarm Set point
proportional band. Level Set point
The LC 2200 is set up before installation to suit the mains supply
voltage and to provide the required functions, using internal switches. Proportional
band
Calibration of set point and proportional band is carried out using
the potentiometers on the front panel, so calibration can be altered if
required without removing or dismantling the unit.
Limiting conditions Clamping

Enclosure rating IP 40 screw
Maximum cable length (controller to probe) 300 ft (100m)
1: 10
INICIO

Installation General wiring diagram
WARNING:-Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the
controller as live terminals at mains voltage will be exposed in Alarm Control
the controller base. Select Relay Relay
The controller should be installed in an enclosure or control panel Voltage
to provide environmental protection. Internally
CAUTION: Allow 1/2" (15mm) spacing between multiple units for IN2 IN3 IN
air circulation. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable enclosures. The 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
controller may be mounted on a ‘top hat’ section DIN rail using the
mounting clip provided, or the clip may be removed and the
controller base screwed direct to a chassis plate. Link Low
Screened cable is required for the probe. A suitable cable is Pirelli Norm Level
L N 1 2
FP200 or Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS, 3-core 1mm 2. Mains Alarm High Valve
The same type of cable may also be used for the mains wiring. Full Level Position Capacitance
wiring diagrams, selection switch settings, and adjustments are Probe
given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied
with each controller.
Technical data
Mains supply voltage 230V setting 198V-264V Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimetres
115v setting 99V-121V
Frequency 50-60Hz
Fuse 20mm cartridge 2.1" 4.2"
100mA Anti-surge (52) (106)
Input 1 (selectable) 0-6V (27 kΩ)
0-2V (9 kΩ)
4-20mA (110 Ω)
0-20mA (110 Ω)
Input 2
Potentiometer input 1kΩ Potentiometer 4.4"
Input 3 (Opposite sense to input 1) 0-20mA (110 Ω) 112
4-20mA (110 Ω)
Relay outputs 3A max.
Alarm output to be protected with 3A fast-acting fuse
Level wave filter
Approx. response time (63%)
(Designed for slowly varying signals)
Filter 1 position (Min. damping) 6 seconds 1.0"
Weight 1 lb.(0.5kg)
Filter 2 position (Med. damping) 15 seconds (24)
Filter 3 position (Max. damping) 45 seconds 4.7"
Alarm wave filter (120)
Approx. response time (63%)
Filter switch OFF 5 seconds How to specify
Filter switch ON 27 seconds Proportional level controller for electrically actuated valves with
Set point range 0%-100% of input alarm output, three stage wave filter and out of range alarm.
Proportional band range 2%-100% of input
Transducer supply 17-31Vdc 20mA max. How to order
Spirax Sarco LC 2200 controller
Switch selectable options
The LC2200 is supplied with the switches set as indicated on the
diagram in bold type.
Capacitance Probe
Current Input (4-20mA)
Input (Voltage)
Capacitance Probe Current Input (4-20mA)

Input (Voltage) and 0-2V input
Input Out of Input Out of Range ON

Range OFF
High Alarm Low Alarm
Alarm Wave Alarm Wave Filter ON

Filter OFF
Level Wave Filter Level Wave Filter
Position 1/2 Position 3
Level Filter Level Filter Position 2/3

Position 1
Not Used
TIS 9.108 US 09.97

1: 11
INICIO
• Proportional controller for pneumatically actuated valves

• Three stage wave filter – wide turbulence tolerance
• 110V or 220/240V supply
• Output signal may be reversed
Clamping
Screw
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC 2300 is used to control the positioner of a
pneumatic valve in response to a signal from a capacitance probe, Power On
providing proportional modulating control of liquid levels.
It can be used for level control of boilers, de-aerators, and tanks,
where the 4-20 or 0-20mA output from the controller is used as the
input to the positioner on the pneumatically actuated feedwater
valve.
The LC 2300 can also be used with any two-wire 4-20mA transmitter,
for example for pressure, temperature, or level control using a Green LED
pressure or differential pressure transmitter.
A dc power supply for a two wire transmitter is included.
Amber LED
The LC2300 is set up before installation to suit the mains supply
voltage and to provide the required functions, using internal switches.
Calibration of set point and proportional band is done using the
potentiometers on the front panel, so calibration can be altered if
required without removing or dismantling the unit. Set point
The LC 2300 is supplied set so that a rising level at the probe will Proportional
give a falling output from the controller. band
A rising controller output for a rising level at the probe may be Clamping
Screw
selected if required.
The LC 2300 has a three stage wave filter (input signal damping).
This switch-selectable feature gives an averaged output, maintaining
a stable signal under the very different turbulence conditions found
in tanks and high output boilers.
A green LED at the top of the front panel indicates power on.
The green (>50%) LED indicates that the output current is greater
Installation
than 50%. i.e. above the set point output current. WARNING:-Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the
The amber (>100%/<0%) LED indicates that the output is greater controller as live terminals at mains voltage will be exposed in the
than 20mA or less than 0/4mA. controller base.
The controller must be installed in an industrial control panel or box

enclosure to provide environmental protection (pollution degree 2).
Limiting conditions CAUTION: Allow 0.6" (15mm) spacing between multiple units for air
Enclosure rating IP 40 circulation.
Maximum ambient temperature 130°F (55°C) Spirax Sarco can provide suitable enclosures. The controller may be
Maximum cable length (controller to probe) 300ft (100m) mounted on a ‘top hat’ section DIN rail using the mounting clip provided,
or the clip may be removed and the controller base screwed direct to a
chassis plate.
Only copper cable is to be used. Screened cable is required for the
probe. A suitable cable is Pirelli FP200 or Delta Crompton Firetuf
OHLS, 3-core 1mm2.
The same type of cable may also be used for the mains wiring and 0/4-
20mA output. Full wiring diagrams, selection switch settings, and
adjustments are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with each controller.
INICIO

Technical data General wiring diagram FUSE
Mains supply voltage 3 Amp
max
230V setting 198V-264V
115v setting 99V-121V
L 1 Select
Mains Voltage
Frequency 50-60Hz Internally
N 2
Fuse 20mm 100mA, antisurge
UL Recognized
Maximum power consumption6VA
3
Selectable inputs
Input 1 0-6V
0-2V 4
4-20mA
0-20mA 0-20mA/
4-20mA
Input 2 (Opposite sense to input 1) Test Output 5
0-20mA
4-20mA
Output (Isolated) 0-20mA/ 6
0-20mA into 1kΩ max. 4-20mA
4-20mA into 1kΩ max. Output 7
or
20-0mA into 1kΩ max.
Wave filter
8
Response band width Alternative remotely Capacitance
(Designed for slowly varying signals)
Filter 1 position (Min. damping) 0.07Hz.
powered current or Probe 9 IN 2
voltage input
Filter 2 position (Med. damping) 0.02Hz.
Filter 3 position (Max. damping) 0.01Hz. 1 10
Set point range 0%-100% of input
Proportional band range 5%-100% of input
Transducer supply 18-35Vdc 20mA max.
11 2 11 IN
Materials 12 12
Enclosure base and conductor Noryl SE1 GFN2
Enclosure cover and intermediate plate R-ABS 90.00
Field Wiring/Terminal Details

Max Wire Gauge 2x16AWG (1.5mm2)
Conductor material Copper
2.1" 4.2"
Terminal Torque rating 9lb/in (52) (106)
Approvals
UL UL 508
E203559
cUL C22.2 Number14-M91

CSA Canadian Standard Industrial Control Equipment 4.4"
E203559 (112)
How to specify
Dual voltage proportional level controller with current output,
adjustable set point, proportional band and wave filter.
How to order
Spirax Sarco LC2300 UL Level Controller Weight 1lb (0.5 kg) 1.0"
(24)
4.3"
(109)
TIS 9.103 US 06.00

INICIO
LC 2400 Controller
• Allows two or three element control of boiler water level
• Interfaces with Spirax Sarco LC 2200 or LC 2300 controllers
• Scales 4-20mA output signals from steam and water meters
• Loop powered - needs no batteries or mains connections

Clamping
Description screw
The level of water in a steam boiler increases when a large steam
demand is made, due to the effect of increased steam bubbles. This
rise in water level can cause the feedwater valve to close.
Although the level of water has increased, the actual mass of water will
be decreasing, a situation which requires the feedwater valve to open.
Two element control of boiler water level uses the output from a
steam meter to alter the set point of a level controller in order to
compensate for the tendency of the feedwater valve to close.
Under certain conditions where the boiler feedwater pressure varies
considerably, perhaps due to other boilers drawing water, three element
control provides even closer compensation.
The system uses the 4-20mA outputs from both a steam meter and a water
meter, which overcomes any variations in boiler or feedwater pressure.
The Spirax Sarco LC 2400 is an interface device used to connect a
level controller to the 4-20mA output signals from the steam meter
Steam
and (where fitted), the water meter. The controller can be an LC potentiometer
2200 (for an electrically actuated feed valve), or an LC 2300 (for a
pneumatically actuated valve).
The LC 2400 has ‘steam’ and ‘water’ potentiometers which are used Green
LED's
to scale the outputs of the meters. A green LED next to each
potentiometer indicates that a signal is present.
Calibration is carried out by adjusting the steam potentiometer to give Water
the required boiler water level at maximum steam demand. A graph potentiometer
on the front panel offers an alternative method of commissioning for
systems using an LP 20 level probe fitted with the PA 20 pre-
amplifier.
The water potentiometer is set to suit the water meter range.
Full commissioning, operating, and safety information is provided with
each unit.
Limiting Conditions
Enclosure protection rating IP 40 Clamping
Maximum ambient temperature 131°F (55°C) screw
Maximum voltage drop:-
Installation
Water input 10.5V
The controller should be installed in an enclosure or control
Steam input 5V
panel to provide environmental protection.
CAUTION: Allow 15mm spacing between adjacent units for air
MATERIALS circulation.
Case Polystyrene The controller may be mounted on a ‘top hat’ section DIN rail
Baseplate ABS (reinforced) using the mounting clip provided, or the clip may be removed
and the controller base screwed direct to a chassis plate.
Screened cable is recommended for the LC 2400 wiring.
1: 14
INICIO
Dimensions (approximate) in inches
LC 2400
2'' 4''
LC 2300
Level controller
4.5''
Steam
meter
Steam
Level
1'' Pneumatic probe
Weight 0.5 lb valve with
4.6'' positioner
Make-up
water
General Wiring Diagram Two element level control with pneumatic valve
+ + + +
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
How to Specify
Loop powered two/three element controller with steam and water
Test Range link Test potentiometers and signal LED’s.
4-20mA Set point 4-20mA 0-8 V
Input output Input output How to Order
Spirax Sarco LC 2400 controller
Steam Water
LC 2200
LC 2200 Level controller
Level controller
LC 2400
LC 2400 Steam
meter
Steam
meter
Steam
Steam
Level Level
probe probe
Motorised
Motorised valve Water
valve meter
Make-up Make-up
water water
Two element level control Three element level control

with electrically actuated valve with electrically actuated valve
TIS 9.112 US 06.00
1: 15
INICIO
• On/off controller with adjustable level settings

• Switching levels altered without de-commissioning boiler
• Two channels for pump control and/or alarm
• Capacitance probe or 4-20mA input
Description
The LC 2500 is a two channel, dual voltage level controller with Clamping
adjustable switching levels, and is normally used in conjunction with Screw Configuration
a capacitance type level probe. Label
Either of the channels, (designated A and B), can be set to provide
Power
a high or low alarm, and channel B can also provide an adjustable
pump on/off control.
Alternatively, the controller can power and accept a 4-20mA signal
Channel A
from a pressure or differential pressure transmitter.
Several controllers may be linked to provide additional alarms.
The LC 2500 has an ‘out of range’ alarm, which operates if the
probe or wiring is damaged, or has been incorrectly wired, enabling
prompt action to be taken to rectify any potentially dangerous situ-
ation.
The controller has a wave filter function which acts as a damper,
preventing over-frequent relay operation in turbulent conditions. Channel B
Voltage and functions are set on installation using internal switches,
and control and alarm levels are adjusted using potentiometers on
the front panel.
Configuration labels are provided for the controller front panel and Set point channel A
enclosure chassis plate, and indicate the mode selected.
Set point channel B
Applications Channel B control band
The LC 2500 controller can provide the following functions, which
are selected by an 8-way switch on the printed circuit board. Clamping
Screw
High and low alarm Pumping in/low alarm
Two low alarms Pumping out/low alarm
Two high alarms Pumping in/high alarm Adjustment
Pumping out/high alarm potentiometers
Full commissioning information is given in the Installation and Main-
tenance Instructions supplied with the unit.
Limiting conditions
Enclosure rating IP 40
Maximum cable length (controller/probe) 300ft (100m)
Technical data
230V setting 198V-264Vac
115V setting 99V-121Vac
Frequency 50-60Hz
Fuse type 20mm, 100mA
antisurge (UL Recognized)
TIS 9.104 US 06.00
1: 16
INICIO

WARNING Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the Ch. A Ch. B
controller as live terminals at mains voltage will be exposed
Select Input 1
in the controller base. Voltage
The controller must be installed in a suitable industrial control Internally Earth
panel or fireproof enclosure to provide environmental protection
(pollution degree 2).
The controller may be mounted on a "top hat" DIN rail using the
mounting clip provided or the clip may be removed and the con- 3 Amp
Max.
troller base screwed directly to a chassis plate.
Only copper cable is to be used. Screened cable is required for Norm
N Norm or
the probe. A suitable cable is Pirolli FP2000 or Delta Crompton Pump
Firetuf OHLS, 3 core 1mm 2 . Alm On Alm
The same type of cable may also be used for the mains wiring. L L Capacitance Probe
Mains
Full wiring diagrams, selection switch settings, and adjustments
are given in the installation and Maintenance instructions supplied
with each controller.
Materials 4-20mALoop
Enclosure base & connector Noryl SE1 GFN2 Powered Transmitter
Enclosure cover & intermediate plate R-ABS 90.00 Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimetres
2.1" 4.2"
Relay Rating (52) (106)
Lamp or Resistive 3A
Tungsten Filament 1A
AC Motor @ 240V 1/4HP (2.9A)
AC Motor @ 120V 1/10HP (3.0A)
Pilot Duty (control circuits & coils) C300 (2.5A)
Field Wiring/Terminal Details

Max Wire Gauge 2x16 AWG (1.5mm2 ) 4.4"
(112)
Conductor material Copper
Terminal Torque rating 9 lb/in
Approvals
UL UL 508
E203559
Weight 1lb (0.5 kg) 1.0"
cUL C22.2 Number 14-M91
(24)
CSACanadian Standard Industrial Control Equipment 4.4"
E203559 (111)
How to specify
2 channel level controller with adjustable switching levels, wave fil-
ter, and out of range alarm.
How to order
Spirax Sarco LC2500 ULLevel Controller.
TIS 9.104 US 06.00
1: 17
INICIO
LC2610 Level Controller

• Modulating (or on/off) control of boiler water level using a capacitance probe
• Alpha-numeric display and push button control for straightforward commissioning
• Provides level control, two alarms, and a 4 - 20 mA output
• Single, two, or three element control in a single unit
• For use with electric or pneumatic control valve
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC2610 is a panel mounted level controller which
provides:-
• Modulating or on/ off water level control using a capacitance
probe.
• Two level alarms, high and low.
• 4 - 20 mA transmitter or control output.
• Single element control using a capacitance level probe.
• Two (or three) element control using a steam meter
(and a water meter).
• Will also operate with a 4 - 20 mA level input, loop or externally
powered.
It has switch selectable dual voltage (115/ 230 V), and is
commissioned and operated using the buttons on the front panel.
The unit also has:- Limiting conditions
• A security code to prevent unauthorised changes to the Maximum ambient temperature 131°F
operating parameters. Minimum ambient temperature 32°F
• Selectable, adjustable alarm delay for differing turbulence Protection rating (front panel only) (NEMA 4) IP65
conditions. Protection of back of unit None (open)
• Selectable 'alarm on loss of input signal'. Maximum cable length (controller terminals 1 - 9) 330 ft
• Selectable 'alarm lockout' option.
Technical data
Applications Mains supply voltage 230 V setting 198 V - 264 Vac
Typical applications are:- 115 V setting 99 V - 121 Vac
Level control Maximum power consumption 6 VA
• Modulating level control using an electrically actuated valve. Internal fuse type 20 mm (0.8") cartridge
Feedback by potentiometer in actuator or via water meter. Internal fuse rating 100 mA anti-surge
• Modulating control using a pneumatically or electrically actuated External fuse maximum rating 3 amp quick blow
valve with 4 - 20 mA positioner. (A fuse must be fitted to all phases of controller and relay supply)
Note: As there is only one 4 - 20 mA output, if 4 - 20 mA is used Display:- type 20 character x 2 line alphanumeric - LED backlit
for control, the transmitter output is not available. Character size 5 mm x 3 mm (approximately 0.2" x 0.1").
• Two element level control - set point is raised corresponding to Note: Modulating control includes proportional plus a non-
the rise in output of a steam meter. adjustable integral action.
• Three element level control - as two element system, but with the
addition of a water meter so that the feedwater valve flow is Materials
controlled rather than the valve position. Case Noryl (glass filled)
• On/ off control of a pump (e.g. boiler feedpump) via a contactor. Front panel Polyester
• On/ off control using an electrically actuated valve (or
pneumatically actuated valve with solenoid valve).
Level indication Approvals
Boiler water level is indicated on the LC2610 as a percentage of the UL UL 508
boiler gauge glass. The 4 - 20 mA transmitter output may be used United States Standard Industrial Control Equipment
for remote signalling of the water level. E203559
Note: As there is only one 4 - 20 mA output, if 4 - 20 mA is used for
control, the transmitter output is not available. cUL C22.2 Number 14-M91
Level alarm CSA Canadian Standard Industrial Control Equipment
• High alarm and low alarm. E203559
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. TI-P402-94 US 07.02
1: 18
INICIO
General wiring diagram

Wiring diagram shows all relays in the power off condition.
High alarm Low alarm Control Select

relay relay relay voltage
internally
Level input
+ IN
L N
Normal Alarm
Mains
4 - 20 mA 4 - 20 mA Normal Alarm
Output Steam
input Capacitance
probe input
Close Open
Open
Closed
Potentionmeter input (1kΩ) N
(or water flowmeter)
Control valve actuator

Weight 1.6 lbs (approximate)
5.7" 4.4"
2.8" 2.6"
4.7"
0.5"
Installation How to specify

WARNING Single unit level controller for on / off or modulating boiler or tank
The controller operates at a potentially fatal voltage. level control.
Do not attempt to install the LC2610 without first reading the
Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided with every Specification:- 230 V / 115 V switch selectable supply voltage. Two
unit. If lost, a further copy may be obtained from Spirax Sarco. alarms, probe or 4 - 20 mA input, relay or 4 - 20 mA output, suitable
The panel mounted LC2610 is installed in a 5.4" x 2.6" (approximate) for 2 or 3 element control duties. Front panel sealed to NEMA 4
cut-out and retained by side clips which tighten against the back of (IP65).
the panel. A gasket provides sealing.
Controller to be approved by Underwriters Laboratory as a Listed
product.
How to order
Spirax Sarco LC2610 UL controller.
TI-P402-94 US 07.02
1: 19
INICIO
LT 2010 Level Transmitter
• Versatile, simple 0-20 or 4-20mA transmitter

• Isolated output
• 115V or 230V supply
• Self-powered, provides supply to probe
Description Clamping
The Spirax Sarco LT 2010 is a level transmitter which converts the Screw
voltage output from a Spirax Sarco capacitance probe into an isolated Power on
0-20 or 4-20mA signal proportional to water level. The output can be
scaled to represent any desired water level range, the gauge glass
for example.
Two or more transmitters may be used with a single capacitance
Span
probe if required.
The LT 2010 can also power and be used with any two-wire 4-20mA
transmitter, for example for pressure, temperature, or level Zero
transmission using a pressure or differential pressure transmitter.
An inverse output can be selected for level monitoring with a
differential pressure transmitter.
The transmitter has LED indication of mains-on, zero point, and
span settings, and a wave filter function which gives an averaged
output, maintaining a stable signal under the very different turbulence
conditions found in tanks and high output boilers.
The LT 2010 is set up before installation to suit the mains supply Span Adjust
voltage and to provide the required functions, using internal switches.
Zero Adjust
Calibration can be altered without removing or dismantling the unit,
using the zero point and full scale/span potentiometers on the front
panel.
Applications Clamping
Screw
The LT2010 has many applications, including steam boilers, tanks,
and other vessels.
Examples of uses for steam boiler plant are;-
— Remote transmission of steam boiler water level to a digital or
bar type indicator or level switch.
— Proportional chemical dosing of boilers with modulating feedwater
control, by re-transmitting the modulating valve position.
— Indicating levels, percentages, units of volume (in tanks of regular
section), in conjunction with a display unit such as the Spirax
Sarco DS 1000.
— Boiler house or building management systems.
Limiting conditions
Enclosure rating IP 40
Maximum cable length (controller to probe) 300ft (100m)
Approvals
UL UL 508
E203559
cUL C22.2 Number 14-M91

CSA Canadian Standard Industrial Control Equipment
E203559
1: 20
INICIO
LT 2010 Level Transmitter

transmitter as live terminals at mains voltage will be exposed in
the transmitter base.
The transmitter should be installed in an enclosure or control panel L 1 Select
to provide environmental protection. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable Mains Voltage
enclosures. The transmitter may be mounted on a ‘top hat’ section Internally
N 2
DIN rail using the mounting clip provided, or the clip may be removed
and the transmitter base screwed direct to a chassis plate.
Screened cable is required for the probe. A suitable cable is Pirelli 3
FP200 or Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS, 3-core 1mm˝.
The same type of cable may also be used for the mains wiring and 4
0/4-20mA output. The wiring diagram, selection switch settings, and
adjustments are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions 0-20mA/
4-20mA
supplied with each transmitter.
Test Output 5
Technical data
Mains supply voltage 0-20mA/ 6
230V setting 198V-264V 4-20mA
115V setting 99V-121V Output 7
Frequency 50-60Hz
Selectable inputs:-
8
0-6V
0-2V Alternative remotely Capacitance
4-20mA powered current or Probe 9 IN 2
0-20mA voltage input
Output (Isolated):- 1 10
Zero set range 0%-100% of input 11 2 11 IN
Span set range 5%-100% of input
Band width:- 12 12
Designed for slowly varying input signals:-
Standard response 0.07 Hz. band width
Delayed response 0.02 Hz. band width
Transducer supply 24-37Vdc 20mA max.
Short circuit protected
Features:-
Wave filter function (Delayed response)
Reverse output (20-4/0mA)
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimetres
2.1" 4.2"
(52) (106)
4.4"
(112)
Weight 1lb (0.5 kg) 1.0"

(24)
4.3"
(109)
How to specify
Dual voltage, self-powered 0/4-20mA level transmitter with adjustable
output. Transmitter to be approved by Underwriters Laboratory as a
Listed product.
How to order
Spirax Sarco LT2010 UL Transmitter
TIS 9.105 US 07.02
1:21
INICIO
DS 1000 Digital Display

• Loop powered 4-20mA input
• Pre-calibrated for percentage indication
• Can be scaled for any engineering units
• NEMA 4 front panel seal
Description
The Spirax Sarco DS 1000 is connected in series with a 4-20mA
current loop to provide an LCD display, in engineering units, of the
process variable represented by the current flow.
It has many uses for level, conductivity, temperature, or pressure
indication. A specific application example is to provide a panel
mounted display of TDS for the BC 1100 TDS blowdown controller,
which is normally fitted inside a boiler panel. It is supplied calibrated in
percentage units to display 00.0 at 4mA, and 100.0 at 20mA. Jumper
links and potentiometers on the back of the instrument allow it to be
scaled in any engineering units if required.
An aperture below the display shows the unit of measurement, and the
special legend sheet supplied with the instrument enables alternative
units of measurement to be selected if required.
The DS 1000 is housed in a 3.78" x 1.89" (96 x 48mm) DIN standard
panel mounted case and has a 0.5" (12.7mm) high 3-1/2 digit LCD, Materials
with a selectable decimal point. Front bezel/back panel Nylon 6-glass filled
Because the instrument is loop powered it needs no external power Case Aluminum
supply. It requires less than 3 volts from the loop for operation.
Technical data 68°F (20°C)
Limiting conditions Input 4-20mA 2 wire
Maximum ambient temperature 122° F (50°C) Display 0.5" (12.7mm) high LCD 3-1/2 digit
Minimum ambient temperature 32°F (0°C) Volt drop <3 Volt
Protection rating NEMA 4 (Front panel only) Rangeability:-
Zero ± 1000 counts
Installation Span 200/2000 counts
The DS 1000 is fitted in a 3.62" x 1.73" (92 x 44mm) aperture in the Decimal point Any position
boiler panel and is retained by two metal clamp bars, on diagonally Accuracy ± 1 count
opposite corners, fitted from the rear and retained by two sliding Sample rate 3 readings/second
brackets and screws. Fuse rating 63mA (PCB mounted)
Fitting, removal, and calibration can be carried out without dismantling
the instrument or removing any screws. It should not be installed How to specify
adjacent to switch gear, electromagnetic starters, contacters, thyristor 4-20mA loop powered digital display with legend sheet.
power units, or motors.
How to order
Dimensions approximate in inches (millimeters) Spirax Sarco digital display DS 1000
1.89"
(48)
.31" 2.76"
(8)
(70)
3.78"
(96) 3.66"
Panel cutout Weight (93)
3.62" x 1.73" 0.5 lb
(92 x 44) TIS 9.116 US 06.01
1: 22
INICIO
APS 1 Probe Simulator
• A valuable diagnostic aid for Spirax

Sarco boiler control installations
• Compatible with all TDS/level probes and
controllers
CP10
Connector
• No need to fire boiler or alter water levels Test
Sockets
• No battery or power supply needed
• Easy to operate Toggle
Switches
Description
The APS 1 probe simulator is used in place of a level or conductivity
probe to verify the correct operation of Spirax Sarco controllers. It
can also be used to diagnose wiring/probe faults. It is connected to Potentio-
the level probe or conductivity probe wiring, avoiding the need to fire meter
the boiler or alter water levels, and is quick and easy to use.
The APS 1 has switch settings covering all Spirax Sarco probe
types and ranges.
A potentiometer provides the variable input to a capacitance
controller, and 4mm test sockets are provided for connection of a DIN 43650
multimeter, which is used to check the voltage when simulating Connector Selector
capacitance probes. Switch
Switches simulate wet or dry (high or low resistance) conductivity
level probe conditions, and resistors are built in to represent various
conductivity probe ranges.
The APS 1 is powered by the controller under test, so needs no
batteries or external power supply.
The unit is fitted with two inputs, connected in parallel. One is for
connection of a PT 1, 2, or 3 plug tail, and the other is a DIN 43650
connector as used on conductivity and capacitance probes.
Full operating instructions are supplied with each unit.
Limiting conditions
Protection rating IP 40
Technical data
Conductivity probe settings 22Ω, 68Ω, 220Ω,680Ω,
2.2kΩ, 6.8kΩ, 22kΩ
Level probe settings
LP 31 6.8kΩ/15kΩ
LP 30 6.8kΩ/15kΩ
LP 10/EL 9 (High sensitivity) 68kΩ/150kΩ
LP 10/EL 9 (Low sensitivity) 6.8kΩ/15kΩ
Capacitance probe range 0-10 Volts output
1: 23
INICIO
APS 1 Probe Simulator

5.4" 3.4"
(138) (86)
3.3"
(85)
4.3"
5.2" (110)
(132)
Weight 1lb (450g)
Materials
Case Die-cast aluminium
Coating Nylon (grey)
How to order
Spirax Sarco APS 1 probe simulator
TIS 9.401 US 09.97

1: 24
INICIO
LP 30 Self Monitoring Level Probe
• High integrity, self-monitoring low level alarm probe. 1/2" NPT Conduit
• Suitable for pressures up to 464 psig, 462°F Thread
Adapter
(32 barg, 239°C)
Cable socket
• No maintenance required.
• Positively retained probe tip.
Cover assembly
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP 30 level probe is used with a Spirax Sarco LC3000
level controller to provide a high integrity, self monitoring low level alarm LP30
signal, usually in a steam boiler. It consists of a probe body with a remov - 4 off 18AWG
able cable socket, and a separate screw on probe tip which is retained by flying leads
a lock nut and pin. 12" long
The probe has a level sensing tip (probe tip), and a comparator tip. The
ground path is via the body connection.
Under normal operating conditions the probe tip is partially immersed, and
the resistance to ground is low. When the water level drops below the
probe tip the resistance to ground becomes high, causing the controller to
give a low level alarm signal.
Probe body
The comparator tip compensates for any leakage to ground caused by
scale, dirt, or internal moisture, ensuring a low water alarm signal even
under adverse conditions. A DIN 43650 cable socket with 1/2" NPT con-
duit thread and four 18AWG wires are supplied with the unit.
Primary insulator
Limiting Conditions
Maximum boiler pressure 464 psig (32 barg) Comparator tip
Maximum temperature 462°F (239°C) Secondary insulator
Hydraulic pressure test 860 psig (60 barg)
Maximum probe cable length 165 ft (50m)
Cable socket protection rating IP65
Installation
The probe is designed to work with a Spirax Sarco LC3000 controller. Two
probes and controllers are normally fitted in steam boilers, giving low and
auxiliary low alarms.
A protection tube is required for boiler shell or turbulent tank fitting.
Install the probe in a 1/2" NPT female connection.
Full installation and wiring instructions are given in separate literature.
WARNING: It is essential that the probe tip of the LP30 low level
alarm probe does not touch any part of the boiler. Standards require
that the tip is at least 9/16" from the protection tube, and this must
be checked when the probe is installed. The product is supplied with
a clearance checking set for this purpose. The accompanying
Installation and Maintenance Instructions include a clearance check-
ing procedure and a record sheet. Spare clearance checking sets are
available, stock no. 4024781 Probe tip
Maintenance
No special maintenance is required.
Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing and
inspection, which is described in separate literature.
1: 25
INICIO
LP 30 Self Monitoring Level Probe

Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimeters Materials
Description Material
Probe body Austenitic stainless steel Type 316Ti
Withdrawal distance for cable socket .6" (15)
DIN 17440
Ws.Nr.1.4571
Cover assembly Austenitic stainless steel Type 316L
Nameplate Aluminum foil
Cable socket & probe Polyamide (Glass filled)
Connector
Connector gasket Silicone elastomer
Comparator tip Austenitic stainless steel Type 316L
Primary insulator & PTFE BS 6564 Grade
Secondary insulator UA Type 1
8.3" Retaining pins Austenitic stainless steel Type 302/304
LP 30
(210) Probe tip Austenitic stainless steel Type 316L
Locknut Austenitic stainless steel BS6105A4 80
Flying leads Copper conductor, PVC insulation
18AWG CSA TEW105°C, UL1015 105°C, 600V
11.6"
(295)
LC3000
9
10
11
2.2" 12
(55)
Terminal
box
3 LP30
2 1 Connector
Internal Resistor 10Ω

Comparator tip
Low alarm tip
Tip length
How to specify
Self monitoring level probe with positive probe tip locking design.
How to order
Spirax Sarco UL/FM LP30 (1/2" NPT) self monitoring level probe
Approvals
UL UL353
United States Standard Limit Controls
MH25452
ULC C22.2 No. 24-93
Canadian Standard MH25452
Factory Mutual Research (FM) FMRC Class 7710

Water Level Limit Control
J.I.0Z8A4.AF
Available lengths
Tips are available in lengths of 19.7” (500 mm), 39.4”(1000 mm), 59.1” (1500 mm).
WEIGHT (approximate) including immediate packaging

Probe 1 lb (.52 kg)
19.7” (500mm tip) .6 lb (.28 kg)
39.4” (1000mm tip) 1.2 lb (.55 kg)
59.1” (1500mm tip) 3.6 lb (.8 kg)
TIS 9.110 US 03.01
1: 26
INICIO
LP 31 High Level Alarm Probe

• High integrity, self-monitoring high level alarm probe
• Suitable for pressures up to 464 psig, 462°F

(32 barg, 239°C) 1/2" NPT Conduit
Thread Adapter
• Guards against the boiler flooding
and water hammer in the steam mains
Cable socket
• Fail safe design
• Can also be used as a simple level probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP 31 is used with an LC3000 controller to provide a
high integrity, self monitoring high level alarm for detection of high water
levels in steam boilers and other vessels. The probe is normally installed
direct in the boiler shell in a protection tube, but can be mounted in an
external chamber if regulations permit. The LP 31 is supplied in three
nominal tip lengths, and is cut to the exact length required prior to
installation. In normal operation, the tip is above the water level, and has a
high resistance to ground. If the water level rises to touch the probe tip,
the resistance to ground drops, causing the alarm relays in the controller
to be de-energized and the alarm to sound. The LP 31 is designed so that
its tip and wiring connection integrity is monitored by the controller, Probe body 4 off 18AWG
causing an alarm signal in the event of a fault occurring. A DIN 43650 flying leads
cable socket with 1/2" NPT conduit thread and four 18AWG wire are 12" long
supplied with the unit.
Limiting Conditions
Maximum boiler pressure 464 psig (32 barg)
Maximum probe cable length 165ft (50m)
Cable socket protection rating IP65
Available Lengths
Tips are available in lengths of 19.7" (500 mm), 39.4" (1,000 mm), 59.1"
Probe tip
1: 27
INICIO
LP 31 High Level Alarm Probe

Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimeters Materials
No. Description Material
Withdrawal distance 1 Cable Socket Polyamide, glass filled
for cable socket 6" (15)
2 Flat Gasket Silicone Rubber
3 Probe Connector Polyamide, glass filled
9 4 Cover Assembly Austenitic Stainless Steel
1 1.5" (39)
5 Nameplate Aluminum foil
2 6 Body Austenitic Stainless Steel
3 Type 316Ti W/S No. 1.4571
7 Probe Tip Sleeving PTFE
8 Probe Tip Austenitic Stainless Steel
4
ASTM A276 316L
9 Flying leads Copper conductor, PVC insulation
18AWG CSA TEW105°C, UL1015
105°C, 600V
5
Weight (approximate) including immediate packaging
7.1" (183) 19.7” (500mm) tip 1 lb (.51 kg)
39.4” (1000mm) tip 1.3 lb (.59 kg)
59.1” (1500mm) tip 1.5 lb (.67 kg)
6 Installation
The LP 31 tip is cut to length and de-burred prior to installation. The
probe is installed in a 1/2” NPT thread using PTFE tape. Full
installation and wiring instructions are provided with each unit.
How to Specify
Single tip, high integrity, self monitoring high alarm probe with all
wetted parts in austentic stainless steel/PTFE.
7 How to Order
Spirax Sarco UL/FM LP31 (1/2" NPT) probe with 39.4" (1000mm)
tip.
LC3000
9
10
11
12
Tip Length
Terminal
box
8
3 LP31
1 2 Connector
Internal
Resistor
High alarm
tip
Approvals
UL UL353
MH25452
ULC C22.2 No. 24-93
Canadian Standard MH25452
Factory Mutual Research (FM) FMRC Class 7710
J.I.0Z8A4.AF
TIS 9.111 US 02.01
1: 28
INICIO

Self-monitoring controller for low and high
level alarm systems
• Self-testing
• International approvals
• High integrity, fail-safe operation

Green
(Normal)
• LEDs status indication
Red
(Alarm)
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC 3000 is an advanced level controller with built Test
in cyclic self testing facilities. Button
It is used with a self-monitoring, high integrity level probe to provide
either a high or a low water level alarm in steam and hot water
boilers. The LC 3000 has LED indication of the following conditions:-
Green Normal - level correct

Red High/Low level or failure alarm
A test button is fitted so that a full test of the controller and probe can
be carried out. Provision is made for the wiring of a remote test button
if required.
In most countries, steam boilers operating with limited supervision

require two self-monitoring level probes and controllers to provide two Clamping
independent low level alarms. A high level alarm is also advised, and Screw
is compulsory in some countries.
Every few seconds during normal operation the LC 3000

simulates a low insulation resistance fault in the probe in order
Operation to check the integrity of the probe, probe cable, and controller.
The LC 3000 detects a change in electrical conductivity between a Provided the controller internally signals and alarm, the fault is
probe immersed in water, or exposed, in steam or air. In a low level removed before the relays de-energise, and a new cycle starts.
alarm application, the tip is normally immersed, completing a low If the test fails to give an internal alarm it is an indication that an
resistance path to ground. This is detected by the LC 3000 and both actual fault exists, so a separate circuit in the LC 3000 de-
relays are kept energised, signalling normal water level. If the water energises both output relays after a further few seconds. This
level drops below the probe tip, causing the resistance to rise, both sounds an alarm and normally shuts down the burner or
relays are released after about 5-6 seconds. This normally shuts feedwater supply. A manual test button is fitted in order to carry
down the burner and sounds the alarm. out full testing of the probe and controller.
For a high level alarm, the normal water level is below probe tip, and Limiting Conditions
the resistance path to earth is high. If the water level rises sufficiently Ambient temperature range 32° - 130°F (0-55°C)
to touch the probe tip, the resistance to ground becomes low, causing Maximum probe cable length 165 ft (50m)
relays to release and a high level alarm to sound. The controller may Minimum water conductivity range at 30µS/cm minimum.
also be wired to cut off the feedwater supply. The LC 3000 also operating temperature
continuously monitors the probe insulation resistance, to compensate Protection rating IP40
for any build-up of conductive scale or dirt on the probe insulators or Pollution degree 2
internal water leakage which could affect its proper working. Installation category (over voltage category) II
1: 29
INICIO

Electrical Data
Supply voltage:
120V Position 99 - 132V
Supply frequency 50 - 60Hz
Power requirements 6VA
Internal fuse 20mm100mA anti-surge (T)
Alarm relay contact rating 120Vac 1A pilot duty
Supply and relays must be protected by an extenal 3A quick-blow
fuse.
Material
Enclosure base and connector Noryl SE1 GFN 2
Enclosure cover and intermediate plate R-ABS 90.00
Installation
The controller must be installed in a metal or plastic enclosure to
provide environmental protection. The controller can be mounted on a
“top hat” section DIN rail using the mounting clip provided, or the clip How To Specify
may be removed and the controller screwed directly to a chassis plate. 1 - Spirax Sarco UL/FM LC3000 Level Controller
Full installation, wiring, commissioning and fault finding information is
Important Note:
supplied with the controller. Spirax Sarco can supply a UL Listed
All boiler water level and low water alarm controls require regular
LC3000 in an enclosure, mounted on DIN rail and connected to field
testing and inspection. For specific testing instructions for Spirax
wiring terminals with integral fuses.
Sarco systems please see separate literature.
Available Spares
WIRING DIAGRAM Internal fuse 100mA anti-surge (T) 20mm cartridge fuses
LC 3000 Controller (set of 3) — stock number 4033380.
Fuse
3A max
Details showing wiring of LC3000
L 1
the LP31 for High Alarm
Mains Supply 9
N 2
10
Live Supply
from 3
Burner Circuit Fit Link 11
Fuse Normal Relay
3A max as shown 4 1 12
N 5
Alarm
Alarm Lamp or Bell 6 Terminal
Box
Burner Circuit Normal Relay
7 2
broken at Alarm
8 LP31
1 2 3
Connector
9
Internal
Screen Resistor
10
11 High alarm
tip
12 Approvals
UL UL353
MH25452
Terminal
Box ULC C22.2 No. 24-93
Optional External Canadian Standard MH25452
Test Button Factory Mutual Research (FM) FMRC Class 7710
LP30 J.I.0Z8A4.AF
3 2 1
Connector
Internal link
Important Note
All boiler water level and alarm controls require regular testing and
Internal Resistor inspection. For specific testing instructions for Spirax Sarco systems
Comparator tip
please see separate literature.
Low alarm tip
TIS 9.109 US 02.01
1: 30
INICIO
S20 Sensor Chamber, TP20 Temperature Sensor,

CP10 Sensor and PT2 Plug-tail
• Purpose designed sensor chamber for in-line mounting
• Simple removal of sensors for cleaning
• Allows continuous temperature compensated measurement
Description S20 sensor

The Spirax Sarco S20 sensor chamber is fitted with conductivity and chamber
temperature sensors used to determine the conductivity of liquids.
The use of a temperature sensor enables an accurate measurement
to be made when the temperature varies, as in the case of condensate
return monitoring systems.
The hexagonal in-line sensor chamber is screwed 1” NPT. CP10
conductivity
Adjacent radial female screwed connections are provided for:- sensor
CP10 conductivity sensor (3/8” BSP).
TP20 temperature sensor (1/4” BSP).
An additional 1/4“ BSP (1/4” NPT) connection is provided on the other
side of the chamber for taking a sample if required. TP20
Spirax Sarco can supply a sample cooler for cooling hot samples, or a temperature
sensor
blanking plug if the connection is not required.
The CP10 Sensor and PT2 Plug-tail are approved by Underwriters

Laboratory as Listed accessories for use with Spirax Sarco Blowdown
Controllers.
Limiting Conditions Installation

S20 sensor chamber and TP20 Temperature sensor Fit the sensor chamber in a vertical or horizontal pipeline with
Maximum pressure 160 psig (11 barg) suitable isolation valves to allow inspection/cleaning of the sensors.
Maximum media temperature 302°F (150°C) Reducers may be fitted if required. Flow can be in either direction.
The sensors themselves must be horizontal.
CP10 conductivity sensor The TP20 has a taper thread, and may be installed using PTFE
Maximum pressure 464 psig (32 barg) sealing tape if required.
Maximum media temperature 462°F (239°C) The CP10 sensor is provided with an S-type stainless steel gasket
Torque rating 44 lb./f (60 Nm) for sealing and does not require sealing tape.
Fit the sensors to the chamber and tighten.
PT2 Plug-tail Fit PT2 plug tail (or other Spirax Sarco plug tail) to the CP10 sensor
Cable temperature range -67 to 248°F (-55 to 120°C) and tighten.
Supplied cable length 50" (1.25m)
Maximum voltage 20Vdc, 14Vac
Maximum current 10mA
Red wire to
CP10 PT2 sensor pin
Sensor Plug-tail
To
blowdown
controller
Insulation
Sensor pin Screen
3/8" Blue wire Junction box
24mm Nut 1 grounded via PT2
BSP (For connection to conduit)
AF and CP10 body.
25mm
AF
The supply to the Sensor and Plug-tail must be provided by a low voltage limited power source.
Spirax Sarco Blowdown controllers provide this type of supply.
Flexible metal conduit (M16) can be connected to the PT12 by removing the nut (1)
1: 31
INICIO
S20 Sensor Chamber, TP20 Temperature Sensor,

CP10 Sensor and PT2 Plug-tail
Maintenance Approvals
The equipment requires no specific maintenance other than periodic
inspection and cleaning. UL UL 3121-1
United States Standard Process Control Equipment, Accessory
E209497
Materials
S20 sensor chamber ULC C22.2 No. 1010.1
Stainless steel ASTM 8582303 BS 970 303 S31 Process Control Equipment, Accessory
E209497
PT2 Plug-tail
Body Brass
Nuts Brass (2off)
Insulator Polyphenylene Sulphide Resin (glass filled) How to Specify
In line sensor chamber with conductivity and temperature sensors.
CP10 conductivity sensor CP10 Conductivity Sensor and PT2 Plug-tail to be approved by
Body Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31 Undewriters Laboratory as Listed accessories for Blowdown
Insulator PEEK plastic Controllers.”
Pin Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31
TP20 temperature sensor

How to Order
Spirax Sarco’s S20 sensor chamber complete with CP10 sensor,
Body and probe Stainless steel 316 ASTM A269 Gr. 316
PT2 plug tail, 1/4" BSP blanking plug, and TP 20 temperature
Cable insulation PFA
sensor.
Dimensions (approximately) in inches
4"
S-type
stainless
2-1/4" steel
CP10 sensor gasket
(shown with PT2
Standard plug tail fitted).
length 50"
4-3/4"
1/4" BSP
50" sample
connection
TP20
temperature
sensor
1" NPT
TIS 9.403 US 01.01
1: 32
INICIO
Recommended Pipeline Components for

BCS1 Blowdown System
Blowdown
from
boiler
M10S ball valve

1/4" BSP plug
strainer BCV1 blowdown valve
LCV1 check valve

PT2 plug tail
CP10 sensor S10 sensor

chamber
M10S ball valve

Blowdown
to heat recovery
• For TDS systems with probe in pipeline system
• System with standard BCV1 blowdown valve suitable for:
- boiler pressures up to 203 psig
- blowdown rates up to 1,298 lb/h
• System with UL Listed BCV1 blowdown valve suitable for:
- boiler pressures up to 130 psig
- blowdown rates up to 1,050 lb/h
Description Installation
The recommended BCS1 pipeline components listed below will Items have been selected for straightforward installation in
enable straighforward installation of a TDS control system where accordance with the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
the probe assembly is to be mounted in the pipeline, rather than provided with each component.
directly in the boiler shell.
The recommended BCS1 pipeline installation consists of the following items: -
Qty Description Materials Stock#

1 S10 Sensor Chamber (1/2" NPT) Stainless Steel 4032090
1 CP10 Sensor & gasket (UL Listed) Stainless steel body & pin, PEEK plastic insulator 4030100
1 PT2 Plug tail (3/8" BSP, UL Listed) Brass body 0870396
1 LCV1 Lift check valve (1/2" NPT) Bronze 293190
1 Y type strainer (1/2" NPT, 20 mesh) Cast Iron 60310
1 Blowoff plug for strainer (3/8" NPT) Forged steel 48846
2 Model 10S Ball valves (1/2" NPT) Zinc plated forged carbon steel 3397310
Either 1 BCV1 (120v, UL Listed, CSA) Brass body, stainless steel seat, PTFE seal 4034098
Or 1 BCV1 (120v, Standard version) Brass body, stainless steel seat, PTFE seal 4034097
1: 33
INICIO
CP 30 Conductivity Probe
• Conductivity probe for use with blowdown contollers
• Suitable for use in steam boilers up to 464 psig.
462°F - (32 barg, 239°C)
• Easily cut to length
• All wetted parts in austenitic stainless steel/PTFE Cable socket
Description
The Spirax Sarco CP30 conductivity probe is used in conjuction with a con-
troller to measure the conductivity or TDS of water, usually in a steam boil-
er for the purpose of monitoring and controlling blowdown. The probe may
be installed in a Spirax Sarco probe elbow, a screwed flange, or directly in
a boiler connection. The CP30 is supplied in four nominal tip lengths, and is
cut to the exact length required prior to installation.
A DIN 43650 cable socket with 1/2" NPT conduit thread and four 18AWG
wires are supplied with the unit.
Limiting conditions
Maximum boiler pressure 464 psig (32 barg)
Hydraulic ambient temperature 158°F (70°C)
Minimum distance from boiler tubes.8" (20mm)
Minimum emersion depth
(vertical installed probes) 4.0" (100mm)
Cable socket protection rating IP65 Probe body
*Additional environmental protection is needed for outdoor installations.
Installation
Probes with tip lengths up to 19.7" (500mm) can be installed vertically or
horizontally. Vertical installation only is recommended for longer lengths.
The probe must be installed in a position where it can sense the conductivi-
ty of the boiler water, away from the feed water inlet if possible. Full instruc-
tions on cutting the probe tip to length, wiring, and maintenance are given in
the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with each unit.
Available Tip Lengths Inches and millimeters

11.8", 19.7", 39.4", 59.1"
300, 500, 1000, 1500
Weights (approximate) in lb (kg) Probe tip

11.8" (300mm) tip version 1lb (0.47kg)
19.7" (500mm) 1lb (0.49kg)
39.4" (1000mm) 1.3lb (0.59kg)
59.1 (1500mm) tip version 1.5lb (0.68kg)
Available Spares
Tip shroud and spring assembly, stock No. 4031280.
How to Specify
Conductivity probe with all wetted parts in austenitic stainless steel
and PTFE, 1/2" NPT, tip length 19.7" (500mm), and approved by
Tip shroud
Underwriters Laboratory as a Recognized Component.
How to Order
Spirax Sarco UL CP30 (1/2" NPT) probe with 19.7" (500mm) tip.
1: 34
INICIO
Withdrawal distance for

Dimensions (approximate) in inches cable socket 0.6" (15) CP 30 Conductivity Probe
and millimeters
Installation Examples
1.5" (39)
1
2 Installation on a probe elbow, Probe elbow
ideally on the horizontal center
3 line of the boiler.
To blowdown valve
5 7.0" (178)
Installation on a boiler
(screwed or flanged)
1/2" NPT
Thread
Tip
Length
8
Vertical installation on
a boiler standpipe
9 Materials
No Description Material
1 Cable socket Polyamide, glass filled
2 Flat gaket Silicone rubber
3 Probe connector Polyamide, glass filled
4 Cover assembly Austenitic stainless steel
Wiring Terminal box 5 Nameplate Aluminum foil
6 Body Austenitic stainless steel Type 316Ti
W/S No. 1.4571
CP30 7 Probe tip Austenitic stainless steel
Connector ASTM A276 316L
8 Probe tip sleeving PTFE
Probe tip Grounded to 9 Tip shroud PTFE
probe body 10 Spring Austenitic stainless steel
BS 2056 316 S42
Approvals 11 Flying leads Copper conductor, PVC insulation
UL UL3121-1 Process Control 18AWG CSATEW 105oC,
United States Equipment, Accessory E209497 UL1015 105oC, 600V
ULC C22-2 No.1010-1 Process Control
Canadian Standard Equipment, Accessory E209497 TIS 9.202 US 03.01
1: 35
INICIO
BC 1100 Controller
• Compact conductivity/blowdown controller
• DIN rail or chassis mounted
• Wide conductivity range Clamping Configuration
• 110V or 240V supply screw label
Description Amber LED

The Spirax Sarco BC1100 controller is part of an integrated
range of boiler house equipment, designed for DIN rail or chassis Set point
mounting. The controller is used in conjunction with a Spirax potentiometer
and LED Green LED
Sarco conductivity sensor and blowdown valve to monitor and indicators
control the concentration of total dissolved solids (TDS) in steam
boilers. This is achieved by opening the blowdown valve
periodically to purge the system and allow a sample of boiler
water to pass the sensor. The electrical conductivity of this
sample is compared with the set point selected on the controller Amber LED
front panel. If the conductivity is lower than the set point, the
controller allows the blowdown valve to close. If the conductivity Course and
is higher than the set point, the valve remains open, allowing the fine calibration Purge button
contaminated boiler water to be replaced by clean make-up potentiometers
water. The valve closes when the conductivity of the boiler water
drops below the set point. The BC 1100 has a set point
potentiometer, and coarse and fine calibration potentiometers on
the front panel. A green LED indicates that the controller is
operating, and that the conductivity is below the set point. An Clamping
amber LED indicates that the conductivity is above the set point. screw
A purge button is provided to open the blowdown valve manually,
and a second amber LED indicates that the blowdown valve is Technical data
open. Voltage, range, and output parameters are set on Mains supply voltage
installation using internal switches. A pulsed or continuous output 230V setting 198-264V
to the blowdown valve may be selected. The pulsed output is 115V setting 99-132V
suitable for smaller boilers, where continuous valve operation Frequency 50-60Hz
may cause the boiler water level to fall excessively. As well as Fuse type 20mm cartridge 100mA anti-surge (T)*
the relay output, the BC 1100 has a 4-20mA (or 0-20mA) output.
If required, this output signal can be held low (4 or 0mA) when Relay Load Rating
the blowdown valve is closed. This switch-selectable feature is Lamp or Resistive @ 240V 3A
useful for in-line sensor installations to prevent a slowly falling Tungsten Filament @ 240Vac 1A
signal being transmitted when the blowdown valve is closed and AC Motor@ 240Vac 1/4HP (2.9A)
the blowdown line is cooling. AC Motor @ 120Vac 1/10HP (3A)
Control circuits & Coils (Pilot Duty) C300 (2.5A)
Limiting conditions
Relays and supply voltage must be protected with 3 Amp quick blow
• Enclosure protection rating: IP40
fuses. The burner input must be protected with a 1 Amp quick blow fuse.
• Indoor use only. Maximum power consumption 6VA
• Altitude: up to 2000 m. Flying leads: 18AWG, 105°C, 600V Copper
• Maximum relative humidity 80% for temperatures up to conductor
31°C decreasing linearly to 50% relative humidity at 40°C. Switching hysteresis 5% of set point
• Polution degree: 2 Purge time: 10, 20, 60, or 120 seconds
• Installation catagory (overvoltage category): II Time between purges Every 30 min or every 30 min of boiler
• Enclosure protection rating. firing
• Ambient temperture range: 32 - 130°F (0 -55°C) Blowdown Continuous or intermittent (10 seconds
open, 20 seconds closed)
• Sensor operating temperature range: 212°F to 462°F (100°C Signal current output: 0-20 or 4-20mA representing controller
to 239°C) range.
• Minimum conductiviity: 40 uS/cm or ppm Blanking feature mA continuous or mA blanked (does
• Maximum resistance of 0/4-20mA (Negative is grounded to not operate when valve closed)
the boiler at the probe): 1KΩ *Replacement fuses to be UL recognized Components to retain the
integrity of the Approval
1: 36
INICIO
BC1100 Controller
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimeters
Ranges
Ranges at 77°F (25°C) (µS/cm or ppm, switch selectable)
40 - 400
120 - 1200
400 - 4000
1200 - 12000
Installation
WARNING:-
Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the controller as live
terminals at mains voltage will be exposed in the controller base.
The controller must be installed in an enclosure or control panel to
provide environmental protection. The controller may be mounted on a
‘top hat’ DIN rail using the mounting clip provided or the clip may be
removed and the controller base screwed direct to a chassis plate. Weight (approx.) 1.0 lb (0.5 kg)
The controller is supplied with flying leads attached. A proprietary
terminal block is required to connect the controller to the field wiring.” How to specify
Full installation and Maintenance Instructions are supplied with the DIN rail mounting conductivity/blowdown controller for on/off valve
controller. operation. Suitable for use with the sensor in the blowdown line, and
having adjustable range and purge settings. Controller to be approved
Materials by Underwriters Laboratory as a Listed product.
Enclosure base and connector Noryl SE1 GFN 2
Enclosure cover and intermediate plate R-ABS 90.00 Approvals
UL UL 3121-1
How to order United States Standard Process Control Equipment, Electrical
Spirax Sarco BC1100 UL blowdown controller. E209497
ULC C22.2 No. 1010.1

Canadian Standard Process Control Equipment, Electrical
E209497
Field Wiring Terminal Block BC1100
BC1100
3A max Black 3A max
Black
L 1 1 Select
Mains
voltage
White White internally
N 2 2
1A max 1A max
Yellow
Live burner input L Yellow 3 3
(max 264 V)
3A max Grey 3A max Grey
4 4
C1 High TDS
Brown Brown
3 L 1 5 5
6
2 N
N N 6 6 Low TDS
Solenoid valve 7 7
Y1 BCV1 / BCV20 Relay is
Links Orange Orange
21
8 8 +shown in
the power
O/4 - 20 mA output off position
BCV30 Blowdown 9 9
valve
10 10
Red Red
Plug tail to
Red 11 11
CP10 sensor Blue Blue
Blue
12 12
Screen
Junction box (If required)
TIS 9.106 US 01.01
1: 37
INICIO
BC 3200 and BC 3210 Controllers

• Compact unit for TDS control on large or small boilers.
• Wall or panel mounted versions
• 4 digit LED display (ppm or µS/cm).
• 4-20mA output and high TDS alarm. Temperature
compensated.
• Probe conditioning circuit (UK Patent No. 2276943)
• No batteries - settings stored in non-volatile memory.
Safety Warning
This document does not give enough information to
install the equipment safely. For further information
see Installation and Maintenance Instructions
(IM-P403-53)
Patent No. 2276943), which allows the system to maintain its accuracy
even when some boiler scaling is taking place. It should not, however,
be regarded as a substitute for adequate water treatment. The “cleaning
(conditioning)” time can be adjusted. The controller has adjustable set
point, alarm, and calibration. The set point hysteresis is adjustable,
providing a damping effect where changes of water circulation at the
probe may otherwise cause over-frequent switching of the blowdown or
dump valve. An additional filter can be selected to increase the damping
effect where the TDS probe is fitted directly in the boiler. A Pt100
Application temperature sensor may be connected to the controller to provide
The BC 3200 and BC 3210 controllers are used to monitor the temperature compensation (2% / °C) where the boiler is working at
conductivity of liquids. The BC 3200 is wall mounted, and the BC 3210 varying pressures. For other applications such as condensate
panel mounted. As they are identical in nearly all other respects, the monitoring or coil boilers, where the temperature may vary, a separate
following information will, for clarity, refer to the BC 3200. The main temperature sensor may be used.” For smaller boilers where the
application of the unit is for boiler blowdown control, where it monitors the capacity of the blowdown valve is relatively high compared to the
level of total dissolved solids (TDS), causing a blowdown valve to open if boiler size, the blowdown may be set to pulsed, rather than
the TDS rises above a set point, and an alarm to be signalled at a higher continuous output, opening for 10 seconds, and closing for 20
TDS level. The TDS probe may be mounted in the boiler or in the seconds. This slows the rate at which the boiler water is removed
blowdown line. The controller may also be used for monitoring so that the level is not unduly affected, avoiding the risk of triggering
condensate return, signalling a dump valve to open if the conductivity of a low water alarm. A 0-20 or 4-20mA output is provided as
the condensate exceeds a pre-set level. standard, and may be used for remote display of TDS level or as an
output to a computerised management system. A security feature
Description allows parameters to be viewed but not adjusted.
The BC 3200 is a dual voltage controller for use with a blowdown valve
or dump valve to monitor and control TDS levels, usually as part of a Probe in boiler shell
steam boiler installation. The front panel has a four digit LED display and For systems where the TDS probe is fitted in the boiler shell, the
two push buttons to select, view, and change functions. A BC 3200 will open the blowdown valve if the conductivity of the
lockable cover assembly is available for the BC 3210. In normal operation boiler exceeds a certain level (set point). As the contaminated water
the display shows the actual TDS value. Voltage, ranges, and other in the boiler is replaced by clean water from the feed tank, the TDS
operating parameters are set on installation using internal switches. The will fall to the set point (less the hysteresis value), when the
controller has a programmable probe “cleaning (conditioning)” circuit (UK controller will close the blowdown valve.
1: 38
INICIO
BC 3200 and BC 3210 Controllers

Probe in blowdown line Limiting conditions
For systems where the sensor is mounted in the blowdown line, the BC 3200 protection rating IP 65
controller periodically opens the blowdown valve to allow a sample of BC 3210 protection rating IP 65 (Front panel only,
water from the boiler to pass the sensor (purge). If the TDS is below case normally inside
the set point, the valve will close after the purge time has elapsed. The boiler panel)
purge time is adjustable for different blowdown installations, to ensure Indoor use only
that all water from the previous sample has been removed from the Altitude up to 2000 m
system, and that the sample is at a similar temperature to the water in Maximum relative humidity 80% for
the boiler. The BC 3200 may be set to purge either half an hour from temperatures up to 31°C decreasing
the last purge, or for every half hour of boiler firing, (useful for standby linearly to 50% relative humidity at 40°C.
boilers). If the TDS level is above the set point, the blowdown valve will Pollution Degree: 2
remain open to allow the high TDS water to be replaced by clean water Installation category (overvoltage category) : II
from the feed tank. The valve will close when the TDS level falls to the Minimum conductivity: 10uS/cm or ppm
set point (less the hysteresis value). When the valve is closed, the Protection rating for BC3200 enclosure IP 65, Type 1 or 12K
controller stores the TDS level in memory so that the last true value is Ambient temperature range: 32 - 130°F (0-55°C)
always shown on the display and is output as the mA signal. Maximum cable length 300ft (100m)
General Wiring Diagram (Probe to controller)
Maximum resistance of 0/4-20mA 500Ω
(Negative is grounded to boiler at the probe)
Technical data
Frequency 50-60Hz
Fuse type 20mm cartridge 100mA
anti-surge (T) **
Relay Load Rating

Grounded
to probe Lamp or Resistive @ 240Vac 3A
Grounded
body to boiler Solenoid valve Tungsten Filament @ 240Vac 1A
shell (BCV1 or BCV31)
AC Motor @ 240Vac 1/4HP (2.9A)
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimeters
AC Motor @ 120Vac 1/10HP (3A)
7.5" 3.9" 0.3" Control circuits & Coils (Pilot Duty) C300 (2.5A)
(190) (100) (8)
BC3200 Relays and supply voltages must be protected with a 3 Amp quick blow
fuse.The burner input must be protected with a 1 Amp quick blow fuse.
6.2"
(158) Alarm hysteresis 3%
Probe cleaning (conditioning) frequency* Every 12 hours
2.1" Probe cleaning (conditioning) duration* 0-99 seconds
(53) Purge time 0-99 seconds or*
2.4" 0-0.99 hour
BC3210 (61)
Time between purges Every 30 min. or
5.7" 4.4"
(144) every 30 min. of boiler firing
(112)
Blowdown Continuous or intermittent -
2.8" 6.2" (off for 20s/on for 10s)
(72) (158)
* If the purge time is set to anything other than zero, cleaning
4.7" (conditioning) time is automatically limited to 9 seconds to avoid
(120) 0.5"
(13) bubbles forming on the probe.
BC3200 weight 1.8 lb (0.8 kg) (approx.)
BC3210 weight 1.7 lb (0.6 kg) (approx.)
** Replacement fuses UL recognized Components to retain the
BC3210 panel cut-out 5.4" x 2.6" (137mm x 67mm) (aprox.)
integrity of the Approval.
How to specify
Programmable TDS controller, wall/panel mounting (specify which), Ranges (µS/cm or ppm, switch selectable)
with digital display, high alarm, probe conditioning feature (Patented) 10-99
Approved by Underwriters Laboratory as a Listed Product. 100-999
1000-9999
How to order
Spirax Sarco BC3200 UL Spirax Sarco BC3210 UL
Materials Approvals Field Wiring/terminals details
BC3200 UL UL 3121-1 Max wire gauge 14-22AWG
Case Polystyrene US Standard Process Control Conductor material Copper
Front panel Aluminum Equipment
Label Polyester Elec. E209497
BC3210 ULC C22.2 No. 1010.1
Case Noryl (glass filled) Canadian Standard Process Control
Front panel Polyester Equipment, TIS 9.107 US 02.01
Elec. E209497
1: 39
INICIO
BCV1
120V 1/2" NPT
Version
BCV 1 Solenoid Valve

• Normally closed operation
• For boiler blowdown duty
• Wide, non-critical voltage range
Safety
Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet
IM-GCM-10, and, in the UK, to IEE Regulations (BS 7671).
Elsewhere, other regulations will normally apply.
Description
The BCV 1 is a small bore, normally closed solenoid valve with a brass
body and corrosion resistant internal components. It is primarily intended
for low and medium pressure boiler blowdown applications.
Valves are supplied complete with a mains connector and is suitable for
3 x lmm2 (18 AWG) cable.
Limiting Conditions
BCV1 BCV1 (UL/CSA)
Maximum boiler or 203 psig 130psig
steam pressure (14 barg) (9 barg)
Intermittent operation
Media -40 to 392°F -40 to 356°F
Temperature (-40 to 200°C) (-40 to 180°C)
Media Water and flash steam Water and flash stem
Maximum ambient 130°F 130°F
temperature (55°C) (55°C)
E
Response Times (ms)
A
Opening 10 - 20
Closing 20 - 30
Available Sizes and Connections

1/2" screwed NPT - 120 V version
1/2" screwed NPT - 120 V version (UL/CSA Listed BCV1)
B D
Electrical Data
Voltage range 108 V to 132 V
Frequency 50 — 60 HZ
Maximum power consumption 40 VA (inrush)
1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT
16 VA/12W (hold)
Protection Rating IP65 (Nema 4)
Dimensions inches and (mm)

A B C D E Weight C
1.6” 4.3” 2.9” 3.7” 2.9” 1.6 lb
(40) (110) (74.5) (94.5) (73) (0.73 kg)
Materials
Part Material
Body Brass
Seal PTFE
Internal components Stainless Steel
1: 40
INICIO
BCV 1 Solenoid Valve

Capacities Retaining nut
Orifice diameter 1/8" Mains
Spring washer connector
Cv = 0.29
For conversion Kv (UK) = C v
1.17
‘O’ ring
Gasket
Boiler Pressure psig Capacity lb/h Solenoid coil
14.5 385 Spring Bonnet

29 550 Nut
58 770 Armature with
87 847 PTFE valve seal
116 979 ‘O’ ring
145 1089
203 1298
Valve
seat
Installation
We recommend that a stainer is fitted upstream of the valve. Fit the
valve with the flow in the direction of the arrow, in a horizontal pipeline
with the solenoid vertically above the valve.
Do not overtighten screws, nuts, or pipework as this could damage the
valve body.
BCV1
Wiring
Caution: Do not apply power to
the coil unless it is fitted to the
valve.
The rated voltage is printed on
the nameplate. For ease of
installation the solenoid coil can
be moved through 360° by
slackening the solenoid nut. The cable socket may be fitted
horizontally or vericaly by removing the central plastic screw and
Ball valve turning the connector through 90°. Ensure the cable socket gasket is
slightly compressed on refitting.
Strainer
Maintenance Wiring should be carried out using suitable 3 core, 18AWG (1mm2 )
(If it becomes necessary to dismantle the valve, proceed as follows: high temperature (90°C minimum) cable.
1. Disconnect the mains supply. Ensure that sufficient cable length is provided to allow removal of the
2. Remove retaining nut and washer and withdraw solenoid coil. cable socket and to ensure that no strain is placed on the unit.
3. Remove the bonnet nut and withdraw armature and spring. The cable socket for the standard valve is fitted with a PG16 cable
4. Clean the valve and examine the seating surfaces for damage. gland. The cable socket (Type H) for the UL/CSA Listed valve is
5. Replace the spring and armature if required. provided with a female 1/2" NPT thread for connection to a length of
6. Reassemble valve in the reverse order of dismantling. flexible metal conduit. To retain the integrity of the approvals the valve
must be installed with the H type cable socket.
Caution: Care must be taken to ensure that any condensation which
Approvals might buildup in the conduit network, is prevented from accumulating
UL UL 429 in the valve cable socket.
United States Standard Electricially Operated Valve, Safety To unplug the cable socket, remove the central screw.
Valve (MH10752) To gain access to the connector block within the cable socket for the
ULC C22.2 139 standard valve, remove the plastic internal central screw and withdraw
Canadian Standard Electrically Operated Valve, Safety the connector block. For the UL/CSA Listed valve, simply remove the
Valve (157357) lid.
The connector block maybe rotated in 90° steps to facilitate wiring.
Electrical connection must be made before the socket and the gasket
Available Spares is fitted to the valve. Flat terminal = Ground connection
Armature and spring set (kit). Stock No. 4034080 Note: - To provide enviromental protection the valve is supplied with a
Coil 110 V / 120V Stock No. 4034082 gasket between the cable socket and the valve connector. To maintain
environmental integrity, ensure gasket is always present when
How to specify reconnecting cable socket and contact surfaces are undamaged and
1 Spirax Sarco type BCV1 blowdown valve, screwed 1/2" NPT, are clean.
120V, 60 Hz and approved by Underwriters Laboratory and CSA as The tightening torque for the cable plug central retaining
a Listed product. screw is 1 Nm.
TIS 9.201 US 02.01

1: 41
INICIO
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
BCV 31 Blowdown Control Valve

& CCD
Pneumatically actuated-suitable for hazardous areas

Articulated valve cone ensures tight shut-off and correct alignment
Wide ambient temperature range: - 4°F to + 230°F (-20°C to + 110°C)
Cast steel body with stainless steel internals
Can be installed outdoors
6
Description
The Spirax Sarco BCV 31 is a pneumatically operated control valve
for the blowdown of steam boilers. It is normally used with a controller 7
as part of an automatic TDS control system, though it can also be
used for other high pressure drop, low flowrate applications.
The flow rate is adjusted by limiting the spindle stroke to regulate
the number of orifices that are uncovered.
The valve, which is specially designed to minimise seat erosion and 9
Actuator
ensure consistent tight shut-off, is supplied adjusted to its low flow
rate setting of 0.4" (10mm).
It can be adjusted to give 0.6" (15mm) stroke for medium flow rates,
or to 0.8" (20mm) stroke for high flow rates. The actuator has a
mechanical stroke indicator and incorporates a rolling diaphragm.
A 1/4" NPT tapping at the base of the valve allows a sample cooler 8
to be fitted.
The BCV 31 requires a regulated and filtered air supply, (1/ 8" NPT),
which should be free of oil and water, and a solenoid valve.
Spirax Sarco can supply suitable equipment.
Full installation, adjustment, and maintenance information is provided 10
with the valve.
Operation
The valve is spring loaded to the closed position (spring retract),
3
and is also held closed by the boiler pressure. When the solenoid
valve opens, air is admitted to the actuator causing the valve to
open to the selected stroke.
Limiting Conditions
Maximum Pressure 464 psig (32 barg) 2
Maximum Temperature 482°F (250°C)
Ambient Temperature Range -4°F to 230°F (-20 to +110°C) 1 Valve
Air Pressure Range 30 psig to 90 psig (2 to 6 barg)
Air Consumption (0.8" - 20mm travel) 0.33 litres
The valve itself may be installed outdoors without additional
protection. 5
The solenoid valve however, must be installed indoors, or adequately
protected against outdoor conditions.
Available types
Flanged 3/4" ANSI 300 4
Construction Materials
Valve
Actuator
No. Part Material
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast carbon steel DIN 17245 GS-C25
6 Diaphragm housing Pressed steel
2 Bonnet Forged carbon steel DIN 17243 C 22.8
7 Diaphragm Fabric reinforced nitrile rubber
3 Stuffing box Martensitic stainless steel Type 431
8 Yoke Aluminium
4 Bottom cover Carbon steel or BS 970 230 M07
Forged carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 9 Spindle Stainless steel
5 Internals Martensitic stainless steel Type 431 10 Connector Carbon steel
(Valve cone and seat are hardened)
1:42
INICIO
Controls
Boiler
C
Capacities
Blowdown valve capacity lb/h
Boiler Low flow rates Medium flow rates High flow rates
Pressure 0.4" 0.6" 0.8"
Boiler Blowdown
psig (10mm) stroke (15mm) stroke (20mm) stroke
80 880 1210 1900
102 1015 1565 2540
& CCD
145 1260 2100 3310
B 218 1540 2540 3640
290 1720 2760 3750
464 2075 3090 3970
Available Spares
Valve
Gasket and packing set 4, 9 ,11 ,13 ,16 , 22
Valve cone, seat, and stem set 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 15
Actuator
D
Stem seal kit A, C, H
A Diaphragm Kit D, E, F, H
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimetres Travel indicators (2) G
PN Class Table Spring kit B, J
40 300 H
DN A A A B C D Weight Maintenance
5.9" 5.9" 5.7" 14.9" 5.8" 20.3lb We recommend that the valve and actuator are examined annually
3/4" 1/4"NPT
(150) (150) (146) (378) (147) (9.2 kg) and parts replaced as necessary.
Actuator withdrawal distance 80.
How to specify
On/off pneumatically actuated blowdown control valve
J
How to order
J Spirax Sarco BCV 31 blowdown control valve, flanged ANSI 300
B
F
E
D G
H
A
13
11
C
J 5
J 16
9
3
4
7
15
8
22
6
TIS 9.302 US 09.99

1:43
INICIO
(24v Version)

• Electrohydraulically actuated valve with manual override 1
• Cast steel body with stainless steel internals
2
• Articulated valve cone ensures tight shut-off and correct alignment
• Spring closure on power failure
• Valve position indicator
Description 26
The Spirax Sarco BCV30 is an electrohydraulically actuated control
valve for the blowdown of steam boilers or other high pressure drop,
low flowrate applications.
It is generally used with a blowdown controller as part of an
automatic TDS control system. 27
The flowrate is adjusted by limiting the spindle stroke to regulate the
number of orifices that are uncovered.
The valve, which is supplied adjusted to its low flowrate setting of
.4'' stroke, is especially designed to minimize seat erosion and
ensure consistent tight shut-off.
It can be adjusted to .6'' stroke for medium flowrates, or to .8'' stroke
for high flowrates, by repositioning the internal cam. A valve position 7
indicator is provided.
The valve can be opened manually by turning the actuator
handwheel clockwise. 12
A 1/4'' BSP tapping is provided for a sample cooler. 13 25
Full installation, adjustment and maintenance information is 11
provided with the valve.
10
Sizes and Pipe Connections
3/4'' Flanged ANSI 300
9
Operation
The valve is spring loaded to the closed position.
When power is applied to the actuator the valve opens to the 3
position set by the internal limit switch. 4
5 16
Limiting Conditions 6 15
Maximum pressure 464 psig (32 barg) 8
Maximum temperature 462˚F (239˚C) 22
Maximum ambient temperature 122˚F (50˚C)
Protection rating (IP54) 23
Outdoor installation is not recommended without additional protection.
No. Description No. Description
Electrical data 1 Actuator handwheel 12 Stuffing box
230 V version 187 V- 264 V 50-60 Hz
2 Manual indicator 13 Gasket
115 V version 99 V - 121 V 50-60 Hz
3 Seat 15 Plug
24 V version 19.2 V - 28 V 50-60 HZ
4 Washer (seat) 16 Gasket
Power consumption 15 VA
5 Cone 20 Guide bush
6 Cap 22 Gasket
Approval (24V Version) 7 Stem 23 Plug 1/4'' BSP
UL UL-429 8 Wave spring 25 Clamping screw
United States Standard Electrically operated 9 Gasket 26 Actuator (without limit
10 Spring switch assembly
ULC C22.2 No. 139-1982 11 Chevron seal set 27 Limit switch assembly
Canadian Standard Electrically operated valves
1: 44
INICIO

Materials Safety Information
Valve WARNING
Body Cast carbon steel DIN 17245 GS-C25 Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10, as
Bonnet Forged steel carbon DIN 17234 C 22.8 well as to any National or Regional regulations. This product is
Stuffung box Martenistic stainless steel Type 431 designed and constructed to withstand the forces encountered during
Bottom Cover Carbon steel BS 907 230 M07 normal use. Use of the product for any purpose other than a blowdown
Internals Martenistic stainless steel Type 431 control valve could cause damage to the product and may cause injury
(Valve cone and seat hardened) or fatality to personnel.
Actuator
Casing Die cast Aluminum Installation
Cover ABS This document does not contain sufficient information to install the
Cylinder/piston Aluminum product safely. See the Installation & Maintenance Instructions
provided with every unit. Do not install the valve outside without
additional weather protection.
Dimensions/Weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
Size A B C D Weight Maintenance
3/4'' 6'' 15-3/8'' 5'' 1/4'' BSP 20 lb. It is recommended that the valve is examined annually and parts
replaced if necessary. For detailed maintenance instructions, see
Installation & Maintenance Instructions (IM-P403-15).
C
UL Listed
12
Valve Sealing
Arrangement
13
11
B 20
10
D Sample bake-off 45
A
How to order
Example: Spirax Sarco BCV30 blowdown valve, 24V, flanged 3/4"
ANSI 300, and approved by Underwriters Laboratory as a Listed
Product.
Spare parts
Spare parts are available as listed below. No other parts are
available as spares.
Gasket & packing set
24V (UL) Stock No. 4034480 4,9,10,11,12,13,16,20,22
115/230V Stock No. 4034482 4,9,13,16,22,41
Valve cone, seat & stem set
24V (UL) Stock No. 4034481 3,5,6,7,8,15
115/230V Stock No. 4034483 3,5,6,7,8,15,16,45 + Gasket
and packing set
Adjustable stuffing box kit Blowdown Valve Capacity in lb/h
115/230V Stock No. 4034484 40,42,43,44 + Gasket and Boiler Pressure Low Flowrates Medium flowrates High flowrates
packing set psig .4'' stroke (10mm) .6'' stroke (15 mm) .8'' stroke (20 mm)
Note: The adjustable graphite seal system is not currently Approved
80 880 1210 1900
for use on the UL Listed valve.
102 1015 1565 2540
Actuator with limit switch assembly 145 1260 2100 3310
115V Stock No. 4034466 218 1540 2540 3640
230V Stock No. 4034467 290 1720 2760 3750
24V (UL) Stock No. 4034468 464 2075 3090 3970
Actuator limit switch assembly: 24 (UL) /115/230V versions
Stock No. 4034419
TIS 9.305 US 04.01
1: 45
INICIO
Controls
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Boiler Blowdown
MS 1 Conductivity Meter
& CCD
• Automatic temperature compensation
• Wide selectable range
• Automatic switch-off
General description
The Spirax Sarco MS 1 is a battery powered conductivity meter
designed for use with liquids. It is particularly suitable for measuring
the conductivity of boiler water, feed water, or condensate samples
in order to estimate the level of Total Dissolved Solids, or TDS.
The instrument is fitted with a permanently wired carbon electrode
sensor with integral temperature sensor.
A plug-in extension lead is also provided to allow ac resistance
measurements to be made on installed conductivity probes in order
to check their condition. Calibration to a master instrument or standard
solution is possible using the adjustment screw on the side of the
case. The instrument is supplied in a protective wallet.
Limiting conditions
Maximum recommended sensor operating temperature 113°F (45°C).
Specification
Ranges 0 to 199.9µS/cm, 0 to 1.999mS/cm, 0 to 19.99mS/cm.
Range indication Decimal Point and LED above selection key.
Temperature Automatic, 2%/°C. Reference temperature 77°F (25°C).
compensation
Resolution 0.1µS/cm.
Accuracy +/-1.5% or +/-3 digits (whichever is greatest) at
77°F (25°C).
Calibration range +/-20%. 20 turns (approx).
On/off Auto-off timer.
Sensor PVC cell with carbon electrodes.
Extension cable Twin core, jack plug and crocodile clips.
Battery PP3 or equivalent. A low battery warning
indicator is fitted.
Dimensions (approx in inches and millimetres)

Instrument 3.2" x 5.8" x 1.5" (80 x 147 x 39)
Sensor cable 36" (1000)
Extension cable 36" (1000)
Weight 1lb (430g) with case
How to specify
1 - Spirax Sarco MS 1 Conductivity Meter.
1: 47
INICIO
KBV 20 Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve
• Purpose designed for boiler blowdown applications

• Suitable for boiler pressures up to 250 psig at 410°F (17.25 barg at 208°C)
• Wide size range 1" to 2-1/2" with ANSI 300 Flanges

• Key removable only when
valve closed
• Can be pneumatically
actuated retrospectively
General description
The key operated boiler blowdown valve consists of a carbon steel
ball valve with reinforced PTFE seats and a key operated mechanism
in stainless steel.Two types of key are available, one standard
length, and an extended ‘T’-bar type for use where access to the
valve is limited. The key cannot be removed when the valve is open,
to ensure compliance with boiler regulations.
Applications
The valve is specifically designed for boiler blowdown applications,
and is particularly suitable for use where a timed blowdown system
is not required.See separate literature for timed systems.
Limiting conditions
Maximum allowable pressure 250 psig at 410°F (17.25 barg at 208°C)
Cold hydraulic test pressure 1130 psig (78 barg - class 300)
Materials
Part Material
Body Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
Seats Carbon reinforced PTFE
Ball Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316
Stem Stainless steel AISI 420 or 316
Housing Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316L
Adaptor Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316L
Key Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316L
‘T’ bar Carbon steel
Note: Key and ‘T’ bar supplied separately
Sizes and pipe connections

Sizes 1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2"
Flange ANSI 300
1: 47
INICIO
KBV 20 Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve

Size A B C D E F Weight lb (kg)
1" 6.5" (165) 4.5" (114) 1.4" (35) - - 0.8" (21) 13.2 (6.0)
1-1/2" 7.5" (190) 5.0" (126) 1.4" (35) - - 1.2" (31) 21.8 (9.8)
2" 8.5" (216) 5.3" (134) 1.4" (35) - - 1.5" (38) 26.5 (12.0)
2-1/2" 9.5" (241) 5.7" (146) 1.4" (35) - - 2.0" (51) 39.7 (18.0)
Standard key 1.3" (32) 10.2" (258)
T bar key 19.7" (500) 14.8" (375)
* Keys supplied separately How to specify

Key operated blowdown valve with Austenitic Stainless Steel interlock
mechanism.
How to order
2 - Spirax Sarco Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valves KBV 20,
flanged ANSI 300
1 - Standard key for KBV 20
T-bar Key
D
C
Standard Key
A
TIS 9.303 US 09.97
1: 48
INICIO
ABV 20
Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valve
• Automatic timed blowdown-avoids

wasted heat
• Suitable for boiler pressures up to
250 psig at 440°F (17.25 barg)
• Spring return for fail-safe operation
• Pneumatic actuator for fast response Switch box
Description
The Spirax Sarco ABV 20 is a ball valve with a 90° rotary spring return
pneumatic actuator, for boiler blowdown duties.
Actuator
It is used in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco blowdown timer to provide
Actuator end cover
timed control of bottom blowdown, ensuring that the recommended
body
boiler blowdown cycles occur with minimum heat loss, avoiding
duplication or omission.
The pneumatic actuator, (which can also be operated with other non-
corrosive gases), moves through 90° to open the valve, and has a
spring return action to the closed position for fail-safe operation. Port "A"
A switch box is mounted on the actuator, and may be used to signal
valve open and closed positions.
A solenoid valve is required, and may be directly mounted to the
"NAMUR" (VDI/VDE 3845) interface on the actuator.
*A suitable valve, complete with adaptor plate, may be selected from
the Spirax Sarco MV range. Alternatively, an air supply may be connected
directly to the actuator port "A" (1/4" NPT), where it is necessary to
install the solenoid valve remote from the actuator.
A standard 1/4" NPT 3-way solenoid valve could also be used.
The ABV 20 may be installed with the flow in either direction.
Limiting Conditions
Maximum operating pressure 250 psig (17.25 barg)
Maximum operating temperature 410°F (208°C)
Valve cold hydraulic test pressure (Class 300)1130 psig (78 bar g) Valve seat
Valve body
(MV series solenoid 120°F-(50°C)
Minimum air supply pressure 90 psig (6 barg)
Maximum air supply pressure 150 psig (10 barg)
RB 11 switch rating 3A 250Vac
Protection rating NEMA 13 (IP65)
Technical Data
Available sizes 1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2"
Available flanges ANSI 300
Operating time (Full stroke) 1 to 3 seconds
Operating media Clean compressed air
* Note: The BT1000 blowdown timer uses one switch only to
Non-corrosive gas
indicate 'valve fully closed' or 'valve not fully closed' positions,
Air consumption Inches 3/Stroke-(dm 3/stroke=litres/stroke)
and does not indicate that the valve has fully opened.
1" (DN 25) (BVA 6i actuator) 16 in 3 (0.27 dm 3)
1-1/2", 2" (DN 32, 40, 50) (BVA 15i actuator) 37 in 3 (0.6 dm 3)
2-1/2" (DN 65) (BVA 28i actuator) 92 in 3 (1.5 dm 3)
1: 49
INICIO
ABV 20
Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valve
Materials
Valve
Body Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
Seats Carbon reinforced PTFE
Ball Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316
Spindle Martensitic stainless steel AISI 420 or
Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316
Actuator
Body, piston, end cover Aluminium alloy
Drive shaft Carbon steel
"O" ring seals Nitrile rubber
Dimensions (approximate) in inches/millimetres

Valve Size Flange Actuator A B C D E F G Valve
Type Type bore
1" Cl. 300 BVA 6i 4.0" (101) 7.2" (183) 4.2" (107) 14.4" (365) 6.5" (165) 4.9" (124) 4.0" (102) 0.8" (20.6)
1-1/2" Cl. 300 BVA 15i 5.3" (135) 8.6" (218) 5.6" (141) 16.9" (430) 7.5" (191) 6.1" (156) 4.6" (118) 1.2" (31)
2" Cl. 300 BVA 15i 5.3" (135) 8.6" (218) 5.6" (141) 17.5" (444) 8.5" (216) 6.5" (165) 5.0" (126) 1.5" (38)
2-1/2" Cl. 300 BVA 28i 6.3" (159) 11.9" (302) 7.0" (178) 19.3" (490) 9.5" (241) 7.5" (191) 5.4" (138) 2.0" (50.8)
Air connection 1/4" NPT.
Weight (approximate) in lb (kg)

B 1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
21 (9.5) 37 (16.5) 42 (19.0) 66 (30.0)
Port A
G
How to Specify
Ball valve, 1" Flanged ANSI 300 with carbon
reinforced PTFE seats, 90° rotary pneumatic actuator
and switch box.
F NAMUR compatible solenoid valve 240V.
How to Order
Spirax Sarco ABV 20 Actuated boiler blowdown valve
1", ANSI 300.
MV 11 Solenoid valve 240V.
TIS 9.304 US 09.99

1: 50
INICIO
BT 1000 Boiler Blowdown Timer
• For time controlled blowdown of steam boilers
• Purpose designed unit with adjustable blowdown interval and duration
• Programmable delay prevents boilers blowing down in rapid succession
• Timer checks for correct operation of blowdown valve
• No batteries – settings and elapsed time stored in non-volatile memory
Description
The Spirax Sarco BT 1000 blowdown timer is a dual voltage, purpose- Clamping
designed cyclic timer for the control of blowdown intervals and their screw
duration on steam boilers.
For multiple boiler installations, up to nine timers can be linked,
preventing more than one boiler blowing down at a time. A time
delay can be programmed to prevent different boilers blowing down
in rapid succession. This feature avoids the possibility of overloading
a blowdown vessel or pit which could lead to water being discharged
to drain at too high a temperature. The timer can be wired to a
switch box on the blowdown valve actuator to monitor valve operation
and release an alarm relay if the blowdown valve fails to close within Display
a certain period.
The BT 1000 may also be used to open a small bore valve, e.g. a
solenoid valve, on a timed basis to control TDS for those situations
where a conductivity system is not wanted or is not possible. Push
The timer front panel has a four digit LED display and two push buttons
buttons to select functions and set parameters. In ‘run’ mode, the
display will normally show a continuous display of the time to the
next programmed blowdown in hours and minutes with a decimal
point flashing at two second intervals.
An external key switch may be mounted on the boiler panel and
wired to lock the blowdown valve off or to open it ‘manually’. The BT
1000 can also be used as a cumulative timer by wiring it to operate
only when the boiler is actually firing, and so can be used where
boilers only operate intermittently, as in the case of standby boilers.
Full commissioning and operating information is supplied with each
unit.
Limiting conditions
Enclosure rating IP 40 Clamping
Maximum ambient temperature 130°F (55°C) screw
Maximum cable lengths 300ft (100m)
Technical data
Frequency 50-60Hz
Fuse type 100mA anti-surge
Time between blowdowns 0-99 hours
Accuracy (typical) 5 seconds/day
Time of each blowdown:-
Main blowdown 0-99 seconds
Small bore blowdown 0-0.99 hours.
Pause time
(Minimum interval between blowdowns from different boilers)
0-9.9 hours
1: 51
INICIO
BT 1000 Boiler Blowdown Timer

Materials Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimetres
Case Polystyrene
2.1" 4.2"
Baseplate ABS (Reinforced) (52) (106)
Installation
timer as live terminals at mains voltage will be exposed in the
controller base.
The BT 1000 should be installed in an enclosure or control panel to
provide environmental protection. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable
enclosures. The timer may be mounted on a ‘top hat’ DIN rail using
the mounting clip provided or the clip may be removed and the timer 4.4" (112)
base screwed direct to a chassis plate.
General wiring diagram
L 1 1.0"
(24)
Mains 4.7"
Select Voltage Internally (120)
Weight 1lb (0.5kg) (approx).
N
2 How to specify
Programmable blowdown timer with digital display, valve malfunction
alarm, and linking capability.
L 3 How to order
Spirax Sarco BT 1000 blowdown timer
Blowdown
Valve 4
L
6
Alarm 8
Valve
Switch 10
11 Optional Connections
Link to
other
timers
12
Relays shown in power off position.

Valve switch shown in valve closed position.
TIS 9.301 US 09.97

1: 52
INICIO
Flowmeters
for steam, liquids and gases.
The Spirax Sarco range of flowmeters is suitable for

accurate measurement of saturated and superheated
steam at pressures up to 2900 psig and temperatures
up to 842°F. When pressures and temperatures vary,
full density compensated systems are available.
INICIO
Flowmeters
Flowmeters Index
8.005 Gilflo Flowmeters - Spool Pipeline Unit 2: 56

8.006 Gilflo Flowmeters - B Pipeline Unit 2: 58
8.008 Gilflo Flowmeters - System Overview wmeters 2: 60
o Flo
8.009 Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters Gilfl 2: 61
8.010 Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters System Overview 2: 63
8.200 Orifice Plate Flowmeters M410 Orifice Plate and Carrier Assembly 2: 65
8.201 lates
Orifice Plate Flowmeters Orifice Plate Flowmetering System (non compensated)
P 2: 67
8.202 Orifice Plate Flowmeters Orifice Plate Flowmetering System ifice compensated)
Or(density 2: 68
8.203 Orifice Plate Flowmeters Customer Data Sheet 2: 70
rs
8.300 M240 G Series Steam Flow Computer
pute 2: 71
8.301 M250 G Series Gas Flow Computer
w Com 2: 73
8.302 M700 Display Unit Flo 2: 75
8.400 M610 DP Transmitter Assembly 2: 77
8.404 M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter 2: 78
rs
8.402 EL2270 & EL2271 Temperature Probes smitte 2: 80
n
8.403 EL2600 & Temperature Probes Tra 2: 82
8.401 Model F50C Isolating Valve 2: 85
TIS INDEX US 11.02

2:55
INICIO
Gilflo Flowmeters - 'Spool' Pipeline Unit
Note: 12'' flowmeter incorporates an additional shaft support

together with a revised spring location.
Low DP
Tapping
High DP
Tapping
Description • M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter

The Gilflo 'Spool' flowmeter is installed in the pipeline and produces • M700 Flow Computer (version 9-16)
a differential pressure which is related to the rate of flow. It can be • Customer's EMS, DCS or equivalent
used with most industrial fluids, gases and both saturated and • M240G Steam Flow Computer
superheated steam. • M250G Gas Flow Computer
Sizes and Pipe Connections Note: When used with M240G/M250G flow computers, Gilflo accuracy
3", 4", 6", 8" and 12" is +/- 1% of reading from 5% to 100% of maximum rated flow.
Flanges available to ANSI B.16.5 class 300 For flows from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow, accuracy will be
better than ± 1% FSD.
Limiting Conditions
Minimum operating pressure 9 psig Repeatability
Maximum operating pressure 740 psig The Gilflo is repeatable to better than 0.25%.
Minimum operating temperature -58˚F
Maximum operating temperature 842˚F Pressure Drop
Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise Less than 140 inches H2O (349 mbar) at rated capacity
Turndown Flow Capacity

The Gilflo will provide accurate measurement over a flow range of To determine the maximum flow capacity of a Gilflo 'Spool', it is
100:1. necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate (QE). See under
the section ‘’Sizing the Gilflo 'Spool' flowmeter".
Accuracy
To achieve accuracy of a ± 1% of reading, all Gilflo meters must be Materials of Construction
used in conjunction with a device capable of performing electronic Body Carbon Steel ASTM A105/A106/A234
linearism such as: Internals Mostly Stainless Steel S304/S316
Spring Inconel X750
INICIO
Gilflo Flowmeters - 'Spool' Pipeline Unit
Dimensions / Weights (approximate) in inches and Maintenance

lbs There are no user serviceable parts within the 'Gilflo' Spool flowmeter.
SIZE A B Weight Mechanical checks to confirm correct operation are described in the
manuas that accompanies the flowmeters.
3" 13 3.5 37
4" 21 4.5 81
6" 28 6.6 167 Sizing the Gilflo 'Spool'Flowmeter
8" 31 8.6 191 1.Determine Equivalent Water Flowrate (Qe) in U.S. gpm using
12" 40 13 240 formulas:
H.P. and L.P. pressure tappings are threaded 1/4" NPT (female).
Liquids:
m De Dl
Qe = or Qe = Ql
500 Dl De
Installation
A separate installation booklet is supplied with each Gilflo 'Spool ' Qe = equivalent flow rate of water at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
flowmeter. The following main points are given for guidance: m = maximum flow rate of service liquid (lb/hr)
De = density of water at calibration (62.305 lb/ft3)
Dl = density of service liquid (lb/ft3)
Ql = maximum flow rate of service liquid (US gpm)
B Gases:
(0.0158) x m
Qe = D x Pf x Ts
A Ps Tf
1. The Gilflo should be installed with a minimum of 6 straight pipe

or Qe = (0.948) x Qg D x Ps x Tf
diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings orcross Pf Ts
sectional changes permitted within these pipe lengths. Where an
increase in pipe diameter is necessary upstream of a Gilflo flowmeter,
the length of straight pipe should be increased to 12 diameters. Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
Similarly, where a Gilflo flowmeter is installed downstream of two m = maximum flow rate of gas (lb/hr)
90° bends in two planes, a pressured reducing valve or a partially D = gas density at 14.7 psia, 520°R (60°F) (lb/ft3)
open valve, 12 pipe diameters should be allowed. Pf = flowing pressure of gas (psia)
Ps = standard atmospheric pressure (14.7 psia)
Ts = standard absolute temperature (520°R)
2. The Gilflo flowmeter should normally be mounted horizontally. Tf = flowing temperature of gas (°R=°F + 460)
Vertical installation (with flow vertically downward) is also permissible Qg = maximum flow rate of gas (SCFM)
and must be specified when ordering. Ensure flow is in the correct
Steam:
direction and avoid reverse flow.
Qe = (0.0158) x m v
3. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practice
should be followed:- Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
m = maximum flow rate of steam (lb/hr)
• Ensure all pipework is adequetly insulated. v = specific volume of steam at normal
• Ensure correct line drainage through adequate trapping. pressure and temperature (ft3/lb)
• Where practicable, fit a steam separator upstream of the flowmeter.
This should be drained using a float trap set. 2. Select from the table below the meter with a Qe max. that most
• Ensure good alignment and support of all associated pipework. closely matches (but exceeds) the application Qe determined in step 1.
• Achieve line size reduction by the use of eccentric reducers.
• Avoid close installation (less than 25 pipe diameters) upstream or Note: These equivalent water flowrates are based on a differencial
downstream of a pressure reducing valve or modulating valve. pressure of 140 inches H2O (349 mbar). For saturated steam flow
measurement, the table below gives flow capacities in lb/h.
See the "Gilfo flowmeters - system overview" TIS 8.008 which
provides information of a Gilflo metering system.
size Qe max (gpm) 15 psig 50 psig 75 psig 100 psig 150 psig 200 psig 400 psig
3'' 97 1671 2419 2825 3184 3794 4321 6007
4'' 249 4302 6230 7276 8199 9771 11129 15469
6'' 440 7598 11002 12849 14479 17255 19653 27318
8'' 1045 18033 26113 30498 34366 40954 46646 64838
12'' 1958 33777 48912 57125 64371 76711 87373 121448
Note: These capacities are based on a differential pressure accross the meter of 140 inches H2O (349 mbar). Minimum flow is 1% of
maximum (100:1 turndown).
How To Order
1 - 6'' Spirax Sarco Gilflo 'Spool' flowmeter flanged to ANSI B-16-5 class 300.
TIS 8.005 US 11.99
INICIO
Gilflo Flowmeters - 'B' Pipeline Unit
Note:8'', 10'', 12'' and 16'' flowmeters incorporate an

additional shaft support together with a revised spring
location.
Low DP
Tapping
High DP
Tapping
Description • M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter

The Gilflo 'B' flowmeter is installed in the pipeline and produces a • M700 Flow Computer (version 9-16)
differential pressure which is related to the rate of flow. It can be used • Customer's EMS, DCS or equivalent
with most industrial fluids, gases and both saturated and superheated • M240G Steam Flow Computer
steam. • M250G Gas Flow Computer
Sizes and Pipe Connections Note: When used with M240G/M250G flow computers, Gilflo accuracy
2'', 3", 4", 6", 8", 10'', 12" and 16'' is +/- 1% of reading from 5% to 100% of maximum rated flow.
Flanges available to ANSI B.16.5 class 300 For flows from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow, accuracy will be
better than ± 1% FSD.
Limiting Conditions
Minimum operating pressure 9 psig Repeatability
Maximum operating pressure 740 psig The Gilflo is repeatable to better than 0.25%.
Minimum operating temperature -58˚F
Maximum operating temperature 842˚F Pressure Drop
Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise Less than 140 inches H2O (349 mbar) at rated capacity
Turndown Flow Capacity

The Gilflo will provide accurate measurement over a flow range of To determine the maximum flow capacity of a Gilflo 'B', it is necessary
100:1. to calculate the equivalent water flowrate (Q E). See under the
section ‘’Sizing the Gilflo 'B' flowmeter".
Accuracy
To achieve accuracy of a ± 1% of reading, all Gilflo meters must be Materials of Construction
used in conjunction with a device capable of performing electronic Body Carbon Steel ASTM A105/A106/A234
linearism such as: Internals Mostly Stainless Steel S304/S316
Spring Inconel X750
INICIO
Gilflo Flowmeters - 'B' Pipeline Unit

Dimensions / Weights (approximate) in inches and Maintenance
lbs There are no user serviceable parts within the Gilflo 'B' flowmeter.
SIZE A B Weight Mechanical checks to confirm correct operation are described in the
2'' 19 3.5 31 manual that accompanies the flowmeters.
3" 21 4.5 48 Routine maintenance of the flow measurement system as a whole is
4" 28 6.6 105 described in the manuals that accompany the component items.
6" 31 8.6 191
8" 39 12.7 270 Sizing the Gilflo 'B' Flowmeter
10" 57 16 565
12'' 63 18 748 1.Determine Equivalent Water Flowrate (Q e) in U.S. gpm using
16'' 79 24 1980 formulas:
H.P. and L.P. pressure tappings are threaded 1/4" NPT (female). Liquids:
On 16'' meter, the pressure tappings are on the body.
m De Dl
Qe = or Qe = Ql
500 Dl De
Qe = equivalent flow rate of water at 70°F (U.S. gpm)

B m = maximum flow rate of service liquid (lb/hr)
De = density of water at calibration (62.305 lb/ft3)
Dl = density of service liquid (lb/ft3)
Gases:
(0.0158) x m
A Qe = D x Pf x Ts
Ps Tf
Installation
A separate installation booklet is supplied with each Gilflo 'B '
x Ps x
flowmeter. The following main points are given for guidance: Tf
or Qe = (0.948) x Qg D
Pf Ts
1. The Gilflo should be installed with a minimum of 6 straight pipe
diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings orcross
sectional changes permitted within these pipe lengths. Where an
Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
increase in pipe diameter is necessary upstream of a Gilflo flowmeter,
m = maximum flow rate of gas (lb/hr)
the length of straight pipe should be increased to 12 diameters. D = gas density at 14.7 psia, 520°R (60°F) (lb/ft3)
Similarly, where a Gilflo flowmeter is installed downstream of two Pf = flowing pressure of gas (psia)
90° bends in two planes, a pressured reducing valve or a partially Ps = standard atmospheric pressure (14.7 psia)
open valve, 12 pipe diameters should be allowed. Ts = standard absolute temperature (520°R)
Tf = flowing temperature of gas (°R=°F + 460)
2. The Gilflo flowmeter should normally be mounted horizontally. Qg = maximum flow rate of gas (SCFM)
Vertical installation (with flow vertically downward) is also permissible
and must be specified when ordering. Ensure flow is in the correct Steam:
direction and avoid reverse flow. Qe = (0.0158) x m v
3. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practice Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
should be followed:- m = maximum flow rate of steam (lb/hr)
• Ensure all pipework is adequetly insulated. v = specific volume of steam at normal
• Ensure correct line drainage through adequate trapping. pressure and temperature (ft3/lb)
• Where practicable, fit a steam separator upstream of the flowmeter.
This should be drained using a float trap set. 2. Select the table below the meter with a Qe max. that most closely
• Ensure good alignment and support of all associated pipework. matches (but exceeds the application Qe determined in step 1.
• Achieve line size reduction by the use of eccentric reducers. Note: These equivalent water flowrates are based on a differencial
• Avoid close installation (less than 25 pipe diameters) upstream or pressure of 140 inches H2O (349 mbar). For saturated steam flow
downstream of a pressure reducing valve or modulating valve. measurement, the table below gives flow capacities in lb/h.
See the "Gilfo flowmeters - system overview" TIS 8.008 which provides
information of a Gilflo metering system.
size Qe max (gpm) 15 psig 50 psig 75 psig 100 psig 150 psig 200 psig 400 psig
2'' 94 1625 2353 2748 3096 3690 4203 5842
3'' 309 5332 7721 9018 10162 12110 13793 19172
4'' 496 8559 12394 14475 16311 19438 22139 30773
6'' 1207 20825 30156 35220 39687 47295 53868 74876
8'' 2145 37004 53585 62582 70520 84040 95719 133050
10'' 2950 50894 73700 86075 96993 115587 131651 182995
12'' 5121 88356 127948 149431 168385 200666 228554 317690
16'' 8319 143530 207845 242744 273534 325972 371275 516072
Note: These capacities are based on a differential pressure accross the meter of 140 inches H2O (349 mbar). Minimum flow is 1% of
maximum (100:1 turndown).
How To Order
1 - 6'' Spirax Sarco Gilflo 'B' flowmeter flanged to ANSI B-16-5 class 300 TIS 8.006 US 11.99
Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd., Blythewood, SC 29016 Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX: (803) 714-2200
INICIO
Gilflo Flowmeters - System Overview
Description
The Spirax Sarco Gilflo flowmetering system consists of 2 major High DP Low DP
parts:-
1. The Gilflo pipeline unit. This may be a Gilflo ‘B’ or ‘Spool’
design. This is installed in the line where the flow is to be
measured. Using impulse pipework, this is connected to:-
2. The M610 DP Transmitter Assembly. This measures the Gilflo
differential pressure across the Gilflo pipeline unit and converts
it to a 4-20 mA output signal. This output signal can be used in a
number of ways:- F50C
a- To drive a suitable chart recorder or act as an input to an Isolating Valves
EMS/DCS. This gives a non-compensated signal proportional
to rate of flow. Impulse Pipework
b- To supply an M700 Display Unit. This gives a
non-compensated display of totalized flow and rate of flow. High Low
c- To supply an M240G or M250G series Flow Computer,
whose keypad allows the user to select the parameters to
be viewed as well as allowing access to the numerous
facilities available. The diagram shows these configurations. M610 DP
Temperature Transmitter Assembly.
Note:- The Gilflo pipeline unit can be used to measure the flow of Transmitter For gas applications the
most industrial liquids, gases and vapors within the pressure and DP cell is mounted above
temperature limits detailed in the TIS's. the pipework.
Full density compensation from pressure and temperature
transmitters is available when using the M240G series Flow Computer
for steam applications or the M250G Series Flow Computer for gas
applications. See TIS’s for details.
Pressure
Installation Transmitter Chart Recorder
Care must be taken to meet all the requirements of the Installation
and Maintenance Instructions that are included with the equipment.
Installation points to watch:-

1. Ensure all pipework is adequately supported and properly aligned. EMS/DCS
2. The Gilflo pipeline unit should be selected on capacity rather
than line size. Where pipe size reduction on steam systems is
necessary, use eccentric reducers to avoid waterlogging.
3. The minimum recommended lengths of straight pipe are 6D
upstream and 3D downstream.
4. Take care to ensure the correct direction of flow as indicated by M700 Display Unit
the arrow on the meter body.
5. Take precautions to avoid reverse flow through the meter.
6. Avoid installing the meter downstream of a pressure reducing
valve (especially on steam systems) as this may cause
inaccuracies and/or possible damage. Similarly avoid installing M240G
the meter downstream of a partially open valve. Computer
7. Remember that actuated valves may cause rapid pressure (steam)
fluctuations which could cause damage. Outputs,
8. On steam or liquid systems take care to ensure that all impulse Alarms, etc.
lines remain full to prevent damage to the DP transmitter through M250G
contact with steam or high temperature liquid. Computer
9. For steam applications, care should be taken to ensure adequate (gas)
line drainage, trapping etc., so as to avoid condensate slugs
impacting the meter. Where practical, steam separators should
be fitted. These should be drained using a float trap set. Associated Equipment
10. For gas applications ensure that the DP cell and impulse lines M610 DP Transmitter Assembly TIS 8.400
are positioned above the pipework. Also ensure that the impulse
lines allow free drainage of moisture away from the DP cell and Gilflo 'B' Pipeline Unit TIS 8.006
back into the pipeline. Gilflo 'Spool' Pipeline Unit TIS 8.005
M700 Display Unit TIS 8.302
Electrical wiring F50C Isolating Valve TIS 8.401
All electrical wiring must be carried out to the appropriate standards.
M240G Steam Flow Computer TIS 8.300
Full wiring interconnection details are included with the equipment.
M250G Gas Flow Computer TIS 8.301
How to specify
For details of how to specify each part of your chosen system refer
to individual TIS's listed in the Associated Equipment section.
2: 60
INICIO
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter
Description
The Gilflo ILVA flowmeter operates on the spring loaded variable
area principle and produces a differential pressure related to the rate
of flow. It can be used with both saturated and superheated steam,
gases and most industrial fluids.
Limiting Conditions
The maximum pressure and temperature limitations are the same as
the specified flange ratings with an overall maximum temperature of
842°F. Minimum operating temperature -58°F. Minimum operating
pressure 9 psig. Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise.
Turndown
The Gilflo ILVA will provide accurate measurement over a flow
range of 100:1.
Accuracy
To achieve accuracy of a ± 1% of reading, all Gilflo ILVA meters
must be used in conjunction with a device capable of performing
electronic linearism such as:
• M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter
• M700 Flow Computer (version 9-16)
• Customer's EMS, DCS or equivalent
• M240G Steam Flow Computer
• M250G Gas Flow Computer
Note: When used with M240G/M250G flow computers, Gilflo ILVA

accuracy is +/- 1% of reading from 5% to 100% of maximum rated
flow. For flows from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow, accuracy will
be better than ± 1% FSD.
Repeatability
The Gilflo ILVA is repeatable to better than 0.25%.
Pressure Drop
The pressure drop across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit is 200 inches
water gauge at maximum rated flow. Sizes and Pipe Connections
2", 3", 4", 6", and 8"
Flow Capacity Suitable for fitting between the following flanges
To determine the capacity of the Gilflo ILVA for different fluids, it is
ANSI B 16.5 class 150, 300, 600.
necessary to calculate the Equivalent Water Flowrate Qe (in U.S.
gpm) as described under the section “sizing the Gilflo ILVA” then How to Specify
selecting the appropriate size of meter from the table. 6" Spirax Sarco Gilflo ILVA flowmeter for installation between ANSI 150
flanges. Body material 316 stainless steel. Flow medium saturated steam
Construction Materials at 150 psig, maximum flow 20,000 lb/h.
Body Stainless Steel S.316
Internals 431 S29/S303/S304/S316 For a general description of the Gilflo ILVA metering system, see
Spring Inconel X750 or equivalent TIS 8.010 which also gives details of associated equipment.
INICIO
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter

Dimensions (approximate) in inches and lbs. Sizing the Gilflo ILVA Meter
Size A B C D E Weight (lb) In order to determine the flow capacity of a Gilflo ILVA pipeline
unit, it is necessary to calculate the Equivalent Water Flowrate
2" 1.38 2.48 5.51 4.06 .69 4.4 (Qe) based on the anticipated actual flow.
3" 1.77 3.07 5.91 5.43 .89 8.6 Figure 2 is then used to select the appropriate unit.
4" 2.36 4.06 8.07 6.38 1.48 18.3 1.Determine Equivalent Water Flowrate (Qe) in U.S. gpm:
6" 2.95 5.28 11.81 8.58 1.48 31.3
Liquids:
8" 3.35 6.34 14.17 10.75 1.67 52.0
Note: Pressure tappings are threaded 1/4" NPT m De Dl
Qe = or Qe = Ql
500 Dl De
E
Qe = equivalent flow rate of water at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
m = maximum flow rate of service liquid (lb/hr)
Note: Pressure tappings De = density of water at calibration (62.305 lb/ft3)
(2 located at 180°) Dl = density of service liquid (lb/ft3)
D Gases:
(0.0158) x m
Qe = D x Pf x Ts
Ps Tf
x Ps x Tf
A or Qe = (0.948) x Qg D
B Pf Ts
C
Installation Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)

A separate installation booklet is supplied with each Gilflo ILVA m = maximum flow rate of gas (lb/hr)
flowmeter. The following main points are given here for guidance: D = gas density at 14.7 psia, 520°R (60°F) (lb/ft3)
1. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight Pf = flowing pressure of gas (psia)
pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or Ps = standard atmospheric pressure (14.7 psia)
cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe lengths. Ts = standard absolute temperature (520°R)
Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is required upstream of Tf = flowing temperature of gas (°R=°F + 460)
the meter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to 12 Qg = maximum flow rate of gas (SCFM)
diameters. Similarly, where a Gilflo ILVA is installed downstream of Steam:
two 90 degree bends in two planes, a pressure reducing valve or a
partially open valve, 12 upstream pipe diameters should be allowed. Qe = (0.0158) x m v
2. Care should be taken to install the Gilflo ILVA concentrically in the
line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur. Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
3. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted horizontally. For vertical m = maximum flow rate of steam (lb/hr)
installations, consult Spirax Sarco. v = specific volume of steam at normal
4. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practices pressure and temperature (ft3/lb)
should be followed:
Correct line drainage through adequate trapping. 2. Select from the table below the Gilflo ILVA meter with a maximum
Good alignment and support of associated pipework. Qe that closely matches (but exceeds) the application Qe determined
Line size changes achieved by the use of eccentric reducers. in step 1.
5. See TIS 8.010 which provides an overview of the Gilflo ILVA
Meter size Max. Qe Max. DP
metering system and further installation details.
U.S. gpm ins Wg
Maintenance 2" 40 200
There are no user serviceable parts in the Gilflo ILVA. A visual 3" 158 200
check together with confirmation that the orifice/cone reference 4" 485 200
dimension is within tolerance is possible. Full details are included 6" 781 200
in the manual that accompanies the meter. 8" 1,535 200
Sizing the Gilflo ILVA for Saturated Steam - lb/h
Maximum flow rates in lb/h at different pressures (psig)
Note: Maximum steam flow rates are calculated at a differential
pressure across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit of 200 ins H2O.
Size 15 psig 50 psig 75 psig 100 psig 150 psig 200 psig 400 psig 600 psig
Maximum flow 682 988 1153 1299 1549 1764 2451 3009
2" Minimum flow 7 10 12 13 15 18 25 30
Maximum flow 2677 3877 4528 5103 6081 6926 9627 11815
3" Minimum flow 27 39 45 51 60 69 96 118
Maximum flow 8238 11930 13933 15700 18710 21310 29621 36355
4" Minimum flow 82 119 139 157 187 213 296 363
Maximum flow 13273 19220 22448 25295 30144 34333 47723 58571
6" Minimum flow 132 192 224 252 301 343 477 585
Maximum flow 26088 37778 44121 49718 59249 67483 93801 115123
8" Minimum flow 260 377 441 497 592 674 938 1151
TIS 8.009 US 07.02
Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd, Blythewood, SC 29016 Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX (803) 714-2200
INICIO
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters - System Overview
Description
The Spirax Sarco Gilflo ILVA metering system consists of 2 major temperature
parts: transmitter
1. The Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit. This is installed in the line where the Gilflo ILVA
flow is to be measured. Using impulse pipework, this is connected to:
2. The M610 DP transmitter assembly. This measures the differential
pressure across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit and converts it to a
4-20mA output signal. This output signal can be used in a number
of ways:
a- To act as a suitable input to an EMS/DCS which can be
programmed by the user to carry out the linearizing of the output
signal based on the calibration data that is supplied with each Gilflo
ILVA meter. Additional inputs from the pressure and temperature
transmitters can be used to carry out density compensation for
compressible flow applications.
b- To supply an M700 Display Unit. This gives a non-compensated
display of rate of flow and totalized flow. It is suitable for liquid, gas F50C isolation valves
and steam applications where density compensation is not required.
c- To supply an M240G (steam) or M250G (gas) Flow Computer.
Use of the pressure and temperature transmitters enables automatic
density compensation to be carried out for compressible flow
applications. See relevant TIS’s for details of pressure/temperature
limits for M240G/M250G Flow Computers.
The Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit can be used to measure the flow of pressure M610 DP transmitter
most industrial liquids, gases and vapors within the pressure and transmitter assembly
temperature limits detailed in the TIS’s. (for gas applications the
M610 DP transmitter is
Installation mounted above the
Care must be taken to meet all the requirements of the Installation Gilflo ILVA)
and Maintenance Instructions that are included with the equipment.
EMS
DCS
Outputs
M700 display
unit
Outputs,
Alarms,
M240G flow etc.
computer
(steam)
Outputs,
Alarms,
M250G flow etc.
computer
(gases)
INICIO
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters - System Overview
Installation points to watch:

1. Ensure that all pipework is adequately supported and properly
aligned. Special care should be taken to ensure that the Gilflo ILVA
pipeline unit is concentrically mounted in the line. (Special installation
kits are available to order for sizes 2" to 8").
2. The Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit should be selected on capacity
rather than line size. Where line size changes on steam systems are
necessary, use eccentric reducers to avoid buildup of condensate.
3. The minimum recommended lengths of straight pipe upstream and
downstream are 6D and 3D respectively. See TIS (ref TIS 8.009) for
Gilflo ILVA for more details.
4. Take care to ensure the correct direction of flow as indicated by
the arrow on the meter body.
5. Take care to avoid reverse flow through the meter.
6. Avoid installing the meter downstream of a pressure reducing
valve (especially on steam systems) as this may cause inaccurate
readings. Similarly, avoid installing the meter downstream of a
partially open valve.
7. Remember that actuated valves may cause rapid pressure
fluctuations which could cause damage.
8. On steam or liquid systems, the M610 DP transmitter assembly is
mounted below the meter. Take care to ensure that all impulse lines
remain full to prevent damage to the DP transmitter through contact
with steam or high temperature liquid.
9. For steam applications, care should be taken to ensure adequate
line drainage, trapping etc. so as to avoid condensate slugs impacting
the meter. Where practical, steam separators should be fitted. These
should be drained using a float trap set.
10. For gas applications, the M610 DP transmitter assembly is
installed above the pipework. Ensure that the impulse lines allow
free drainage of moisture away from the DP transmitter and back
into the pipeline.
Electrical wiring
All electrical wiring must be carried out to the appropriate standards.
Full wiring interconnection details are included with the equipment.
Associated equipment
Item Description Technical literature
M610 DP transmitter assembly TIS 8.400
Gilflo ILVA Pipeline unit TIS 8.009
M700 Display unit TIS 8.302
F50C Isolation valve TIS 8.401
M240G Steam flow computer TIS 8.300
M250G Gas flow computer TIS 8.301
TIS 8.010 US 01.97

INICIO
Orifice Plate Flowmeters

M410 Orifice Plate and Carrier Assembly
D ESCRIPTION
The M410 Orifice Plate and Carrier assembly is a primary flow element
consisting of a tab handled square edged orifice plate and optional carrier.
The orifice plate is designed and manufactured to meet the requirements of
ASME-MFC-3M in all respects and is suitable for the measurement of the
rate of flow of most liquids, gases and steam. The tab handled orifice plate
can be used:
a: on its own fitted between flanges with pressure tappings in the

users pipework or flanges.
or
b: fitted into a carrier with integral flange tappings designed to fit
between customer flanges.
L IMITING C ONDITIONS
The pressure and temperature limitations of both the tab handled plate and the
carrier assembly are the same as the specified flange ratings.
P ERFORMANCE
The performance of an orifice plate metering system can be greatly
influenced by installation variables, so the figures given below are for
guidance only:
Accuracy: typically +/- 3% of actual flow.
(equivalent to +/- 1.5% full scale deflection at 50%
of rated maximum flow).
Repeatability: typically +/- 0.3%.
Turndown: typically 4:1.
M410 Orifice Plate
P IPE S IZES A VAILABLE
Tab handled plates with or without carriers are available to suit the following
pipe sizes:
1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4", 5", 6", 8", 10", 12", 14", 16", 18", 20", 24"
C ONNECTIONS
Tab handled plates and carriers are available to suit the following flange
specifications:
ANSI B 16.5 class 150, 300, 600.
C ONSTRUCTION M ATERIALS
Tab handled orifice plate Stainless Steel Grade 316
Carrier passivated zinc plated carbon steel
Gaskets exfoliated graphite
P RESSURE TAPPINGS
When the tab handled orifice plates are used without the optional carrier, it
is the responsibility of the user to provide appropriate presssure tappings in
either the flanges or upstream and downstream pipework in line with
ASME-MFC-3M.
The optional carrier assembly incorporates upstream and downstream
pressure tappings threaded 1/2" NPT. These tappings are 1 inch either side
of the orifice plate face in line with the requirements of ASME-MFC-3M
M410 Orifice Plate

and Carrier Assembly
INICIO

M410 Orifice Plate and Carrier Assembly
A SSOCIATED E QUIPMENT DIMENSIONS (approximate) in inches
M240G series steam flow computer TIS 8.300
M250G series gas flow computer TIS 8.301 ANSI ANSI ANSI Maximum
M700 display unit TIS 8.302 150 300 600 Weight
M610 DP transmitter assembly TIS 8.400 Inches A A A Lb
F50C isolation valve TIS 8.401 1 2.63 2.87 2.87 5.20
EL2270 temperature sensor TIS 8.402 1-1/2 3.37 3.75 3.75 8.20
EL2271 temperature sensor & transmitter assy. TIS 8.402
EL2810 temperature transmitter TIS 8.402 2 4.12 4.37 4.37 10.82
EL2600 pressure transmitter TIS 8.403 2-1/2 4.87 5.13 5.13 13.69
M640 steam mass flow transmitter assembly TIS 8.404 3 5.37 5.88 5.88 17.44
For a general description of Spirax Sarco orifice plate flowmetering 4 6.87 7.13 7.63 30.31
systems, see TIS 8.202 (density compensated system) and TIS
8.201(non density compensated system). 5 7.75 8.5 9.5 46.25
6 8.75 9.88 10.5 51.83
I NSTALLATION
It is important that all details of the installation conform to ASME- 8 11 12.13 12.62 68.89
MFC-3M. Of special note, is the long, straight lengths of pipe that
must be present upstream of the orifice plate. As an approximate 10 13.37 14.25 15.75 105.71
guide, 20 to 30 pipe diameters upstream and 5 downstream should 12 16.13 16.62 18 129.50
be adequate but it is recommended that reference is made to the
relevant standard. A summary of the basic requirements is included 14 17.75 19.12 19.37 132.72
with the M410 equipment.
16 22.61 21.25 22.25 189.58
M AINTENANCE 18 21.62 23.5 24.12 208.07
A visual inspection of the orifice plate should be made at regular
intervals to check for dirt buildup, damage or a loss of sharpness of 20 23.87 25.75 26.87 259.46
the upstream edge of the plate. Replacement orifice plates and 24 28.25 30.5 31.13 322.69
gaskets are available from Spirax Sarco.
H OW TO S PECIFY
Spirax Sarco M410 Orifice plate primary element with/without optional
carrier assembly conforming to ASME-MFC-3M. T, Note 2
H OW TO O RDER
1- Spirax Sarco M410 orifice plate and carrier assembly. C, Note 1
Important note: In order that a correctly sized orifice plate can be
supplied, it is essential that full details of the installation and estimated
flow rates are supplied to Spirax Sarco. This is best done using an
orifice plate customer data sheet (TIS 8.203) info available from
Spirax Sarco.
N OTES :
1: Dimension C is 1 inch for all sizes.
2: For line sizes 1" to 10", orifice plate thickness T is 3mm, 12" and
above, T is 6mm.
3: Gaskets are 1.6 mm thick.
4: For line sizes up to 14", carrier assembly thickness B is 82mm,
16" and above, B is 85mm.
5: Maximum weights shown are based on ANSI 600 flanges.
Note 3
B
(Note 4)
TIS 8.200 US 09.99

INICIO

Orifice Plate Flowmetering System (non-compensated)
D ESCRIPTION M410 orifice plate and

The Spirax Sarco Orifice Plate Metering system is suitable for measuring carrier assembly
the rate of flow of steam, liquids and most gases. For steam and gas
flowmetering applications where the operating pressure and temperature
are steady, it is not necessary to incorporate any means of automatic
density compensation. Liquids, being non compressible, are not significantly F50C isolation
affected by pressure and temperature variations and so density compensation valve
is not normally required.
O PTIONS A VAILABLE :
The Spirax Sarco Orifice Plate Metering package is available in a
number of options to suit most requirements. For non density Impulse lines
compensated applications,the following options are available :
Option 1 M410 orifice plate and gaskets

Option 2 M410 orifice plate, gaskets and M610 DP transmitter assembly
Option 3 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier ring assbembly and
F50C isolation valves
Option 4 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier ring assembly, F50C
isolation valves and M610 DP transmitter assembly
D ESCRIPTION
M410 orifice plate. This is installed in the line at the point where the
flow is to be measured. It produces a differential pressure proportional M610 DP Transmitter
to the rate of flow. Assembly
F50C isolation valves: These are used to isolate the impulse lines close
to the orifice plate.
M610 DP transmitter assembly : This is installed close to the orifice
plate and converts the differential pressure to a 4-20mA signal for
retransmission to other equipment. The M610 is supplied ready fitted
with a 3 way manifold which acts as secondary isolation and pressure
equalization valve.
A SSOCIATED E QUIPMENT
M700 Display Unit. This is a panel mounting flow indicator that
displays flow rate and total flow. It is available in several versions (use
square root versions 17-24 with M410 orifice plates) with analog and
digital outputs available. The M700 supplies 24v DC to power the M610
DP transmitter.
M700 display unit
P ERFORMANCE
The performance of an orifice plate metering system can be greatly Typical configuration for a non density compensated steam
influenced by installation variables, so the figures given below are for application. Gas applications will differ slightly
guidance only:
Accuracy: typically +/- 3% of actual flow (equivalent to +/- 1.5%
full scale deflection at 50% of rated maximum flow).
Repeatability: typically +/- 0.3%.
Turndown: typically 4:1.
H OW TO S PECIFY
I NSTALLATION 1- Spirax Sarco M410 Orifice plate flowmeter system conforming to
It is important that all details of the installation conform to ASME- ASME-MFC-3M.
MFC-3M. Of special note, is the long, straight lengths of pipe that must
be present upstream of the orifice plate. As an approximate guide, 20 to H OW TO O RDER
30 pipe diameters upstream and 5 diameters downstream should be 1- Spirax Sarco M410 Orifice Plate Steam Metering System to include
adequate but it is recommended that reference is made to the relevant tab handled plate and carrier, F50C isolation valves, M610 DP
standard. A summary of the basic requirements is included with the transmitter assembly and M700 Display Unit. ( Full details as specified
M410 equipment. on Customer Data Sheet TIS 8.203)
INICIO

Orifice Plate Flowmetering System (density compensated)
D ESCRIPTION M410 Orifice plate and Carrier assembly

The Spirax Sarco Orifice Plate Metering system is suitable for
measuring the rate of flow of steam, liquids and most gases. For steam
and gas flowmetering applications, it is important to take account of F50C Isolation Valve
changes in flowing density due to flowing pressure and temperature
variations. If ignored these changes in flow density will cause
significant measurement errors. Liquids being non- compressible do
not suffer from this problem and generally density compensation is not
required. Compatible Flow Computers, Pressure and Temperature
Transmitters are listed in the Associated equipment section.
Options available: Pressure
The Spirax Sarco Orifice Plate Metering package is available in a Transmitter
number of options to suit most requirements. For applications requiring
density compensation, select one of the four basic options and add a
flow computer and pressure/temperature measuring equipment as Temperature
required: Transmitter
Option 1 M410 orifice plate and gaskets

Option 2 M410 orifice plate, gaskets and M610 DP transmitter
assembly
Option 3 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier ring assembly and
F50C isolation valves
Option 4 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier ring assembly and
F50C isolation valves and M610 DP transmitter
assembly
Transmitter
M410 orifice plate. This is installed in the line at the point where the Assembly
flow is to be measured. It produces a differencial pressure proportional
to the rate of flow.
F50C isolation valves. These are used to isolate the impulse lines close
to the orifice plate.
M610 DP transmitter assembly. This is installed close to the orifice
plate and converts the differential pressure to a 4-20mA signal for
retransmission to other equipment. The M610 is supplied ready fitted
with a 3 way manifold which acts as secondary isolation and pressure
equalization valve.
A SSOCIATED E QUIPMENT
EL2600 Pressure transmitter. This is installed in the impulse piping
(high pressure side) and provides a pressure signal for density
compensation. M240G Series
EL2271 Temperature sensor and transmitter assembly. This is Flow Computer
installed in the line upstream of the orifice plate and provides a
temperature signal for density compensation. (Suitable for temperatures
up to 482ºF).
EL2270 Temperature sensor. This is a Pt100 temperature sensor that
is installed in the line to provide a temperature signal to the remote
EL2810 temperature transmitter. (Suitable for temperatures up to 932ºF).
EL2810 Temperature transmitter. This is a remote temperature
transmitter for use in conjunction with the EL2270 temperature sensor
for applications with temperatures between 482ºF and 932ºF.
M240G Series Steam flow computer. This flow computer is suitable Outputs
for use with orifice plates on saturated and superheated steam flow
applications. It uses the flow, pressure and temperature signals to carry Alarms etc.
out necessary density compensation calculations for all steam conditions Typical configuration shown here is for a superheated steam
up to a maximum of 609 psig/932ºF. Outputs to drive the DP, pressure application. Gas applications will differ slightly
and temperature transmitters are standard
M250G Series Gas flow computer. Details as for the M240G series
flow computer except that the M250G series flow computer is for gas
applications.
INICIO

Orifice Plate Flowmetering System (density compensated)
D ENSITY C OMPENSATED S YSTEM R EQUIREMENTS Connections from orifice plate assembly to
In addition to a M410 assembly (Option 1 - 4), the following components 3-way manifold is via 2 impulse lines to be
kept as short as possible but of minimum
are required: length of 40 inches, minimum 1/2" bore
Saturated Steam pipe of suitable pressure rating.
Either a EL2600 pressure transmitter or a EL2271 temperature transmitter
(substitute with EL2270 & EL2810 for temperatures above 482ºF), and
a M240G series steam flow computer.
Superheated Steam
Both a EL2600 pressure transmitter and a EL2271 temperature transmitter
(substitute with EL2270 & EL2810 for temperatures above 482ºF), and M610 DP
a M240G series steam flow computer. Transmitter
Gases Assembly
Both a EL2600 pressure transmitter and a EL2271 temperature transmitter
(substitute with EL2270 & EL2810 for temperatures above 482ºF), and
a M250G series gas flow computer.
P ERFORMANCE
The performance of an orifice plate metering system can be greatly
influenced by installation variables, so the figures given below are for
guidance only:
Accuracy:typically +/- 3% of actual flow. Typical M610 installation for steam applications
(equivalent to +/- 1.5% full scale deflection at
50% of rated maximum flow). M410 orifice plate Wiring from pressure
Repeatability: typically +/- 0.3%. and carrier transmitter to computer
Turndown: typically 4:1. assembly (1650 ft. maximum
length) by user/
I NSTALLATION installer. 24 AWG cable
or similar
It is important that all details of the installation conform to ASME-
MFC-3M. Of special note, is the long, straight lengths of pipe that
must be present upstream of the orifice plate. As an approximate
guide, 20 to 30 pipe diameters upstream and 5 downstream should be
adequate but it is recommended that reference is made to the relevant
standard. A summary of the basic requirements is included with the
M410 equipment.
H OW TO S PECIFY
1- Spirax sarco M410 Orifice plate flowmeter system with automatic
density compensation to meet requirements of ASME-MFC-3M. Wiring from the temperature
transmitter to computer (1650 ft. F50C Isolation Valve
maximum length) by user/installer.
H OW TO O RDER 24 AWG cable or similar
1- Spirax Sarco M410 Orifice Plate Steam Metering System to include tab
handled plate and carrier, F50C isolation valves, M610 DP transmitter Configuration showing M410 orifice plate with carrier for steam
assembly, EL2600 pressure transmitter and M240G Steam Flow applications
Computer. (Full details as specified on Customer Data Sheet TIS 8.203)
This pin should
never be removed
unless the internal
ribbon cables are 4-20mA output
unplugged. RS 232 Communication Interface
Wiring from pipeline

sensors (maximum
1650 5ft. length)
supplied by user/
installer. 24 AWG
cable or similar
Fused/Switched
supply from
mains
Alarm signals/
Pulsed output
M240 Series Computer
panel or wall mounted
TIS 8.202 US 09.99
INICIO

Customer Data Sheet
This Customer Data Sheet is intended to gather together all relevant Please provide a sketch showing all details of pipework including any
information necessary to size and specify a Spirax Sarco Orifice valves, bends, fittings etc in the area where the M410 orifice plate is to
Plate Flowmetering System. All equipment will be supplied to the be fitted. This is important as the performance of all orifice plates can
customer based on the information received. be affected greatly by installation factors. Using the information from
Company Name sections A and B, Spirax Sarco will size the correct orifice plate.
S ECTION C: M410 K IT O PTIONS
Address The Spirax Sarco Orifice Plate is available in 4 basic kits. To create a
complete metering system, additional components should be selected.
The composition of the system is dependent on whether or not density
compensation is required.
Note: Check all items required.
Contact Option Check
1 M410 orifice plate and gaskets
Project reference
2 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, M610 DP
Notes transmitter assembly
3 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier rings
Please complete all sections and supply drawings, sketches etc. and 2 F50C isolation valves
where appropriate.
4 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier rings,
2 F50C isolation valves and M610 DP
SECTION A: WORKING FLUID DETAILS transmitter assembly
Name of fluid (e.g. steam, water, air )
State of fluid (e.g. liquid, vapor, gas)
S ECTION D: A SSOCIATED T RANSMITTERS R EQUIRED
Min value Normal value Max value Units FOR D ENSITY C OMPENSATED S YSTEMS
Flowing Item Range Insert Check See
Pressure length TIS #
Flowing El 2600 pressure 8.403
Temperature transmitter
Flowing
EL2270 temperature 8.402
Density
transmitter
Estimated rate
EL2271 temperature 8.402
of flow
sensor & transmitter
Notes: Temperature 8.402
The pressure drop at specified maximum rate of flow will be 100
Sensor Pocket
inches water gauge unless otherwise stated. Below 25% of specified
maximum rate of flow, system accuracy cannot be guaranteed due to EL2810 temperature 8.402
turndown limitations of orifice plates. transmitter
M640 steam mass 8.404
SECTION B: PIPELINE DETAILS flow transmitter
Value
Nominal pipe size (inches)
Pipe inside diameter (inches) S ECTION E: A SSOCIATED F LOW C OMPUTERS
Pipe schedule Item Version Supply Check See
Flange rating (ANSI) (volts) TIS #
Number of straight pipe diameters upstream M700 uncompensated 8.302
Number of straight pipe diameters downstream panel mtd. display
Pipe material M241G steam flow 8.300
DP Trapping position* computer, wall mtd. *
M242G steam flow 8.300
*If ordering plate only (no carrier) specify tapping position (corner, computer, panel mtd. *
flange, D & D/2, or 2.5D & 8D). M251G gas flow 8.301
computer, wall mtd. *
M252G gas flow 8.301
computer, panel mtd. *
*Provide density compensation
INICIO
M240G Series Steam Flow Computer
Description A 4-20 mA analog output channel is provided, for flow rate in kg/h or
The steam flow computer receives signals from the various pipeline kW programmable from the keypad.
transmitters and converts them to display flowrate, total flow, An EIA232C compatible serial communication port is provided.
temperature and pressure. It can handle inputs from a single flowmeter Customer selectable security code is provided to avoid casual
which may be a Gilflo, Orifice Plate or Vortex Meter. With suitable tampering. Weatherproof box provided as standard. Panel and Wall
inputs from Pressure and/or Temperature Transmitters it can be Mounting versions available:-
used on saturated or superheated steam. M241G - Wall Mounted : M242G - Panel Mounted.
Display parameters and other features Technical data

Languages English, French, German, Spanish Temperature Range 212 to 932°F (100 to 500°C)
Totalized Flow kg, lb, MJ, KWH Pressure Range 0 to 1448 psig (0 to 99 barg)
Flow Rate kg/h, lb/h, Btu/h, KW Supply Voltage 230V, 110V or 24V
Temperature °C or °F +10% to 50 -60 HZ
Pressure bar g, psig, kPag Power consumption 15 Watts maximum.
Time Ambient Temperature Limits 32 - 104°F ( 0 - 40°C )
Date
Maximum operating 80% up to 31°C decreasing
relative humidity linearly to 50% at 40°C
Operator settable alarm limits are provided to give warning when the
flow rate temperature and/or pressure go above or below specified Maximum altitude 2000m above sea level
limits. The two relay outputs provided are 24 V ac, 0.5 amp rated for Maximum voltage 24 Vac/dc
high and low limit alarms. The low limit alarm can be programmed to Relay rating Maximum current 0.5 A
give a pulsed/digital output, pulse duration 20-260 ms, each pulse Maximum power 10 W
equivalent to 1, 10, 100 or 1000 kg. IP65 (NEMA4)
Four independent timers are provided, each capable of being Enclosure rating (with correct cable glands)
programmed for a single event and to store peak rate and totalized Not panel mounted version.
flow for that specific timer. One timer is also capable of repeating the Charcoal Grey ABS and light grey
readings for the specified identical period each day, on an 8 day Enclosure colors and materials plastic with steel hinge pins and
basis until cancelled. recessed rubber sealing gaskets.
Battery Reserve 10 years
INICIO
M240G Series Steam Flow Computer

Wall Mounting (M241G) C F
A J
K
B
G
E H K
J Position of fixing
D
Knock-outs
Panel Mounting (M242G)
A F C E
B D

A B C D E F G H J K Weight
7.3 5.4 6.7 2 5.1 6.7 3.9 0.8 3.6 2 4.4lb
Panel Mounting 24 Volt Supply, 20mA
A B C D E F Weight
7.6 5.7 6.7 5.5 7.3 1.6 4.4lb
Maintenance
There are no user serviceable parts.
EIA232C
Installation
Wall mounting: 4 x 0.2" keyhole shaped knock-outs,
in each corner of base.
Panel mounting: Panel mounting in-fill piece with back clips.
Cable Entries: Drilled in positions shown on instructions. 4 -20 mA Output
Cable entry fittings and seals to suit appropriate
regulations. Total length connecting wire
between M240G Series Computer and pipeline
transmitters must not exceed 1312 feet. Cable
(supplied by installer) 24AWG. (see wiring To Pressure Transmitter
diagram) or equivalent. Full Installation,
Operating and Commissioning Instructions are
supplied with each unit.
To Temperature Transmitter
How to specify
Spirax Sarco, Inc. Steam Flow Computer, 110V 50/60 Hz ac supply,
M241G Wall Mounting.
To Differential
4 - 20 mA output Pressure Transmitter
This pin should never EIA232C Communications Interface
be removed unless
the internal ribbon
cables are unplugged Wiring from Pipeline
Sensors to Computer
1312 feet maximum
length supplied by
user/installer. HI/LO Alarm
24 AWG wire, PVC Pulsed Output
insulated or
equivalent. See
wiring diagram.
Fused/switched Fuse (T1A)
supply from
mains
➂ L
220-240V/
Alarm signals/
➁ N 110-120V/24V
50 - 60 Hz
M240G Pulsed Output ➀
Series Computer
Panel or Wall Mounted
TIS 8.300 US 09.01
INICIO
M250G Series Gas Flow Computer
Description
The gas flow computer receives signals from the various pipeline A 4-20 mA analog output channel is provided, for flow rate in m 3/h or
transmitters and converts them to display flowrate, total flow, kg/h, programmable from the keypad.
temperature and pressure. It can handle inputs from any Gilflo, An EIA232C compatible serial communication port is provided.
Orifice Plate or Vortex Meter. With suitable inputs from Pressure Customer selectable security code is provided to avoid casual
and/or Temperature Transmitters it will provide full density tampering. Weatherproof box provided as standard. Panel and Wall
compensation. Mounting versions available:-
Note: The flow computer will always display the volumetric flowrate M251G - Wall Mounted : M252G - Panel Mounted.
at reference conditions.
Display parameters and other features Technical data
Languages English, French, German, Spanish Temperature Range -200 to 999.9°C
Totalized Flow kg, lb, m3, ft3 Pressure Range 1.013 to 99.9 barg
Flow Rate kg/h, lb/h, m3/h, C.F.M. Supply Voltage 230V, 110V or 24V
Temperature °C or °F +10% to 50 -60 HZ
Pressure barg, psig, kPag
Power consumption 15 Watts maximum.
Time
Date Ambient Temperature Limits 32 - 104°F ( 0 - 40°C )
Operator settable alarm limits are provided to give a warning when Maximum operating 80% up to 31°C decreasing
the flow rate temperature and/or pressure go above or below specified relative humidity linearly to 50% at 40°C
limits. The two relay outputs provided are 24 V ac, 0.5 amp rated for Maximum altitude 2000m above sea level
high and low limit alarms. The low limit alarm can be programmed to Maximum voltage 24 Vac/dc
give a pulsed/digital output, pulse duration 20-260 ms, each pulse
Relay rating Maximum current 0.5 A
equivalent to 1, 10, 100 or 1000 m3 or kg.
Maximum power 10 W
Four independent timers are provided, each capable of being
programmed for a single event and to store peak rate and totalized IP65 (NEMA4)
flow for that specific timer. One timer is also capable of repeating the Enclosure rating (with correct cable glands)
readings for the specified identical period each day, on an 8 day Not panel mounted version.
basis until cancelled. Charcoal Grey ABS and light grey
Enclosure colors and materials plastic with steel hinge pins and
recessed rubber sealing gaskets.
Battery Reserve 10 years
INICIO
M250G Series Gas Flow Computer

Wall Mounting (M251G) C F
A J
K
B
G
E H K
J Position of fixing
D
Knock-outs
Panel Mounting (M252G)
A F C E
B D

7.3 5.4 6.7 2 5.1 6.7 3.9 0.8 3.6 2 4.4lb
Panel Mounting 24 Volt Supply, 20mA
A B C D E F Weight
7.6 5.7 6.7 5.5 7.3 1.6 4.4lb
Maintenance
There are no user serviceable parts.
EIA232C
Installation
Wall mounting: 4 x 0.2" keyhole shaped knock-outs,
in each corner of base.
Panel mounting: Panel mounting in-fill piece with back clips.
Cable Entries: Drilled in positions shown on instructions. 4 -20 mA Output
Cable entry fittings and seals to suit appropriate
regulations. Total length connecting wire
between M250G Series Computer and pipeline
transmitters must not exceed 1312 feet. Cable
(supplied by installer) 24AWG. (see wiring To Pressure Transmitter
diagram) or equivalent. Full Installation,
Operating and Commissioning Instructions are
supplied with each unit.
To Temperature Transmitter
How to specify
Spirax Sarco, Inc. Steam Flow Computer, 110V 50/60 Hz ac supply,
M251G Wall Mounting.
To Differential
4 - 20 mA output Pressure Transmitter
This pin should never EIA232C Communications Interface
be removed unless
the internal ribbon
cables are unplugged Wiring from Pipeline
Sensors to Computer
1312 feet maximum
length supplied by
user/installer. HI/LO Alarm
24 AWG wire, PVC Pulsed Output
insulated or
equivalent. See
wiring diagram.
Fuse
Fused/switched (T1A)
supply from
mains ➂ L
220-240V/
Alarm signals/ ➁ N 110-120V/24V
50 - 60 Hz
Pulsed Output
➀
TIS 8.301 US 09.01
INICIO
M700
Display Unit
Description
The Spirax Sarco M700 display unit is a panel mounted display unit which
accepts a single 4- 20 mA input signal from a DP transmitter used with a
Gilflo flowmeter or an orifice plate. The display unit is pre-programmed prior
to despatch and may be linear, square root, or configured for enhanced
accuracy. The unit is supplied with a manual and may be re-configured to
suit changes of application.
Note: As all versions of the M700 display unit are programmed prior to
despatch, care must be taken to ensure that they are used with the correct
pipeline unit, i.e. as a matched pair. Failure to observe this precaution will
result in inaccurate readings.
Materials
No. Description Material
1 Case Silver anodised aluminium
2 Front panel ABS
3 Rear panel ABS
Versions available
Supply Input Flow Versions 1 to 8 are pre-programmed with a linear flow curve. Flowrates
Version Output signal (in engineering units) are allocated to 4 mA and 20 mA inputs and all
voltage signal curve
1 110/120 4- 20 mA Linear None intermediate values are derived based on a linear interpolation
2 220/ 240 4- 20 mA Linear None between these two values. These versions are designed for use with
3 110/ 120 4- 20 mA Linear 4- 20 mA(rate) Gilflo / M640 steam mass flow transmitters.
4 220/ 240 4- 20 mA Linear 4- 20 mA(rate) Display
5 110/ 120 4- 20 mA Linear 100 m sec pulse (total) (Engineering units)
6 220/ 240 4- 20 mA Linear 100 m sec pulse (total) 2 pre-programmed points
4- 20 mA(rate) and Fig 1
7 110/ 120 4- 20 mA Linear Linear
100 m sec pulse (total)
4- 20 mA (rate) and Input signal (4-20mA) from Gilflo with
8 220/ 240 4- 20 mA Linear M640 steam mass flow transmitter
9 110/ 120 4- 20 mA Enhanced None Versions 9 to 16 are pre-programmed with the characteristics of a spe-
10 220/ 240 4- 20 mA Enhanced None cific Gilflo flowmeter as determined during calibration to provide
11 110/ 120 4- 20 mA Enhanced 4- 20 mA(rate) enhanced accuracy. Flowrates (in engineering units) are allocated to
12 220/ 240 4- 20 mA Enhanced 4-20 mA(rate) specific input values of signal current so as to eliminate any residual
13 110/ 120 4- 20 mA Enhanced 100 m sec pulse (total) non-linearities in the Gilflo pipeline unit.
14 220/ 240 4- 20mA Enhanced 100 m sec pulse (total) Display Multiple progammed points
4- 20 mA(rate) and (Engineering units)
15 110/ 120 4- 20 mA Enhanced Input signal (4-20
mA) from Gilfo with
4- 20 mA (rate) and M610 DP transmitter
16 220/ 240 4- 20 mA Enhanced
100 m sec pulse (total) Fig 2
17 110/ 120 4- 20 mA Sq root None Enhanced accuracy
18 220/ 240 4- 20 mA Sq root None
19 110/ 120 4- 20 mA Sq root 4- 20 mA(rate) Versions 17 to 24 are pre-programmed to perform square law extraction
20 220/ 240 4- 20 mA Sq root 4- 20 mA(rate) so a standard DPcell can be used. These versions are designed for use
21 110/ 120 4- 20 mA Sq root 100 m sec pulse (total) with orifice plates
22 220/ 240 4- 20 mA Sq root 100m sec pulse (total)
Display 2 pre-programmed points
4- 20 mA(rate) and
23 110 / 120 4- 20 mA Sq root (Engineering units)
4- 20 mA (rate) and
24 220/ 240 4- 20 mA Sq root Input signal (4-20 mAfrom
100 m sec pulse (total
Fig 3 orifice plate DPtransmitter
Square root
2: 72
TIS 8.302 US 05.01
INICIO
Technical data Wiring diagrams
Supply 110/120 Vac 50/60 Hz or Mains power supply: (110 / 120, 220 / 240 Vac 50 / 60 hz)
voltage 220/240 Vac 50/60 Hz
Isolation Fully isolated to 500 Volts
Enclosure rating Front panel to NEMA4
Type of Panel mounting through cut-out with dimensions
mounting 3.6 x 1.7 inches
Environmental 50-104°F
limits 5-95% RH non-condensing
6 bright seven segment LED displays.
During normal (default) condition, the display
shows totalised flow in engineering units
Display (6 digits + 6 further as overflow)
Using the button on the front panel, the display
can be made to indicate instantaneous rate of
flow in engineering units. (64,000 maximum)
These are customer specified at the time of
ordering and a user selection card is included
with the M700.
The following options are standard:
Units of Volumetric flow
display m 3 /h, m 3 /min, ft 3 /h, ft 3 /min, l/h, l/min.
Mass flow
kg/h, kg/min, tonnes/h, lb/h, lb/min, tons/h.
Note: Several blank spaces are included on the
unit selection card for other units e.g. US gals/h
Accuracy 0.1% FSD. (M700 only)
1 x 4 - 20 mAfrom a suitable differential pressure
transmitter or flowmeter. A 20 volt excitation supply
Input is available at the input terminals for powering the
current loop. Internal impedance of the M700
current input is 50 ohms.
4 - 20 mA isolated analogue retransmission for
use with chart recorders, EMS's etc.
Relates to instantaneous rate of flow. This
retransmitted signal is internally processed to
correct for non linearities (where the
enhanced accuracy option is used)
Outputs Pulse output 100 m sec for use with data
loggers, EMS's etc. Relates to totalised flow.
The value of totalised flow to trigger a pulse is
pre-programmed based on customers specified
values. (e.g. 1 pulse = 100 kg, 1000 kg etc.)
This output is based on the displayed value of
totalised flow and so corrects for non linearities
(where the enhanced accuracy option is used).
Dimensions (approximate) Weight 1lb.
1.9"
5.5" 3.8"
Maintenance Size of panel cut-out:

There are no user serviceable parts. 3.6" x 1.7"
How to order
Gilflo example: 1 off Spirax Sarco M700 display unit as follows:
- Supply voltage - 220/ 240 Vac
- Analogue retransmission
- Engineering units kg / h, kg
- Enhanced flow curve
- Pulsed output (1 Pulse = 100 kg)
Orifice plate example: (for use with a standard DP transmitter

which does not have a square law output).
1 off Spirax Sarco M700 display unit as follows:
-Supply voltage - 110 / 120Vac
-Engineering units m 3 / min
- Square root flow curve TIS 8.302 US 05.01
2: 73
INICIO
M610 DP Transmitter Assembly
Description
The M610 DP Transmitter assembly consists of two items:
a) A high accuracy (0.15 %) differential pressure transmitter
b) A 3 way carbon steel isolation manifold
Items a) and b) are supplied already assembled.
Function
The M610 DP Transmitter Assembly is designed to accept a differential
pressure input from a primary flow element such as an orifice plate or
Gilflo flowmeter and convert it into an analog 4-20 mA output signal.
This signal is transmitted to the M240/M250 Series Flow Computer.
The 3 way manifold which is supplied already assembled to the DP
Transmitter acts as a means of secondary isolation and as a pressure
equalization valve to check the zero of the DP Transmitter.
Technical data-M610
Span 0-25.2" H2O (0-6.27 kPa) minimum
0-252" H2O (0-62.7 kPa) maximum
Output 4-20 mA DC
Power Supply 11V to 45V DC (for non-certified application)
22V to 28V DC (for E Ex 1a 11c T4/T5) B
Pressure limits -1 to 2320 psig
Temperature limits -40°F to + 185°F (ambient for non-certified
application)
-40°F to + 185°F (ambient for E Ex ia 11c T4)
-40°F to + 122°F (ambient for E Ex ia 11c T5)
-40°F to + 248°F (process)
Accuracy ± 0.15% of calibrated span to include effects of
linearity, hysteresis and repeatability.
Materials of body - stainless steel. diaphragm - Hastelloy C
construction 3 way manifold - carbon steel. fluid fill - silicone oil
Approvals E Ex ia 11c T4/T5 (cenelec)
Enclosure rating NEMA 4X (IP67) C
Calibration
The M610 DP Transmitter Assembly is supplied with a span factor set to
suit a particular application. However, should load conditions and/or
details of actual installation change, the range of the M610 can be
adjusted within the limits 0-25.2"H2O and 0-252" H2O as described in the
Installation and Maintenance Instructions that accompany the product.
Pipe connections
The process ports on the 3 way manifold are threaded 1/2" NPT at 2.1"
centers.

weight weight weight
A B C DP 3 Way M610
Transmitter Manifold Assy
8.86 9.49 6.57 14.3 lb 2.2 lb 16.5 lb
Installation A
Full installation details are given in the literature that accompanies the
M610 DP Transmitter Assembly.
How to specify
1 - Spirax Sarco M610 DP Transmitter Assembly calibrated to give an
output of 20mA at an applied differential pressure of (specified value).
Associated equipment
Orifice Plate Flowmeter System TIS 8.202
Gilflo Flowmeter System TIS 8.008
2: 74
INICIO
M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter
Description
The M640 measures the mass flowrate of saturated steam at
pressures up to 1088 psig.
The M640 transmitter assembly consists of two items:
• A high accuracy (0.1%) steam mass flow transmitter.
• A 3 way carbon steel isolation manifold.
These are supplied already assembled.
Function
The M640 measures differential pressure and static pressure from
the Gilflo or orifice plate via impulse lines. It uses this information
to calculate the corrected mass flowrate of saturated steam. The
result is transmitted via a single loop powered 4 - 20 mA output.
Configuration
It is normally supplied fully configured for a specific flow application
using either a meter from the Spirax Sarco Gilflo family or a Spirax
Sarco M410 orifice plate.
The M640 can be configured using a 'HART' communicator which
is programmed with the correct protocol.
Pipe connections
The process ports on the 3 way manifold are threaded 1/2" NPT at
2-1/8" centers.
Electrical connections
M20 x 1.5 (Non approved and BASEEFA / CENELEC units)
1/2" NPT (FM / CSA units)
Installation
Full installation details are given in the installation manual that
accompanies the M640. M640 Technical data
Minimum 0 - 10 inches H2 O (24.9 mbar)
Range
How to specify Maximum 0 - 450 inches H2O (1122 mbar)
Spirax Sarco M640 steam mass flow transmitter configured for use 4 - 20 mA dc (2 wire)
with 3" Gilflo flowing 5000 lb/hr of saturated steam 100 psig. Output Maximum loop impedance 600 W with
Associated equipment 24 Vdc supply
• M410 orifice plate flowmeters • M700 flow indicators Power supply 10 V to 42 Vdc
• Optional local display • Gilflo flowmeters Pressure limits 0 to 1088 psig (saturated steam)
-40˚F to +185˚F (electronics)
Temperature limits
Dimensions (approximate) in inches 32˚F to +257˚F (diaphragm)
± 0.1% of calibrated span to include the
Accuracy effects of linearity, hysteresis and
repeatability
E Ex ia IIc T4 / T5
Groups A,
DIV I CLASS I
Approvals B, C and D
CSA and FM
Groups E, F
8.66" DIV I CLASS II
and G
DIV I CLASS III
Enclosure rating IEC IP65 NEMA 13
Materials
Enclosure Aluminum
Body 316 Stainless steel
Diaphragm Hastelloy C
9.25"
3 way manifold Carbon steel (zinc plated)
Fluid fill Silicone oil
Weights (approximate) in lbs.
DP transmitter 3 way manifold M640 assembly
14.5 2.5 17
2: 75
INICIO
M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter
Installation ILVA or orifice pipeline unit
Flow
M700
or
BMS/DCS
or
SCADA system
The following information will allow us to uniquely configure the M640 for each application prior to dispatch.
Parameter Range of values Customer Requirements Notes
Flowmeter type Gilflo or orifice plate Specify meter type
Gilflo serial number - Required for existing meters only
Analogue output units kg/h, lb/h, Btu or kJ/h Specify required units
Analogue output scaling (4 mA) kg/h, lb/h, Btu or kJ/h Normally zero
Analogue output scaling (20 mA) kg/h, lb/h, Btu or kJ/h Normally maximum required flowrate
10" to 450" H2O
Maximum meter Dp From Gilflo or orifice plate sizing sheet
(24.9 to 1122 mbar)
Steam quality (dryness fraction) 0.7 to 1.0 Set at 1 unless otherwise specified
TIS 8.404 US 08.99
2: 76
INICIO
EL2270 and EL2271 Temperature Probes

Description
This range of temperature probes offers a range of Pt100 platinum
resistance sensors and a range of 4 - 20 mA temperature transmitters. Enclosure
All probes are available in several insertion lengths and separate
pockets are available for applications that require the probe to be
removed from the pipe without depressurising the process.
The E L 2 2 7 0 is a Pt100 platinum resistance temperature sensor

designed for general industrial use. The sensing device is a three wire
device that meets BS EN 60751:1996 Class B (DIN 43760 Class B).
This sensor can be connected directly to any temperature indicator or
controller that has a three wire Pt100 input.
The EL2271 is a combined Pt100 sensor and transmitter assembly.
The sensing element is a 3 wire device that meets
BS EN 60751:1996 Class A (DIN 43760 Class A) and the transmitter
outputs 4 - 20 mA output. The 4 - 20 mA output can be connected
directly to any temperature indicator, controller or flow computer that
has a 4 - 20 mA input.
The EL2810 is a stand alone 4 - 20 mA temperature transmitter for Pocket
general industrial use. The transmitter accepts a Pt100 input and
converts it to a 4 - 20 mA output. The 4 - 20 mA output can be
connected directly to any temperature indicator, controller or flow Probe
computer that has a 4 - 20 mA input.
Technical data
The EL2270 and EL2271 temperature probes can be used in
applications where process temperature is within the following limits.
Where greater temperatures and pressures are present, the
temperature probe should be fitted with an additional pocket.
Operating range
Pressure and temperature limits of temperature probe.
Steam saturation
curve
Pressure psig (barg)

The product must not be used in this region.
Pressure and temperature limits of additional pocket.
EL2810
Remote
Steam saturation
curve temperature
transmitter

2: 77
INICIO

Technical data
Mechanical data EL2270 EL2271 EL2810 Pocket
Enclosure Epoxy coated aluminium alloy Epoxy coated aluminium alloy ABS plastic
Probe 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel
Process connection 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT - 1/2" NPT
Electrical connection M20 with cable gland fitted M20 with cable gland fitted M20 -
Enclosure rating NEMA 4 (IP65) NEMA 4 (IP65) NEMA 4 (IP65) -
Maximum ambient
158˚F (70˚C) 131˚F (55˚C) 158˚F (70˚C) -
temperature
Electrical data 32˚F TO 212˚F (0˚C to 100˚C)
32˚F TO 302˚F (0˚C to 150˚C)
32˚F TO 392˚F (0˚C to 200˚C)
-58˚F TO 122˚F(-50˚C to +50˚C) 32˚F TO 482˚F (0˚C to 250˚C)
Available ranges -58˚F TO 662˚F (-50˚C to +350˚C) 32˚F TO 212˚F (0˚C to 100˚C) 212˚F TO 482˚F (100˚C to 250˚C)
-58˚F TO 932˚F(-50˚C to +500˚C) 212˚F TO 482˚F (100˚C to 250˚C) 212˚F TO 752˚F (100˚C to 400˚C) -
302˚F TO 572˚F (150˚C to 300˚C)
392˚F TO 622˚F (200˚C to 350˚C)
392˚F TO 932˚F (200˚C to 500˚C)
482˚F TO 752˚F (250˚C to 400˚C)
Output Pt100 to BS EN 60751: Loop powered 4 - 20 mA Loop powered 4 - 20 mA -
1996 Class B
Output on sensor failure - 23.5 mA 30 mA -
Supply - 10 to 30 Vdc 10 to 30 Vdc -
Maximum loop resistance - 700 W at 24 Vdc 700 W at 24 Vdc -
Accuracy - ±(0.36˚F + 0.2 % of reading) ±(0.18˚F + 0.1 % of reading) -
Approvals - - EEX ia. iic. T5 -
EMC emmissions - BS EN 50081-1 BS EN 50081-1 -
EMC susceptibility - BS EN 50082-2 BS EN 50082-1 -
EL2270 and EL2271

EL2270 EL2271 EL2810 Pocket
A 3.5 3.5 2.3 -
B 5 5 4 - B
C 3 3 2.8 -
D 1,2,3,5, 1,2,3,5 M20 .059 1,2,4,8,
9, 28.5 8, 27.5
E .25 .25 - -
Note: Pocket should be 1" shorter than the

Pocket
EL2270/EL2271.
Example: EL2270=9", Pocket=8"
C
EL2810
A
D
D
D
C ➤
B ➤
E ➤ B ➤
TIS 8.402 US 07.99

2: 78
INICIO
EL2600 Pressure Transmitter and 'U' Syphons
Safety EL2600
Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10.
Description
The EL2600 is a combined pressure sensor and transmitter which
is designed for general industrial use.
It has a 2 wire 4-20 mAcurrent loop, and a 1/4" NPT process
connection. Two syphon tube and valve assemblies are available,
one with a maximum design pressure of 362.5 psig and one with a
maximum design pressure of 1160 psig.
Available Ranges psig

0-14.5 0-145 0-1450 *
0-23.2 0-232 0-2320 *
0-36.25 0-362.5 0-3625 *
0-58 0-870
0-87 0-580
*No 'U' syphon available for these ranges, therefore maximum
operating temperature is limited to 158°F.
Note: High pressure 'spikes' above maximum overpressure, even
of very short (milli-seconds) duration, could damage sensors. If
pressure peaks are likely to occur in your application, we recommend
the use of a pressure snubber. Alternatively, a higher range pressure
transmitter could be used, though this would mean some loss of
signal resolution.
Limiting conditions
Pressure/ temperature limits EL2600
Minimum operating temperature 32°F
Maximum operating temperature
(without syphon tube) 158°F
Low pressure syphon tube/ valve
Maximum design pressure 362.5 psig
Maximum design temperature 500°F
Maximum working conditions 304.5 psig and 422.6°F
High pressure syphon tube
Maximum design pressure 1160 psig Materials
EL2600
Maximum working conditions 870 psig and 842°F
Part Material
Process connection
Body Stainless steel 316L WS 1.4435
For fluids below 158°F the EL2600 may be mounted directly via its
1/4" NPT connection. Connector Moulded plastic Polyamide PA 66
Above 158°F, a 'U' syphon and isolating valve must be fitted between *Low pressure syphon tube assembly
the EL2600 and the vessel or pipeline.
Part Material
Technical data Tube Carbon steel ASTM A106 Gr. B. Phosphated
Pressure Overpressure Burst pressure Accuracy Valve Body Brass
range (psig) (psig) (+/-%FSD at 68°F) Valve Handle Phenolic
up to 29 3 x full scale 2900 > 0.5
29 - 362.5 3 x full scale 2900 > 0.5 High pressure syphon tube assembly
362.5 - 362.5 3 x full scale 12.325 > 0.5
Part Material
Supply voltage 9 to 33 V dc Tube Carbon steel BS 3602: Part.1 1987 CFS 360
Supply voltage influence < 0.1% full scale (zinc plated/ passivated)
Enclosure rating NEMA4 Valve Body Carbon steel
Approvals Valve Seat PEEK/ Polymain
EMC emissions BS EN 50081 - 1 * Valve ordered separately
EMC susceptibility BS EN 50082 - 2
Supply voltage - 9 Volts
Maximum loop resistance (ohms)
0.02 Amps
2: 82
INICIO
Wiring details
Powered current loop input:-
Dimensions/ weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
EL2600 Screen
A B C D E Weight 1+ +
2.6" 1.9" 1.1" 0.5" 1.4" 0.2 4-20 mA
2- -
'U' Syphon and isolating valve
F G H J K L Weight
4 Any powered
6.3" 2" 5.9" 6.3" 2.3" 5.9" 1.1 Ground 4-20 mA input
EL2600
Unpowered current loop input:-
D A C 24 Vdc Power
+ -
supply
Screen
E
B 1+ -
1/4" NPT
2- +
4 Any unpowered
Ground
4-20 mAinput
1/4" NPT F EL2600
1/4" NPT
Parallel
(NPSM) Installation
H The EL2600 pressure sensor must be installed as described in the
Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with each unit. It
is essential to use a 'U' syphon and valve for temperatures above
158°F to avoid damage to the unit. The syphon tube must be
filled with water before fitting the EL2600.
Low Pressure Maintenance

No specific maintenance is required, but we recommend inspection
of the transmitter and its connector at least once a year. The
EL2600 can be re-calibrated - see Installation and Maintenance
1/4" NPT
Instructions.
J
Cable requirements
• 2 core cable with screen if noise expected.
• Maximum cable length is dependent upon the driving voltage and
K
cable resistance.
How to order
1 - Spirax Sarco EL2600 pressure transmitter, range 0-232 psig
1/4" NPT with 'U' syphon and valve.
parallel
(NPSM)
High Pressure
TIS 8.403 US 07.02
2: 83
Flowmeters INICIO
Model F50C Isolating Valve

Flowmeters
Transmitters
Description
The F50C is a needle type isolating valve designed for primary
isolation in flow metering applications with steam and other
industrial fluids.
1
Material
No Part Materials
1 Body Carbon steel zinc plated and passivated
2 Seals Graphoil (not shown)
Maximum operating pressure: 5990 psig

Maximum operating temperature: 806 degrees F

A B C Weight
2.6 1.1 3 1.1 lb
Connections
0.5" NPT female (both ends).
How To Specify
Spirax Sarco, Inc. Model F50C Isolating Valve.
B A
2: 82
INICIO
Washdown Stations
for greater safety and reliability.
A unique thermal element throttles steam flow

at a predetermined temperature.
INICIO
Washdown Stations
Washdown
Stations
11.000 Steam Water Mixing Stations 3: 88
TIS INDEX US 11.03
3: 87
INICIO
Steam Water Mixing Stations

Description
The Spirax Sarco STVM Steam Water Mixing Station is designed to provide
hot water for washdown economically by blending steam and cold water
quickly to the required user temperature. Two models are available, the
STVM 150 which produces hot water up to a set temperature of 150°F, and
the STVM 185 with a maximum set temperature of 185°F.
Operation
The desired flow is achieved by opening the water globe valve (turning
counter-clockwise). The temperature is then adjusted by opening the steam
valve (turning counter-clockwise) until the temperature gauge displays the
desired temperature. The mixing valve employs a thermal element to mod-
ulate the steam valve. Should the cold water supply fail, the thermal element
is designed to automatically close the steam valve at 15°F above the set
temperature.
Range
Each Steam Water Mixing Station comprises a thermal element controlled
mixing valve, globe isolation valves, check valves, temperature gauge, hose
rack, mounting bracket kit, miscellaneous pipe fittings and “Steam Caution”
tag. Each unit is fully assembled, pressure tested and is supplied with instal-
lation and maintenance instructions.
Recommended ancillaries
• 3/4" NPT Y type strainer with 20 mesh stainless steel screen (qty.2)
• High pressure/temperature hose (25ft or 50ft length)
• Rubber coated spray nozzle
• “ISO Grip” globe valve handle covers (1 pair)

Mixing station 3/4" NPT inlets and outlet
Hose 3/4" NPT(male) swivel x 1/2" NPT (male) swivel
Nozzle 1/2" NPT
Technical data
STVM 150 STVM 185
Steam pressure (min) 40 psi 40 psi
Steam pressure (max) 150 psi 150 psi
A
Water pressure (min) 20 psi 20 psi
Water pressure (max) 110 psi 110 psi C
Water output temperature (min) Ambient Ambient
Water output temperature (max) 150°F 185°F
Materials
B
Mixing valve cartridge Brass
Mixing valve body Bronze
Globe valve Bronze/B62
Check valve Bronze/B62
Temperature gauge Stainless steel/Glass
Mounting bracket Steel, Unistrut
Pipe fittings Brass/Bronze
Hose rack Stainless steel Typical dimensions as installed (approximate) in inches
Model A B C Weight
Installation STVM 150 12” 22” 6.5” 18 lb
Full details are provided in the installation and maintenance instructions STVM 185 12” 22” 6.5” 18 lb
supplied with each system.
TIS 11.000 US 08.02
3: 88
INICIO
Steam Water Mixing Stations
STVM 185 UNIT 50F RISE
WITHOUT HOSE AND NOZZLE
Selection guide and capacities
The graphs indicate the maximum flow of hot water at various temper-
atures for a given steam supply pressure. When selecting a tempera-
ture set point, ascertain the hot water temperature and quantity
required, and the water and steam pressure available.
First select the desired temperature rise chart. From the bottom row,
select the desired flow in GPM. From there move vertically up the chart
to the intersection of both the water and steam lines. From each inter-
section, follow the chart to the left-hand column to determine the
amount of water and steam pressure required to provide the desired
temperature rise at the desired flowrate.
Example: User requires 50°F temperature rise and 10 GPM flowrate.
Resultant pressures required for STVM 185 are 83 psi steam and 65 psi
water.
Hose and nozzle

High pressure/temperature hose is available in 25 and 50ft lengths
complete with crimped-on swivel fittings.
Variable spray nozzles are available in Bronze, Aluminum and Stainless
Steel with black, blue, red or white heavy-duty rubber covers.
Hose specifications
Hose color Black White
Tube EPDM EPDM
Reinforcement Wire, 1 braid Multiple textile spirals
Cover EPDM EPDM
Working Pressure 200 psig 300 psig
Temperature range +388°F -40° to +212°F
Nominal I.D. 3/4" (19.1 mm) 3/4" (19.1 mm)
Nominal O.D. 1-3/16" (30.2 mm) 1-1/4" (31.8 mm)
Approximate weight 40 lb/100ft 48 lb/100ft
Nozzle specifications
Material Bronze, Aluminum or Stainless Steel
Cover Heavy-duty rubber
Color Black, Blue, Red or White
Maximum pressure 200 psi
Temperature limit 200°F
Capacity 12.5 GPM at 150 psi inlet pressure
Spares 1
See Installation and Maintenance
Instructions IMI 8.000 for details. 2
1 Y type strainer 3
2 Strainer plug
4
3 Globe valve
5 6
4 Mounting bracket
5 Check valve STVM 150 UNIT 80F RISE
6 Mixing valve & cartridge WITHOUT HOSE AND NOZZLE
7 Temperature gauge 7
8 Hose rack
9 Hose
10 Nozzle 8
How to specify 9
Spirax Sarco STVM 185 Steam Water
Mixing Station.
10
TIS 11.000 US 08.02
3: 89
INICIO
®
INICIO
®
INICIO
Controls & Regulators

for temperature, pressure and flow control.
Getting maximum productivity from any steam

system requires delivering the steam at its most
energy efficient pressure and temperature.
INICIO
Controls & Regulators Index

1.618 Steam Sizing Chart 4: 95

1.432 LEA 31 & LEA 33 Cast Iron Valves 4: 97
1.433 LEA Valve Options 4: 99
1.434 LEA 31 & LEA 33 Valve Spares 4: 101
s
alve
Regulators
Controls &
1.431 Ductile Iron Valve KEA 71, KEA 73
trol V 4: 102
TI-P305-09 Ductile Iron Valve 6" & 8" in KEA 73 bal Con 4: 104
1.429 KEA 41 & KEA 43 Cast Steel Valve
Glo 4: 106
TI-P305-07 Cast Steel Valves 6" & 8" in KEA 43 4: 108
1.427 KEA 61 & KEA 63 Stainless Steel Valve 4: 110
TI-P305-08 Stainless Steel Valves 6" to 8" in KEA 63 4: 112
TI-P305-04 K Series Valves Options 4: 114
TI-P305-05 K Series Valves Spares 4: 116
1.515 PN3000 Series Fail Closed Pneumatic Actuators for LE Valves 4: 118
1.516 PN4000 Series Fail Open Pneumatic Actuators for LE Valves 4: 120
1.517 PN3000 & PN4000 Pneumatic Actuators for LE Valve Spares 4: 122
1.512 PN5000 Series Fail Closed Pneumatic Actuator for K Series 4: 123
TI-P357-17 PN5700 Series Fail Closed Pneumatic Actuator 6" & 8" K Series 4: 125
1.513 PN6000 Series Fail Open Pneumatic Actuator for K Series Valves 4: 127
1.514 PN5000 & 6000 Series Pneumatic Actuators 4: 129
TI-P320-57 PN1000 Series Spring Extend Pneumatic Actuators (for LE/LEA etc.) 4: 131
TI-P320-56 PN1000 Series Spring Extend Pneumatic Actuators ( for KE 6" etc.) 4: 133
TI-P357-20 PN1000 and PN2000 Actuator Spares ctuators 4: 135
ar A
TI-P321-13 LineValves
EL3500 Series Electric Actuator for 1/2" to 2" K & L Series 4: 136
TI-P358-07 EL5600 Series Electric Actuator for 1/2" to 4" K & L Series Valves 4: 138
TI-P358-09 EL5650 Series Electric Actuators 6" to 8" Series Valves 4: 140
TI-P358-06 Accessories for EL5600 Series Actuators 4: 142
1.522 EL5060/5061 Series Electric Spring Reverse 1/2" to 3" K & L Series Valves 4: 144
1.610 PP5 Pneumatic / Pneumatic Positioner 4: 146
1.611 EP5 Electro Pneumatic Positioner ISP5 Intrisically Safe E/P Positioner 4: 148
itches
TI-P343-17 SP2 Electro Pneumatic Smart Valve Positioners w 4: 150
s &S
1.612 IPC 4A Convertor
tio ner 4: 152
1.609 MPC2 High Efficiency Compressed Air Filter & osi
P Regulators 4: 154
1.617 Stonel Limit Switch 4: 156
TIS INDEX US 11.02
4: 91
INICIO
Controls & Regulators Index (continued)

1.613 PN600 Series Pneumatic Controllers 4: 157

TI-P323-24 SX25 Process Controller 4: 159
smitters
1.614 EL2300 Single Loop Temperature Controller an 4: 161
1.615 EL3300 Multi-Loop Temperture Controller llers, Tr rs 4: 163
EL2270 & EL2271 Temperature Probes C
ontro & Senso
Regulators
Controls &
8.402 4: 165
8.403 EL2600 Pressure Transmitter and “U” Syphons 4: 167
TI-P373-02 Type PF61G-NC Piston Actuated On/Off Valves 4: 169
TI-P373-08 Type PF51G-NO Piston Actuated On/Off Valves s 4: 171
d Valve
TI-P373-10 Type PF51G-NC Piston Actuated On/Off Valves ate 4: 173
TI-P373-03 Type PF61G-NO Piston Actuated On/Off Valves ton Actu 4: 175
Pis
TI-P373-09 Type PF51G-BD (Bi-directional normally closed) 4: 177
TI-P373-01 Type PF61G-BD 4: 179
TI-P373-04 Type DM Solenoid Valves for use with Piston Actuated Valves 4: 181
TI-P133-06 M10S Ball Valves 1/4" to 2-1/2" 4: 182
s
TI-P133-12 M10S ISO Ball Valves 1/4" to 2-1/2"
Valve 4: 184
n
TI-P133-07 M10F Ball Valves 1/4"to 2-1/2"
er Tur 4: 186
rt
Qua
TI-P133-11 M10F ISO Ball Valves 1/2" to 2-1/2" 4: 188
TI-P133-13 M10H ISO Ball Valves 1/4" to 2" 4: 190
TI-P133-08 M10V Ball Valve 1/4" to 2-1/2" 4: 192
TI-P133-02 M20 Ball Valves 1" to 6" 4: 194
TI-P133-09 M40 ISO Ball Valves 1" to 6" 4: 196
TI-P182-01 M60 Stainless Steel Ball Valve for clean steam systems 4: 198
TI-P372-09 Series 200 BVA Pneumatic Actuator with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves 4: 200
rs
TI-P372-05 ato
BVA200 Series Pneumatic Actuator with M10S ISO or M10F ISO BalluValves
t 4: 202
c
TI-P372-04 BVA200 Series Pneumatic Actuator with M10HBall Valve urn A 4: 204
T
TI-P372-03 rter
BVA200 Series Pneumatic Actuator with M20 BallaValve
u 4: 206
TI-P372-08
Q
BVA200 Series Pneumatic Actuator with M40 ISO Ball Valves 4: 208
TI-P372-10 Limit Switch Box for Actuated Spirax Sarco Ball Valves 4: 210
1.1000 Safeguard Overheat Protection for 2 & 3 Port Temp. Control Valves 4: 211
1.1113 Cooling Control T44
r ated ors 4: 213
1.1125 Direct Acting, Telmprature Regulator 25MT e
Op egulat 4: 215
ct
1.800 BX & BXRA Bronze Valves Dire ture R 4: 217
1.801 SB & SBRA Bronze Valves pera 4: 219
Tem
1.802 NS & NSRA Bronze Valves 4: 221
TIS INDEX US 11.02
4: 92
INICIO

1.803 KA51, KB51, KC51 Bronze Valves 4: 223

1.804 KX51 & KY51 Bronze Valves 4: 225
1.807 BM & BMRA Cast Steel Valves 4: 227
d
1.808 KA43, KB43 & KC43 Cast Steel Valves
p erate ators 4: 229
l
Regulators
Controls &
1.809 TW3 Port Valve for Liquid Systems
ir ect O Regu 4: 231
D re
1.900 Self Acting Temperature Control Systems
er atu 4: 233
p
Tem
1.903 Temperture Control Ancilliaries 4: 235
1.905 Pneumatic Linear Actuator PN4431 4: 237
1.011 Steam Capacities 2 Port Valves 4: 239
1.012 Water Capacity 2 and 3 Port Valves 4: 241
3.104 Direct Operated Pressure Regulator 25MP 4: 243
3.103 Direct Operated Pressure Regulator LRV2 perated rs 4: 245
ct O to
3.107 Direct Operated Pressure Regulator BRV2 Dire e Regula 4: 247
3.108 Stainless Steel Direct Operated Pressure SRV2Pres
sur 4: 249
3.109 Direct Operated Presure Regulator BRV71 & BRV73 4: 251
3.110 Stainless Steel Direct Operated Pressure Regulator SRV461/463 4: 253
3.020 Pilot Operated Pressure Regulators 1/2" to 4" 25P 4: 255
3.015 Pilot Operated Pressure Regulator 2" 25P 4: 257
3.016 Pilot Operated Pressure Regulators 6" 25P 4: 259
3.019 Pressure Regulators with Air Loaded Pilot 1/2" to 4" 25PA 4: 261
3.0151 Pilot Operated Pressure Regulators with electric override 1/2" to 4" 25PE 4: 263
3.0161 Pilot Operated Pressure Regulators with electric override 6" 25PE 4: 265
3.030 Sizing & Selection Chart 25P, 25PE, 25PA & all combinations
ra ted rs 4: 267
e
3.023 Pilot Operated Back Pressure Regulator 1/2" to 4" 25BP Op
lo t gu lato 4: 269
Pilot Operated Back Pressure Regulator 6" 25BP Pi e
3.024
su re R 4: 271
s
3.031 Sizing & Selection Chart 25BP
Pre 4: 273
3.080 Stainless Steel Pilot Operated Pressure Regulators DP163 4: 275
3.082 Spare Parts Stainless Steel Pilot Operated Pressure Regulator DP 163 4: 277
3.081 Capacities for the Stainless Steel Pilot Operated Pressure RegulatorsdDP 163 4: 279
1.1116 Pilot Operated Temperture Regulators 1/2" to 4" 25T p erate lators 4: 281
1.1117 Pilot Operated Temperature Regulators 6" in 25TPilo
t O Regu 4: 283
re
1.11161 e
Pilot Operated Temperature Regulators with electric ratu 1/2" to 4" 25TE
Override 4: 285
1.11171
emp
Pilot Operated Temperature Regulators withTelectric override 6" 25TE 4: 287
TIS INDEX US 11.02
4: 93
INICIO

1.1118 Electric Pilot Operated On/Off Regulator 1/2" to 4" 25E 4: 289
1.1119 Electric Pilot Operated On/Off Regulator 6" 25E 4: 291
1.1120 Spare Parts Guide 1/2" to 2" 25T, 25TE, 25E Main Valve 4: 293
d
rate tors
1.1121 Spare Parts Guide 6" 25T, 25TE, 25E Main Valve 4: 295
OpeBulbgTypes
ula
Regulators
Controls &
1.1123 Pilot Operated Temperature Regulator 25 Series Thermostat 4: 297

ot e Re
PilTO
3.017 Combination Pressure/Temperature Regulator 1/2" 4" r25PT 4: 299
eratu
3.018 Combination Pressure/Temperature Regulatorm6"p25PT 4: 301
Te
3.0171 Combination Pressure/Temperature Regulator with electric override 1/2" to 4" 25 PTE 4: 303
3.0181 Combination Pressure/Temperature Regulator with electric override 6" 25PTE 4: 305
3.027 Spare Parts Guide 1/2" to 2" 25P, 25PE, 25PT, 25PTE, 25PA, 25BP Main Valve 4: 307
3.029 Spare Parts Guide 6" 25P, 25PE, 25PTE, 25PA, 25BP Main Valve 4: 309
3.0271 Spare Parts Guide 1/2" to 6" 25P, 25PE, 25PT, 25PTE, 25PA, 25BP, Pilots 4: 311
1.1124 Sizing & Selection Chart 25T, 25TE, 25E, 25PT, 25PTE 4: 313
3.034 Acoustic Blankets 4: 314
uators
tten
3.035 Acoustic Plates 4: 315
3.036 Acoustic Silencers se A 4: 317
3.025 Noise Diffuser D Series
Noi 4: 319
3.212 Safety Valves SV73 Series 4: 321
lves
3.216 Safety Valves SV74 Series 4: 323
Va
3.2121 Sizing Safety Valves
ety 4: 325
3.215 Bronze Safety Relief Valves Models 211, 211S & 632 Saf 4: 328
3.2141 Drip Pan Elbow 4: 330
d
eale s
7.220 BSA3 Bellows Sealed Stop Valves 4: 331
s S e
7.221 A3S Bellows Sealed Stop Valve
ellow n Valv 4: 333
B
s olatio
I
TIS INDEX US 11.02
4: 94
INICIO
Steam Sizing Chart
Determining the Value Cv

Cv calculation is an interactive process requiring knowledge of valve
dynamics, piping geometry factors, and outlet velocities. In practice, this This chart is for example only. A complete chart for
sizing chart is based on emperical values and will cater for most sizing is overleaf.
applications.
How To Use the Chart

Example 1. To find Cv value for critical flow application.
Steam Demand 1500 lb/hr

Upstream Pressure 55 psi guage
70 psi absolute
Refer to Selection Chart Opposite.
1) Draw 1500 lb/hr flow line (A-B)
2) Draw a horizontal line from 70 psi absolute to critical pressure drop
line (C-D). At this intersection drop a vertical line.
3) At the crossing point of these two lines, read off the Cv value
required, i.e. Cv 13
4) Select valve size required from the appropriate valve type technical
information sheet.
Example 2. To find Cv value for non critical flow application.
Steam Demand 500 lb/hr

Upstream Pressure 85 psi guage
100 psi absolute
Downstream Pressure 65 psi quage
85 psi absolute
1) Draw 500 lb/hr flow line.
2) Draw a horizontal line from 100 psi absolute
At the intersection with 20 psi pressure drop, draw a vertical line.
3) At the crossing point with the 500 lb/hr horizontal line read off the
Cv value required, i.e. Cv 3.8
4) Select valve size required from the appropriate valve type technical
information sheet.
How to Use Formula
Proceed by calculating the required Cv from given flow data, having prior
determined whether the flow is critical or sub-critical. The following
equations have been adapted from the ISA S75.01 standard to allow for
practical everyday use without significant sacrifice in accuracy.
For Steam Service

Subcritical Flow Critical Flow
When ∆P is less than When ∆P is greater than
.81 (P1/2) .81 (P1/2)
For Saturated Steam

w w
Cv= Cv=
2.1 √ ∆P (P 1 + P 2 ) 1.647 (P 1 )
CV = Valve Coefficient
P1 = Upstream Pressure, psia
P2 = Downstream Pressure, psia
∆P = Pressure drop P1 - P2, psia
w = Flow Rate, lb/h
INICIO
Steam Capacity Chart
TIS 1.618 US 12.01
INICIO
LEA 31 and LEA 33

Cast Iron Valves
Description
A range of two port cast iron single seat globe valves conforming to
ANSI/ASTM standard in sizes 1/2" to 4" (DN15 to DN100) available
with screwed of flanged connections. When used in conjunction with
a pneumatic or electric linear actuator they provide characterised
modulating or on/off flow control. For close control with pneumatic
actuators a valve positioner should additionally be used.
Sizes and pipe conections

LEA31 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2” and 2” screwed NPT.
LEA33 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 2-1/2”, 3” and 4” flanged ANSI 125.
Options
Trim Equal %, reduced Cv, fast opening and soft seal.
Stern seal PTFE chevrons, and graphite packing.
Technical data
Plug Design 1/2" to 2-1/2" (DN15 to DN65) Contoured
3" and 4" (DN80 and DN100) Vee port
Leakage Metal-to metal seat ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class IV LEA 33
PTFE soft seat ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class VI 3" and 4" plug and seat
Flow LEA valves Equal percentage (modulating)
LFA valves Fast opening (on/off)
Rangeability 50/1
1/2" to 2" (DN15 to DN50) LEA 3/4" (20mm)
Travel LFA 9/16" (15mm)
2-1/2" to 4" (DN65 to DN100) LEA 1-3/16" (30mm)
LFA 3/4" (20mm)
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B
Limiting Conditions 2 Bonnet Ductile Iron ASTM A395
Body design conditions ANSI 125 3 Valve Plug Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Maximum design PTFE chevron seals 450˚F (232°C) 4 Valve Seat Stainless Steel ASTM A276
temperature Graphite packed seals 450˚F (232°C) 5 Valve Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Minimum design temperature 14˚F (-10˚C) 6 Pin Stainless Steel A1S1 302
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 300 psig (20.7 barg) 7 Gland Nut Gasket Semi-Rigid Graphite Laminate
Maximum differential pressure see actuator TIS. 8 Lock Nut Stainless Steel
9 Gland Nut Stainless Steel ASTM A276 A276 Gr. 431
10 Mounting Nut Mild Steel Zinc Plated
Operating Range 11 Gland Seals PTFE Chevrons
12 Gland Spring Stainless Steel
Pressure barg
13 Bonnet Gasket Semi-Rigid Graphite Laminate
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13.8 14 Bonnet Studs Steel ASTM A193 B7
450 232
400 200 15 Bonnet Nuts Steel ASTM A194 2H
1/2" to 3/4" (DN 15 to 20) 3/8" UNC
300 150
1" to 2" (DN 25 to DN40 1/2" UNC
200 100 DN 50 5/8" UNC
50 16 Seat gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
100
17 Guide bush Glass reinforced PTFE
0
0 18 Bonnet guide Stainless steel AISI 440B hardened
0 40 80 120 160 200
Pressure psig
INICIO
Cast Iron Valves

LEA 31 and LEA 33
C v Va l u e s
Size 1/2" (DN15) 3/4" (DN20) 1" (DN25) 1-1/4" (DN32) 1-1/2" (DN40) 2"(DN50) 2-1/2"(DN65) 3"(DN80) 4" (DN100)
Equal % trim 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 74 117 187
On/Off trim 4.7 7.4 11.7 21.0 32.8 59 99 137 211
Three reductions in Cv are available for equal percentage trim for details see TIS 1.433 LEA valve options.
For conversion Cv(UK) = Cv(US) x 0.833 Cv Kvs = Cv(US) x 0.855
TIS 1.432 US 07.00
INICIO
LEA Valve Options
DESCRIPTION
Options of trim design, stem sealing and valve seating are available for the Typical Flow Characteristic Curves
LEA range of two port cast iron valves. Details of the standard LEA valve
range are given in TIS 1.432. 100
VA LV E C H A R AC T E R I S T I C S
Equal Percentage (E)
Fast Opening Equal Percentage
The standard characteristic for a modulating control valve. Matches the charactersitics of
mostr processes and provides good control at low flowrates.
50
Cv Values
Size inches 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
Travel inches 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1-3/16" 3/4" 1-3/16" 3/4" 1-3/16
Equal % Cv 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 - 74 - 117 - 187

Reduced Cv 1.9 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42* - - 74 - 117
Equal % Cv 1.2 1.9 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3* - 42* - - 74
Trims Cv 0.5 1.2 1.9 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7* - 29.3* - 42* - 0
0 50 100
Kvs Values
Valve Opening %
Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
Travel mm 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 20 30 20 30
Equal % Kvs 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 - 63 - 100 - 160
Reduced Kvs 1.6 4 6.3 10 16 25 36* - - 63 - 100
Equal % Kvs 1 1.6 4 6.3 10 16 25* - 36* - - 63
Trims Kvs 0.4 1 1.6 4 6.3 10 16* - 25* - 36* -
• For product compatibility 1-3/16" (30 mm) travel pneumatic actuators must be used. It is
therefore recommended to use a positioner with all 2-1/2", 3" and 4" (DN65, DN80 and
DN100) valves having 3/4" (20mm) travel reduced Cv (Kvs) trims to obtain the desired
signal span to travel relationship.
Fast Opening (F)

A non-characterized valve plug intended for on-off applications only.
STEM S EALING
Graphite Packaging (H)
Design Temperature Up to 450 ˚F (232 ˚C)
Cv Values
Material Braided graphite packing
Size inches 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" Note: Differencial pressures contained on do not apply for
Travel inches 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" valves having graphite packed gland seals. Contact Spirax Sarco
for details.
Fast Opening Cv 4.7 7.4 12 21 32.8 59 99 137 211
S E AT S E A L I N G
Kvs Values Soft Seal (G)
Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 Design Temperature Up to 392 ˚F (200 ˚C)
Travel mm 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 Material PTFE
Leakage IEC 534-4 ANSI, Class VI
Fast Opening Kvs 4.0 6.3 10 18 28 50 85 117 180
For product compatibility with pnuematically actuated valves 3/4" (20mm) travel CONNECTION O PTIONS
pneumatic actuators must be used for valve sizes 1/2" to 2" (SDN15 to DN50), and 1-3/16" Refer to the valve Technical Instruction Sheet TIS 1.432 for
mm) travel actuators for valve sizes 2-1/2" to 4" (DN65 to DN100) details of valve options.
INICIO
LEA Valve Options
C O N T RO L VA LV E S E L E C T I O N G U I D E
1/2" to, 4" 2"
Valve Size
(DN15 to DN100)
Valve Series L series - 2 Port L
E = Equal Percentage E
Valve Characteristic
F = Fast Opening
Body Series A 3 = Cast Iron A
Body Material 3 = Cast Iron 3
1 = Screwed 3
Connections
3 = Flanged
Gland Sealing Option H = Graphite packaging
Seating Option G = Soft Seal (PTFE) G
Cv (US) To be specified Cv 42
Connection Type To be specified ANSI 125
2" L E A 3 3 G Cv 42 ANSI 125
H OW T O O R D E R
Example: 1 - Off 2" LEA 33 Cv 42 withANSI 125 flanges.
S PA R E PA RT S
See TIS 1.434 for LEA valve spares.
TIS 1.433 US 11.99
INICIO
LEA 31 and LEA 33 Valve Spares
Note: When placing an order for spares, please indicate clearly the
product date code (found on the label of the valve body, i.e. 612) to
ensure that the order is processed quickly, efficiently and correctly.
Spare Parts - 1/2" to 4"

The spare parts available are in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line
are not supplied as spares. Actuator
clamping nut (A)
These spares are for sizes 1/2" to 4".
A A
Available Spare 1/2” to 2” 2 1/2” to 4”
Actuator Clamping Nut A
Valve Gland Seal Kit (Spring, Chevrons & Gasket) B
Graphite gland seal kit (seal, rings, supporting) C
Stem, Plug & Bonnet Gasket D, E
Bonnet Gasket (packet of 3) E
Valve Seat, Seat Gasket & Bonnet Gasket E, F, G C B
How To Order
Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed
Available Spare, stating the following information and the date code of the
product. D
Control Valve Selection Guide

1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4" F
Valve Size 1"
1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4"
Valve Series L series - 2 Port L
G
E = Equal Percentage
Valve Characteristic E D
F = Quick Opening
Design Series A = ANSI / ASTM A
F
Body Material 3 = Cast Iron 3
E
1 = Screwed NPT G
Connections 3
3 = Flanged ANSI 125
Stem sealing option H = Graphite packing
Sealing Option G = Soft Seal (PTFE)
Cvs To be specified Cvs 11.7
Connection Type To be specified ANSI 125 Data code location
1" L E A 3 3 C vs 11.7 ANSI 125
Example: 1 - Gland seal kit for 1" LEA cv 11.7 flanged to

ANSI 125. Date code F9.
How To Fit
Full fitting instructions are given in the installation and maintenance
instructions supplied with the spare.
INICIO
Ductile Iron Valves

KEA71, KEA73
Description KEA73 1/2” to 1-1/4”
A range of two port ductile iron single seat globe valves conforming to
ANSI/ASTM standards in sizes 1/2” to 4” (DN15 to DN100) available
with screwed or flanged connections. When used in conjunction with a
pneumatic or electric linear actuator, they provide characterized
actuators, a valve positioner should additionally be used.

KEA71 1/2”, 3/4,1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2” and 2” screwed NPT.
KEA73 1/2”,3/4”,1”,1-1/2”,2”,2-1/2”,3”and 4” fianged ANSI l25 and
ANSI 250.
Options
Trim Equal %, linear, reduced Cv, fast opening (on/off)
soft seal, hard faced, low noise and ant-cavitation.
Stem seal PTFE chevrons or graphite packing.
Refer to TIS for further details
Technical data
Plug design 1/2” to 1-1/4” (ONiS to DN32) Caged paraboli
1-1/2” to 4” (DN4O to DN1OO) Vee port
Leakage Metal-to-metal seat ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class IV KEA
PTFE soft seal ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class VI 1-1/2” to 4” plug and seat
Flow KEA valves Equal percentage (modulating)
characteristic KLA valves Linear (modulating)
KFA valves Fast opening (on/off)
Rangeability 50 to 1
Travel 1/2” to 2” (DN15 to DN50) 3/4” (20mm) Materials
2-1/2” to 4” (DN65 to DN100) 1-3/16” (30mm) No. Part Material
1 Body Ductile iron ASTM A395
Limiting conditions 2 Bonnet Ductile iron ASTM A395
Body design conditions ANSI 125 and ANSI 250 3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Maximum design PTFF chevron seals 450°F (232°C) 4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
temperature Graphite packed seals 450°F (232°C) 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Minimum design temperature 14°F (-10°C) 6 Pin Stainless steel AISI 302
Maximum cold hydraulic ANSI 125 300 psig (20.7 bar g) 7 Gland nut gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
test pressure ANSI 250 750 psig (51.7 bar g) 8 Locknut Stainless steel
Maximum differential pressures see actuator TIS 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
10 Mounting nut Mild steel zinc plated
Operating range 11 Gland seals PTFE chevrons
12 Gland spring Stainless steel
Pressure bar g
13 Bonnet gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 34.5
14 Bonnet studs Steel ASTM A193 B7
450 232
400 200 15 Bonnet nuts Steel ASTM A194 2H
1/2” to 3/4” (DN15 and DN20) 3/16” UN
300 150
1” to 2” (DN25 to DN50) 1/2” UNC
200 ANSI 250 100 1/2” to 4” (DN65 to DN100) 3/16” UNC
Steam 16 Seat gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
100 Saturation 50
Curve ANSI 125 0
0 18 Bonnet guide Stainless steel AISI 440B Hardened
0 100 200 300 400 500
Pressure psig *Note: Part No.18 ‘bonnet guide’ used on all valves above 1-1/2” and
The product must not be used in this region. valves having soft seat and hard faced trims in smaller sizes.
INICIO
Ductile Iron Valves

KEA71 and KEA73
Cv (US) values
Size 1/2” (DN15) 3/4” (DN20) 1” (DN25) 1-1/4” (DN32) 1-1/2” (DN40) 2” (DN50) 2-1/2” (DN65) 3” (DN80) 4”
(DN100)
Equal % and 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 74 117 187
linear trim
On/off trim 4.7 7.4 11.7 21.0 32.8 59 99 137 211
Three reductions in Cv are available for equal percentage and linear trims, for further details see TIS KEA valve options.
For conversion Cv(UK) = Cv(US) x 0.833 Kvs =Cv(US) x 0.855
Dimensions Weights
(approximate) in inches (mm) (approximate) in pounds (kg)
Valve size A B (ANSI 125) B (ANSI 250) C D Valve size KEA41 KEA43
1,2” (DN15) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.5 (191) 3.3 (84) 1.69 (43) 1,2” (DN15) 8.4 (3.8) 10.6 (4.8)
3/4” (DN20) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.6 (194) 3.4 (87) 1.7 (44) 3/4” (DN20) 8.8 (4.0) 13.2 (6.0)
1” (DN25) 7.8 (197) 7.3 (184) 7.8 (197) 3.8 (96) 2.0 (51) 1” (DN25) 12.1 (5.5) 18.1 (8.2)
1-1/4” (DN32) 8.5 (216) - - 4.0 (101) 2.3 (58) 1-1/4” (DN32) 17.6 (8.0) -
1-1/2” (DN40) 9.3 (235) 8.8 (222) 9.3 (235) 4.0 (101) 2.5 (64) 1-1/2” (DN40) 19.9 (9.0) 30.9 (14.0)
2” (DN50) 10.5 (267) 10.0 (254) 10.5 (267) 4.2 (106) 3.0 (76) 2” (DN50) 23.2 (10.5) 36.4 (16.5)
2-1/2” (DN65) - 10.9 (276) 11.5 (292) 5.4 (136) - 2-1/2” (DN65) - 59.5 (27.0)
3” (DN80) - 11.8 (298) 12.5 (318) 5.6 (141) - 3” (DN80) - 72.8 (33.0)
4” (DN100) - 13.9 (353) 14.5 (368) 6.5 (165) - 4” (DN100) - 103.6 (47.0)
KEA71 1/2” to 2”
Sizing
For steam see TIS 1.618
Installation
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipline with the direction
of flow arrow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. If
necessary, the actuator should be commisioned in accordance with
the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the valve.
How to order
Example: 1 off 2” KEA73 Cv 42 control valve flanged ANSI 250.
Spare parts
See TIS 1.430
KEA73 1/2” to 4”
Compatible actuators and positioners
Electric EL3S00, ELS060 and EL5600 series.
Pneumatic PNS000, PN6000, PN7000 and PN8000 series.
Positioners PP5 (pneumatic), EPS (electropneumatic) and
Spi (smart electropneumatic).
Refer to relevent TIS for further details.
TIS 1.431 US 09.02
INICIO
Ductile Iron Valves

6" and 8" KEA73
Description KEA73 6" and 8"
Two port cast steel single seat globe valves conforming to ANSI/ASTM
standards in sizes 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN 200) available with flanged
connections. When used in conjunction with a pneumatic or electric linear
actuator they provide characterized modulating or on/off flow control. For
close control with pneumatic actuators, a valve positioner should addi-
tionally be used.

Electric EL5600 series
Pneumatic PN5700, PN6700, PN7000, and PN8000 series
PP5 (pneumatic)
Positioners EP5 and ISP5 (electropneumatic)
SP2 (smart electropneumatic)
Refer to the relevant Technical Information Sheet for further details.

KEA73 6" and 8" (DN150 and 200) flanged ANSI 125 and ANSI 250.
Options
Equal %, linear, reduced Cv, fast opening (on/off) soft
Trim
seal, hard faced, low noise and anti-cavitaiton.
Stem seal PTFE chevrons and graphite packing.
Refer to TI-P305-04 for further details.
Technical data
Plug design 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN200) Vee port
Metal-to-metal seat ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class IV
Leakage
PTFE soft seal ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class VI
KEAvalves Equal percentage (modulating) Materials
Flow characteristic KLAvalves Linear (modulating) No Part Material
KFA valves Fast opening (on/off) 1 Body Ductile iron ASTM A395
Rangeability 50 to 1 2 Bonnet Ductile iron ASTM A395
Travel 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN200) 2" (50 mm) 3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Limiting conditions 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Body design conditions ANSI 125 and ANSI 250 6 Pin Stainless steel AISI 302
Maximum design PTFE chevron seals 450°F (232°C) 7 Gland nut gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
temperature Graphite packed seals 450°F (232°C) 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel
Minimum design temperature 14°F (-10°C) 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr .431
Design for a maximum ANSI 125 300 psig (20.7 barg) 10 Mounting nut Mild steel zinc plated
cold hydraulic test pressure of: ANSI 250 750 psig (51.7 barg) 11 Gland seals PTFE chevrons
Maximum differential pressures see actuator TI 12 Gland spring Stainless steel
Operating range 14 Bonnet studs Steel ASTM A193 B7
Pressure barg
15 Bonnet nuts Steel ASTM A194 2H
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 34.5
450 232
6" (DN150) 5/8" UNC
400 A 200 8" (DN200) 3/4" UNC
150
16 Seat gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
300
200 100 18 Bonnet guide Stainless Steel AISI 440B Hardened
100 50 19 Valve post Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
C B 20 Plug lock-nut Stainless steel
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500
Pressure psig
The product must not be used in this region
A - B Flanged ANSI 300 A - C Flanged ANSI 150
INICIO
Cv values KEA73 6" and 8"

Size 6" (DN150) 8" (DN200)
Equal % and linear trim 280 492
On/Off trim 280 500
Three reductions in Cv are availabe for equal percentage and liear

trims, for details see TI-P305-04 KEAvalve options.
For conversion Cv (UK) = Cv x 0.833 Kvs = Cv (US) x 0.855
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches and lbs

A B B Weight
Valve size
(ANSI 150) (ANSI 300) A
6" (DN150) 283 451 473 162
8" (DN200) 330 543 568 244
Installation
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction
of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
If necessary the actuator should be commissioned in accordance with
How to order
Example: 1 off 6" KEA73 Cv 280 control valve flanged ANSI 250
B
Spare parts
See TI-P305-05.
TI-P305-09 US 06.01
INICIO
KEA41 and KEA43

Cast Steel Valves
KEA43 1/2” to 1-1/4”
Description
A range of two port cast steel single seat globe valves conforming to
ANSI/ASTM standards in sizes 1/2” to 4” (DN15 to DN100) available
with screwed or flanged connections. When used in conjunction with a
pneumatic or electric linear actuator, they provide characterized
actuators, a valve positioner should additionally be used.

KEA41 1/2”, 3,4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2” and 2” screwed NPT.
KEA43 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 2-1/2”, 3” and 4” (DN15, 20, 25, 40,
50, 65, 80 and 100) flanged ANSI150 and ANSI 300.
Options
Equal %, linear, reduced Cv. fast opening (on/off)
Trim
soft seal, hard faced, low noise, and anti-cavltation.
Refer to TIS for further details.
Technical data
1/2” to 1-1/4” (DN15 to DN32) Caged parabolic
Plug design
1-1/2” to 4” (DN40 to DN100) Vee port
Leakage
KEA valves Equal percentage (modIulating)
Flow KLA valves Linear (modulating)
characteristic
KEA
Travel 1/2” to 2” (DN15 to DN50) 3/4” (20 mm)
2-1/2” to 4” (DN65 to DN100) 1-3/16” (30 mm) 1-1/2” to 4” plug and seat
Materials
1 Body Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
Limiting conditions 2 Bonnet Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
Body design conditions ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Maximum design PTFE chevron seals 482°F (250°C) 4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
temperature Graphite packed seals 800°F (426°C) 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Minimum design temperature 14°F (-10°C) 6 Pin Stainless steel AISI 302
test pressure ANSI 300 1125 psig (77.6 bar g) 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel
Maximum differential pressures see actuator TIS 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr.431
Pressure bar g 12 Gland spring Stainless steel
0 10 20 30 40 51 13 Bonnet gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
800 426 14 Bonnet studs Stainless steel ASTM A193 B7
600 ANSI 150 15 Bonnet nuts Stainless steel ASTM A194 2H
300
1/2” to 3/4” (DN15 and DN20) 3/8” UNC
400 200 1” to 2” (DN25 to DN50) 1/2” UNC
ANSI 300 2-1/2”to 4” (DN65 to DN100) 5/8”UNC
Steam 100
200 Saturation
Curve 16 Seat gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
0 0 17 Guide bush Glass reinforced PTFE
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 740 18 Bonnet quide Stainless steel AISI 440B Hardened
Pressure psig Note: Part No.18 ‘Bonnet guide’ used on all valves above 1-1/2” and valves
The product must not be used in this region. having soft seat and hard faced trims in smaller sizes.
INICIO
KEA41 and KEA43

Cast Steel Valves
C v Va l u e s
Size 1/2" (DN15) 3/4" (DN20) 1" (DN25) 1-1/4" (DN32) 1-1/2" (DN40) 2" (DN50) 2-1/2" (DN65) 3" (DN80) 4" (DN100)
Equal % and 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 74 117 187
linear trim
On/Off trim 4.7 7.4 11.7 21.0 32.8 59 99 137 211
Three reductions in Cv are available for equal percentage and linear trims, for details see TIS KEA valve options.
For conversion C v(UK) = Cv(US) x 0.833 Kvs = Cv(US) x 0.855
Dimensions Weights
Valve size A B (ANSI 150) B (ANSI 300) C D Valve size KEA41 KEA43
1,2” (DN15) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.5 (191) 3.3 (84) 1.69 (43) 1,2” (DN15) 8.4 (3.8) 10.6 (4.8)
3/4” (DN20) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.6 (194) 3.4 (87) 1.7 (44) 3/4” (DN20) 8.8 (4.0) 13.2 (6.0)
1” (DN25) 7.8 (197) 7.3 (184) 7.8 (197) 3.8 (96) 2.0 (51) 1” (DN25) 12.1 (5.5) 18.1 (8.2)
1-1/4” (DN32) 8.5 (216) - - 4.0 (101) 2.3 (58) 1-1/4” (DN32) 17.6 (8.0) -
1-1/2” (DN40) 9.3 (235) 8.8 (222) 9.3 (235) 4.0 (101) 2.5 (64) 1-1/2” (DN40) 19.9 (9.0) 30.9 (14.0)
2” (DN50) 10.5 (267) 10.0 (254) 10.5 (267) 4.2 (106) 3.0 (76) 2” (DN50) 23.2 (10.5) 36.4 (16.5)
2-1/2” (DN65) - 10.9 (276) 11.5 (292) 5.4 (136) - 2-1/2” (DN65) - 59.5 (27.0)
3” (DN80) - 11.8 (298) 12.5 (318) 5.6 (141) - 3” (DN80) - 72.8 (33.0)
4” (DN100) - 13.9 (353) 14.5 (368) 6.5 (165) - 4” (DN100) - 103.6 (47.0)
KEA41 1/2” to 2-1/2”
Sizing
For steam see TIS 1.618.
Spare parts
See TIS 1.430.
Installation
of flow arrow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. If necessary
the actuator should be commissioned in accordance with the
Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the valve.
How to order
Example: 1 off - 2” KEA43 C v (US) 42 control valve flanged ANSI
300.
KEA43 1/2” to 4”

Electric EL3500. EL5060 and EL5600 series.
Pneumatic PN5000. PN6000. PN7000
and PN8000 series.
Sp1(smart electropneumatic).
Refer to relevant TIS sheet for further details
TIS 1.429 US 12.01

INICIO
Cast Steel Valves

6" and 8" KEA43
Two port cast steel single seat globe valves conforming to ANSI/ASTM
standards in sizes 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN 200) available with flanged
connections. When used in conjunction with a pneumatic or electric linear
actuator they provide characterized modulating or on/off flow control. For
close control with pneumatic actuators a valve positioner should addition-
ally be used.

Pneumatic PN5700, PN6700, PN7000 and PN8000 series
PP5 (pneumatic)

Options
Equal %, linear, reduced Cv, fast opening (on/off) soft
Trim
Technical data
Leakage
KEAvalves Equal percentage (modulating) Materials
KFA valves Fast opening (on/off) 1 Body Cast Steel ASTM A216 WCB
Rangeability 50 to 1 2 Bonnet Cast Steel ASTM A216 WCB
Travel 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN200) 2" (50 mm) 3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Limiting conditions 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Minimum design temperature 14°F (-10°C) 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr .431
Operating range 14 Bonnet studs Steel ASTM A193 B7
Pressure barg 15 Bonnet nuts Steel ASTM A194 2H
0 10 20 30 40 51
800 426 6" (DN150) 5/8" UNC
A
8" (DN200) 3/4" UNC
600 300
18 Bonnet guide Stainless Steel AISI 440B Hardened
Steam 100
200 saturation 19 Valve post Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
curve C B 20 Plug lock-nut Stainless steel
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 740
Pressure psig
INICIO

Size 6" (DN150) 8" (DN200)
On/Off trim 280 500
These reductions in Cv are availabe for equal percentage and linear

trims, for details see TI-P305-04 KEAvalve options.

A B B Weight
Valve size
(ANSI 150) (ANSI 300) A
6" (DN150) 283 451 473 165
8" (DN200) 330 543 568 249
Installation
How to order
B
Spare parts
See TI-P305-05
TI-P305-07 US 06.01
INICIO
KEA61 and KEA63

Stainless Steel Valves
Description
A range of two port stainless steel single seat globe valves
contorming to ANSI/ASTM standards in sizes 1/2” to 4” (DN15 to
DN100) available with screwed or flanged connections. When used in
conjunction with a pneumatic or electric linear actuator,they provide
characterized modulating or on/oft flow control. For close control with
pneumatic actuators, a valve positioner should additionally be used.

KEA61 1/2”, 3,4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2” and 2” screwed NPT.
KEA63 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 2-1/2”, 3” and 4” flanged ANSI
150 and ANSI 300
Options
Equal %, linear, reduced Cv. fast opening (on/off)
Trim
soft seal, hard faced, low noise, and anti-cavltation.
Stem seal PTFE chevrons or graphite packing.
Refer to TIS for further details.
Technical data
1/2” to 1-1/4” (DN15 to DN32) Caged parabolic
Plug design
1-1/2” to 4” (DN40 to DN100) Vee port
Leakage
KEA valves Equal percentage (modIulating)
Flow KLA valves Linear (modulating)
characteristic
Travel 1/2” to 2” (DN15 to DN50) 3/4” (20 mm)
2-1/2” to 4” (DN15 to DN50) 1-3/16” (30 mm)
Materials
1 Body Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Limiting conditions 2 Bonnet Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Body design conditions ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Maximum design PTFE chevron seals 482°F (250°C) 4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
temperature Graphite packed seals 800°F (426°C) 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Minimum design temperature -150°F (-101°C) 6 Pin Stainless steel AISI 316
test pressure ANSI 300 1100 psig (75.8 bar g) 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel
Maximum differential pressures see actuator TIS 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 31 6L
Pressure bar g 12 Gland spring Stainless steel
0 10 20 30 40 49.6
14 Bonnet studs Stainless steel ASTM A193 B8 M2
800 426
15 Bonnet nuts Stainless steel ASTM A194 8M
600 1/2” to 3/4” (DN15 and DN20) 3/8” UNC
ANSI 150 300
1” to 2” (DN25 to DN50) 1/2” UNC
400 200 2-1/2”to4” (DN65 to DN100) 5/8”UNC
200 Steam 100 16 Seat gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
Saturation ANSI 300
Curve 0 17 Guide bush Glass reinforced PTFE
0 18 Bonnet quide Stainless steel Stellite
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 720 Note: Part No.18 ‘Bonnet guide’ used on all valves above 1-1/2” and valves
Pressure psig having soft seat and hard faced trims in smaller sizes.
INICIO
C v Va l u e s
Size 1/2" (DN15) 3/4" (DN20) 1" (DN25) 1-1/4" (DN32) 1-1/2" (DN40) 2"(DN50) 2-1/2"(DN65) 3"(DN80) 4" (DN100)
Equal % and 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 74 117 187
linear trim
On/Off trim 4.7 7.4 11.7 21.0 32.8 59 99 137 211
Three reductions in Cv are available for equal percentage and linear trims, for further details see TIS 1.427 KEA valve options.
For conversion Cv(UK) = Cv(US) x 0.833 Kvs = Cv(US) x 0.855
Dimensions Weights
Valve size A B (ANSI 150) B (ANSI 300) C D KEA61 KEA63
1,2” (DN15) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.5 (191) 3.3 (84) 1.69 (43) 8.4 (3.8) 10.6 (4.8)
3/4” (DN20) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.6 (194) 3.4 (87) 1.7 (44) 8.8 (4.0) 13.2 (6.0)
1” (DN25) 7.8 (197) 7.3 (184) 7.8 (197) 3.8 (96) 2.0 (51) 12.1 (5.5) 18.1 (8.2)
1-1/4” (DN32) 8.5 (216) - - 4.0 (101) 2.3 (58) 17.6 (8.0) - -
1-1/2” (DN40) 9.3 (235) 8.8 (222) 9.3 (235) 4.0 (101) 2.5 (64) 19.9 (9.0) 30.9 (14.0)
2” (DN50) 10.5 (267) 10.0 (254) 10.5 (267) 4.2 (106) 3.0 (76) 23.2 (10.5) 36.4 (16.5)
2-1/2” (DN65) - 10.9 (276) 11.5 (292) 5.4 (136) - - 59.5 (27.0)
3” (DN80) - 11.8 (298) 12.5 (318) 5.6 (141) - - 72.8 (33.0)
4” (DN1OO) - 13.9 (353) 14.5 (368) 6.5 (165) - - 103.6 (47.0)
Sizing
For steam see TIS 1.618.
Installation
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the
direction of flow arrow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
If necessary the actuator should be commissioned in accordance
with the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the
valve.
How to order
Example: 1 off - 2” KEA63 Cv (US) 42 control valve flanged ANSI
300.
Spare parts
See TIS 1.430.

Electric EL3500. EL5060 and EL5600 series.
Pneumatic PN5000. PN6000. PN7000
and PN8000 series.
Spi (smart electropneumatic).
Refer to relevant TIS sheet for further details
TIS 1.427 US 08.00
INICIO
Stainless Steel Valves

6" and 8" KEA63
Two port stainless steel single seat globe valves conforming to
ANSI/ASTM standards in sizes 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN 200) available
with flanged connections. When used in conjunction with a pneumatic or
electric linear actuator they provide characterized modulating or on/off
flow control. For close control with pneumatic actuators a valve position-
er should additionally be used.

Pneumatic PN5700, PN6700, PN7000 and PN8000 series
PP5 (pneumatic)

Options
Equal %, linear, reduced Cv, fast opening (on/off soft
Trim
Technical data
Leakage
KEAvalves Equal percentagte (modulating) Materials
KFA valves Fast opening (on/off) 1 Body Stainless Steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Rangeability 50 to 1 2 Bonnet Stainless Steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Travel 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN200) 2" (50 mm) 3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 316L
4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 316L
Limiting conditions 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 316L
Minimum design temperature -150°F (-101°C) 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr .316L
Operating range 14 Bonnet studs Stainless Steel ASTM A193 B8 M2
Pressure barg 15 Bonnet nuts Stainless Steel ASTM A194 8M
0 10 20 30 40 49.6
800 426 6" (DN150) 5/8" UNC
A
8" (DN200) 3/4" UNC
600 300
18 Bonnet guide Stainless Steel Stellite
Steam 100
200 saturation 19 Valve post Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
curve C B 20 Plug lock-nut Stainless steel
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 720
Pressure psig
INICIO

Size 6" (DN150) 8" (DN200)
On/Off trim 280 500
Three reductions in Cv are availabe for equal percentage and linear

trims, for details see TI-P305-04 ‘KEAvalve options’.

A B B Weight
Valve size
(ANSI 150) (ANSI 300) A
6" (DN150) 283 451 473 167
8" (DN200) 330 543 568 251
Installation
How to order
B
Spare parts
See TI-P305-05
TI-P305-08 US 06.01
INICIO
K Series
Valve Options
Description Typical flow characteristic curves
Options of trim design, stem sealing and valve seating are available for
the K Series of two port valves. Details of K two port valves are given
in the following TI documents:
INICIO
K Valve Options
TI-P305-04 US 05.01
INICIO
K Series
Valve Spares
INICIO
K Valve Spares
TI-P305-05 US 05.01
INICIO
PN 3000 Series Fail Closed

Pneumatic Actuators (for LE Valves)
Description
A range of compact linear actuators having 5 diaphragm sizes for
23
matching the requirements of all LE valve sizes at various differential
pressures. Each actuator is fitted with a mechanical stroke indicator and
1
incorporates a semi-rolling diaphragm, which gives good linearity over 4 2
the operating stroke. The actuators may be converted to fail open 16
operation in the field by changing a very small number of components 6
and without the need of special tools. A manual handwheel is also 7 8
3
available in all actuator sizes except PN 3200. These actuators are 10
15
designed to operate with 2-port LE valves as detailed below. 14
11
Available Types:
Spring extend spindle, multi-spring yoke mounted actuators PN 12
5
3200, PN 3300, PN 3400, PN 3500, and PN 3600 series.
18
17
Actuator Type Valve Type 20
21
.75 inches (20 mm travel) LE Series 1/2" to 2" 22
1.25 inches (30 mm travel) LE Series 2-1/2" to 4" 19
Spring Ranges 13
Actuator Type Spring Range Travel

PN 3220
PN 3320
PN 3420 3 (6) to 15 (18) psi .75 inches
PN 3520 (20 mm)
PN 3620
PN 3430 Construction Materials
No. Part 5 Material
PN 3530 3 (6) to 15 (18) psi 1.25 inches
PN 3630 (30 mm) 1 Diaphragm Housing Pressed Steel
PN 3225 2 Diaphragm Reinforced Nitrile Rubber
PN 3325 3 Diaphragm Plate Pressed Steel
PN 3425 6 to 30 psi .75 inches 4 Springs Spring Steel
PN 3525 (20 mm)
5 Spindle Stainless Steel
PN 3625
PN 3435 6 Locknut Stainless Steel
PN 3535 6 to 30 psi 1.25 inches 7 Spacer Zinc Plated Steel
PN 3635 (30 mm) 8 ‘O’ Ring Rubber
PN 3326 15 to 45 psi .75 inches 9 Spring Guide Zinc Plated Steel
PN 3426 (20 mm) 10 Diaphragm Clamp Zinc Plated Steel
PN 3436 15 to 45 psi 1.25 inches
11 Bearing Bronze
(30 mm)
PN 3524 12 to 22 psi .75 inches 12 ‘V’ Ring Rubber
PN 3624 (20 mm) 13 Yoke Cast Iron
PN 3534 12 to 22 psi .75 inches 14 Gasket Non-asbestos Fiber
PN 3634 (20 mm) 15 Fixing Screws Steel
16 Housing Bolts and Nuts Steel
Air supply connection PN 3000 series, 1/4" NPT 17 Top Adaptor Steel
18 Locknut Steel
19 Bottom Adaptor Steel
Technical Data 20 Connectors Stainless Steel
Temperature Range 14°F to 390°F (-20°C to 100°C) 21 Connectors, Bolts and Nuts Stainless Steel
PN 3200/PN 3300 90 psi
22 Travel Indicator Aluminum
Maximum Operating Pressure PN 3400 60 psi
PN 3500/PN 3600 40 psi 23 Cap (with vent hole) Plastic
*A spring guide is provided on larger sizes.
INICIO
PN 3000 Series Fail Closed

Differential Pressures for LE Valves and PN 3000 Series Actuators.
LE Va l v e s
Valve Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
Travel mm 20 mm (.75") 30 mm (1.25")
Standard Cvs 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29 42 74 117 187
PN 3000 Series Actuators (Spring Extend Spindle)

Minimum
Actuator SpringRange Air Positioner Maximum Differential Pressure (psi)
Closed Open Pressure Required*
PN 3220 3 15 20 Optional 235 165 85 40 – – – – –
PN 3225 6 30 35 Optional 235 235 200 100 55 30 – – –
PN 3320 3 15 20 Optional 235 235 195 95 50 30 – – –
PN 3325 6 30 35 Optional 235 235 235 210 120 70 – – –
PN 3326 15 45 50 Yes 235 235 235 235 235 200 – – –
PN 3420 3 15 20 Optional – – 235 150 85 50 – – –
PN 3425 6 30 35 Optional – – 235 235 190 115 – – –
PN 3426 15 45 50 Yes – – 235 235 235 235 – – –
PN 3430 3 15 20 Optional – – – – – – 25 – –
PN 3435 6 30 35 Optional – – – – – – 60 40 25
PN 3436 15 45 50 Yes – – – – – – 180 115 70
PN 3520 3 15 20 Optional – – – 230 135 80 – – –
PN 3525 6 30 35 Optional – – – 235 235 175 – – –
PN 3524 11 22 30 Yes – – – 235 235 235 – – –
PN 3530 3 15 20 Optional – – – – – – 40 – –
PN 3535 6 30 35 Optional – – – – – – 100 60 40
PN 3534 11 22 30 Yes – – – – – – 210 135 85
PN 3620 3 15 20 Optional – – – – 190 115 – – –
PN 3625 6 30 35 Optional – – – – 235 235 – – –
PN 3624 11 22 30 Yes – – – – 235 235 – – –
PN 3630 3 15 20 Optional – – – – – – 65 40 –
PN 3635 6 30 35 Optional – – – – – – 145 90 60
PN 3634 11 22 30 Yes – – – – – – 235 195 125
* Applies to modulating duty only.

Maximum delta P on LEA Valve Series is 200 psig
Installation How to Order

Actuators should be mounted on LE valves with the stem in a vertical 1 PN 3320 pneumatic actuator
position. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are supplied with
the product. Note: Actuator code should be suffixed 'H' where handwheel is required,
i.e. PN 3320 H.
Spare Parts
Information regarding spare parts available is given on TIS 1.517.
Dimensions E
(nominal) in inches and millimeters
Air Supply
Actuator E F Weight 1/4" NPT
PN 3200 Series 8.2 9.5 15.4 lb
(209) (240) (7.2 kg)
PN 3300 Series 11.2 10.4 24.2 lb
(285) (264) (11.2 kg)
PN 3420 Series 13.2 10.4 44 lb
(336) (263) (20.0 kg)
PN 3430 Series 13.2 12.8 44 lb F
(336) (328) (20.0 kg)
PN 3520 Series 15.9 11.6 48.5 lb
(405) (294) (22.6 kg)
PN 3530 Series 15.9 19.4 48.5 lb
(405) (367) (22.6 kg)
PN 3620 Series 18.3 15.7 83.7 lb
(465) (400) (38.0 kg)
PN 3630 Series 18.3 15.7 83.7 lb
(465) (400) (38.0 kg)
TIS 1.515 US 12.01
INICIO
PN 4000 Series Fail Open

7
Description 6
A range of compact linear actuators having 5 diaphragm sizes for 1
10
matching the requirements of different valves at various differential 8
15 3
pressures. Each actuator is fitted with a mechanical stroke indicator
and incorporates a semi-rolling diaphragm which gives good linearity 2
22
over the operating stroke.
4
The actuators may be converted to failed closed operation in the field 14
by changing a very small number of components and without the 13
11
need of special tools. A manual hand wheel is also available in all
actuator sizes except PN 4200. These actuators are designed to 5
17
operate with 2-port LE valves as detailed below. 16
19 20
Available Types:
Fail open, multi-spring yoke mounted actuators 18
PN 4200, PN 4300, PN 4400, PN 4500, and PN 4600 series.
21
Actuator type Valve type

.75" (20 mm) travel LE Series 1/2" to 2" 12
1.25" (30 mm) travel LE Series 2-1/2" to 4"
PN 4220 Shown
Technical Data
Temperature Range 14°F to 390°F (-20°C to 100°C)
PN 4200/PN 4300 90 psi
Maximum Operating Pressure PN 4400 60 psi Construction Materials
PN 4500/PN 4600 45 psi No. Part 5 Material
1 Diaphragm Housing Pressed Steel
2 Diaphragm Reinforced Nitrile Rubber
Spring Ranges 3 Diaphragm Plate Pressed Steel
Actuator Types Spring Range psi Travel 4 Springs Spring Steel
PN 4220 5 Spindle Stainless Steel
PN 4320
6 Locknut Stainless Steel
PN 4420 3 (6) to 15 (18) psi .75”
PN 4520 (20 mm) 7 Spacer Zinc Plated Steel
PN 4620 8 ‘O’ Ring Rubber
PN 4430 9 Spring Guide Zinc Plated Steel
PN 4530 3 (6) to 15 (18) psi 1.25” 10 Diaphragm Clamp Zinc Plated Steel
PN 4630 (30 mm) 11 Bearing Bronze
12 Yoke Cast Iron
Air Supply Connection 13 Gasket Non Asbestos Fiber
PN 4000 series, 1/4" NPT 14 Fixing Screws Steel
15 Housing Bolts and Nuts Steel
16 Top Adaptor Steel
17 Locknut Steel
18 Bottom adaptor Steel
19 Connectors Stainless Steel
20 Connector Bolts and Nuts Stainless steel
21 Travel Indicator Aluminum
22 Spacer Plastic
* A spring guide is provided on larger sizes.
INICIO
PN 4000 Series Fail Open

Differential Pressures for LE Valves and PN 4000 Series Actuators.
LE Valves
Valve Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
Travel mm 20 mm (.75") 30 mm (1.25")
Standard Cvs 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29 42 74 117 187
PN 4000 Series Actuators (Spring Retract Spindle)

Minimum
Actuator Spring Range Air Positioner Maximum Differential Pressure (psi)
Closed Open Pressure Required*
15 3 20 Optional 230 135 75 30 – – – – –
15 3 30 Yes 230 230 230 225 130 75 – – –
PN 4220 15 3 45 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 165 – – –
15 3 60 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 75 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 90 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 20 Optional 230 230 165 80 40 20 – – –
15 3 30 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 170 – – –
PN 4320 15 3 45 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 60 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 75 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 90 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 20 Optional – – 230 120 65 35 – – –
PN 4420 15 3 30 Yes – – 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 45 Yes – – 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 60 Yes – – 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 20 Optional – – – – – – 15 – –
PN 4430 15 3 30 Yes – – – – – – 130 90 55
15 3 45 Yes – – – – – – 230 195 120
15 3 60 Yes – – – – – – 230 230 185
15 3 20 Optional – – – 205 115 70 – – –
PN 4520 15 3 30 Yes – – – 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 45 Yes – – – 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 20 Optional – – – – – – 30 – –
PN 4530 15 3 30 Yes – – – – – – 230 150 95
15 3 45 Yes – – – – – – 230 230 150
15 3 20 Optional – – – – 150 90 – – –
PN 4620 15 3 30 Yes – – – – 230 230 – – –
15 3 45 Yes – – – – 230 230 – – –
15 3 20 Optional – – – – – – 45 25 15
PN 4630 15 3 30 Yes – – – – – – 230 195 120
15 3 45 Yes – – – – – – 230 230 190
* Applies to modulating duty only.
Maximum delta P on LEA Valve Series is 200 psig E
Installation Air Supply

Actuators should be mounted on LE valves with the stem in a vertical 1/4" NPT
position. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are supplied with the
products.
Spare Parts
Dimensions F
Actuator E F Weight
PN 4220 Series 8.2 (209) 9.5 (240) 15.4 lb (7.2 kg)
PN 4300 Series 11.2 (285) 10.4 (264) 24.2 lb (11.2 kg)
PN 4420 Series 13.2 (336) 10.4 (263) 44 lb (20.0 kg)
PN 4430 Series 13.2 (336) 12.8 (328) 44 lb (20.0 kg)
PN 4520 Series 15.9 (405) 11.6 (294) 48.5 lb (22.6 kg)
PN 4530 Series 15.9 (405) 14.4 (367) 48.5 lb (22.6 kg)
PN 4620 Series 18.3 (465) 15.7 (400) 83.7 lb (38.0 kg)
PN 4630 Series 18.3 (465) 15.7 (400) 83.7 lb (38.0 kg)
How to Order
1 PN 4320 pneumatic actuator
Note: Actuator code should be suffixed 'H' where a handwheel is
TIS 1.516 US 12.01
required, i.e. PN 4320H
INICIO
PN 3000 and PN 4000

Pneumatic Actuators for LE Valve Spares
E
A
B
F F
B A
E
C
C
G
H
G L M
H D
I
M
L
I D
S PA R E PA RT S
PN 3000 PN 4000
The spare parts available are indicated by capital letters. The other parts The spare parts available are indicated by capital letters. The other parts
are not supplied as spares. are not supplied as spares.
AVA I L A B L E S PA R E S AVA I L A B L E S PA R E S
Stem Seal Kit (‘O’ Ring and ‘V’ Ring) B, C Stem Seal Kit (‘O’ Ring and ‘V’ Ring) B, C
Diaphragm Kit (Diaphragm, ‘O’ Ring and ‘V’ Ring) A, B, C Diaphragm Kit (Diaphragm, ‘O’ Ring and ‘V’ Ring) A, B, C
Travel Indicator Kit D Travel Indicator Kit D
Spring Kit (Set of Springs - includes 3 longer hex Spring Kit (Set of Springs - includes 3 longer hex
head bolts and nuts on some spring ranges) E, F head bolts and nuts on some spring ranges) E, F
Linkage Kit (lock nut, top adaptor, bottom Linkage Kit (lock nut, top adaptor, bottom
adaptor connectors, bolts and nuts) G, H, I, L, M adaptor connectors, bolts and nuts) G, H, I, L, M
H OW TO O R D E R H OW TO O R D E R
Always order spares by using the description in the column headed Always order spares by using the description in the column headed
Available Spares and stating the actuator type. Available Spares and stating the actuator type.
Example - Stem seal kit for PN 3220 pneumatic actuator. Example - Stem seal kit for PN 4220 pneumatic actuator.
INICIO
PN5000 Series Fail Closed

Pneumatic Actuators (for K Series Valves)
Available types PN5200, PN5300, PN5400
Spring extend spindle actuators. PN5500, PN5600,
Series Actuator
5100 series, single spring, yoke mounted.
5200, 5300, 5400, 5500, 5600 series, multi-spring, pillar mounted.
Description
A range of compact linear actuators having 6 diaphragm sizes for
matching the requirements of different valves at various differential
pressures. Each actuator is fitted with mechanical stroke indicators
and incorporates a rolling diaphragm to give linearity over the full
operating stroke. For precise valve positioning on modulating appli-
cations and when using higher pressure spring range actuators a
positioner must be used. The actuators are designed for easy con-
version to spring retract spindle operation (and vice versa) in the field
using the same components and without the need of special tools. PN5100
These actuators are designed to operate with 2-port K valves. Series Actuator

3/4” travel 1/2” to 2” K series
1-3/16” travel 2-1/2” to 4” K series
Technical data
Temperature range -4 to 230°F
Maximum PN5100/PN5200/PN5300/PN5400 90 psi
operating pressure PN5500/PN5600 35 psi
Spring ranges
Actuator types Spring range Travel
PN5120 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4”
PN5126 15 - 30 3/4”
PN5123 30 - 60 3/4” Materials
PN5220 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4” No.Part Material
PN5226 15 - 30 3/4”
1 Diaphragm housing Pressed steel
PN5223 30 - 60 3/4”
PN5320 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4” 2 Rolling diaphragm Fabric reinforced nitrile rubber
PN5326 15 - 30 3/4” 3 Piston Pressed steel
PN5323 30 - 60 3/4” 4 Spring Spring steel
PN5330 6 - 18 1-3/16” 5 Diaphragm clamp casting Stainless steel
PN5336 15 - 30 1-3/16” 6 Nyloc nut Steel
PN5333 30 - 60 1-3/16”
PN5420 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4” 7 Baseplate SG iron
PN5426 15 - 30 3/4” 8 DU bearing PTFE/Steel composite
PN5423 30 - 60 3/4” 9 Yoke (PN5100 series only) Aluminium
PN5430 3 (6) - 15 (18) 1-3/16” 10 Pillars Steel
PN5436 15 - 30 1-3/16” 11 Housing securing nuts & bolts Steel
PN5433 30 - 60 1-3/16”
12 Spindle Stainless steel
PN5520 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4”
PN5524 12 - 22 3/4” 13 Travel indicators Spring steel
PN5530 3 (6) - 15 (18) 1-3/16” 14 Connector Steel
PN5534 12 - 22 1-3/16” 15 Indicator plate Steel
PN5620 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4” 17 'O' ring Rubber
PN5624 12 - 22 3/4” 18 Lock-nut Steel
PN5630 3 (6) - 15 (18) 1-3/16”
PN5634 12 - 22 1-3/16” 19 Mounting flange Stainless steel
20 Cap (with vent hole) Nickle plated brass
Air supply connection 21 Spacer Steel
Actuator type Connection Spring location washer
22 Steel
PN5100 and PN5200 series 1/8" NPT (PN5100 series)
PN5300 and PN5400 series 1/4" NPT 23 Adaptor Steel
PN5500 and PN5600 Series 1/4" NPT 24 'O' ring Rubber
INICIO
Differential pressures for K valves and PN5000 series actuators.
Size 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 2” 2-1/2” 3” 4”
Travel inches 3/4” 1-3/16”
Standard Cvs value 0.5 to 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 74 117 187
PN5000 series actuators (spring extend spindle)

Air pressure
Spring Positioner Maximum closing pressures 1 in psi
Type Model required (min.)
range
psi
required (*See note reference differential pressures)
3 to 15 20 Optional 110 70 15 - - - - - -
5120
6 to 18 25 Optional 255 145 60 - - - - - -
5121 3 to 9 20 Yes 110 70 15 - - - - - -
5122 9 to 15 20 Yes 395 220 110 - - - - - -
5126 15 to 30 40 Yes 580 365 200 100 55 30 - - -
PN5100 Series 5123 30 to 60 70 Yes 580 580 440 215 145 75 - - -
3 to 15 20 Optional 310 175 80 30 25 10 - - -
5220
6 to 18 25 Optional 580 360 190 85 65 30 - - -
5226 15 to 30 40 Yes 580 580 530 265 155 90 - - -
PN5200 Series 5223 30 to 60 70 Yes 580 580 580 550 370 200 - - -
3 to 15 20 Optional 505 280 145 60 45 20 - - -
5320
6 to 18 25 Optional 580 475 320 150 10 55 - - -
5321 3 to 9 20 Yes 495 275 145 60 45 20 - - -
5322 9 to 15 20 Yes 580 580 495 240 165 85 - - -
5326 15 to 30 40 Yes 580 580 580 420 245 145 - - -
5323 30 to 60 70 Yes 580 580 580 580 435 320 - - -
5330 6 to 18 25 Optional - - - - - - 10 - -
PN5300 Series 5336 15 to 30 40 Yes - - - - - - 55 30 15
5333 30 to 60 70 Yes - - - - - - 165 105 65
3 to 15 20 Optional 580 460 250 120 85 40 - - -
5420
6 to 18 25 Optional 580 580 535 265 180 95 - - -
5421 3 to 9 20 Yes 580 450 250 120 85 40 - - -
5422 9 to 15 20 Yes 580 580 580 400 275 150 - - -
5426 15 to 30 40 Yes 580 580 580 580 360 145 - - -
5423 30 to 60 70 Yes 580 580 580 580 435 435 - - -
PN5400 Series 5430 6 to 18 25 Optional - - - - - - 35 15 5
5436 15 to 30 40 Yes - - - - - - 105 65 45
5433 30 to 60 70 Yes - - - - - 290 185 120
3 to 15 20 Optional 580 580 490 230 165 80 - - -
5520
6 to 18 25 Optional 580 580 580 520 350 185 - - -
5524 12 to 22 30 Yes 580 580 580 580 435 390 - - -
3 to 15 20 Optional - - - - - - 55 35 20
5530
6 to 18 25 Optional - - - - - - 110 75 45
PN5500 Series 5534 12 to 22 30 Yes - - - - - - 225 150 95
3 to 15 20 Optional 580 580 580 320 230 110 - - -
5620
6 to 18 25 Optional 580 580 580 580 435 260 - - -
5624 12 to 22 30 Yes 580 580 580 580 435 435 - - -
3 to 15 20 Optional - - - - - - 75 50 30
5630
6 to 18 25 Optional - - - - - - 155 105 65
PN5600 Series 5634 12 to 22 30 Yes - - - - - - - 315 210 130
1
(THE ABOVE CLOSING PRESSURES ARE BASED ON ZERO AIR IN ACTUATOR!)
Maximum delta Pon LEA Valve Series is 200 psig A A
*Differential pressures
DIferential pressures shown above to valves having chevron or below sealed stems
with either metal to metal or PTFE soft seat. For valves having graphite packed stem
seals refer to Spirax Sarco.
Air Air
Reduced capacity (C vs) valves supply supply
For valves having reduced capacity Cvs trims differential pressures should be select-
ed from the above chart using the actual Cvs value column and not the valve size B
B
column.
For product compatibility with 2-1/2”, 3”, and 4” valves 1- 3/16 travel actuators must
be selected for all trim options. For valves having 3/4” travel reduced Cvs trims it is
therefore recommended to use a positioner to obtain the desired travel.
Spring setting Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
If specified, 3-15 psi Spring Range can be 'Set at' 6-18 psi bar to provide higher max- Actuator A B Weight
imum differential pressures. This higher range is 'Set' when the Valve and Actuator 5100 Series 5-3/4” 11-3/8” 7.5
are assembled together prior to despatch or by following the procedure given in the 5200 Series 8-1/2” 12-3/4” 13.2
Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided with the product. 5300 Series 9-7/8” 13” 20.5
Installation 5400 Series 12” 14-1/2” 35.2
Actuators should be mounted with the stem in a vertical position. Installation and 5500 Series 15-7/8” 15-3/4” 57.0
Maintenance Instructions are supplied with the product. 5600 Series 18-3/8” 15-3/4” 79.3
Spare parts
Information regarding spare parts available is given on TIS 1.514 How to order
1 off PN5220 Pneumatic Actuator (Specify 'Set at 6-18 psi range' if required).
TIS 1.512 US 12.01
INICIO
PN5700 Series Fail Closed

Pneumatic Actuators for 6" and 8" K Series Valves
Description
A range of linear actuators for matching the requirements of 6" to 8"
6
valves at various differential pressures. The actuators are fitted with a 1
mechanical stroke indicator and incorporate a semi-rolling diaphragm to 4
produce good linearity over the operating stroke. 8
These actuators are designed to operate with two port K series valves.
Actuator type Valve types Valve sizes

14
50 mm travel K series 6" and 8" 20
30 mm travel K series 6" and 8" 2 5
9 3
Available types 12 13
Spring extend spindle, multi-spring pillars mounted actuators PN5700 11
series. 10
Spring ranges 7
PN5750 3 to 15 psi (6 to 18 psi) 50 mm 16
PN5756 15 to 45 psi 50 mm 17
PN5757 12 to 36 psi 50 mm
19
Technical data 15
Temperature range -4°F to +212°F (-20°C to +100°C)
Maximum operating pressure 65 psig (4.5 barg) 18
Air supply connection 1/4" NPT
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches and lbs (mm and kg)

Actuator D E Weight Materials
PN5700 series 18.6(465) 20.2(505) 110(50) No Part Material
1 Diaphragm housing Steel
2 Diaphragm Reinforced nitrile rubber
3 Diaphragm plate Steel
4 Spring Spring steel
D 5 Spring guide Zinc plated steel
6 Vent plug Nickel plated brass
8 Lock-nut / spacer Stainless steel
9 Clamp plate Zinc plated steel
10 Spindle 'O' ring Nitrile rubber
11 Guide bush Bronze
12 Gasket Non asbestos fibre
13 Fixing screws Steel
14 Housing bolts and nuts Steel
15 Pillar Zinc plated steel
16 Travel indicator Stainless steel
17 Linkage set Zinc plated steel
Air supply 18 Mounting plate Zinc plated steel
E 1/4" NPT 19 Anti-rotation plate Zinc plated steel
20 Sealing 'O' ring Nitrile rubber
21 Pillar nut Zinc plated steel
INICIO
Differential pressures for PN5700 actuators

Valve size 6" 8"
Travel mm 50 30 50 30
Valve seat size Full Reduced Cv Full Reduced Cv
Cvs No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 Cvs No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
Spring Minimum Positioner Maximum closing pressure (psi)

Actuator range air pressure required (see note reference differential pressures)
psi psig
3 - 15 20 Optional 6.5 11.5 - - 1.5 6.5 11.5 -
PN5750
6 - 18 25 Optional 25 40 - - 13.5 25 40 -
15 - 45 50 Yes 96 140 - - 50 96 140 -
PN5756 26 - 45 50 Yes - - 330 525 - - - 330
*Standard 50 mm travel actuator will provide 30 mm travel across spring range shown.
Note: The valves shown are valid for both standard and high temperature packing.
The above closing pressures are based on zero air in actuator.
Installation
Actuators should be mounted on the valve with the stem in a vertical posi-
tion. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are supplied with the prod-
uct.
How to order
Example: 1 off PN5750 pneumatic actuator.
C
Spare parts
The spare parts available are indicated by capital letters. The other parts
are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Stem seal kit A B
Diaphragm kit B
Spring kit C
Linkage kit A
D, E, F, G
(lock-nut, top adaptor, bottom adaptor, bolts and nuts)
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description in the column headed
'Available spares' and stating the actuator type.
D
Example: Diaphragm kit for PN5750 pneumatic actuator. E
G F
TI-P357-17 US 04.02
INICIO
PN6000 Series Fail Open

Pneumatic Actuators (for K Series valves)
Available types 6
Spring retract spindle actuators. 24 5
6100 Series - single spring - yoke mounted. 2
6200, 6300, 6400, 6500 and 6600 Series-multi spring-pillar mounted.
11
Description
A range of compact linear actuators having 6 diaphragm sizes for 4
1 3
matching the requirements of different valves at various differential 8
pressures. Each actuator is fitted with mechanical stroke indicators 17
7
and incorporates a rolling diaphragm to give linearity over the full 12
operating stroke. For precise valve positioning on modulating applica- 18 10
tions and when using higher pressure spring range actuators a posi-
14
tioner must be used. The actuators are designed for easy conversion
to spring extend spindle operation (and vice versa) in the field using 23
the same components and without the need of special tools. These 15
actuators are designed to operate with 2 Port K Valves.
13
3/4” travel 1/2” to 2” K series
1-3/16” travel 2-1/2” to 4” K series
19
Technical data
Temperature range -4 to 230˚F
Maximum PN6100, PN6200, PN6300 & PN6400 90 psig PN6200, PN6300, PN6400,
operating pressure PN6500 & PN6600 35 psig PN6500 and PN6600 Series actuators
Spring ranges 24
PN6120 3 - 15 3/4”
22
PN6220 3 - 15 3/4” 21
PN6320 3 - 15 3/4”
PN6330 3 - 15 1-3/16”
PN6420 3 - 15 3/4”
PN6430 3 - 15 1-3/16” 20
PN6520 3 - 15 3/4”
PN6530 3 - 15 1-3/16”
PN6620 3 - 15 3/4”
PN6630 3 - 15 1-3/16”
13
Air supply connection
Actuator type Connection
6100 and 6200 series 1/8" NPT
6300 and 6400 series 1/4" NPT 9
6500 and 6600 series 1/4" NPT
Materials PN6100 Series actuators

No Part Material
1 Diaphragm housing Pressed steel No Part Material
2 Rolling diaphragm Fabric reinforced nitrile rubber 12 Spindle Stainless steel
3 Piston Pressed steel 13 Travel indicators Spring steel
4 Spring Spring steel 14 Connector Steel
5 Diaphragm clamp casting Stainless steel 15 Indicator plate Steel
6 Nyloc nut Steel 17 'O' ring Rubber
7 Baseplate SG iron 18 Lock nut Steel
8 DU bearing PTFE/Steel composite 19 Mounting flange Stainless steel
9 Yoke (6100 Series) Aluminium 20 Cap (with vent hole) Nickel plated brass
10 Pillars Steel 21 Spacer Steel
11 Housing securing nuts & bolts Steel 22 Spring Location Washer (PN6100 series) Steel
23 Adaptor Steel
24 'O' ring Rubber
INICIO
Differential pressures for valves and PN6000 series actuators.

Size 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 2” 2-1/2” 3 4”
Travel inches 3/4” 1-3/16”
Standard Cvs value 0.5 to 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 74 117 187
PN6000 series actuators (Spring retract spindle)

Spring Air pressure Positioner Maximum closing pressures1 in psi
Type Model range required (min) required (* see note reference differential pressures)
psi
3 - 15 20 Optional 110 70 15 - - - - - -
6120 3 - 15 25 Optional 255 145 60 - - - - - -
PN6100 Series 3 - 15 60 Yes 580 580 580 330 215 115 - - -
3 - 15 20 Optional 305 175 80 30 25 10 - - -
6220 3 - 15 25 Optional 580 355 190 85 65 30 - - -
PN6200 Series 3 - 15 60 Yes - 580 580 580 435 300 - - -
3 - 15 20 Optional 495 275 145 60 45 20 - - -
6320 3 - 15 25 Optional 580 470 320 150 105 55 - - -
3 - 15 60 Yes - 580 580 580 435 435 - - -
3 - 15 20 Optional - - - - - - 10 - -
PN6300 Series 6330
3 - 15 60 Yes - - - - - - 275 185 115
3 - 15 20 Optional 580 450 250 120 85 40 - - -
6420 3 - 15 25 Optional - 580 535 265 180 95 - - -
3 - 15 60 Yes - - 580 580 435 435 - - -
3 - 15 25 Optional - - - - - - 35 15 5
PN6400 Series 6430
3 - 15 60 Yes - - - - - - 435 300 200
3 - 15 20 Optional - 580 230 230 165 80 - - -
6520 3 - 15 25 Optional - - 520 520 350 185 - - -
3 - 15 40 Yes - - 580 580 435 435 - - -
3 - 15 20 Optional - - - - - - 55 35 20
PN6500 Series 6530 3 - 15 25 Optional - - - - - - 110 75 45
3 - 15 40 Yes - - - - - - 410 280 170
3 - 15 20 Optional - 580 320 320 230 110 - - -
6620 3 - 15 25 Optional - - 580 580 435 260 - - -
3 - 15 40 Yes - - - - - 435 - -
3 - 15 20 Optional - - - - - - 75 50 30
6630 3 - 15 25 Optional - - - - - - 155 105 65
PN6600 Series
3 - 15 40 Yes - - - - - - 580 390 245
1
(THE ABOVE CLOSING PRESSURES ARE BASED ON ZERO AIR IN ACTUATOR!)
Maximum delta P on LEA Valve Series is 200 psig
A A
*Differential pressures Air
Differential pressures shown above to valves having chevron or Air supply
below sealed stems with either metal to metal or PTFE soft seat. For supply
valves having graphite packed stem seals refer to Spirax Sarco.
Reduced capacity (Cvs) valves

For valves having reduced capacity Cvs trims differential pressures
should be selected from the above chart using the actual Cvs value
B
column and not the valve size column.
B
*For product compatibility with 2-1/2”, 3” and 4” valves
1-3/16” travel actuators must be selected for all trim options. For
valves having 3/4” travel reduced Cvs trims it is therefore recom-
mended to use a positioner to obtain the desired travel.
Installation
Actuators should be mounted with the stem in a vertical position. Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
Installation Maintenance Instructions are supplied with the product. Actuator A B Weight
6100 Series 5-3/4” 11-3/8” 7.5

6200 Series 8-1/2” 12-3/4” 13.2
Spare parts 6300 Series 9-7/8” 13” 20.5
6400 Series 12” 14-1/2” 35.2
6500 Series 15-7/8” 15-3/4” 57.0
How to order 6600 Series 18-3/8” 15-3/4” 79.3
1 off PN6220 Pneumatic Actuator
TIS 1.513 US 12.01
INICIO
PN5000 and PN6000 Series

Pneumatic Actuators
S PA R E PA RT S
are not supplied as spares. J
These spares are for PN5100 and PN6100 series single spring actuators.
For PN5200 , 5300, 5400, 5500, 5600, 6200, 6300, 6400, 6500, and 6600 J
series multi-spring actuators see other side of page.
AVA I L A B L E S PA R E F
Stem seal kit (Piston guide bearing and ‘O’ Ring) A, C, H E
Diaphragm kit (Diaphragm, Nyloc Nut, Washer, and “O” Ring) D, E, F, H
Travel Indicator kit (2 off Indicators) G
Spring kit (Spring - includes 3 off longer Hex. Head screws,
washers and nuts on some spring ranges) B, J
H OW T O O R D E R
Available Spare and stating the actuator type.
Example: 1 - Stem seal kit for PN5120 pneumatic actuator.
H OW TO F I T D
Full fitting instructions are given in the operating and maintenance
instructions supplied with the actuator.
H
G C
J
J
INICIO
PN5000 and PN6000 Series

Pneumatic Actuators
S PA R E PA RT S
J
These spares are for PN5200 , 5300, 5400, 5500, 5600, 6200, 6300, J
6400, 6500 and 6600 Series multi-spring actuators.
For PN5100 and 6100 Series single spring actuators see overleaf.
B
AVA I L A B L E S PA R E F
Stem seal kit (Piston guide bearing and ‘O’ Ring) A, C, H E
Diaphragm kit (Diaphragm, Nyloc Nut, Washer & “O” Ring) D, E, F, H

Spring kit (Spring - includes 3 off longer Hex. Head screws,
washers and nuts on some spring ranges) B, J
Travel Indicator Kit (2 pieces) G
H OW T O O R D E R
D
Available Spare and stating the actuator type.
Example: 1 - Stem seal kit for PN5220 pneumatic actuator.
H OW T O F I T
Full fitting instructions are given in the operating and maintenance H
instructions supplied with the actuator.
J
J
TIS 1.514 US 01.96
INICIO
PN1000 Series Spring Extend Pneumatic Actuators

(for LE/LEA and KE/KEA Valves 2-1/2" to 4")
Description
A range of single spring linear actuators having 2 diaphragm
sizes for matching the requirements of different valves at
various differential pressures. Each actuator is fitted with a
combined mechanical stroke indicator and anti-rotation guard.
The actuators are designed for easy conversion from spring
extend to spring retract, and vice versa, without the need for
special tools.
Available types
Spring extend spindle actuators:
PN1500 and PN1600 series. 6
Technical data 4
Temperature range -20°C to +110°C (-4°F to +230°F)
Maximum operating pressure 4.5 bar (65 psi)
Air supply connection PN1500 and PN1600 1/4" NPT
15 1
Materials
No. Part Material 8
1 Diaphragm housing Carbon steel
2 Diaphragm Reinforced nitrile rubber 16
2
3 Diaphragm plate Stainless steel
4 Spring Spring steel 3
5 Spindle guide Bronze 5
6 Bearing Hardened steel 13
7 Yoke Cast steel
8 Housing securing nuts Zinc plated steel
9
and bolts
9 Spindle Stainless steel 7
14
10 Connector Zinc plated steel
11 Travel indicator Stainless steel 10
12 Lock plate Zinc plated steel 11 12
13 'O' ring Nitrile rubber 17
14 Lock-nut Zinc plated steel
15 Cap with vent hole Nickel plated brass
16 Spring location washer Zinc plated steel
17 Valve spindle adapter Stainless steel
INICIO
Differential pressures for LE/LEA and KE/KEA series valves and PN1000 series actuators (spring
extend)
Note: The differential pressures stated in the tables below are limited by the maximum
operating pressures of the selected control valve.
In certain circumstances with a reduced Cv value, or where reduced valve stroke is acceptable, it may be possible to increase the maximum
differential pressure above that shown in the table by special setting of the actuator. Please consult Spirax Sarco.
LE and LEA, KE and KEA valve size 2-1/2" 3" 4"

Travel mm 30 20 20 20 30 30 20 20 30 30 30 20
Full C v Reduced Cv Full Cv Reduced Cv Full C v Reduced Cv
Valve capacity*
74 42 29.3 18.7 117 74 42 29.3 187 117 74 42
Differential pressures shown apply to valves with standard PTFE stem seals or
bellows sealed stems with either metal-to-metal or PTFE soft seat.
Actuator Spring Positioner
Travel Maximum differential pressure (psi)
model range required
PN1553A3 20 mm 30-60 Yes - 725 725 725 - - 725 725 - - - 725
PN1533A3 30 mm 30-60 Yes 560 - - - 362 560 - - 226 362 560 -
PN1653B4 30 mm 30-60 Yes 725 - - - 535 725 - - 336 535 725 -
Differential pressures shown below apply to valves with high temperature graphite (H) stem seals and metal-to-matal seats.
Actuator Spring Positioner
model range required
PN1553A3 20 mm 30-60 Yes - 725 725 725 - - 725 725 - - - 725
PN1533A3 30 mm 30-60 Yes 557 - - - 361 557 - - 224 361 557 -
PN1653B4 30 mm 30-60 Yes 725 - - - 533 725 - - 335 533 725 -
* For fast opening, low noise and anti-cavitation trims use Full Cv column
Installation
Actuators should be mounted on the valve with the stem in a
vertical position. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are
supplied with the product.
Spare parts
Information regarding available spare parts is given on TI-P357-20 US.
PN1000 series actuator selection table

Selection should be made in conjunction with the differential
pressure chart shown above and the following code:
Actuation PN = Pneumatic PN
Actuator action 1 = Spring to extend 1
Diaphragm size 5
5
6
Actuator travel 2 = 20 mm (3/4") 2

3 = 30mm (1-3/16")
Spring range 3 = 2.0 to 4.0 bar (30 to 60 psi) 3
Yoke type A = Type A for valve sizes: A

DN65-100 (2-1/2" to 4")
3 = Type 3 3
Spring-holder size 4 = Type 4
PN 1 5 2 3 A 3
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PN1523A3 actuator, set to 2.0 to 4.0 bar.
Dimensions/weights approximate in mm (inches) and kg (pounds)
D E
Actuator Actuator diaphragm Actuator yoke Actuator spring holder Weight
A B C Type A Type 3
PN1500 405 (16") 513 (20-3/16") 150 (6") 231 (9") 204 (8") 55 (121)
PN1600 465 (18-5/16") 515 (20-1/4") 150 (6") 231 (9") 204 (8") 70 (154)
TI-P320-57 US 09.02
INICIO

(for KE and KEA Valves 6" and 8")
Description
A range of single spring linear actuators having 2 diaphragm
sizes for matching the requirements of different valves at
various differential pressures. Each actuator is fitted with a
combined mechanical stroke indicator and anti-rotation guard.
The actuators are designed for easy conversion from spring
extend to spring retract, and vice versa, without the need for
special tools.
Available types
Spring extend spindle actuators:
PN1500 and PN1600 series.
Technical data
Temperature range -20°C to +110°C (-4°F to +230°F)
Maximum operating pressure 4.5 bar (65 psi)
Air supply connection PN1500 and PN1600 1/" NPT
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Diaphragm housing Carbon steel
2 Diaphragm Reinforced nitrile rubber
3 Diaphragm plate Stainless steel
4 Spring Spring steel
5 Spindle guide Bronze
6 DU bearing Hardened steel
7 Yoke Cast steel
8 Housing securing nuts Zinc plated steel
and bolts
10 Connector Zinc plated steel
11 Travel indicator Stainless steel
12 Lock plate Zinc plated steel
13 'O' ring Nitrile rubber
14 Lock-nut Zinc plated steel
15 Cap with vent hole Nickel plated brass
16 Spring location washer Zinc plated steel
17 Valve spindle adapter Stainless steel
INICIO
Differential pressures for KE and KEA series valves and PN1000 series actuators (spring extend)
Note: The differential pressures stated in the tables below are limited by the maximum
operating pressures of the selected control valve.
In certain circumstances with a reduced Cv value, or where reduced valve stroke is acceptable, it may be possible to increase the maximum
differential pressure above that shown in the table by special setting of the actuator. Please consult Spirax Sarco.
KE and KEA valve size DN6" DN8"

Travel mm 50 50 30 30 50 50 50 30
Full Cv Reduced Cv Full Cv Reduced C v
Valve capacity*
351 187 117 74 550 351 187 117
Differential pressures shown apply to valves with standard PTFE stem seals or
bellows sealed stems with either metal-to-metal or PTFE soft seat.
Actuator Spring Spring Positioner
model range setting required
PN1553B4 50 mm 30-60 30-60 Yes 92 135 223 358 49 92 137 223
30 mm 30-60 41-60 Yes - - 327 520 - - - 327
PN1653B4 50 mm 30-60 30-60 Yes 142 208 333 532 75 142 208 333
30 mm 30-60 41-60 Yes - - 482 725 - - - 482
Differential pressures shown below apply to valves with high temperature graphite (H) stem seals and metal-to-metal seats.
Actuator Spring Spring Positioner
model range setting required
PN1553B4 50 mm 30-60 30-60 Yes 91 137 221 356 47 91 137 221
30 mm 30-60 41-60 Yes - - 324 517 - - - 324
PN1653B4 50 mm 30-60 30-60 Yes 140 208 333 529 75 140 207 333
30 mm 30-60 41-60 Yes - - 479 725 - - - 480
* For fast opening, low noise and anti-cavitation turns use Full Cv
Installation
Actuators should be mounted on the valve with the stem in a
vertical position. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are
supplied with the product.
Spare parts
Information regarding available spare parts is given on TI-P357-20 US.
PN1000 series actuator selection table

Selection should be made in conjunction with the differential
pressure chart shown above and the following code:
Actuation PN = Pneumatic PN
Actuator action 1 = Spring to extend 1
Diaphragm size 5
6 5
Actuator travel 5 = 50 mm (2") 5
Spring range 3 = 2.0 to 4.0 bar (30 to 60 psi) 3
Yoke type B = Type B for valve sizes:

DN150 - 200 (6" to 8") B
Spring-holder size 4 = Type 4 4
PN 1 5 5 3 B 4
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PN1553B4 actuator, set to 30 to 60 psi.
Dimensions/weights approximate in mm (inches) and kg (pounds)

D E
Actuator Actuator diaphragm Actuator yoke Actuator spring holder Weight
A B C Type B Type 4
PN1500 405 (16") 513 (20-3/16") 150 (6") 247 (9-3/4) 250 (9-7/8") 55 (121)
PN1600 465 (18-5/16") 515 (20-1/4") 150 (6") 247 (9-3/4") 250 (9-7/8") 70 (154)
TI-P320-56 US 09.02
INICIO
PN1000 and PN2000 Actuator Spares
PN1000 PN2000
D B
C
D
A
C
B
F
F H
J
J H
G
I G I
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares
Stem seal kit Spindle 'O' ring and 'V' ring and diaphragm plate 'O' ring B, C, D
Diaphragm kit Diaphragm A
Spring kit Set of spring(s) E
Linkage kit Connector, valve spindle adapter, lock plate, fixing screws and travel indicator F, G, H, I, J
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the actuator type.
Example for PN1000: 1 Stem seal kit for a PN1520A2 pneumatic actuator.
Example for PN2000: 1 Stem seal kit for a PN2520A2 pneumatic actuator.
INICIO
EL3500 Series Electric Actuator

for 1/2" to 2" K & L Series Valves
Description
The EL3500 series actuators are suitable for either two position or Actuators with spring
modulating control. This actuator range can be used with the reserve (SR and SE)
following valves:
2 Port L Series Valves • 2 Port K Series Valves 3
Operation
The drive of a synchronous motor is converted into a linear motion of 2
the actuator stem by using a spur gear transmission. An integrated
spring package limits the stem force to a pre-set value in both
directions. Installed microswitches switch off the actuator precisely,
when the specified stem force is reached.
Available types
The EL3500 series actuators are available in the following 1
configurations:
Spring reserve actuators have the suffix SR or SE appended to the
basic actuator code e.g. EL3501SE.
Where :
SR = Spring retract.
SE = Spring extend.
EL3501, 3502, 3512. Each available with spring reserve. The
spring will either raise or lower the actuator spindle to match a safe
closed / open state.
EL3501SE, 230 Vac operating voltage. Two position control
from thermostat, time-switch or other device having mains rated
change-over contacts. Modulating control from any VMD (valve 3
motor drive) output.
EL3502SE, 24 Vac operating voltage. Two position control from 2
thermostat, time-switch or other device having mains rated
change-over contacts.
Modulating control from any controller having a 3 wire voltage output.
Alternatively, modulating control from any controller with VMD (valve
Actuators without
motor drive) output.
spring reserve
EL3512SR, EL3512SE, 24 Vac operating voltage with 0 to 10 Vdc,
or 2 Vdc to 10 Vdc control signal. Modulating control from any
controller providing this control signal.
1
Ambient limits
Storage temperatures -40° to 155°F (-40 to +70 °C) at 5 to95 % RH
Operating temperatures 14° to 120°F (-10 to +50 °C) at 5 to 95 % RH
Maximum valve medium temperature 300°F (+150 °C)
Protection Materials
IP rating IP54 No. Part Material
Insulation for EN 60730 Class II 1 Yoke Aluminium die casting
Flame resistant to UL 94-V0 (with metal cable gland) 2 Base Glass fibre reinforced plastic
3 Cover ABS-FR
Specifications
Model EL3501 EL3502 EL3501SE EL3502SE EL3512 EL3512SE EL3512SR
230 Vac 24 Vac 230 Vac 24 Vac 24 Vac 24 Vac 24 Vac
Supply voltage
50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz
Power consumption 6.5 VA 4 VA 12 VA 11 VA 5 VA 16 VA 16 VA
Actuator speed 3.1 s/mm 3.1 s/mm 5.3 s/mm 5.3 s/mm 3.1 s/mm 5.3 s/mm 5.3 s/mm
230 Vac 24 Vac 230 Vac 24 Vac 0-10 / 0-10 / 0-10 /
Control signal
2-10 Vdc 2-10 Vdc 2-10 Vdc
Spring reserve NO NO YES YES NO YES YES
INICIO
Description (approximate in inches)
5.3" x 6.3" 5.3" x 6.3" Table for maximum K / L valve and actuator
differential pressures
Differential pressures ( p) bar*
Valve size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
Valve stroke 3/4" (20 mm)
Cvs Value 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42
9.5" Maximum differential
11.1" 9.1" pressure 230 230 195 95 50 25
5.5" * Refer to valve TI for maximum valve operating pressures.

7.5" For reduced capacity trims, size the actuator against Cvs value.
Accessories
2.6" A linkage kit is supplied as standard for use with the L &K series
Actuator without valves 1/2" to 2"
2.6" Actuator with spring spring reserve
reserve (SE and SR) Auxiliary potentiometer: EL3901 (10 kΩ) or EL3902 (220Ω) are
Weight available for mounting on site. They can be used as a feedback
Spring reserve (SE / SR) 5.2 lb (2.4 kg) potentiometer and / or to provide remote indication to the valve
position. A cable gland is supplied with this.
Non spring reserve 2.9 lb (1.3 kg)
EL3903 auxiliary switches: Their switching points are adjustable
over the full length of the actuator stroke. The switches can be
Installation and wiring used e.g. to provide remote indication of any stroke position. A
The valve should be installed in the horizontal line. The position of cable gland is supplied with this.
the actuator will depend on the type of valve to which it is fitted.
However, it is not recommendd that the actuators should be fitted How to order
directly below the valve in a wet environment. Full instructions are To receive this actuator for use with an L or K valve, order:
supplied with the product. 1 - EL3501 actuator
TI-P321-13 US 04.01
INICIO

for 1/2" to 4" K & L Series Valves
Description
The EL5600 series electric actuators are reversible having linear
output. 1
Available types
The actuators are available with 3 supply variants. 230 Vac,115 Vac
and 24 Vac. The standard version is suitable for VMD (Value Motor
Drive) input power signal. If required the actuator can be fitted with a
positioner input card that can accept (4 - 20 mA or 2 - 10 Vdc control
signals.
The actuators are fitted as standard with 1kΩ potentiometer. This can
either be used in conjunction with the positioner for 2 - 10 V or 4-20
mA input signals, or as feedback for VMD. Also available are auxiliary 2
limit switches and anti-condense heater. See TI-P358-06 US for futher
details on the accessories.
These actuators can be used with the following valves, in conjunction
with an appropriate valve adaptor and mounting flange.
2-port — L Series and K Series
Note: A mounting flange and valve adaptor is required
to mount the actuator to a valve. See the
Valve adaptor
associated tables below.
Mounting flange selection
EL560_, EL561_,
EL562_, EL563_,
EL564_, Actuator EL565_ actuator
L&K Series 1/2" to 2" EL5970 -
Mounting
L Series 2-1/2" to 4" EL5971 -
flange
K Series 2-1/2" to 4" EL5971 EL5972
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Case Polycarbonate
2 Housing Die-cast aluminum
Valve adaptor selection

Actuator type EL560_ EL561_ EL562_ EL563_ EL564_ EL565_
Valve type Valve stem Valve adaptor type
L & K Series 1/2" to 2" M8 thread EL5901 EL5911 EL5921 EL5931 EL5941 -
L & K Series 2-1/2" to 4" M12 thread EL5902 EL5912 EL5922 EL5932 EL5942 EL5945
Technical data
Model EL560_ EL561_ EL562_ EL563_ EL564_ EL565_
Supply voltage 230 Vac / 115 Vac / 24 Vac + 10%
Supply frequency Hz 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60
53 / 53
Power consumption VA* 9.2 / 10.4 10.9 / 12.6 25 /27 (24 V supply 78 / 78 142 / 142
is 36 VA)
Enclosure rating IP65 (For outdoor installations provide adequate shelter)
Actuator sped mm/s 0.25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 1.0
Actuator thrust maximum .738 ft.lbs (1kN) 1.47 ft.lbs (2kN) 3.3 ft.lbs (4.5 kN) 5.9 ft.lbs (8kN) 8.8 ft.lbs (12kN) 18.4 ft. lbs (kN)
Ambient limits -4° to 140°F (-20 to + 60°C) -4° to 120°F (-20 to +50°C) with positioner card fitted
Motor Asynchronous capacitor reversing motor
2
Terminations 1.5 mm
Manual Handwheel
Conduit entries 2 x PG13 3 x PG16
Positioner power consumption 1.0 VA
* Power consumption is relative to 50 / 60 Hz respectively. TI-P358-07 US 12.01
INICIO
Approvals
This equipment is CE marked, and conforms to EN 50081-1 and EN 50082-2 (EMC), EN 61010-1/A2 (Safety), following the provisions of
directives 89/336/EEC amended by 92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC (EMC) amended by 93/68/EEC (LVD).
Actuator selection
Valve size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
Valve travel 3/4" (20mm) 1-3/16" (30mm)
K & L Series Cvs 0.5 1.2 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42. 74 117 187
equal percentage trim 1.9 4.7
Valve Actuator Voltage Maximum closing pressures in psi

type
EL5601 230 580 (355) 440 (195) 265 (110) 135 (50) 75 (25) 40 (10) 15 (0) 8 (0) 4 (0)
EL5602 115 580 (355) 440 (195) 265 (110) 135 (50) 75 (25) 40 (10) 15 (0) 8 (0) 4 (0)
EL5603 24 580 (355) 440 (195) 265 (110) 135 (50) 75 (25) 40 (10) 15 (0) 8 (0) 4 (0)
EL5611 230 580 (580) 580 (580) 555 (205) 285 (205) 95 (65) 50 (30) 30 (15) 30 (15) 15 (10)
EL5612 115 580 (580) 580 (580) 555 (205) 285 (205) 175 (120) 95 (65) 50 (30) 30 (15) 15 (10)
EL5613 24 580 (580) 580 (580) 555 (205) 285 (205) 175 (120) 95 (65) 50 (30) 30 (15) 15 (10)
EL5621 230 - - 580 (580) 580 (580) 410 (360) 235 (205) 130 (115) 85 (75) 55 (45)
EL5622 115 - - 580 (580) 580 (580) 410 (360) 235 (205) 130 (115) 85 (75) 55 (45)
EL5623 24 - - 580 (580) 580 (580) 410 (360) 235 (205) 130 (115) 85 (75) 55 (45)
EL5631 230 - - - - 580 (580) 430 (390) 250 (235) 165 (155) 105 (95)
EL5632 115 - - - - 580 (580) 430 (390) 250 (235) 165 (155) 105 (95)
EL5633 24 - - - - 580 (580) 430 (390) 250 (235) 165 (155) 105 (95)
EL5641 230 - - - - - 580 (580) 385 (370) 255 (245) 165 (155)
EL5642 115 - - - - - 580 (580) 385 (370) 255 (245) 165 (155)
EL5643 24 - - - - - 580 (580) 385 (370) 255 (245) 165 (155)
EL5651 230 - - - - - - 580 (580) 550 (535) 355 (350)
EL5652 115 - - - - - - 580 (580) 550 (535) 355 (350)
EL5653 24 - - - - - - 580 (580) 550 (535) 355 (350)
Notes: *LEA maximum P is 200 psi

*Differential pressures shown in brackets ( )
are for a valve with graphite (H) stem sealing.
Actuators should be sized against Cvs rather
than valve size.
Selection example
Control valve 1/2" KEA43 2 port valve
Maximum ∆P 200 psi C
B
electrical supply 230 Vac
Control signal 4 - 20 mA
Actuator selected EL5601
Positioner required EL5961
Valve adaptor EL5901
Mounting flange EL5970
A
Dimensions and weights
approx. in inches & pounds (mm & kg)
Model A B C Weight
EL560_ 18.1 (460) 6.9 (177) 5.4 (138) 9.9 (4.5)
EL561_ 18.1 (460) 6.9 (177) 5.4 (138) 10.5 (4.8)
EL562_ 18.1 (460) 6.9 (177) 5.4 (138) 11.4 (5.2)
EL563_ 19.9 (605) 6.9 (177) 5.9 (150) 15.4 (7.0)
EL564_ 22.4 (569) 8.8 (225) 9.0 (231) 22.0 (10.0)
EL565_ 31.7 (807) 8.9 (227) 11.0 (280) 44.0 (20.0)
TI-P358-07 US 12.01
INICIO
EL5650 Series Electric Actuators

6" to 8" K Series Valves
Description
The EL5600 series electric actuators are reversible having linear output.
Available types
The actuators are available with 3 supply variants, 230 Vac, 115 Vac
Engage button
for handwheel
positioner input card that can accept (4 - 20 mA or 2 - 10 Vdc) control
signals. All the actuators are fitted as standard with 1 k potentiometer.
This can either be used in conjunction with the positioner for 2 - 10 V or
4 - 20 mA input signals, or as feedback for VMD. Also available are
auxiliary limit switches and anti-condense heater. See TIS 1.520 for
further details on the accessories.
These actuators can be used with the following valves, in conjuntion
with a mounting flange EL5973 and valve adaptor EL5946.
2-port 6" & 8" K Series Valves
Technical data Handwheel

Model EL5651 EL5652 EL5653
Supply voltage 230 Vac 115 Vac 24 Vac
Supply frequency HZ 50 / 60 Hz
Enclosure rating IP65
Actuator speed mm/s 1 mm/s
Actuator thrust 18.5 ft. lbs (25 kN)
Ambient limits -4° to 140°F (-20 to +60°C) or -4° to 120°F
(-20 to +50°C) with positioner card fitted
2
Terminations 1.5 mm
Manual override Handwheel
Conduit entries 3 x PG16
Positioner power consumption 1 VA
Approvals
This equipment is CE marked, and conforms to EN 50081-1 and EN 50082- EL5946
2 (EMC). EN 61010-1/A2 (Safety), following the provisions of directives valve
89/336/EEC amended by 92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC (EMC) and adaptor
72/73/EEC amended by 93/68/EEC (LVD).
EL5973
mounting
flange
INICIO
EL5650 actuator maximum closing pressures in psi for K Series Valves

Valve size 6" 8"
Travel (mm) 2" (50) 1-3/16” (30) 2" (50) 1-3/16" (30)
Valve seat Full Reduced Cvs Full Reduced Cvs
sizes Cvs No.1 No.2 No.3 Cvs No.1 No.2 No.3
Maximum 160 235 355 550 90 160 235 355
P in psi (155) (230) (350) (540) (85) (155) (230) (350)
Note: Differential pressures are shown in brackets for a valve with graphite (H) stem sealing. Actuators should be sized
against Cvs rather than valve size.
Selection example Dimensions approximate in inches (mm)

Control valve 6" KEA43 ANSI 150 2 port valve
Maximum P 110 psi Weight 44 lbs (20 kg)
Electrical supply 115 Vac 8.9" 11.0"
Control signal 4 - 20 mA (277) (280)
Valve adapter EL5946
31.75"
(807)
TI-P358-09 US 04.01
INICIO

6" to 8" K Series Valves
Description
The EL5600 series electric actuators are reversible having linear output.
Available types
The actuators are available with 3 supply variants, 230 Vac, 115 Vac
Engage button
for handwheel
positioner input card that can accept (4 - 20 mA or 2 - 10 Vdc) control
signals. All the actuators are fitted as standard with 1 k potentiometer.
This can either be used in conjunction with the positioner for 2 - 10 V or
4 - 20 mA input signals, or as feedback for VMD. Also available are
auxiliary limit switches and anti-condense heater. See TIS 1.520 for
further details on the accessories.
These actuators can be used with the following valves, in conjuntion
with a mounting flange EL5973 and valve adaptor EL5946.
2-port 6" & 8" K Series Valves
Technical data Handwheel

Model EL5651 EL5652 EL5653
Supply voltage 230 Vac 115 Vac 24 Vac
Supply frequency HZ 50 / 60 Hz
Actuator speed mm/s 1 mm/s
Actuator thrust 18.5 ft. lbs (25 kN)
Ambient limits -4° to 140°F (-20 to +60°C) or -4° to 120°F
(-20 to +50°C) with positioner card fitted
2
Terminations 1.5 mm
Manual override Handwheel
Conduit entries 3 x PG16
Positioner power consumption 1 VA
Approvals
This equipment is CE marked, and conforms to EN 50081-1 and EN 50082- EL5946
2 (EMC). EN 61010-1/A2 (Safety), following the provisions of directives valve
89/336/EEC amended by 92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC (EMC) and adaptor
72/73/EEC amended by 93/68/EEC (LVD).
EL5973
mounting
flange
INICIO
EL5650 actuator maximum closing pressures in psi for K Series Valves

Valve size 6" 8"
Travel (mm) 2" (50) 1-3/16” (30) 2" (50) 1-3/16" (30)
Valve seat Full Reduced Cvs Full Reduced Cvs
sizes Cvs No.1 No.2 No.3 Cvs No.1 No.2 No.3
Maximum 160 235 355 550 90 160 235 355
P in psi (155) (230) (350) (540) (85) (155) (230) (350)
Note: Differential pressures are shown in brackets for a valve with graphite (H) stem sealing. Actuators should be sized
against Cvs rather than valve size.
Selection example Dimensions approximate in inches (mm)

Control valve 6" KEA43 ANSI 150 2 port valve
Maximum P 110 psi Weight 44 lbs (20 kg)
Electrical supply 115 Vac 8.9" 11.0"
Control signal 4 - 20 mA (277) (280)
Valve adapter EL5946
31.75"
(807)
TI-P358-09 US 04.01
INICIO
EL5060/5061 Series Electric Actuators (Spring Reserve)

1/2" to 3" K & L Series Valves
Description
The EL5660/5061 Series actuators are reversible actuators having a
linear output with power fail, spindle extend. These actuators are
suitable for either two positon or modulating control dependent on the
controller or other switching device providing the input signal. These
actuators can be used with the following valves:
1
2-port K & L Series Valves
Note: Fixing kit EL3806 is required when using 1/2" to 2" L and K Series
Available types
Actuator Operation Actuator Type
Spring Reserve 220/240 Volt EL5060
Spring Reserve 24 Volt EL5061
Spring Reserve 110 Volt EL5062
Dimensions approximate in inches (mm)

Model A B Weight 2
EL506_ 18.1 (445) 6.6 (162) 15.1 lbs (8.7 kg)
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Case Polycarbonate
EL5060/EL5061
2 Housing Steel
EL 506_
EL 3806 Fixing Kit

(For use with 1/2" to 2" L & K Series Valves
Technical data
Model EL506_
Supply voltage 220/240, 110 or 24 volt
Supply frequency HZ 50 Hz A
Power consumption 6.8w (run) 15w (hold)
Actuator speed mm/s 0.29 Under power
Ambient limits 0-50°C
Reseat time 8.5 1-3/16" (30mm) stroke
at no voltage (seconds) 5.5 3/4" (20mm) stroke
Motor Split phase capacitor reversing
Terminations (accept) 1 x 4mm2 cable
Transfer switching 5A, 250Vac (2 switches)
Conduit entries 4 x Pg11 connections with plastic covers
INICIO
EL5060/5061 Series Electric Actuators (Spring Reserve)
How to select L & K Series Valves

Valve Size and Maximum Closing Pressures (psi)
EL5000 Actuator Actuator 20mm travel 30 mm travel
Spring Voltage Speed 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3"
Return AC/50Hz mm/s 0.47 1.17 7.4 11.7 18.7 29 42 74 117
1.8 4.7
EL5060 220/240 0.29 260 260 150 105 50 30 15 7
EL5061 24 0.29 260 260 150 105 50 30 15 7
EL5062 110 0.29 260 260 150 105 50 30 15 7
Selection example Installation and wiring

Control Valve - 1/2" KEA43, ANSI 150 The actuator should preferably be mounted above the valve,
Max P - 150 psi but in any case should not be mounted below it. Ensure the
Electrical Supply - 240Vac actuator is coupled to the valve before power is applied and
Actuator Selected - EL 5060 wiring meet local regulations.
EL3806 Linkage
How to specify
1 — EL 5060 Spring Reserve Actuator
Wiring diagram for power fail return actuators:

EL5060 & EL 5061
❍
M
❍
M
220/240,
110 or 24 Volt • ❍
40
❍
41
0 Vac N
• ❍
N
❍1
❍
42
Switched
Lives • ❍2 Retreat ] Manual
Adjustment
220/240, 110
or 24 Volt • ❍3 Buttons
(for adjustment
❍
12 Extend ] under power)
❍
15
TIS 1.522 US 04.01

INICIO
PP5 Pneumatic/Pneumatic Positioner
DESCRIPTION H OW TO S P E C I F Y
1- PP5 Pneumatic/pneumatic positioner
The PP5 positioner is a single acting unit, requiring a 3 - 15 psi signal
and is for use with linear pneumatic actuators. The positioner compares
the output signal from a pneumatic controller (or transducer) with the
valve position feedback, and varies the pneumatic output signal to the
actuator accordingly. The valve position is; therefore, guaranteed for any DIMENSIONS
controller output signal and the effects of varying valve differential (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
pressure, stem friction and diaphragm hysterisis are overcome. The A B C D Weight
positioners can also be used where the controller output signals are of too 7.0 4.3 6.5 4.3 5.5 lb
low a magnitude to be used directly with high pressure actuators. A 175 110 165 110 2.8 kg
mounting kit is supplied with each positioner for mounting either to
columns or yoke in accordance with NAMUR standard. C
The positioners can be used with the following actuators:

PN5000 Series (see TIS 1.512)
PN6000 Series (see TIS 1.513)
T E C H N I CA L DATA
Input signal range 3 - 15 psi (0.2 to 1 bar)
Output signal range 0 to 100% supply air pressure
Supply air pressure 20 to 90 psig (1.4 to 6 barg)
D A
Stroke range .4 to 4" (10 to 100mm)
Amplification Adjustable
Hysterisis Less than 0.5%
Air consumption 13.06 ft3/h at 90 psi (0.7m 3/hr at 6 bar) M AT E R I A L S
Pneumatic connections 1/4" NPT Base plate and cover Die cast aluminum with
Ambient conditions -4° F to 250° F (-20 to 80°C) anti corrosive paint
INICIO
PP5 Pneumatic/Pneumatic Positioner
I N S TA L L AT I O N
Full details are contained in the appropriate Installation & Maintenance
Instructions supplied with the product.
A IR CONNECTIONS (rear view)

Air Connections 1/4" NPT
POSITIONER ( REAR V I E W)
Gauge
block
connections
Gauge block
2"
51 mm
S PA R E S G AU G E B L O C K ( F R O N T VIEW)
Gauge 0-30 psi output
Springs and pneumatic tube set
Set of gaskets, diaphragms and orifice
Input from controller
Amplifying relay set
Block for gauges
4"
100 mm Supply
Output to actuator
2"
51 mm
TIS 1.610 US 07.97
INICIO
EP5 Electro Pneumatic Positioner

ISP5 Intrinsically Safe E/P Positioner
DESCRIPTION
The EP5 is a 2-wire Positioner requiring a 4-20 mA input signal, and is for
use with linear pneumatic actuators. The positioner compares the electrical H OW TO S P E C I F Y
signal from a controller with the valve position feedback, and varies a
1- EP5 Electro pneumatic positioner.
pneumatic output signal to the actuator accordingly. The valve position is
therefore guaranteed for any controller output signal and the affects of varying
differential pressure, stem friction and diaphragm hysterisis are overcome. A
mounting kit is supplied with each positioner for mounting to either columns DIMENSIONS
or yoke in accordance with NAMUR standards. ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
The positioners can be used with the following actuators: A B C D E Weight

PN5000 Series (see TIS 1.512) 6.5 4.3 7.0 4.3 1.0 5.5 lb
PN6000 Series (see TIS 1.513) 165 110 175 110 30 2.8 kg
E A
Input signal range 4-20 mA
Output signal range 0 to 100% supply air pressure
Supply air pressure 20 to 90 psig (1.4 to 6 barg)
Stroke range .4" to 4" (10 to 100 mm)
Sensitivity Less than 0.2% span B
Linearity 1.0% span
Hysterisis Less than 0.5%
Input impedence 200 ohms
I Max 50 mA
Temperature Limitations 0 to 175° F (-15 to +65°C)
D C
Enclosure rating IP54 (approximate equivalent of Nema 3 enclosure)
ISP4 Intrinsically safe to
EEx.ia llc T6.T5.T4 (CESI)
(approximate equivalent of FM Class I and II,
Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D)
Air consumption 13.06 ft3/h at 90 psi (0.7 m3 /h at 6 bar) M AT E R I A L S
Pneumatic connections 1/4” NPT Body and cover Die cast aluminum with
Electrical connections PG 13.5 anti corrosive paint
INICIO
EP5 Electro Pneumatic Positioner

ISP5 Intrinsically Safe E/P Positioner
A I R & E L E C T R I CA L C O N N E C T I O N S (rear view)

Air Connection 1/4" NPT
Cable Connection PG 13.5 POSITIONER (REAR VIEW)
Input from controller
Gauge
block
supply air
connections
output to actuator
Gauge block
2"
51 mm
S PA R E S G AU G E B L O C K ( F R O N T V I E W)
Springs and pneumatic tube set
Set of gaskets, diaphragms and orifice
Signal (in ratio of 3-15 psi/4-20mA)
Amplifying relay set
Block for gauges
4"
100 mm Supply
Output to actuator
2"
51 mm
TIS 1.611 US 07.97
INICIO
SP2
Electropneumatic Smart Valve Positioner
Description
The SP2 smart valve positioner can be loop powered from a
4-20 mA input signal or independently powered to provide accurate
adaptive positional control of pneumatic linear actuated valves.
Precise control is maintained through valve position feedback that
automatically varies the pneumatic output pressure to overcome
the effects of stem friction and flow forces to maintain desired
valve position. Indication of valve position is provided through a
rotating travel indicator plus continuous digital display of % travel.
The SP2 includes many smart functions that can be fully
programmed through menu driven software using an integral keypad
and LCD alphanumeric data. Valve commissioning is simplified SP2 with front cover closed
through an autostroke routine and LCD data of programming status,
software travel switch status, mA input signal and valve diagnostics
data. The SP2 is supplied with a NAMUR standard mounting kit for
attachment to yoke or pillar mounted actuators.
Applications
The SP2 can be used with the following pneumatic actuators:
PN3000 and PN4000 series See TIS 1.515 and TIS 1.516
PN5000 and PN6000 series See TIS 1.512 and TIS 1.513
Technical data
Input signal range 4 - 20 mA nominal
SP2 with front cover removed
Minimum input signal (loop powered) 3.6 mA
Supply pressure 20 psig (1.4 barg) minimum - 85 psig (6 barg)
maximum, oil, water and dust free (to DIN / IEC60770)
Output pressure 0 to 100% supply pressure
Stroke range .4" to 4.0" (10 mm to 100 mm)
Action Single action / fail vent
Operating temperature 14° to 175°F (-10°C to +80°C)
Maximum air flow 141 ft 3 h at 20 psig
3
Programmable functions
(4.5 normal m / h at 1.4 barg) Autostroke Automatic commissioning routine
388 ft 3 h at 85 psig Valve type 2-port or 3-port
(11 normal m 3 / h at 6 barg) % travel Selectable 0 - 100% or 100% - 0%
Steady state air consumption Less than 1.2 ft 3 / h depending on valve / actuator configuration
(0.035 normal m 3 / h) Control action Direct or reverse action (4-20 or 20-4mA)
Air connections Screwed 1/4" NPT Travel limits Setting of minimum and maximum travel limits
Cable gland Pg 13.5 Signal span 4-20 mA or split ranged
Electrical connections Spring clamp terminals for (minimum span 4 mA)
0.2 to 1.5 mm• wire Deadband Positional accuracy
Enclosure rating IP65 (minimum 0.2% to max. 10% of valve travel)
Characteristics Linear, Equal % (ratio 1:50) or Tight shut-off Fully vent or inflate at preset input signals
Fast opening (ratio 50:1) Characteristic Linear, = % or fast opening
Resolution (maximum) 8000 steps input signal to valve travel relationship
Scan time 10 ms Travel time Slows down valve opening or closing
Options Individually isolated and externally powered Travel switches Software configured travel switch setting
Front cover Hinged with security tag facility (range 0 - 100%)
Shipping weight 10 lb (3.2 kg) Reset Resets all programmed values
Calibrate Centering of feedback potentiometer span
Materials Input signal Visualisation of input mA signal
Part Material Finish Auto operation/vent Option of automatic operation or
Case and cover Die cast Aluminum Anti-corrosive paint to vent (actuator) whilst reprogramming
RAL5010 Data logging Diagnostic record of total number of valve
Linkage kit Stainless steel / plated steel strokes and completed hours run time.
INICIO
SP2 Electropneumatic Smart Valve Positioner
Dimensions approximate in inches (mm)
A B C D E F
1.2 (32) 7.6 (195) 1.6 (41) 3.9 (100) 6.5 (166) 3.8 (98)
Options D
Can be supplied fitted or may be fitted at a later date.
Software travel Two software configured travel switches
switches (1 x normally closed, 1 x normally open)
Vane operated Two Pepperl & Fuchs proximity switches plus
proximity two software travel switches (cannot be A B C
switches used simultaneously).
Manifold block complete with two pressure
Gauge block gauges (supply pressure and pressure to
with gauges the actuator). Center bolt for yoke
Available ranges: mounted actuators
2 x 0 - 30 psi, 2 x 0 - 60 psi, 2 x 0 -100 psi 'U' bolts for pillar
mounted actuators
Available spares
Pressure gauge only
Pressure gauge Available ranges:
0 to 30 psi, 0 to 60 psi, or 0 to 100 psi
Filter plug kit Plug plus 3 off filters and 'O' rings E
Air supply F
The SP2 smart positioner must be provided with a high quality air
supply. A Spirax Sarco MPC2 filter regulator with coalescing filter
or equivalent must be used. A fixing kit is available to mount the
MPC2 filter regulator onto the actuator.
Installation
Full details are contained in the SP2 smart positioner Installation
SP2 and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
with gauge
block and How to order
fixing kit Examples
shown 1 off SP2 electropneumatic smart positioner.
1 off SP2 electropneumatic smart positioner fitted with gauge block
and 2 x 0 to 100 psi gauges.
1 off SP2 electropneumatic smart positioner fitted with 2 x software
configured travel switches.
Wiring details for the main board connections

The SP2 can be loop powered using the 4 - 20 mA signal source providing a minimum signal of 3.6 mA can be maintained. If required, the SP2
can be separately powered. This is particularly useful if the input signal is likely to fall below 3.6 mA minimum or for applications that has limited
voltage drop available.
Loop powered mode Separate power mode
Loop Remove loop

supplied between
filled terminals
+ - + - 5 and 6
+ -
4-20 mA signal 4-20 mA
signal
Minimum current = 3.6 mA Maximum supply voltage = 36 V @ 9.6 mA
Maximum current = 30 mA Minimum supply voltage = 18 V @ 3.6 mA
Voltage drop = 8-10 volts Maximum loop current = 30 mA @ 3.0 volts
Minimum loop current = 0 mA
Note: For wiring details of the options board wiring, please refer Loop series resistance = 100 ohms
tothe Installation and Maintenance Instructions. Supply to signal isolation = 50 Vac
TI-P343-17 US 04.01
INICIO
IPC4A Convertor
DESCRIPTION
The IPC4A Convertor is a two wire, wall mounted, electro-pneumatic
convertor requiring a standard 4-20 mA input signal to provide a 3-15 psi
output signal.
It is compatible with the Spirax Sarco linear pneumatic actuator types

PN5000/6000 and the PP4 pneumatic positioner.
Input signal range 4-20 mA
Output signal range 3-15 psi (0.2 to 1 bar)
Supply air pressure 20 psi (1.4 bar)
Air consumption .33 lb/hr (0.25Nm3/hr) average
Pneumatic connections 1/8" NPT
Electrical connections PG9
Working temperature 0 to 175° F (-15° to 65°C)
Input impedence 220 ohms
I Max 50 mA
Linearity 0.5%
Hysteresis 0.2%
A P P L I CAT I O N
The convertor can be used with the following actuators
Actuator types PN5000 Series
PN6000 Series
M AT E R I A L S
Base plate Die cast aluminum with
anti corrosive paint
Cover Reinforced polymer (ABS)
DIMENSIONS
( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
A B C Weight B
3.0 6.0 3.3 2.0 lb

75 152 86 0.7 kg
H OW T O S P E C I F Y
1- Spirax Sarco IPC4A Convertor
C A
INICIO
IPC4A Convertor
A I R & E L E C T R I CA L C O N N E C T I O N S
Air connections 1/8" NPT
Electrical connection PG9
Wall or
Pipe Mounting
Conections
Board
Mounting Strips
(DIN track)
Output
Input
Signal
Air Supply
Electrical
Connection
TIS 1.612 US 06.96
INICIO
MPC2 High Efficiency Compressed Air

Filter/Regulator
Spirax Sarco high efficiency Model ➪ MPC2

oil removing filter/regulator.
To provide very high quality Sizes 1/4"
compressed air, with
accurate pressure control, Connections 1/4" O.D. Tube
for pneumatic actuators Construction Aluminum/Polycarbonate
and general purpose
systems. Pressure
Range 0 to 100 psig
Limiting Operating Conditions

150 65.6
122 50.0
100 37.8
50 10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
(1.3) (2.7) (4.1) (5.5) (6.8) (8.2) (9.6) (11.03)
145
Pressure psig (barg) (10)
The product should not be used in shaded area.
C
No. Part Material
1 Body Aluminum
2 Body Finish Electrophoretic Epoxy A
Internal and External
3 Bowl Polycarbonate
4 Bonnet Assembly Polycarbonate
5 Filter Element MicroFibre/Stainless Steel
6 Valve Nitrile B
Pressure Gauge
1-1/2" gauge with face in psi and bar is supplied with each
MPC2.
Pressure Range: 0 to 100 psig (0 - 7 barg)
E Withdrawal Distance
Dimensions
(nominal) in inches and millimeters C Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters
Size A B C A Size A B C E Weight
1-1/2" 1.5 1.8 B 1/4" 2.5 6.1 1.6 1 1 lb
40 47 R1/8" 65 155 41 25 0.2 kg
INICIO
MPC2 High Efficiency Compressed Air

Filter/Regulator
FK21 Fixing Kit
All MPC2’s come complete with FK21 Fixing Kits to allow direct Spare Parts
mounting onto the Spirax Sarco range of PN Pneumatic
Actuators.
G
H
Dimensions (nominal)
in inches and millimeters
E E F G H J
1.5 1.2 2.4 1.26 0.31
40.0 30.5 61.5 32.0 8.2
J
F
Performance Selection D
For any specified primary filtration pressure, there is a
maximum recommended air flow rate. Keeping within this, will
ensure that the element performance maintains the stated high
efficiency levels, particularly for the removal of oil and water
C
contaminants.
Air flow scfm
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7 100
6
80 A
5
4 60
3
40
2
20
1
0 0
0 1 2 3
Air flow dm3/s
Bowl Assembly (specify with or without Drain) A,B

Element and O Ring Set B, C, D
How to order
Example: 1 Element and ‘O’ ring set for 1/4" Spirax-
Monnier Filter/Regulator Type MPC2
TIS 1.609 US 09.97
INICIO
Stonel Limit Switch
DESCRIPTION
The Stonel Limit Switch is for use with the K Series pneumatic control valves
and PN5000/6000 actuators. It is mounted on the PN5000/6000 actuators and
can provide visual indication if the valve is fully open, fully closed, partially
open (0-100%) or partially closed (0-100%). By comparing flow rates over
time with your valve position, you can determine valve wear.
The Stonel Limit Switch provides a precise 4-20mA signal on a two-wired
DC loop to provide exact valve position.
M O D E L N O . PQ2SE2R
Function 2 switches
Switch Data SPDT. Maxx-Guard LED
Junction Features (1) 3/4" NPT and (1) 1/2" NPT conduit entries
Visual Indicator OPEN - Green
CLOSED - Red
Enclosure Rating Factory Mutual and Canadian Standards C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
(Aluminum Cover) approved for: Part Material
Class I: Groups C &D. Divisions 1 and 2. Cover Features Epoxy coated anodized aluminum cover
Class II: Groups E, F, G. Division 1. (optional clear Lexan cover)
Class II: Groups F & G. Division 2. O-Ring Seals Viton
NEMA 4, 4X and 6
Shaft and Drive All materials are 303 or 316 stainless steel
Output Signal Two wire, 4-20mA
Recommended Supply 24VDC, 50mA minimum Internal Fasteners Stainless Steel
Voltage Range 10 to 40 VDC at terminals
Span Range Adjustable from 50° to 270° IN S TA L L AT I O N
Maximum Loading 700 ohms @ 24VDC Full details are contained in the appropriate Installation & Maintenance
Rotation Selectable clockwise or counterclockwise Instructions supplied with the product.
M A X X - G UA R D S P E C I F I CAT I O N S
Sensors SPDT
Electrical Ratings 0.3A @ 120VAC
Temperature Range -23 to 180°F (-30° to 82°C)
Seal Hermetically Sealed
Operating LIfe 10,000,000 cycles 1/2" NPT* 3/4" NPT 1/2" NPT
Maximum Voltage 3.5 volts @ 10 mA 4.75"
Drop 6.5 volts @ 100 mA
Minimum Current for
LED Illumination 2.0 mA .75" .75"
.38" .27 /2
.718"
.718"
6.0"
* The 1/2" Conduit Entry is Located on the Left Side of the 3/4"
Conduit Entry
.156 Pins/2 #6-32 Pan Head Screw
INICIO
PN600 Series Pneumatic Controllers
DESCRIPTION
The PN600 Series Pneumatic Controller provides temperature or pressure
control giving a 3 psi to 15 psi output signal with proportional action (plus
manual reset) or proportional plus integral control action.
The range of pneumatic controllers can be used in conjunction with PN5000
and PN6000 Series Linear Actuators and PP4 Pneumatic Positioners.
AVA I L A B L E T Y P E S
Temperature Model Control Function
662-T5-M5 Proportional (+Manual Reset)
663-T5-M5 Proportional + Integral
Scale Range for Temperature Models:
0°-50°F 0°-100°F 50°-150°F 100°-200°F 150°-250°F 200°-300°F
T-5 = Nitrogen filled sensing bulb and capillary.
M-5 = Meters (16.5 ft) capillary tube. (Option of 10 meters [32 ft] - suffix “M10”)
SY = Sensing bulb for sterile applications
T6 = Sensing bulb for air/gas applications
50 75
Pressure Model Control Function 100 125 150
622 Proportional (+Manual Reset)
623 Proportional + Integral
Scale Range for Pressure Models:
0-25 psi 0-50 psi 25-100 psi 50-150 psi 100-200 psi
150-250 psi 100-300 psi
Controller
Enclosure Rating IP54 (Standard)
Scale length 4" (100mm)
Pointers MeasuringValue - black
Set Point - red
Gauges Output Signal Pressure (bar/psig)
Control Mode Proportional (5-200% of scale range).
Integral (0.1 to 20 repeats per minute).
Output Signal 3-15 psi (0.2 - 1 bar)
Control Action Direct or Reverse Action - Field Reversable
Set Point Adjustment Manual Adjustment
Accuracy 1% of Range Span
Sensitivity 0.2% of Range Span
Repeatability 0.5% of Range Span
Linearity 0.5% of Range Span
Air Supply 20 psig (1.4 bar)
Air Consumption 7 ft 3/hr (0.2 Nm3/hr) Average
Air Connections 1/4" NPT
Ambient temperature limit 0-175° F (-15-65°C) 25 50
75 100
Mounting Wall or Flush Panel Mounted psig
Weight 7.5 lbs (3.5 kg)
Measuring Elements
Pressure
Bourdon Tube AISI 316L Stainless Steel
Connection 1/4" NPT
Maximum Pressure + 25% of scale range
Temperature
Bulb and Capillary AISI 316L Stainless Steel M AT E R I A L S
- Cylindrical Bulb for Liquids Casing Aluminium Alloy
- Sanitary Bulb for Sterile Applications Internals Stainless and brass
Spiral Bulb for Air/Gas
Bulb Connection 3/4" NPT
Capillary Length 5 Meters (16.5 ft) I N S TA L L AT I O N A N D C O M M I S S I O N I N G
10 Meters (32 ft) (in some ranges)
(Other options available) Installation should be carried out in accordance with the instructions
Max. Measured Temp. +25% of scale range supplied with each controller.
INICIO
PN600 Series Pneumatic Controllers
D IMENSIONS E
(NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
Controller
A B C D G
7.8 5.7 5.3 .67

202 144 136 17 F
Temperature Sensing Bulb
E F G
6.7 4.7 .5
170 120 13
Panel Mounting Cut Out
J H
7.4 5.5
188 138
M OUNTING ARRANGEMENTS
Controllers are panel mounted using the brackets provided with the units
A
as standard
D
B C
TIS 1.613 US 08.99
INICIO
SX25
Process Controller
Description
The SX25 controllers are 1/16 DIN panel mounted, suitable for constant
set point applications and for use with the Spirax Sarco range of
pneumatic (PN) and electric (EL) control valves and sensors.
Available types
SX25 mA One linear control output (mA)
Auxiliary power supply for loop powered sensors
SX25 VMD VMD (Valve Motor Drive) control output
SX25 general technical data

Mounting arrangement Panel mounted 1/16 DIN
100 to 240 Vac, 50 / 60 Hz
Power supply
(-15 to +10% of the nominal value) Control action
Electrical connections Screw connection terminal block Proportional band 0.5 to 999.9%
Power consumption 1.6 VA maximum Integral time 0.1 to 100.0 minutes or off
Protection IP65 front protection Control parameters Derivative time 0.01 to 10.00 minutes or off
Operating temperature 0 to +122°F, 5 to 90% RH Error band 0.1 to 10%
RTD Pt100 2 or 3 wire connection One shot tune, or natural frequency tune.
Universal Linear mA 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 20 mA, using external Auto tuning The controller will automatically select
inputs shunt resistor 2.5Ω , Ri10 MΩ the best method according to the
Voltage 0 / 10 to 50 mV, Ri 10 MΩ process conditions.
Thermocouples L, J, T, K, S, custom A self-learning, non-intrusive analysis of the
Sampling time 500 ms Adaptive process to continuously calculate the PID
RTD Pt100 / tuning
0.25% ±1 digit @ 80°F ambient parameters.
Accuracy thermocouples On-Off control Hysteresis from 0.1 to 10%
Linear mA 1.25% ±1 digit @ 80°F ambient Overshoot To minimise overshoot on
Linear voltage 0.10% ±1 digit @ 80°F ambient protection critical processes.
Number of set points 1 Actuator response time from 15 to 600 secs.
Valve motor
Minimum correction step 0.1 to 5.0%
drive control
of the valve travel
SX25 mA version tchnical data Auto / manual modes Selectable from keyboard.
0 / 4 - 20 mA 750 mA
mA control output (OP4) (15 V maximum)
Resolution 12 bit (0.025%) Functions available
Accuracy 0.1% Universal input Resistance thermometers,
*Relay (OP1) SPST relay N.O. 2 A / 250 Vac thermocouples, mA and volt
SPST relay N.O. 2 A / 250 Vac or Auxiliary power For external sensors requiring loop power
*Relay / SSR (OP2)
SSR 5 V ±10%, 30 mA maximum supply (SX25 mA only)
*Relay (OP3) SPST relay N.O. 2 A / 250 Vac Auto / manual Indication of manual mode
Supply for a two wire 4 - 20 mA selection and power output %
Auxiliary power supply or three wire, +18 V ±20%, Ramps Two independent ramps (ramp up and
30 mA maximum for transmitters ramp down) for set point change
*Only two of the outputs can be used from relays OP1, OP2 or OP3. Two programmable relay outputs for
Event alarm deviation, band and process alarms
with latch and block feature
SX25 VMD version technical data
2 x SPST relay N.O. 2A/250 Vac
Valve travel time: 15 - 600 seconds
VMD (OP1, OP3)
Valve minimum step:
0.1 to 5.0% of travel
SPST relay N.O. 2 A / 250 Vac or
Relay / SSR OP2
SSR ±10%, 30 mA maximum
TI-P323-24 US 09.02
INICIO
SX25 Process Controller
Wiring diagram
L 1 7 + 13 NO
~
N 2 8 - 14 C
NO 3 9 + 15 NO
C 4 10 + 16 C
B
- 5 11 - 17
TC b
+ 6 12 A 18
mA
mV SX25 VMD
Pt100 Output on OP1:
OP3:
! SX25 mA
Output on OP4: mA
Dimensions and weight

(approximate) in inches, millimeters pounds and grams
4.72"
(120 mm)
1.89"
(48mm)
Weight
1.89" 13.0 g (0.23 lbs) approximately
(48mm)
Panel cut-out
(approximate) in mm
2.56"
(65mm) 0.79"
minimum (20 mm) maximum
2.56"
(65mm)
minimum
1.77" + 0.024
(45 + 0.6 mm )
1.77"+ 0.6+ 0.024

(45 mm
)
How to order
Example: 1 off SX25 mA, with mA output or 1 off SX25 VMD, with valve motor drive output.
TI-P323-24 US 09.02
INICIO
EL2300 Single Loop Temperature Controller
DESCRIPTION
The EL2300 controller is a 1/4 DIN panel mounted single-loop controller
suitable for constant set point applications and for use with the Spirax Sarco
range of pneumatic and electric series actuators, valves and sensors. FC
PV
Standard Model Number: 230B-C0-0A-10-0000B00-00-0 ALM 12
MA
OUT 12
2300
SP RL
Mounting Arrangement Panel mounted 1/4 DIN
Power Supply 90 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VAC/DC optional
Power Cosumption 6 VA
FUNCTION DISPLAY MAN-AUTO SET UP
Front Protection IP65/NEMA 3 hose down rating
RESET
Accuracy ± 0.25% of span
Analog Inputs 1 universal input: T/Cs, 100PT RTD, mA, mV AUTO RUN
or volts. Optional 2nd input: 1-5 volts or 4-20mA TUNE HOLD
Communications RS485 ASCII, Modbus RTU (configurable)
Input sampling rate 6 times per second
Alarms Up to two 5 - amp SPDT relays
Output 4 - 20 mA current output
F E AT U R E S IN S TA L L AT I O N A N D C O M M I S S I O N I N G
Easy to Configure -A bright dedicated configuration display provides Installation and commissioning should be carried out in accordance with the
straightforward multilanguage prompts that allow easy set-up with minimum instructions supplied with each controller.
time and effort.
MOUNTING A RRANGEMENTS
Autotune - This standard feature provides plug and play tuning alogorithm, Controllers are panel mounted as standard using the brackets provided with
which will, at the touch of a button or through digital input, accurately identify the units.
and tune any process including those with deadtime and integration processes.
Consult factory for other options.
Fuzzy Logic -This feature uses fuzzy logic to suppress process variable
overshoot which can result from setpoint changes or externally induced process
disturbance. It operates independently from Autotune. It can be enabled or
disabled.
Universal Inputs - Accepts RTD’s, mA, mV or voltage input through simple

configurations (other inputs also available).
Thermocouple Failsafe - Configurable for upscale or downscale burnout or

failsafe output level.
Dual Setpoints - Simple push-button selection allows quick switchover from

primary to alternate setpoint.
INICIO
EL2300 Single Loop Controller

Upper Display - Four digits
• Normal operation -Process Variable
• Configuration mode- displays parameter
B ➤
FC F - ˚Fahrenheit being used

PV
ALM - Alarm ➤ ALM 12
MA
C - ˚Centigrade being used
conditions exist
OUT - Control ➤ OUT 12
2300 M or A - Manual/Auto display
RL R - Remote or Local SP2 setpoint active
SP 2300 L - Local setpoint active
A Lower Display - Six alpha-numeric characters

• Normal operation- displays operating
MAN-AUTO parameters and values (four numeric digits)
FUNCTION DISPLAY SET UP
RESET • Configuration mode- displays functions and
Keys parameters
AUTO RUN
TUNE HOLD
H Max Panel I
Thickness
DIMENSIONS
Controller
A B C D E
E
3.78" 3.78" 4.19" 0.826" 3.57"
96 96 105.4 21 90.7
F G H I
3.62" 3.62" .945" .394"
92 92 24 10
D C
EL2300 W I R I N G D I AG R A M
G
}
8 + 9
ALM2
7 - Input 10
6 R 11
ALM1
5 +
} Current 12
4 - Output 13 Panel F
Cutout
L2/Neutral 14
L1/Hot 15
Ground
16
90-132 VAC
TIS 1.614 US 08.99
INICIO
EL3300 Multi Loop Temperaure Controller
DESCRIPTION
The EL3300 controller is a 1/4 DIN panel mounted multi-loop controller
suitable for constant set point applications and for use with the Spirax Sarco
range of pneumatic and electric series actuators, valves and sensors. MAN
ALM 12
FC
Standard Model Number: 330E-K0-2D0-21-00B000-00-0
DI 123 -%
R 3300
RSP
T E C H N I CA L DATA SP 3300
Mounting Arrangement Panel mounted 1/4 DIN OUT 12
Power Supply 90 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VAC/DC optional
Power Cosumption 6 VA
Front Protection IP65/NEMA 3 hose down rating LOWER
FUNCTION MANUAL SETPOINT
Accuracy 0.20% of span typical (1 digit for display) DISPLAY
LOOP 1/2 AUTO SELECT
Inputs 1 standard universal/analog inputs plus one
optional isolated universal input, or two
optional high level analog inputs. SET UP RUN
Thermocouples (Type B, E, J, K, N, R, NiMoly, HOLD
S,T,W5W26); 100 ohm Platinum RTD;
Voltages or Current (0-10mV, 10-50mA,
1-5V, 0-10V, 4-20mA)
Communications 422/485-ASCII, Modbus RTU (configurable) or
DMCS
Input sampling rate 6 times per second
Alarms Up to two 5 - amp SPDT relays
Output 4 - 20 mA current output
Control Algorithms Configurable for PID-A, PID-B, PID with
manual reset or On-Off control
Heat/Col Capability Provides split range control with independent
PID tuning constants for heating and cooling.
Two Loops of Control Two independent loops or iternally cascaded
loops in one device
F E AT U R E S
Easy to Configure -A bright dedicated configuration display provides Thermocouple Failsafe - Configurable for upscale or downscale burnout or
straightforward multilanguage prompts that allow easy set-up with minimum failsafe output level.
time and effort.
Dual Setpoints - Simple push-button selection allows quick switchover from
Autotune - This standard feature provides plug and play tuning alogorithm, primary to alternate setpoint.
which will, at the touch of a button or through digital input, accurately identify
and tune any process including those with deadtime and integration processes. I N S TA L L AT I O N A N D C O M M I S S I O N I N G
Installation and commissioning should be carried out in accordance with the
Fuzzy Logic -This feature uses fuzzy logic to suppress process variable instructions supplied with each controller.
overshoot which can result from setpoint changes or externally induced process
disturbance. It operates independently from Autotune. It can be enabled or MOUNTING ARRANGEMENTS
disabled. Controllers are panel mounted as standard using the brackets provided with
the units.
Universal Inputs - Accepts RTD’s, mA, mV or voltage input through simple
configurations (other inputs also available).
Consult factory for other options.
Setpoint Ramp - A configurable ramp rate or a single programmable setpoint
ramp up to 4-1/4 hours adds to start-up flexibility.
Heat/Cool Capability - Provides split-range control with independent PID

tuning constants for heating and cooling, plus mixed output forms.
Manual/Automatic Modes - Bumpless, balanceless transfer between control

modes.
INICIO
Upper Display - six characters

EL3300 Multi Loop Controller
• Normal operation -four digits
dedicated to display the process
variable
• Configuration mode- displays F - ˚Fahrenheit being used MAN - controller in manual mode MAN and A - off —
parameter value or selection C - ˚Centigrade being used A - conroller in automatic mode communications option
Lower Display - eight characters active
• Normal operation - displays
operating parameters and values B ➤
• Configuration mode- displays
function groups parameters
ALM - Alarm conditions exist ➤ ALM 12 MAN

FC
DI - Digital Input active ➤ DI 123 -% Deviation Bargraph -
3 - LSP 3 active R • Center bar indicated PV is within ±1%
RSP - Remote SP or SP2 active ➤ RSP of setpoint.
SP3300
OUT - Control Relay 1 or 2 on ➤ OUT 12 • Next bar will light if PV is between ±1%
but less than ±2% in deviation.
A • If PV is equal to or greater than ±10%
T - Accutone in progress FUNCTION LOWER MANUAL SETPOINT deviation, the center bar plus all ten
t - PV tune in progress LOOP 1/2 DISPLAY AUTO SELECT
deviation bars will light.
L" - Loop 2 display
I - Cascade control SET UP RUN
C - Computer setpoint active Keys HOLD
O - Output override active

R - Run SP ramp/program
H - Hold SP reamp/program
Max Panel
H
Thickness
I
DIMENSIONS
Controller
A B C D E E
3.78" 3.78" 5.82" 0.85" 3.57"
96 96 147.3 21.6 90.7
F G H I
3.62" 3.62" .945" .394"
92 92 24 10
D C
EL3000 W I R I N G D I AG R A M G
Ground 10 1
L1/Hot +
11 2
90-264 VAC 4-20
mA
L2/Neutral 12 3 -
Output
22 13 4
ALM 2 or
+ Power for F
23 14 5 Panel
2-Wire
Transmitter Cutout
24 15 6 -
25 R 16 7
26 +
27 -
} Input 1 17
8
9
ALM 1
TIS 1.615 US 08.99
INICIO

DESCRIPTION
This range of temperature probes offers a range of Pt100 platinum
resistance sensors and a range of 4 - 20 mA temperature transmitters. Enclosure
All probes are available in several insertion lengths and separate
pockets are available for applications that require the probe to be
removed from the pipe without depressurising the process.
The E L 2 2 7 0 is a Pt100 platinum resistance temperature sensor

designed for general industrial use. The sensing device is a three wire
device that meets BS EN 60751:1996 Class B (DIN 43760 Class B).
This sensor can be connected directly to any temperature indicator or
controller that has a three wire Pt100 input.
The EL2271 is a combined Pt100 sensor and transmitter assembly.
The sensing element is a 3 wire device that meets
BS EN 60751:1996 Class A (DIN 43760 Class A) and the transmitter
outputs 4 - 20 mA output. The 4 - 20 mA output can be connected
directly to any temperature indicator, controller or flow computer that
has a 4 - 20 mA input.
The EL2810 is a stand alone 4 - 20 mA temperature transmitter for Pocket
general industrial use. The transmitter accepts a Pt100 input and
converts it to a 4 - 20 mA output. The 4 - 20 mA output can be
connected directly to any temperature indicator, controller or flow Probe
computer that has a 4 - 20 mA input.
TECHNICAL DATA
The EL2270 and EL2271 temperature probes can be used in
applications where process temperature is within the following limits.
Where greater temperatures and pressures are present, the
temperature probe should be fitted with an additional pocket.
OPERATING RANGE
Pressure and temperature limits of temperature probe.
Steam saturation
curve

Pressure and temperature limits of additional pocket.
EL2810
Remote
Steam saturation
curve temperature
transmitter

INICIO

TECHNICAL DATA
Mechanical data EL2270 EL2271 EL2810 Pocket
Enclosure Epoxy coated aluminium alloy Epoxy coated aluminium alloy ABS plastic
Probe 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel
Process connection 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT - 1/2" NPT
Electrical connection M20 with cable gland fitted M20 with cable gland fitted M20 -
Enclosure rating NEMA 4 (IP65) NEMA 4 (IP65) NEMA 4 (IP65) -
Maximum ambient
158˚F (70˚C) 131˚F (55˚C) 158˚F (70˚C) -
temperature
Electrical data 32˚F TO 212˚F (0˚C to 100˚C)
32˚F TO 302˚F (0˚C to 150˚C)
32˚F TO 392˚F (0˚C to 200˚C)
-58˚F TO 122˚F(-50˚C to +50˚C) 32˚F TO 482˚F (0˚C to 250˚C)
Available ranges -58˚F TO 662˚F (-50˚C to +350˚C) 32˚F TO 212˚F (0˚C to 100˚C) 212˚F TO 482˚F (100˚C to 250˚C)
-58˚F TO 932˚F(-50˚C to +500˚C) 212˚F TO 482˚F (100˚C to 250˚C) 212˚F TO 752˚F (100˚C to 400˚C) -
302˚F TO 572˚F (150˚C to 300˚C)
392˚F TO 622˚F (200˚C to 350˚C)
392˚F TO 932˚F (200˚C to 500˚C)
482˚F TO 752˚F (250˚C to 400˚C)
Output Pt100 to BS EN 60751: Loop powered 4 - 20 mA Loop powered 4 - 20 mA -
1996 Class B
Output on sensor failure - 23.5 mA 30 mA -
Supply - 10 to 30 Vdc 10 to 30 Vdc -
Maximum loop resistance - 700 W at 24 Vdc 700 W at 24 Vdc -
Accuracy - ±(0.36˚F + 0.2 % of reading) ±(0.18˚F + 0.1 % of reading) -
Approvals - - EEX ia. iic. T5 -
EMC emmissions - BS EN 50081-1 BS EN 50081-1 -
EMC susceptibility - BS EN 50082-2 BS EN 50082-1 -
EL2270 and EL2271
DIMENSIONS (approximate) in inches

EL2270 EL2271 EL2810 Pocket
A 3.5 3.5 2.3 -
B 5 5 4 - B
C 3 3 2.8 -
D 1,2,3,5, 1,2,3,5 M20 .059 1,2,4,8,
9, 28.5 8, 27.5
E .25 .25 - -
Note: Pocket should be 1" shorter than the

Pocket
EL2270/EL2271.
Example: EL2270=9", Pocket=8"
C
EL2810
A
D
D
D
C ➤
B ➤
E ➤ B ➤
TIS 8.402 US 07.99

INICIO
EL2600 Pressure Transmitter and 'U' Syphons
Safety EL2600
Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10.
Description
The EL2600 is a combined pressure sensor and transmitter which
is designed for general industrial use.
It has a 2 wire 4-20 mAcurrent loop, and a 1/4" NPT process
connection. Two syphon tube and valve assemblies are available,
one with a maximum design pressure of 362.5 psig and one with a
maximum design pressure of 1160 psig.
Available Ranges psig

0-14.5 0-145 0-1450 *
0-23.2 0-232 0-2320 *
0-36.25 0-362.5 0-3625 *
0-58 0-870
0-87 0-580
*No 'U' syphon available for these ranges, therefore maximum
operating temperature is limited to 158°F.
Note: High pressure 'spikes' above maximum overpressure, even
of very short (milli-seconds) duration, could damage sensors. If
pressure peaks are likely to occur in your application, we recommend
the use of a pressure snubber. Alternatively, a higher range pressure
transmitter could be used, though this would mean some loss of
signal resolution.
Limiting conditions
Pressure/ temperature limits EL2600
Minimum operating temperature 32°F
(without syphon tube) 158°F
Low pressure syphon tube/ valve
Maximum design pressure 362.5 psig
Maximum working conditions 304.5 psig and 422.6°F
High pressure syphon tube
Maximum design pressure 1160 psig
Materials
EL2600
Maximum working conditions 870 psig and 842°F
Part Material
Process connection
Body Stainless steel 316L WS 1.4435
For fluids below 158°F the EL2600 may be mounted directly via its
1/4" NPT connection. Connector Moulded plastic Polyamide PA 66
Above 158°F, a 'U' syphon and isolating valve must be fitted between *Low pressure syphon tube assembly
the EL2600 and the vessel or pipeline.
Part Material
Technical data Tube Carbon steel ASTM A106 Gr. B. Phosphated
Pressure Overpressure Burst pressure Accuracy Valve Body Brass
range (psig) (psig) (+/-%FSD at 68°F) Valve Handle Phenolic
up to 29 3 x full scale 2900 > 0.5
29 - 362.5 3 x full scale 2900 > 0.5 High pressure syphon tube assembly
362.5 - 362.5 3 x full scale 12.325 > 0.5
Part Material
Supply voltage 9 to 33 V dc Tube Carbon steel BS 3602: Part.1 1987 CFS 360
Supply voltage influence < 0.1% full scale (zinc plated/ passivated)
Enclosure rating NEMA4 Valve Body Carbon steel
Valve Seat PEEK/ Polymain
Approvals
EMC emissions BS EN 50081 - 1 * Valve ordered separately
EMC susceptibility BS EN 50082 - 2
Supply voltage - 9 Volts
Maximum loop resistance (ohms)
0.02 Amps
INICIO
Wiring details
Powered current loop input:-
Dimensions/ weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
EL2600 Screen
A B C D E Weight 1+ +
2.6" 1.9" 1.1" 0.5" 1.4" 0.2 4-20 mA
2- -
'U' Syphon and isolating valve
F G H J K L Weight
4 Any powered
6.3" 2" 5.9" 6.3" 2.3" 5.9" 1.1 Ground 4-20 mA input
EL2600
Unpowered current loop input:-
D A C 24 Vdc Power
+ -
supply
Screen
E
B 1+ -
1/4" NPT
2- +
4 Any unpowered
Ground
4-20 mAinput
1/4" NPT EL2600

F
1/4" NPT
Parallel
(NPSM) Installation
H The EL2600 pressure sensor must be installed as described in the
Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with each unit. It
is essential to use a 'U' syphon and valve for temperatures above
158°F to avoid damage to the unit. The syphon tube must be
filled with water before fitting the EL2600.
Low Pressure Maintenance

No specific maintenance is required, but we recommend inspection
of the transmitter and its connector at least once a year. The
EL2600 can be re-calibrated - see Installation and Maintenance
1/4" NPT
Instructions.
J
Cable requirements
• 2 core cable with screen if noise expected.
• Maximum cable length is dependent upon the driving voltage and
K
cable resistance.
How to order
1 - Spirax Sarco EL2600 pressure transmitter, range 0-232 psig
1/4" NPT with 'U' syphon and valve.
parallel
(NPSM)
High Pressure
TIS 8.403 US 05.01

INICIO
Type PF61G-NC (Normally Closed)

Piston Actuated On/Off Valves
Description
A 2-port normally closed pneumatically actuated on/off stainless steel
valve for use on steam, water, air, oil and gases.
8
The valve is designed for flow over the seat (port 1 to 2).
A pneumatic signal acts below the actuator piston to open the valve.
10
A spring acts above the piston to close the valve. The valve plug has a
PTFE soft seal to provide tight shut-off. A valve position indicator is 9
included on standard and flow regulator models.
Caution: A bi-directional valve (type BD) is recommended to prevent
2
waterhammer on valve closure for liquid flow applications at 15-30 psig
or above, or for installations that may be subject to waterhammer. 5
6
3 11 and 12
Available types
PF61G-1NC normally closed with 45 mm diameter actuator 1
PF61G-3NC normally closed with 90 mm diameter actuator
Port 2 Port 1
PF61G-1NC 1/2" and 3/4" NPT Materials
PF61G-2NC 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT No. Part Material
PF61G-3NC 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT 1 Body Stainless steel AISI 316L
2 Bonnet Stainless steel AISI 316L
Options 3 Plug Stainless steel AISI 316L
Travel switch 4 Plug seal PTFE
Relays an electrical signal to indicate open or closed position of the 5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316
valve. Maximum rating: Voltage (V) = 500 V, Current (I) = 0.5 A, 6 Stem seals PTFE chevrons
Power (P) = 30 VA. Available on 63 mm and 90 mm actuators with *7 Stem 'O' ring Viton
nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF61G-2NC-I-1" NPT 8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
Stroke regulator 9 Piston Glass filled polyamide
Limits valve lift to regulate maximum flow. Available on 63 mm and 10 Piston lip seal Viton
90 mm actuators with nomenclature suffix 'R'. i.e. PF61G-2NC-R-1" NPT 11 Gasket PTFE
Pilot solenoids 12 'O' ring Viton
Type DM direct mounted solenoid valves for 240, 120 and 24 VAC * not shown
and 24 VDC
Technical details Cv values

Leakage PTFE soft seal ANSI class VI Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
Flow characteristic Fast opening on /off Cv 4.9 9.1 21.7 31.5 49.0 60.1
Flow direction Flow over seat port 1 to 2
Pilot media Air or water (140°F max.)
Actuator housing rotation 360°
Pilot connection Max. pilot pressure Operating range
Actuator size 45 mm (1-3/4") dia. 1/8" BSP 150 psig
63 mm (2-1/2") dia. 1/4" BSP 150 psig 356 A B C
302
90 mm (3-9/16") dia. 1/4" BSP 115 psig
Steam
212 saturation
curve
122
Limiting conditions A B C
Maximum design temperature 356°F 0
0 70 145 220 290 360
Minimum design temperature 140°F Pressure psig
Maximum saturated steam pressure 130 psig A-A Maximum operating pressure on saturated steam 130 psig
Maximum differential pressure See table overleaf B-B Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1-1/4" to 2" 230 psig
C-C Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1/2" to 1" 360 psig
INICIO
Dimensions / weight (approximate) in inches and lbs.
Port size Actuator St. Steel
(NPT) Diameter A B C D Weight 3.04"
inches inches inches inches inches pounds
1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 2.9
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.13 3.1
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 3.1* Travel switch
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 3.3* D C
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 4.2*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 5.1*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 6.6* 3.27"
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 8.2*
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 5.5*
2 1
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 6.4*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 8.0*
2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 5.91 10.13 9.85 8.51 9.5* A Stroke regulator
* Plus 0.5 libs. for travel switch or stroke regulator option B
Differential pressures for PF61G-NC (Normally closed) piston actuated valves

Port size Actuator diameter Flow direction Max diff. pres.(psig) Max diff. pres.(psig) Pilot pressure
Model (NPT) (mm) (1 to 2) gas & liquid steam min (psig) max. (psig)
PF61G-1NC 1/2" 45 over seat 230 130 26 150
PF61G-1NC 3/4" 45 over seat 230 130 26 150
PF61G-2NC 1/2" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
PF61G-2NC 3/4" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
PF61G-2NC 1" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
PF61G-2NC 1-1/4" 63 over seat 230 130 41 150
PF61G-2NC 1-1/2" 63 over seat 230 130 41 150
PF61G-2NC 2" 63 over seat 160 130 41 150
PF61G-3NC 1" 90 over seat 290 130 15 115
PF61G-3NC 1-1/4" 90 over seat 230 130 41 115
PF61G-3NC 1-1/2" 90 over seat 230 130 41 115
PF61G-3NC 2" 90 over seat 220 130 41 115
Pilot / media pressure relationship Installation

PF61G-1NC flow over seat (1 to 2) The valve can be installed in any position with the direction of
150 flow as indicated on the inlet/outlet ports by the connection
120 numbers 1 to 2.
90 3/4" To simplify mounting of solenoid valves the actuator can be
60 1/2" rotated through 360°.
30 The pipework should be suppported to prevent the valve body
26 being stressed.
0
0 60 120 175 230 Installation and Maintenance Instructions are providd with the
Media pressure (psig) valve.
PF61G-2NC flow over seat (1 to 2) How to order

150
2" 1-1/2" Standard Valve 1 - PF61G-2NC-1" NPT
120
Valve with travel switch 1 - PF61G-2NC-I-1" NPT
90 1-1/4" 1"
60 3/4"
Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF61G-2NC-R-1" NPT
41 1/2"
30
22
0
Spare parts
0 60 120 175 230 290 A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes
Media pressure (psig) comprising: piston lip seal, actuator stem ‘O‘ ring, plug soft
PF61G-3NC flow over seat (1 to 2) seal (PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
120
2" How to order spare seal kits
90 1-1/2" Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and
60 1-1/4" date code (given on actuator label i.e. 120=week 12, year
41
30 1" 2000).
15 Example: 1-seal kit for PF61G-2NC-1" NPT, date code 120
0
0 60 120 175 230 290
Media pressure (psig) TI-P373-02 US 07.02
INICIO
Type PF51G-NO (Normally Open)

Description
A 2-port normally open pneumatically actuated on/off bronze valve for
use on water, air, oil and gases and can also be used for lower 9
specification steam applications. The valves are not suitable for vacuum 10
conditions.
The valve is designed for flow under the seat (port 2 to 1) suitable for
8
anti-waterhammer liquid applications.
A pneumatic signal acts above the actuator piston to close the valve. A
spring acts below the piston to open he valkve, The valve plug has a 2
PTFE soft seal to provide tight shut-off. A valve positon indicator is
5 6
3
11
Available types 4 1
PF51G-1NO normally closed with 45 mm diameter actuator

PF51G-1NO 1/2" and 3/4" screwed NPT Materials
PF51G-2NO 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" screwed NPT No. Part Material
PF51G-3NO 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" screwed NPT 1 Body Bronze EN 1982 CC491K
2 Bonnet Bronze EN 12165 CW617N
nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF51G-2NO-I-1" NPT 8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
and 24 VDC (see TI-P373-04 for details)
Cvs values
Technical details Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
Leakage PTFE soft seal ANSI class VI Cv 4.7 8.8 19.6 29.4 45.5 57.8
Flow characteristic Fast opening on /off
Actuator housing rotation 360° Operating range
Pilot connection Max. pilot pressure
356
Actuator size 45 mm (1-3/4")dim. 1/8" BSP 150 psig A B C
302
63 mm (2-1/2")dim. 1/4" BSP 150 psig
Steam
90 mm (3-9/16")dim. 1/4" BSP 120 psig 212 saturation
curve
122
A B C
Limiting conditions 0
0 70 145 220 290 360
Maximum design temperature 356°F Pressure psig
Minimum design temperature 14°F A-A Maximum operating pressure on saturated steam 130 psig
INICIO
Port size Actuator Bronze
1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 1.1
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.12 1.8
1" 1-3/4 (45mm) 3.55 6.60 5.79 6.74 2.6
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 2.0* Travel switch
D C
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 2.9*
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 3.5*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 4.4*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 5.3* 3.27"
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 6.0*
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 4.6*
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 5.5*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 6.2*
2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 5.91 10.13 9.85 8.51 7.1*
A Stroke regulator
* Plus 0.5 libs. for travel switch or stroke regulator option
B
Differential pressures for PF51G-NO (Normally open) piston actuated valves

Port size Actuator diameter Flow direction Max diff.pres.(psig) Max diff.pres.(psig) Pilot pressure
Model (NPT) (mm) (1 to 2) gas & liquid steam min(psig) max.(psig)
PF51G-1NO 1/2" 45 under seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-1NO 3/4" 45 under seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-1NC 1" 45 under seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-2NO 1/2" 63 under seat 230 130 22 150
PF51G-2NO 3/4" 63 under seat 230 130 22 150
PF51G-2NO 1" 63 under seat 230 130 22 150
PF51G-2NO 1-1/4" 63 under seat 230 130 22 150
PF51G-2NO 1-1/2" 63 under seat 230 130 22 150
PF51G-2NO 2" 63 under seat 175 130 22 150
PF51N-3NO 1 90 under seat 230 130 15 115
PF51G-3NO 1-1/4" 90 under seat 230 130 15 115
PF51N-3NO 1-1/2" 90 under seat 230 130 15 115
PF51G-3NO 2" 90 under seat 230 130 15 115

PF51G-1NO flow over seat (2 to 1) The valve can be installed in any position with the direction of
120 1" numbers 1 to 2.
26 being stressed.
0
PF51G-2NO flow over seat (2 to 1) How to order

150 2" 1-1/2" Standard Valve 1 - PF51G-2NO-1" NPT
120 1-1/4" Valve with travel switch 1 - PF51G-2NO-I-1" NPT
90 1" Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF51G-2NO-R-1" NPT
60 3/4"
30 1/2"
22 Spare parts
0
0 60 120 175 230 A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes
seal (PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
PF51G-3NO flow over seat (2 to 1)
120 2" How to order spare seal kits
60 1-1/4"
1" date code (given on actuator label i.e. 401=week 40, year
30 2001).
15 Example: 1-seal kit for PF51G-2NO-1" NPT date code 401
0
0 60 120 175 230 TI-P373-08 US 07.02
Media pressure (psig)
INICIO

Description
A 2-port normally closed pneumatically actuated on/off bronze valve for
use on steam, water, air, oil and gases. 8
The valve is designed for flow over the seat (port 1 to 2).
A pneumatic signal acts below the actuator piston to open the valve. 10
PTFE soft seal to provide tight shut-off. A valve position indicator is 9
Caution: A bi-directional valve (type BD) is recommended to prevent
2
waterhammer on valve closure for liquid flow applications at 15-30 psig
or above, or for installations that may be subject to waterhammer. 5
6
3 11 and 12
Available types
1
Port 2 Port 1
PF51G-1NC 1/2" and 3/4" screwed NPT Materials
PF51G-2NC 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT No. Part Material
PF51G-3NC 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT 1 Body Bronze EN 1982 CC491K
2 Bonnet Bronze EN 12165 CW617N
nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF51G-2NC-I-1" NPT 8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
Cv values
Technical details
63 mm (2-1/2") dia. 1/4" BSP 150 psig
356
90 mm (3-9/16") dia. 1/4" BSP 115 psig A B C
302
Steam
212 saturation
curve
Limiting conditions 122
Maximum design temperature 356°F A B C
0
Minimum design temperature 140°F 0 70 145 220 290 360
Maximum saturated steam pressure 130 psig Pressure psig
Maximum differential pressure See table overleaf A-A Maximum operating pressure on saturated steam 130 psig
B-B Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquid sizes 1-1/4" to 2" 230 psig
C-C Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquid sizes 1/2" to 1" 360 psig
INICIO
(NPT) Diameter A B C D Weight
inches inches inches inches inches pounds 3.03"
1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 1.1
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.12 1.8
1" 1-3/4 (45mm) 3.55 6.60 5.79 6.74 2.6
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 2.0* Travel switch
D C
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 2.9*
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 3.5*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 4.4*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 5.3*
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 6.0* 3.27"
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 4.6*
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 5.5*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 6.2*
2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 5.91 10.13 9.85 8.51 7.1*
* Plus 0.5 libs. for travel switch or stroke regulator option A Stroke regulator
B
Differential pressures for PF51G-NC (Normally closed) piston actuated valves
PF51G-1NC 1/2" 45 over seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-1NC 3/4" 45 over seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-1NC 1" 45 over seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-2NC 1/2" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
PF51G-2NC 3/4" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
PF51G-2NC 1" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
PF51G-2NC 1-1/4" 63 over seat 230 130 44 150
PF51G-2NC 1-1/2" 63 over seat 230 130 44 150
PF51G-2NC 2" 63 over seat 160 130 44 150
PF51G-3NC 1" 90 over seat 290 130 15 120
PF51G-3NC 1-1/4" 90 over seat 230 130 36 120
PF51G-3NC 1-1/2" 90 over seat 230 130 36 120
PF51G-3NC 2" 90 over seat 220 130 36 120

The valve can be installed in any position with the direction of
PF51G-1NC flow over seat (1 to2)
120 numbers 1 to 2.
1"
26 being stressed.
0 Installation and Maintenance Instructions are providd with the
0 60 120 175 230
PF51G-2NC flow over seat (1 to 2) How to order

150
2" 1-1/2" Standard Valve 1 - PF51G-2NC-1" NPT
120
1-1/4" Valve with travel switch 1 - PF51G-2NC-I-1" NPT
90 1"
Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF51G-2NC-R-1" NPT
60 3/4"
44 1/2"
30
22 Spare parts
0
0 60 120 175 230 290 A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes
PF51G-3NC flow over seat (1 to 2) seal (PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
150
2" How to order spare seal kits
60 1-1/4"
date code (given on actuator label i.e. 120=week 12, year
36 1"
30 2000).
15 Example: 1-seal kit for PF51G-2NC,-1" NPT date code 120
0
0 60 120 230 290
INICIO

Description
A 2-port normally open pneumatically actuated on/off stainless steel
valve for use on steam, water, air, oil and gases. 9
The valve is designed for flow under the seat (port 2 to 1) suitable for 10
anti-waterhammer liquid applications.
A pneumatic signal acts above the actuator piston to close the valve. A
8
spring acts below the piston to open he valve, The valve plug has a
PTFE soft seal to provide tight shut-off. A valve positon indicator is
included on standard and flow regulator models. 2
5 6
3
11
Available types 4 1

PF61G-1NO 1/2" and 3/4" Materials
PF61G-2NO 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" No. Part Material
PF61G-3NO 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" 1 Body Stainless steel AISI 316L
2 Bonnet Stainless steel AISI 316L
nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF61G-2NO-I-1" NPT 8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
90 mm actuators with nomenclature suffix 'R'. i.e. PF61G-2NO-R-1" NPT 11 Gasket PTFE
Cvs values
Technical details
63 mm (2-1/2") dia. 1/4" BSP 150 psig 356 A B C
90 mm (3-9/16")dia. 1/4" BSP 120 psig 302
Steam
212 saturation
curve
122
Limiting conditions A B C
Maximum design temperature 356°F 0
Minimum design temperature 14°F 0 70 145 220 290 360
Pressure psig
Maximum saturated steam pressure 130 psig A-A Maximum operating pressure on saturated steam 130 psig
INICIO
3.04"
1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 2.9
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.13 3.1
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 3.1* Travel switch
D C
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 3.3*
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 4.2*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 5.1*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 6.6* 3.27"
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 8.2*
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 5.5*
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 6.4*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 8.0*
B
Differential pressures for PF61G-NO (Normally open) piston actuated valves

PF61G-1NO 1/2" 45 underseat 230 130 26 150
PF61G-1NO 3/4" 45 underseat 230 130 26 150
PF61G-2NO 1/2" 63 underseat 230 130 22 150
PF61G-2NO 3/4" 63 underseat 230 130 22 150
PF61G-2NO 1" 63 underseat 230 130 22 150
PF61G-2NO 1-1/4" 63 underseat 230 130 22 150
PF51G-2NO 1-1/2" 63 underseat 230 130 22 150
PF61G-2NO 2" 63 underseat 175 130 22 116
PF61G-2NO 1 90 underseat 230 130 15 115
PF61G-3NO 1-1/4" 90 underseat 230 130 15 115
PF61G-3NO 1-1/2" 90 underseat 230 130 15 115
PF61G-3NO 2" 90 underseat 230 130 15 115

PF61G-1NO flow under seat (2 to1) flow as indicated on the inlet/outlet ports by the connection
150 numbers 1 to 2.
120 To simplify mounting of solenoid valves the actuator can be
3/4"
90 rotated through 360°.
60 1/2" The pipework should be suppported to prevent the valve body
30 being stressed.
26
0 Installation and Maintenance Instructions are providd with the
0 60 120 175 230 valve.
PF61G-2NO flow under seat (2 to1) How to order
150 2" 1-1/2" Standard Valve 1 - PF61G-2NO-1" NPT
120 1-1/4" Valve with travel switch 1 - PF61G-2NO-I-1" NPT
90 1" Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF61G-2NO-R-1" NPT
60 3/4"
30 1/2"
22 Spare parts
0 A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes
0 60 120 175 230
seal (PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
PF61G-3NO flow under seat (2 to1)
150
120 2" How to order spare seal kits
1-1/4" date code (given on actuator label i.e. 401=week 40, year
60 1"
30 2001).
15 Example: 1-seal kit for PF61G-2NO -1" NPT date code 401
0
0 60 120 175 230
INICIO
Type PF51G-BD (Bi-directional Normally Closed)

Description
A 2-port bi-directional normally closed pneumatically actuated on/off
bronze valve for use on water, air, oil and gases and can also be used 8
on lower specification steam applications.
The valve is designed for special applications that require flow in both 10
directions and incorporates an anti-waterhammer design for liquid
applications flowing under the seat (ports 2 to 1). 9
A pneumatic signal acts below the actuator piston to open the valve.
2
PTFE soft seal to provide tight shut-off. A valve position indicator is
included on standard and flow regulator models. 5
Caution: A bi-directional valve (type BD) is recommended to prevent 6
waterhammer on valve closure for liquid flow applications at 15-30 psig 3 11 and 12
or above, or for installations that may be subject to waterhammer.
1
Available types 4
PF51G-1BD normally closed with 45 mm diameter actuator
PF51G-2BD normally closed with 63 mm diameter actuator Port 2 Port 1
Materials
Sizes and pipe connections No. Part Material
PF51G-1BD 1/2", 3/4" and 1" NPT 1 Body Bronze EN 1982 CC491K
PF51G-2BD 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" NPT 2 Bonnet Bronze EN 12165 CW617N
PF51G-3BD 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT 3 Plug Stainless steel AISI 316L
4 Plug seal PTFE
Options 5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316
Travel switch 6 Stem seals PTFE chevrons
Relays an electrical signal to indicate open or closed position of the *7 Stem 'O' ring Viton
valve. Maximum rating: Voltage (V) = 500 V, Current (I) = 0.5 A, 8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
Power (P) = 30 VA. Available on 63 mm and 90 mm actuators with 9 Piston Glass filled polyamide
nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF51G-2BD-I-1" NPT 10 Piston lip seal Viton
Stroke regulator 11 Gasket PTFE
Limits valve lift to regulate maximum flow. Available on 63 mm and 12 'O' ring Viton
90 mm actuators with nomenclature suffix 'R'. i.e. PF51G-2BD-R-1" NPT * not shown
Pilot solenoids
Type DM direct mounted solenoid valves for 240, 120 and 24 VAC Cvs values
and 24 VDC (see TI-P373-04 US for details)
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
Technical details Cv 4.7 8.8 19.6 29.4 45.5 57.8
Leakage PTFE soft seal ANSI class VI
Anti-waterhammer Flow under seat port 2 to 1 Operating range
Pilot media Air or water (140°F max.) 356
Actuator housing rotation 360° A B C
302
Steam
Actuator size 45 mm (1-3/4") dia. 1/8" BSP 150 psig 212 saturation
63 mm (2-1/2") dia. 1/4" BSP 150 psig curve
122
90 mm (3-9/16") dia. 1/4" BSP 115 psig A B C
0
0 70 145 220 290 360
Limiting conditions Pressure psig
Maximum design temperature 356°F A-A Maximum operating pressure on saturated steam 130 psig
B-B Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1-1/4" to 2" 230 psig
Minimum design temperature 14°F C-C Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1/2" to 1" 360 psig
Maximum saturated steam pressure 130 psig
Maximum differential pressure See table overleaf
INICIO
1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 1.1
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.12 1.8
1" 1-3/4 (45mm) 3.55 6.60 6.30 5.79 2.6
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 2.0* Travel switch
D C
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 2.9*
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 3.5*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 4.4*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 5.3* 3.27"
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 6.0*
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 4.6*
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 5.5*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 6.2*
2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 5.91 10.13 9.85 8.51 7.1*
A Stroke regulator
B
Differential pressures for PF51G-BD (Normally closed) piston actuated valves
Valve Actuator Flow Max diff.pres. Max diff.pres. Flow Max diff.pres. Max. diff.pres. Pilot
Model size size direction (psig) (psig) direction (psig) (psig) pressure
(inches) (mm) (1 to 2) gas & liquid steam (1 to 2) gas & liquid steam min (psig) max. (psig)
PF51G-1BD 1/2" 45 over seat 230 130 under seat 230* 130 73 150
PF51G-1BD 3/4" 45 over seat 230 130 under seat 100* 100* 73 150
PF51G-1BD 1" 45 over seat 230 130 under seat 75* 75* 73 150
PF51G-2BD 1" 63 over seat 230 130 under seat 160* 130 55 150
PF51G-2BD 1-1/4" 63 over seat 230 130 under seat 90* 90* 55 150
PF51G-2BD 2" 63 over seat 115 115* under seat 36* 36* 55 150
PF51G-3BD 1-1/4" 90 over seat 230 130 under seat 175* 130 48 116
* Maximum differential pressures for all pilot pressures.
Pilot / media pressure relationship The valve can be installed in any position with the direction of
PF51G-1BD flow over seat (1 to 2)
1"
120 3/4" numbers 1 to 2.
60
0 being stressed.
PF51G-2BD flow over seat (1 to 2) How to order
150 2" 1-1/2"
120 1-1/4" Standard Valve 1 - PF51G-2BD-1" NPT
90 1" Valve with travel switch 1 - PF51G-2BD-I-1" NPT
3/4"
60 1/2"
Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF51G-2BD-R-1" NPT
55
30
0 Spare parts
0 60 120 175 230 A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes
comprising: piston lip seal, actuator stem ‘O‘ ring, plug soft
PF51G-3BD flow over seat (1 to 2) seal (PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
120 2"
90 1-1/2" How to order spare seal kits
1-1/4" Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and
60 1"
48 date code (given on actuator label i.e. 401=week 40, year
30 2001).
0 Example: 1-seal kit for PF51G-2BD-1" NPT date code 401
0 60 120 175 230
INICIO

Description
A 2-port bi-directional normally closed pneumatically actuated on/off
stainless steel valve for use on steam, water, air, oil and gases. The 8
valve is designed for special applications that require flow in both
directions and incorporates an anti-waterhammer design for liquid 10
applications flowing under the seat (ports 2 to 1).
A pneumatic signal acts below the actuator piston to open the valve. 9
PTFE soft seal to provide tight shut-off. A valve position indicator is
2
Caution: A bi-directional valve (type BD) is recommended to prevent 5
waterhammer on valve closure for liquid flow applications at 15 to 30 6
psig or above, or for installations that may be subject to waterhammer. 3 11 and 12
1
Available types 4
PF61G-2BD normally closed with 63 mm diameter actuator Port 2 Port 1
Materials
Sizes and pipe connections No. Part Material
PF61G-1BD 1/2", 3/4" NPT 1 Body Bronze EN 1982 CC491K
PF61G-2BD 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", and 2"NPT 2 Bonnet Bronze EN 12165 CW617N
PF61G-3BD 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT 3 Plug Stainless steel AISI 316L
4 Plug seal PTFE
Options 5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316
Travel switch 6 Stem seals PTFE chevrons
Relays an electrical signal to indicate open or closed position of the *7 Stem 'O' ring Viton
valve. Maximum rating: Voltage (V) = 500 V, Current (I) = 0.5 A, 8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
Power (P) = 30 VA. Available on 63 mm and 90 mm actuators with 9 Piston Glass filled polyamide
nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF61G-2BD-I-1" NPT 10 Piston lip seal Viton
Stroke regulator 11 Gasket PTFE
Limits valve lift to regulate maximum flow. Available on 63 mm and 12 'O' ring Viton
90 mm actuators with nomenclature suffix 'R'. i.e. PF61G-2BD-R-1" NPT * not shown
Pilot solenoids
Type DM direct mounted solenoid valves for 240, 120 and 24 VAC Cvs values
and 24 VDC (see TI-P373-04 US for details)
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
Technical details Cv 4.9 9.1 21.7 31.5 49.0 60.1
Leakage PTFE soft seal ANSI class VI
Anti-waterhammer Flow under seat port 2 to 1 Operating range
356
Actuator housing rotation 360° A B C
302
Actuator size 45 mm (1-3/4") dia. 1/8" BSP 150 psig Steam
212 saturation
63 mm (2-1/2") dia. 1/4" BSP 150 psig curve
90 mm (3-9/16") dia. 1/4" BSP 115 psig 122
A B C
0
Limiting conditions 0 70 145 220 290 360
Pressure psig
Maximum design temperature 356°F A-A Maximum operating pressure on saturated steam 130 psig
Minimum design temperature 14°F B-B Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1-1/4" to 2" 230 psig
Maximum saturated steam pressure 130 psig
Maximum differential pressure See table overleaf
INICIO
3.04"
1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 2.9
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.13 3.1 Travel switch
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 3.1* D C
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 3.3*
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 4.2*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 5.1*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 6.6* 3.27"
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 8.2*
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 5.5*
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 6.4*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 8.0*
* Plus 0.5 libs. for travel switch or stroke regulator option B
Differential pressures for PF61G-BD (Normally closed) piston actuated valves

Valve Actuator Flow Max diff.pres. Max diff.pres. Flow Max diff.pres. Max. diff.pres. Pilot
Model size size direction (psig) (psig) direction (psig) (psig) pressure
(inches) (mm) (1 to 2) gas & liquid steam (2 to 1) gas & liquid steam min (psig) max. (psig)
PF61G-1BD 3/4" 45 over seat 230 130 under seat 100* 100* 60 150
PF61G-2BD 2" 63 over seat 115 115* under seat 36* 36* 55 150
PF61G-3BD 1-1/4" 90 over seat 230 130 under seat 175* 130 48 115
* Maximum differential pressures for all pilot pressures.

120 3/4" numbers 1 to 2.
1/2" To simplify mounting of solenoid valves the actuator can be
90
0 being stressed.
0 60 120 175 230 Installation and Maintenance Instructions are provided with the
valve.
150
How to order
2" 1-1/2"
120 1-1/4" Standard Valve 1 - PF61G-2BD-1" NPT
1" Valve with travel switch 1 - PF61G-2BD-I-1" NPT
90 3/4"
1/2"
60 Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF61G-2BD-R-1" NPT
55
30
0 Spare parts
0 60 120 175 230
Media pressure (psig) A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes
comprising: piston lip seal, actuator stem ‘O‘ ring, plug soft
PF61G-3BD flow over seat (1 to 2) seal (PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
120 2"
90 1-1/2"
1-1/4"
How to order spare seal kits
60 1" Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and
48 date code (given on actuator label i.e. 401=week 40, year
30
2001).
0 Example: 1-seal kit for PF61G-2BD-1" NPT date code 401
0 60 120 175 230
INICIO
Type DM Solenoid Valves

for use with Piston Actuated Valves
Description
A 3 way normally closed electropneumatic pilot solenoid valve that can
be directly mounted (banjo connection) to the PF51N, and PF61N-NC,
NO and BD series piston actuated valves.
Suitable for air or water operating media. The valve is supplied with a
DIN connector and fitted with manual override as standard.
Available types Actuator

Model Actuator Voltage/Frequency Connection
DM11N 45mm 240/60 VAC 1/8" BSP
DM12N 45mm 120/60 VAC 1/8" BSP
DM13N 45mm 24/60 VAC 1/8" BSP
DM14N 45mm 24 VDC 1/8" BSP
DM21N 63mm 240/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
DM22N 63mm 120/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
DM23N 63mm 24/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
DM31N 90mm 240/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
DM22N 90mm 120/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
DM23N 90mm 24/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
Technical details
Mounting Banjo connection
Manual override Fitted as standard
Type B DM11N, DM12N, DM13N, and DM14N Dimensions / weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
DIN connector Type B DM21N, DM22N, DM23N, and DM24N
Type A DM31N, DM32N, DM33N, and DM34N Type A B C Weight
DM11N to DM14N 1/8" NPT DM11N, DM12N, DM13N and DM14N 1.22 3.03 1.06 0.60
Pilot media
connection DM21N to DM24N
1/8" NPT DM21N, DM22N, DM23N and DM24N 1.38 3.07 1.06 0.60
DM31N to DM34N
AC 9 (holding) DM31N, DM32N, DM33N and DM34N 1.38 3.74 1.06 0.84
DM11N, DM12N
AC 14 (inrush)
DM13N, DM14N
DC 6
Coil DM21N, DM22N AC 9 (holding)
consumption DM23N, DM24N AC14 (inrush)
DC 6
AC 15 (holding) Ground
DM31N, DM32N
DM33N, DM34N AC 30 (inrush) terminal B
DC10
DIN
connector
Limiting conditions
Maximum media temperature 140°F
Minimum media temperature 14°F
Protection class IP65 (with connector)
Operating pressure 0 - 150 psig C A
Materials
Part Material Installation
Body ELNP Niploy coated brass The valve can be directly mounted (banjo connection) onto the
Seal FKM actuator.
Spare parts How to order

No spare parts are available for the product. Example: 1-DM21N Solenoid Valve 240 VAC
INICIO
M10S
Ball Valve 1/4" to 2-1/2"
Description
M10S is a three piece body ball valve designed for steam and other indus-
trial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures
and pressures.
M10S can be serviced without removing the valve from the pipeline.
(Screwed and welded versions only).
Available types
M10S2RB Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats, reduced bore.
M10S2FB Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats, full bore.
M10S3RB Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats, reduced bore.
M10S3FB Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats, full bore.
M10S4RB A complete stainless steel construction,
R-PTFE seats, reduced bore.
A complete stainless steel construction,
M10S4FB
R-PTFE seats, full bore.
Options
• Self-venting ball.
• Extended stem to 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation.
• Lockable handle.
Materials
• Oval handle for confined spaces. Ideal for trap modules.
NoPart Material
M10S2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Sizes and pipe connections 1 Body M10S3
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1/2" only available with Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
M10S4
reduced bore).
M10S2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Screwed BSP, BSPT, API/NPT, SW, BW full bore and reduced bore. 2 Cap M10S3
1/2" to 2" flanged PN40 reduced bore and full bore. Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
M10S4
1/2" to 2" flanged ANSI 150 reduced bore. 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
1/2" to 2" flanged ANSI 300 reduced bore. 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
5 Seat Carbon/graphite reinforced PTFE
Technical data 6 Stem seal Reinforced PTFE antistatic
Flow characteristic Modified linear M10S2
Port Full and reduced port versions Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
7 Separator M10S3
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) M10S4 Stainless steel AISI 316
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 8 Belleville washer Stainless steel AISI 301
M10S2
Limiting conditions 9 Nut M10S3
Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
Maximum operating temperature 445°F @ 150 psig (230˚C @ 10 barg) M10S4 Stainless steel AISI 304
Maximum operating pressure 1500 psig @ 140°F (100 barg @ 60˚C) 10 Name-plate (DN) Stainless steel AISI 430
Maximum saturation steam pressure 260 psig (17.5 barg) M10S2
Cold hydraulic test pressure 2250 psig (150 barg) Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
11 Stem nut M10S3
M10S4 Stainless steel AISI 304
M10S2
12 Lever M10S3
13 Name-plate Stainless steel AISI 430
14 Grip Vinyl
M10S2
Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
15 Bolts M10S3
M10S2
16 Nuts M10S3
* 17 Studs M10S4 Stainless steel AISI 316
* Item not shown

INICIO
Dimensions (approximate) in mm Cv values

Reduced bore Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
Size A A1 A2 A3 B B1 C C1 D D1 D2 E Reduced bore 2.5 2.5 7 11.5 31.5 57 81.5 120.5 196.5
1/4" 56 52 - - 120 - 57 - 22 - - 8 Full bore 2.5 7.5 19 42 67.5 104 179 239.5 -
3/8" 56 52 - - 120 - 57 - 22 - - 8
1/2" 63 52 108 130 120 120 61 87 24 89 95 11
3/4" 68 60 117 150 120 120 63 89 26 98 105 14
1" 86 84 127 160 157 157 91 91 31 108 115 21 Operating torque (ft / lb)
1-1/4" 99 94 140 180 157 157 95 95 37 118 140 25 Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
1-1/2"108 102 165 200 180 180 109 109 41 127 150 31 Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5
2" 124 118 178 230 180 180 115 115 48 152 165 38 Full bore 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33 -
2 " 152 152 - - 245 - 132 - 57 - - 51
The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are
Full bore submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 1500 psig.
1/4" 56 58 - - 120 - 57 - 22 - - 8 Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require up to 75%
3/8" 63 60 - - 120 - 61 - 24 - - 11 greater break out torque.
1/2" 68 64 - 130 120 120 63 89 26 - 95 14
3/4" 86 84 - 150 157 157 91 91 31 - 105 21 Maintenance
1" 99 98 - 160 157 157 95 95 37 - 115 25 Before commencing any dismantling work ensure that no flow is taking
1-1/4"108 106 - 180 180 180 109 109 41 - 140 31 place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the line
1-1/2"124 124 - 200 180 180 115 115 48 - 150 38 should be drained off.
2" 152 152 - 230 245 245 132 132 57 - 165 51 The new parts can be fitted without removing the complete ball valve from
the pipeline (screwed, SW and BW versions only).
Remove the two upper bolts and nuts and loosen the lower two. The com-
Weights (approximate) in kg plete assembly can then be removed and the new parts fitted.
Reduced bore Full bore M10S flanged ball valves must be removed from the pipeline to facilitate
Size Scrd/BW/S PN40 ANSI Scrd/BW/SW PN40 the fitting of the new parts.
1/4" 0.52 - - 0.52 -
3/8" 0.52 - - 0.61 - How to order
1/2" 0.61 2.2 1.65 0.70 2.3 Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" screwed NPT M10S2FB ball valve.
3/4" 0.70 2.9 2.20 1.27 3.5
1" 1.27 3.9 3.38 1.77 4.4 Spare parts
1-1/4" 1.77 5.4 4.44 2.50 6.2 The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in bro-
1-1/2" 2.50 6.5 5.84 3.50 7.5 ken line are not supplied as spares.
2" 3.50 8.8 8.99 6.90 12.2
2-1/2" 6.90 - - - - Available spare
Seat and stem seal set 5, 6
How to order spares

'Available spare' and stating the size and type of ball valve.
Example: 1-Seat and stem seal set for 1/2" M10S2FB ball valve.
A : Scrd and BW
A1 : SW
A2 : Flanged ANSI 150
A3 : Flanged PN40
B : Scrd, BW, SW
B1 : Flanged ANSI 150, PN40
C : Scrd, BW, SW
C1 : Flanged ANSI 150,
Flanged PN40
D : Scrd, BW, SW
D1 : Flanged ANSI 150
D2 : Flanged PN40
TI-P133-06 US 05.01
INICIO
M10S ISO Ball Valve 1/4" to 2-1/2"
Description 14 12 13 11 4 18
M10S ISO is a three piece body ball valve designed for steam and other
industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher tempera-
tures and pressures.
M10S ISO can be serviced without removing the valve from the pipeline.
(Screwed and welded versions only).
2
ISO mounting
The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without 3
losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to 9 10
remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of
Spirax Sarco ball valves.
Available types 8
7
Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats, 6
M10S2RB ISO
reduced bore, ISO mounting. 16 1 15
Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats, 5
M10S2FB ISO
full bore, ISO mounting.
Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats, reduced bore,
M10S3RB ISO
ISO mounting.
M10S3FB ISO
Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats, full bore, Materials
ISO mounting. No Part Material
A complete stainless steel construction, M10S2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
M10S4RB ISO
R-PTFE seats, reduced bore, ISO mounting. 1 Body M10S3 ISO
Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
A complete stainless steel body, M10S4 ISO
M10S4FB ISO
R-PTFE seats, full bore, ISO mounting. M10S2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
2 Cap M10S3 ISO
Options Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
M10S4 ISO
• Self-venting ball. 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
• Extended stem to 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow for full 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
insulation. 5 Seat Carbon/graphite reinforced PTFE
Sizes and pipe connections 6 Stem seal Reinforced PTFE antistatic
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1.2" only available with reduced M10S2 ISO
bore).Screwed BSP, BSPT, API/NPT, BW, SW full bore and reduced bore. Zinc plated carbon steel
7 Separator M10S3 ISO SAE 1010
1/2" - 2" - flanged PN40 reduced bore and full bore. M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 316
1/2" - 2" - flanged ANSI 150 reduced bore. 8 Belleville washer Stainless steel AISI 301
1/2" - 2" - flanged ANSI 300 reduced bore. M10S2 ISO
Zinc plated carbon steel
Technical data 9 Nut M10S3 ISO SAE 1010
Flow characteristic Modified linear M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 304
Port Full and reduced bore versions 10 Name-plate (DN) Stainless steel AISI 430
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) M10S2 ISO
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 Zinc plated carbon steel
11 Stem nut M10S3 ISO SAE 1010
Limiting conditions M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 304
Maximum operating temperature 445°F @ 150 psig (230˚C @ 10 barg) M10S2 ISO
Maximum operating pressure 1500 psig @ 140°F (100 barg @ 60˚C) 12 Lever M10S3 ISO SAE 1010
Maximum saturation steam pressure 260 psig (17.5 barg) M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 316
Cold hydraulic test pressure 2250 psig (150 barg) 13 Name-plate Stainless steel AISI 430
14 Grip Vinyl
Operating range M10S2 ISO
15 Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
A Bolts M10S3 ISO
M10S2 ISO
16 Nuts M10S3 ISO
Steam
saturation M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 304
curve
B
*17 Studs M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 316
C
M10S2 ISO
Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
18 Stop screwM10S3 ISO
The product must not be used in this region. Pressure barg
M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 30
A - B 2" FB and 2-1/2" RB only
A - C 1/2" - 1-1/2" FB, RB and 2" RB * Item not shown
INICIO
Dimensions (approximate) in mm Cv values
Reduced bore Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
Size A A1 A2 A3 B2 B3 C2 C3 D D1 D2 E Reduced bore 2.5 2.5 7 11.5 31.5 57 81.5 120.5 196.5
1/4" 56 52 - - 130 - 63 - 22 - - 8 Full bore 2.5 7.5 19 42 67.5 104 179 239.5 -
3/8" 56 52 - - 130 - 63 - 22 - - 8
1/2" 63 52 108 130 130 145 66 81 24 89 95 11 Operating torque (ft / lb)
3/4" 68 60 117 150 130 145 69 84 26 98 105 14 Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
1" 86 84 127 160 162 162 100 100 31 108 115 21 Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5
1-1/4" 99 94 140 180 162 162 104 104 37 118 140 25 Full bore 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5 -
1-1/2" 108 102 165 200 185 185 112 112 41 127 150 31
2" 124 118 178 230 185 185 120 120 48 152 165 38 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are
21/2" 152 152 - - 250 - 140 - 57 - - 51 submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 600 psig.
Valves that are subject to long static periods may require up to 75%
Full bore greater break-out torque.
Size A A1 A2 A3 B2 B3 C2 C3 D D1 D2 E
1/4" 56 58 - - 130 - 63 - 22 - - 8 Maintenance
3/8" 63 60 - - 130 - 66 - 24 - - 11 Before commencing any dismantling work ensure that no flow is taking
1/2" 68 64 - 130 130 145 69 84 26 - 95 14 place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the
3/4" 86 84 - 150 162 162 100 100 31 - 105 21 line should be drained off.
1" 99 98 - 160 162 162 104 104 37 - 115 25 The new parts can be fitted without removing the complete ball valve
1-1/4" 108 106 - 180 185 185 112 112 41 - 140 31 from the pipeline, (screwed, SW and BW versions only).
1-1/2" 124 124 - 200 185 185 120 120 48 - 150 38 Remove the two upper bolts and nuts and loosen the lower two. The
2" 152 152 - 230 250 250 140 140 57 - 165 51 complete assembly can then be removed and the new parts fitted.
M10S ISO flanged ball valves must be removed from the pipeline to
Weights (approximate) in kg facilitate the fitting of new parts.
Reduced bore Full bore
Size
Scrd/BW/SW PN40 ANSI 150 Scrd/BW/SW PN40 How to order
1/4" 0.65 - - 0.65 - Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" screwed NPTM10S2FB ISO ball valve.
3/8" 0.65 - - 0.72 -
1/2" 0.72 2.30 1.77 0.95 2.60 Spare parts
3/4" 0.95 3.20 2.35 1.60 3.80 The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in
1" 1.60 4.20 3.47 2.05 4.70 broken line are not supplied as spares.
1-1/4" 2.05 5.70 4.47 2.75 6.40
1-1/2" 2.75 6.80 5.96 4.25 8.30 Available spare
2" 4.25 9.50 9.16 7.50 12.80 Seat and stem seal set 5, 6
2-1/2" 7.50 - - - -
How to order spares
B2, B3 Always order spares by using the description given in the column head-
ed Available Spare and stating the size and type of ball valve.
Example: 1-Seat and stem seal set for 1/2" M10S2FB ISO ball valve.
C2,
C3
D1,
D2 ØE
D
A, A1
A2, A3
A: Scrd and BW 6
A1: SW 6
A2: Flanged ANSI 150
A3: Flanged PN40
B2: Scrd, BW and SW

B3: Flanged PN40 and ANSI 150
C2: Scrd, BW and SW

C3: Flanged PN40 and ANSI 150
D: Scrd, BW and SW
D1: Flanged ANSI 150 5
D2: Flanged PN40
E: All versions 5
TI-P133-12 US 05.01
INICIO
M10F Ball Valve 1/4" to 2-1/2"
Description
M10F is a three piece firesafe antistatic ball valve designed for steam and
other industrial fluids for service ranging from vacuum to the higher
temperatures and pressures. 14
12
Firesafe design
In normal working conditions, the ball rests against R-PTFE seals 13
ensuring total closure.
When the valve is submitted to temperature above the limits R-PTFE can
withstand, the seat becomes deformed and renders the R-PTFE to
extrusion. When the R-PTFE has been totally destroyed, the ball will come
to rest firmly against the metal seat in the cap, producing a metal-metal
closing. This secondary seat in the valve cap, that has been machined with 11
the same radius as the ball, ensures the valve will operate to 10
international API Spec 6FA standard, and BS 6755 part 2 standards. 8
7
Available types 6
M10F2RB Zinc plated carbon steel body, reduced bore.
M10F2FB Zinc plated carbon steel body, full bore. 5
Options
• Self venting ball.
Sizes and pipe connections 2

1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1/2" only available with
reduced bore). 15
Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW full bore and reduced bore.
Technical data
Flow characteristic Modified linear
Port Full and reduced bore versions Materials
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) No Part Material
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 1 Body Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Firesafe Designed to BS 6755 part 2 and API Spec 6FA standards 2 Cap Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
Limiting conditions 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
Maximum operating temperature 392° F @ 215 psig (200˚C @ 15 barg) 5 Seat R-PTFE
Maximum operating pressure 900 psig @ 77°F (62 bar g @ 25˚C) 6 Stem seal Antistatic R-PTFE
Maximum saturation steam pressure 215 psig (15 barg) 7 Separator Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 1350 psig (93 barg) 8 Belleville washer Stainless steel AISI 301
9 Nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
Operating range 10 Name-plate (DN) Stainless steel AISI 430
11 Stem nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
12 Lever Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
14 Grip Vinyl
15 Bolts Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A193 B7
Steam 16 Stem seal Graphite
saturation
curve 17 Body gasket Graphite
Pressure barg
INICIO
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
Reduced bore
Size A A1 B C D E Weight
" 60 49 120 63 26 11 0.66
3
/8" 60 49 120 63 26 11 0.66
" 60 49 120 63 26 11 0.66
" 66 58 120 66 29 14 0.85
1" 80 78 157 94 33 21 1.50
1 " 96 91 157 99 37 25 2.30
1 " 102 96 180 111 41 31 3.00
2" 118 112 180 117 48 38 4.50
2 " 146 146 245 134 57 51 7.80
Full bore
Size A A1 B C D E Weight
" 60 60 120 63 26 11 0.66
3
/8" 60 60 120 63 26 11 0.66
" 66 65 120 66 29 14 0.85
" 80 80 157 94 33 21 1.50
1" 96 96 157 99 37 25 2.30
1 " 102 102 180 111 41 31 3.00 How to order
1 " 118 118 180 117 48 38 4.50 Example: Spirax Sarco " screwed NPT M10F2RB ball valve.
2" 146 146 245 134 57 51 9.10
Spare parts
Cv values The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4"1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Reduced bore 3.5 7.5 7 11.5 31.5 57 81.5 120.5 196.5
Full bore 3.5 7.5 19 42 67.5 104 179 239.5 -
Available spare
Seat, stem seal set and body gaskets 5, 6, 16, 17
Operating torques (ft / lb) How to order spares

Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4"1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
Always order spares by using the description given in the column
Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5
headed Available Spares and stating the size and type of ball valve.
Full bore 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5 -
Example: 1-Body gasket, seat and stem seal set for 1/2" M10F2FB
ball valve.
submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 900 psig.
Valves that are subject to loing static periods, may require up to 75 %
greater break out torque.
Maintenance
Before commencing any dismantling work ensure that no flow is taking
place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the line
should be drained off.
To fit new parts, remove the valve from the pipeline, and remove the eight
coupling bolts. Remove the valve body and fit parts as necessary.
Whenever the valve is dismantled, the graphite stem seals and body gas-
kets (16, 17) must be replaced before reassembly.
6
16
17 5 5 17
TI-P133-07 US 05.01
INICIO
M10F ISO Ball Valve 1/2" to 2-1/2"
Description
M10F is a three piece firesafe antistatic ball valve designed for steam
and other industrial fluids for service ranging from vacuum to higher
temperatures and pressures. 14
Firesafe design 12
In normal working conditions, the ball rests against R-PTFE seals
ensuring total closure. 13
When the valve is submitted to temperature above the limits R-
PTFE can withstand, the seat becomes deformed and renders the
R-PTFE to extrusion. When the R-PTFE has been totally destroyed,
the ball will come to rest firmly against the metal seat in the cap, 18
producing a metal-metal closing. This secondary seat in the valve 11 10
cap ensures the valve will operate to international API Spec 6 FA
and BS 6755 part 2 standards.
ISO mounting
The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated
3
without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassem- 2
bly. Manual to remote control may therefore be safely and easily 17
accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. 1
15
Available types
2
M10F2RB ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, reduced bore.
8
M10F2FB ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, full bore.
7 9
6
Options 16
• Self venting ball. 4
6
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1/2" only available with 5
reduced bore).
Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, SW, BW full bore and reduced bore.
Technical data
Port Full and reduced bore versions
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) Materials
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 No Part Material
Firesafe Designed to BS 6755 Part 2 and API Spec 6FA standards 1 Body Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
2 Cap Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Limiting conditions 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
Maximum operating temperature 392°F @ 215 psig (200˚C @ 15 barg) 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
Maximum operating pressure 900 psig @ 77°F (62 barg @ 25˚C) 5 Seat R-PTFE
Maximum saturation steam pressure 215 psig (15 barg) 6 Stem seal Antistatic R-PTFE
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 1350 psig (93 barg) 7 Separator Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
8 Belleville washer Stainless steel AISI 301
Operating range 9 Nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
10 Name-plate (DN) Stainless steel AISI 430
11 Stem nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
Steam
saturation 13 Name-plate Stainless steel AISI 430
curve 14 Grip Vinyl
15 Bolts Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A193 B7
16 Stem seal Graphite
17 Body gasket Graphite
Pressure bar g 18 Stop screw Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
INICIO
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg B2
Reduced bore
Size A A1 B2 C2 D E Weight
1/4" 60 49 130 66 26 11 0.92
3/8" 60 49 130 66 26 11 0.92
1/2" 60 49 130 66 26 11 0.92
3/4" 66 58 130 69 29 14 0.95
C2
1" 80 78 162 100 33 21 1.65
1-1/4" 96 91 162 104 37 25 2.30
1-1/2" 102 96 185 112 41 31 3.05
2" 118 112 185 120 48 38 4.60
2-1/2" 146 146 250 140 57 51 7.95 ØE
D
Full bore
1/4" 60 60 130 66 26 11 0.92 A1: SW
3/8" 60 60 130 66 26 11 0.92
1/2" 66 65 130 69 29 14 0.95 A: Scrd and BW
3/4" 80 80 162 100 33 21 1.65
1" 96 96 162 104 37 25 2.30 How to specify
1-1/4" 102 102 185 112 41 31 3.05 Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" screwed NPT M10F2RB ISO ball valve.
1-1/2" 118 118 185 120 48 38 4.60
2" 146 146 250 140 57 51 8.75 Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in
Cv values broken line are not supplied as spares.
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
Reduced bore 3.5 7.5 7 11.5 31.5 57 81.5 120.5 196.5 Available spares
Full bore 3.5 7.5 19 42 67.5 104 179 239.5 - Seat, stem seal set and body gaskets 5, 6, 16, 17
Operating torques (ft / lb) How to order spares

Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" Always order spares by using the description given in the column
Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5 headed Available Spares and stating the size and type of ball valve.
Full bore 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5 - Example: 1- Seat, stem seal set and body gaskets for 1/2" M10F2FB
ISO ball valve.
submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 900 psi.
Valves that are subject to a long static period, may require up to 75 %
greater break out torque
Maintenance
place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the
line should be drained off.
To fit new parts, remove the valve from the pipeline, and remove the
eight coupling bolts. Remove the valve body and fit parts as necessary.
Whenever the valve is dismantled, the graphite stem seal and body
gaskets (16, 17) must be replaced before reassembly.
16
6
17 5
5 17
TI-P133-11 US 05.00
INICIO
M10H ISO Ball Valve 1/4" to 2"
Description
M10H ISO is a three piece body ball valve designed for steam and other
industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher 13
temperatures and pressures.
M10H ISO can be serviced without removing the valve from the pipeline. 12
The M10H ISO mounting makes it safe and easy to automate the ball
valve.
As a main feature, the valve has a special ball, which has received a sur-
face hardening.
11
ISO mounting
The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without 15
losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to 14
remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of
10
Spirax Sarco ball valves. 9
8 7
Available types 6 4
5
Zinc plated carbon steel body, PEEK seats, 16 3
M10H2RB ISO
reduced bore, ISO mounting. 2
Zinc plated carbon steel body, PEEK seats, 17
M10H2FB ISO 19
full bore, ISO mounting.
1
Options 2
18
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", (2" only available with reduced bore).
Technical data
Port Full and reduced bore versions
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A)
Materials
Limiting conditions No Part Material
Maximum operating temperature 465°F @ 490 psig (242˚C @ 34 barg) 1 Body Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Maximum operating pressure 900 psig @ 140°F (62 barg @ 60˚C) 2 Cap Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Maximum saturation steam pressure 490 psig (34 barg) 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 1350 psig (93 barg) 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
5 Seat PEEK
Operating range 6 Stem seal PEEK
8 Separator Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
10 Nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
Steam 11 Name-plate Stainless steel AISI 430
saturation
curve 12 Lever Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
13 Grip Vinyl
15 Stop screw Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
16 Seat seal Graphite reinforced with AISI 316
Pressure barg
17 Cap gasket Graphite
18 Bolts Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
The product must not be used in this region. 19 Nuts Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
INICIO
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg B2
Reduced bore
1/4" 63 60 145 81 22 11 0.92
3/8" 63 60 145 81 22 11 0.92
3/8" 63 51 145 81 26 11 0.92 C2
1/2" 70 61 145 84 28 14 1.00
1" 83 81 161 100 33 21 1.70
1-1/4" 99 95 180 104 37 25 2.40
1-1/2" 106 102 220 117 41 31 3.20
2" 122 116 220 125 48 38 4.70 ØE
Full bore D
1/4" 63 60 145 81 22 11 0.92
3/8" 63 60 145 81 26 11 0.92 A, A1
1/2" 70 66 145 84 28 14 1.00
3/4" 83 82 161 100 33 21 1.70 A: Scrd and BW
A1:SW
1" 99 99 180 104 37 25 2.40
1-1/4" 106 106 220 117 41 31 3.20
1-1/2" 122 122 220 125 48 38 4.70 How to order
Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" screwed NPT M10H2FB ISO ball
Cv values valve.
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
Reduced bore 5.5 5.5 7 11.5 31.5 57 81.5 120.5 Spare parts
Full bore 5.5 7.5 19 42 67.5 104 179 - The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Operating torque (ft / lb)
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" Available spare
Reduced bore 6 6 6 8.5 18 33 37 37 Seat, stem seals, seat seal set and cap gaskets 5, 6, 7, 16, 17
Full bore 6 6 8.5 18 33 37 37 -
How to order spares
The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are Always order spares by using the description given in the column
submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 900 psig. headed Available Spare and stating the size and type of ball valve.
Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require up to 75 % Example: 1 - Seat, stem seals, seat seal set and cap gaskets for
greater break out torque. 1/2" M10H2FB ISO ball valve.
Maintenance
The new parts can be fitted without removing the complete ball valve
from the pipeline.
Remove the four bolts and nuts.The complete body can then be
removed and the new parts fitted.
6
7
6 6
17 16 5 5 16 17
TI-P133-13 US 05.01
INICIO
M10V Ball Valve 1/4" to 2-1/2"
Description 14 12 13 4 1110 7 17
M10V is a three piece body ball valve designed for use with the majority
of industrial fluids. The M10V can be serviced without removing the valve
from the pipeline (screwed and welded versions).
Available types
Zinc plated carbon steel body,
M10V2RB
PTFE seats, reduced bore. 9
Zinc plated carbon steel body, 8
M10V2FB 6
PTFE seats, full bore.
Stainless steel body, 5
M10V3RB 3
PTFE seats, reduced bore.
Stainless steel body, 1
M10V3FB
PTFE seats, full bore. 16
A complete stainless steel construction, 2
M10V4RB
PTFE seats, reduced bore.
A complete stainless steel construction, 15
M10V4FB
PTFE seats, full bore.
Options
Materials
No Part Material
• Extended stem to 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4"),
M10V2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
to allow full insulation.
1 Body M10V3
• Lockable handle. Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
M10V4
• Oval handle for confined spaces.
M10V2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
2 Cap M10V3
Sizes and pipe connections Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
M10V4
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1/2" only available with
reduced bore).
4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
5 Seat Virgin PTFE
1/2" to 2" flanged ANSI 150 only available with reduced bore.
6 Stem seal Reinforced PTFE antistatic
M10V2
Technical data Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
7 Separator M10V3
M10V4 Stainless steel AISI 316
Port Full and reduced bore
M10V2
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
9 Stem nut M10V3
Limiting conditions
Maximum operating temperature 445° @ 0 psig (230˚C @ 0 barg)
M10V2
Maximum operating pressure 1000 psig @ 104°F (70 barg @ 40˚C) Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
11 Stem nut M10V3
Maximum saturation steam pressure 150 psig (10 barg)
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 1500 psig (105 barg)
M10V2
12 Lever M10V3
Operating range
A
14 Grip Vinyl
M10V2
15 Bolts M10V3
Steam M10V4 Stainless steel AISI 316
saturation
curve M10V2
B C 16 Nuts M10V3
17 Studs M10V4 Stainless steel AISI 316
A-B 2" FB and 2-1/2" RB only.
A-C 1/4" - 1-1/2" FB, RB and 2" RB.
INICIO
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A: Scrd and BW
A1: SW
Reduced bore B, B1 ➤
A2: ANSI 150
Size A A1 A2 B B1 C C1 D D1 E Weight B: Scrd, SW, BW
1/4" 56 52 - 120 - 57 - 22 - 8 0.52 B1: ANSI 150
3/8" 56 52 - 120 - 57 - 22 - 8 0.52 C: Scrd, SW, BW
1/2" 63 52 108 120 120 61 87 24 89 11 0.61 C1: ANSI 150
D: Scrd, BW,SW
3/4" 68 60 117 120 120 63 89 26 98 14 0.70 D1: ANSI 150
1" 86 84 127 157 157 91 91 31 108 21 1.27 C,
1-1/4" 99 94 140 157 157 95 95 37 117 25 1.77 C1
1-1/2" 108 102 165 180 180 109 109 41 127 31 2.50
2" 124 118 178 180 180 115 115 48 152 38 3.50
2-1/2" 152 152 - 245 - 132 - 57 - 51 6.90
D1
Full bore ØE
1/4" 56 58 - 120 - 57 - 22 - 8 0.52 D
3/8" 63 60 - 120 - 61 - 24 - 11 0.61
1/2" 68 64 - 120 - 63 - 26 - 14 0.70 A, A1 ➤
3/4" 86 84 - 157 - 91 - 31 - 21 1.27
1" 99 98 - 157 - 95 - 37 - 25 1.77
1-1/4" 108 106 - 180 - 109 - 41 - 31 2.50 A2 ➤
1-1/2" 124 124 - 180 - 115 - 48 - 38 3.50 How to order
2" 152 152 - 245 - 132 - 57 - 51 6.90 Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" screwed NPT M10V2FB ball valve.
Weights shown are only for screwed, butt and socket weld versions. Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
Cv values in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
Reduced bore 2.5 2.5 7 11.5 31.5 57 81.5 120.5 196.5 Available spare
Full bore 2.5 7.5 19 42 67.5 104 179 239.5 - Seat and stem seal set 5, 6
How to order spares

Operating torques (ft/lb) Always order spare by using the description given in the column
headed Available spare and stating the size and type of ball valve
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
required.
Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 7.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5
Example: 1-Seat and stem seal set for 1/2" M10V2FB ball valve.
Full bore 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5 -
submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 930 psi.
Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require up to 75 %
greater break out torque.
Maintenance
The new parts can be fitted without removing the complete ball valve
from the pipeline, (screwed, SW, BW versions only).
Remove the two upper bolts and nuts and loosen the lower two nuts.
The complete assembly can then be removed and the new parts fitted.
The M10V flanged ball valve must be removed from the pipeline to
facilitate the fitting of new parts.
5 6 5
TI-P133-08 US 05.01
INICIO
M20
Ball Valve 1" to 6"
Description
1" to 2-1/2"
M20 is a reduced bore ball valve, with a single piece body design
which can be used with the majority of industrial fluids. The M20 is
antistatic and firesafe as standard.
Available types
M20V2 Zinc plated carbon steel body, PTFE seats.
M20V3 Stainless steel body, PTFE seats.
M20C2 Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats.
M20C3 Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats.
Options
• Extended stems 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation.

1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4", 6"
Standard flange BS 4504 PN40, ANSI 150 and ANSI 300
Technical data
Port Reduced bore 3" to 6"
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351
Firesafe Designed to API 6FA-1985
Limiting conditions
Body design conditions 392°F @0 psig ANSI 300
M20V 392°F @0 psig (200˚C @ 0 barg)
M20C 392°F @ 215 psig (200˚C @ 15 barg)
Maximum operating pressure 735 psig @ 110°F (51 barg @ 45˚C)
Maximum saturation steam pressure

M20V 150 psig (10 barg) Materials
M20C 220 psig (15 barg) No Part Material
1130 psig (78 barg) Carbon steel body M20_2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
Cold hydraulic test pressure 1 Body
1085 psig (75 barg) Stainless steel body M20_3 Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
M20_2 Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1040
Operating range 2 Insert
Virgin PTFE version (v) M20_3 Stainless steel AISI 316
M20C Carbon reinforced PTFE
4 Seat
M20V PTFE
5 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
6 Stem seals Carbonreinforced PTFE
8 Insert 'O' ring Viton
9 Stop screw Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
11 Name-plate Stainless Steel AISI 430
12 Cap screw Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
14 Pipe handle Zinc plated carbon steel
15 Grip Vinyl
16 Gland nuts Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
17 Stem adaptor Zinc plated cast iron
18 Support washer Zinc plated carbon steel
19 Stop plate Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
20 Separator Zinc plated carbon steel
TI-P133-02 US 12.01
INICIO

Flanged BS 4504 PN40
Size A3 B1 C1 D2 E F Weight
DN25 165 205 106 115 21 50 5.0
DN32 178 205 109 140 23 52 6.4
DN40 190 213 126 150 30 64 8.8
DN50 216 213 134 165 37 70 11.0
DN65 241 258 146 185 51 74 17.0
DN80 283 410 168 200 63 94 25.0
DN100 305 510 180 235 76 100 30.0
DN150 403 700 246 300 111 137 63.0
Flanged ANSI 150

DN25 127 205 106 108 21 50 3.3
DN32 140 205 111 117 23 52 4.0
DN40 165 213 126 127 30 63 5.8
DN50 178 213 134 152 37 69 8.6
DN65 191 258 146 178 51 72 13.2
DN80 203 410 168 190 63 92 18.7 How to order
DN100 229 510 180 229 76 98 27.8 Size V = Virgin PTFE
DN150 267 700 246 279 111 137 44.0 Seats
Model C = Reinforced PTFE
Specify:
Seats 2 = Carbon steel
Flanged ANSI 300 Body material
Material 3 = Stainless steel
DN25 165 205 106 124 21 50 5.0 Example: Spirax Sarco 2", flanged ANSI 150 M20C3 ball valve.
DN32 178 205 110 133 23 52 6.0
DN40 190 213 126 156 30 63 8.8 Spare parts
DN50 216 213 134 165 37 69 11.0 The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
DN65 241 258 146 190 51 72 17.0 in broken line are not supplied as spares.
DN80 283 410 168 210 63 92 25.0
DN100 305 510 180 254 76 98 40.0 Available spare
DN150 403 700 246 318 111 137 63.0 Seat, stem seals and gasket set 4, 6, 7, 8
Cv values How to order spares

1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6" Always order spares by using the description given in the column
35 46 94 120 239 351 699 1099 headed 'Available spare' and stating the size and type of ball valve.
Example: 1-Seat, stem seals and gasket set for 2" ANSI 150
M20C3 ball valve.
Operating torque (ft/lb)
1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6"
10.3 14.7 25.8 36.8 51.6 59 95.8 258
The torque figures shown are for a valve at

maximum operating pressure that is operated
frequently.
Valves that are subject to long static periods
may require at least 75% greater break out
torque.
Maintenance
Full Installation and Maintenance Instructions
are provided with the product.
TI-P133-02 US 12.01
INICIO
M40 ISO Ball Valve 1" to 6"
Description 1" to 2-1/2" 12 4 10 11

M40 ISO is a reduced bore ball valve, with a single piece body
design, having ISO mounting as standard.
M40 ISO can be used with the majority of industrial fluids.
Available types
M40V2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, PTFE seats.
M40V3 ISO Stainless steel body, PTFE seats. 9
M40C2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats.
M40C3 ISO Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats. 8
7
Options 6
5
Sizes and pipe connections 3
1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4" and 6". Standard flange ANSI 150.
Technical data
Flow characteristic Modified linear 2
Port Reduced bore
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) 1
Antistatic (optional) Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351
Limiting conditions
Body design conditions ANSI 150 Materials
M40V 392°F@0 psig (200˚C @ 0 barg) No. Part Material
Maximum operating temperature Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A 216 WCB
M40C 392°F@215 psig (200˚C @ 15 barg) 1 Body
Maximum operating pressure 275 psig@113°F (19 barg @ 45˚C) Stainless steel ASTM A 351 CF8M
M40V 150 psig (10 barg) 2 Insert SAE 1040 / AISI 316
Maximum saturation steam press 3 Ball AISI 316
M40C 220 psig (15 barg)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 415 psig (28.5 barg) 4 Stem AISI 316
M40V VirginPTFE
5 Seat
Operating range M40C Reinforced PTFE
6 Stem seal Reinforced PTFE
7 Separator SAE 1010 / 1045
B 8 Belleville washer AISI 301
A 9 Stem nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
C 10 Lever Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
11 Grip Vinyl
Steam 12 Stop screw Zinc plated carbon steel
saturation 13 Fixing screw Zinc plated carbon steel
curve
14 Support washer Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1045
A 15 Stem adaptor Zinc plated SG iron
16 Stop plate Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
Pressure barg
The products must not be used in this region. 13 14
M40V must not be used in this region.

A-C-A M40V using virgin PTFE seats
A-B-A M40C using reinforced PTFE seats
15
16
3" to 6"
INICIO
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Cv values
Size A2 B3 C3 E D1 F Weight 1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6"
DN25 127 180 100 20 108 49 2.3 24 94 109 230 290 679 854
DN40 165 180 115 31 127 54 4.5
DN50 178 220 129 36 152 61 6.8
DN65 190 220 142 50 178 63 9.7 Operating torques (ft / lb)
DN80 203 275 144 57 190 73 14.0 1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6"
DN100 229 415 172 75 229 82 21.0 6 19 26 37 45 74 206
DN150 267 700 220 100 279 118 38.0
The torque figures shown are for a valve at maximum operating
pressure that is operated frequently.
Valves that are subject to long static periods may require at least
F 75% greater break out torque.
B3
Maintenance
Full Installation and Maintenance Instructions are provided with
the product.
C3 How to order
Size V = Virgin PTFE
Seats
Model C = Reinforced PTFE
Specify: Seats 2 = Carbon steel
Body material
Material 3 = Stainless steel
D1 ØE
Example: Spirax Sarco 2" flanged ANSI 150 M40V2 ISO ball
valve.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
A2 in broken line are not supplied as spares.
1" to 2-1/2"
Available spare
How to order spares

headed 'Available spare' stating the size and type of ball valve.
B3
Example: 1-Seat and stem seal set for 2" M40V2 ISO ball valve.
C3
3" to 6"
6 6
5 5
TI-P133-09 US 05.01
INICIO
M60 Stainless Steel Ball Valve

for Clean Steam Systems
Description 11 10 9 11
M60 clean ball valve for use in high purity and aseptic processes.
Low maintenance, clean design is suitable for steam, liquid and
gas service ranging from vacuum to high temperature and pres-
sure.
13
Options 12
• Cavity filler
• Electropolishing with internal wetted surfaces to 16-24 microinch 8
7
es (0.40 - 0.61 µm) Ra.
• Seat available in either glass reinforced PTFE (standard) or virgin 6 4
PTFE. 5
3
Sizes and end connections 1
1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/2", 2".
End connections : 0.065" (16 gauge) O/D tube and Tri-clamp
Other connections available on request
2
14
Internal finish
Internal wetted surfaces finished to 32 microinches (0.81 µm) Ra.
Technical data
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate 3)
Materials comply with FDACode of
Stem seal and seat
Federal Regulations Title 21, Part 177. Materials
No Part Material
Limiting conditions 1 Body Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316L
Body design conditions 900 psig (62 barg) 2 End connections Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316L
Maximum operating temperature 392°F @ 0psig (200˚C @ 0 barg) 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316L
Maximum operating pressure 900psig @ 68°F (62 barg @ 20˚C) 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316L
Maximum saturation Virgin PTFE seat 100 psig (7.0 barg) 5 Seat Reinforced or Virgin PTFE
steam pressure Reinforced PTFE seats 115 psi (8.5 barg) 6 Stem seals Reinforced PTFE
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 1350 psig (93 barg) 7 Spacer Stainless steel AISI 316
8 Compression nut Stainless steel AISI 316
Note: that lower limits may be imposed by end connection type. 9 Lock washer Stainless steel AISI 316
10 Stem nut Stainless steel AISI 316
A, B 11 Name-plates Stainless steel AISI 430
12 Handle Stainless steel AISI 316
13 Cover Vinyl
Steam 14 Studs and nuts Stainless steel AISI 316
saturation * 15 Cavity filler (optional) Reinforced PTFE
curve
* Item 15 is shown overleaf.
A B
Pressure bar g
This product must not be used in this region.
A — A Virgin PTFE seats.
B — B Reinforced PTFE seats.
INICIO
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg G1 B
Tri-clamp
Size A4 B C D G1 Port dia. Weight
1/2" 89 120 57 22 44.5 8 0.45
3/4" 102 120 63 26 51.0 14 0.67
1" 114 157 91 31 57.0 21 1.33
C
1-1/2" 140 180 109 41 70.0 31 2.48
2" 159 180 115 48 79.5 38 3.50
Tube
Size A5 B C D G2 ID OD Weight Tri-clamp
1/2" 100 120 57 22 50.0 9.5 12.7 0.44
3/4" 102 120 63 26 51.0 15.9 19.1 0.66 D
1" 124 157 91 31 62.0 22.2 25.4 1.25
1-1/2" 138 180 109 41 69.0 34.9 38.1 2.42 A4
2" 150 180 115 48 75.0 47.6 50.8 3.40
A4: Tri-clamp B
Cvs values A5: Tube
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2" G1: Tri-clamp
G2: Tube
2.5 11.7 31 81 120
For conversion C v(UK) = K v x 0.97 Cv (US) = K v x 1.17 G2
Operating torque (ft/lb) C

Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2"
1.4 2.5 9.5 22 29
Installation
M60 ball valves may be located in any convenient position in the Tube
pipeline. Gas welding can safely be used with all tube ended ver-
sions. Steam installations require a trapped drain pocket at the inlet D
low point and the valve should be opened slowly to prevent water-
hammer damage. Full Installation and Maintenance Instructions are
provided. A5
Maintenance Spare parts

Before rebuilding, ensure that no flow is taking place in the pipeline
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in
and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the line should be
broken line are not available as spares.
drained off. Spares can be fitted without removing the complete ball
Available spare
valve from the pipeline. Remove the two upper studs and nuts and
loosen the lower two. The complete body assembly can then be
Seat and stem seal set with cavity filler 5, 6, 15
removed and new parts fitted.
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column head-
How to order ed 'Available Spare' and stating the size and type of ball valve.
The M60 stainless steel clean ball valve has a number of features
Example: 1 - Seat and stem seal set for 1/2" M60 ball valve.
that must be specified at the time of order. They are; size, type of
end connection, seat material, degree of internal finish and cavity
filler (if required).
Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" M60 stainless steel ball valve for
clean steam systems.
16 gauge O/D tube end connection. Reinforced PTFE seat.
32 microinch Ra finish.
5
6 5
15 Optional
6
TI-P182-01 US 05.01
INICIO
Series 200 BVA Pneumatic Actuators

with Spirax Sarco Ball valves
Description
The BVA 200 Series is a range of pneumatic rotary actuators to auto-
mate Spirax Sarco ball valves for a wide range of industrial applica-
tions.
The pneumatic actuated ball valve range comprises:-
Actuators combined with three piece ball valves M10V, M10S, M10S
ISO, M10F ISO and M10H ISO.
Actuators combined with one piece ball valves M20, M40 ISO and
M21S ISO. 20
Available types 21
Single acting 210S, 215S, 220S, 225S 230S, 235S,
(spring return): BVA 240S, 245S, 250S and 255S
210D, 215D, 220D, 225D,
Double acting: BVA 230D, 235D, 240D, 245D, 17
250D and 255D
12
Technical data actuators
Maximum pressure 150 psig (10 barg)
Operating pressure range 1/4" NPT air
60, 75 or 90 psig connections
(standard)
Operating temperature range -22°F to +212°F (-30˚C to 100˚C) 1
Compressed air (dry or lubricated)
Operating media Non corrosive gas 16
Light hydraulic oil
4
˚ Anti-clockwise with
Rotation 90 C 13 3
port 'A' pressurised
Materials
No Part Material
1 Body Aluminium hard anodized
3* Pinion Nickel plated carbon steel
4 End caps Aluminium epoxy coated
12 'O' ring NBR
13 Screws Stainless steel
16 Blind nut Stainless steel
17 Washer Stainless steel
20 Indicator cap Polyamide
21 Coloured indicator Polyamide
* Item 3 not shown on this diagram
Normal ft 3 / stroke
BVA actuator size 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 255
Single acting .142 .248 .495 .813 1.201 1.978 2.967 5.298 7.063 11.301
Double acting .248 .459 .883 1.413 2.049 3.214 4.945 8.829 12.008 18.364
Normal ft3 per open/close cycle when supplied with air at 90 psig.
Time (seconds)
BVA actuator size 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 255
Single acting 0.11 0.20 0.27 0.32 0.50 0.70 0.90 2.20 2.30 2.80
Double acting 0.04 0.08 0.11 0.15 0.18 0.30 0.40 0.80 1.20 1.80
Typical operating time (seconds). Operating media - compressed air at 90 psig.
Note: Operating time is for valve opening
Dimensions
Refer to individual TI for dimensions.
INICIO
Accessories Typical assemblies
MV solenoid valve: a range of Namur electrical valves with an encapsu-
lation rating to IP65 is available for use with BVA actuators. These can be A - BVA actuator series 200 F
used to drive actuators with compressed air, non-corrosive gas or light oil B - Three piece or one piece ball valve
in the temperature range -14°F to 195°F. C - Linkage kit (BVL)
F - Solenoid (MV)
Solenoid Coil voltage Power consumption (W)
MV11 240 / 220 Vac 4.5
MV12 110 Vac 4.5
MV13 24 Vac 4.5
MV14 24 Vdc 4.5
A
How to order
1 - Spirax Sarco BVA 225S actuator
1 - MV11 solenoid
1 - BVL248 linkage kit
or actuated ball valves may be supplied completely assembled to suit the C

application.
Available spares set comprises

'O' rings 9, 10, 11, 12, 18 B
Pinion washers 5, 8
Pinion circlip 7
State actuator model/type on order e.g. BVA 220-S Typical assembly for Typical assembly for
non-ISO ball valves ISO ball valves
20 21 12 17 16
18 4 13
8
13 4
5
1 18 4 13
11
9
3
16 1712 10
13 4
TI-P372-09 US 05.01
INICIO
BVA200 Series Pneumatic Actuator

with M10S ISO or M10F ISO Ball Valve
Selection tables
Ball valve and actuator tables for operating air pressure of 60, 75 or 90 psig..
Key: Light service (LS), Heavy service (HS), Double acting (D), Single acting with return spring (S), Reduced bore (RB), Full bore (FB).
Operating pressure: 60psig BVL_ Linkage kit selection table

Valves BVA actuator Valves BVA actuator
M10S ISO / M10F ISO Double acting Single acting M10S ISO or
Size LS HS LS HS M10F ISO size 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245
1/4"RB - 3/8" RB 210 D 210 D 210 S/4 210 S/4 1/4" RB - 3/8" RB 200
1/2"RB - 3/8" FB 210 D 210 D 215 S/4 215 S/4 1/2" RB -3/8" FB 200 200
3/4"RB - 1/2" FB 210 D 210 D 215 S/4 215 S/4 3/4" RB -1/2" FB 200 200
1"RB - 3/4" FB 215 D 215 D 220 S/4 220 S/4 1" RB -1" FB 202 202 203
1-1/4"RB - 1" FB 215 D 220 D 220 S/4 220 S/4 1-1/4" RB -1" FB 204 205
1-1/2"RB - 1-1/4" FB 220 D 220 D 220 S/4 225 S/4 1-1/2" RB -1-1/4"FB 208 209 209
2"RB - 1-1/2" FB 220 D 225 D 225 S/4 230 S/4 2" RB -1-1/2" FB 210 210 210
2-1/2"RB - 2" FB 225 D 230 D 230 S/4 235 S/4 2-1/2" RB -2" FB 211 211 211 216
Operating pressure: 75 psig

Valves BVA actuator Conditions
M10S ISO / M10F ISO Double acting Single acting Light service (LS)
Size LS HS LS HS • Clean, low viscosity fluid, without solids in suspension.
1/4"RB - 3/8" RB 210 D 210 D 210 S 210 S • Maximum saturated steam pressure 45 psig.
1/2"RB - 3/8" FB 210 D 210 D 210 S 210 S • Maximum working temperature 290°F at 150 psig.
3/4"RB - 1/2" FB 210 D 210 D 215 S 210 S • Maximum differential pressure 300 psig at 100°F.
1"RB - 3/4" FB 215 D 215 D 220 S 220 S • Frequent operation.
1-1/4"RB - 1" FB 215 D 220 D 220 S 220 S
1-1/2"RB - 1-1/4" FB 220 D 220 D 220 S 225 S Heavy service (HS)
2"RB - 1-1/2" FB 220 D 225 D 225 S 230 S All those applications where at least one of the above mentioned
2-1/2"RB - 2" FB 225 D 230 D 230 S 235 S conditions is exceeded.

Valves BVA actuator Example
M10S ISO / M10F ISO Double acting Single acting Select an actuator and linkage kit for the following application
Size LS HS LS HS Valve required: 1-1/2" screwed NPT M10S2FB ISO ball valve.
1/4"RB - 3/8"RB 210 D 210 D 210 S 210 S Available air pressure: 90 psig.
1/2"RB - 3/8"FB 210 D 210 D 210 S 210 S Light service, double acting actuator.
3/4"RB - 1/2"FB 210 D 210 D 210 S 210 S
1"RB - 3/4"FB 210 D 215 D 215 S 215 S 1. Select from 90 psig operating pressure table an actuator for a
1-1/4"RB - 1"FB 215 D 215 D 215 S 220 S 1-1/2" FB ball valve, light service (LS), double acting: BVA 220D
1-1/2"RB - 1-1/4"FB 215 D 215 D 220 S 220 S
2"RB - 1-1/2"FB 220 D 220 D 220 S 225 S 2. Select from BVL linkage kit selection table a BVLsuitable for a
2-1/2"RB - 2"FB220 D 225 D 225 S 230 S 230S 1-1/2" FB ball valve and BVA 220 actuator: BVL 210
How to order
Example: 1- Spirax Sarco 1-1/2" screwed NPT M10S2FB ISO ball
valve, with BVA 220D actuator and BVL 210 linkage kit, operating
with 90 psig air pressure.
INICIO

A: Double acting, A1: Single acting ➤
24
➤ 1212
B1
E
16
32
16
D ➤
Air inlet connection M5 x 12 ➤
C
BVA actuators
Type A A1 B1 C D E Actuator weight
Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting
BVA 210 130 215 96 76 48 34 1.1 1.5
BVA 215 144 232 115 90 56 45 1.7 2.3
BVA 220 162 270 137 111 66 55 2.6 4.0
BVA 225 182 297 146 121 71 60 3.4 5.5
BVA 230 211 332 165 135 78 70 5.1 8.4
BVA 235 245 371 182 151 86 80 7.6 12.1
BVA 240 275 420 199 172 96 85 10.5 16.5
BVA 245 336 474 217 192 106 98 16.0 24.0
BVA 250 420 578 249 212 116 114 26.0 38.0
BVA 255 462 614 280 242 131 131 36.5 52.0
BVL linkage kit with M10S or M10F ISO ball valve

Reduced bore
Size (Valve) F F1 G H Weight (Valve)
1/4" 60 49 26 75 0.92
3/8" 60 49 26 75 0.92
1/2" 60 49 26 75 0.92
3/4" 66 58 28 78 0.95
1" 80 78 33 84 1.65
1-1/4" 96 91 36 90 2.30
1-1/2" 102 96 41 93 3.05
2" 118 112 47 101 4.60
2-1/2" 146 146 57 140 7.95
Full bore
1/4" 60 49 26 75 0.92
3/8" 60 49 26 75 0.92
1/2" 66 58 28 78 0.95
3/4" 80 78 33 84 1.65
1" 96 91 36 90 2.30
1-1/4" 102 96 41 93 3.05
1-1/2" 118 112 47 101 4.60
2" 146 146 57 140 7.95
Linkage kit description

BVL Linkage kit components and materials are as follows
Frame (1) Stainless steel AISI 304
Stem adapter (1) Stainless steel AISI 304
Frame-to-actuator screw (4) Stainless steel Gr5
Washer (4) Stainless steel
Frame-to-valve screw (4) Stainless steel Gr5
Stem nut (1) or locking plate (1) Stainless steel
TI-P372-05 US 05.01
INICIO
BVA200 Series
Pneumatic Actuator with M10H ISO Ball Valve
Selection tables
How to choose:
Ball valve and actuator tables for operating air pressure of 60, 75 or 90 psig.
Key: Heavy service (HS), Double acting (D), Single acting with return spring (S).
Operating pressure: 60 psig BVL_ Linkage kit selection table

Valve BVA_ actuator
M10H ISO Double acting Single acting Valve BVA_ actuator
Size HS HS M10H ISO 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245
1/4" RB - 3/8" RB 215D 220S/4 Size
1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 215D 220S/4 1/4" RB - 3/8" RB 200 200 201
3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 215D 220S/4 1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 200 200 201
1" RB - 3/4" FB 220D 225S/4 3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 200 201
1-1/4" RB - 1" FB 230D 230S/4 1" RB - 3/4 " FB 212 212
1-1/2" RB - 1-1/4" FB 230D 235S/4 1-1/4" RB - 1" FB 213 213
2" RB - 1-1/2" FB 230D 235S/4 1-1/2" RB - 1-1/4" FB 214 214 215
2" RB - 1-1/2" FB 214 214 215
Valve BVA_ actuator Conditions
M10H ISO Double acting Single acting Heavy service (HS):
Size HS HS All those applications where at least one of the below mentioned conditions
1/4" RB - 3/8" RB 210D 215S is exceeded.
1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 210D 215S
3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 215D 220S • Clean, low viscosity fluid, without solids in suspension.
1" RB - 3/4" FB 220D 225S
1-1/4" RB - 1" FB 225D 230S • Maximum saturated steam pressure 45 psig.
1-1/2" RB - 1-1/4" FB 225D 235S
2" RB -1-1/2" FB 225D 235S • Maximum working temperature 290°F at 150 psig
Operating pressure: 90 psig • Maximum differential pressure 300 psig at 100°F

Valve BVA_ actuator
M10H ISO Double acting Single acting • Frequent operation.
Size HS HS
1/4" RB - 3/8" RB 210D 215S Note: For M10H ISO ball valve range, all applications are considered as
1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 210D 215S heavy service.
3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 215D 215S
1" RB - 3/4" FB 220D 220S Selection example
1-1/4" RB - 1" FB 225D 230S Select an actuator and linkage kit for the following application:
1-1/2" RB - 1-1/4" FB 225D 230S Valve required: 1-1/2" screwed NPTM10H2FB ISO ball valve.
2" RB - 1-1/2" FB 225D 230S Available air pressure: 90 psig
Heavy service, double acting actuator.
1. Select from 90 psig operating pressure table an actuator for a

1-1/2" FB ball valve, heavy service (HS), double acting: BVA225D
2. Select from BVL linkage kit selection table a BVLsuitable for a

1-1/2" FB ball valve and BVA225 actuator: BVL214
How to order
Example: 1- Spirax Sarco 1-1/2" screwed NPT M10H2FB ISO ball valve,
with BVA225D actuator and BVL214 linkage kit, operating with 90 psig air
pressure.
INICIO
A: Double acting, A1: Single acting
24
1212
B1
16
32 E
16
D
Air inlet connection M5 x 12
BVA200 series actuators

A A1 Actuator weight
Type Double acting Single acting B1 C D E Double acting Single acting
BVA210 130 215 96 76 48 34 1.1 1.5
BVA215 144 232 115 90 56 45 1.7 2.3
BVA220 162 270 137 111 66 55 2.6 4.0
BVA225 182 297 146 121 71 60 3.4 5.5
BVA230 211 332 165 135 78 70 5.1 8.4
BVA235 245 371 182 151 86 80 7.6 12.1
BVA240 275 420 199 172 96 85 10.5 16.5
BVA245 336 474 217 192 106 98 16.0 24.0
BVA250 420 578 249 212 116 114 26.0 38.0
BVA255 462 614 280 242 131 131 36.5 52.0
BVL linkage kit with M10H ISO ball valve

Reduced bore
1/4" 63 60 22 75 0.92
3/8" 63 60 22 75 0.92
1/2" 63 51 26 75 0.92
3/4" 70 61 28 78 0.95
1" 83 81 33 84 1.65
H 1-1/4" 99 95 37 90 2.30
1-1/2" 106 102 41 93 3.05
2" 122 116 48 101 4.60
Full bore
1/4" 63 60 22 75 0.92
G
3/8" 63 60 26 75 0.92
1/2" 70 66 28 78 0.95
F: Screwed and BW 3/4" 83 82 33 84 1.65
F1: SW 1" 99 99 37 90 2.30
1-1/4" 106 106 41 93 3.05
1-1/2" 122 122 48 101 4.60

Frame-to-actuator screw (4) Stainless steel Gr. 5
Frame-to-valve screw (4) Stainless steel Gr. 5
TI-P372-04 US 05.01
INICIO
BVA200 Series
Pneumatic Actuator with M20 Ball Valve
Selection tables
How to choose:
Ball valve and actuator tables for operating air pressure of 60, 75 or 90 psig.
Key: Light service (LS), Heavy service (HS), Double acting (D), Single acting with return spring (S).

Valve BVA_ actuator
Valve BVA_actuator M20
M20 Double acting Single acting 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250
Size
Size LS HS LS HS 1" 260 260 261
1" 215D 215D 220S/4 220S/4 1-1/4" 260 261
1-1/4" 215D 215D 220S/4 220S/4 1-1/2" 262 263 263
1-1/2" 220D 220D 220S/4 225S/4 2" 263 263
2" 220D 220D 225S/4 225S/4 2-1/2" 264 264 264 65-A
2-1/2" 225D 225D 230S/4 235S/4 3" 265 265 265 67
3" 225D 230D 235S/4 235S/4 4" 265 67 67 266
4" 235D 240D 240S/4 245S/4 6" 71 71 267 268
6" 240D 245D 245S/4 250S/4
Operating pressure: 75 psig Conditions

Valve BVA actuator Light service (LS)
M20 Double acting Single acting
Size LS HS LS HS • Clean, low viscosity fluid, without solids in suspension.
1" 215D 215D 220S 220S
1-1/4" 215D 215D 220S 220S
• Maximum saturated steam pressure 45 psig.
1-1/2" 220D 220D 220S 220S
2" 220D 220D 225S 225S
• Maximum working temperature 290°F at 150 psig.
2-1/2" 220D 225D 225S 230S
3" 225D 230D 230S 235S
• Maximum differential pressure 300 psig at 100°F.
4" 235D 235D 235S 240S
6" 235D 245D 240S 250S
• Frequent operation.
Operating pressure: 90 psig Heavy service (HS)
All those applications where at least one of the above mentioned con-
Valve BVA actuator
ditions is exceeded.
M20 Double acting Single acting
Size LS HS LS HS
1" 210D 210D 215S 215S
Example
Select an actuator and linkage kit for the following application:
1-1/4" 215D 215D 215S 215S
Valve required: DN50 flanged ANSI 150 M20C2 ball valve.
1-1/2" 215D 215D 220S 220S
Available air pressure: 90 psig.
2" 220D 220D 220S 225S
Light service, double acting actuator.
2-1/2" 220D 220D 225S 225S
3" 220D 225D 225S 235S
4" 230D 235D 235S 240S
2" M20 ball valve, light service (LS), double acting: BVA220D
6" 235D 240D 240S 245S
2. Select from BVL linkage kit selection table a BVL suitable for a
2" M20 ball valve and BVA220 actuator: BVL263
How to order
Example: 1- Spirax Sarco 2" flanged ANSI 150 M20C2 ball valve, with
BVA220D actuator and BVL263 linkage kit, operating with 90 psig air
pressure.
INICIO
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg
A: Double acting, A1: Single acting
24
12 12
B1
16
32 E
16
D
C
M5 x 12
Air inlet connection

BVA210 130 215 96 76 48 34 1.1 1.5
BVA215 144 232 115 90 56 45 1.7 2.3
BVA220 162 270 137 111 66 55 2.6 4.0
BVA225 182 297 146 121 71 60 3.4 5.5
BVA230 211 332 165 135 78 70 5.1 8.4
BVA235 245 371 182 151 86 80 7.6 12.1
BVA240 275 420 199 172 96 85 10.5 16.5
BVA245 336 474 217 192 106 98 16.0 24.0
BVA250 420 578 249 212 116 114 26.0 38.0
BVA255 462 614 280 242 131 131 36.5 52.0
BVL linkage kit with M20 ball valve

Flanged PN40
Size (Valve) F G H Weight (Valve)
DN25 165 115 102 5.0
DN32 178 140 105 6.4
DN40 190 150 118 8.8
DN50 216 165 126 11.0
DN65 241 185 138 17.0
DN80 283 200 168 25.0
H
DN100 305 235 179 40.0
DN150 403 300 215 85.0
G BVL linkage kit with M20 ball valve

Flanged ANSI 150
DN25 127 108 102 3.3
DN32 140 118 105 4.0
DN40 165 127 118 5.8
DN50 178 152 126 8.6
DN65 191 178 138 13.2
F DN80 203 190 168 18.7
DN100 229 229 179 27.8
DN150 267 279 215 44.0
BVL linkage kit with M20 ball valve

Linkage kit description Flanged ANSI 300
BVL Linkage kit components and materials are as follows Size (Valve) F G H Weight (Valve)
Frame (1) Zinc plated carbon steel DN25 165 124 102 5.0
Stem adapter (1) Zinc plated carbon steel DN32 178 118 105 6.0
Frame-to-actuator screws (4) Zinc plated carbon steel DN40 191 156 118 8.8
Washers (4) Zinc plated carbon steel DN50 216 165 126 11.0
Frame-to-valve screws (3) Zinc plated carbon steel DN65 241 190 138 17.0
Washers (3) Zinc plated carbon steel DN80 283 210 168 25.0
Stem nut (1*) Zinc plated carbon steel DN100 305 254 179 40.0
Note: * For 3" to 6" ball valves two stem nuts will be supplied. DN150 403 318 215 85.0
TI-P372-03 US 05.01
INICIO
BVA200 Series
Pneumatic Actuator with M40 ISO Ball Valve
Selection tables
How to choose:
Ball valve and actuator tables for operating air pressure of 60.70 or 90 psig.
Key: Light service (LS), Heavy service (HS), Double acting (D), Single acting with return spring (S).

Valve BVA actuator Valve BVA_ actuator
M40 ISO Double acting Single acting M40 ISO
Size LS HS LS HS Size 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250
1" 215D 215D 220S/4 220S/4 1" 221 221 222
1-1/2" 215D 220D 220S/4 220S/4 1-1/2" 221 222
2" 220D 220D 220S/4 225S/4 2" 223 224 224
2-1/2" 225D 225D 230S/4 230S/4 2-1/2" 224 224 224
3" 225D 225D 230S/4 235S/4 3" 227 227 227 235
4" 230D 235D 235S/4 235S/4 4" 226 226 226 233
6" 240D 240D 245S/4 250S/4 6" 234 234 228 229
Operating pressure: 75 psig Conditions

Light service (LS):
Valve BVA actuator • Clean, low viscosity fluid, without solids in suspension.
M40 ISO Double acting Single acting • Maximum saturated steam pressure 45 psig.
Size LS HS LS HS
• Maximum working temperature 290°F at 150 psig.
1" 215D 215D 220S 220S
• Maximum differential pressure 300 psig at 100°F.
1-1/2" 215D 220D 220S 220S
• Frequent operation.
2" 215D 220D 220S 220S
2-1/2" 220D 220D 225S 230S
Heavy service (HS):
3" 220D 225D 230S 230S
All those applications where at least one of the above mentioned
4" 225D 230D 235S 235S
conditions is exceeded.
6" 235D 240D 240S 245S
Example
Operating pressure: 90 psig Select an actuator and linkage kit for the following application:
Valve required: 2" flanged ANSI 150 M40C2 ISO ball valve.
Valve BVA actuator
Available air pressure: 90 psig.
M40 ISO Double acting Single acting
Light service, double acting actuator.
Size LS HS LS HS
1" 210D 210D 215S 215S
1-1/2" 215D 215D 215S 220S
2" M40 ISO ball valve, light service (LS), double acting:
2" 215D 215D 220S 220S
BVA215D
2-1/2" 220D 220D 225S 225S
3" 220D 220D 225S 225S
2. Select from BVL linkage kit selection table a BVL suitable for a
4" 220D 230D 230S 235S
2" M40 ISO ball valve and BVA215 actuator:
6" 235D 240D 240S 245S
BVL223
How to order
Example: 1- Spirax Sarco 2" flanged ANSI 150 M40C2 ISO ball
valve, with BVA215D actuator and BVL223 linkage kit, operating
with 90 psig air pressure.
INICIO
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg

A: Double act-
24
12 12
16
32
16 B1
M5 x 12
D
Air inlet connection
C

BVA210 130 215 96 76 48 34 1.1 1.5
BVA215 144 232 115 90 56 45 1.7 2.3
BVA220 162 270 137 111 66 55 2.6 4.0
BVA225 182 297 146 121 71 60 3.4 5.5
BVA230 211 332 165 135 78 70 5.1 8.4
BVA235 245 371 182 151 86 80 7.6 12.1
BVA240 275 420 199 172 96 85 10.5 16.5
BVA245 336 474 217 192 106 98 16.0 24.0
BVA250 420 578 249 212 116 114 26.0 38.0
BVA255 462 614 280 242 131 131 36.5 52.0
BVL linkage kit with M40 ISO ball valve

Flanged ANSI 150
DN25 127 108 79 2.3
DN40 165 127 94 4.5
DN50 178 152 97 6.8
H DN65 190 178 136 9.7
DN80 203 191 135 14.0
DN100 229 229 153 21.0
DN150 267 279 177 38.0
G
Frame-to-actuator screws (4) Stainless steel Gr. 5
Washers (4) Stainless steel
Frame-to-valve screws (4) Stainless steel Gr. 5
F Washers (4) Stainless steel
Note: The DN150 M40 ISO ball valve is only available in carbon steel.
TI-P372-08 US 05.01
INICIO
Limit Switch Box

for Actuated Spirax Sarco Ball Valves
Description
The limit switch box is normally used for indicating valve open or
valve closed position. It also allows switching points to be adjustable 1
over the full range of the actuator. Local indication is also provided
by a colour coded indicator in the switch box.
55
They are manufactured to meet NAMUR standard (VDI/VDE 3845),
and they have a complete stainless steel linkage kit for direct mount-
ing to BVA200 series actuators.
3
Available types
LSB1 box Contact switches
LSB2 box Inductive switches
40 2 4
Technical information
Contact switches (microswitches)
Current rating 10 A
Voltage 250 Vac
Temperature range -40 to +250°F (-40 to +120°F)
Box Polycarbonate, IP65
Inductive switches
Output current 1 to 3 mA
Voltage 8V
Temperature range -15°F to +212°F (-25 to +100˚C)
Box Polycarbonate, IP65
Inductive switches P + F N˚: NJ5-11NG
80
Materials
No Part Material
1 Box cover Polycarbonate
2 Shaft Stainless steel
3 Gland PG11 Poliamide
4 Bracket Stainless steel
120
Optional
An aluminium box with IP67 protection, is available upon request.
INICIO
Safeguard Overheat Protection

For 2 & 3 Port Temperature Control Valves
The Safeguard Overheat Protection systen consists of the HL10 high limit cutout with
a 130 control system and one of the valves listed below. The valve is installed 9
upstream of a heating control valve or in parallel with a cooling control valve to act as
8
a fail-safe back-up. If the temperature at the sensor exceeds the setting, the HL10
cutout is activated to close a normally open valve or open a normally closed valve. The 6
cutout must be reset manually. Failure of the 130 control system will activate the HL10
cutout. The HL10 is available with a microswitch which may be linked to an alarm 7
5
system. 4
Control Valves
Any of the following valves can be used by attaching the valve bonnet to the
coupling nut of the HL10 high limit cutout.
1
Normally Open Normally Closed* 2
(to close w/ rise in temp) (to open w/ rise in temp)
3
Two Port Valves SB, KA, KB &KCvalves SBRA, KX, KY, NSRA valves
Three Port Valves 1", 1-1/2", 2" TW Valves
*Normally closed valves must be installed in a separate bypass pipe line

unimpeded by any other control valve.
130 Control System

Standard capillary tube length is 6.5 ft 2 m. Other lengths are available up 9
to a maximum of 32 ft 10 m. in multiples of 6.5 ft 2 m. The length of
capillary tubing should be kept to a minimum to avoid the system's being
affected by ambient temperature.
Separable Well
For correct installation, a separable well with 3/4" NPT connection is
required. The sensor is held in the separable well by means of a gland
nut (V) and compression ring. Wells are available in copper, mild steel
and stainless steel construction.
15
Construction Materials Y
No. Part Material Material Spec. Closest Equivalent
1 Body Bronze BS 1400 LG2 ASTM B62 UNS C37700
2 Main Spring Stainless Steel BS 970 302 S25
V
3 Piston Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S20 ASTM A276 Gr 431
4 Ball Stainless Steel AISI 440 B AISI440 B
5 Ball Return Spring Stainless Steel BS 970 302 S25 3/4" NPT
6 Bellows Stainless Steel AISI 321 AISI 321
7 Piston Insert Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 ASTNA276 Gr 431
8 Bonnet Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 ASTMB283 UNS C37700
13 12
9 Valve Coupling Nut Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 UNSNo. C38600
10 Micro Switch (see overleaf)
11 Cover (see overleaf)Aluminum BS 1470 1200 H2
12 Sensor Brass BS 2871 CZ 126
14 16
13 Actuator Brass BS 2871 CZ 126
14 Capillary Tube Copper BS 2871 C 106
PVC Covered
15 Adjustment Head Cover Polypropylene Plastic
16 Separable Well Stainless Steel BS 3605 321 S18
Mild Steel BS 980 CEW-2
Copper BS 2871 C 106
INICIO
Safeguard Overheat Protection
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters E

HL 10
A B C D Weight
F
9.3 2.4 2.4 3.0 4.8 lb H
A
235 60 61 75 2.2 kg
130 Control System
G
E F G H J K K1 Weight J
2.5 3.3 9.3 10 5.9 0.69 0.87 3.8 lb D
64 83 235 25 150 17.5 21 1.7 kg C
K K1
Sample Specification
Spirax Sarco Safeguard (with microswitch), a spring loaded mechanism
incorporating a cutout device and requiring hand reset. A hydraulically operated fail
safe brass control system mounted in a separable well with PVC covered copper
capillary tubing. The unit is coupled to a 2 port or 3 port valve.
Temperature Setting
The system is set to operate at 140˚F (60˚C). The setting can be adjusted between
L
32˚F (0˚C) and 212˚F (100˚C). Full setting details are given in the Installation &
Maintenance Instructions supplied with each control system and these should
always be referred to. One turn of the setting screw changes the temperature by
M 11˚F (6˚C). On completion always replace the adjustment head cover.
HL10 Resetting
High Limit Cutout Resetting can be swiftly carried out by using a lever between the two lugs L & M.
with Micro Switch Before resetting, it is most important to allow the equipment to cool and to remedy
the cause of overheating.
Conduit 11 Spare Parts

Entry
Bracket
10 B
A C
B
Optional Extras D
A micro switch (10) is available, which can be connected into an alarm
system, and can be arranged to either make or break the electrical C
circuit on firing of the cutout.
It is suitable for the following ratings:
Resistive Load Inductive Load
Voltage Amps Amps
AC 125 5 5
250 5 5
up to 15 10 10
30 5 3
50 1 1
DC 75 0.75 0.25
125 0.5 0.06
250 0.25 0.03
Installation
Full details are given in the Installation &Maintenance Instructions, supplied with
each unit. Micro Switch Assembly A, B (2 each)
Testing Conversion Kit A, B (2 each), C (2 each), D
As an emergency device, it is advisable to test this unit occasionally. This should be
done either by temporarily raising the temperature of the equipment being Available spare parts are shown in heavy outline. Parts
controlled or by adjusting down the temperature at which the cutout is normally set drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
to operate.
Warning: The cutout device is spring loaded and should not be opened up by
unskilled persons, nor should it be 'fired' other than when attached to the valve. TIS 1.1000 US 12.01
INICIO
Cooling Control
T 44
The T44 is a completely self- T YPICAL A PPLICATIONS
contained control which regulates Model ➪ T44 Air compressor cylinder jackets, intercoolers and aftercoolers
condensers and solvent recovery stills, degreasers, internal
the inlet cooling water flow so as PMO 125 psig combustion engines.
to maintain a constant outlet flow
temperature. The set temperature Sizes 1/2" to 1"
is adjustable over a 50˚F (28˚C) Connections NPT

5
range from 60˚F to 185˚F (15˚C 6
Construction Brass Body 7
to85˚C). The single-seated Stainless Steel Internals 8
packless valve incorporates an 2 15
Options Special Temperature ranges 10 16
adjustable needle bypass to Preset at 250˚F (121˚C) 9 17
provide a small control flow Separable well in 304 or 316 SS 11
when the main valve is closed. 1
3
4
L IMITING O PERATING C ONDITIONS 13
A
Max. Operating Pressure 125 psig (9 barg) 12
(PMO)
S TANDARD T EMPERATURE R ANGES B

60˚F to 110˚F 15˚C to 43˚C 110˚F to 160˚F 43˚C to 71˚C
Available with any special 50˚F/28˚C range between 40˚F and Separable
210˚F, 4˚C and 99˚C, and preset 250˚F/121˚C. C Well 14
3/4" NPT
No. Part Material 1" NPT
1 Body Brass
2 Cap Brass
3 Valve Head Stainless Steel
4 Valve Seat Stainless Steel
5 Adjustment Screw Brass
6 Asjustment Nut Brass
7 'O' Ring Seal
D E
8 Adjustment Stem Stainless Steel
9 Head Assembly Tubing Stainless Steel
10 Head Assembly Insert Brass
11 Return Spring Stainless Steel
12 Tank Union Brass
13 Valve Head Stem Stainless Steel
14 Thermostat Assembly Copper & Brass
15 Bypass Valve, 1/8" Stainless Steel F
16 Packing Nut Brass
17 Packing Graphite
S AMPLE S PECIFICATION D IMENSIONS ( NOMINAL ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
Cooling controls shall be combined self-acting units providing

proportional control accuracy. Valves shall open on temperature rise, and Size A B C D E F Weight
shall be single seated with brass body and stainless steel and brass 1/2" 3.25 3.0 1.62 10.3 9.9 0.87 3.5 lb
internals. The brass temperature control system shall be hydraulically
83 76 41 262 251 22.2 1.6 kg
operated, and shall incorporate packless glands. The temperature setting
shall be adjustable over a 50˚F range while the control is in service. The 3/4", 1" 3.75 3.06 1.62 12.75 12.3 0.87 4.0 lb
sensor bulb shall be mounted in a separable well (when required). 95 78 41 324 313 22.2 1.8 kg
INICIO
Cooling Control
T 44
M AXIMUM C V AT P B AND IN ˚F S PARE PAR TS

1/2" 3/4", 1"
E
Cv 3.0 4.7
A F
P Band 20˚ 20˚
H
CAPACITY
The capacity of a water valve depends on: (A) The amount of
valve opening due to the rise in temperature above the point at
which the valve is set to close; (B) The pressure drop across C
the valve. Within these allowable limits select temperature
control, type and size which has an adequate GPM flow rate. B
CAPACITIES , GPM WATER

1/2 3.4 & 1 D
Pressure Temperature Change of
Drop 5˚F 10˚F 15˚F 20˚F 5˚F 10˚F 15˚F 20˚F
10 psi 3.3 5.7 8.0 9.4 4.6 7.9 11.4 13.7
20 psi 4.4 8.3 11.4 13.5 6.8 11.8 16.5 20.0
30 psi 5.1 10.0 13.7 16.4 8.6 14.8 20.6 25.5
40 psi 5.5 11.4 15.4 18.6 10.0 17.2 24.0 30.0
G J
I NSTALLATION
The valve should be installed in a horizontal section of the
inlet cooling water piping with the sensor vertically below the
valve. A bypass with suitable stop valves should be provided
to permit servicing, and a Y-pattern strainer should be
installed upstream of the control. The sensor should be
installed in one arm of a tee fitting, and the outlet cooling
water must be piped to flow upward over the sensor. An
optional separable well will permit the sensor to be removed
from a pressure line, and will protect it from corrosive liquids.
M AINTENANCE
Maintenance or servicing is required only if a malfunction is Adjustment Stem Assembly A, B, C
detected. Complete installation and maintenance 'O' Ring Seal C
instructions are given in IMI 1.1113, which accompanies Return Spring D
the product. Bypass Valve E, F
Bypass Packing F
Valve Head & Stem Assembly G

Valve Seat H
Thermostat Assembly (state temp range) J
Available spare parts are shown in heavy outline. Parts
drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
TIS 1.1113 US 03.94
INICIO
Direct Acting Temperature Regulator

25 MT
The 25 MT is a self- T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
actuated temperature Small storage steam water heaters, instantaneous heat exchangers and
Model ➪ 25MT
converters, air handling coils, tank heating coils, steam jacketed vessels,
control valve with a
steam chests, molds and platens.
calibrated dial for accurate Sizes 1/2"
temperature setting. A S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N

Connections NPT The temperature control valves shall be self-actuated. The temperature
variety of solid-fill sensing
setting shall be adjustable without the use of tools, and the set point shall
bulbs is available (see TIS Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel be indicated on a calibrated dial. Thermostatic system shall be solid fill,
1.1123). The standard and shall incorporate overheat protection.
capillary tubing length is 8 Options BSPConnections
Non-standard capillary tubing
feet, with an optional
lengths (see TIS 1.1123)
standard length of 15 feet.
38
C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S 36
No. Part Material 35
1 "M" Body Cast Steel ASTMA 216 Gr WCB
32
Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B
2 Gasket Graphite
19 "T"Body Cast Steel ASTMA 216 Gr WCB 33
Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 34
30 Pilot Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 303 19
31 Pilot Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 440A 37
32 Adjustment Knob Phenolic ASTM D 700 Ty 2 31
33 Pointer Stainless Steel AISI 301 30
34 Extension Nut Brass ASTMB 16 2
35 Case Tube Brass ASTMB 135 (330) 1
36 Retaining Nut Brass ASTMB 16
37 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel ASTM A449
39
38 Capillary Tube Varies with style selected
39 Bulb Varies with style selected
25 MT C A PAC I T Y PO U N D S OF SATURATED STEAM PER HO U R

Inlet Outlet Capacity (Lb/Hr) Vs P-Band (˚F)
Press Press 5 10 20
Psig Psig Cv > .134 .25 .47
10 0 5.3 9.7 18.5
10 3 4.8 8.8 16.6
10 5 4.3 7.8 14.8
25 0-5 8.5 15.6 29.7
25 15 7.4 13.6 25.8
25 20 5.6 10.4 19.7
50 0-18 13.9 25.5 48.3 C D
50 35 11.7 21.5 40.8
50 42 9.1 16.8 31.8
75 0-30 19.2 35.3 67.0
75 55 16.0 29.4 55.8
75 65 12.1 22.2 42.2 See TIS1.1123 for
100 0-43 24.6 45.1 85.7 sensing bulb
100 75 20.3 37.3 70.7 A dimensions
B
100 85 16.6 30.4 57.8
150 0-68 35.3 64.8 123.1
150 105 31.5 57.8 109.7 DIMENSIONS ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
150 130 23.1 42.3 80.4
200 0-93 46.0 84.5 160.4
200 140 41.3 75.8 144.0
200 170 31.9 58.6 111.2 Size A B C D WEIGHT
250 0-118 56.8 104.2 197.8 1/2" 1.75 3.5 7.38 8.06 5.25 lb
250 175 51.1 93.9 178.3 44 89 187 205 2.4 kg
250 210 40.7 74.6 141.7
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. TIS 1.1125US 03.94
INICIO
Direct Acting Temperature Regulator

25 MT
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S S PA R E PA RT S
Max. Operating Pressure Cast Iron: 250 psig (17 barg)
(PMO) Cast Steel: 300 psig (21 barg)
Max. Operating Cast Iron: 450˚F (232˚C)

Temperature* Cast Steel: 600˚F (316˚C)
*The temperature of the sensing bulb must not exceed 350˚F (177˚C)
A2
S TA N DA R D TE M P E R AT U R E R A N G E S
30˚F to 90˚F 0˚C to 32˚C
PRESSURE S HELL DESIGN CONDITIONS B2

C2
PMA Cast Iron: 250 psig/0-450˚F 17 barg/0-232˚C
Max. allowable pressure E2
Cast Steel: 300 psig/0-600˚F 21 barg/0-316˚C
TMA Cast Iron: 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg

Max. allowable temperature
Cast Steel: 600˚F/0-300 psig 316˚C/0-21 barg
D2
The regulator should be installed in a horizontal pipe with W
suitable by-pass and isolating valves. A steam trap must be
installed upstream to prevent condensate from reaching the
regulator. The trap and regulator should both be protected
with a strainer. The thermostatic bulb must be carefully
located in the medium being heated. Complete installation
& maintenance instruction are given in IMI 1.1125, which
accompanies the product.
MAINTENANCE T E M P E R AT U R E P I L OT
(S E E TIS 1.1123)
Complete installation & maintenance instruction are given
in IMI 1.1125, which accompanies the product.
Thermal System (T1, T2, T3, T10, T11, T12) A2

State bulb style, capillary tube length
and temperature range
Well (T5, T6, T7, T8) B2
(Specify bulb style)
Wall Mounting Bracket (T9) C2
(State bulb size)
Complete Pilot Adjustment Assembly D2, W
Head & Seat Assembly E2, W
(Specify 15 psig or below Assembly or Standard)
TIS 1.1125 US 03.94

INICIO
BX and BXRA Bronze Valves
BX Valve
BX
Normally open, closes with Model ➪ BX, BXRA
4
rising temperature for
Sizes 1/2"
heating. Single seat with four 3
different orifice sizes.
Connections NPT
BXRA
Reverse acting (normally Construction Bronze Body
2
closed), opens with rising Stainless Steel Trim
temperature for cooling. Options BSPConnections
Single seated.
1
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S
8
Maximum Differential Pressure * On liquid applications, the permissible
maximum differential pressure may be affected 6
BX 250 psi* 17 bar by high static pressure. Please consult the
BXRA 150 psi 10 bar factory if the application requires a large
differential pressure with a high inlet pressure.
7
Pressure Barg
5 10 15 20 25
500
250
450
400 200 BXRA Valve
5
300 150
2
Saturated
Steam
200 100
4
50
100 3
2
100 200 300 362

Pressure Psig
If the valve is to be used in this region, a spacer (stock #0467000) must 1
be fitted between the valve and the control system to protect the control
system from overheating. 8
6
The valves must not be used in this region
The valves may be used in this region provided that the above maximum 7
differential pressures are not exceeded. Valves with ANSI flanges must
not be used above flange limits.
SHUTOFF: ANSICLASS IV
PRESSURE SHELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S

PMA 362 psig/248˚F 25 barg/120˚C
Max. allowable pressure 1 Body Bronze BS 1400 LG2 ASTM B62
253 psig/428˚F 17.5 barg/220˚C 2 Valve Stainless Steel AISI440B
152 psig/500˚F 10.5 barg/260˚C 3 Valve Seat Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 Gr. 431
TMA 500˚F/0-152 psig 260˚C/0-10.5 barg 4 Valve Seat Gasket Copper BS 2870 C102 ASTM B152 UNSC10200
Max. allowable temperature 5 Ball Return Spring Stainless Steel
6 Main Return Spring Stainless Steel
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S 7 Bonnet Brass BS 2874 CZ121 ASTM B283 UNS No. 37700
Industrial or commercial applications using steam or hot water as a 8 Bonnet Gasket Nickle Reinforced
heating medium, or water for cooling. Exfoliated Graphite
INICIO
BX and BXRA Bronze Valves
DIMENSIONS ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS

S PA R E PA RT S
S IZE
DN A B Weight
1/2 3.1 3.3 1.5 lb
15 79 83 0.7 kg
A A
BX BXRA
E E
D1
BX BXRA
D
CV AT P BA N D *
Valve BX2 BX3 BX4 BX6 BXRA
Cv 0.44 0.74 1.20 1.92 0.66 A J
P Band (˚F)* 5.4˚ 8˚ 8˚ 8˚ 8˚
* The proportional band (PBand) is the difference required between the desired set
temperature and the actual controlled temperature to open the valve fully. The above
figures apply to valves fitted with 121 or 123 control systems. For 122 or 128 systems,
the PBand will be twice the amount shown.
Example: For a BX3 valve with a 122 control system, the valve will not fully open L
until the controlled temperature drops to 16˚F below the set point.
For complete sizing information, see TIS1.011 (steam) or TIS 1.012 (water).
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N L
Control valve shall be bronze body with stainless steel trim. Valve is coupled to the
appropriate temperature control system. This combined unit is self acting and provides
proportional control action. The temperature control system shall be brass with PVC
covered capillary or stainless steel sensor and capillary, oil filled, hydraulically operated;
and shall incorporate packless glands and a gas filled overheat protection device.
Temperature setting shall be adjustable while control is in service, include ˚F adjustment
scale and shall incorporate a tamper proof device. When required, sensor bulb shall be
mounted in a separable well for removal from the equipment. Refer to TIS 1.900 or 1.901
for temperature control system details.
7
The valve should be installed in a horizontal section of the heating or cooling medium inlet
piping. The control system connection must point vertically downward. Abypass with
suitable stop valves should be provided to permit servicing, and a Y-pattern strainer should
be installed upstream of the valve. If the valve is smaller than the pipeline, eccentric
reducers should be used. In a steam system, a steam trap should be installed upstream of
the valve to ensure that the steam entering the valve is as dry as possible.
Valve &Seat Assembly (BXvalve) L, A, D, E
MAINTENANCE Valve &Seat Assembly (BXRA valve) L, D1, E

Except for periodic cleaning of the upstream strainer, maintenance or servicing is normally Gasket Set (pkt of 3 each) L, E
required only is a malfunction is detected. Complete installation and maintenance
instructions are given in the IMIsheet, which accompanies the product.
TIS 1.800 US 08.99

INICIO
SB and SBRA Bronze Valves
SB SB
Normally open, closes with Model ➪ SB, SBRA 9
temperature rise for heating, 8
Sizes 1/2", 3/4",1"
single seat.
SBRA 3
Connections NPT
Normally closed, opens with 4
4
rising temperature for Construction Bronze Body
Stainless Steel Trim 2
cooling. Single seat with
Options BSPConnections 1
1/8"(C v .44) adjustable
bleed bypass. ANSI300 flanges (SB only) 8
5
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S * On liquid applications, 7
the permissible 6
Maximum Differential Pressure
maximum differential 6
Size/DN SB SBRA pressure may be affected
1/2 250 psi* 174 psi 5 SBRA
by high static pressure.
15 17 bar 12 bar Please consult the 7
3/4 150 psi* 101 psi factory if the application
20 10 bar 7 bar 8
requires a large
1 100 psi* 70 psi differential pressure with 13
25 6.8 bar 4.7 bar a high inlet pressure. 2
Pressure Barg 4
5 10 15 20 25 3
500
250 1
450
400 200 8 12
7
300 150 13
Saturated
Steam
200 100
50
100
SBRA with
fusible device
100 200 300 362
Pressure Psig 11
If the valve is to be used in this region, a spacer (stock #0467000) must
system from overheating.
The valves may be used in this region provided that the above maximum C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
not be used above flange limits. No. Part Material Material Spec. Closest Equivalent
SHUTOFF: ANSICLASS IV 1 Body Bronze BS 1400 LG2 B62 UNS 83600
2 Valve Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 A276 Type 431
PRESSURE SHELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS 3 Valve Seat Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 A276 Type 431
PMA 362 psig/248˚F 25 barg/120˚C 4 Valve Seat Gasket Copper BS 2870 C102 B152 UNSC10200
Max. allowable pressure 5 Return Spring Stainless Steel
253 psig/428˚F 17.5 barg/220˚C
6 Push Rod Brass BS 2874 CZ121 B16M
152 psig/500˚F 10.5 barg/260˚C
7 Bonnet Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 B283 UNS No. 37700
TMA 500˚F/0-152 psig 260˚C/0-10.5 barg 8 Bonnet Cap Gasket Nickle Reinforced
Max. allowable temperature Exfoliated Graphite
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S 9 Cap Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 B283 UNS No. 37700

10 Bleed Valve 1/8" Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 A276 Type 431
Industrial or commercial applications using steam or hot water as a
heating medium, or water for cooling. 11 Fail Safe Spring Stainless Steel BS 2056
INICIO
SB and SBRA Bronze Valves
S PA R E PA RT S
SB
SBV ALVES
S IZE ANSI300 WEIGHT
DN A B C D Scr. Flg.
1/2 3.1 3.9 3.9 2.0 2.3 lb 7.7 lb
15 79 98 101 50 1.0 kg 3.5 kg L
3/4 3.7 4.4 3.9 2.0 3.0 lb 8.0 lb

20 95 113 101 50 1.3 kg 3.6 kg
1 4.7 5.0 3.9 2.0 3.5 lb 8.5 lb
25 108 128 101 50 1.5 kg 3.8 kg
SBRA
1/2 3.1 – 2.6 3.7 2.3 lb – SBRA and
15 79 66 95 1.0 kg •SBRA with
3/4 3.7 – 2.6 3.7 3.0 lb – fusible device
20 95 66 95 1.3 kg E
1 4.7 – 2.6 3.7 3.5 lb –
25 108 66 95 1.5 kg D
B A
A
A
D L1
D L
T1
*T
C A1
SB Valve SBRA Valve
CV AT P B A N D*
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" O R
Cv 3.0 4.5 7.9 P E
P Band (˚F)* 8˚ 8˚ 10˚ D1
*
* The proportional band (PBand) is the difference required between the desired set S
temperature and the actual controlled temperature to open the valve fully. The above figures
apply to valves fitted with 121 or 123 control systems. For 122 or 128 systems, the PBand L2
will be twice the amount shown.
Example: For a 3/4"SB valve with a 122 control system, the valve will not fully open
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N
Control valve shall be bronze body with stainless steel trim. Valve will achieve ANSIClass The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline.
IVShutoff. Valve is coupled to the appropriate temperature control system. This combined Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
unit is self acting and provides proportional control action. The temperature control system
Valve Seat and Stem Assembly (SB valve) A, D, E, L
shall be brass with PVC covered capillary or stainless steel sensor and capillary, oil filled,
hydraulically operated; and shall incorporate packless glands and a gas filled overheat Valve Seat and Stem Assembly (SBRA valve
protection device. Temperature setting shall be adjustable while control is in service, include ˚F with or without fusible device) A1, D1, E, T1, R, S
adjustment scale and shall incorporate a tamper proof device. When required, sensor bulb shall Fusible Device T
be mounted in a separable well for removal from the equipment. Refer to TIS 1.900 or 1.901 Set of all Gaskets (SBvalve) E, L
for temperature control system details.
Set of all Gaskets (SBRA valve
with or without fusible device) L1, L2, E, O, P
IN S TA L L AT I O N
piping. The control system connection must point vertically downward. Abypass with suitable MAINTENANCE
stop valves should be provided to permit servicing, and a Y-pattern strainer should be installed Except for periodic cleaning of the upstream strainer, maintenance or servicing is
upstream of the valve. If the valve is smaller than the pipeline, eccentric reducers should be normally required only is a malfunction is detected. Complete installation and
used. In a steam system, a steam trap should be installed upstream of the valve to ensure that maintenance instructions are given in the IMIsheet, which accompanies the
the steam entering the valve is as dry as possible. product.
TIS 1.801 US 08.99
INICIO
NS and NSRA Bronze Valves
NS Valve 7
NS 6
Model ➪ NS, NSRA
Normally open, closes
Sizes 2-1/2", 3" 5
with temperature rise
2
for heating, double Connections NPT 4
seat.
NSRA Construction Bronze Body 1
and Trim
Normally closed, 3
opens with rising Options BSPConnections
ANSI 150 or 300 flanges
temperature for
cooling, double seat.
NOTE: NS & NSRA are not to be used with HL10/130 safeguard overheat protection.
9
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S * On liquid applications, the 2

permissible maximum 8
Maximum Differential Pressure differential pressure may be 10
Size/DN NS NSRA affected by high static
pressure. Please consult the
2-1/2 150 psi* 40 psi factory if the application
65 10 bar 2.7bar
requires a large differential NSRA Valve 7
3 150 psi* 30 psi pressure with a high inlet
80 10 bar 2 bar 6
pressure. Not to be used in
compressed air applications.
Pressure Barg 5
5 10 15 20 25 2
500 4
250
450 3
1
400 200
300 150
Saturated
Steam
200 100
50
100 9
2
8
100 200 300 362
Pressure Psig 10
C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
No. Part Material Material Spec.
1 Body Gun-metal BS 1400 LG2
The valves may be used in this region provided that the above maximum 2 Body Gasket Semi-ridged graphite BS 2815 Gr A
differential pressures are not exceeded. Valves with ANSI flanges must 3 Valve Closure Member Gun-metal BS 1400 LG 2
not be used above flange limits. 4 Plunger Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
SHUTOFF: ANSICLASS II 5 Plunger Guide Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
PRESSURE SHELL D ESIGN CONDITIONS 6 Return Spring Stainless Steel BS 2056 302 S 26
7 Spring Housing Gun-metal BS 1400 LG 2
PMA 362 psig/248˚F 25 barg/120˚C 8 Bonnet Gun-metal BS 1400 LG 2
Max. allowable pressure 9 Stem Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
253 psig/428˚F 17.5 barg/220˚C
10 Body Studs Steel BS 4439 Gr 8.8
152 psig/500˚F 10.5 barg/260˚C
Body Nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr 8
TMA 500˚F/0-152 psig 260˚C/0-10.5 barg 2-1/2" M12
Max. allowable temperature 3-1/2" M16
INICIO
NS and NSRA Bronze Valves
CV AT P B A N D*
DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
Size 2-1/2" 3
S IZE ANSI300/150 WEIGHT
DN A B C NPT Flg. Cv 75.6 109.2
2-1/2 6.7 8.0 5.9 18.0 lb 38.0 lb P Band (˚F)* 24˚ 24˚
65 171 203 150 8.1 kg 17.2 kg
3 7.6 9.2 6.3 30.0 lb 50.0 lb * The proportional band (PBand) is the difference required between the
80 194 236 160 13.6 kg 22.7 kg
desired set temperature and the actual controlled temperature to open
A the valve fully. The above figures apply to valves fitted with 121 or 123
control systems.
For complete sizing information, see TIS1.011 (steam) or TIS 1.012
(water).
C
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
Industrial or commercial applications using steam or hot water as a
heating medium, or water for cooling.
S PA R E PA RT S
Body Gasket (pkt of 6) Compressed Asbestos Fiber
Control valve shall be bronze body with bronze trim. Valve shall achieve ANSIClass
IIShutoff. Valve is coupled to the appropriate temperature control system. This
combined unit is self acting and provides proportional control action. The
temperature control system shall be brass with PVC covered capillary or stainless
steel sensor and capillary, oil filled, hydraulically operated; and shall incorporate
packless glands and a gas filled overheat protection device. Temperature setting
shall be adjustable while control is in service, include ˚F adjustment scale and shall
incorporate a tamper proof device. When required, sensor bulb shall be mounted in
a separable well for removal from the equipment. Refer to TIS 1.900 or 1.901 for
temperature control system details.
The valve should be installed in a horizontal section of the heating or cooling
medium inlet piping. The control system connection must point vertically
downward. Abypass with suitable stop valves should be provided to permit
servicing, and a Y-pattern strainer should be installed upstream of the valve. If the
valve is smaller than the pipeline, eccentric reducers should be used. In a steam
system, a steam trap should be installed upstream of the valve to ensure that the
steam entering the valve is as dry as possible.
MAINTENANCE
Except for periodic cleaning of the upstream strainer, maintenance or servicing is
normally required only is a malfunction is detected. Complete installation and
maintenance instructions are given in the IMIsheet, which accompanies the
product.
TIS 1.802 US 08.99

SPIRAX SARCO, INC., 1150 Northpoint Blvd., Blythewood, SC 29016 Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX (803) 714-2200
INICIO
KA 51, KB 51, KC 51 Bronze Valves
KA 51 KA 51
Normally open single seat with Model ➪ KA 51, KB 51, KC 51 1
screwed connections.
KB 51 Sizes* 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2"
Normally open, single seat, with a 4
bronze pressure balancing bellow. 5
Connections NPT
KC 51 3
Normally open, single seat with
stainless steel pressure balancing Construction Bronze Body
bellows with screwed connections. Stainless Steel Trim
6
The pressure balancing bellows 8
enables the valve to operate against Options BSPConnections
higher differencial pressures. 2
* KC 51 available in sizes 1-1/2" and 2".
7

Maximum Differential Pressure KB & KC 51
Size KA 51* KB 51 KC 51
1 65psi 4.5 bar 150 psi 10 bar — — 1
1-1/4 43 psi 3 bar 130 psi 9 bar — —
4
1-1/2 29 psi 2 bar 118 psi 8.2 bar 232 psi 16 bar
2 22 psi 1.5 bar 100 psi 6.9 bar 200 psi 13.8 bar 5
3
* On liquid applications, the permissible maximum differential pressure may be affected by 7
high static pressure. Please consult the factory if the application requires a large differential
pressure with a high inlet pressure. 14
Pressure barg 8
5 10 15 20 25 13
500 12
250
450 2
400 200 16
300 150
Saturated
Steam No. Part Material Material Spec. Closest Equivalent
200 100 1 Body Bronze BS 1400 LG2 B62 UNS 83600
2 KA51,KB51Bonnet* Bronze BS 1400 LG2 B62 UNS 83600
50
100 KC51 Bonnet Steel DIN 17245 GSC25 A216 Gr. WCB
4 Valve Seat Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 A276 Type 431
100 200 300 362 5 Valve Seat Gasket
Pressure psig 1 Mild Steel BS 1449 CS 4 A366
If a KA51 valve is to be used in this region, a spacer (stock 1-1/4 to 2 Nickle Reinforced
#0467000) must be fitted between the valve and the control system Exfoliated Graphite
to protect the control system from overheating. The KB & KC 51 valves 6 Return Spring (KA) Stainless Steel BS 970 302 S 25
cannot be used with a spacer, and are limited to 450˚F
7 KA51,KB51PushRod Brass BS 2874 CZ121 B16M
The valves must not be used in this region KC 51 Push Rod Stainless Steel BS 970 321 S20
8 Bonnet Gasket Nickle Reinforced
The valves may be used in this region provided that the above maximum Exfoliated Graphite
differential pressures are not exceeded.
12 Bonnet Studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 A354
Bonnet Nuts BS 3692 Gr. 8 ANSIB18.2.4.1 M
SHUTOFF: ANSICLASS IV 1-1/4 & 1-1/2 M10 x 35 mm
Pressure Shell Design Conditions 2 M12 x 35 mm
13 Bellows (KB 51) Phosphor Bronze
PMA 362 psig/248˚F 25 barg/120˚C Bellows (KC 51) Stainless Steel AISI 316L
Max. allowable pressure 14 Bellows Gasket (KB) Nickle Reinforced
253 psig/428˚F 17.5 barg/220˚C
Exfoliated Graphite
152 psig/500˚F 10.5 barg/260˚C 16 Plunger(KB) Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 B16M
* 1-1/4", 1-1/2" &2" sizes have a bolted bonnet
TMA 500˚F/0-152 psig 260˚C/0-10.5 barg
INICIO
KA 51, KB 51, KC 51 Bronze Valves
CV AT P BA N D*
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters Size 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2
WEIGHT KA & KB 11.4 19.2 27.6 39.6
SIZE A C C1 D KA KB/KC
P Band (˚F)* 12.4˚ 20˚ 22.5˚ 23.8˚
1 5.3 4.2 5.4 2.0 8.7 lb 9.1 lb
136 107 138 51 3.96 kg 4.17 kg KC — — 19.2 39.6
1-1/4 5.6 4.3 6.0 2.0 13.7 lb 15.4 lb P Band (˚F)* — — 20˚ 23.8˚
144 110 152 51 6.20 kg 7.00 kg
* The proportional band (PBand) is the difference required between the
1-1/2 5.9 4.3 6.0 2.4 16.6 lb 18.3 lb
150 110 152 62 7.52 kg 8.32 kg desired set temperature and the actual controlled temperature to open
the valve fully. The above figures apply to valves fitted with 121 or 123
2 7.1 4.3 6.0 2.8 20.6 lb 22.7 lb control systems. For 122 or 128 systems, (which cannot be used on
180 110 152 71 9.35 kg 10.30 kg
valves larger than 1") the PBand will be twice the amount shown.
Example: For a 1"KA 51 valve with a 122 control system, the valve
A A will not fully open until the controlled temperature drops to 24.8˚F
below the set point.
D (water).
D
Spare Parts
C1
KA 51
KB & KC 51 E
D
C
U
A
B
A
X KA 51
Typical Applications KB & KC 51
Industrial or commercial applications using steam or hot water as a H
heating medium.
N
Sample Specification (KB)
Control valve shall be bronze body with stainless steel trim and single seated. Valve shall
achieve ANSIClassIVShutoff. For operation against high differential pressures, valve
shall be supplied with bronze pressure balancing bellows. Provide with screwed pipe L
connections.Valve is coupled to the appropriate temperature control system. This
combined unit is self acting and provides proportional control action. The temperature
control system shall be brass with PVC covered capillary or stainless steel sensor and
capillary, oil filled, hydraulically operated; and shall incorporate packless glands and a
gas filled overheat protection device. Temperature setting shall be adjustable while S
control is in service, include ˚F adjustment scale and shall incorporate a tamper proof S
device. When required, sensor bulb shall be mounted in a separable well for removal
from the equipment. Refer to TIS 1.900 or 1.901 for temperature control system details.
KA 51
Valve &Seat Assembly A, D, E, L
Installation Set of all Gaskets B, C, U, E, L
The valve should be installed in a horizontal section of the heating medium inlet piping.
Set of Bonnet Studs &Nuts (set of 4)* S
The control system connection must point vertically downward. Abypass with suitable
stop valves should be provided to permit servicing, and a Y-pattern strainer should be KB 51 & KC 51
installed upstream of the valve. If the valve is smaller than the pipeline, eccentric Valve &Seat Assembly A, B, C, D, E,
reducers should be used. In a steam system, a steam trap should be installed upstream of (excluding bellows &Push Rod Assembly) L, U
the valve to ensure that the steam entering the valve is as dry as possible. Bellows &Push Rod Assembly L, N, H
Set of all Gaskets B, C, E, L, U
Maintenance Set of Bonnet Studs &Nuts (set of 4) S
Except for periodic cleaning of the upstream strainer, maintenance or servicing is * 1" valves have a screwed bonnet
normally required only if a malfunction is detected. Complete installation and
maintenance instructions are given in the IMIsheet, which is available upon
request.
TIS 1.803 US 08.99
INICIO
KX 51 and KY 51 Bronze Valves
KX 51
size 1"
KX 51
2
Normally closed, opens with temperature Model ➪ KX 51 KY 51 Optional
rise for cooling, single seat. Adjustable 6
extra
bleed 1/8" (Cv .44) provides bypass. (1" Sizes 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2" 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2"
8
KX 51 only) 15
Connections NPT
KY 51 10
3
Normally closed, opens with rising Construction Bronze Body 4 11
Stainless SteelTrim 5 9
temperature , single seat. The valve
7
incorporates a pressure balancing bellows, Options BSPConnections
1 KX 51
which enables the valve to operate against size 1-1/4" - 2"
higher differential pressures. [ All KY Valves have fixed bleeds ] 8
2
12
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S 2
6
Maximum Differential Pressure 8
Size KX 51* KY 51 1
3
1 50 psi 3.5 bar – KY 51 4
Optional extra
1-1/4 33 psi 2.3 bar 130 psi 9 bar 2 7
1-1/2 24 psi 1.9 bar 119 psi 8.2 bar
6
2 16 psi 1.1 bar 100 psi 6.9 bar 12 5 8
* On liquid applications, the permissible maximum differential pressure may be 13 2
affected by high static pressure. Please consult the factory if the application requires a 1
large differential pressure with a high inlet pressure. 8
14
3
Pressure Barg 4
5 10 15 20 25 5 7
500
250 Optional extra
450
400 200 8
2
300 150
Saturated
Steam
200 100
50 1 Body Bronze BS 1400 LG2 B62 UNS 83600
100 2 Bonnet Bronze BS 1400 LG2 B62 UNS 83600
100 200 300 362
Pressure Psig 5 Valve Seat Gasket
1 Mild Steel BS 1449 CS 4 A366
If a KA51 valve is to be used in this region, a spacer (stock
#0467000) must be fitted between the valve and the control system 1-1/4 to 2 Nickle Reinforced
to protect the control system from overheating. The KB 51 valve Exfoliated Graphite
cannot be used with a spacer, and is limited to 450˚F 6 Return Spring (KA) Stainless Steel BS 970 302 S 25
7 Push Rod Brass BS 2874 CZ121 B16M
The valves may be used in this region provided that the above maximum Exfoliated Graphite
differential pressures are not exceeded. Valves with ANSI flanges must 9 Bleed Valve 1/8" Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 A276 Type 431
not be used above flange limits. 10 Bleed Valve Gasket Brass BS 2874 CZ121 B16M
SHUTOFF: ANSICLASS IV 11 Bleed Valve '0' RingRubber
P R E S S U R E S H E L L D E S I G N CO N D I T I O N S 12 Bonnet Studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 A354
Bonnet Nuts BS 3692 ANSIB18.2.4.1 M
PMA 362 psig/248˚F 25 barg/120˚C 1-1/4 & 1-1/2 M10 x 35 mm
Max. allowable pressure
253 psig/428˚F 17.5 barg/220˚C 2 M12 x 35 mm
152 psig/500˚F 10.5 barg/260˚C 13 Bellows (KB) Phosphor Bronze
14 Bellows Gasket (KB) Nickle Reinforced
TMA 500˚F/0-152 psig 260˚C/0-10.5 barg Exfoliated Graphite
INICIO
KX 51 and KY 51 Bronze Valves
CV AT P B A N D*
DIMENSIONS (N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
WEIGHT
Size 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2
SIZE A C C1 D KX KY Cv 11.4 19.2 27.6 39.6
1 5.3 3.2 4.3 – 9.0 lb – P Band (˚F)* 12.4˚ 20˚ 22.5˚ 23.8˚
136 80 108 4.10 kg
1-1/4 5.6 3.2 4.4 6.0 13.9 lb 15.9 lb
144 80 112 154 6.23 kg 7.25 kg * The proportional band (PBand) is the difference required between the
desired set temperature and the actual controlled temperature to open
1-1/2 5.9 3.5 4.4 6.0 16.8 lb 19.0 lb the valve fully. The above figures apply to valves fitted with 121 or 123
150 90 112 154 7.62 kg 8.57 kg
control systems. For 122 or 128 systems, (which cannot be used on
2 7.1 4.0 4.4 6.0 20.9 lb 23.2 lb valves larger than 1") the PBand will be twice the amount shown.
180 100 112 154 9.50 kg 10.60 kg Example: For a 1"KX 51 valve with a 122 control system, the valve
KX 51 size 1" KX 51 size 1-1/4"-2" will not fully open until the controlled temperature rises to 24.8˚F above
the set point.
(water).
D D
S PA R E PA RT S
C C
S
A A
KY 51 size 1-1/4"-2" J*
D
J
G KY 51
size
H 1-1/4"-2" KX 51
F
A1 size
C1 D1 1-1/4"-2"
E PO
F
L1
A B
A1
U
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S C
D1
Industrial or commercial applications using water as a cooling medium. E
L1
R
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N ( K Y )
L2
Control valve shall be bronze body with stainless steel trim and single seated. Valve shall
achieve ANSIClassIVShutoff. For operation against high differential pressures, valve
shall be supplied with pressure balancing bellows. Provide with screwed pipe
connections. For continuous minimum flow requirements, valve to be fitted with bleed KX 51 size 1" R
KX 51
bypass. Valve is coupled to the appropriate temperature control system. This combined L2 size 1-1/4"-2"
unit is self acting and provides proportional control action. The temperature control
system shall be brass with PVC covered capillary or stainless steel sensor and capillary,
oil filled, hydraulically operated; and shall incorporate packless glands and a gas filled
overheat protection device. Temperature setting shall be adjustable while control is in
service, include ˚F adjustment scale and shall incorporate a tamper proof device. When
required, sensor bulb shall be mounted in a separable well for removal from the KX 51
equipment. Refer to TIS 1.900 or 1.901 for temperature control system details. Valve &Seat Assembly A1, D1, E, J, H, L1, L2
Set of all Gaskets (1) L1, L2, E, P, O
I N S TA L L AT I O N Set of all Gaskets (1-1/4 to 2) E, L1, L2, B, U, C
The valve should be installed in a horizontal section of the cooling medium inlet piping. Set of Bonnet Studs &Nuts (set of 4) S
The control system connection must point vertically downward. Abypass with suitable KY 51
stop valves should be provided to permit servicing, and a Y-pattern strainer should be
Valve &Seat Assembly A1, B, C, D1, E, L1, U
installed upstream of the valve.
Bellows &Push Rod Assembly H, G, L1, L2, B, C, U
MAINTENANCE Set of all Gaskets B, C, U, E, G, L1, L2
Except for periodic cleaning of the upstream strainer, maintenance or servicing is Set of Bonnet Studs &Nuts (set of 4) S
normally required only if a malfunction is detected. Complete installation and
maintenance instructions are given in the IMIsheet, which accompanies the * Part “J” available in KX Valve only.
product.
TIS 1.804 US 08.99
INICIO
BM and BMRA Cast Steel Valves
BM
Normally open, closes with rising Model ➪ BM, BMRA
BM
temperature for heating. Single
seat with four different orifice Sizes 1/2" 1
sizes - BM 2, BM 3, BM 4 & BM
6. Connections ANSI 300 flanged
BMRA
Construction Carbon Steel Body
Reverse acting (normally closed), Stainless Steel Trim
opens with rising temperature for
cooling. Single seat. Options ANSI150 flanges 3
4 2
Maximum Differential Pressure * On liquid applications, the permissible 8
1/2"/ 15 mm maximum differential pressure may be affected
BM 250 psi* 17 bar by high static pressure. Please consult the
factory if the application requires a large
BMRA 150 psi 10 bar 6
differential pressure with a high inlet pressure.
7
Pressure Barg
5 10 15 20 25
662 350
600
300
BMRA
450
400 200
Saturated 100
200 Steam
5
1
100 200 300 362 4
Pressure Psig 3
2
be fitted between the valve and the control system to protect the control 8
The valves must not be used in this region 6

7
The valves may be used in this region provided that the above maximum
SHUTOFF: ANSICLASS IV
P RESSURE SHELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
PMA 362 psig/248˚F 25 barg/120˚C No. Part Material Material Spec. Closest Equivalent
Max. allowable pressure 1 Body Steel DIN 17245 GS C25 A216 Gr WCB
290 psig/482˚F 20 barg/250˚C
2 Valve Stainless Steel AISI 440C
188 psig/750˚F 13 barg/400˚C
3 Valve Seat Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 A276 Gr. 431
TMA 750˚F/0-188 psig 400˚C/0-13 barg 4 Valve Seat Gasket Mild Steel
Max. allowable temperature 5 Ball Return Spring Stainless Steel
6 Main Return Spring Stainless Steel
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S 7 Bonnet Brass BS 970 070 M20 A108 Grade 1022
Industrial or commercial applications using steam or hot water as a 8 Bonnet Gasket Nickle Reinforced
heating medium, or water for cooling. Exfoliated Graphite
INICIO
BM and BMRA Cast Steel Valves
D I M E N S I O N S (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS S PA R E PA RT S
S IZE ANSI 300

DN B C WEIGHT
1/2 5.0 3.4 8.0 lb
15 127 87 3.6 kg
BM Valve*
E E
BM BMRA
D1
D
CV AT P BA N D *
Valve BM2 BM3 BM4 BM6 BMRA A2
Cv 0.44 0.74 1.20 1.92 0.66
P Band (˚F)* 5.4˚ 8˚ 8˚ 8˚ 8˚ A2 A J
* The proportional band (PBand) is the difference required between the desired set
temperature and the actual controlled temperature to open the valve fully. The above
figures apply to valves fitted with 121 or 123 control systems. For 122 or 128 systems,
the PBand will be twice the amount shown.
Example: For a BM3 valve with a 122 control system, the valve will not fully open L
L
Control valve shall be steel body with stainless steel trim, single seated with flanged pipe
connections. Valve shall achieve ANSIClassIVShutoff. Valve is coupled to the
appropriate temperature control system. This combined unit is self acting and provides
proportional control action. The temperature control system shall be brass with PVC
covered capillary or stainless steel sensor and capillary, oil filled, hydraulically operated;
and shall incorporate packless glands and a gas filled overheat protection device. J
Temperature setting shall be adjustable while control is in service, include ˚F adjustment
scale and shall incorporate a tamper proof device. When required, sensor bulb shall be
mounted in a separable well for removal from the equipment. Refer to TIS 1.900 or 1.901
for temperature control system details. 7
piping. The control system connection must point vertically downward. Abypass with
suitable stop valves should be provided to permit servicing, and a Y-pattern strainer should
be installed upstream of the valve. If the valve is smaller than the pipeline, eccentric
reducers should be used. In a steam system, a steam trap should be installed upstream of
the valve to ensure that the steam entering the valve is as dry as possible.
Valve Seat Assembly BM A, D, E, L

MAINTENANCE
Valve Seat Assembly BMRA J, D1, E, L
Except for periodic cleaning of the upstream strainer, maintenance or servicing is normally
required only is a malfunction is detected. Complete installation and maintenance Gasket Set (pkt of 3 each) L, E
instructions are given in the IMIsheet, which accompanies the product.
TIS 1.807 US 08.99

INICIO
KA 43, KB 43 and KC 43 Cast Steel Valves
KA 43 - Normally open, closes with rising KA 43

temperature for heating. Single seat.
1
KB 43 - Normally open, closes with rising Model ➪ KA 43 KB 43 KC 43
temperature for heating. Single seat with
phosphor bronze pressure balancing Sizes 1/2" to 2" 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2" 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2"
4
bellows.
5
KC 43 - Normally open, closes with rising Connections ANSI 300 flanged 3
temperature for heating. Single seat with 7
stainless steel pressure balancing bellows. Construction Carbon Steel Body
6
The pressure balancing bellows enables the Stainless Steel Trim 8
valve to operate against higher differential 2
12
pressure. Options ANSI150 flanges
15
Limiting Operating Conditions KB 43, KC 43

Maximum Differential Pressure * On liquid 1
Size-DN KA 43 KB 43 KC 43 applications, the
1/2 250 psi permissible
maximum differential 4
15 mm 17 bar
pressure may be 14
3/4 145 psi affected by high 3
20 mm 10 bar static pressure. 5
1 65 psi 145 psi Please consult the 7
25 mm 4.5 bar 10 bar factory if the 8
application requires 13
1-1/4 43 psi 130 psi 232 psi a large differential 12
32 mm 3 bar 9 bar 16 bar pressure with a high
2
1-1/2 29 psi 119 psi 232 psi inlet pressure.
15
40 mm 2 bar 8.2 bar 16 bar 16
2 21 psi 100 psi 200 psi
50 mm 1.5 bar 6.9 bar 13.8 bar Construction Materials
Pressure Barg No. Part Material Material Spec. Closest Equivalent
5 10 15 20 25 1 Body Steel DIN 17245 GSC 25 A216 Gr WCB
662 350 2 Bonnet Steel DIN 17245 GSC 25 A216 Gr WCB
600 3 Valve Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 A276 Type 431
300
450 5 Valve Seat Gasket
400 200 1/2 to 1 Mild Steel BS 1449 CS 4 A366
1-1/4 to 2 Nickle Reinforced
Exfoliated Graphite
Saturated 100
200 Steam 6 Return Spring Stainless Steel BS 970 302 S25
7 Push Rod KA&KB Brass BS 2872 CZ 121 4 Pb
KC Stainless Steel BS 970 321 S20
100 200 300 362 Exfoliated Graphite
Pressure Psig 12 Bonnet Studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 A354
If A KA 43 or KC 43 valve is to be used in this region, a spacer Bonnet Nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr 8 ANSIB18.2.4.1 W
(stock #0467000) must be fitted between the valve and the control
1/2 to 1-1/2 M10 x 35
system to protect the control system from overheating. The KB43
valve cannot be used with a spacer, and is limited to 450˚F. 2 M12 x 35
13 Bellows KB Phosphor Bronze
KC Stainless Steel AISI316 L
The valves may be used in this region provided that the above 14 Bellows Gasket Nickle Reinforced
maximum differential pressures are not exceeded. Valves with ANSI
flanges must not be used above flange limits. Exfoliated Graphite
15 Bonnet Bush Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 B16M
SHUTOFF: ANSICLASS IV 16 Plunger Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 B16M
INICIO
KA 43, KB 43 and KC 43 Cast Steel Valves
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters

B Spare Parts
Size ansi 300 Weight

B C C1 KA KB/KC
1/2 5.1 4.1 – 9.5 lb – C
130 105 4.3 kg
KA 43
3/4 5.9 4.1 – 13.9 lb –
150 105 6.3 kg
1 6.3 4.1 5.4* 17.6 lb 18.1 lb

160 105 138 8.0 kg 8.2 kg
1-1/4 7.1 4.3 6.0 19.2 lb 20.0 lb E

180 110 152 8.7 kg 9.1 kg
C1
1-1/2 8.0 4.3 6.0 24.4 lb 22.3 lb D
202 110 152 9.7 kg 10.1 kg KB 43
KC 43
* KC 43 is not available in 1" size C
U
Pressure Shell Design Conditions A
B
PMA 362 psig/248˚F 25 barg/120˚C
Max. allowable pressure KA 43
290 psig/482˚F 20 barg/250˚C X
188 psig/750˚F 13 barg/400˚C
TMA 750˚F/0-188 psig 400˚C/0-13 barg H

KB 43
KC 43
Typical Applications G
Small process applications using steam or hot water as a heating medium.
Cv at P Band*
L
Size 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2
KA & KB 3.36 5.4 11.4 19.2 27.6 39.6
KC 19.2 19.2 39.6
* The proportional band (PBand) is the difference required between the desired S
set temperature and the actual controlled temperature to open the valve fully. The
above figures apply to valves fitted with 121 or 123 control systems. For 122 or S
128 systems, (which cannot be used on valves larger that 1")the PBand will be
twice the amount shown.
Example: For a 1" KA 43 valve with a 122 control system, the valve will not fully
open until the controlled temperature drops to 24.8˚F below the set point. KA 43
Valve &Seat Assembly A, D, E, L
Set of all Gaskets B, C, U, E, L
Control valve shall be steel body with stainless steel trim, single seated with Set of Bonnet Studs &Nuts (set of 4) S
flanged pipe connections. Valve shall achieve ANSI ClassIV Shutoff. Valve is KB&KC 43
coupled to the appropriate temperature control system. This combined unit is self Valve &Seat Assembly A, B, C, D, E,
acting and provides proportional control action. The temperature control system
shall be brass with PVC covered capillary or stainless steel sensor and capillary, L, U, G
oil filled, hydraulically operated; and shall incorporate packless glands and a gas excluding Bellows &Push Rod)
filled overheat protection device. Temperature setting shall be adjustable while Bellows &Push Rod Assembly G, L, H
control is in service, include ˚F adjustment scale and shall incorporate a tamper Set of all Gaskets B, C, E, L, U, G
proof device. When required, sensor bulb shall be mounted in a separable well for
removal from the equipment. Refer to TIS 1.900 or 1.901 for temperature control Available spare parts are shown in heavy outline. Parts
system details. drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Installation
The valve should be installed in a horizontal section of the heating medium inlet
piping. The control system connection must point vertically downward. Abypass Maintenance
with suitable stop valves should be provided to permit servicing, and a Y-pattern Except for periodic cleaning of the upstream strainer, maintenance or
strainer should be installed upstream of the valve. If the valve is smaller than the servicing is normally required only is a malfunction is detected. Complete
pipeline, eccentric reducers should be used. In a steam system, a steam trap installation and maintenance instructions are given in the IMIsheet,
should be installed upstream of the valve to ensure that the steam entering the which accompanies the product.
valve is as dry as possible.
TIS 1.808 US 08.99
INICIO
TW 3 Port Valve for Liquid Systems

The TW is a 3-way
self actuated
Model ➪ TW
temperature control O
valve which may be
used on liquid Sizes 3/4", 1", 1-1/2"
systems as either a
diversion valve for Connections NPT
heating or cooling, or
a mixing valve for
blending hot and Construction Bronze
8
cold water.
7
X 2
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S 3 1
Maximum Differential Pressure
3/4" to 1-1/2" 50 psi 3.4 bar
Z
11 12
4
OPERATING RANGE
Pressure Barg
5 10 15 20 25
392 200
100
200
100 200 300 362

Pressure Psig

The valves may be used in this region provided that the above maximum
differential pressures are not exceeded. Valves with ANSI flanges must No. Part Material Material Spec. Closest Equivalent
1 Body Bronze BS 1400 LG2 B62 UNS 83600
SHUTOFF: ANSICLASS III
2 Piston Bronze BS 1400 LG2 B62 UNS 83600
3 Piston Sealing Ring Carbon Impregnated PTFE
P R E S S U R E S H E L L D E S I G N CO N D I T I O N S 4 Stem Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 B16M
7 Return Spring Stainless Steel BS 2056 302 S26 A313 Type 302
PMA 362 psig/0-248˚F 25 barg/120˚C
Max. allowable pressure 8 Return Spring Plate Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 B16M
319 psig/0-392˚F 22 barg/0-200˚C
11 Bonnet Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 B16M
TMA 392˚F/0-319 psig 200˚C/0-22 barg
Max. allowable temperature 12 Bonnet Gasket Nickle Reinforced
Exfoliated Graphite
Industrial or commercial applications using water as a heating or cooling
medium.
INICIO
TW 3 Port Valve for Liquid Systems
Control valve shall be bronze body, bronze
A
trim, piston balanced 3 port with screwed
DIMENSIONS (N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS connections. Valve shall achieve ANSIClassIII
SCREWED Shutoff. Valve is coupled to the appropriate
SIZE A C D WEIGHT D
temperature control system. This combined unit
3/4" 3.8 2.3 2.1 2.7 lb is self acting and provides proportional control
97 58 54 1.2 kg
action. The temperature control system shall be
1" 4.5 2.4 2.2 4.3 lb
114 61 57 1.9 kg brass with PVC covered capillary or stainless
C steel sensor and capillary, oil filled,
1-1/2" 5.9 3.0 2.8 8.5 lb
151 76 70 3.8 kg hydraulically operated; and shall incorporate
3/4" to 1/2" packless glands and a gas filled overheat
protection device. Temperature setting shall be
adjustable while control is in service include, ˚F
adjustment scale and shall incorporate a tamper
proof device. When required, sensor bulb shall
be mounted in a separable well for removal
from the equipment. Refer to TIS 1.900 or
1.901 for temperature control system details.
S PA R E PA RT S
P IPING ARRANGEMENTS
Application Port 'O' Port 'X' Port 'Z'
Diversion Valve - Heating Flow in to heating surface to recirculation
Diversion Valve - Cooling Flow in to recirculation to cooling surface
Mixing Valve Blended Outlet Hot flow in Cold flow in
Note: Port 'X' closes on high temperature; port "Z' closes on low temperature; Port 'O'
is always open
C V VA L U E S
3/4" 1" 1-1/2" C
5.4 10.5 24 F
For complete sizing information, see TIS1.012 .
A
I N S TA L L AT I O N G
The valve should be installed in a horizontal section of pipe with the
control system connection pointing vertically downward. Suitable stop Valve size
3/4" to 11/2"
valves should be provided to permit servicing, and Y-pattern strainers
should be installed in the inlet piping. The valve ports are marked 'O',
'X' and 'Z', and piping instructions are supplied with each valve.
Piston Sealing Ring C, F, E

Piston Set A, C, E, F
MAINTENANCE
Except for periodic cleaning of the upstream strainer, maintenance or Set of Cover Studs &Nuts P
servicing is normally required only is a malfunction is detected.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in the drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
IMIsheet, which accompanies the product.
TIS 1.809 US 08.99

INICIO
Self Acting
Temperature Control Systems
Description SA121 and SA123
A range of self-powered control systems that incorporate sensor, actuator, SA128
set point adjustment/indicator for use with the folowing valve types:
KA, KB, KC, KX, KY, SB, SBRA, BX, BXRA, BM,
2-port 4
BMRA, BMF, BMFRA, NS, NSRA, 4
3-port TW
Available Types
Set point adjustment at sensor
2 2
2-port valves 1/2" to 3"
SA121 For use on 6
3-port valves 3/4" to 1-1/2"
SA128 For use on
3-port valves 3/4" and 1" 7
Set point adjustment at valve
SA122 For use on 3
3-port valves 3/4" and 1"
Remote set point adjustment
SA123 For use on 1
3-port valves 3/4" to 1-1/2" 3
1 3
Optional Extras 2
Union Kit Direct immersion
Pocket Indirect immersion Dial
Material options include mild steel, copper, brass, stainless steel adjustment
Glass option also available for SA122 and SA123 only SA122 option
Wall bracket
Duct adaptor Duct mounting
Coiled Sensor Fast response
Nickel plating 1
Dial Type Set Point Adjuster
SA122TP and SA123TP incorporate an
Pt100 Temperature Sensor 4
internal pocket to accept a Pt100 sensor.
Temperature Ranges
Set point adjustment at sensor
Construction Materials SA121 Range 1 5˚ to 125˚F (-15˚C to 50˚C)
No Part Material
Range 2 105° to 225°F (40° to 105°C)
1 Sensor Brass
SA123 Range 3 205˚ to 320˚F (95˚C to 160˚C)
2 Actuator Brass
100˚F (55˚C) over set value to
3 Capillary tube Copper with a PVC coated armoured covering Over temperature protection
375˚F (190˚C) maximum
4 Adjustment head Polypropylene
Range 1 0˚ to 250˚F (-20˚C to 120˚C)
*5 Union kit Brass SA122
Range 2 105˚ to 340˚F (40˚C to 170˚C)
6 Mounting bracket Steel
7 Clip Polypropylene Over temperature protection
375˚F (190˚C) maximum
*8 Adaptor plate Steel
Range 1 0˚ to 230˚F (-20˚C to 110˚C)
(Duct fixing adaptor) SA128
Range 2 105˚ to 340˚F (40˚C to 170˚C)
Mild steel BS 980 CEW2
Copper BS 2871 C106 Over temperature protection
*9 Pocket 375˚F (190˚C) maximum
Brass BS 2817 CZ126
Stainless steel BS 3605 CFS 316S 18
10 Liquid fill Kerosene
Capillary Tube
Standard length 2 m, 4m, 8m, and 20 m.
*Items 5,8, and 9 are shown overleaf
INICIO
Self Acting Temperature Control Systems

Pockets
J
SA121, SA1219 and
SA122 TP SA122 SA123 TP SA123
SA128
Metal
A
A
H
C A
E F
C 6 C
(optional)
For a wall
mounted
sensor D 6
(included)
Glass
D D G
Dimensions / Weight (approximate) in inches & millimeters

Control System Metal Pockets Glass Pockets Weight
Model A B C D E F G H J excluding
SA121 11.0 (275) 7.2 (185) 12.2 (310) 1.0 (25) - 12.5 (315) 1.1 (28) - - 4.5lb (2.0)
SA122 16.3 (415) - 9.4 (240) .67 (17) - 10.1 (258) .8 (20) 255 (575) 4.5 (117) 4.0lb (1.8)
SA122TP 16.3 (415) - 10.4 (225) .67 (17) - 10.1 (258) .8 (20) - - 4.5lb (2.0)
SA123 11.0 (275) - 9.7 (248 1.0 (25) 10.6 (270) 10.1 (258) 1.1 (28) 225 (575) 4.5 (117) 5.8lb (2.5)
SA123TP 11.0 (275) - 10.4 (225) 1.0 (25) 10.6 (270) 10.1 (258) 1.1 (28) - - 5.8lb (2.7)
SA128 11.0 (275) 7.2 (185) 6.7 (178) 1.0 (25) - 7.0 (180) 1.1 (28) - - 4.0lb (1.8)
Union Kit Pocket

Union Kit (for sensor immersion without pocket) (glass)
Includes gland nut, compression ring and union nipple. Z W P
SA121, SA123 and SA128 Items Z, Y and X Y V O
SA122 Items W, V and U 5 5
U
Pockets (for indirect immersion) X
Includes pocket, gland nut, and compression ring. 1"NPT 3/4" NPT
SA121, SA123 and SA128 Items T, Z, and Y Z
W
SA122 Items S, W, and W Y
Available materials Mild steel, copper, brass V
and stainless steel 9
3/4 "
1" 9
NPT NPT
Long Pockets (SA122 and SA123 only)
R
To special order only.
Pocket
Having a minimum length 0.5m, maximum length to order.
(Metal)
Includes pocket, bracket and rubber bung.
SA121 and SA123 Items S, V, W and T, Z, Y T
Available Materials Mild steel, copper, brass S
and stainless steel
Glass Pockets (SA122 and SA123 only)

To special order only.
Includes pocket, bracket and rubber bung.
SA122 and SA123 Items R, O, and P SA121, SA122
SA123,
and
Wall Mounting Bracket (Item 6) SA128
SA121, SA122, SA123 and SA128 Optional 8
(112mm)
X Y Z
4.4"
Duct fixing
Duct Fixing Adaptor (for air sensing within ducts) adaptor
Includes adaptor plate, union nipple, compression ring and
gland nut. (112mm)
SA121, SA123 and SA128 Items 8, X, Y, and Z 4.4"
SA122 Not available
TIS 1.900 US 07.00
INICIO
Temperature Control Ancillaries
T W I N S E N S O R A DA P TO R
When coupled to a 2 port or 3 port valve allows the valve to be operated
by either actuator.
Twin Sensor
Adaptor
Manual
Actuator
Spacer
Twin Sensor Manual
Adaptor Actuator
No. Part Material
1 Body Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
2 Connector Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
3 Lower Body Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
4 Nipple Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
5 Valve Coupling Nut Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
6 Body Gasket Compressed BS 2815 Gr. A
Asbestos Fiber
7 Push Rod Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
8 Plunger Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
DIMENSIONS
( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES & MILLIMETERS
5
A B Weight
4.2 2.3 1.6 lb
108 60 0.72 kg 4
3
6
8
A 1
2
B
INICIO
Temperature Control Ancillaries
S PAC E R
When coupled between a 2 port or 3 port valve and the
actuator, it enables the system to operate at a higher
temperature.
Each Valve has its individual limiting conditions, but when
coupled to a Control System, these are governed by the brass
actuator which is limited to 450˚F (232˚C). Installing the spacer
between the valve and the control system enables the system to Spacer
operate at a maximum temperature of 662˚F (350˚C).
145 mm
LIMITING CONDITIONS 5.7"
Maximum pressure 362 psi 25 bar
Maximum temperature 662˚F 350 ˚C
Part Material
Case Brass BS 2871 part 2 CZ 162 (1972)
Bellows Stainless Steel AISI 321
M A N UA L AC T UATO R
When coupled to a 2 port or a 3 port valve, it enables the valve
to be manually operated.
TAMPER PR OOF
The Unit is provided with a lockable head to prevent
unauthorized tampering with the setting.
M AT E R I A L S
DIMENSIONS
Brass with plastic adjustment head (NOMINAL) IN INCHES & MILLIMETERS
A B Weight
6.3 2.2 0.5 lb
160 55 0.2 kg
Manual
Actuator
TIS 1.903 US 06.95
INICIO
Pneumatic Linear Actuator

PN4431
The PN4431 pneumatic actuator enables the following

Spirax Sarco valves to be operated by a pneumatic signal on
a two-position basis.
Normally Open BX, BM, SB, KA, KB, KC, NS

2 port
Normally Closed BXRA, BMRA, SBRA, KX, KY, NSRA
3 port TW (excluding 3") 1
See relevant valve TIS for limiting differential pressures and

temperatures. The latter is the value shown if the Spirax Sarco
Spacer were to be used. 2
The actuator forms a packless gland arrangement when used with
the valve. Air connection
1/8"
bsp (female)
1 Case Stainless Steel BS 3505 321 S18
2 Base Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
O P E R AT I O N
With air on, the actuator will close normally open, and open normally
closed valves, and vice versa. In the case of TW valves, ports, O & Z B
are connected with air on, and ports O & X are connected with air off.
The operating force is transmitted to the valve spindle by the stainless
steel bellows, which does not form part of the packless gland
asasembly. This means that the fluid in the valve is double isolated
from the operating medium.
A
Maximum Travel 3/8"
Air Pressure Required 80 psig* 5.5 barg
Free air consumption (per stroke at 15˚C) 0.017 ft3 0.475 I
Operating Time (typically) less than 1 second
* Maximum air pressure 145 psig 10 barg
DIMENSIONS
( N O M I N A L)
I N S TA L L AT I O N IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
The preferred arrangement is shown with the actuator beneath the A B WEIGHT
valve, however, other arrangements are acceptable. 4.5 2.2 1.2 lb
114 55 0.55 kg
INICIO
Pneumatic Linear Actuator

PN4431
ACCESSORY
A three port solenoid valve is available for use with the PN4431
pneumatic actuator. When the solenoid is connected to the PN4431 in
the recommended manner, application of the rated voltage to the coil
will slow compressed air into the actuator.
When de-energized the solenoid will vent the compressed air in the
actuator to atmosphere (see Fig 1).
Part Material
Body Brass
Internals Stainless Steel
Seal Material Nitrile Rubber
Enclosure rating NEMA 3 & 4 Waterproof and NEMA 7(C&D)
and NEMA 9 (E, F, & G) Explosion Proof
Maximum ambient temperature 131˚F
Power consumption AC 21VA(in rush), 12 VA/8W HOLD
(warm condition) DC.8 W
Voltages available 24 V dc
24, 110, 220, 240 Vac at 60 Hz
Fluid duty Compressed air
Maximum operating pressure 145 psig
Connections 1/8" NPT
Exhaust
H OW TO SPECIFY
1 – Three port solenoid valve with 120 Vac 60 Hz coil, for use
with PN4431 actuator.
I N S TA L L AT I O N Fig. 1
A P
Air Supply
It is envisaged the solenoid valve will be remotely mounted
from the PN4431 actuator. B
1/8" bsp
(male)
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F C D
.95 2.6 2.5 2.9 0.3 1.26
24 65 63.5 73.5 8 32 A
E
A
1/8" bsp
(female)
TIS 1.905 US 01.97
INICIO
Steam Capacities 2 Port Valves
S T E A M CA PAC I T I E S - P O U N D S O F S AT U R AT E D S T E A M P E R H O U R
Steam Pressure 1/2" BX& BM SB KA KB KC NS
Inlet Outlet 2 3 4 6 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3
2 0 8 13 21 33 52 78 137 58 94 198 198 333 479 687 333 687 1,310 1,890
3 0 9 16 26 41 64 96 168 71 115 242 242 408 587 842 408 842 1,610 2,320
5 3 8 14 23 37 57 86 150 64 103 217 217 366 525 754 366 754 1440 2080
5 1 11 19 30 49 76 114 200 85 137 289 289 487 700 1000 487 1000 1920 2720
7 5 9 15 24 39 60 90 159 67 108 229 229 386 554 795 386 795 1520 2190
7 2 13 22 35 56 88 132 231 98 158 333 333 561 807 1160 561 1160 2210 3190
10 7 11 19 31 50 77 116 204 87 139 294 294 496 713 1020 496 1020 1950 2820
10 5 14 24 38 61 95 143 250 107 171 362 362 610 876 1260 610 1260 2400 3470
12 9 12 20 32 52 81 121 213 91 146 308 308 518 745 1070 518 1070 2040 2950
12 7 15 25 40 64 100 150 263 112 180 380 380 640 920 1320 640 1320 2520 3640
12 0 19 31 51 82 128 191 336 143 230 485 485 816 1170 1680 816 1680 3210 4640
15 12 13 21 34 55 86 129 226 96 155 326 326 550 790 1130 550 1130 2170 3130
15 9 17 28 46 73 114 172 301 128 206 435 435 733 1050 1510 733 1510 2880 4170
15 0/3 21 35 57 91 142 214 375 160 257 542 542 912 1310 1880 912 1880 3590 5190
20 17 14 23 37 60 94 140 247 105 169 356 356 599 861 1240 599 1240 2360 3410
20 13 20 33 53 86 134 201 352 150 241 508 508 856 1230 1760 856 1760 3370 4870
20 0/5 24 41 67 107 167 250 439 187 300 633 633 1070 1530 2200 1070 2200 4200 6060
30 26 18 30 49 78 122 184 323 137 220 465 465 784 1130 1620 784 1620 3090 4460
30 22 24 41 66 105 164 247 433 184 296 625 625 1050 1510 2170 1050 2170 4150 5990
30 0/12 31 53 86 137 215 322 565 240 386 815 815 1370 1970 2830 1370 2830 5410 7810
40 34 24 40 66 105 164 246 432 184 295 624 624 1050 1510 2170 1050 2170 4140 5970
40 30 30 50 81 130 203 304 534 227 365 771 771 1300 1870 2680 1300 2680 5110 7390
40 0/17 39 65 105 168 263 394 691 294 473 998 998 1680 2420 3470 1680 3470 6620 9560
50 43 28 48 77 123 193 289 508 216 347 733 733 1230 1770 2550 1230 2550 4860 7020
50 37 37 61 100 159 249 373 655 279 448 946 946 1590 2290 3290 1590 3290 6270 9060
50 0/22 46 77 124 199 311 466 818 348 559 1180 1180 1990 2860 4100 1990 4100 7830 11300
60 52 33 55 89 142 222 333 584 248 399 843 843 1420 2040 2930 1420 2930 5590 8070
60 46 41 69 112 179 280 420 737 313 504 1060 1060 1790 2570 3690 1790 3690 7050 10190
60 0/30 53 88 143 229 359 538 944 402 645 1360 1360 2290 3300 4730 2290 4730 9040 13050
75 65 40 67 108 173 271 407 714 304 488 1030 1735 2490 3575 1735 3575 6830 9870
75 57 51 85 138 221 345 517 908 386 620 1310 2210 3170 4550 2210 4650 8690 12550
75 0/37 63 106 172 275 430 645 1130 482 775 1640 2760 3960 5680 2760 5680 10850 15670
100 90 46 77 124 199 310 465 820 348 560 1180 1990 2860 4100 1990 4100 7830 11310
100 78 64 107 173 277 435 650 1140 485 780 1650 2770 3990 5720 2770 5720 10930 15780
100 0/52 81 136 220 352 550 825 1450 615 990 2090 3520 5070 7270 3520 7270 13870 20040
125 112 57 96 156 250 390 585 435 700 1480 2490 2490 5140 9820 14180
125 98 78 131 212 339 530 795 590 950 2010 3390 3390 6990 13340 19280
125 0/66 98 165 268 430 670 1010 750 1210 2550 4290 4290 8850 16900 24410
150 133 71 119 192 308 480 720 540 3080 6350 12120 17510
150 117 93 156 253 405 630 950 710 4050 8350 15950 23040
150 0/80 116 195 315 505 790 1185 885 5060 10440 19920 28780
175 157 78 132 213 340 535 600 3420 7040
175 138 106 178 290 460 720 810 4620 9530
175 0/95 133 225 365 580 910 1020 5830 12020
200 180 88 148 240 385 600 670 3830 7910
200 158 120 202 325 525 820 915 5230 10790
200 0/109 150 255 410 660 1030 1150 6600 13600
250 225 110 185 300 475 745 830
250 196 150 250 410 655 1020 1150
250 0/138 185 315 510 815 1270 1420
Size steam valves on minimum pressure drop across the valve. As a general rule 10% to 20% of the upstream pressure
should be used. If steam is directly injected into water through a sparge pipe, critical pressure drop should be used.
INICIO
Steam Capacities 2 Port Valves

Unless a control valve is correctly sized, the most sensitive and accurate thermostat cannot give satisfactory control. If the valve is too big, it can cause a
"hunting" and rapid wear on the valve head and seat due to wire drawing. Valves too small increase heat-up time and may be incapable of maintaining
temperature on heavy load.
The capacity of any valve depends on the difference in pressure between the inlet and outlet (the pressure drop.)
In the case of steam valves, it also depends on the inlet pressure.
USING THE S TEAM CHAR T

Proper valve selection requires the following information:
absolute inlet pressure should be used on most applications. Higher pressure
1) Required flow in pounds of steam per hour. drops imply low pressures within the heat exchanger and maximum heater
2) Inlet steam pressure immediately ahead of the valve. rating may not be achieved.
3) Allowable pressure drop across the valve. On steam applications where it is 4) Select valve which meets the above requirements and has suitable end
impossible to calculate the allowable pressure drop, 10% to 20% of the connections and body materials.
S T E A M CA PAC I T I E S F RO M C V FAC TO R S
For most conditions, use the formula for non-critical pressure drop (P2 is 1/2 of closing agaonst the differential pressure condition. With valve and control
P1 or more) to determine what valve Cv is required. Select valve size and type system selected the "Required Cv" will control within the temperature band
from the Capacity Factor Table that has great enough capacity and is capable given on the table.
Required Cv Non-Critical drop
Cv =
lbs/hr VA LV E CA PAC I T Y FAC TO R S
P2 > 1/2 P1 (Abs) 3.2 x √ (P1-P2) x P2 Type Cv
1/2 BX2, BM2 0.44
1/2 BX3, BM4 0.74
Steam Flow Non-Critical drop Lbs/hr = 3.2 x Cv x √ (P1-P2) x P2 1/2 BX4, BM4 1.20
P2 > 1/2 P1 (Abs) 1/2 BX6, BM6 1.92
1/2 SB 3.0
3/4 SB 4.5
Required Cv Critical Pressure Drop lbs/hr 1 SB 7.9
Cv = 1/2 KA 3.36
P2 < 1/2 P1 (Abs) 1.6 x P1 3/4 KA 5.4
1 KA, KB 11.4
Steam Flow Critical pressure drop Lbs/hr = 1.6 CvP1 1-1/4 KB, KC 19.2
1-1/2 KB 27.6
P2 < 1/2 P1 (Abs.) 1-1/2 KC 19.2
P1 = Inlet Pressure PSIA 2 KB, KC 39.6
P2 = Outlet Pressure PSIA 2-1/2 NS 75.6
3 NS 109.2
S P I R A - T RO L VA LV E CA PAC I T I E S F O R P R O P O RT I O N A L B A N D R A N G E O F 2˚F TO 14˚F

C V TA B L E BA S E D O N S E N S O R S 121,123, 422 A N D 4 2 3
Proportional Band Max. Propor-
Valve Type Size 2˚F 3˚F 4˚F 6˚F 8˚F 10˚F 12˚F 14˚F Max Cv @ tional Band
(± 1˚) (± 1-1/2˚) (± 2˚) (± 3˚) (± 4˚) (± 5˚) (± 6˚) (± 7˚)
BX 1/2"BX2/BM2 .23 .32 .39 .44 – – – – – –
BM 1/2" BX3/BM3 .24 .36 .48 .68 .74 – – – 0.74 7.9˚F
1/2" BX4/BM4 .43 .61 .75 .98 1.2 – – – 1.2 7.9˚F
1/2" BX6/BM6 .56 .80 1.1 1.5 1.9 – – – 1.9 7.9˚F
BXRA/BMRA 1/2" .18 .26 .35 .52 .66 – – – 0.66 7.9˚F
SB 1/2" 1.1 1.6 2.1 2.7 3.0 – – – 3.0 7.9˚F
SBRA 3/4" 1.8 2.5 3.2 4.0 4.5 – – – 4.5 7.9˚F
1" 2.6 3.6 4.6 6.3 7.5 7.9 – – 7.9 10˚F
K Series 1/2" 1.5 2.1 2.6 3.2 3.4 – – – 3.4 7.9˚F
KC 1-1/2" 3/4" 1.6 2.2 2.7 3.7 4.6 5.4 – – 5.4 10˚F
has same 1" 3.1 4.6 6.0 8.4 10.0 10.6 11.0 11.4 11.4 14˚F
rating as 1-1/4" 3.5 5.3 7.0 10.0 12.3 14.3 16.0 17.0 19.2 20˚F
KC 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 3.7 5.5 7.3 10.6 13.6 16.3 19.0 22.0 27.6 22.5˚F
2" 3.8 5.8 7.6 11.5 15.0 19.0 23.0 27.0 39.6 23.8˚F
NS 2-1/2" 8.8 13.0 17.4 26.0 35.0 43.0 51.0 60.0 75.6 23.8˚F
NSRA 3" 17.0 25.0 33.0 48.0 65.0 80.0 92.0 98.0 109 23.8˚F
TW* 3/4" – – – – 5.4 – – – – –
1" – – – – – 10.1 – – – –
* size 3-port 1-1.2" – – - – – – – 27 – –
valves on
Max. Cv
For Sensor Types 122 & 128, double proportional bands given above.
TIS 1.011 US 03.99
INICIO
Water Capacity 2 and 3 Port Valves
USING THE W AT E R C H A R T
From the chart, select a valve that passes the required flow at the maximum
allowable differential pressure. Follow the vertical pressure line and choose a
suitable normally open or normally closed valve with the required capacity.
VA LV E CA PAC I T Y FAC TO R S
2 Port Normally Open Valves (for heating) Cv 2000
1/2 BX2, BM2 0.44

1/2 BX3, BM3 0.74 1000
1/2 BX4, BM4 1.20
1/2 BX6, BM6 1.92
1/2 SB 3.0 500
3/4 SB 4.5 400
1 SB 7.9
300
1/2 KA 3.36
3/4 KA 5.4 200
1 KA, KB 11.4
1-1/4 KB, KC 19.2
1-1/2 KC 19.2
100
1-1/2 KB 27.6
2 KB, KC 39.6
2-1/2 NS 75.6
3 NS 109.2 50
40
30
2 Port Normally Closed Valves (for cooling) Cv 20
1/2 BXRA, BMRA 0.66

10
1/2 SBRA 3.0
3/4 SBRA 4.5
1 SBRA 7.9
1 KX 11.4 5
1-1/4 KY 19.2 4
1-1/2 KY 27.6 3
2 KY 39.6
2-1/2 NSRA 75.6 2
3 NSRA 109.2
3 Port Valves Cv
1
3/4 TW 5.4
1 TW 10.5
1-1/2 TW 24 0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
Pressure drop (∆P) - PSI
INICIO
L I Q U I D C A PAC I T I E S F RO M C V FAC TO R S
To determine GPM water capacity of each valve, multiply valve sizing factor (Cv) by the square root of the allowable pressure drop ( ∆ P) through the valve.
Example: Determine Capacity of a 1/2 SBRA valve with an allowable pressure drop of 4 psi.
GPM = Cv √ ∆ P
GPM = 3.0 x (√ 4 = 6)
For other Specific Gravity Liquids:
√ S.G.
GPM =Cv ∆P
To select value Cv knowing GPMrequired:
√ S.G.
Cv = GPM
∆P
Total GPM blended water required when hot water is mized with cold water through a 3 port TW valve is determined as follows:
GPMblended = GPM hot (Th - Tc ) Where

T h = Hot Temp ˚F
(Tb - Tc)
T c = Cold Temp ˚F
T b = Blended Liquid Temp ˚F
TIS 1.012 US 03.99

INICIO
Direct Operated Pressure Regulator

25MP
The 25MP is
T YPICAL A PPLICATIONS
Small steam pressure reducing applications where an 80%
adirect acting to 90% accuracy of regulation is acceptable.
Model ➪ 25MP
steam pressure
reducing valve. Sizes 1/2"
Downstream 5
pressure is fed Connections NPT
back through an Cast Steel

Construction Cast Iron 6 19
external sensing
line.
8 18
7 4
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B 8 3
Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB 10 9
2 Lower Diaphragm Housing Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B
14 15
Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB
16 2
3 Diaphragm Bolts Steel ASTM A449
4 Upper Case Diaphragm Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B 13
Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB 11
17
5 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel AISI 300 series 12
6 Jam Nut Brass ASTM B16 1
7 Adjustment Spring Carbon Steel AISI 1060
8 Spring Plate Steel ASTM A 569
9 Diaphragm Plate Brass ASTM 36(260)
10 Diaphragm Phosphor Bronze ASTM B 103 Alloy A
11 Stem Stainless Steel AISI 303
12 Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 440A
13 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 420F (hardened)
14 Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISI 303 B
15 Stem Guide Gasket Stainless Steel AISI 302
16 Pilot Valve Spring Stainless Steel AISI 302
17 Pilot Valve Assy. Gasket Graphite AISI 302
18 Cover Plate Stainless Steel AISI 300 Series
19 Retaining Ring Brass ASTM B 36
L IMITING O PERATING C ONDITIONS C

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) Cast Iron: 250 psig (17 barg) 1/4" NPT
Cast Steel: 300 psig (21 barg)
Sensing Line
Max. Operating Temperature Cast Iron: 450˚F (232˚C) Connection
Cast Steel: 600˚F (315˚C)
D OWNSTREAM P RESSURE R ANGES
For the following downstream pressures, three color-coded pilot valve springs are
available:
Yellow: 3 to 40 psi Blue: 40 to 150 psi Red: 150 to 200 psi A
0.2 to 2.8 bar 2.8 to 10.3 bar 10.3 to 13.8 bar
D IMENSIONS ( NOMINAL ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
Size A B C WEIGHT
1/2" 3.5 4.9 9.75 9.75 lb
89 125 248 4.45 kg
INICIO

25MP
CAPACITY – P OUNDS OF SATURATED STEAM PER HOUR AT 80% ACCURACY OF REGULATION
Inlet Steam
Reduced Steam Pressure
Pressure
psig 2 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 175 200
bar .14 .34 .69 1.03 1.38 2.07 2.76 3.45 4.14 5.17 6.89 8.62 10.3 12.1 13.8
15 1.03 8 10 15
30 2.07 12 18 27 31 33
50 3.45 15 20 30 37 46 50 57
75 5.17 17 23 48 59 73 74 78 73 72
100 6.89 19 39 56 70 85 93 110 92 98 94
125 8.62 68 85 102 118 122 116 125 128 119
150 10.3 85 105 124 139 139 139 142 145 143 139
175 12.1 97 123 140 159 163 150 159 162 164 162 157
200 13.8 114 137 160 182 188 173 187 191 194 197 190 167
250 17.2 137 164 192 218 226 224 228 230 233 232 234 222 210
300 20.6 185 210 245 270 260 265 272 275 216 280 280 275
for kg/hr, multiply by .454
S PARE PAR TS
CAPACITY & ACCURACY OF R EGULATION

G4
Capacity of the type MP regulator is based upon the
B4
accuracy of regulation of the reduced pressure, and chart
values are given for an accuracy of regulation of 80%. This
means that, for example, at a reduction of 100 psi to 20 psi, A4
the capacity will be 85 lbs/hr when the reduced pressure
drops to 80% of the 20 psi initial setting or 16 psi.
The following multipliers can be used to determine the
capacity for other percent of accuracy of regulation values. F4
H4
Accuracy of Regulation Capacity Chart Multiplier
75% 1.25 K4
80% 1.0
85% 0.75
90% 0.5 J4
L4
B M4
N4
S AMPLE S PECIFICATION W
The pressure regulator shall be direct-acting with an external T4
pressure sensing line. The valve trim shall be hardened
stainless steel, and the body shall be cast iron (cast steel). S4
I NSTALLATION
The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with Cover Plate w/ Retaining Ring A4, B4
suitable bypass and isolating valves. A steam trap should be Pilot Screws w/ Gasket B, F4
installed upstream to prevent condensate from reaching the Adjustment Screw w/ Nut, and Upper G4, H4
regulator. The trap and regulator should both be protected with and Lower Spring Support Discs J4
a strainer. The pressure sensing line should be located in a Adjustment Spring K4
straight section of the downstream piping at least 10 pipe Specify controlled pressure and spring color
diameters from the nearest fitting, or in the steam space. Yellow 3 to 30 psi
Blue 20 to 100 psi
Red 80 to 250 psi

Diaphragm Assembly L4
Stem Guide w/ Gasket M4, N4
M AINTENANCE
Head & Seat Assembly w/ Gasket S4, T4
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given
Square Gasket for all Pilots W
in IMI 3.0001, a copy of which is supplied with each valve.
TIS 3.104 US 01.96
INICIO

LRV2
The LRV2 is a 19
Model ➪ LRV2S 21
direct operated
Sizes 1/2" , 3/4", 1" 2
pressure
regulator Connections NPT
suitable for Construction Bronze
liquid 3
Options LRV2B with phosphor
applications. bronze/brass bellows. 4
LRV2S with stainless steel 7
(316Ti/316L) bellows.
1
6
No. Part Material Spec. Closest Equivalent
1 Spring Housing Aluminum - Epoxy coated LM 24 5
2 Adjustment Hand Wheel Plastic—Polypropylene
3 Top Spring Plate Cast Iron DIN1691 GG 20 ASTMA27B Cl.30
4 Pressure Adjustment Silicone Chrome BS 2803 685 A55 20 9
Spring Spring Steel Range 2 10
5 Bellows Assembly Stainless Steel optional 316Ti/316L 316Ti/316L 8
6 Bellows Assembly Gasket Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite 12
7 Cap Screws Steel—Zinc plated BS 3692 Gr 8.8 ANSI B18.2.3.2M 11
M8 x 25 mm
8 Body Bronze BS1400 LG2 ASTM B62 UNS 083600 16
9 Guide Bush Graphite filled PTFE 14
10 Pushrod Stainless Steel ASTM A276 316L
11 Valve Seat Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 Gr. 431 15
12 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel BS 1449 316 S11 AISI 316 13
13 Piston Stainless Steel BS970 431 S29 ASTM A276 Gr.431 18
14 Valve Head Nitrile Rubber
15 Piston Return Spring Stainless Steel BS2056 Gr302 S26 17
16 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16 AISI 304
17 Cap Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 ASTM B283 UNS 3770
18 Cap Gasket Reinforced Expholiated Graphite
19 Spring Range ID Plate Polypropylene
20 Bulkhead Plate Stainless Steel 316L
E Withdrawal
Distance
21 Tamperproof Pin Mild Steel - Copper Plated
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S - L I Q U I D
Max. Upstream Pressure 200 psig (14 barg)
Max. Downstream Pressure 115 psig (8.6 barg) C
Max. Cold Hydraulic Test 550 psig (38 barg)
Pressure barg
1.7 3.4 5.1 6.8 8.6 10.3 12.0 13.7
200 93.3
167 75
150 65.6
100 37.8 B
50 10
0 0 D
25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 F Withdrawal
Pressure psig A Distance
Do not use in this region
Size A B C D E F WEIGHT
D OW N S T R E A M P R E S S U R E R A N G E S 1/2" 3.26 2.44 5.11 1.26 .98 1.57 4.41 lb
For the following downstream pressures, three color-coded springs are available. Where the
83 62 130 32 25 40 2.0 kg
pressures overlap, use the lowest pressure spring to give the downstream pressure required:
3/4" 3.78 2.44 5.11 1.26 .98 1.57 4.41 lb
Grey: 5 to 25 psi Green: 20 to 58 psi Orange: 51 to 125 psi 96 62 130 32 25 40 2.0 kg
0.35 to 1.7 bar 1.4 to 4.0 bar 3.5 to 8.6 bar
1" 4.25 2.44 5.11 1.26 .98 1.57 4.41 lb
108 62 130 32 25 40 2.0 kg
INICIO

LRV2
CA PAC I T I E S – Water capacities in gpm

Full lift capacities for safety valve sizing are shown below: S PA R E PA RT S
1/2" (DN15) 3/4" (DN20) 1" (DN25)
Q
Cvs (Kvs) 2.4 (2.1) 4.2 (3.6) 5.0 (4.3)
180 (12) G
Spring
210 Housing
(14) Pressure Cap
165 (11) Adjustment Screw
Spring
150 (10)
165
(11)
135 (9)
D
120 (8) 135
(9)
105 (7) E Bellows

105 Set
F F
(7)
90 (6) F
K
R
75 (5) L
75 M M
(5)
60 (4) Upstream
pressure Valve and
psig Seat Assembly Gasket Set
45 (3) (barg)
45
(3)
30 (2)
V
U
15 (1)
S
S
T
0
0 1.3 2.6 3.9 5.2 6.5 7.8 9.1 10.4 11.7 13 14.3 15.6 16.9 18.2 19.5 20.8 22.123.4 1/2" DN 15
Capacity 0 2.6 5.2 7.8 10.4 13 15.6 18.2 20.8 23.4 26 28.6 31.2 33.8 36.4 39 41.6 3/4" DN 20
gpm Spare Parts
0 2.6 5.2 7.8 10.4 13 1 5 . 61 8 . 2 20.8 23.4 26 28.6 31.233.8 36.4 39 41.6 4 4 . 24 6 . 8 49.4 52 1" DN 25 The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline.
Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
AVAILABLE SPARE
H OW TO U S E T H E C H A R T * Pressure Adjustment Spring
The curved lines labelled 45, 70, 105, etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream Grey 0.35/1.7 bar g D, Q
pressure is read along the vertical line on the left hand side of the chart. Green 1.4/4.0 bar g D, Q
Example: Orange 3.5/8.6 bar g D, Q
Required, a reducing valve to pass water at the rate of 11.7 gpm reducing from 105 to 60 * Bellows Assembly - Phosphor Bronze E, F
psi. From the downstream pressure of 60 psi on the left hand side of the chart extend out * Spring Housing Cap Screws (set of 4) G
horizontally until the line meets the curved 105 upstream line. At the point read vertically * Piston and Seat Assembly
downwards where it will be seen that a 1/2" valve (with a 51-125 psi spring) will be F, K, R, L, M V, U, T, S
required. * Gasket Set F, M, S
* Screen T
* Common to all sizes
H OW TO O R D E R
How to order
1-1/2" Spirax Sarco LRV2 Pressure Reducing Valve with Gunmetal body and fitted with Always order spares by using the description given
orange spring (51 to 125 psi). in the column headed Available Spare and stating the
size, type and pressure range of the reducing valve.
Example: Pressure Adjustment Spring, pressure
I N S TA L L AT I O N range 51-125 psi (orange) for 1/2" Spirax Sarco
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated Type LRV2 Reducing Valve.
by the arrow on the valve body. Full installation and maintenance instructions are supplied
with the product.
TIS 3.103 US 07.97
INICIO

BRV2
The BRV2 is a Model ➪ BRV2S
16
direct acting Sizes 1/2" , 3/4", 1" 18
pressure 2
Connections NPT
reducing valve 18
suitable for Construction Ductile Iron
steam or gases, Options BRV2B with phosphor 3

bronze/brass bellows assembly 4
such as BRV2SP & BRV2SB optional types
compressed air. with external pressure sensing 7
1 20
1
1 Spring Housing Aluminum Epoxy Coated LM 24
6
2 Adjustment Hand Wheel Mineral Reinforced Nylon
3 Top Spring Plate Cast Iron DIN1691 GG 20 8
5
4 Pressure Adjustment Silicone Chrome BS 2803 685 A55 9
Spring Spring Steel Range 2
17
5 Bellows Assembly Option Stainless Steel 316Ti/316L
Phosphor Bronze/Brass 10
6 Bellows Assembly Gasket Stainless Steel Reinforced
Exfoliated Graphite 12
7 Spring Housing Bolts Steel–Zinc plated BS 3692 Gr 8.8 11
M8 x 25 mm
8 Body - Screwed & Flanged SG Iron DIN 1693 GGG40.3 13
9 Guide Bush Graphite Filled PTFE
10 Pushrod Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Gr 316L 14
11 Valve Seat Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 15
12 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel BS 1449 316 S11
13 Valve Stainless Steel AISI 420
14 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel BS 20056 316 S42
15 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel BS 1449 316 SH T Y P I CA L
16 Spring Range
Identification Disc
Polypropylene A P P L I CAT I O N S
17 Bulkhead Plate Stainless Steel 316L Small steam or gas
18 Tamperproof Pin Mild Steel - Copper Plated pressure reducing
19 Blanking Plub Stainless Steel BS970 431 S29 applications.
20 Compression Fitting Brass
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S - S T E A M O R G A S
Max. Upstream Pressure 275 psig (19 barg)
Max. Downstream Pressure 115 psig (8.0 barg)
Max. Operating Temperature 410˚F (210˚C)
Max. Cold Hydraulic Test 550 psig (38 barg)
Max. Recommended Turndown Ratio 10:1 psig at Maximum Flow
Shutoff ANSI Class IV
Pressure barg
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 1819
400 200
200 100
Size A C D E Weight
50 100 150 200 250 275 Withdrawal
Pressure psig Distance
1/2" 3.3 2.2 5.0 1.0 3.4 lb
83 55 126.5 25 1.55 kg
D OW N S T R E A M P R E S S U R E R A N G E S
3/4" 3.8 2.2 5.0 1.0 3.6 lb
For the following downstream pressures, three color-coded springs are available. Where the 96 55 126.5 25 1.65 kg
pressures overlap, use the lowest pressure spring to give the downstream pressure required:
Grey: 2 to 25 psig Green: 20 to 60 psig Orange: 50 to 125 psig 1" 4.25 2.2 5.0 1.0 4.2 lb
108 55 126.5 25 1.90 kg
0.14 to 1.7 barg 1.4 to 4.0 barg 3.5 to 8.6 barg
INICIO

BRV2
C A PAC I T I E S – Satu rated steam capacitie s in lb /h

S PA R E PA RT S
Full lift capacities for safety valve sizing are shown below:
1/2" (DN15) 3/4" (DN20) 1" (DN25) Q
Cvs (Kvs) 1.8 (1.5) 2.9 (2.5) 3.5 (3.0)
G Spring
Housing
Bolts
150 165 180 195 245
(10) (11) (12) (13) (17)
125 (8.6)
120 (8)
120
(8)
105 (7)
105
Pressure
(7)
Adjustment
90 (6) Spring
90
(6)
75 (5)
75
(5)
60 (4)
60 D
(4)
45 (3) Upstream pressure
45 psig (barg)
(3)
30 (2)
30(2)
15 (1) E
Bellows Set
F F
0
F
0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 1/2" DN 15 J
Steam 0 Valve Gasket Set

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 3/4" DN 20 & Seat
Capacity Assembly L
lb/h 0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1" DN 25
M
M
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 1/2" DN 15

Compressed
Air Capacity 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 3/4" DN 20
cfm Free Air
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 380 1" DN 25
H OW TO U S E T H E C H A RT
The curved lines labelled 30, 45, 60, etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream
pressures are read along the vertical line on the left hand side of the chart.
Example:
Required, a reducing valve to pass 160 lb/h reducing from 150 to 60 psi. From the Spare Parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline.
downstream pressure of 60 on the left hand side of the chart extend out horizontally until Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
the line meets the curved 150 psi upstream line. At this point, read vertically downward AVAILABLE SPARE
where it will be seen that 1/2" BRV2 will be required. Valve and seat assembly F,M,L,J
*Bellows (Stainless Steel) E,F
I N S TA L L AT I O N AND MAINTENANCE Option Phosphor Bronze/Brass
*Spring Housing Cap Screw (set of 4) G
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated
*Pressure Adjustment Spring D,Q
by the arrow on the valve body. Grey 2-25 psig • Green 20-60 psig
When the required set pressure has been achieved, the tamper proof pin may be used to Orange 50-125 psig
prevent further pressure adjustments. *Set of all gaskets F,M
Any strainer fitted upstream of the BRV2S, and the strainer screen fitted inside the valve *Common to all sizes.
How to order
should be cleaned regularly so that the flow to the valve is not restricted. Full Installation Always order spares by using the description given
and Maintenance Instructions are supplied with each product. in the column headed Available Spare and stating the
size, type and pressure range of the reducing valve.
BRV2SP/BRV2BP Example:Pressure Adjustment Spring, pressure range
When external pressure sensing is used, remove the blanking plug (19) and fit the 50-125 psig (orange) for 1/2" Spirax Sarco Type
BRV2 Reducing Valve.
1/8"/6mm O/D compressing fitting (20-supplied). The other end of the 6mm sensing pipe
should be connected into the downstream pipework at least 1m downstream from the valve.
For more detail, see Installation and Maintenance Instructions. TIS 3.107 US 07.97
INICIO
Stainless Steel Direct Operated Pressure Regulator

SRV2
The SRV2 is a T Y P I CA L 18
Model ➪ SRV2
compact, stainless A P P L I CAT I O N S 2
20
steel, direct acting Sizes 1/2" , 3/4", 1"
pressure reducing Sterilizers, autoclaves,
valve for steam Connections NPT
humidifiers, culinary 21
or gases such as steam supplies, and 3
compressed air. Construction Stainless Steel other equipment 22 4
All wetted parts requiring reduced
are constructed Options Flanged ANSI 150. 7
Ductile Iron Body Material
pressure to operate.
in 316L stainless 1
see BRV2 TIS 3.107
steel.
6
No. Part Material Material Spec. 10 5
1 Spring Housing Aluminum LM6-Electroless Nickel Finish
19 9
2 Adjustment Hand Wheel Plastic Mineral Reinforced Nylon
3 Top Spring Plate Cast Iron DIN1691 GG 20
Electroless Nickel Finish
4 Pressure Adjustment Silicone Chrome BS 2803 685 A5 12
Spring Spring Steel Range 2-Electroless Nickel Finish 11
5 Bellows Assembly Stainless Steel 316Ti/316L
6 Bellows Assembly Gasket Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite 13
7 Hexagon Bolt Stainless Steel BS 6105 A 270
15
8 Body Stainless Steel (Electropolish Finish) ASTM A 351 CF 3M
9 Guide Bush Graphite Filled PTFE 14
10 Pushrod Stainless Steel ASTM A 276 316L
8
11 Valve Seat Stainless Steel ASTMA 351 CF 3M
13 Valve Stainless Steel 316L
17 16
14 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel BS 20056 316 S42
15 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel BS 1449 316 SH
16 Bottom Cap Stainless Steel ASTM A 276 316L
17 Bottom Cap Gasket Stainless Steel BS 1449 316 S11
E
18 Spring Range Identification Plate Plastic Polypropylene
19 Bulkhead Plate Stainless Steel AISI 316L
20 Tamperproof Pin Mild Steel-Copper Plated
21 Washer Stainless Steel 316L
22 Drive Spindle Carbon Steel BS 970 230 M07-Electroless Nickel Finish
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G CO N D I T I O N S D
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 275 psig (19 barg)

Pressure barg
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 17
400 200
200 100
C
50 100 150 200 250

Pressure psig A
Maximum Cold Hydraulic Test Pressure 550 psig (38 barg) DIMENSIONS ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
Shut Off: ANSI Class IV Size A C D E Weight

Withdrawal
Distance
D OW N S T R E A M P R E S S U R E R A N G E S 1/2" 3.3 2.4 5.1 1.0 3.3 lb
For the following downstream pressures, three color-coded springs are 83 62 130 25 1.5 kg
available. Where the pressures overlap, use the lowest pressure spring to 3/4" 3.8 2.4 5.1 1.0 3.5 lb
give the downstream pressure required: 96 62 130 25 1.6 kg
Grey: 2 to 25 psig Green: 20 to 60 psig Orange: 50 to 125 psig 1" 4.3 2.4 5.1 1.0 3.8 lb
0.14 to 1.7 barg 1.4 to 4.0 barg 3.5 to 8.6 barg 108 62 130 25 1.7 kg
INICIO

SRV2
C A PAC I T I E S – Saturated ste am capacities in l b/h
S PA R E PA RT S
1/2" (DN15) 3/4" (DN20) 1" (DN25) Q
Cvs (Kvs) 1.8 (1.5) 2.9 (2.5) 3.5 (3.0)
G
150 165 180 195 245 Spring Housing
(10) (11) (12) (13) (17) Hex Bolts
125 (8.6)
120 (8)
120
(8)
105 (7)
105
(7)
90 (6)
90
(6) D
75 (5)
75
(5)
60 (4)
60
(4)
45 (3) Upstream pressure E
45 psig (barg) F F
(3)
30 (2) F
30(2) R
15 (1) L
M M
0
0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 1/2" DN 15
Steam 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 3/4" DN 20

Capacity
lb/h 0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1" DN 25
S
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 1/2" DN 15
Compressed
Air Capacity 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 3/4" DN 20
cfm Free Air
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 380 1" DN 25
Spare Parts
Valve and seat assembly F, R, L, M
H OW TO U S E T H E C H A R T * Bellows (Stainless Steel) E, F
The curved lines labelled 30, 45, 60, etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream * Spring Housing Bolts (set of 4) G
pressures are read along the vertical line on the left hand side of the chart. * Pressure Adjustment Spring D, Q
Example: Grey 2/25 psig
Required, a reducing valve to pass 160 lb/h reducing from 150 to 60 psi. From the Green 20/60 psig
Orange 50/125 psig
downstream pressure of 60 on the left hand side of the chart extend out horizontally until
* Set of all gaskets F, M, S
the line meets the curved 150 psi upstream line. At this point, read vertically downward
* Common to all sizes.
where it will be seen that 1/2" SRV2 will be required
Only parts listed are available as spares.
I N S TA L L AT I O N AND MAINTENANCE Always state valve size when ordering
spare parts.
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated
by the arrow on the valve body. When the required set pressure has been achieved, the
tamper proof pin may be used to prevent further pressure adjustments. Any strainer fitted
upstream of the SRV2, and the strainer screen fitted inside the valve should be cleaned
regularly so that the flow to the valve is not restricted. Full Installation and Maintenance
Instructions are supplied with each product.
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N S
Pressure reducing valve shall be direct operated type with all 316L wetted parts. Reduced
pressure shall be adjustable, by hand, and a tamper proof device included to prevent further
adjustment.
TIS 3.108 US 11.99
INICIO

BRV71 & BRV73
The BRV71 15
ductile iron Model ➪ BRV71 & BRV73
screwed, and the Sizes 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2" 13
BRV73 ductile 6
iron flanged body Connections NPT/ANSI150 5
is a direct operated
pressure regulator Construction Ductile Iron 4
for steam 7
Options BSP, PN16, JIS10
applications. 2
21
1 Body Assembly SG Iron DIN 1693 GGG40.3
ELNP coated 9 3
2 Pressure Adjustment Silicone Chrome BS 2803 685 A55
Control Spring 11
3 Adjustment Screw Carbon Steel BS970 230 M07 1
4 Plain Washer Stainless Steel Gr. 18/10/3-4A
5 Adjustment Knob Mineral filled nylon 66 10B 140
6 Spirol Pin Stainless Steel AISI420 Chrome plated 12
7 Spring Plate Cast Iron DIN 1691 GG20
8 Spring Housing Aluminium 2ELNP coated
9 Upper Gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated 17
10 Lower Gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
11 Bellows Assembly Stainless Steel 316L
12 Bellows/push rod assy. Stainless Steel 316L PTFE 15% graphite fill
13 Printed Cap Polypropylene
16 25
14 Locking Pin Copper
16* Head (incorporating seal Pt No.27) Stainless Steel BS970 431S29 10
17 Screen Stainless Steel 316L 26
18 Lower Push Rod Stainless Steel BS970 431S29 19
19 End Cap SG iron DIN 1693 GGG40.3 ELNP coated 24
20 Screw Steel, zinc plated BS3692 Gr.8.8 20
23
21 Screw Steel, zinc plated BS3692 Gr.8.8
18 22
22 Washer Stainless Steel BS1449 304 515
23 Guide Bush PTFE 15% Graphite Filled
24 Return Spring Stainless Steel BS2056 316 S42
B
25 PTFE Washer Virgin PTFE BS6564 Type 2Gr.B
26 “O” Ring Seal EPDM E0962-90
27* Head “O” Ring Seal EDPM EO962-90
*Not Shown
LIMITING OPERATING CONDITIONS - STEAM AND/OR COMPRESSED AIR D

C
Max. Operating Temperature 365°F (184°C)
Max. Hydraulic Test 350 psig (24 barg)
Min. Ambient Temperature -17.8°F (0°C)
Shutoff ANSI Class IV
Pressure barg
2.7 5.5 6.9 9.610 12.4 A
400 204
365 184 E F A1
300 150
200 93 DIMENSIONS ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS

BSP/NPT PN ANSI JIS Weight
100 38 Scr. 16 150 10
Size A A1 A1 A1 B C D E F Scr Flg
40 80 100 140 150 180 1" 5.3 6.8 6.7 6.7 3.5 8.6 6.0 1.0 3.3 10 lb 13 lb
Pressure psig 134 174 170 170 90 220 153 25 84 4.4 kg 5.9 kg
Do not use in this region 1-1/4" 5.3 7.0 6.8 6.8 3.5 8.6 6.0 1.0 3.3 9.8 lb 16 lb
134 179 174 175 90 220 153 25 84 4.2 kg 7.65 kg
D OW N S T R E A M P R E S S U R E R A N G E S 1-1/2" 5.3 7.2 7.1 7.1 3.5 8.6 6.0 1.0 3.3 11.0 lb18 lb
For the following downstream pressures, three color-coded springs are available. Where the 134 186 183 180 90 220 153 25 84 4.95 kg8.55 kg
pressures overlap, use the lowest pressure spring to give the downstream pressure required: 2" 5.3 7.2 7.2 7.1 3.5 8.6 6.0 1.0 3.3 11.0 lb20 lb
Grey: 2 to 25 psig Green: 20 to 60 psig Orange: 50 to 130 psig 134 186 186 180 90 220 153 25 84 4.75 kg9.4 kg
0.14 to 1.7 barg 1.4 to 4.0 barg 3.5 to 9.0 barg
INICIO

BRV71 & BRV73
S PA R E PA RT S
CA PAC I T I E S – S team & compressed air capacity chart Q
1" (DN25) 1-1/4" (DN32) 1-1/2" (DN40) 2" (DN50) L
Cvs (Kvs) 8.0 (6.8) 11.1 (9.5) 13.5 (11.5) 17.5 (15)
Spring
Housing
Bolts
Upstream pressure psig (barg) 150 (10)
130 9
120
135 (9) 8
110 K
120 (8)
100 7
105
90
(7) 6 J
80
90(6)
70 5
75(5)
60 4 H
F
50
60 (4)
3 G
40
45(3)
30 2
30(2)
20 Gasket Set
1
10
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1"-DN 25 E
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1-1/4"-DN32 D
Steam
Capacity 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 1-1/2"-DN40
lb/h
C
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 2"-DN50
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 340 380 1"-DN 25

B
Compressed 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 340 380 420 1-1/4"-DN32
Air Capacity A
cfm Free Air 0 40 160 240 340 420 500 580 660 1-1/2"-DN40
0 80 160 240 340 420 500 580 660 760 840 920 2"-DN50
Spare Parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline.
H OW TO U S E T H E C H A RT AVAILABLE SPARE
The curved lines labelled 30, 45, 60, etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream *Pressure Adjustment Spring K,Q
pressures are read along the vertical line on the left hand side of the chart. Grey 2-25 psig • Green 20-60 psig
Orange 50-130 psig
Example: *Control Bellows (Stainless Steel) J
Required, a reducing valve to pass 400 lb/h reducing from 105 to 60 psi. From the * Bellows pushrod assembly,
downstream pressure of 60 psi on the left hand side of the chart extend out (Sub Assembly, Head, “O” rings,
horizontally until the line meets the curved 105 psi upstream line. At this point, read Lower push rod and balancing bellows) E,C,H
*Bottom cap B
vertically downward where it will be seen that a 1" BRV71/73 will be required.
* Strainer screen G
* Set of gaskets F
I N S TA L L AT I O N AND MAINTENANCE * Hex. Head Screw - Spring housing (set of 4) L
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as - Bottom cap (set of 4) A
indicated by the arrow on the valve body. Full Installation and Maintenance * Return spring D
*Common to all sizes.
Instructions are supplied with this product.
How to order
How to order Always order spares by using the description given
Example: 1" Spirax Sarco BRV71 pressure reducing valve iwth ductile iron body, in the column headed Available Spare and stating the
stainless steel bellows and fitted with Orange spring (50-130 psig) size, type and pressure range of the reducing valve.
Example:Pressure Adjustment Spring, pressure range
50-130 psig (orange) for 1" Spirax Sarco BRV71
Reducing Valve.
TIS 3.109 US 07.97
INICIO

SRV461/463
Types SRV461/463
Model ➪ SRV461 SRV463
Direct Acting Pressure Clean steam, gas, and liquid supplies to bioreactors,
Reducing Valve with centrifuges, freeze dryers (lyophilizers), sterilizers,
Sizes 1/2", 3/4"*, 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2" autoclaves, process tanks, production suites,
non-rising adjustment
screw, O-ring soft seal humidifiers, and culinary equipment.
Plug Connections NPT ANSI 150
on valve plug for tight
ANSI Class IV
Construction 316 Ti Stainless Steel, EPDM Diaphragm, TFE O-ring Seal Stainless steel direct acting pressure reducing
shutoff, and 316 Ti valves shall be diaphragm actuated with all 316Ti
stainless steel Options BSPConnections DINPN16 or BS4504 flanges grade body and a soft O-ring seal for ANSI Class
construction for IV shutoff. Pressure setting on valves shall be
SRV461S and SRV463S for Hydrocarbon Service -
wetted parts. adjustable while in service with maximum
Consult Factory capacities rated for droop not to exceed 20%. Valve
Non-Standard Pressure Ranges body shall be of packless design. Spirax Sarco
SRV461 (screwed) SRV463 (flanged).
* flanged only
No. Part Material Werkstoff No. AISI Equivalent*
1 Body Stainless Steel 1.4571 316 Ti
2 Spring Housing Stainless Steel 1.4404 316L 6
5
3 Cap Stainless Steel 1.4571 316 Ti 4
4 Valve Seat Stainless Steel 1.4571 316 Ti 1
5 Valve Plug Stainless Steel 1.4571 316 Ti
6 O-Ring Seal TFE
7 Diaphragm EPDM
8 Piston Stainless Steel 1.4571 316 Ti
9
9 O-Ring EPDM
10 Top Spring Plate Stainless Steel 1.4571 316 Ti
11 Spring Stainless Steel 1.4310 301
12 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel 1.4571 316 Ti
* not direct equivalents, nearest AISIspecification is given.
7
L I M I T I N G OP E R A T I N G C O N D I T I O N S 8
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 174 psig ( 12 barg)
10
Max. Operating Temperature Steam service: 374˚F (190˚C)
Liquid and gas service: 266˚F (130˚C) at all operating pressures 2
PR E S S U R E S H E L L D E S I G N C O N D I T I O N S
PMA 220 psig/0-122˚F 15 barg/0-50˚C
PRESSURE R ANGES 11

187 psig/302˚F 13 barg/150˚C 4 – 16 psi 0.3 – 1.1 bar
174 psig/374˚F 12 barg/190˚C 12 – 36 psi 0.8 – 2.5 bar
TMA 30 – 75 psi 2.0 – 5.0 bar
Max. allowable temperature 374˚F/0-174 psig 190˚C/0-12 barg 12
CAPACITIES SIZING NOTES For Steam:

Establish whether the flow is critical or non-critical, and
Capacities can be calculated from 1) Maximum capacities can be obtained only at
calculate the required Cv using one of the following formula:
the fully open capacity indices. the upper end of each pressure range.
Size Cv Kv Therefore, to ensure quoted capacities always Critical ∆P Cv = Q Q = Steam load lb/h
select lowest pressure range option P2 < 1/2 P1 1.6 x P1 P1 = Primary pressure (psia)
1/2" DN15 4.7 4 compatible with required downstream P2 = Secondary pressure (psia)
3/4" DN20 5.9 5 pressure. Noncritical ∆P Cv = Q
W = Liquid flow rate (GPM)
3.2 x √(P1 - P2) x P2 SG= Specific gravity of liquid
1
P2 > / 2 P1
1" DN25 7.0 6 2) Because of valve droop characteristics, it is
1-1/4" DN32 14.0 12 recommended that only 80% of the "fully All pressures in psi absolute ∆P = Pressure differential
1-1/2" DN40 18.7 16 open capacity indices" be used for sizing.
3) Required Cv's can be calculated from the For Liquids:
2" DN50 21.1 18 Calculate the required Cv using the following formula:
following formulae:
Cv = W S.G.
√ ∆P
INICIO

SRV461/463
WEIGHT lb/kg
DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS setting ranges screwed flanged
psi bar 1/2"-1" 1-1/4"-2" 1/2"-1" 1-1/4"-2"
Size A B C D D E E
4-16 0.3-1.1 13.5 6.1 15.4 7 17.4 7.9 24.2 11.0
4-16 12-36 4-16 12-36
12-36 0.8-2.5 6.5 3.1 8.8 4.0 10.8 4.9 13.2 6.0
30-75 30-75
30-75 2.0-5.0 6.5 3.1 8.8 4.0 10.8 4.9 13.2 6.0
1/2" 3.4 5.1 3.0 11.8 9.3 7.9 5.4
85 130 76 300 235 200 138
3/4" – 5.9 3.0 11.8 9.3 7.9 5.4
S PA R E PA RT S
– 150 76 300 235 200 138
1" 3.4 6.3 3.0 11.8 9.3 7.9 5.4 Valves with pressure ranges Valves with pressure range
12-36 psi and 30-75 psi 4-16 psi
85 160 76 300 235 200 138
1-1/4" 5.1 7.1 3.5 11.8 9.3 7.9 5.4
130 180 90 300 235 200 138 Soft O-ring O-ring Soft
1-1/2" 5.7 7.9 3.5 11.8 9.3 7.9 5.4 Seal Seal Seal Seal
A
145 200 90 300 235 200 138 H H
I I
2" 7.3 9.1 3.5 11.8 9.3 7.9 5.4
185 230 90 300 235 200 138
B
A
B
C
C
F
E
J
D
G
E
D
I N S TA L L AT I O N Repair Kit – SRV461/463 1/2"-1" DN 15-25 A, B, C, D, E, F, G

See Installation & Maintenance Instructions IMI3.110 supplied with each valve. Repair Kit – SRV461S/463S 1/2"-1" DN 15-25 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Repair Kit – SRV461/463 1-1/4"-2" DN 32-50 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, J
MAINTENANCE
Repair Kit – SRV461S/463S 1-1/4"-2" DN 32-50 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping connections.
Complete isolation of the valve from supply is required before any Item J—Sizes 1-1/4" and larger only
servicing is performed. Standard spare parts are those shown numbered in the diagram. Additional
The valve should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning spares may be available upon request. Always order spares by using the
of the valve head and seat. description in the first column, and by stating size, type, pressure range and
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced . Please refer to Spare Parts list valve seal type for the reducing valve.
for replacement parts. Complete installation and maintenance
instructions are given in IMI 3.110 which accompanies the product. TIS 3.110 US 11.99
INICIO
Pilot Operated Pressure Regulator

2" 25P
The 25P is a self-actuated Typical Applications

pilot-operated pressure Model ➪ 25P The 25P is a reliable, accurate regulator to
regulator. Downstream reduce steam from a high supply pressure to
PMO 300 psig
pressure is fed back the most efficient operating pressure of the
through an external sensing Sizes 2" equipment, and to protect the equipment
line to the pressure pilot, from dangerously high pressures.
which adjusts the opening Connections ANSI 300 flgd.
of the main valve so as to Cast Steel

Construction
maintain the set pressure.
A1

Cast Steel
600 315
500 260
450
400 204
C
300 149
200 93
100 38
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300* 350
(7) (14) (20)
E
*If higher operating pressures are required, please consult factory.
Cv Values
Size 2"
C v value 35.0
B
Downstream Pressure Ranges
For the following downstream pressures, three color-coded pilot Optional left or right hand mounted transmission
valve springs are available: tubing. Comes complete with removable legs.
Yellow: 3 to 30 psi Blue: 20 to 100 psi Red: 80 to 290 psi
ANSI 300 WEIGHT
The pressure regulator shall be of the pilot-actuated diaphragm
Size A1 B C D E Cast Steel
operated type. The main valve shall be single-seated with hardened
stainless steel trim; the regulator body shall be cast steel. The pilot 2" 9.0 10.6 13.3 8.2 21.5 75 lb
228 270 338 208 546 34 kg
shall be bolted directly to the regulator body.
INICIO

2" 25P
9 3 13
11 2
43 4
7
44
5 26
48
45
1
46
8
6
25
62 48
50 10 28
12
49 19
47
51 15
61
20
16
27 22 21
24
No. Part Material No. Part Material
1 Valve Body Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 46 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
2 Cover Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 47 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
3 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A449 48 Spring Plate Steel ASTMA569
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 420 49 Diaphragm Stainless Steel AISI 304
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel 2" - 4" AISI303 50 Diaphragm Plate Brass ASTMB36
6 Main Valve Seat Gasket Copper ASTM B272 51 Pilot Head Spring Stainless Steel AISIType 302
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 631 60 Pilot Gasket Graphite
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI 303 61 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel ASTM A449
9 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304 62 Diaphragm Case Screws Steel
10 Valve Stem Sleeve Stainless Steel AISI 420F
11 Spring Guide 2" - 4" AISI 1117
12 Nut Steel ASTMA307
13 Cover Gasket Graphite
15 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
16 Removable Legs Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB Installation
19 Nut Steel 2" - 4" ASTMA307 The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
20 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent
21 Diaphragm Plate Brass ASTMB124 (377) condensate from reaching the regulator. The trap and regulator should both
22 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Stainless Steel AISI 304 be protected with a strainer. The pressure sensing line should be located in a
straight section of the downstream piping at least 10 pipe diameters from the
24 Tube &Orifice Stainless Steel AISI 304
nearest fitting. Complete installation instructions are given in IMI3.000.
25 Tubing Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 304
26 Plug (Cast Steel) Steel ASTMA105
27 Connector Stud Stainless Steel AISI 303
28 Body Gasket Copper Clad Non-Asbestos Fill Maintenance
43 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel AISI 303
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI3.100
44 Jam Nut Brass ASTMB16 and 3.101, a copy of which is supplied with each regulator. Available spare
45 Pilot Valve Spring Steel AISI 1060 parts are shown on IMI 3.101 and TIS 3.027.
TIS 3.020 US 01.96

INICIO

1/2" to 4" 25P
Typical Applications
The 25P is a self-actuated pilot-
operated pressure regulator. Model ➪ 25P The 25P is a reliable, accurate regulator
Downstream pressure is fed back to reduce steam from a high supply
Sizes 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" pressure to the most efficient operating
through an external sensing line
pressure of the equipment, and to
to the pressure pilot, which
Connections NPT ANSI 125 flgd. NPT ANSI 300 flgd. protect the equipment from dangerously
adjusts the opening of the main
high pressures.
valve so as to maintain the set
Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel
pressure. The main valve can Capacities
close tight for dead-end shut off For selection and sizing data,
Options ANSI 250 flgd. ANSI 150 flgd.
when steam is not required. see TIS 3.030.
A
Max. Operating NPT: 250 psig (17 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
Pressure(PMO) ANSI 125: 125 psig ( 8 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
ANSI 250: 250 psig (17 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
ANSI 150: 185 psig (12 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
ANSI 300: 300 psig (20 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
C
Max. Operating 450˚F (232˚C)
Temperature
1/4" NPT
Downstream Pressure Ranges Sensing Line
Connection E
For the following downstream pressures, three color-coded pilot valve
springs are available:
Pressure Shell Design Conditions

D
Cast Steel:300 psig/0-600˚F 21 barg/0-316˚C
TMA Cast Iron: 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg
Cast Steel:600˚F/0-300 psig 316˚C/0-21 barg 1/2" to 2" B
Sample Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters

A1
Specification Ansi 125 Ansi 250
Ansi 300 Weight
The pressure regulator Size A A1 A1 B C D E Cast Iron Cast Steel
shall be of the pilot- 1/2", 3/4" 5.5 – – 7.6 12.2 6.2 18.4 32 lb 35 lb
actuated diaphragm 140 – – 194 310 157 467 14.5 kg 15.9 kg
operated type. The main 1" 6.0 – – 8.6 12.1 6.75 18.9 39 lb 43 lb
valve shall be single- 152 – – 219 308 171 479 17.7 kg 19.5 kg
C
seated with hardened 1-1/4", 1-1/2" 7.25 – – 8.6 12.7 7.1 19.75 44 lb 48 lb
184 – – 219 322 179 502 20 kg 21.8 kg
stainless steel trim; the
regulator body shall be F 2" 8.5 – – 10.6 13.3 8.2 21.5 69 lb 75 lb
216 – – 270 338 208 546 31.3 kg 34 kg
cast iron (cast steel).
The pilot shall be bolted 2-1/2" – 10.9 11.5 13.6 14.0 13.9 27.9 157 lb 171 lb
_ 276 292 346 356 354 710 71.2 kg 77.6 kg
directly to the regulator D
3" – 11.75 12.5 13.6 13.9 14.4 28.4 188 lb 205 lb
body. The regulator shall – 298 318 346 354 367 721 85.3 kg 93 kg
be capable of dead-end
4" – 13.9 14.5 15.6 15.25 16.1 31.4 284 lb 309 lb
shut-off. – 352 368 397 387 410 797 129 kg 140 kg
B
2-1/2" to 4"
INICIO

1/2" to 4" 25P
43
44
48
45
for pilot, see
46
1/2" to 2"
62 48
50
49 60 3
47 2
9 13
51 8 7
61 3 10
60 12 1
2 11 4
11 5
13 14
7
1 25
25 4
5
6 28
16
25 17
28 18
27
15
19
19
15
21 21
22 23 22
24
20 20
26
1/2" to 2" 2-1/2" to 4"
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 27 Connector Stud Stainless Steel AISI 303
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 28 Body Gasket 1/2" - 2" Copper Clad Non-Asbestos Fill
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 2-1/2" - 4" Graphite
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 43 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel AISI 303
3 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A449 44 Jam Nut Brass ASTMB16
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel 45 Pilot Valve Spring Steel AISI 1060
1-1/2", 25 & 2" 25S AISI 420 46 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
all other sizes AISI 420F Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel 1/2"-2" AISI 420F 47 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
2-1/2" - 4" AISI303 Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
6 Main Valve Seat Gasket Copper ASTM B272 48 Spring Plate Steel ASTMA569
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 631 49 Diaphragm Stainless Steel ASTMA240
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI 303 50 Diaphragm PLate Brass ASTMB36
9 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304 51 Pilot Head Spring Stainless Steel AISIType 302
10 Valve Stem Sleeve Stainless Steel AISI420F 60 Pilot Gasket Graphite
11 Spring Guide Cast Iron 1/2"-2" ASTMA 126 CL B 61 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel ASTM A449
CRS 2-1/2" - 4" AISI 1117 62 Diaphragm Case Screws Steel 5/16" - 18 x 1" ASTMA449
12 Nut Steel ASTMA307
14 Pressure Equalizer Pipe Stainless Steel AISI 304
15 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
16 Stem Bushing Stainless Steel AISI 303 Installation
(2-1/2" - 4" Cast Steel only) The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass
17 Diaphragm Plate Stem Stainless Steel AISI 304 and isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent
18 Diaphragm Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISI 303 condensate from reaching the regulator. The trap and regulator should
19 Nut Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTMB16 both be protected with a strainer. The pressure sensing line should be
Steel 2-1/2" - 4" ASTMA307 located in a straight section of the downstream piping at least 10 pipe
20 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B diameters from the nearest fitting. Complete installation instructions are
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB given in IMI3.000.
21 Diaphragm Plate Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTMB124 (377)
C.I. 2-1/2" - 4" ASTM A126 CLB
22 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Phosphor Bronze ASTMB103 (511) Maintenance
23 Bushing CRS AISI 1117 Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI
24 Tube &Orifice Stainless Steel AISI 304 3.000, a copy of which is supplied with each regulator. Available spare
25 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122) parts are shown on TIS 3.027 & 3.0271.
Brass ASTM B16
26 Plug (Cast Iron) Brass ASTMB16
(Cast Steel) Steel ASTMA105
TIS 3.015 US 09.02
INICIO

6" 25P
The 25P is a self-actuated pilot- T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S

Model ➪ 25P The 25P is a reliable, accurate regulator to reduce steam from a high
operated pressure regulator. supply pressure to the most efficient operating pressure of the equipment,
Downstream pressure is fed Sizes 6" and to protect the equipment from dangerously high pressures.
back through an external sensing
line to the pressure pilot, which Connections ANSI 125, 250 ANSI 150,300
CA PAC I T I E S
adjusts the opening of the main For selection and sizing data, see TIS 3.030
valve so as to maintain the set
pressure. The main valve can
Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N
The pressure regulator shall be of the pilot-actuated diaphragm
close tight for dead-end shut off Options Reduce Orifice Designated by “S” operated type. The main valve shall be single-seated with hardened
when steam is not required. stainless steel trim; the regulator body shall be cast iron. The pilot
shall be externally mounted to the regulator body.
CA S T I R O N 232
450
400 204
1/4" NPT
sensing line
300 149 connections
A1
200 93
ANSI 125
100 38
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
(7) (14) (20)
Pressure psig (barg) C
CAST S TEEL
600 315
500 260 E
450
400 204
300 149
200 93 D
ANSI 150
100 38
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(7) (14) (20)
The product should not be used in shaded area. B
D IMENSIONS ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS

D OW N S T R E A M P R E S S U R E R A N G E S C V VA L U E S ANSI 125/150 ANSI 250/300
For the following downstream pressures, three
Size 6" 6" “S” Size A1 A1 B C D E Weight
color-coded pilot valve springs are available:
Yellow: 3 to 30 psi Cv value 260 185 6" 18.1 19.0 19.75 11.75 16.7 28.6 560 lb
460 483 502 302 424 725 254 kg
Blue: 20 to 100 psi
Red: 80 to 240 psi
INICIO

6" 25P
43 3
44 2
48 10
45 1
46
48 8
54
50
47
49
51 4
60 5
15
11
16
13
14
17
12
15
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 47 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 48 Spring Plate Steel ASTMA569
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B 49 Diaphragm Phosphor Bronze ASTMB103
3 Cover Bolts Steel AISI 1038 50 Diaphragm Plate Brass ASTMB36
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 51 Head & Seat Assembly Stainless Steel AISI440
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 Stainless Steel AISI440F
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 302 54 Diaphragm Case Screws Steel 5/16" - 18 x 1" ASTMA449
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI 304 60 Pilot Gasket Graphite
10 Cover Gasket Graphite BS 2815 A
11 Stem Bushing Brass ASTMB16 I N S TA L L AT I O N
12 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent condensate
13 Diaphragm Plate Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 from reaching the regulator. The trap and regulator should both be protected with
14 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Stainless Steel AISI 301 a strainer separator set. The pressure sensing line should be located in a straight
15 Tube &Orifice Brass ASTMB16 section of the downstream piping at least 10 pipe diameters from the nearest
16 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122) fitting. Complete installation instructions are given in IMI3.000.
17 Diaphragm Gasket (2) Graphite BS 2815 A
43 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel AISI 304 MAINTENANCE
44 Jam Nut Brass ASTMB16 Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI3.000 and
ADVP 3029, a copy of which is supplied with each regulator. Available spare
45 Pilot Valve Spring Steel AISI1060
parts are shown on TIS 3.029 and 3.0271.
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B TIS 3.016 US 09.97
INICIO
Pressure Regulator with Air Loaded Pilot

1/2" to 4" 25PA
The Pressure Pilot is loaded by an
external compressed air supply Model ➪ 25PA
rather than by a spring. The
downstream pressure can be set
remotely by adjusting the loading Sizes 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4"
air pressure. The PA4 and PA6
Connections NPT ANSI 125 flgd. NPT ANSI 300 flgd.
multiply the effect of the loading
pressure, and the optional air
Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel Body
loading panels (see TIS 3.0191) Cast Iron Pilot PA4 & PA6
provide a visual indication of the
pressures. Options ANSI 250 flgd. ANSI 150 flgd

A
ANSI 250: 250 psig (17 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
ANSI 150: 185 psig (12 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
C
ANSI 300: 300 psig (20 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
Temperature
Air Pilots E
PA direct air load maximum 120 psig air
Downstream Pressure Ranges D

For proper selection, see TIS 3.032
PA 3 to 35 psig (approximate ratio 1:1)

PMA 250 psig/0-450˚F 17 barg/0-232˚C
Max. allowable pressure 25PA 1/2" to 2" B
TMA 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg

D IMENSIONS ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES*
ANSI 125 ANSI 250

ANSI 300 WEIGHT
Size A A1 A1 B C C1 D E E1 Cast Iron Cast Steel
1/2", 3/4" 5.5 – – 7.6 10.1 8.0 6.2 16.3 14.2 32 35
1" 6.0 – – 8.6 10.1 8.0 6.75 16.9 14.8 39 43
1-1/4", 1-1/2" 7.25 – – 8.6 10.1 8.0 7.1 17.7 15.6 44 48
2" 8.5 – – 10.6 11.3 9.2 8.2 19.5 17.4 69 75
2-1/2" – 10.9 11.5 13.6 11.9 9.9 13.9 25.8 23.8 157 171
3" – 11.75 12.5 13.6 11.9 9.8 14.4 26.3 24.3 188 205
4" – 13.9 14.5 15.6 13.2 11.1 16.1 29.3 27.3 284 309
* All pilots are interchangeable. Drawings are for dimensional purposes only.
INICIO
Pressure Reducing Valve with Air Loaded Pilot

1/2" to 4" 25PA
2
52 3 9 13
8 7
2 10
11 12 1
24 13 11 4
7 5
1 14
25 4
5 25
6
24 25 16
24
28 17
27
19 18
15 15
21 19
22
21
24 20 23 22
24
20
26
Construction Materials Installation

The valve should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
No. Part Material
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent
condensate from reaching the valve. The trap and regulator should both
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B be protected with a strainer. The pressure sensing line should be located
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB either in the upstream piping, or in the steam space. Complete installation
3 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A449 instructions are given in IMI3.023.
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 420F
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel 1/2"-2" AISI 420F
2-1/2" - 4" AISI303
6 Main Valve Seat Gasket Copper ASTM B272
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel ASIS 631 Air Loading Pilot PA Requires Air Loading
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI 303
9 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304 as indicated in the following table
10 Valve Stem Sleeve Stainless Steel AISI420F
11 Spring Guide Cast Iron 1/2"-2" ASTMA 126 CL B Desired Outlet Steam
CRS 2-1/2" - 4" AISI 1117 5 10 25 50 75 100
12 Nut Steel ASTM304
Pressure P2 psig
14 Pressure Equalizer Pipe Stainless Steel AISI 304 Inlet Pressure 10 psig to 100 psig
15 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B P1 psig
16 Stem Bushing Stainless Steel AISI 303
(2-1/2" - 4" Cast Steel only) Approximate 11 16 31 56 80 102
17 Diaphragm Plate Stem Stainless Steel AISI 304 Air Set Pressure to to to to to to
18 Diaphragm Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISI 303 psig 13.5 16.8 33.5 58 81 103
19 Nut Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTMB16
Steel 2-1/2" - 4" ASTMA307
20 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
C.I. 2-1/2" - 4" ASTM A126 CLB
22 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Phosphor Bronze ASTMB103 (511)
Maintenance
23 Bushing CRS AISI 1117 Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI
24 Tube &Orifice Stainless Steel AISI 304 3.000, a copy of which is supplied with each valve. Available spare parts
25 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122) are shown on TIS 3.027 and TIS3.028.
Brass ASTM B16
26 Plug (Cast Iron) Brass ASTMB16
(Cast Steel) Steel ASTMA105
27 Connector Stud Stainless Steel AISI 303
28 Body Gasket 1/2" - 2" Copper Clad Non Asbestos Fill
2-1/2" - 4" Graphite
TIS 3.019 US 02.02
INICIO
Pilot Operated Pressure Regulator w/ Electric Override

1/2" to 4" 25PE
The 25PE has all of the
Model ➪ 25PE T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
features of the 25P, with
the addition of an Sizes 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" Steam pressure reducing applications where the PRV
must also respond to an electrical program timer,
electric pilot. An Connections NPT ANSI 125 flgd. NPT ANSI 300 flgd. safety or limit switch, or remote manual switch.
electrical signal can
override the pressure Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel
pilot to provide a remote
Options ANSI 250 flgd. ANSI 150 flgd. S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N
shut-off capability.
Electric Pilot Enclosure: NEMA 4 & 7 (C&D) 115v (230v)/60Hz The pressure regulator shall be of the pilot-actuated
*Note: For pressures Specifications Inrush: 45 VA Normally closed diaphragm operated type. The main valve shall be
below 15 psig, the E 200 psig Max. operating pressure single-seated with hardened stainless steel trim; the
pilot is not Electric Pilot For regulators 2-1/2" and larger at pressures below 125 regulator body shall be cast iron (cast steel). The pilot
Options psig, use the following electric pilot: shall be bolted directly to the regulator body. The
recommended for use Enclosure: NEMA 4 & 7 (C&D) 115v (230v)/60Hz
with valves 2-1/2" and Inrush: 45 VA Normally closed main valve shall be capable of dead-end shut-off. The
140 psig Max. operating pressure electric pilot shall have a NEMA 4 &7 (C&D)
larger. (for faster response time) 230 Volt Coil
enclosure with 115v (230v) 60 Hz coil.
LI M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S
Max. Operating NPT: 200 psig (14 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C) 1/4"NPTSensing
Line Connection A A1
ANSI 250: 200 psig (14 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C)
ANSI 150: 185 psig (12 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C)
ANSI 300: 200 psig (14 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C)
Temperature
C1
C1
For the following downstream pressures, three color-coded
E1
pilot valve springs are available:
E1
PRESSURE SHELL D ESIGN CONDITIONS D

D
Max. allowable
pressure
2-1/2"
TMA Cast Iron: 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg 1/2" to 2" B B to 4"
Max. allowable
temperature Cast Steel: 600˚F/0-300 psig 316˚C/0-21 barg
CA PAC I T I E S ANSI 125 ANSI 250
ANSI 300 WEIGHT
For selection & sizing data, see TIS3.030
Size A A1 A1 B C1 D E1 Cast Iron Cast Steel
1/2", 3/4" 5.5 – – 7.6 14.1 6.2 20.6 36 lb 39 lb
I N S TA L L AT I O N 140 – – 194 367 157 524 16.3 kg 17.7 kg
The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable 1" 6.0 – – 8.6 14.4 6.75 21.1 43 lb 47 lb
bypass and isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed 152 – – 219 365 171 537 19.5 kg 21.3 kg
upstream to prevent condensate from reaching the regulator. The 1-1/4", 1-1/2" 7.25 – – 8.6 14.9 7.1 22.0 48 lb 52 lb
trap and regulator should both be protected with a strainer. The 184 – – 219 379 179 559 21.8 23.6 kg
pressure sensing line should be located in a straight section of the
2" 8.5 – – 10.6 15.6 8.2 23.75 73 lb 80 lb
downstream piping at least 10 pipe diameters from the nearest 216 – – 270 395 208 603 33.1 kg 36.3 kg
fitting. Complete installation instructions are given in IMI3.000.
2-1/2" – 10.9 11.5 13.6 16.25 13.9 30.2 160 lb 175 lb
_ 276 292 346 413 354 767 72.6 kg 79.4 kg
MAINTENANCE 3" – 11.75 12.5 13.6 16.2 14.4 30.6 191 lb 208 lb
– 298 318 346 411 367 778 86.6 kg 94.4 kg
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in
IMI3.000, a copy of which is supplied with each regulator. 4" – 13.9 14.5 15.6 17.5 16.1 33.6 287 lb 313 lb
– 352 368 397 445 410 854 130 kg 142 kg
Available spare parts are shown on TIS 3.0271.
TIS 3.0151 US 03.95
INICIO

1/2" to 4" 25PE
43
44
48 60 3
2
45
9 13
46 8 7
10
12 1
62 48 11 4
50 5
49
47 14
57
58 25
51 3 53
61 52
60 51
2 28 16
54
11 52
13 59
55 17
7
1 40
25 4 18
5 58
6 15
19
25
21
28 23 22
27
19 24
PE Pilot 20
15
21 1/2" to 4"
22 26
20
2-1/2" to 4"
25P 1/2" to 2"
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 24 Tube &Orifice Stainless Steel AISI 304
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 25 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122)
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B Brass ASTM B16
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 26 Plug (Cast Iron) Brass ASTMB16
3 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A449 (Cast Steel) Steel ASTMA105
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel 27 Connector Stud Stainless Steel AISI 303
1-1/2", 25 & 2" 25S AISI 420 28 Body Gasket 1/2" - 2" Copper Clad Non-Asbestos Fill
all other sizes AISI 420F 2-1/2" - 4" Graphite
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel 1/2"- 2" AISI 420F 40 Electric Pilot Adapter Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
2-1/2" - 4" AISI303 Bronze ASTMB62
6 Main Valve Seat Gasket Copper ASTM-B272 43 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel AISI 303
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 631 44 Jam Nut Brass ASTMB16
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI 303 45 Pilot Valve Spring Steel AISI 1060
9 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304 46 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
10 Valve Stem Sleeve Stainless Steel AISI420F Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
11 Spring Guide Cast Iron 1/2"-2" ASTMA 126 CL B 47 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
CRS 2-1/2" - 4" AISI 1117 Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
12 Nut Steel ASTMA307 48 Spring Plate Steel ASTMA569
13 Cover Gasket Graphite 49 Diaphragm Phosphor Bronze ASTMB103
14 Pressure Equalizer Pipe Stainless Steel AISI 304 50 Diaphragm Plate Brass ASTMB36
15 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 51 Pilot Head Spring Stainless Steel AISIType 302
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 52 Spring Retainer Cup Stainless Steel AISIType 301
16 Stem Bushing Stainless Steel AISI 303 53 Retaining Ring Brass ASTMB36
(2-1/2" - 4" Cast Steel only) 54 Pilot Seat Stainless Steel AISIType 440F
17 Diaphragm Plate Stem Stainless Steel AISI 304 55 Pilot Head Stainless Steel AISIType 440
18 Diaphragm Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISI 303 56 Head Stem Stainless Steel AISIType 303
19 Nut Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTMB16 57 Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISIType 303
Steel 2-1/2" - 4" ASTMA307 58 Stem Guide Gasket Stainless Steel AISIType 302
20 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 59 Seat Gasket Stainless Steel AISIType 302
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 60 Pilot Gasket Graphite
21 Diaphragm Plate Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTMB124 (377) 61 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel ASTM A449
C.I. 2-1/2" - 4" ASTM A126 CLB 62 Diaphragm Case ScrewsSteel 5/16" - 18 x 1" ASTMA449
23 Bushing CRS AISI 1117 TIS 3.0151 US 03.95
INICIO

6" 25PE
The 25PE has all Model ➪ 25PE T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
Steam pressure reducing applications where the PRV must
of the features of Sizes 6" also respond to an electrical program timer, safety or limit
the 25P, with the Connections ANSI 125, 250 ANSI 150, 300 switch, or remote manual switch.
Construction
addition of an Cast Iron Cast Steel
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N S
electric pilot. An Options Reduced Orifice Designated by “S” The pressure regulator shall be of the pilot-actuated
Electric Pilot Enclosure: NEMA 4 & 7 (C&D) 115v (230v)/60Hz diaphragm operated type. The main valve shall be single-
electrical signal seated with hardened stainless steel trim; the valve body
Specifications Inrush: 45 VA Normally closed
can override the 200 psig Max. operating pressure shall be cast iron. The pilot shall be externally mounted to
the regulator body. The electric pilot shall have a NEMA 4
pressure pilot to Electric Pilot At pressures below 125 psig, &7 (C&D) enclosure with 115v (230v) 60 Hz coil.
provide a remote Options use the following electric pilot:
shut-off
Enclosure: NEMA 4 & 7 (C&D) 115v (230v)/60Hz CA PAC I T I E S
Inrush: 45 VA Normally closed
For selection & sizing data, see TIS3.030
capability. 140 psig Max Operating Pressure
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G CO N D I T I O N S C V VA L U E S
CA S T I R O N Size 6" 6" “S”
400 204
392 20 Cv value 260 185
ANSI 250
300 149
200 93
ANSI 125
A1
100 38
1/4"NPT
15 1 Sensing Line
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Connection
(7) (14) (20)
The product should not be used in shaded area. C1
For the following downstream pressures, three color-coded
pilot valve springs are available:
E1
D
CA S T S T E E L
450 232
ANSI 300
400 204
392 200
300 149
93 B
200
ANSI 150
100
38
ANSI 125/150 ANSI 250/300
15 1 Size A1 A1 B C1 D E1 Weight
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
(7) (14) (20) 6" 18.1 19.0 19.75 14.1 16.7 30.8 560 lb
Pressure psig (barg) 460 483 502 359 424 783 254 kg
INICIO

6" 25PE
43
44
48 3
45
46 2
48
54 10
50
49 1
47 8
51
60
61
29
60 4
15 5
11
16
13
14
17
12
15
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 51 Head & Seat Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 440
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 Stainless Steel AISI 440F
10 Cover Gasket Graphite BS 2815A 61 Electric Solenoid Valve
11 Stem Bushing Brass ASTMB16
12 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron
Cast Steel
ASTMA 126 CL B
ASTMA 216 WC B
The valve should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
13 Diaphragm Plate Stainless Steel ASTMA 743 CA 40 isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent condensate
14 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Stainless Steel AISI 301 from reaching the valve. The trap and regulator should both be protected with a
15 Tube &Orifice Brass ASTMB16 strainer separator set. The pressure sensing line should be located in a straight
16 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122) section of the downstream piping at least 10 pipe diameters from the nearest
17 Diaphragm Gasket (2) Graphite BS 2815A fitting. Complete installation instructions are given in IMI3.000.
29 Electric Pilot Adapter Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CLB
43 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel AISI 304 MAINTENANCE
44 Jam Nut Brass ASTM B6 Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI3.000 and
45 Pilot Valve Spring Steel AISI 1060 ADVP 3029, a copy of which is supplied with each regulator. Available spare
46 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B parts are shown on TIS 3.029 and TIS3.0271.
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B
TIS 3.0161 US 09.97
INICIO
Sizing and Selection Chart

25P, 25PE, 25PA, and all Combinations
Inlet Outlet NOMINALVALVESIZE
Steam Steam
Pressure Pressure
psig psig 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6"
C.V. Factors ➬ 3.48 6.5 10.5 14 20 35 56 74 115 260

10 95 175 285 380 540 950 1,500 2,000 3,100 7,000
15 5 135 250 405 545 780 1,365 2,185 2,890 4,480 10,170
3 155 285 465 620 880 1,550 2,470 3,260 5,080 11,440
12 120 230 365 490 700 1,225 1,960 2,590 4,025 9,100
20 8 155 290 470 630 900 1,575 2,520 3,330 5,175 11,700
0-5 180 335 540 720 1,025 1,795 2,870 3,790 5,895 13,325
15 145 270 435 580 830 1,450 2,325 3,070 4,770 10,790
25 10 195 360 580 775 1,110 1,950 3,110 4,110 6,385 14,430
0-7 205 385 620 825 1,180 2,065 3,305 4,360 6,785 15,340
20 155 290 470 630 900 1,575 2,520 3,330 5,175 11,700
30 15 220 410 665 890 1,270 2,220 3,555 4,700 7,300 16,510
0-12 230 430 695 925 1,320 2,310 3,695 4,885 7,590 17,160
30 155 290 470 630 900 1,575 2,520 3,330 5,175 11,700
40 25 250 470 755 1,010 1,440 2,520 4,030 5,330 8,280 18,720
0-18 280 525 850 1,135 1,620 2,835 4,535 5,995 9,315 21,060
40 190 355 575 770 1,100 1,925 3,080 4,070 6,325 14,300
50 30 315 585 955 1,275 1,820 3,185 5,095 6,735 10,465 23,660
0-21 350 650 1,050 1,400 2,000 3,500 5,600 7,400 11,500 26,000
45 280 520 840 1,120 1,600 2,800 4,480 5,920 9,200 20,800
60 35 360 670 1,080 1,440 2,060 3,605 5,770 7,620 11,845 26,780
0-27 385 720 1,165 1,555 2,220 3,885 6,215 8,215 12,765 28,860
60 280 525 850 1,135 1,620 2,835 4,535 5,995 9,315 21,060
75 50 415 775 1,250 1,665 2,380 4,165 6,665 8,800 13,685 30,940
0-35 470 875 1,415 1,890 2,700 4,725 7,560 9,990 15,525 35,100
70 290 540 870 1,160 1,660 2,905 4,650 6,140 9,545 21,580
85 50 490 915 1,480 1,965 2,820 4,935 7,895 10,435 16,215 36,660
0-43 515 960 1,555 2,070 2,960 5,180 8,290 10,950 17,020 38,480
80 370 690 1,115 1,485 2,120 3,710 5,935 7,845 12,190 27,560
100 60 580 1,080 1,740 2,325 3,320 5,810 9,295 12,285 19,090 43,160
0-48 600 1,120 1,815 2,420 3,460 6,055 9,690 12,800 19,895 45,000
100 440 825 1,335 1,780 2,540 4,445 7,110 9,400 14,600 33,000
125 80 680 1,275 2,060 2,745 3,920 6,860 10,975 14,500 22,540 50,960
0-62 730 1,365 2,200 2,940 4,200 7,350 11,760 15,540 24,150 54,600
125 490 910 1,470 1,960 2,800 4,900 7,840 10,360 16,100 36,400
150 100 800 1,490 2,400 3,205 4,580 8,015 12,825 16,945 26,335 59,540
0-76 860 1,600 2,590 3,460 4,940 8,645 13,830 18,280 28,400 64,220
150 490 915 1,480 1,975 2,820 4,935 7,895 10,435 16,125 36,660
175 125 870 1,630 2,635 3,515 5,020 8,785 14,055 18,570 28,865 65,260
0-87 985 1,840 2,970 3,960 5,660 9,900 15,850 20,950 32,545 73,580
150 840 1,600 2,540 3,390 4,840 8,470 13,550 17,900 27,830 65,920
200 125 1,075 2,000 3,240 4,330 6,180 10,815 17,300 22,870 35,530 80,340
0-103 1,125 2,100 3,390 4,520 6,460 11,300 18,000 23,900 37,145 83,980
175 840 1,650 2,670 3,560 5,080 8,890 14,225 18,800 29,210 66,000
225 150 1,160 2,180 3,500 4,660 6,660 11,655 18,650 24,640 38,300 86,600
0-117 1,250 2,340 3,780 5,000 7,200 12,600 20,160 26,640 41,400 93,600
200 925 1,730 2,790 3,720 5,320 9,300 14,900 19,680 30,600 69,200
250 150 1,340 2,500 4,050 5,400 7,720 13,500 21,600 28,600 44,400 100,360
0-131 1,385 2,590 4,180 5,570 7,960 13,930 22,300 29,450 45,800 103,500
225 880 1,640 2,650 3,530 5,050 8,830 14,130 18,670 29,000
*273 200 1,240 2,320 3,750 4,990 7,130 12,480 19,960 26,400 41,000
0-145 1,510 2,830 4,570 6,090 8,700 15,230 24,360 32,200 50,000
250 920 1,720 2,780 3,700 5,290 9,250 14,800 19,600 30,400
*300 225 1,250 2,330 3,770 5,020 7,170 12,550 20,100 26,500 41,300
0-160 1,640 3,070 4,960 6,600 9,440 16,520 26,400 34,900 54,300
Capcaities are based on an accuracy regulation of 1 PSI and with pipe sizes to insure reasonable velocities. Refer to pipe sizing chart. *Cast steel construction required for service above 250 psig
INICIO

25P, 25PE, 25PA, and all Combinations
C A PAC I T I E S POUNDS OF SATURATED STEAM PER HOUR FOR REDUCED PORT VALVE SIZES FOR LOWER STEAM VELOCITIES
Inlet Outlet NOMINALVALVESIZE

Steam Steam
Pressure Pressure
psig psig 1/2"S 3/4"S 1"S 1-1/4"S 1-1/2"S 2"S 2-1/2"S 3"S 4"S 6"S
C.V. Factors ➬ 1.16 2.4 4.6 6.5 11.6 18.5 26 37 64 185

10 30 65 125 175 315 505 695 1,000 1,730 5,000
15 5 45 95 175 250 450 720 1,015 1,440 2,500 7,200
3 50 110 205 285 510 820 1,150 1,630 2,795 8,125
12 40 85 160 230 405 650 920 1,300 2,225 6,460
20 8 50 110 210 290 520 825 1,170 1,655 2,825 8,300
0-5 60 125 235 335 600 955 1,330 1,915 3,265 9,460
15 50 100 190 270 485 770 1,085 1,540 2,630 9,080
25 10 65 135 255 360 640 1,025 1,435 2,040 3,550 10,250
0-7 70 145 270 385 685 1,090 1,555 2,210 3,775 11,000
20 50 110 210 290 520 825 1,170 1,655 2,825 8,300
30 15 75 150 290 410 735 1,175 1,660 2,350 4,000 11,725
0-12 80 160 305 430 760 1,220 1,715 2,435 4,225 12,185
30 50 110 210 290 520 825 1,170 1,655 2,825 8,300
40 25 85 175 335 470 835 1,360 1,870 2,665 4,640 13,300
0-18 95 200 370 525 935 1,500 2,100 2,985 5,185 14,960
40 65 130 250 355 640 1,105 1,430 2,085 3,565 10,150
50 30 105 220 420 585 1,045 1,670 2,350 3,330 5,825 16,800
0-21 115 240 460 650 1,130 1,850 2,600 3,700 6,400 18,470
45 95 200 370 520 940 1,500 2,110 3,000 5,125 14,775
60 35 125 250 475 670 1,195 1,900 2,760 3,810 6,590 19,000
0-27 130 270 510 720 1,290 2,065 2,885 4,125 7,105 20,500
60 95 200 370 525 935 1,500 2,100 2,985 5,185 14,960
75 50 140 290 545 775 1,380 2,210 3,155 4,475 7,655 22,000
0-35 155 330 620 875 1,565 2,500 3,495 4,950 8,640 24,950
70 100 210 395 540 960 1,590 2,160 3,070 5,415 15,330
85 50 165 350 655 915 1,660 2,650 3,735 5,295 9,045 26,000
0-43 170 360 680 960 1,710 2,735 3,850 5,460 9,475 27,300
80 120 255 490 690 1,230 1,960 2,735 3,880 6,780 19,570
100 60 190 400 755 1,080 1,900 3,050 4,315 6,140 10,600 30,650
0-48 200 420 800 1,120 2,000 3,200 4,480 6,350 11,000 31,900
100 145 300 585 825 1,470 2,350 3,365 4,765 8,140 23,450
125 80 230 480 905 1,275 2,280 3,645 5,115 7,250 12,500 36,150
0-62 245 510 965 1,365 2,435 3,900 5,535 7,850 13,420 38,760
125 160 335 645 910 1,625 2,590 3,640 5,270 9,000 25,850
150 100 265 555 1,050 1m490 2,645 4,230 5,930 8,415 14,650 42,300
0-76 285 580 1,140 1,600 2,870 4,590 6,420 9,140 15,800 45,600
150 165 350 655 915 1,660 2,650 3,775 5,295 9,045 26,000
175 125 290 600 1,160 1,630 2,915 4,665 6,550 9,285 15,900 46,350
0-87 330 680 1,310 1,840 3,300 5,270 7,410 10,500 18,000 52,270
150 285 580 1,125 1,600 2,850 4,480 6,290 9,060 15,450 44,690
200 125 360 740 1,420 2,000 3,570 5,725 8,015 11,350 19,700 57,000
0-103 375 780 1,485 2,100 3,740 5,990 8,390 11,875 20,670 59,600
175 290 605 1,170 1,625 2,945 4,700 6,600 9,400 16,200 46,850
225 150 390 810 1,540 2,180 3,885 6,200 8,715 12,350 21,300 61,500
0-117 420 875 1,655 2,340 4,175 6,680 9,375 13,300 23,000 66,450
200 310 640 1,250 1,730 3,100 4,920 6,920 9,840 17,000 49,150
250 150 450 935 1,775 2,500 4,465 7,155 10,000 14,200 24,700 71,250
0-131 460 970 1,830 2,590 4,615 7,395 10,300 14,725 25,450 73,500
225 290 610 1,160 1,640 2,930 4,670 6,560 9,335 16,150
*275 200 415 855 1,640 2,320 4,140 6,600 9,275 13,200 22,830
0-145 505 1,040 2,000 2,830 5,050 8,050 11,310 16,100 27,840
250 310 635 1,220 1,720 3,070 4,890 6,870 9,780 18,900
*300 225 415 860 1,650 2,330 4,160 6,640 9,330 13,270 22,900
0-160 550 1,130 2,170 3,070 5,475 8,730 12,270 17,460 30,200
Capcaities are based on an accuracy regulation of 1 PSI and with pipe sizes to insure reasonable velocities. Refer to pipe sizing chart.
*Cast steel construction required for service above 250 psig
TIS 3.030 US 04.95
INICIO
Pilot Operated Back Pressure Regulator

1/2" to 4" 25BP
The 25BP Back Pressure T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
Regulator maintains a constant Model ➪ 25BP
The modulated release of surplus steam so
upstream pressure in a piping
as to ensure that the set maximum presure in
system. The reverse-acting Sizes 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4"
the steam space or upstream piping will not
pressure pilot opens the main be exceeded. Flash steam recovery systems
valve when the sensed to release excess flash steam so as to limit
upstream pressure increases. Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel the flash tank pressure. For elimination of
The 25BP is NOT a safety non-critical loads, see TIS 3.031
valve, and should NEVER be Options ANSI 250 flgd. ANSI 150 flgd.
used as such.
A
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G CO N D I T I O N S
ANSI 250: 250 psig (17 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
ANSI 150: 185 psig (12 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
ANSI 300: 300 psig (20 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
C
Temperature 1/4"NPT
Sensing Line E
UPSTREAM PRESSURE RANGES Connection
For the following upstream pressures, three color-coded pilot valve springs
are available:
D
PRESSURE SHELL D ESIGN CONDITIONS
TMA Cast Iron: 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg B
1/2" to 2"
SAMPLE DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS

A1
S P E C I F I CAT I O N ANSI 125 ANSI 250
ANSI 300 WEIGHT
The back pressure Size A A1 A1 B C D E Cast Iron Cast Steel
regulator shall be of the 1/2", 3/4" 5.5 – – 7.6 12.2 6.2 18.4 32 lb 35 lb
pilot-actuated, 140 – – 194 310 157 467 14.5 kg 15.9 kg
diaphragm-operated type. 1" 6.0 – – 8.6 12.1 6.75 18.9 39 lb 43 lb
The main valve shall be C 152 – – 219 308 171 479 17.7 kg 19.5 kg
single seated with
1-1/4", 1-1/2" 7.25 – – 8.6 12.7 7.1 19.75 44 lb 48 lb
hardened stainless steel
E 184 – – 219 322 179 502 20 kg 21.8 kg
trim; the valve body shall
be cast iron (cast steel). 2" 8.5 – – 10.6 13.3 8.2 21.5 69 lb 75 lb
The pilot shall be bolted 216 – – 270 338 208 546 31.3 kg 34 kg
directly to the valve 2-1/2" – 10.9 11.5 13.6 14.0 13.9 27.9 157 lb 171 lb
D
body. _ 276 292 346 356 354 710 71.2 kg 77.6 kg
3" – 11.75 12.5 13.6 13.9 14.4 28.4 188 lb 205 lb

CA PAC I T I E S : – 298 318 346 354 367 721 85.3 kg 93 kg
For selection and sizing B
data, see TIS 3.031. 4" – 13.9 14.5 15.6 15.25 16.1 31.4 284 lb 309 lb
2-1/2" to 4" – 352 368 397 387 410 797 129 kg 140 kg
INICIO

1/2" to 4" 25BP
43
43
44 44
48
48 46
45
45
53
46 46
49 50
47
53 48 52 51
50 60 3
49
47 2
9 13
51 8 7
3 10 1
52 60 12
2 11 4
11 5
13 14
7 25
1
25 4
5
6 28 16
25 17
28 18
27 15
19 19
15 21
21 22
23
22
24
20
20
26
1/2" to 2" 2-1/2" to 4"
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 28 Body Gasket 1/2" - 2" Copper Clad Non-Asbestos Fill
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 2-1/2" - 4" Graphite
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 43 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel AISI303
3 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A449 44 Jam Nut Brass ASTMB16
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 420 45 Pilot Valve Spring Steel AISI 1060
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel 1/2"-2" AISI 420F 46 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
2-1/2" - 4" AISI303 Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
6 Main Valve Seat Gasket Copper ASTM-B272 47 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 631 Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI 303 48 Spring Plate Steel ASTMA569
9 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304 49 Diaphragm Phosphor Bronze ASTMB103
10 Valve Stem Sleeve Stainless Steel AISI420F 50 Diaphragm Plate Brass ASTMB36
11 Spring Guide Cast Iron 1/2"-2" ASTMA 126 CL B 51 Head & Seat Assy. Stainless Steel AISI 440
CRS 2-1/2" - 4" AISI 1117 Stainless Steel AISI 420F
12 Nut Steel ASTM304 52 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel ASTM A449
13 Cover Gasket Graphite 53 Diaphragm Case Screws Steel 3/16" - 18 x 1" ASTM A449
14 Pressure Equalizer Pipe Stainless Steel AISI 304 60 Pilot Gasket Graphite
16 Stem Bushing Stainless Steel AISI 303
(2-1/2" - 4" Cast Steel only)
17 Diaphragm Plate Stem Stainless Steel AISI 304 IN S TA L L AT I O N
18 Diaphragm Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISI 303 The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
19 Nut Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTMB16 isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent condensate
Steel 2-1/2" - 4" ASTMA307 from reaching the regulator. The trap and regulator should both be protected with
20 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B a strainer. The pressure sensing line should be located either in the upstream
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB piping, or in the steam space. Complete installation instructions are given in IMI
21 Diaphragm Plate Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTMB124 (377) 3.023.
C.I. 2-1/2" - 4" ASTM A126 CLB
23 Bushing CRS AISI 1117
24 Tube &Orifice Brass ASTMB16 MAINTENANCE
25 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122) Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI3.023, a
26 Plug (Cast Iron) Brass ASTMB16 copy of which is supplied with each regulator. Available spare parts are shown
(Cast Steel) Steel ASTMA105 on TIS 3.027 and 3.0271.
TIS 3.023 US 03.94
INICIO

6" 25BP
The 25BP Back Pressure T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S

Model ➪ 25BP The modulated release of surplus steam so as to ensure that the set
Regulator maintains a constant maximum pressure in the steam space or upstream piping will not
upstream pressure in a piping PMO 250 psig be exceeded. Flash steam recovery systems to release excess flash
system. The reverse-acting steam so as to limit the flash tank pressure. For elimination of
Sizes 6" non-critical loads, see TIS 3.031
pressure pilot opens the main
valve when the sensed Connections ANSI 125, 250 ANSI 150, 300
CA PAC I T I E S :
upstream pressure increases. For selection and sizing data, see TIS 3.031.
The 25BP is NOT a safety
valve, and should NEVER be Options Reduced Orifice Designated
used as such. by “S” The back pressure regulator shall be of the pilot-actuated,
diaphragm-operated type. The main valve shall be single seated
with hardened stainless steel trim; the valve body shall be cast iron
CA S T I R O N 232
450
400 204
300 149
1/4" NPT Sensing
200 93 Line Connection
ANSI 125
A1
100 38
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
(7) (14) (20)
The product should not be used in shaded area. C
CA S T S T E E L
600 315
500 260 E
450
400 204
300 149
D
200 93
ANSI 150
100 38
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 B
(7) (14) (20)
U PSTREAM PRESSURE RANGES C V VA L U E S ANSI 125/150 ANSI 250/300

For the following upstream pressures, three Size 6" 6" “S” Size A1 A1 B C D E Weight
color-coded pilot valve springs are available:
Cv value 260 185 6" 18.1 19.0 19.75 11.75 16.7 28.6 560 lb
Yellow: 3 to 30 psi 460 483 502 302 424 725 254 kg
Blue: 20 to 100 psi
Red: 80 to 240 psi
INICIO

6" 25BP
43 3
44 2
48 10
45
46 1
48 8
54
50
49
47
4
51
60 5
15
11
16
13
14
17
12
15
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 51 Head & Seat Assembly Stainless Steel AISI440
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 Stainless Steel AISI440F
10 Cover Gasket Graphite BS 2815 A
11 Stem Bushing Brass ASTMB16
12 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B I N S TA L L AT I O N
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
13 Diaphragm Plate Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent condensate
14 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Stainless Steel AISI 301 from reaching the regulator. The trap and regulator should both be protected with
15 Tube &Orifice Brass ASTMB16 a strainer separator set. The pressure sensing line should be located either in the
16 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122)
upstream piping, or in the steam space. Complete installation instructions are
given in IMI3.023.
44 Jam Nut Brass ASTMB16
MAINTENANCE
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI3.023 and
45 Pilot Valve Spring Steel AISI 1060
46 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B parts are shown on TIS 3.029 and 3.0271.
TIS 3.024 US 09.97
INICIO

25BP
The data required to size the valve are identical to those required for a Example: Suppose the high pressure system is operating at 125 psi, the
pressure reducing valve, i.e. upstream pressure, downstream pressure and amount of steam used at this pressure is 10,000#/hr and it is desired to
capacity. Valve sizing depends upon the application. keep the flash tank at 5 psi. Under these conditions, 13.4% of the
10,000#/hr (1340#/hr of flash steam) will be generated in the flash tank. If
AS A FLASH STEAM SURPLUSSING VALVE there is no demand for the low pressure steam at times, then the regulator
1. To size a Spirax Sarco 25BP Back Pressure Regulator properly, must be sized for the 1340#/hr plus 20% or approximately 1600#.hr. If
determine the maximum probable pounds of flash steam that will be there is a constant demand for 500#/hr of low pressure steam at 5 psi, then
generated within the flash tank. the regulator should be sized to vent the difference between 1600 and 500
The amount of flash can be calculated from the table overleaf. To this or 1100#/hr.
add approximately 20% as a safety factor for errors in calculating the load
and/or possible future growth. ELIMINATING NON -CRITICAL LOADS
For this application, a 25BP valve must be sized for the minimum
2. Determine the minimum amount of low pressure steam that will be allowable pressure drop to insure that the valve is normally fully open.
used. If at times there is no demand for low pressure steam, then the back Select valve size with load capacity at the minimum pressure drop on the
pressure regulator must be sized for the total amount of flash steam 25P capacity table given in TIS 3.030.
generated in the tank plus 20% safety factor. Where there is a definite A combination P-BP regulator must be sized using the inlet and
minimum amount of low pressure steam used at all times, this amount of reduced pressure the same as for a 25P pressure reducing valve. For a
flash steam should be subtracted from the total flash steam generated and combination T-BP regulator size the same as a 25T temperature control.
the regulator sized for the surplus amount.
S U R P L U S S I N G VA LV E C A PAC I T I E S POUNDS OF SATURATED STEAM PER HOUR TO ATMOSPHERE
Inlet NOMINAL VALVE SIZE

Steam
Pressure
psig 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6"
C.V. Factors ➬ 3.48 6.5 10.5 14 20 35 56 74 115 260

2 45 85 140 180 260 455 725 960 1,490
3 55 105 170 225 320 560 900 1,185 1,840
5 75 135 215 290 415 725 1,160 1,530 2,380
10 110 210 335 445 640 1,120 1,790 2,360 3,675
15 150 275 445 590 845 1,480 2,365 3,130 4,860 11,000
20 180 335 540 720 1,025 1,795 2,870 3,790 5,895 13,325
25 205 385 620 825 1,180 2,065 3,305 4,360 6,785 15,340
30 230 430 695 925 1,320 2,310 3,695 4,885 7,590 17,160
40 280 525 850 1,135 1,620 2,835 4,535 5,995 9,315 21,060
50 350 650 1,050 1,400 2,000 3,500 5,600 7,400 11,500 26,000
60 385 720 1,165 1,555 2,220 3,885 6,215 8,215 12,765 28,860
75 460 875 1,415 1,890 2,700 4,725 7,560 9,990 15,525 35,100
100 600 1,120 1,815 2,420 3,460 6,055 9,690 12,800 19,895 45,000
125 730 1,365 2,200 2,940 4,200 7,350 11,760 15,540 24,150 54,600
150 860 1,600 2,590 3,460 4,940 8,645 13,830 18,280 28,400 64,220
175 985 1,840 2,970 3,960 5,660 9,900 15,850 20,950 32,545 73,580
200 1,125 2,100 3,390 4,520 6,460 11,300 18,000 23,900 37,145 83,980
250 1,385 2,590 4,180 5,570 7,960 13,930 22,300 29,450 45,800 103,500
*300 1,640 3,070 4,960 6,600 9,440 16,400 26,400 34,900 53,300
*Cast steel construction required for service above 250 psig
INICIO

25BP
P E R C E N T FL A S H
PERCENT FLASH FOR VARIOUS INITIAL STEAM PRESSURES AND FLASH TANK PRESSURES
Steam FLASH TANK PRESSURE,psig

Pressure
psig 0 2 5 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100
5 1.7 1.0 0
10 2.9 2.2 1.4 0
15 4.0 3.2 2.4 1.1 0
30 6.5 5.8 5.0 3.8 2.6 1.7 0
40 7.8 7.1 6.4 5.1 4.0 3.1 1.3 0
60 10.0 9.3 8.6 7.3 6.3 5.4 3.6 2.2 0
80 11.7 11.1 10.3 9.0 8.1 7.1 5.5 4.0 1.9 0
100 13.3 12.6 11.8 10.6 9.7 8.8 7.0 5.7 3.5 1.7 0
125 14.8 14.2 13.4 12.2 11.3 10.3 8.6 7.4 5.2 3.4 1.8
160 16.8 16.2 15.4 14.1 13.2 12.4 10.6 9.5 7.4 5.6 4.0
200 18.6 18.0 17.3 16.1 15.2 14.3 12.8 11.5 9.3 7.5 5.9
250 20.6 20.0 19.3 18.1 17.2 16.3 14.7 13.6 11.2 9.8 8.2
300 22.7 21.8 21.1 19.9 19.0 18.2 16.7 15.4 13.4 11.8 10.1
350 24.0 23.3 22.6 21.6 20.5 19.8 18.3 17.2 15.1 13.5 11.9
400 25.3 24.7 24.0 22.9 22.0 21.1 19.7 18.5 16.5 15.0 13.4
Note: Table is for trap discharge at saturated steam temperature. Subcooled discharge traps
release less flash. Load should be increased by 20% to allow for trap leakage, future growth, etc.
TIS 3.031 US 03.94
INICIO
Stainless Steel Pilot Operated Pressure Regulator

DP 163
The DP163 is a self- T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
Model ➪ DP163 Sterilizers, autoclaves, humidifiers, large and small scale bioprocessing
powered, pilot-operated
equipment, culinary steam supplies and production suites, and other steam
pressure reducing valve Sizes 1/2" to 3" equipment which requires a reduced steam pressure to operate.
constructed entirely of
stainless steel with Connections ANSI 300
316L SS body. A
Downstream pressure Construction 316 Stainless Steel Body
is sensed either Stainless Steel Internals
internally or through an
external sensing pipe. Options BS or DINFlanges, ANSI 150 flanges
Max. Operating Temperature 432˚F (250˚C) E
For the following downstream pressures, four color-coded pilot valve springs are D
available:
Yellow: 3 to 45 psi Blue: 40 to 100 psi Red: 90 to 250 psi Grey: 230 to 304 psi
0.2 to 3 bar 2.5 to 7 bar 6 to 17 bar 16 to 21 bar

PMA 580 psig/0-248˚F 40 barg/0-120˚C
472 psig/464˚F 32 barg/240˚C
F
304 psig/752˚F 21 barg/400˚C
TMA 752˚F/0-304 psig 400˚C/0-21 barg

CA PAC I T I E S
See TIS 3.081 DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
BS 4504 ANSI ANSI BS 10

S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N Size
PN 40
A
300
A
150
A
J
A B D E F Weight
Self-contained reducing valves
1/2" & 1/2"LC 5.1 5.1 4.7 5.1 6.9 15.9 10.9 5.0 33 lb
shall be pilot-actuated diaphragm 15 & 15 LC 130 130 122 130 175 405 277 128 15 kg
operated type DP163. Valve shall
3/4" 5.9 5.9 5.6 5.9 6.9 15.9 10.9 5.0 35.3 lb
be packless design, single-seated 20 150 150 142 150 175 405 277 128 16 kg
globe type suitable for dead-end 1" 6.3 6.3 6.1 6.4 8.5 17.3 11.3 6.0 50.7 lb
shut off. Valve stem shall be top 25 160 160 156 164 216 440 288 152 23 kg
and bottom guided. Pilot to be top 1-1/4" 7.1 7.2 6.9 7.2 8.5 17.3 11.3 6.0 55.1 lb
mounted with set pressure 32 180 183 176 184 216 440 288 152 25 kg
adjustment via a spring. Main 1-1/2" 7.9 8.2 7.9 8.2 11.0 19.3 12.0 7.3 88.1 lb
40 200 209 200 209 280 490 305 185 40 kg
valve body to be constructed of
316L stainless steel. All internal 2" 9.1 9.3 9.1 9.6 11.9 19.3 12.0 7.3 95.2 lb
50 230 236 230 243 280 490 305 185 42 kg
components to be made of
stainless steel. 3" 12.2 12.5 12.2 12.8 13.8 22.8 12.7 10.1 226 lb
80 310 319 310 325 350 580 322 258 103 kg
INICIO

DP 163
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
8
7
9
10
29 11
19 21
13
15
14
16
17
18
20
26
45
27
30
25 23
24
22
28
No. Part Material 24 Main Diaphragms Stainless Steel BS 1449 316 S31
1 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel BS 6105 A4/80 25 Main Diaphragm Plate Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29
2 Adjustment Locknut Stainless Steel BS 6105 A4/80 26 Push Rod Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29
3 Washer Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16 27 Pipe Assembly Stainless Steel BS 3605 304 S14
4 Spring Housing Stainless Steel BS 3100 316 C12 28 Plug 1/8"BSP Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29
5 Top Spring Plate Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 29 Pressure Pipe Union Stainless Steel BS 970 316 S31
6 Pressure Adjustment Spring Stainless Steel BS 2056 302 S25 30 Locknut Stainless Steel BS 6105 A4/80
7 Bottom Spring Plate Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 45 Body Stud &Nuts Stainless Steel BS 6105 A4/80
8 Spring Housing Securing Stainless Steel BS 6105 A4/80 M12 x 40 mm BS 3692 Gr 8
Studs &Nuts M10 x 25 mm
9 Pilot Diaphragm Stainless Steel BS 1449 316 S31
10 Pilot Valve Housing Stainless Steel BS 3100 316 C12
11 Pilot Valve Plunger Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29
12 Spring Housing Cover Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S12
13 Pilot Valve &Seat Unit Stainless Steel BS970 431 S29
14 Internal Strainer Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16
15 Body Gasket Compressed Synthetic Fiber P1141 A BS 2815 B The DP163 controls by sensing the downstream pressure through a pressure
16 Main Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel BS 2056 302 S25 sensing pipe taken from the union (29) or through the internal pressure sensing
17 Main Valve Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 pipe (19) provided. Complete installation instruction are given in IMI 3.080,
18 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 which accompanies the product.
19 Pressure Sensing Pipe Stainless Steel BS 3605 304 S14 Note: Capacity will be reduced if an external sensing pipe is not fitted.
20 Main Valve Body Stainless Steel BS 3100 316 C12
21 Pilot Valve Housing Stainless Steel BS 6105 A4/80
Securing Studs & Nuts
DN15 & 20
Stainless Steel
M10 x 25 mm
MAINTENANCE
DN25 & 32 M12 x 30 mm This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping connections.
DN 40 & 50 M16 x 35 mm Complete isolation of the valve is required before any servicing is performed.
DN 80 M12 x 35 mm The valve should be disassembled periodically for cleaning of the strainer screen
22 Main Diaphragm Chamber Cast Stainless Steel BS 3100 316 C12 and inspection and cleaning of both the valve head and seat, and the pilot head
23 Main Diaphragm Stainless Steel BS 6105 A4/80 and seat. Worn or damaged parts should be replaced. Please refer to Spare Parts
Securing Bolts & Nuts Stainless Steel BS 3692 Gr 8 list (TIS 3.082) for replacement parts. Complete installation and maintenance
DN15 & 20 M12 x 50 mm instructions are available upon request.
DN25 & 32 M12 x 55 mm
DN 40 & 50 M12 x 65 mm
TIS 3.080 US 03.94
DN 80 M12 x 75 mm
INICIO
Spare Parts for theStainless Steel Pilot Operated

Pressure Regulator DP 163
M
O K
P
G
F
A
H
B R
TIS 3.082 US 03.94
INICIO

DP 163
S PA R E PA RT S
Maintenance Kit
A standby set of spares for general maintenance purposes
covering all spares marked*
* Main Diaphragm (2 off) A
* Pilot Diaphragm (2 off)B
Pilot Valve Seal Assembly C
* Pilot Valve &Plunger Assembly D,E
Main Valve Assembly F,H
* Main Valve Return Spring G
Pressure Adjustment Spring
Choice of spring to suit reduced pressure
Yellow 3 psi to 45 psi 0.2 bar to 3 bar
Blue 40 psi to 100 psi 2.5 bar to 7 bar
Red 90 psi to 250 psi 6 bar to 17 bar
Grey 230 psi to 304 psi 16 bar to 21 bar
*Control Pipe Assembly K
Balance Pipe Assembly M,N
*Body Gasket (packet of 3) O
Set of Spring Housing P
Securing Studs &Nuts (set of 4)
Set of Pilot Valve Housing Q
Securing Studs &Nuts (set of 4)
Set of Diaphragm Chamber R
Securing Bolts &Nuts
1/2" &3/4" - DN15 &20 set of 10
1" &1-1/4" - DN 25 &30 set of 12
1-1/2" &2" - DN 40 &50 set of 16
3" - DN 80 set of 20
Set of Main Body Studs &Nuts 3" DN 80 (set of 6) T
INTERCHANGEABILITY OF S PA R E S
The following table shows how some parts are interchangeable. For example, the line
headed main diaphragm indicates that the diaphragm used in sizes 1/2"LC, 1/2"& 3/4"
DN 15 LC, DN 15 and DN 20, is common to those sizes by the letter 'a'. The letter 'b'
indicates that sizes 1" and 1-1/4" DN 25 and DN 32, use a common diaphragm.
Valve Size DN
1/2" LC1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 3"
15 15 20 25 32 40 50 80
* Main Diaphragm a a a b b c c d
* Pilot Diaphragm a a a a a a a a
Pilot Valve Seal Assembly a a a a a a a a
* Pilot Valve & Plunger Assembly a a a a a a a a
Main Valve Assembly a b c d e f g h
* Main Valve Return Spring a a a b b c c d
Pressure Adjustment Spring a a a a a a a a
* Control Pipe Assembly a a b c d e f g
Balance Pipe Assembly a a b c d e f g
*Body Gasket a a a b b c c d
Set of Spring Housing a a a a a a a a
Set of Pilot Valve Housing a a a b b c c d
Set of Diaphragm Chamber a a a b b c c d
Securing Bolts & Nuts
Set of Main Body Studs & Nuts – – – – – – – a
TIS 3.082 US 03.94
INICIO
Capacities for the Stainless Steel Pilot Operated

Pressure Regulator DP 163
CA PAC I T I E S Pounds of saturated steam per hour for standard valves
Inlet Outlet NOMINAL VALVE SIZE

Steam Steam
Pressure Pressure
psig psig 1/2" LC 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 3"
Max Cv Factors 1.1 3.2 6.4 9.4 14.0 19.8 32.7 74.8
15 42 94 198 340 510 790 1270 2350
25 10 48 100 205 365 530 840 1345 2510
7 51 110 225 390 575 895 1420 2630
40 60 130 240 475 640 995 1525 2300
50 30 95 205 420 730 1080 1590 2570 5300
0-21 110 225 450 790 1190 1660 2775 5950
60 100 210 445 775 1050 1600 2650 5300
75 50 135 295 610 990 1500 2175 3600 7900
0-35 160 340 720 1160 1780 2665 4230 9100
80 140 305 620 1075 1570 2300 3800 8100
100 60 210 440 915 1490 2250 3300 5300 12000
0-48 220 470 980 1560 2400 3550 5650 12450
100 165 360 680 1200 1825 2775 4420 9500
125 80 245 520 1090 1750 2650 3970 6300 14100
0-62 270 580 1225 1960 2970 4325 7050 15400
125 190 405 825 1330 2050 3060 4940 10700
150 100 290 660 1300 2090 3150 4450 7500 16600
0-76 330 700 1480 2360 3605 5320 8500 18700
150 205 430 890 1470 2200 3250 5150 11200
175 125 310 680 1400 2225 3375 5000 8025 17750
0-87 380 820 1750 2710 4160 6230 9970 21900
150 305 660 1380 2250 3290 4970 7980 11500
200 125 405 870 1800 2810 4275 6500 10400 23100
0-103 440 925 1970 3100 4750 7100 11350 25070
175 315 680 1405 2300 3390 5115 8200 17800
225 150 425 900 1880 2990 4600 6800 10960 24000
0-117 495 1050 2195 3485 5360 7980 12800 28200
200 320 685 1440 2320 3440 5200 8300 18600
250 150 530 1130 2350 3750 5800 8600 13700 30300
0-131 555 1180 2420 3800 5970 8990 14280 31900
225 340 720 1530 2430 3600 5405 8700 19000
275 200 450 955 2030 3200 4840 7220 11600 25900
0-145 610 1305 2700 4300 6650 9800 15820 34800
250 350 740 1580 2490 3720 5600 8970 19300
300 225 465 980 2050 3275 4990 7380 11850 26500
0-160 665 1420 2940 4700 7180 10760 17200 37900
Capacities are based on an accuracy of regulation of 1-1/2 psi and with pipe sizes to ensure reasonable steam velocities. Refer to pipe sizing chart.
Note: The capacities quoted on the chart are based on valves fitted with
external pressure sensing pipes. Reliance on the internal pressure sensing pipe
will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream
pressure, this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve capacity
INICIO

DP 163
S T E A M C A PAC I T I E S ( M E T R I C U N I T S )
H OW TO U S E T H E C H A R T
21 Saturated Steam
20 Required a valve to pass 600 kg/h
reducing from 6 bar to 4 bar. Find point at
18
which curved 6 bar upstream pressure line
16 crosses horizontal 4 bar downstream
pressure line. A perpendicular dropped
14 from this point gives the capacities of all
DP sizes under these conditions. A DN 32
12
valve is the smallest size which will carry
10 the required load.
8 Superheated Steam
Because of the higher specific volume of
6
superheated steam, a correction factor must
4 be applied to the figure obtained from this
chart. For 55˚C of superheat, the factor is
2 0.95, and for 100˚C of superheat, it is 0.9.
Using the example given for saturated
steam, the DN 32 valve would pass 740 x
Upstream Pressure bar
0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55˚C of
50 100 150 200 250 300 superheat. It is still big enough to pass the
DN 15 LC required load of 600 kg/h.
100 200 300 400 500 600
DN 15
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
DN 20
400 800 1200 1600 2000
DN 25
1000 2000 3000
DN 32
1000 2000 3000 4000
DN 40
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
DN 50
5000 10000 15000
DN 80
0 .02 0. 04 0.06 0 .08

DN 15 LC
0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0. 1 0.12 0. 14 0.16 0.18
DN15
0 .1 0.2 0. 3
DN 20
0.1 0 .2 0.3 0. 4 0.5
DN 25
0.1 0.2 0 .3 0.4 0. 5 0.6 0.7 0 .8 0. 9
DN 32
0.1 0.2 0. 3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0. 8 0.9 1 .0 1 .1 1. 2 1.3
DN 40
1. 0 2 .0
DN 50
1 2 3 4
DN 80
TIS 3.081 US 03.94
INICIO
Pilot Operated Temperature Regulators

1/2" to 4" 25T
The 25T is a self actuated pilot- T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S

Model ➪ 25T
operated temperature regulating Storage steam water heaters, instantaneous heat
valve. The temperature pilot has a exchangers and converters, air handling coils,
Sizes 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" tank heating coils, steam jacketed vessels, steam
calibrated dial for accurate
chests, molds and platens.
temperature setting, and is Connections NPT ANSI 125 flgd. NPT ANSI 300 flgd.
available with a variety of solid-
Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel CA PAC I T I E S
fill sensing bulbs (see TIS
For selection and sizing data, see TIS 1.1124.
1.1123). The standard capillary Options ANSI 250 flgd. ANSI 150 flgd.
tubing length is 8 feet, with an
optional standard length of 15 Non-Standard capillary tubing length (see TIS 1.1123)
in 5 ft. intervals to a maximum of 50 ft.
feet.
A1
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S A
Max. Operating Pressure NPT: 250 psig (17 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
(PMO) ANSI 125: 125 psig ( 8 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
ANSI 250: 250 psig ( 17 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
ANSI 150: 185 psig ( 12barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
ANSI 300: 300 psig ( 20barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
C
Max. Operating 450˚F (232˚C) C
Temperature* *The temperature of the sensing bulb must
not exceed 350˚F (177˚C)
E
S TA N DA R D T E M P E R AT U R E R A N G E S E
30˚F to 90˚F 0˚C to 32˚C

120˚F to 180˚F 50˚C to 80˚C 160˚F to 220˚F 70˚C to 105˚C D
D
PRESSURE S HELL DESIGN CONDITIONS

B B
Max. allowable pressure 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2" to 4"
TMA Cast Iron: 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg ANSI 125 ANSI 250
ANSI 300 WEIGHT
Cast Steel: 450˚F/0-300 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg Size A A1 A1 B C D E Cast Iron Cast Steel
1/2", 3/4" 5.5 – – 7.6 9.8 6.2 16.0 27 lb 30 lb
140 – – 194 249 157 406 12.2 kg 13.6 kg
1" 6.0 – – 8.6 9.75 6.75 16.5 34 lb 37 lb

S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N 152 – – 219 248 171 419 15.4 kg 16.8 kg
Temperature Regulators shall be of the pilot-actuated, 1-1/4", 1-1/2" 7.25 – – 8.6 10.3 7.1 17.4 39.5 lb 43 lb
diaphragm-operated type. The main valve shall be single- 184 – – 219 262 179 441 17.9 kg 19.5 kg
seated, with hardened stainless steel trim; the valve body shall 2" 8.5 – – 10.6 10.9 8.2 19.1 64 lb 70 lb
be cast iron (cast steel). The pilot shall be bolted directly to the 216 – – 270 278 208 486 29 kg 31.8 kg
valve body and shall be removable without disturbing the 2-1/2" – 10.9 11.5 13.6 11.7 13.9 25.6 152.5 lb 166 lb
control connections. The temperature setting shall be _ 276 292 346 297 354 651 69.2 kg 75.3 kg
adjustable without the use of tools, and the set point shall be 3" – 11.75 12.5 13.6 11.6 14.4 26.0 183.5 lb 200 lb
– 298 318 346 294 367 660 83.2 kg 90.7 kg
indicated on a calibrated dial. The thermostatic system shall be
solid fill, and shall incorporate overheat protection. 4" – 13.9 14.5 15.6 12.8 16.1 28.9 279.5 lb 305 lb
– 352 368 397 325 410 735 127 kg 138 kg
INICIO

approval 1/2" to 4" 25T
3
38
36
2
35 13
9
7
8
32 1
10
12
11 4
33
34
5
39
37 14
29 31
30
3 25
2
11 16
9 13
7
1
4
5 17
25
6
25
18
28 15
27 19
19
15 21
21 22
22 23
24
20
20
26
1/2" to 2"
2-1/2" to 4"
No. Part Material 25 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122)
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B Brass ASTM B16
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B (Cast Steel) Steel ASTMA105
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 27 Connector Stud Stainless Steel AISI 303
3 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A449 28 Body Gasket 1/2" - 2" Copper Clad Non-Asbestos Fill
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel, AISI 420F 2-1/2" - 4" Graphite
1-1/2", 25 & 2" 25S 29 Pilot Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
all other sizes AISI 420 Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel 1-1/2"-2" AISI 420F 30 Pilot Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 303
2-1/2" - 4" AISI303 31 Pilot Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI440A
6 Main Valve Seat Gasket Copper ASTM-B272 32 Adjustment Knob Phenolic ASTMD 700 Ty2
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 631 33 Pointer Stainless Steel AISI301
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI 303 34 Extension Nut Brass ASTMB16
9 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304 35 Case Tube Brass ASTMB 135 (330)
10 Valve Stem Sleeve Stainless Steel AISI420F 36 Retaining Nut Brass ASTMB 16
11 Spring Guide Cast Iron 1/2"-2" ASTMA 126 CL B 37 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel ASTM A449
CRS 2-1/2" - 4" AISI 1117 38 Capillary Tube Varies with style selected
12 Nut Steel ASTMA307 39 Bulb Varies with style selected
13 Cover Gasket Graphite 60 Pilot Gasket Stainless Steel AISIType 302
14 Pressure Equalizer Pipe Stainless Steel AISI 304
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB I N S TA L L AT I O N
16 Stem Bushing Stainless Steel AISI 303 The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
(2-1/2" - 4" Cast Steel only) isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent condensate
17 Diaphragm Plate Stem Stainless Steel AISI 304 from reaching the valve. The trap and regulator should both be protected with a
18 Diaphragm Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISI 303 strainer. The thermostatic bulb must be carefully located in the medium being
19 Nut Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTMB16 heated. Complete installation instructions are given in IMI 1.1116.
Steel 2-1/2" - 4" ASTMA307
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB MAINTENANCE
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI1.1116,
C.I. 2-1/2" - 4" ASTM A126 CLB
a copy of which is supplied with each valve. Available spare parts are shown
on TIS 1.1120 and 1.1121.
24 Tube &Orifice Stainless Steel AISI 304 TIS 1.1116 US 08.99
INICIO
Pilot Operated Temperature Regulator

6" 25T
The 25T is a self actuated T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S

pilot-operated temperature Model ➪ 25T Storage steam water heaters, instantaneous heat exchangers and
regulating valve. The converters, air handling coils, tank heating coils, steam jacketed
Sizes 6" vessels, steam chests, molds and platens.
temperature pilot has a
calibrated dial for accurate Connections ANSI 125, 250 ANSI 150, 300
temperature setting, and is CA PAC I T I E S
available with a variety of Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel
For selection and sizing data, see TIS 1.1114.
solid-fill sensing bulbs (see
TIS 1.1123). The standard Options Reduced Orifice Designated by “S” S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N
Non-Standard capillary tubing Temperature Regulators shall be of the pilot-actuated, diaphragm-
capillary tubing length is 8
length (see TIS1.1123) in 5 ft. intervals operated type. The main valve shall be single-seated, with hardened
feet, with an optional
to a maximum of 50 ft. stainless steel trim; the valve body shall be cast iron. The pilots shall
standard length of 15 feet. be removable without disturbing the control connections. The
temperature setting shall be adjustable without the use of tools, and
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S the set point shall be indicated on a calibrated dial. The thermostatic
system shall be solid fill, and shall incorporate overheat protection.
CA S T I R O N 232
450
400 204
300 149
A1
200 93
ANSI 125
100 38
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
(7) (14) (20)
C
CA S T S T E E L
600 315
500 260
450
400 204
E
300 149
D
200 93
ANSI 150
100 38
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250
(7) (14)
300 350
(20)
C V VA L U E S
Pressure psig (barg) Size 6" 6" “S”
The product should not be used in shaded area. Cv value 260 185 B
*The temperature of the sensing bulb must not exceed 350˚F (177˚C) DIMENSIONS (N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
ANSI 125/150 ANSI 250/300 WEIGHT

S TA N DA R D T E M P E R AT U R E R A N G E S
30˚F to 90˚F 0˚C to 32˚C Size A1 A1 B C D E 25T
60˚F to 120˚F 15˚C to 50˚C 160˚F to 220˚F 70˚C to 105˚C 6" 18.1 19.0 19.75 9.6 16.7 26.25 560 lb
120˚F to 180˚F 50˚C to 80˚C 260˚F to 320˚F 125˚C to 160˚C 460 483 502 243 424 667 254 kg
INICIO
Pilot Operated Temperature Regulator

6" 25T
2
27
25 10
24
21 28
8
23
18 1
20
19
4
60
5
15
11
16 7
13
14
17
15 12
No. Part Material 25 Retaining Nut Brass ASTMB 16
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 27 Capillary Tube Varies with style selected
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B 28 Bulb Varies with style selected
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B 60 Pilot Gasket Graphite
3 Cover Bolts Steel AISI 1038
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI302
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI304
10 Cover Gasket Graphite BS 2815 A I N S TA L L AT I O N
11 Stem Bushing Brass ASTM B 16 The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
12 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B condensate from reaching the valve. The trap and regulator should both be
13 Diaphragm Plate Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 protected with a strainer separator set. The thermostatic bulb must be
14 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Stainless Steel AISI 301 carefully located in the medium being heated. Complete installation
15 Orifice Brass ASTMB16 instructions are given in IMI 650-D76.
16 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122)
17 Diaphragm Gasket Graphite BS 2815 A
18 Pilot Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B MAINTENANCE
Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI650-D76
19 Pilot Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 303 and ADVP 3029, a copy of which is supplied with each valve. Available
20 Pilot Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 440A spare parts are shown on TIS 1.1120 and 1.1121.
21 Adjustment Knob Phenolic ASTM D 700 Ty2
23 Extension Nut Brass ASTM B 16
24 Case Tube Brass ASTMB 135 (330) TIS 1.1117 US 09.97
INICIO
Pilot Operated Temperature Regulator w/ Electric Override

1/2" to 4" 25TE
The 25TE has all of
C A PAC I T I E S
Model ➪ 25TE The valve is sized according to the temperature control
the features of the 25T, requirements.
with the addition of an Sizes 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" For selection & sizing data, see TIS1.1114
electric pilot. An Connections
electrical signal can
NPT ANSI 125 NPT ANSI 300
override the Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel The pressure reducing valves shall be of the pilot-
temperature pilot to Options ANSI 250 ANSI 150 actuated diaphragm operated type with electric
provide a remote shut- Non-Standard Capillary tubing length in 5 ft. override. The main valve shall be single-seated with
off capability. increments to a maximum of 50 ft. (see TIS 1.1123) hardened stainless steel trim; the valve body shall be
Electric Pilot Enclosure: NEMA 4 &7 (C&D) cast iron (cast steel). The pilots shall be bolted directly
Note: For pressures Specifications 115v/60Hz; Holding:23 VA to the valve body and shall be removable without
below 15 psig, the E Inrush: 45VA; Normally closed disturbing the control connections The temperature
200 psig Max. operating pressure setting shall be adjustable without the use of tools, and
pilot is not
recommended for use Electric Pilot 140 psig Max. operating pressure the set point shall be indicated on a calibrated dial. The
with valves 2-1/2" and Options (for faster response time) thermostatic system shall be solid-fill, and shall
larger. 230 volt coil incorporate over heat protection. The electric pilot shall
have a NEMA 4 &7 (C&D) enclosure with115v
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S (230v) 60 Hz coil.
Max. Operating Pressure NPT: 200 psig (14 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C) A A1
(PMO) ANSI 125: 125 psig ( 8 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C)
ANSI 250: 200 psig ( 14 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C)
ANSI 150: 185 psig ( 12 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C)
ANSI 300: 200 psig ( 14 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C)
Max. Operating 392˚F (200˚C) C
C
Temperature* *The temperature of the sensing bulb must
not exceed 350˚F (177˚C)
E
S TA N DA R D T E M P E R AT U R E R A N G E S E
30˚F to 90˚F 0˚C to 32˚C

D
120˚F to 180˚F 50˚C to 80˚C 160˚F to 220˚F 70˚C to 105˚C D
P R E S S U R E S H E L L D E S I G N CO N D I T I O N S
B B
Max. allowable pressure Cast 1/2" to 2"
Steel: 300 psig/0-450˚F 20 barg/0-232˚C 2-1/2" to 4"
TMA Cast Iron: 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg DIMENSIONS ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
Max. allowable Cast Steel:450˚F/0-300 psig 232˚C/0-20 barg ANSI 125 ANSI 250
temperature ANSI 150 ANSI 300 WEIGHT
Size A A1 A1 B C D E Cast Iron Cast Steel
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S 1/2", 3/4" 5.5 – – 7.6 12.1 6.2 18.25 30.5 lb 33 lb
Temperature control applications where the valve must also respond to an 140 – – 194 306 157 464 13.8 kg 15 kg
electrical program timer, safety or limit switch, or remote manual switch. 1" 6.0 – – 8.6 12.0 6.75 18.75 37.5 lb 41 lb
152 – – 219 305 171 476 17 kg 15 kg
IN S TA L L AT I O N 1-1/4", 1-1/2" 7.25 – – 8.6 12.6 7.1 19.6 43 lb 47 lb
The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass 184 – – 219 319 179 498 19.5 kg 21.3 kg
and isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent
2" 8.5 – – 10.6 13.2 8.2 21.4 67.5 lb 74 lb
condensate from reaching the valve. The trap and regulator should both be 216 – – 270 335 208 543 30.6 kg 33.6 kg
protected with a strainer. The thermostatic bulb must be carefully located in
the medium being heated. Complete installation instructions are given in 2-1/2" – 10.9 11.5 13.6 13.9 13.9 27.9 156 lb 170 lb
IMI650-D76. _ 276 292 346 354 354 708 70.8 kg 77.1 kg
3" – 11.75 12.5 13.6 13.9 14.4 28.4 187 lb 204 lb

MAINTENANCE – 298 318 346 351 367 721 84.8 kg 92.5 kg
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI
4" – 13.9 14.5 15.6 15.1 16.1 31.2 283 lb 308 lb
650-D76, a copy of which is supplied with each valve. Available spare – 352 368 397 383 410 792 128 kg 140 kg
parts are shown on TIS 1.1120 and TIS1.1121.
INICIO
Pilot Operated Temperature Regulator w/ Electric Override

1/2" to 4" 25TE
38
36
35
3
32
2
13
9 7
33 8
34 1
10
39 12
37 11 4
29 31 5
30
60 14
40 25
61
3
16
2
60
11
9 13
7 17
1
4
5
6 18
25
25
15
19
28
21
27
22
19 23
15
24
21 20
22
20 26
2-1/2" to 4"
1/2" to 2"
C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S No.
26
Part
Plug (Cast Iron)
Material
Brass ASTMB16
No. Part Material (Cast Steel) Steel ASTMA105
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 28 Body Gasket 1/2" - 2" Copper Clad Non-Asbestos Fill
3 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A449 2-1/2" - 4" Graphite
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel 29 Pilot Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CLB
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel 30 Pilot Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI303
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel 31 Pilot Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 440A
9 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304 32 Adjustment Knob Phenolic ASTMD 700 TY 2
10 Valve Stem Sleeve Stainless Steel AISI 420F 33 Pointer Stainless Steel AISI301
11 Spring Guide Cast Iron 1/2" - 2" ASTM A 126 CL B 34 Extension Nut Brass ASTMB16
CRS 2-1/2" - 4" AISI 1117 35 Case Tube Brass ASTMB 135 (330)
12 Nut Steel ASTM A307 36 Retaining Nut Brass ASTM B16
13 Cover Gasket Graphite 37 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel ASTM A449
14 Pressure Equalizer Pipe Stainless Steel AISI 304 38 Capillary Tube Varies with sytle selected
15 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B 39 Bulb Varies with style selected
Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB 40 Electric Pilot Body Cast Iron ASTMA126 CL B
16 Stem Bushing Stainless Steel AISI 303 Cast Bronze ASTMB62
(2-1/2" - 4" Cast Steel only) 60 Pilot Gasket Graphite
17 Diaphragm Plate Stem Stainless Steel AISI 304 61 Electric Solonoid Valve
18 Diaphragm Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISI 303
Steel 2-1/2" - 4" ASTMA307
20 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA126CLB
C.I. 2-1/2" - 4" ASTM A126 CLB
TIS 1.11161 US 08.99
INICIO
Pilot Operated Temperature Regulator with Electric Override

6" 25TE
The 25TE has all Model ➪ 25TE T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S

the features of the Temperature control applications where the valve must also respond to an
25T with the Sizes 6" electrical program timer, safety or limit switch, or remote manual switch.
addition of an Connections ANSI 125, 250 ANSI 150, 300
electric pilot. An Temperature Regulators shall be of the pilot-actuated, diaphragm-operated
electrical signal Options Reduced Orifice Designated by “S” type with electric override. The main valve shall be single-seated, with
ANSI 250 flgd. hardened stainless steel trim; the valve body shall be cast iron. The pilots
can override the Non-Standard capillary tubing length shall be removable without disturbing the control connections. The
temperature pilot (see TIS1.1123) in 5 ft. intervals
temperature setting shall be adjustable without the use of tools, and the set
to provide a to a maximum of 50 ft.
point shall be indicated on a calibrated dial. The thermostatic system shall be
remote shut-off Electric Pilot Enclosure: NEMA 4 & 7 (C&D) solid fill, and shall incorporate overheat protection. The electric pilot shall
capability. The Specifications 115v/60Hz have a NEMA 4&7 (C&D) enclosure with 115v (230v) 60 Hz coil.
Holding: 23 VA
standard capillary Inrush: 45 VA
tubing length is Normally closed CA PAC I T I E S
200 psig Max. operating pressure The valve is sized according to the temperature control requirements.
8 feet, with an For selection and sizing, see TIS 1.1114.
optional length of Electric Pilot 140 psig Max. operating pressure
Options (for faster response time)
15 feet. 230 volt coil
A1
400
CAST IR ON 204
392 200
ANSI 250
300 149 C
200 93
ANSI 125
100 38
E
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
(7) (14) (20)
Pressure psig (barg) D
CAST S TEEL
450 232
ANSI 300
400 204
392 200
300 149 B
200
ANSI 150
93 DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
100 38
ANSI 125/150 ANSI 250/300 WEIGHT
Size A1 A1 B C D E
15 1 6" 18.1 19.0 19.75 11.8 16.7 28.5 560 lb
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
(7) (14) (20) 460 483 502 300 424 724 254 kg
C V VA L U E S 30˚F to 90˚F 0˚C to 32˚C
*The temperature of the 60˚F to 120˚F 15˚C to 50˚C 160˚F to 220˚F 70˚C to 105˚C
Size 6" 6" “S” 100˚F to 160˚F 40˚C to 70˚C 200˚F to 260˚F 95˚C to 125˚C
sensing bulb must not
Cv value 260 185 exceed 350˚F (177˚C) 120˚F to 180˚F 50˚C to 80˚C 260˚F to 320˚F 125˚C to 160˚C
INICIO
Pilot Operated Temperature Regulator with Electric Override

6" 25TE
27
3
25
24 2
21 28
10
23
18 8
26
20
19
60
61
29
4
15 5
11
16
13
14
17
15 12
No. Part Material 20 Pilot Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI440A
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B 21 Adjustment Knob Phenolk ASTM D 700 Ty2
Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B 23 Extension Nut Brass ASTM B 16
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 24 Case Tube Brass ASTMB 135 (330)
Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B 25 Retaining Nut Brass ASTMB 16
3 Cover Bolts Steel AISI 1038 26 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel 5/16"-18x1 ASTM A449
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 27 Capillary Tube Varies with style selected
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 28 Bulb Varies with style selected
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 302 29 Electric Pilot Adaptor Cast Iron ASTMA126 CL B
10 Cover Gasket Graphite BS 2815A 61 Electric Solenoid Valve
11 Stem Bushing Stainless Steel
12 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B I N S TA L L AT I O N
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent condensate
13 Diaphragm Plate Stainless Steel ASTMA 743 CA 40 from reaching the valve. The trap and regulator should both be protected with a
14 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Stainless Steel AISI 301 strainer separator set. The thermostatic bulb must be carefully located in the medium
15 Tube &Orifice Brass ASTMB16 being heated. Complete installation instructions are given in IMI 650-D76.
16 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTM B280 (122)
17 Diaphragm Gasket Graphite BS 2815A
MAINTENANCE
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI650-D76
18 Pilot Valve Body Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B and ADVP 3029, a copy of which is supplied with each valve. Available spare
Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B parts are shown on TIS 1.1120 and 1.1121.
19 Pilot Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 303
TIS 1.11171 US 09.97
INICIO
Electric Pilot Operated On/Off Regulator

1/2" to 4" 25E
The 25E is T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
controlled by an Model ➪ 25E
electric pilot valve. On/Off control of steam flow in response to
The main valve Sizes 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" remote manual or automatic electrical signals
opens wide when which may originate at safety switches, timers,
the pilot is manual switches, etc.
energized; it closes Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel
tight when the pilot Options ANSI 250 flgd. ANSI 150 flgd.
is de-energized.
The 25E does not Electric Pilot Enclosure: NEMA 4 & 7 (C&D)
modulate or throttle Specifications 115v/60Hz
Holding: 23 VA
steam at part load. Inrush: 45 VA
Note: For pressures Normally closed
below 15 psig, the E 200 psig Max. operating pressure
pilot is not Electric Pilot 140 psig Max. operating pressure
recommended for use Options (for faster response time)
with valves 2-1/2" and 230 volt coil
larger.
A1
A
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N C
The On/Off operation of the main valve shall be controlled
by an electrical solenoid pilot which is bolted directly to the
C
main valve and may be removed without disturbing the
control tubing connections. The main valve shall be single
seated with hardened stainless steel trim. The valve body E
shall be cast iron (cast steel). The electric pilot shall have a E
NEMA 4&7 (C&D) enclosure with 115v (230v) 60 Hz coil.
D
D
Max. Operating NPT: 200 psig (14 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C) B B
Pressure(PMO) ANSI 125: 125 psig ( 8 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C) 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2" to 4"
ANSI 250: 200 psig (14 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C)
ANSI 150: 185 psig (12barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C) DIMENSIONS (N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
ANSI 300: 200 psig (14barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C)
ANSI 125 ANSI 250
Max. Operating 392˚F (200˚C) ANSI 150 ANSI 300 WEIGHT
Temperature Size A A1 A1 B C D E Cast Iron Cast Steel
1/2", 3/4" 5.5 – – 7.6 6.1 6.2 12.25 28 lb 31 lb
P RESSURE S HELL D ESIGN CONDITIONS 140 – – 194 154 157 311 12.7 kg 14.1 kg
1" 6.0 – – 8.6 6.0 6.75 12.75 35 lb 38 lb

PMA Cast Iron: 250 psig/0-450˚F 17 barg/0-232˚C 152 – – 219 152 171 324 15.9 kg 17.2 kg
Max. allowable pressure 1-1/4", 1-1/2" 7.25 – – 8.6 6.6 7.1 13.6 40.5 lb 44 lb
184 – – 219 167 179 346 18.4 kg 20 kg
TMA Cast Iron: 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg 2" 8.5 – – 10.6 7.2 8.2 15.4 65 lb 71 lb
Max. allowable temperature 216 – – 270 183 208 391 29.5 kg 32.2 kg
2-1/2" – 10.9 11.5 13.6 7.9 13.9 21.8 153.5 lb 167 lb
_ 276 292 346 200 354 554 69.6 kg 75.8 kg
3" – 11.75 12.5 13.6 7.9 14.4 22.25 184 lb 201 lb

C A PAC I T I E S – 298 318 346 198 367 565 83.7 kg 91.2 kg
For selection and sizing,data, see TIS 1.1114. 4" – 13.9 14.5 15.6 9.1 16.1 25.25 280.5 lb 305 lb
– 352 368 397 232 410 641 127 kg 138 kg
INICIO

1/2" to 4" 25E
42
41
60 3
61 40
2
3 9 13
8
10 7
2
60 12 1
11 4
11
9 13
5
7
1
14
4
5 25
6
25
25
28 16
28 17
27
19 18
15
15
21 19
22
21
23 22
20
24
20
26
1/2" to 2" 2-1/2" to 4"
No. Part Material 25 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122)
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B Brass ASTM B16
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B (Cast Steel) Steel ASTMA105
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 27 Connector Stud Stainless Steel AISI 303
3 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A449 28 Body Gasket 1/2" - 2" Copper Clad Non-Asbestos Fill
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 420F 2-1/2" - 4" Graphite
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel 1/2"-2" AISI 420F 40 Electric Pilot Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
2-1/2" - 4" AISI303 Cast Bronze ASTMB62
6 Main Valve Seat Gasket Copper ASTM-B272 41 Electric Pilot Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 631 42 Cap Screws Steel ASTM A449
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI 303 60 Pilot Gasket Stainless Steel AISI302
9 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304 61 Electric Solenoid Valve
10 Valve Stem Sleeve Stainless Steel AISI420F
11 Spring Guide Cast Iron 1/2"-2" ASTMA 126 CL B
CRS 2-1/2" - 4" AISI 1117
12 Nut Steel ASTM304
13
14
Cover Gasket
Pressure Equalizer Pipe
Graphite
Stainless Steel AISI 304
15 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipe with suitable bypass and
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent condensate
16 Stem Bushing Stainless Steel AISI 303 from reaching the valve. The trap and valve should both be protected with a
(2-1/2" - 4" Cast Steel only) strainer.
17 Diaphragm Plate Stem Stainless Steel AISI 304
18 Diaphragm Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISI 303
Steel 2-1/2" - 4" ASTMA307
21 Diaphragm Plate
Cast Steel
Brass 1/2" - 2"
ASTMA216 Gr WCB
ASTMB124 (377)
MAINTENANCE
C.I. 2-1/2" - 4" ASTM A126 CLB Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI650-D76, a
22 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Phosphor Bronze ASTMB103 (511) copy of which is supplied with each valve. Available spare parts are shown on
23 Bushing CRS AISI 1117 TIS 1.1120 and 1.1121.
24 Tube &Orifice Stainless Steel AISI 304
TIS 1.1118 US 08.99
INICIO

6" 25E
The 25E is Model ➪ 25E

controlled by an On/Off control of steam flow in response to remote manual or automatic
Sizes 6" electrical signals which may originate at safety switches, timers, manual
electric pilot
switches, etc.
valve. The main Connections ANSI 125, 250 ANSI 150, 300
valve opens wide Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel
when the pilot is S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N
energized; it Options Reduced Orifice Designated by “S” The On/Off operation of the main valve shall be controlled by an electric
closes tight when Electric Pilot Enclosure: NEMA 4 & 7 (C&D) solenoid pilot which may be removed without disturbing the control tubing
the pilot is de- Specifications 115v/60Hz connections. The main valve shall be single-seated, with hardened
Holding: 23 VA
energized. The stainless steel trim; the valve body shall be cast iron. The electric pilot
Inrush: 45 VA
25E does not Normally closed shall have a NEMA 4&7 (C&D) enclosure with 115v (230v) 60 Hz coil.
200 psig Max. operating pressure
modulate or
throttle steam at Electric Pilot 140 psig Max. operating pressure
Options (for faster response time) CA PAC I T I E S
part load. 230 volt coil The valve is sized according to the temperature control requirements.
For selection and sizing, see TIS 1.1114.
CA S T I R O N
400 204
392 200
ANSI 250
300 149 A1
200 93
ANSI 125
100 38
C
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
(7) (14) (20)
E
CAST S TEEL
450 232
ANSI 300
400 204
392 200 D
300 149
200 93
ANSI 150
100 38
B
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
(7) (14) (20)
Pressure psig (barg) DIMENSIONS ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS

ANSI 125/150 ANSI 250/300
C V VA L U E S Size A1 A1 B C D E WEIGHT
6" 18.1 19.0 19.75 8.75 16.7 25.4 560 lb
Size 6" 6" “S”
460 483 502 222 424 646 254 kg
Cv value 260 185
INICIO
Electric Pilot Operated On/Off Valve Regulator

6" 25E
3
10
8
53
52
61
29
4
60
15 5
16
13
14
17
15 12
No. Part Material
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
3 Cover Bolts Steel AISI 1038
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI302
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI304 I N S TA L L AT I O N
10 Cover Gasket Graphite BS 2815 A The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipe with suitable by-pass and
isolating valves. A steam trap must be installed upstream to prevent condensate
from reaching the valve. The trap and valve should both be protected with a
strainer separator set.
13 Diaphragm Plate Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40
14 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Stainless Steel AISI 301
15 Orifice Brass ASTMB16
16 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTM B280 (122)
MAINTENANCE
17 Diaphragm Gasket Graphite BS 2815 A
and ADVP 3029, a copy of which is supplied with each valve. Available spare
29 Electric Pilot Adaptor Cast Iron ASTMA126 CL B
52 Electric Pilot Cover Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B
53 Cap Screws Steel ASTM A449
60 Pilot Gasket Graphite
61 Electric Solenoid Valve
TIS 1.1119 US 09.97
INICIO
Spare Parts Guide

1/2" to 2" 25T, 25TE, 25E Main Valve
S PA R E PA RT S – M A I N VA LV E
Cap Assembly w/ Cap Screws & Gasket A,B,C H OW TO ORDER
Diaphragm Case Bolts & Nuts G,H Always order spares by using the description given in the
Screen, Spring Support Disc M,N,O,C column headed Spare Parts, stating the valve size and
Valve Spring and Cap Gasket material.
*Cap Gasket, Valve Head, Seat & Seat Gasket C,P,Q,R Example 1 – Cap Assembly for 1/2" Spirax Sarco 25T Cast
(specify regular or reduced port "S" valve) Iron Temperature Regulator.
Valve Stem Guide & Gasket J, S
MAINTENANCE
Diaphragm (2 per set) L For complete installation & maintenance instructions, see
*Transmission Tubing w/ Fittings U,V the IMI sheet, which accompanies the product.
*Gasket Kit C,R,S,W
Spares Kit
* A standby set of spares for general maintenance purposes
includes all spares marked.
C
M
N
B
O
W
P
Q A
R
V
S
H
U
INICIO
Spare Parts Guide

2-1/2" to 4" 25T, 25TE, 25E, Main Valve
H OW TO ORDER
Cap Assembly w/ Cap Screws &Gasket A,B
Diaphragm Case Bolts & Nuts G,H Always order spares by using the description given in the first
column under Spare Parts, stating the valve size and material.
Screen, Retaining Ring M,N, O, C Example: 1 – Cap Assembly for 2-1/2" Spirax Sarco 25T Cast
Main Valve Spring & Cap Gasket Iron Temperature Regulator
Cap Gasket, Valve Head & Seat (2) C, P, Q, X
specify regular or reduced port "S"valve
MAINTENANCE
Lower Stem Nut & Gasket J, S
Diaphragms (2 ply) L See installation and maintenance instructions supplied with each
*Transmission Tubing w/ Assembly U valve, copies are available on request.
* Gasket Kit C, R, S, W
Damping Assembly A1, B1, C1
Spares Kit
M
N
C
W
B
A
O
Q
U
X S
C1
B1 G
A1
TIS 1.1120 US 01.97

INICIO
Spare Parts Guide

6" 25T, 25TE, 25E, Main Valve
S PA R E PA RT S – M A I N VA LV E H OW TO ORDER
Always order spares by using the description given in the first
Main Valve Spring O, S column under Spare Parts, stating the valve size and material.
& Lower Diaphragm Cover Gaskets Example: 1 – Diaphragm Plate & Set Screws for 6" Spirax Sarco
Diaphragm Plate & Set Screws K, D 25T Cast Iron Reducing Valve
Transmission Tubing with Fittings U*
Diaphragms (2 per set) L* MAINTENANCE
Gasket Kit C, S, W*
See installation and maintenance instructions supplied with each
Head, Stem & Seat Assembly P, Q, C valve, copies are available on request.
“S” Head, Stem & Seat Assembly P, Q, C Main valve seat in 6" regulator is field replaceable. Please consult
Screen Assembly I, J factory for seat removal tool. To retain tight shut off, minor wear
Cover Bolt Kit B can be corrected by lapping with suitable grinding compound.
Diaphragm Case Bolt Kit G, H
Spares Kits C
* A standby set of spares for general maintenance
purposes includes all spares marked
Q
B
I
J
U D
K
S
G
INICIO
Spare Parts Guide

1/2" to 6" 25T, 25TE, 25E Pilots
S PA R E PA RT S - T E M P E R AT U R E & E L E C T R I C P I L OT H OW TO ORDER
Always order spares by using the description given in the
Thermal System (T1, T2, T3, T10, T11, T12) A2 column headed Spare Parts, stating the valve size and
State bulb style, capillary tube length
material. When ordering Temperature Pilots, specify the
and temperature range
bulb style, capillary length and temperature range.
Well (T5, T6, T7, T8, T11) (Specify bulb style) B2
When ordering electric pilots, specify electrical
Wall Mounting Bracket (T9) C2 characteristics, size of main valve.
(Specify bulb style)
Complete Pilot Body Assembly D2, W Example 1 – Thermal System style T1 for 1" Spirax Sarco
Head & Seat Assembly E2, W 25T temperature regulator with 8-ft. capillary tubing and
Specify 15 psig or below Assembly or Standard temperature range 120˚F to 180˚F.
Electric Pilot 1 – Head & Seat Assebmly for 1/2" Spirax Sarco
NEMA 4&7 Solenoid A3 25TE temperature regulator with a NEMA 4 115volt, 60
(specify voltage & steam pressure) Hz AC solenoid steam pressure 200 psi.
Complete "E" Pilot Body Assembly B3
MAINTENANCE
For complete installation & maintenance instructions,
see the IMI sheet, which accompanies the product.
A2
A2
B3
B2
C2
E2 D2
A3 C3
TIS 1.1121 US 11.95
INICIO

25 Series Thermostat Bulb Types
The Thermostat Bulb styles are for temperature
pilots used on the following:
25T & 25TE Temperature Controls
25PT & 25 PTE Pressure Temperature Controls.
T H E R M O S TAT B U L B T Y P E S
Type
T1 Bulb in plain copper with 8-ft brass T1
armored tubing. T10 Type
T2
T11 Type
T2 Bulb in copper with union connection
T3
3/4"NPT, 8-ft brass armored tubing.
T3 Bulb teflon-covered with 8-ft teflon-

covered tubing.
T4 T1 thermostat bulb with flanged

connection.
T5 T2 thermostat bulb with brass well.
T6 T2 thermostat bulb with stainless steel well. Type

T4
T7 T1 thermostat bulb with Brass, 18" extension well. Type
T5
T8 T1 thermostat bulb with stainless steel, 18" T6
extension well.
T9 T1 thermostat bulb with wall mounting bracket.
T10 Bulb in stainless steel, with 8-ft stainless

steel tubing.
T11 Bulb in stainless steel with union connection

3/4"NPT, 8-foot stainless steel capillary tubing.
Type
T12 Bulb in plain copper with union connection at T7
90˚ offset. 8-ft brass armored tubing. T8 Type
T12
Type
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S T9
Up to 200˚F / 93˚C above the control set point
provided temperatures at the bulb do not exceed
350˚F 176˚C.
CA P I L L A R Y T U B E L E N G T H
Standard 8 ft. and 15 ft. available. Intervals of 5 ft.
up to a maximum of 50 ft.
INICIO

25 Series Thermostat Bulb Types
D IMENSIONS (NOMINAL) IN INCHES & MILLIMETERS
NPT
Style A B C D E F G H J
T1 8 0.62 – – – – – – – A
203 15.7 T1 B
T2 – – 5.21 0.62 – – – 3/4" –
1.32 15.7
T3 9 0.7 – – – – – – – C
229 17.7
T2 D
T4 5 0.62 – 1.4 7.0 2.25 1.0 – 5/16"
127 15.7 36 178 57.2 25.5
H
T5 – – 5.75 0.75 – – – 3/4" –
146 19 A
T6 – – 5.75 0.75 – – – 3/4" – B
T3
146 19 (3) 5/16"
T7 – – 18 0.75 – – – 3/4" – Adjustable
457 19 A E
T8 – – 18 0.75 – – – 3/4" – G D F
457 19
T4 B
T9 – – – – 6.7 1.5 2.1 – –
170 38 53 1.05" O.D. dia.
T10 6.4 0.62 – – – – – – – .75" I.D.
162 15.7
T11 – – 6.12 0.62 – – – 3/4" – C
155 15.7
T5 D
T12 – – – – 9.6 2.75 7.1 3/4" –
244 70 180 H
I N S TA L L AT I O N T6 D
The thermostatic bulb should be carefully located in the medium
H
being heated. Make sure that the entire length of the
thermostatic bulb is immersed in the heated medium with a C
good circulation left ober it. Locate the thermometer being used D
T7
to monitor temperature close to the thermostatic bulb. When the
H
bulb is contained in a well, use a heat conducting compound to
improve response time. C
T8 D
H OW TO SPECIFY H
1 – 1/2" Spirax Sarco 25T Temperature Control with Thermostat

Bulb Style T2.
G
T9
F
E
T10 B
D
T11
H
E
G F
T12
TIS 1.1123 US 03.94

INICIO
Combination Pressure/Temperature Regulator

1/2" to 4" 25PT
The 25PT eliminates the need for a T YPICAL A PPLICATIONS
separate pressure regulator and a Model ➪ 25PT
temperature regulator. Normal operation Storage steam water heaters, instantaneous heat
is controlled by the temperature pilot, Sizes 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" exchangers and converters, air handling coils,
and the pressure pilot sets an upper limit tank heating coils, steam jacketed vessels, steam
on the downstream steam pressure. The Connections NPT ANSI 125 flgd. NPT ANSI 300 flgd. chests, molds and platens, and other temperature
temperature pilot has a calibrated dial control applications where it is necessary or
for accurate temperature setting, and is Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel desirable to set an upper limit on the delivered
available with a variety of solid-fill steam pressure.
sensing bulbs (See TIS 1.1123). Options ANSI 250 flgd. ANSI 150 flgd.
The standard capillary tubing length is Non-Standard capillary tubing length (see TIS 1.1123) CAPACITIES
8 feet, with an optional standard length The regulator is sized according to the
of 15 feet. temperature control requirements. For
selection and sizing, see TIS 1.1114.
L IMITING O PERATING C ONDITIONS
Max. Operating NPT: 250 psig (17 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C) 1/4" NPT Sensing
Line Conncetion F
ANSI 250: 250 psig (17 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
ANSI 150: 185 psig (12 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C) F
ANSI 300: 300 psig (20 barg) @ 450˚F (232˚C)
Temperature
C
C
S TANDARD T EMPERATURE R ANGES
30˚F to 90˚F 0˚C to 32˚C E
60˚F to 120˚F 15˚C to 50˚C 160˚F to 220˚F 70˚C to 105˚C E
120˚F to 180˚F 50˚C to 80˚C 260˚F to 320˚F 125˚C to160˚C
A1
D OWNSTREAM P RESSURE R ANGES D
D
For the following downstream pressures, three color-coded pilot valve
B
A
B
P RESSURE S HELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2" to 4"

D IMENSIONS ( NOMINAL ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
Max. allowable pressure ANSI 125 ANSI 250

Cast Steel: 300 psig/0-600˚F 21barg/0-316˚C ANSI 300 WEIGHT
Size A A1 A1 B C D E F Cast Iron Cast Steel
TMA Cast Iron: 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg 1/2", 3/4" 5.5 – – 7.6 13.25 6.2 19.4 5.0 38 lb 41 lb
140 – – 194 337 157 494 127 17.2 kg 18.6 kg
S AMPLE S PECIFICATION 1" 6.0 – – 8.6 13.2 6.75 19.9 5.0 45 lb 49 lb
Pressure/Temperature Regulators shall be of the pilot-actuated, 152 – – 219 335 171 506 127 20.4 kg 22.2 kg
diaphragm-operated type with separate pressure and 1-1/4", 1-1/2" 7.25 – – 8.6 13.75 7.1 20.8 5.0 50.5 lb 55 lb
temperature pilots. The main valve shall be single-seated, with 184 – – 219 349 179 529 127 22.9 kg 25.0 kg
hardened stainless steel trim; the regulator shall be cast iron 2" 8.5 – – 10.6 14.4 8.2 22.6 5.0 75 lb 82 lb
(cast steel). The pilots shall be removable without disturbing 216 – – 270 365 208 573 127 34 kg 37.2 kg
the control connections. The temperature setting shall be 2-1/2" – 10.9 11.5 13.6 15.1 13.9 29.0 5.0 163.5 lb 178 lb
adjustable without the use of tools, and the set point shall be _ 276 292 346 383 354 737 127 74.2 kg 80.7 kg
indicated on a calibrated dial. The thermostatic system shall be 3" – 11.75 12.5 13.6 15.0 14.4 29.4 5.0 194.5 lb 212 lb
– 298 318 346 381 367 748 127 88.2 kg 96.2 kg
solid fill, and shall incorporate overheat protection. The
regulator shall be capable of dead-end shut-off. 4" – 13.9 14.5 15.6 16.3 16.1 32.4 5.0 290.5 lb 316 lb
– 352 368 397 414 410 824 127 132 kg 143 kg
INICIO

1/2" to 4" 25PT
43 43
44
38 44
48
36 38 46
38 48 45
36 53
32 46 35
50
48
45 32 47
49
33 53 33
34 34 39
29 48 51
37 50 29 3
31 49 30
30 47 37
58 58 9 2
63 67 13
8
60 10 7
64 3 12 1
65 11 4
2 5
11
66 13
7
14
25 1 25
4
5 16
6
25
17
28
27 18
19 15
15 19
21 21
22 23
22
20 24 2-1/2" to 2"
1/2" to 2" 20
26
C ONSTRUCTION M ATERIALS 33
34
Pointer
Extension Nut
Stainless Steel
Brass
AISI 301
ASTM B16
No. Part Material 35 Case Tube Brass ASTM B 135 (330)
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B 36 Retaining Nut Brass ASTM B 16
Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB 37 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel ASTM A449
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B 38 Capillary Tube Varies with style selected
Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB 39 Bulb Varies with style selected
3 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A449 43 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel AISI 303
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel 44 Jam Nut Brass ASTM B16
1-1/2", 25 & 2" 25S AISI 420 45 Pilot Valve Spring Steel AISI 1060
all other sizes AISI 420F 46 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel 1-1/2"-2" AISI 420F Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB
2-1/2" - 4" AISI 303 47 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B
6 Main Valve Seat Gasket Copper ASTMB272 Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 631 48 Spring Plate Steel ASTM A569
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI 303 49 Diaphragm Phosphor Bronze ASTM B103
9 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304 50 Diaphragm PLate Brass ASTM B36
10 Valve Stem Sleeve Stainless Steel AISI 420F 51 Pilot Head Spring Stainless Steel AISI Type 302
11 Spring Guide Cast Iron 1/2"-2" ASTM A 126 CL B 52 Spring Retainer Cup Stainless Steel AISI Type 301
CRS 2-1/2" - 4" AISI 1117 53 Retaining Ring Brass ASTM B36
12 Nut Steel ASTM A307 54 Pilot Seat Stainless Steel AISI Type 440F
13 Cover Gasket Graphite 55 Pilot Head Stainless Steel AISI Type 440
14 Pressure Equalizer Pipe Stainless Steel (2-1/2" - 4") AISI 304 56 Head Stem Stainless Steel AISI Type 303
15 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B 57 Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISI Type 303
Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB 58 Stem Guide Gasket Stainless Steel AISI Type 302
16 Stem Bushing Stainless Steel AISI 303 59 Seat Gasket Stainless Steel AISI Type 302
17 Diaphragm Plate Stem Stainless Steel AISI 304 61 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel ASTM A449
18 Diaphragm Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISI 303 62 Diaphragm Case Screws Stee/ 5/16" - 18 x 1" ASTM A449
19 Nut Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTM B16 63 "T" Pilot Adapter Brass ASTM B62
Steel 2-1/2" - 4" ASTM A307 64 Adapter Pipe Steel ASTM A53
20 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B 65 "P" Pilot Adapter Ductile Iron ASTM A395
Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB
21 Diaphragm Plate Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTM B124 (377) 66 Adapter Stud Steel ASTM A193 Gr B7
C.I. 2-1/2" - 4" ASTM A126 CL B 67 Adapter Nut Steel SAE Grade 5
22 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Phosphor Bronze ASTM B103 (511)
I NSTALLATION
24 Tube & Orifice Stainless Steel AISI 304 The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
25 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTM B280 (122) isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent
Brass ASTM B16 condensate from reaching the regulator. The trap and regulator should both be
26 Plug (Cast Iron) Brass ASTM B16 protected with a strainer. The thermostatic bulb must be carefully located in the
(Cast Steel) Steel ASTM A105 medium being heated. The pressure sensing line may be located either in the
27 Connector Stud Stainless Steel AISI 303 downstream piping or in the steam space. Complete installation instructions are
28 Body Gasket 1/2" - 2" Copper Clad Non-Asbestos Fill given in IMI 650-D76.
29 Pilot Valve Body Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B M AINTENANCE
Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI 650-D76, a
copy of which is supplied with each regulator. Available spare parts are shown
31 Pilot Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 440A
on TIS 3.027 and 3.0271.
32 Adjustment Knob Phenolic ASTM D 700 Ty2 TIS 3.017 US 03.94
INICIO

6" 25PT
The 25PT eliminates the need for a T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S

Model ➪ 25PT Storage steam water heaters, instantaneous heat exchangers and
separate pressure regulator and a
converters, air handling coils, tank heating coils, steam jacketed
temperature regulator. Normal vessels, steam chests, molds and platens, and other temperature
operation is controlled by the Sizes 6" control applications where it is necessary or desirable to set an upper
temperature pilot, and the pressure limit on the delivered steam pressure.
pilot sets an upper limit on the Connections ANSI 125, 250 ANSI 150, 300
downstream steam pressure. The CA PAC I T I E S
temperature pilot has a calibrated The regulator is sized according to the temperature control
dial for accurate temperature setting, requirements. For selection and sizing, see TIS 1.1114 and 3.030.
and is available with a variety of
solid-fill sensing bulbs (See TIS Options Reduced Orifice Designated by “S” S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N
1.1123). The standard capillary non-standard capillary tubing Pressure/Temperature Regulators shall be of the pilot-actuated,
tubing length is 8 feet, with an length (see TIS 1.1123) diaphragm-operated type with separate pressure and temperature
optional standard length of 15 feet. pilots. The main valve shall be single-seated, with hardened stainless
steel trim; the regulator body shall be cast iron. The pilots shall be
removable without disturbing the control connections. The
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S temperature setting shall be adjustable without the use of tools, and
the set point shall be indicated on a calibrated dial. The thermostatic
CA S T I R O N 232 system shall be solid fill, and shall incorporate overheat protection.
450
400 204
392 200
300 149 F
1/4" NPT Sensing
200 93 Line Connection
ANSI 125
100 38
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 C
(7) (14) (20)
CAST S TEEL E
600 315
500 260
450
400 204
A1 D
300 149
D
200 93
ANSI 150
B
100 38
15 1 DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 ANSI 125/150 ANSI 250/300
(7) (14) (20)
Size A1 A1 B C D E F Weight
6" 18.1 19.0 19.75 13.0 16.7 29.7 5.0 560 lb
460 483 502 330 424 754 127 254 kg
*The temperature of the sensing
D OW N S T R E A M P R E S S U R E R A N G E S bulb must not exceed 350˚F (177˚C)
For the following downstream pressures, 3 color- S TA N DA R D T E M P E R AT U R E R A N G E S
coded pilot valve springs are available: C V VA L U E S 30˚F to 90˚F 0˚C to 32˚C
Yellow: 3 to 30 psi 60˚F to 120˚F 15˚C to 50˚C 160˚F to 220˚F 70˚C to 105˚C
Size 6" 6" “S”
Blue: 20 to 100 psi 100˚F to 160˚F 40˚C to 70˚C 200˚F to 260˚F 95˚C to 125˚C
Red: 80 to 240 psi Cv value 260 185 120˚F to 180˚F 50˚C to 80˚C 260˚F to 320˚F 125˚C to 160˚C
INICIO

6" 25PT
27 43
25 3
44
24
2
48
21
28
22
45 10
23 46
20 1
26 54
50
18 47 8
49
60
19 60
51 4
60
5
15
11
16
7
13
14
17
12
15
No. Part Material 28 Bulb Varies with style selected
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 43 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel AISI 304
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B 44 Jam Nut Brass ASTMB16
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 45 Pilot Valve Spring Steel AISI 1060
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B 46 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
3 Cover Bolts Steel AISI1038 Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 47 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 302 48 Spring Plate Steel ASTMA569
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI304 49 Diaphragm Phosphor Bronze ASTM B103
10 Cover Gasket Graphite BS 2815A 50 Diaphragm Plate Brass ASTM B36
11 Stem Bushing Brass ASTMB16 51 Head & Seat Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 440
12 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B Stainless Steel AISI 440F
Cast Steel ASTMA 216 WC B 54 Diaphragm Case Screws Steel 5/16" - 18 x 1" ASTMA449
13 Diaphragm Plate Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 60 Pilot Gasket Graphite
14 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Stainless Steel AISI 301
15 Tube &Orifice Brass ASTMB16 I N S TA L L AT I O N
16 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122) The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
17 Diaphragm Gasket (2) Graphite BS 2815 A isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent condensate
18 Pilot Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B from reaching the regulator. The trap and regulator should both be protected with
Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B a strainer separator set. The thermostatic bulb must be carefully located in the
19 Pilot Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 303 medium being heated. The pressure sensing line may be located either in the
20 Pilot Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI440A downstream or in the steam space. Complete installation instructions are given in
21 Adjustment Knob Phenolic ASTMD 700 Ty2 IMI 650-D76.
22 Pointer Stainless Steel AISI301
23 Extension Nut Brass ASTMB16 MAINTENANCE
24 Case Tube Brass ASTMB 135 (330)
26 Retaining Nut Brass ASTMB 16
and ADVP 3029, a copy of which is supplied with each regulator. Available
spare parts are shown on TIS 3.029 and 3.0271.
27 Capillary Tube Varies with style selected TIS 3.018 US 09.97
INICIO
Combination Pressure/Temperature Regulator w/ Electric Override

1/2" to 4" 25PTE
The 25PTE has all of

Model ➪ 25PTE
the features of the 25PT
Pressure/Temperature control applications where the
pressure/temperature Sizes 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2", 3", 4" regulator must also respond to an electrical program timer,
regulator, with the safety or limit switch, or remote manual switch.
addition of an electric Connections NPT ANSI 125 flgd. NPT ANSI 300 flgd.
pilot which permits an Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N

electrical signal to Pressure/Temperature Regulators shall be of the pilot-
Options ANSI 250 flgd. ANSI 150 flgd. actuated, diaphragm-operated type with separate pressure
override the
and temperature pilots and electrical override. The main
temperature and Non-Standard capillary tubing length (see TIS 1.1123)
valve shall be single-seated, with hardened stainless steel
pressure pilots to trim; the regulator body shall be cast iron (cast steel). The
Electric Pilot Enclosure: NEMA 4 & 7 (C&D) 115v (230v)/60Hz
provide a remote shut- pilots shall be removable without disturbing the control
Specifications Inrush: 45 VA Normally closed
connections. The temperature setting shall be adjustable
off capability. 200 psig Max. operating pressure
without the use of tools, and the set point shall be indicated
*Note: For pressures Electric Pilot For regulators 2-1/2" and larger at pressures below 125 on a calibrated dial. The thermostatic system shall be solid
below 15 psig, the E pilot Options psig, use the following electric pilot: fill, and shall incorporate overheat protection. The regulator
is not recommended for Enclosure: NEMA 4 & 7 (C&D) 115v (230v)/60Hz shall be capable of dead-end shut-off. The electric pilot
Inrush: 45 VA Normally closed shall have a NEMA 4 &7 (C&D) enclosure with 115v
use with valves 2-1/2"
140 psig Max Operating Pressure (230v) 60 Hz coil.
and larger.
1/4" NPTSensing
Line Connection F F
Max. Operating NPT: 200 psig (14barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C)
Pressure(PMO) ANSI 125: 125 psig ( 8 barg) @ 392˚F 200˚C)
ANSI 250: 200 psig (17 barg) @ 392˚F 200˚C) C
ANSI 150: 185 psig (12 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C) C
ANSI 300: 200 psig (14 barg) @ 392˚F (200˚C)
E
Max. Operating 392˚F (200˚C) E
Temperature
A
D D A1
30˚F to 90˚F 0˚C to 32˚C
60˚F to 120˚F 15˚C to 50˚C 160˚F to 220˚F 70˚C to 105˚C B
B 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2" to 4"
D OW N S T R E A M P R E S S U R E R A N G E S ANSI 125 ANSI 250

ANSI 150 ANSI 300 WEIGHT
For the following downstream pressures, three color-coded pilot valve Size A A1 A1 B C D E F Cast Iron CastSteel
1/2", 3/4" 5.5 – – 7.6 13.25 6.2 19.4 5.0 41 lb 45 lb
140 – – 194 337 157 494 127 18.6 kg 20.4 kg
1" 6.0 – – 8.6 13.2 6.75 19.9 5.0 48 lb 52 lb
152 – – 219 335 171 506 127 21.8 kg 23.6kg
PRESSURE SHELL D ESIGN CONDITIONS 1-1/4", 1-1/2" 7.25 – – 8.6 13.75 7.1 20.8 5.0 53.5 lb 60 lb
184 – – 219 349 179 529 127 24.3 kg 26.3kg
2" 8.5 – – 10.6 14.4 8.2 22.6 5.0 78 lb 85 lb

216 – – 270 365 208 573 127 35.4 kg 38.6 kg
2-1/2" – 10.9 11.5 13.6 15.1 13.9 29.0 5.0 166 lb 181 lb
_ 276 292 346 383 354 737 127 75.6 kg 82.1 kg
CA PAC I T I E S 3" – 11.75 12.5 13.6 15.0 14.4 29.4 5.0 197.5 lb 215 lb
– 298 318 346 381 367 748 127 89.6 kg 97.5 kg
The regulator is sized according to the temperature control
4" – 13.9 14.5 15.6 16.3 16.1 32.4 5.0 293.5 lb 320 lb
requirements. For selection and sizing, see TIS 1.1114 and 3.030.
– 352 368 397 414 410 824 127 133 kg 145 kg
INICIO

1/2" to 4" 25PTE
43 43
44
38
44
48
36 38 46
38 48 45
36
32 53
46 35
50
48
45 32 47
49
33 53 33 39
34 34
29 48 51
37 50 29 3
31 49 30
47 37
30
58 58 2
9 13
63 67 8 7
64 60 10 1
3 12
65 4
2 11 5
66 11
13
7 14
1 25
25 4
5
6 16
25
17
28
27 18
19 15
15 19
21 21
22
23
22
20 24
20
26
1/2" to 2" 2-1/2" to 4"
34
Pointer
Extension Nut
Stainless Steel
Brass
AISI301
ASTMB16
No. Part Material 35 Case Tube Brass ASTMB 135 (330)
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 36 Retaining Nut Brass ASTMB 16
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 37 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel ASTM A449
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 38 Capillary Tube Varies with style selected
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 39 Bulb Varies with style selected
3 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A449 43 Adjustment Screw Stainless Steel AISI 303
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel 44 Jam Nut Brass ASTMB16
1-1/2", 25 & 2" 25S AISI 420 45 Pilot Valve Spring Steel AISI 1060
all other sizes AISI 420F 46 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel 1/2" - 2" AISI 420F Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
2-1/2" - 4" AISI303 47 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
6 Main Valve Seat Gasket Copper ASTMB272 Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 631 48 Spring Plate Steel ASTMA569
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI 303 49 Diaphragm Phosphor Bronze ASTMB103
9 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304 50 Diaphragm PLate Brass ASTMB36
10 Valve Stem Sleeve Stainless Steel AISI420F 51 Pilot Head Spring Stainless Steel AISIType 302
11 Spring Guide Cast Iron 1/2"-2" ASTMA 126 CL B 52 Spring Retainer Cup Stainless Steel AISIType 301
CRS 2-1/2" - 4" AISI 1117 53 Retaining Ring Brass ASTMB36
12 Nut Steel ASTM A307 54 Pilot Seat Stainless Steel AISIType 440F
13 Cover Gasket Graphite 55 Pilot Head Stainless Steel AISIType 440
14 Pressure Equalizer Pipe Stainless Steel(2-1/2" - 4") AISI 304 56 Head Stem Stainless Steel AISIType 303
15 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 57 Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISIType 303
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 58 Stem Guide Gasket Stainless Steel AISIType 302
16 Stem Bushing Stainless Steel AISI 303 59 Seat Gasket Stainless Steel AISIType 302
17 Diaphragm Plate Stem Stainless Steel AISI 304 61 Pilot Mounting Screws Steel ASTM A449
18 Diaphragm Stem Guide Stainless Steel AISI 303 62 Diaphragm Case Screws Stee/ 5/16" - 18 x 1" ASTMA449
19 Nut Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTMB16 63 "T" Pilot Adapter Brass ASTM B62
Steel 2-1/2" - 4" ASTMA307 64 Adapter Pipe Steel ASTM A53
20 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 65 "P"Pilot Adapter Ductile Iron ASTMA395
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
21 Diaphragm Plate Brass 1/2" - 2" ASTMB124 (377) 66 Adapter Stud Steel ASTMA193 Gr B7
C.I. 2-1/2" - 4" ASTM A126 CLB 67 Adapter Nut Steel SAE Grade 5
22
23
Main Diaphragm (2 ply)
Bushing
Phosphor Bronze
CRS
ASTMB103 (511)
AISI 1117
24 Tube &Orifice Stainless Steel AISI 304 The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
25 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTMB280 (122) isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent
Brass ASTM B16 condensate from reaching the regulator. The trap and regulator should both be
26 Plug (Cast Iron) Brass ASTMB16 protected with a strainer. The thermostatic bulb must be carefully located in the
(Cast Steel) Steel ASTMA105 medium being heated. The pressure sensing line may be located either in the
27 Connector Stud Stainless Steel AISI 303 downstream piping or in the steam space. Complete installation instructions are
28 Body Gasket 1/2" - 2" Copper Clad Non-Asbestos Fill given in IMI 650-D76.
29 Pilot Valve Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B MAINTENANCE
Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI650-D76, a
copy of which is supplied with each regulator. Available spare parts are shown
31 Pilot Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI440A
on TIS 3.027 and 3.0271.
32 Adjustment Knob Phenolic ASTMD 700 Ty2 TIS 3.0171 US 04.95
INICIO

6" 25PTE
The 25PTE has all of Model ➪ 25PTE Pressure/Temperature control applications where the
the features of the Sizes 6"
regulator must also respond to an electrical program timer,
25PT safety or limit switch, or remote manual switch.
Connections ANSI 125, 250 ANSI 150, 300 S AMPLE S PECIFICATION
pressure/temperature
Pressure/Temperature Regulators shall be of the pilot-
regulator, with the Construction Cast Iron Cast Steel actuated, diaphragm-operated type with separate pressure and
addition of an Options Reduce Orifice Designated by “S”
temperature pilots. The main valve shall be single-seated,
electric pilot which non-standard capillary tubing length (see TIS 1.1123)
with hardened stainless steel trim; the regulator body shall be
cast iron. The pilots shall be removable without disturbing
permits an electrical Electric Pilot Enclosure: NEMA 4 & 7 (C&D) 115v (230v)/60Hz the control connections. The temperature setting shall be
signal to override the Specifications Inrush: 45 VA Normally closed adjustable without the use of tools, and the set point shall be
200 psig Max. operating pressure indicated on a calibrated dial. The thermostatic system shall
temperature and be solid fill, and shall incorporate overheat protection.
pressure pilots to Electric Pilot At pressures below 125
provide a remote Options psig, use the following electric pilot: CAPACITIES
Enclosure: NEMA 4 & 7 (C&D) 115v (230v)/60Hz The regulator is sized according to the temperature
shut-off capability. Inrush: 45 VA Normally closed control requirements. For selection and sizing, see TIS
140 psig Max Operating Pressure 1.1114 and 3.030.
L IMITING O PERATING C ONDITIONS F

1/4" NPT Sensing
400
CAST I RON 204 Line Connection
392 200
rve
cu ANSI 250
Temperature ˚F
149
Temperature ˚C
300 ati
on
atur
s
am C1
Ste
200 93
ANSI 125
100 38
15 1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 E
(7) (14) (20)
D
CAST S TEEL A1
450 232
ANSI 300
400 204
392 200
rve
cu B
Temperature ˚F
149
Temperature ˚C
300 ati
on
tur
sa
am
200
Ste
93 D IMENSIONS ( NOMINAL ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
ANSI 150
ANSI 125/150 ANSI 250/300
100 38 Size A1 A1 B C1 D E F Weight
6" 18.1 19.0 19.75 13.0 16.7 29.7 5.0 560 lb

15 1 460 483 502 330 424 754 127 254 kg
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
(7) (14) (20)
Pressure psig (barg) S TANDARD T EMPERATURE R ANGES
The product should not be used in shaded area. 30˚F to 90˚F 0˚C to 32˚C
C V VALUES
*The temperature of the
Size 6" 6" “S”
sensing bulb must not D OWNSTREAM P RESSURE R ANGES
Cv value 260 185 exceed 350˚F (177˚C) For the following downstream pressures, 3 color-coded pilot valve springs are available:
INICIO

6" 25PTE
27
25
24
43
21
23 44 3
18
20 48 2
26
19 28
60
45 10
61 46
54 1
48 50
29 47 8
60 49
63 51
60
64 65 4
60 5
15
11
16
7
13
14
17
12
15
No. Part Material 44 Jam Nut Brass ASTM B16
1 Valve Body Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B 45 Pilot Valve Spring Steel AISI 1060
Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B 46 Upper Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B
2 Cover Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B
Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B 47 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B
3 Cover Bolts Steel AISI 1038 Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B
4 Main Valve Head Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 48 Spring Plate Steel ASTM A569
5 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 49 Diaphragm Phosphor Bronze ASTM B103
7 Valve Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 302 50 Diaphragm Plate Brass ASTM B36
8 Valve Stem Stainless Steel AISI 304 51 Head & Seat Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 440
10 Cover Gasket Graphite BS 2815 A Stainless Steel AISI 440F
11 Stem Bushing Brass ASTM B16 54 Diaphragm Case Screws Steel 5/16" - 18 x 1" ASTM A449
12 Lower Diaphragm Case Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B 60 Pilot Gasket Graphite
Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B 61 Electric Solenoid Valve
13 Diaphragm Plate Stainless Steel ASTM A 743 CA 40 63 “T” Pilot Adaptor Brass ASTM B 62
14 Main Diaphragm (2 ply) Stainless Steel AISI 301 64 Adaptor Pipe Steel ASTM A 53
15 Tube & Orifice Brass ASTM B16 65 “P” Pilot Adaptor Ductile Iron ASTM A 395
16 Tubing Assembly Copper ASTM B280 (122) Cast Steel ASTM A 216 Gr WC B
18 Pilot Valve Body Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B I NSTALLATION
Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WC B The regulator should be installed in a horizontal line with suitable bypass and
19 Pilot Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 303 isolating valves. A steam trap should be installed upstream to prevent condensate
20 Pilot Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 440A from reaching the regulator. The trap and regulator should both be protected with
21 Adjustment Knob Phenolic ASTM D 700 Ty2 a strainer separator set. The thermostatic bulb must be carefully located in the
23 Extension Nut Brass ASTM B16 medium being heated. The pressure sensing line may be located either in the
24 Case Tube Brass ASTM B 135 (330) downstream piping or in the steam space. Complete installation instructions are
25 Retaining Nut Brass ASTM B 16 given in IMI 650-D76.
27 Capillary Tube Varies with style selected M AINTENANCE
28 Bulb Varies with style selected Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI 650-D76 and
29 Electric Pilot Adaptor Cast Bronze ASTM B62
TIS 3.0181 US 09.97
INICIO
Spare Parts Guide

1/2" to 2" 25P, 25PE, 25PT, 25PTE, 25PA, 25BP, Main Valves
H OW TO ORDER
Cap Assembly w/ Cap Screws &Gasket A,B, C
Diaphragm Case Bolts &Nuts G,H
Screen, Spring Support Disc, M, N, O, C Example: 1 – Cap Assembly for 1-1/2" Spirax Sarco 25P Cast
Valve Spring & Cap Gasket Iron Reducing Valve
*Cap Gasket, Valve Head, Seat
& Seat Gasket (2) C, P, Q, R MAINTENANCE
specify regular or reduced port "S"valve
Valve Stem Guide J, S See installation and maintenance instructions supplied with each
Diaphragms (2 ply) L valve, copies are available on request.
*Transmission Tubing w/ Assembly U, V
* Gasket Kit C, R, S, W
Spares Kit
C
M
N
B
O
W
P
A
Q
R
V
S
H
U
INICIO
Spare Parts Guide

2-1/2" to 4" 25P, 25PE, 25PT, 25PTE, 25PA, 25BP, Main Valves
H OW TO ORDER
Cap Assembly w/ Cap Screws &Gasket A,B, C
Diaphragm Case Bolts &Nuts G,H Always order spares by using the description given in the first
Screen, Spring Support Disc, M, N, O, C column under Spare Parts, stating the valve size and material.
Valve Spring & Cap Gasket When ordering temperature pilots, specify the bulb style,
capillary length and temperature range.
*Cap Gasket, Valve Head, Seat
& Seat Gasket (2) C, P, Q, X
Example: 1 – Cap Assembly for 2-1/2" Spirax Sarco 25P Cast
specify regular or reduced port "S"valve Iron Reducing Valve
Lower Stem Guide &Gasket J, S
Diaphragms (2 ply) L
*Transmission Tubing w/ Assembly U MAINTENANCE
* Gasket Kit S, W, C
Dampimg Assembly A1, B1, C1 See installation and maintenance instructions supplied with each
valve, copies are available on request.
Spares Kit
M
N
C
W B
O
A
E4
Q
U
X S
L
H
L
C1
C1
B1
G
A1
TIS 3.027 US 08.99
INICIO
Spare Parts Guide

6" 25P, 25PE, 25PT, 25PTE, 25PA, 25BP, Main Valves
S PA R E PA RT S – M A I N VA LV E H OW TO ORDER
Main Valve Spring O, S column under Spare Parts, stating the valve size and material.
& Lower Diaphragm Cover Gaskets Example: 1 – Diaphragm Plate & Set Screws for 6" Spirax Sarco
Diaphragm Plate & Set Screws K, D 25P Cast Iron Reducing Valve
Transmission Tubing with Fittings U*
Diaphragms (2 per set) L* MAINTENANCE
Gasket Kit C, S, W*
Head, Stem & Seat Assembly P, Q, C valve, copies are available on request.
“S” Head, Stem & Seat Assembly P, Q, C Main valve seat in 6" regulator is field replaceable. Please consult
Screen Assembly I, J factory for seat removal tool. To retain tight shut off, minor wear
Cover Bolt Kit B can be corrected by lapping with suitable grinding compound.
Diaphragm Case Bolt Kit G, H
Spares Kits C
* A standby set of spares for general maintenance
purposes includes all spares marked
Q
B
I
J
U D
K
S
G
INICIO
Spare Parts Guide

1/2" to 6" 25P, 25PE, 25PT, 25PTE, 25PA, 25BP, Pilots
S PA R E PA RT S – P R E S S U R E P I L OT, P & B P S PA R E PA RT S – T E M P E R AT U R E P I L OT SEE TIS 1.1123
Cover Plate w/ Retaining Ring A4, B4 Thermal System (T1, T2, T3, T10, T11, T12) A2
Pilot Screws w/ Gasket B, F4 State bulb style, capillary tube length
Adjustment Screw w/ Nut, and Upper G4, H4 & temperature range
and Lower Spring Support Discs J4 Well (T5, T6, T7, T8, T11) B2
Adjustment Spring K4 State bulb style
Specify controlled pressure and spring color Wall Mounting Bracket (T9)
Yellow 3 to 30 psi
Blue 20 to 100 psi State bulb style C2
Red 80 to 250 psi Complete Pilot Bosy Assembly D2, W
Diaphragm Assembly L4 Head &Seat Assembly E2, W
Stem Guide w/ Gasket (25P, 25PA) M4, N4 Specify 15 psig or below Assembly or Standard
Stem Guide and Seal Gasket (25BP) P4, Q4, R4
Head & Seat Assembly w/ Gasket S4, T4
(25P, 25PA)
Head &Seat Assembly (25BP) U4, V4
G4 A2
B4
A4
F4 B2
H4
C2
K4
E2
J4
L4
B M4, P4
N4, Q4 D2
T4, V4
S4, U4
W
INICIO
Spare Parts Guide

1/2" to 6" 25P, 25PE, 25PT, 25PTE, 25PA, 25BP, Pilots
S PA R E PA RT S – E L E C T R I C P I L OT
S PA R E PA RT S – PA ( A I R L OA D E D ) P I L OT
NEMA4 &7 Solenoid C3
Pilot Mounting Screws B
specify voltage and steam pressure
Lower Diaphragm Assembly L4
Complete "E"Pilot Body Assembly B3, W
Upper Diaphragm for PA4 L5
Upper Diaphragm for PA6 L5
Stem Guide w/ Gasket M4, N4
Head &Seat Assembly w/ Gasket S4, T4
W
B3
C3
L4
B M4
N4
H OW TO ORDER T4
PA
S4
When ordering temperature pilots, specify the bulb style,
capillary length and temperature range.
When ordering electric pilots, specify electrical characteristics, L5
pressures and size of main valve.
Example: 1 – Thermal System style T1 for 2" Spirax Sarco 25PT

Pressure Temperature control with 8-ft capillary tubing and
temperature range 120˚F to 180˚F.
1 – NEMA 4 Solenoid for 1-1/2" Spirax SArco 25PE

Reducing Valve with 115 volt, 60 Hz AC coil steam pressure 200 L4
psi.
B M4
N4
MAINTENANCE
W
valve, copies are available on request.
T4
PA4, PA6 S4
TIS 3.0271 US 04.95

INICIO

25T, 25TE, 25E, 25PT, 25PTE
How to Select and Size

25T and 25TETemperature Controls
25EElectric On/Off Valve
25PT and 25PTEPressure/Temperature Controls
Select the pilot or pilots best suited to the application, then determine the
How to Size Valve
regulator size required to meet the steam capacity load. Satisfactory Proper regulator sizing requires the following information:
temperature control and low control maintenance depend on sizing each 1) The steam capacity required for the application in pounds per hour.
regulator correctly for its intended application. 2) Inlet supply pressure of the steam taken immediately ahead of the
Too large a regulator may tend to hunt or it may operate for long regulator.
periods with the main valve just barely cracked open. Wire drawing – the 3) Outlet steam pressure from the allowable pressure drop across the
erosive scouring of high-velocity steam – can subject an oversized valve regulator.
seat to premature wear. Where it is impossible to calculate the pressure drop, 35% to 40% of
Too small a regulator will not meet peak heating load requirements. It the gage supply pressure can be used as a reasonable approximation.
will increase the time a system requires for coming up to temperature Noise level increases with the pressure drop. Install regulator with
during start-up. properly sized piping.
Size of the regulator should be determined by actual steam capacity
requirements, not by pipe sizes in the system. For most applications, Example
regulator size will be smaller than the sizes of connected piping. Determine what size Spirax Sarco 25T Temperature Regulator will be
required for an instantaneous water heater heating 20 GPM of water from
60˚ to 160˚F. Steam supply pressure at the heater is 75 psig. Permissible
Determining Steam Capacity drop across the regulator is 20 psi.
Solution: Using formula for heating water:
For heating water with steam: lbs. of steam/hr. = GPM x temp rise ˚F x 1.1
2
lbs. of steam/h = GPM x temp rise ˚F x 1.1
2 = 20 x 100 x 1.1
2
= 1,100 lbs/h
For heating fuel oil with steam:
lbs. of steam/h = GPM x temp rise ˚F x 1.1 From the capacity chart overleaf, look in the first column for 75 psig inlet
4 pressure. In second column, find 55 psig downstream pressure (75 psig
inlet less 20 psi permissible drop). Follow a horizontal line to the sixth
For heating air with steam coils: column where we find that a 1" regulator is required to supply no less than
1,100 pounds per hour.
lbs. of steam/h = CFM x temp rise ˚F
800
For radiation:
lbs. of steam/h = sq. ft. EDR
4
INICIO

25T, 25TE, 25E, 25PT, 25PTE
Capacities Pounds of saturated steam per hour
Inlet Outlet Nominal Valve Size
Steam Steam
Pressure Pressure 1/2"S 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6"
psig psig
Cv Factor ➨ 1.16 3.48 6.5 10.5 14 20 35 56 74 115 260
† 2 0 15 45 85 140 180 260 455 725 960 1,490
† 3 0 19 55 105 170 225 320 560 900 1,185 1,840
† 5 2 20 57 106 171 228 326 572 915 1,200 1,875
1 23 70 131 211 282 405 705 1,125 1,490 2,310
† 7 4 21 63 117 189 252 360 630 1,010 1,330 2,070
2 27 81 151 245 326 466 815 1,300 1,725 2,680
† 10 5 29 86 160 260 345 495 865 1,385 1,830 2,840
3 37 110 205 332 442 632 1,105 1,770 2,340 3,635
† 12 7 29 90 167 270 360 515 990 1,445 1,910 2,965
4 43 128 238 386 515 735 1,285 2,060 2,720 4,220
10 30 95 175 285 380 540 950 1,500 2,000 3,100 7,000
† 15 8 37 110 210 335 450 640 1,120 1,795 2,370 3,680 8,320
5 45 135 250 405 545 780 1,365 2,185 2,890 4,480 10,170
15 34 101 190 310 410 585 1,025 1,640 2,165 3,365 7,600
20 10 47 140 265 425 570 810 1,420 2,270 3,000 4,660 10,530
0-5 60 180 335 540 720 1,025 1,795 2,870 3,790 5,895 13,325
20 36 107 200 325 430 650 1,080 1,725 2.280 3,545 8,000
25 15 50 145 270 435 580 830 1,450 2,325 3,070 4,770 10,790
0-7 70 205 385 620 825 1,180 2,065 3,305 4,360 6,785 15,340
24 41 125 230 374 500 715 1,250 1,995 2,640 4,100 9,270
30 18 65 195 365 590 785 1,120 1,960 3,135 4,245 6,440 14,560
0-12 75 230 430 695 925 1,320 2,310 3,695 4,885 7,590 17,160
34 45 97 255 410 545 780 1,365 2,180 2,885 4,480 10,135
40 24 86 256 478 772 1,030 1,470 2,570 4,115 5,440 8,450 19,110
0-18 95 280 525 850 1,135 1,620 2,835 4,535 5,995 9,315 21,060
42 57 170 320 515 690 985 1,720 2,755 3,640 5,660 12,790
50 35 95 275 515 830 1,105 1,58 0 2,765 4,425 5,850 9,085 20,540
0-21 115 350 650 1,050 1,400 2,000 3,500 5,600 7,400 11,500 26,000
50 69 210 385 625 835 1,190 2,085 3,330 4,400 6,845 15,475
60 40 110 235 610 990 1,315 1,880 3,290 5,265 6,955 10,810 24,400
0-27 130 385 720 1,165 1,555 2,220 3,885 6,215 8,215 12,765 28,860
65 75 225 420 675 900 1,285 2,250 3,600 4,760 7,400 16,735
75 55 122 365 685 1,110 1,475 2,110 3,695 5,910 7,810 12,135 27,430
0-35 155 470 875 1,415 1,890 2,700 4,725 7,560 9,990 12,525 35,100
85 102 305 575 925 1,235 1,765 3,085 4,940 6,525 10,140 22,925
100 75 155 460 865 1,395 1,860 2,660 4,655 7,450 9,840 15,295 34,580
0-48 200 600 1,120 1,815 2,420 3,460 6,055 9,690 12,800 19,895 45,000
110 110 335 625 1,000 1,345 1,920 3,360 5,375 7,100 11,040 24,960
125 90 205 615 1,150 1,860 2,480 3,540 6,195 9,910 13,100 20,355 46,000
0-62 245 730 1,365 2,220 2,940 4,200 7,350 11,760 15,540 24,150 54,600
130 140 425 790 1,280 1,700 2,440 4,265 6,825 9,000 14,000 31,680
150 105 255 760 1,410 2,290 3,050 4,360 7,630 12,210 16,130 25,100 56,700
0-76 285 860 1,600 2,590 3,460 4,940 8,645 13,830 18,280 28,400 64,220
155 150 450 840 1,360 1,810 2,585 4,525 7,240 9,570 14,870 33,600
175 120 300 910 1,700 2,740 3,655 5,220 9,135 14,620 19,310 30,000 67,860
0-87 330 985 1,840 2,970 3,960 5,660 9,900 15,850 20,950 32,545 73,580
170 215 645 1,200 1,950 2,600 3,700 6,490 10,380 13,700 21,300 48,200
200 140 330 980 1,830 2,960 3,950 5,640 9,870 15,800 20,870 32,430 73,320
0-103 375 1,125 2,100 3,390 4,520 6,460 11,300 18,000 23,900 37,145 89,980
210 285 850 1,590 2,450 3,430 4,900 8,575 13,700 18,130 28,200 63,700
250 175 410 1,220 2,280 3,685 4,920 7,020 12,280 19,660 25,980 40,365 91,260
0-131 460 1,385 2,590 4,180 5,570 7,960 13,930 22,300 29,450 45,800 103,500
225 290 880 1,640 2,650 3,530 5,050 8,830 14,130 18,670 29,000
*275 200 415 1,240 2,320 3,750 4,990 7,130 12,480 19,980 26,400 41,000
0-145 505 1,510 2,830 4,570 6,090 8,700 15,230 24,360 32,200 50,000
250 310 920 1,720 2,780 3,700 5,290 9,250 14,800 19,600 30,400
*300 225 415 1,250 2,330 3,770 5,020 7,170 12,550 20,100 26,500 41,300
0-160 550 1,640 3,070 4,960 6,600 9,440 16,320 26,400 34,900 54,300
† Specify low pressure main valve and low pressure "T" pilot for 2-1/2", 3" & 4" at inlet pressures of 15 psig and below. Not available in cast
steel. 6" size not recommended below 15 psig. "E"pilot is not recommended for use with 2-1/2", 3" & 4" valves at pressures below 15 psig. TIS 1.1124 US 04.02
* Cast steel construction required for service above 250 psig.
INICIO
Acoustic Blankets
The Spirax Sarco removable Acoustic Blanket is an easy to install, reusable,

one-piece asbestos free encapsulation designed specifically to fit and be used on
Spirax Sarco 25 series main valves and K series control valves. In addition to
providing reductions in harmful noise levels by 5 dBa, these blankets also
provide insulation to limit heat energy losses. The Acoustic Blanket comes
complete with inner and outer chemical resistant teflon fiberglass cloth with 1"
thick high density fiberglass mat. Simple, but effective Velcro® fasteners make
the blankets easy to install.
Max. Operating Temperature 600˚F (315˚C) continuous
Available Range
1/2" to 6" AB Acoustic Blankets
Part Material
Jacket Teflon Coated Fiberglass
Insulation Mat Fiberglass
SIZING AND SELECTION

Match Acoustic Blanket size to pilot operated regulator or control valve size
regardless of end connection. For example: Select 1/2" AB for 1/2" 25P cast
iron, NPT pilot operated regulator.
Check the nameplate on the Acoustic Blanket to be sure you have the correct
blanket for your valve. Slip the blanket around the valve making sure the
drawstrings are located at the inlet and outlet connections of the valve. Cut-outs
for piloted operated regulators are provided to slip around external transmission
tubing and pilot assemblies. Attached Velcro® fastening system making sure
blanket fits snug to valve.
INICIO
Acoustic Plates
The Spirax Sarco model AP Acoustic Plate is designed to graduate the

expansion across a valve, and therefore reduce valve noise. The acoustic plate
absorbs the impact of the vent pressure at the downstream side of the valve. It
distributes the steam flow and provides a noise frequency shift to reduce the
perceived noise using a multiple hole orifice pattern in the plate inserted on the
downstream side of the valve. Noise level reductions of up to 10 dBa can be
achieved.
Max. Operating Pressure 250 psig (17 barg)
Max. Operating Temperature 650˚F
Pressure Drop Less than 1%
Standard Connections
AP plates are installed between standard flanges:
ANSI 150 and 125 flanges designated “A”
ANSI 300 and 250 flanges designated “B”
Part Material
Plate Cast Steel
Installation
The Series AP Acoustic Plate is designed to reduce control valve and/or
regulator noise. The plate is installed between standard ANSI 125/150 flanges
or ANSI 250/300 downstream of a valve and reorients the normal exit
turbulence of the steam flow. Noise reduction of up to 10 dBa can be achieved.
The plates can be used in conjunction with D series noise diffusers and
acoustic silencers for additional noise attenuation. See below for dimensions.
Dimensions
Nominal Pipe Size Dimension A Avg. Weight (lbs.)
1/2" 1-3/4" 1.0
3/4" 2-1/4" 3.4
1" 2-3/4" 3.6
1-1/4" 2-3/4" 3.8
1-1/2" 3" 4.3
2" 4" 6.0 Flow
A
2-1/2" 5" 6.5
3" 5-1/2" 10
4” 6-3/4" 11.5
6" 9-3/4" 12.4
8" 10-7/8" 14.0
How To Order Quantity One Of:

3/4"
AP - 1-1/2" A - 10-I
Acoustic Plate Size Flange No. of Holes and

Configurations
INICIO
Acoustic Plates
Sizing and Selection Chart for AP Plates
200,000
AP 8"
100,000 AP 6"
AP 4"
AP 3"
24-L
AP 2-1/2"
16-L
22-L
AP 2"
15-L
20-L
14-K
10,000 18-L
AP 1-1/2"
26-K
20-J
24-K
13-K 19-J 25-I
AP 1-1/4"
22-K
AP 1"
12-K 18-J 23-I
25-J
16-I AP 3/4"
23-J 12-J
22-I
25-I
15-I 9-I
19-I AP 1/2"
22-I
14-I
17-I
1,000
13-I
8-I 6-I
12-I
7-I
4-I
5-I
2-I
1-I
100
0 50 100 150 200 250
Pressure (psig)
How To Use Sizing Chart

Select correct acoustic plate by known flow rates (lb/hr.) and inlet pressure of control valve or regulator.
Example: Inlet pressure of control valve 150 psig @ 10,000 lb./hr. Move horizontal to intersect with 150 psig. Follow 150 psig line vertically to
intersect with 10,000 lb./hr. horizontal line. Select AP 2" - 17 - I.
TIS 3.035 US 4.02
INICIO
Acoustic Silencers
The Spirax Sarco acoustic silencer is designed to attenuate noise generated by

control valves and/or pilot operated regulators. The silencers are particularly
effective in limiting the propagation of valve generated noise into the
downstream piping. Upon flow and piping configuration, noise attenuation of
up to 35 dBa can be expected.
Max. Operating Pressure 300 psig (20 barg)
Standard Range
1/2" to 24" LCV Acoustic Silencers.
Connections: Standard connections ANSI 150 lb.
Options of ANSI 300 lb. available.
Part Material
Silencer All welded steel.
Code stamped ASME Section I
Insulation Mat Fiberglass
Model A B C D Weight (lb.)

LCV-2 1/2" to 2" 5" 35" 2" 120
LCV-3 1/2" to 3" 6-1/2" 46" 3" 150
LCV-4 1/2" to 4" 10" 52" 4" 200
LCV-5 3/4" to 4" 12" 60" 5" 250
LCV-6 2" to 6" 12" 66" 6" 400
LCV-8 2" to 6" 14" 72" 8" 550
LCV-10 1-1/4" to 6" 16" 78" 10" 650
LCV-12 2" to 6" 18" 90" 12" 800
LCV-14 2-1/2" to 6" 20" 104" 14" 1200
LCV-16 2-1/2" to 6" 22" 116" 16" 1500 LCV SERIES
LCV-18 3" to 6" 24" 132" 18" 1750
LCV-20 4" to 6" 26" 146" 20" 2200
LCV-22 6" 30" 158" 22" 2800
LCV-24 6" 30" 174" 24" 3100
LCV-26 6" 32" 186" 26" 3500 I N S TA L L AT I O N
Connect the inlet of the silencer directly to the outlet connection of the
LCV-28 6" 36" 202" 28" 4850
valve. The required pipeline expansion takes place within the silencer.
LCV-30 6" 36" 216" 30" 5000
This expanded outlet feature eliminates the expense associated with
separate expansion fittings.
A B D
Inlet
INICIO
Acoustic Silencers
TIS 3.036 US 11.99
INICIO
Noise Diffuser
D Series
The D Series Noise Diffuser is designed to reduce

Model ➪ D-1 to D-24
Pressure Reducing Valve noise generation. The diffuser
breaks up the normal exit turbulance of the steam flow PMO 320 psig
using an engineered orifice pattern in a pipe nozzle

Sizes 1/2"x 2" to 6"x20" (see over)
inserted on the downstream side of a pressure reducing
valve. Connections Male NPT/ANSIFlgd. (see over)
The amount of noise level reduction produced by the Construction Carbon Steel Body
diffuser will be approximately 15 dBA. Pressure drop
through the diffuser will not exceed 1% of line pressure Options Buttweld outlet connection
upstream of the pressure reducing valve.
Limiting Operating Conditions 3
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 320 psig

(22 barg)
Max. Operating Temperature 600˚F 1

(260˚C) at all operating pressures
No. Part Material
1 Pipe Steel ASTMA106 GrB
ASTMA-53-GrB
ASTMA516 Gr70 2
2 Flanges Steel ASTMA105
3 Head Steel ASTMA-516 Gr70
Capacities:
An in-line noise diffuser shall be installed directly For sizing and selection data, see overleaf.
attached to the downstream connection of a
pressure reducing valve to reduce noise output by
approximately 15 dBA when measured by a sound
level meter meeting ANSI standards. Noise Diffuser
shall be manufactured of rolled and welded steel Installation
components that have been welded in accordance The Noise Diffuser inlet should be directly attached to
with ASME Section IX weld procedures. Pressure the outlet of the Pressure Reducing Valve. This type of
drop through the diffuser shall not exceed 1% of line installation is recommended to avoid the generation of
pressure upstream of the pressure reducing valve. flanking noise normally found when separately
No additional pipe expansion shall be necessary installing the Pressure Reducing Valve and Diffuser
downstream of the diffuser. with a section of pipe between them.
INICIO
Noise Diffuser
D Series
C (flgd)
C (NPT)
➮ B
OD
Dimensions nominal in inches

Maximum Weight3
NPT/150# NPT/300#
Model Inlet 1 Outlet 2 A B C 150#/150# 300#/300# Model
D1 10.5 6.8 8.8 D1

1/2 to 1 2 5.5 1.32
D3 7.1 9.1 D3
13.5
D4 3/4 to 2 2.38 18.6 27.6 D4
4 6.5
D5 3/4 to 2-1/2 2.88 16.5 25.8 34.8 D5
D6 1-1/4 to 3 6 8 3.5 17 39 64 D6
D8 1-1/2 to 4 8 10 4.5 17 72.9 109.9 D8
D10 2 to 6 21 131.2 202.2 D10
D12 2-1/2 to 6 12 6.625 21 131.6 202.6 D12
D14 3 to 6 28 132.6 203.6 D14
12
D16 24 196.2 308.2 D16
4&6 16 8.625
D18 31 196.4 308.4 D18
D20 26 297.1 467.1 D20
6 20 10.75
D24 32 298.4 468.4 D24
1 Available inlet sizes: Male NPT – 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2" ; ANSI150 or 300 falnged - 2-1/2", 3", 4", 6".
2 All outlets are ANSI150 or 300 flanged.
3 The weight shown is for the largest inlet size. If precise weights are required, please contact the factory.
Capacities – Pounds of Saturated Steam per Hour

Inlet Steam Model No
Press. to PRV
psig D1 D3 D4 D5 D6 D8 D10 D12 D14 D16 D18 D20 D24
15 1000 1500 3000 4000 6000 10,000
20 1000 1500 3000 4000 6000 12,000 15,000
25 1000 1500 3000 4000 6000 12,000 16,500
30 1000 1500 3000 4000 6000 12,000 18,000
40 1000 1500 3000 4000 6000 12,000 18,000
50 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 12,000 18,000 25,000
60 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 12,000 18,000 25,000 35,000
75 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 12,000 18,000 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,000
85 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 12,000 16,800 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,000
100 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 12,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,000
125 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 10,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,000
150 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 10,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,000 75,000
175 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 10,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,000 75,000
200 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 10,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,000 75,000 100,000
225 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 10,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,000 75,000 100,000
250 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 10,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,000 75,000 103,000
275 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 10,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,000
300 1000 1650 2000 5000 6600 10,000 16,500 27,000 35,000 40,000 55,000
Diffuser capacity depends on the inlet steam pressure to the PRV. Choose a diffuser with a capacity equal to or greater than that of the PRV,
and check to confirm that the connections are compatible. If not, select the next diffuser that offers the same inlet connection as the PRVoutlet. TIS 3.025 US 04.02
INICIO
Safety Valves
SV73 Series
The SV73 Series valves are 4
built in conformance to Section 26
Model SV73 16
I and VIII of the ASME boiler
18 24
and pressure vessel code.
They are primarily intended for Sizes 1-1/2" x 2-1/2" to 3" x 4" 3" x 4" to 6" x 8" 25
use on power boilers and Inlet - Female NPT 13
Inlet - ANSI 250 Fig.
unfired presasure vessels Connections or ANSI 250 Fig.
Outlet - ANSI 125 Fig. 14
Outlet - Female - NPT
where ASME Section I or VIII 20
Cast Iron body with
stamped valves are required. Construction Stainless Steel Trim
The orifice areas listed are
actual orifice areas and should Drip pan elbow
Options See TIS 3.2141 15
not be confused with the API
effective orifice areas shown in 41 3
most safety valve catalogs. 11
12
Limiting Operating Conditions (Steam) 10
40
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 250 psig (17 barg) 39
8 5
21 6
See TI 3.2121 for sizing data. 23
22 7
19
Construction Materials 1
No. Part Material
1 Seat ASTM A351 Grade CF8 2
2 Body ASTM A126 Class B
3 Bonnet (open) ASTM A126 Class B Typical Applications
4 Cap Grey Iron Protection of steam system downstream of pressure regulating stations, on inlet to
such equipment as air coils, heat exchangers and process vessels. Also for use on
5 Disc ASTM A217 CA15
flash recovery vessels on condensate return systems to protect vessels. Air sys-
6 Upper Adjusting Ring ASTM A351 Grade CF8
tems to protect accumulation vessels and air equipment from over-pressurization.
7 Lower Adjusting Ring ASTM A351 Grade CF8 Steam boilers and generators.
8 Spindle ASTM A479 Type 410
10 Spring Washers ASTM A105
Installation
11 Bonnet Stud ASTM A193 Grade B7 Safety valves must be installed in a vertical upright position and drained via con-
12 Bonnet Nut ASTM A194 Grade 2H nection 19.
13 Adjusting Screw ASTM A479 Type 410 Avoid having the operating pressure too near the safety valve set pressure. A very
14 Adjusting Screw Nut Carbon Steel minimum differential of 5 psig or 10% (whichever is greater) is recommended. An
15 Spring Aluminized Carbon Steel even greater differential is desirable, when possible, to assure better seat tightness
16 Release Ring Carbon Steel and valve longevity.
18 Lever Grey Iron Avoid discharge piping where its weight is carried by the safety valve. Even though
19 Protective Plug Carbon Steel supported separately, changes in temperature alone can cause piping strain. We
recommend that drip pan elbows or flexible connections be used where possible.
20 Cap Set Screw Carbon Steel
21 Upper Adjusting Ring Stainless Steel For full details on proper installation, please refer to the installation, operating and
maintenance instructions, IMI 3.212.
22 Lower Adjusting Ring Stainless Steel
23 Disc Ball Stainless Steel
24 Pin Washer Carbon Steel
Maintenance
Develop a regular program of visual inspection. Inspection should include checking
25 Lever Pin Carbon Steel for clogged drains, discharge pipe, and dirt build-up around the valve seat.
26 Lock Nut Carbon Steel
Test the safety valve every 6 months (depending on plant’s age and condition) either
39 Plate Carbon Steel by raising the system pressure to the valve's set pressure or operating the hand
40 Spindle Pin Carbon Steel lever.
41 Name Plate Stainless Steel When safety valves require repair, service adjustments or set pressure changes,
work shall be accomplished by the manufacturer, or holders of “VR” stamps.
INICIO
Safety Valves
SV73 Series

Size Orifice A B C D Weight
Inlet Outlet (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
1-1/2" (NPT) 2-1/2" (NPT) J 4-1/4" 3-1/2" - 15-3/4" 28 lb
108 89 - 400 15
2" (NPT) 3" (NPT) K 4-5/8" 4" - 17-1/4" 42 lb
117.5 102 - 454 19
2-1/2" (NPT) 4" (NPT) L 5-1/2" 4-7/8" - 18-1/2" 65 lb
140 124 - 490 29.5
3" (NPT) 4" (NPT) M 5-5/8" 5-1/8" - 24-1/4" 75 lb
143 130 - 616 34
1-1/2" (ANSI 250) 2-1/2" (NPT) J 4-1/4" 3-1/2" - 15-3/4" 37.5 lb
108 89 - 400 17
2" (ANSI 250) 2-1/2" (NPT) J 4-1/4" 3-1/2" - 15-3/4" 38.5 lb
108 89 - 400 17.5
2" (ANSI 250) 3" (NPT) K 4-5/8" 4" - 17-1/4" 47.5 lb
117.5 102 - 454 21.5
2-1/2" (ANSI 250) 3" (NPT) K 4-5/8" 4" - 17-1/4" 48.5 lb
117.5 102 - 454 22
2-1/2" (ANSI 250) 4" (NPT) L 5-1/2" 4-7/8" - 19-1/2" 74 lb
140 124 - 495 33.5
3" (ANSI 250) 4" (NPT) L 5-1/2" 4-7/8" - 19-1/2" 75 lb
140 124 - 495 34
3" (ANSI 250) 4" (NPT) M 5-3/8" 5-1/8" - 24-1/4" 84 lb
143 130 - 616 38
3" (ANSI 250) 4" (ANSI 125) L 5-1/2" - 5-1/2" 19-1/2" 81.5 lb
140 - 140 495 37 3"
3" (ANSI 250) 4" (ANSI 125) M 5-3/8" - 5-1/2" 24-1/4" 91.5 lb
143 - 140 516 41.5
4" (ANSI 250) 6" (ANSI 125) N 6-3/4" - 7-1/4" 26-1/8" 137 lb
171.5 - 184 664 62
4" (ANSI 250) 6" (ANSI 125) P 6-3/4" - 7-1/4 28-1/2" 167.5 lb
171.5 - 184 725 76
6" (ANSI 250) 8" (ANSI 125) Q 9-1/4" - 9-1/4" 34-1/2" 331 lb
235 - 235 870 150
6" (ANSI 250) 8" (ANSI 125) R 10-7/8" - 10" 43-7/8" 381.5 lb
276 - 254 1115 173
SV7 Safety Valve Nomenclature How to Specify

To simplify selection and specifying of Spirax
7 3 A J 15 to 250
Sarco safety valves, use th following type num-
*Set Pressure
Must specify set pressure anywhere from 15 psig to 250 psig bering system. The type numbering system is
ideal as the digit which comprises a specific
Designation & Orifice Letter
J - 1.347 Orifice Area in Sq. In. N - 4.643 Orifice Area in Sq. In. type number has a distinct significance. The
K - 1.967 Orifice Area in Sq. In. P - 6.83 Orifice Area in Sq. In. digits describe the basic valve series, materials
L - 3.055 Orifice Area in Sq. In. Q - 11.811 Orifice Area in Sq. In. of construction, connection type, boiler code
M - 3.845 Orifice Area in Sq. In. R - 17.123 Orifice Area in Sq. In. conformance, inlet and outlet connections, ori-
Size fice size and set pressure.

A - 1-1/2" NPT x 2-1/2" NPT H - 2-1/2" ANSI 250 x 3" NPT
B - 2" NPTx 3" NPT I - 2-1/2" ANSI 250 x 4" NPT How to Order
C - 2-1/2" NPT x 4" NPT J - 3" ANSI 250 x 4" NPT
D - 3" NPTx 4" NPT L - 3" ANSI 250 x 4" ANSI 125 To properly process your order and avoid
E - 1-1/2" ANSI 250 x 2-1/2" NPT N - 4" ANSI 250 x 6" ANSI 125 delay, please specify the following:
F - 2" ANSI 250 x 2-1/2" NPT Q - 6" ANSI 250 x 8" ANSI 125
G - 2" ANSI 250 x 3" NPT
1. Quantity
Construction
3 - Cast Iron 2. Inlet and Outlet Size
3. Spirax Sarco Type Number
Series Number 4. Inlet Connection Type
Always 7 Series
5. Set Pressure
6. Allowable Overpressure
7. Required Capacity
*All valves are set to ASME Code Section VIII unless otherwise specified. 8. Code Requirements, if any.
TIS 3.212 US 04.02

INICIO
Safety Valves
SV74 Series
The SV74 Series valves are 4
built in conformance to Section 26 16
I and VIII of the ASME boiler Model ➪ SV74 25
and pressure vessel code. 18
Sizes 1-1/2" x 2" to 6"x 8" 13
They are primarily intended for
use on power boilers and 14
unfired pressure vessels Connections Inlet: Outlet: 20
ANSI 300 ANSI 150
where ASME Section I or VIII
stamped valves are required.
Construction Cast Steel body with
The orifice areas listed are
Stainless Steel Trim
actual orifice areas and should 15
not be confused with the API Options ➤
Drip pan elbow See TIS 3.2141 41
effective orifice areas shown in 3
most safety valve catalogs. 11
12
Limiting Operating Conditions (Steam)
40 10
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 300 psig (20.7 barg) 39
8 5
21 6
See Tis 3.2121 for sizing data. 23
22 7
19
No. Part Material 1
1 Seat ASTM A479 Type 304
2 Body ASTM A216 Gr WCB
2
3 Bonnet (open) ASTM A216 Gr WCB
4 Cap Grey Iron Typical Applications
5 Disc ASTM A479 Type 410 Protection of steam system downstream of pressure regulating stations, on
6 Upper Adjusting Ring Stainless Steel inlet to such equipment as air coils, heat exchangers and process vessels.
Also for use on flash recovery vessels on condensate return systems to
7 Lower Adjusting Ring Stainless Steel protect vessels. Air systems to protect accumulation vessels and air
8 Spindle ASTM A479 Type 410 equipment from over-pressurization. Steam boilers and generators.
10 Spring Washers ASTM A105
11 Bonnet Stud ASTM A193 Grade B7 Installation
Safety valves must be installed in a vertical upright position and drained via
12 Bonnet Nut ASTM A194 Grade 2H
connection 19.
13 Adjusting Screw ASTM A479 Type 410
Avoid having the operating pressure too near the safety valve set pressure.
14 Adjusting Screw Nut Carbon Steel
A very minimum differential of 5 psig or 10% (whichever is greater) is
15 Spring Aluminized Carbon Steel recommended. An even greater differential is desirable, when possible, to
16 Release Ring Carbon Steel assure better seat tightness and valve longevity.
18 Lever Grey Iron Avoid discharge piping where its weight is carried by the safety valve. Even
19 Protective Plug Carbon Steel though supported separately, changes in temperature alone can cause piping
20 Cap Set Screw Carbon Steel strain. We recommend that drip pan elbows or flexible connections be used
21 Upper Adjusting Ring Stainless Steel where possible.
22 Lower Adjusting Ring Stainless Steel
23 Disc Ball Stainless Steel Maintenance
Develop a regular program of visual inspection. Inspection should include
24 Pin Washer Carbon Steel
checking for clogged drains, discharge pipe, and dirt build-up around the
25 Lever Pin Carbon Steel valve seat.
26 Lock Nut Carbon Steel
39 Plate Carbon Steel Test the safety valve every 6 months (depending on plant’s age and
40 Spindle Pin Carbon Steel condition) either by raising the system pressure to the valve's set pressure or
operating the hand lever.
41 Name Plate Stainless Steel
INICIO
Safety Valves
SV74 Series
Size Orifice A B C Weight
Inlet Outlet (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
1-1/2" (ANSI 300) 2" (ANSI 150) F 4-1/2" 4-1/4" 15-2/3" 42
114.3 107.9 385 19
1-1/2" (ANSI 300) 2" (ANSI 150) G 4-1/2" 4-1/4" 15-2/3" 42
114.3 107.9 385 19
1-1/2" (ANSI 300) 2-1/2" (ANSI 150) H 4-3/4" 4-7/8" 16-2/9" 48.5
120.6 123.8 412 22
1-1/2" (ANSI 300) 2-1/2" (ANSI 150) J 4-3/4" 4-7/8" 16-2/9" 48.5
120.6 123.8 412 22
2" (ANSI 300) 3" (ANSI 150) K 5-1/4" 5-5/8" 18-7/15" 88
133.3 142.8 469 40
2-1/2" (ANSI 300) 4" (ANSI 150) L 6-1/8" 6-3/8" 20-1/13" 125.5
155.5 161.9 510 57
C 3" (ANSI 300) 4" (ANSI 150) M 6-1/2" 6-1/2" 24-18/19" 132.3
165.1 190.5 633.3 60
4" (ANSI 300) 6" (ANSI 150) N 7-1/4" 7-1/2" 26-13/20" 183
184.1 190.5 677 83
4" (ANSI 300) 6" (ANSI 150) P 7-1/8" 8-1/4" 28-3/4" 220
180.9 209.5 209.5 100
6" (ANSI 300) 8" (ANSI 150) Q 9-7/8" 9-3/8" 34-7/9" 430
250.8 238.1 883.3 196
B ➤
SV7 Safety Valve Nomenclature How to Specify

To simplify selection and specifying of Spirax
7 4 S J 15 to 300
Sarco safety valves, use th following type
Set Pressure
*
Must specify set pressure anywhere from 15 psig to 300 psig numbering system. The type numbering system
is ideal as the digit which comprises a specific
Designation & Orifice Letter
F- 0.328 Orifice Area in Sq. In. type number has a distinct significance. The
G- 0.538 Orifice Area in Sq. In. M - 3.845 Orifice Area in Sq. In. digits describe the basic valve series, materials
H- 0.842 Orifice Area in Sq. In. N - 4.643 Orifice Area in Sq. In. of construction, connection type, boiler code
J - 1.374 Orifice Area in Sq. In. P - 6.83 Orifice Area in Sq. In. conformance, inlet and outlet connections,
K - 1.967 Orifice Area in Sq. In. Q - 11.811 Orifice Area in Sq. In.
L - 3.055 Orifice Area in Sq. In. orifice size and set pressure.
Size
S - 1-1/2" ANSI 300 x 2" ANSI 150
How to Order
T - 1-1/2" ANSI 300 x 2-1/2" ANSI 150 W - 3" ANSI 300 x 4" ANSI 150 To properly process your order and avoid delay,
U - 2" ANSI 300 x 3" ANSI 150 X - 4" ANSI 300 x 6" ANSI 150 please specify the following:
V - 2-1/2" ANSI 300 x 4" ANSI 150 Y - 6" ANSI 300 x 8" ANSI 150
1. Quantity
Construction 2. Inlet and Outlet Size
4 - Cast Steel
3. Spirax Sarco Type Number
Series Number 4. Inlet Connection Type
Always 7 Series 5. Set Pressure
6. Allowable Overpressure
7. Required Capacity
*All valves are set to ASME Code Section VIII unless otherwise specified. 8. Code Requirements, if any.
TIS 3.216 US 03.01
Sizing Safety Valves — SV73 & SV74 Steam Capacities
1. Lbs/Hr Steam, 90% of actual capacity at 3% accumulation in accordance with A.S.M.E. Code, Section I.
2. Lbs/Hr Steam, 90% of actual capacity at 10% accumulation in accordance with A.S.M.E. Code, Section VIII.
ORIFICE ORIFICE F ORIFICE G ORIFICE H ORIFICE J ORIFICE K ORIFICE L ORIFICE M ORIFICE N ORIFICE P ORIFICE Q ORIFICE R
Area (sq.in.) 0.328 0.538 0.842 1.374 1.967 3.055 3.845 4.634 6.830 11.811 17.123
Set Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section
Pressure I Stm VIIIStm I Stm VIIIStm I Stm VIIIStm I Stm VIIIStm I Stm VIIIStm I Stm VIIIStm I Stm VIIIStm I Stm VIIIStm I Stm VIIIStm I Stm VIIIStm I Stm VIIIStm
15 460 474 754 778 1180 1217 1925 1986 2756 2843 4280 4415 5387 5557 6492 6697 9569 9871 16547 17069 23989 24746
20 532 547 873 897 1366 1403 2229 2289 3191 3277 4955 5090 6237 6407 7516 7721 11078 11380 19157 19679 27773 28530
25 605 619 992 1015 1552 1589 2532 2593 3625 3712 5630 5765 7086 7256 8540 8745 12587 12889 21767 22289 31557 32314
30 677 692 1110 1134 1738 1775 2836 2897 4060 4147 6305 6440 7936 8106 9564 9769 14097 14399 24377 24899 35341 36098
35 750 771 1229 1265 1924 1980 3140 3231 4495 4625 6980 7183 8786 9040 10588 10896 15606 16059 26987 27770 39125 40260
40 822 851 1348 1396 2110 2184 3443 3565 4929 5103 7656 7926 9635 9975 11612 12022 17115 17719 29597 30641 42908 44422
45 895 931 1467 1527 2296 2389 3747 3899 5364 5581 8331 8668 10485 10910 12636 13148 18625 19379 32207 33512 46692 48584
50 967 1010 1586 1657 2482 2594 4050 4233 5799 6059 9006 9411 11335 11844 13660 14275 20134 21039 34817 36383 50476 52746
55 1039 1090 1705 1788 2668 2798 4354 4567 6233 6537 9681 10153 12184 12779 14684 15401 21643 22700 37427 39254 54260 56908
60 1112 1170 1824 1919 2854 3003 4658 4901 6668 7016 10356 10896 13034 13714 15708 16528 23152 24360 40037 42125 58044 61071
65 1184 1250 1943 2050 3040 3208 4961 5235 7102 7494 11031 11639 13884 14648 16732 17654 24662 26020 42647 44996 61827 65233
70 1258 1329 2064 2180 3230 3413 5271 5569 7546 7972 11720 12381 14750 15583 17777 18780 26201 27680 45309 47867 65687 69395
75 1333 1409 2186 2311 3422 3617 5584 5903 7994 8450 12415 13124 15635 16517 18832 19907 27756 29340 47997 50738 69584 73557
80 1408 1489 2309 2442 3613 3822 5896 6237 8441 8928 13110 13866 16500 17452 19886 21033 29310 31001 50886 53609 73482 77719
85 1482 1569 2431 2573 3805 4027 6209 6571 8889 9406 13806 14609 17376 18387 20941 22160 30865 32661 53375 56480 77379 81882
90 1557 1648 2554 2704 3997 4231 6522 6904 9337 9884 14501 15352 18251 19321 21996 23286 32419 34321 56062 59351 81276 86044
95 1632 1728 2676 2834 4188 4436 6835 7238 9784 10362 15198 16094 19126 20256 23051 24413 33974 35981 58750 62222 85173 90206
100 1706 1808 2799 2965 4380 4641 7147 7572 10232 10841 15892 16837 20001 21191 24105 25539 35529 37641 61439 65093 89071 94368
105 1781 1887 2921 3096 4572 4845 7460 7906 10680 11319 16587 17579 20876 22125 25160 26665 37083 39302 64127 67964 92968 98530
110 1856 1967 3044 3227 4763 5050 7773 8240 11127 11797 17282 18322 21751 23060 26215 27792 38638 40962 66815 70835 96865 102692
115 1930 2047 3165 3357 4955 5255 8086 8574 11575 12275 17978 19065 22827 23994 27270 28918 40192 42622 69504 73706 100763 106855
120 2005 2127 3288 3488 5147 5459 8398 8908 12023 12753 18673 19807 23502 24929 28324 30045 41747 44282 72192 76577 104660 111017
125 2080 2206 3411 3619 5338 5664 8711 9242 12471 13231 19368 20550 24377 25864 29379 31171 43301 45943 74880 79448 108557 115179
130 2154 2286 3533 3750 5530 5869 9024 9576 12918 13709 20064 21292 25252 26798 30434 32297 44856 47603 77568 82318 112455 119341
135 2229 2366 3656 3881 5722 6073 9337 9910 13366 14188 20759 22035 16127 27733 31488 33424 46410 49263 80257 85189 116352 123503
140 2304 2446 3778 4011 5913 6278 9649 10244 13814 14666 21454 22778 27002 28668 32543 34550 47965 50923 82945 88060 120249 127666
145 2378 2525 3901 4142 6105 6483 9962 10578 14261 15144 22150 23520 27877 29602 33598 35677 49520 52583 85633 90931 124147 131828
150 2453 2605 4023 4273 6296 6687 10275 10912 14709 15622 22845 24263 28753 30537 34653 36803 51074 54244 88321 93802 128044 135990
155 2528 2685 4146 4404 6488 6892 10587 11246 15157 16100 23540 25005 29628 31471 35707 37929 52629 55904 91010 96673 131941 140152
INICIO
160 2602 2765 4268 4534 6680 7097 10900 11580 15605 16578 24236 25748 30503 32406 36762 39056 54183 57564 93698 99544 135839 144314
165 2677 2844 4391 4665 6871 7301 11213 11914 16052 17058 24931 26491 31378 33341 37817 40182 55738 59224 96386 102415 139736 148476
170 2751 2924 4513 4796 7063 7506 11526 12248 16500 17534 25626 27233 32253 34275 38872 41309 57292 60884 99074 105286 143633 152639
175 2826 3004 4635 4927 7255 7711 11838 12582 16948 18013 26322 27976 33128 35210 39926 42435 58847 62545 101763 108157 147531 156801
180 2901 3083 4758 5058 7446 7915 12151 12916 17395 18491 27017 28718 34003 36145 40981 43582 60401 64205 104451 111028 151428 160963
185 2975 3163 4880 5188 7638 8120 12464 13250 17843 18969 27712 29461 34879 37079 42036 44688 61956 65865 107139 113899 155325 165125
190 3050 3243 5003 5319 7830 8325 12777 13584 18291 19447 28408 30203 35754 38014 43090 45814 63511 67525 109828 116770 159222 169287
195 3125 3323 5125 5450 8021 8529 13089 13918 18738 19925 29103 30946 36629 38948 44145 46941 65065 69185 112516 119641 163120 173450
Sizing Safety Valves
200 3199 3402 5248 5581 8213 8734 13402 14252 19186 20403 29798 31689 37504 39883 45200 48067 66620 70846 115204 122512 167017 177612
205 3274 3482 5370 5711 8405 8939 13715 14586 19634 20881 30494 32431 38379 40818 46255 49194 68174 72506 117892 125383 170914 181774
210 3349 3562 5493 5842 8596 9143 14028 14920 20082 21359 31189 33174 39254 41752 47309 50320 69729 74166 120581 128254 174812 185936
215 3423 3642 5615 5973 8788 9348 14340 15254 20529 21838 31884 33916 40130 42687 48364 51446 71283 75826 123269 131125 178709 190098
220 3498 3721 5738 6104 8980 9553 14653 15588 20977 22316 32580 34659 41005 43622 49419 52573 72838 77486 125957 133996 182606 194260
225 3573 3801 5860 6234 9171 9757 14966 15922 21425 22794 33275 35402 41880 44556 50474 53699 74392 79147 128645 136867 186504 198423
230 3647 3881 5982 6365 9363 9962 15278 16256 21872 23272 33970 36144 42755 45491 51528 54826 75947 80807 131334 139738 190401 202585
235 3722 3960 6105 6496 9554 10167 15591 16590 2230 23750 34666 36887 43630 46425 52583 55952 77502 82467 134022 142609 194298 206747
240 3797 4040 6227 6627 9746 10371 15904 16024 22768 24228 35361 37629 44505 47360 53638 57078 79056 84127 136710 145480 198196 210909
245 3871 4120 6350 6758 9938 10576 16217 17258 23215 24706 36056 38372 45380 48295 54693 58205 80611 85787 139399 148351 202093 215071
250 3946 4200 6472 6888 10129 10781 16529 17592 23663 25184 36752 39115 46256 49229 55747 59331 82165 87448 142087 151222 205990 219234
255 4021 4279 6595 7019 10321 10965 16842 17926 24111 25663 37447 39857 47131 50164 56802 60458 83720 89108 144775 154093 - -
260 4095 4359 6717 7150 10513 11190 17155 18260 24559 26141 38143 40600 48006 51009 57857 61584 85274 90768 147463 156964 - -
265 4170 4439 6840 7281 10704 11395 17468 18594 25006 16619 38838 41342 48881 52033 58911 62711 86829 92428 150152 159835 - -
270 4245 4519 6962 7411 10896 11599 17780 18928 25454 27097 39533 42085 49756 52968 59966 63837 88383 94088 152840 162706 - -
275 4319 4598 7085 7542 11088 11804 18093 19262 25902 27575 40229 42828 50831 53902 61021 64963 89938 95749 155528 165576 - -
280 4394 4678 7207 7673 11279 12009 18406 19596 26349 28053 40924 43570 51506 54837 62076 66090 91493 97409 158216 168447 - -
285 4469 4758 7329 7804 11471 12213 18718 19930 26797 28531 41619 44313 52382 55772 63130 67216 93047 99069 160905 171318 - -
290 4543 4837 7452 7935 11663 12418 19031 20264 27245 29010 42315 45055 53257 56706 64185 68343 94602 100729 163593 174189 - -
295 4618 4917 7574 8065 11854 12623 19344 20598 27692 29488 43010 45798 54123 57641 65240 69469 96156 102390 166281 177060 - -
300 4693 4997 7697 8196 12048 12827 19657 20932 28140 29966 43705 48541 55007 58576 66295 70595 97711 104050 168969 179931 - -
TIS 3.2121 US 06.02

INICIO
TIS 3.2121 US 06.02

Sizing Safety Valves — SV73 & SV74 Air Capacities (SCFM)
ORIFICE ORIFICE F ORIFICE G ORIFICE H ORIFICE J ORIFICE K ORIFICE L ORIFICE M ORIFICE N ORIFICE P ORIFICE Q ORIFICE R
Area (sq.in.) 0.328 0.538 0.842 1.374 1.967 3.055 3.845 4.634 6.830 11.811 17.123
Set Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section
Pressure VIIIStm VIIIStm VIIIStm VIIIStm VIIIStm VIIIStm VIIIStm VIIIStm VIIIStm VIIIStm VIIIStm
15 315 403 505 671 960 1490 1876 2260 3331 5752 8351
20 363 465 582 773 1107 1717 2163 2606 3841 6632 9628
25 411 527 659 876 1253 1945 2450 2951 4350 7511 10905
30 460 588 736 978 1400 2173 2737 3297 4860 8391 12181
35 508 650 814 1091 1562 2424 3052 3677 5420 9358 13586
40 556 712 891 1204 1723 2674 3368 4057 5980 10326 14991
45 604 773 968 1316 1885 2925 3683 4437 6541 11293 16395
50 652 835 1045 1429 2046 3175 3999 4817 7101 12261 17800
55 701 897 1122 1542 2208 3426 4314 5196 7661 13228 19204
60 749 958 1200 1655 2369 3676 4630 5598 8222 14195 20609
65 797 1020 1277 1768 2530 3927 4945 5958 8782 15163 22013
70 845 1082 1354 1880 2692 4178 5261 6338 9342 16130 23418
75 893 1143 1431 1993 2853 4428 5577 6718 9903 17098 24823
80 941 1205 1508 2106 3015 4679 5892 7098 10463 18065 26227
85 990 1267 1585 2219 3176 4929 6208 7479 11023 19033 27632
90 1038 1329 1663 2331 3338 5180 6523 7859 11584 20000 29036
95 1066 1390 1740 2444 3499 5430 6839 8239 12144 20968 30441
100 1134 1452 1817 2557 3661 5681 7154 8619 12704 21935 31845
105 1182 1514 1894 2670 3822 5931 7470 8999 13265 22903 33250
110 1230 1575 1971 2782 3984 6182 7785 9379 13825 23870 34655
115 1279 1637 2049 2895 4145 6433 8101 9759 14385 24838 36059
120 1327 1699 2126 3008 4307 6683 8416 10140 14946 25805 37464
125 1375 1760 2203 3121 4468 6934 8732 10520 15506 26773 38868
130 1423 1822 2280 3234 4629 7184 9047 10900 16066 27740 40273
135 1471 1884 2357 3346 4791 7435 9363 11280 16627 28708 41677
140 1520 1945 2435 3459 4952 7685 9679 11660 17187 29675 43082
145 1568 2007 2512 3572 5114 7936 9994 12040 17747 30643 44487
Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd, Blythewood, SC 29016

150 1616 2069 2589 3685 5275 8186 10310 12420 18308 31610 45891
155 1664 2130 2666 3797 5437 8437 10625 12801 18868 32578 47296
160 1712 2192 2743 3910 5598 8688 10941 13181 19428 33545 48700
165 1760 2254 2820 4023 5760 8938 11256 13561 19989 34512 50105
INICIO
170 1809 2315 2898 4136 5921 9189 11572 13941 20549 35480 51509
175 1857 2377 2975 4249 6083 9439 11887 14321 21109 36447 52914
180 1905 2439 3052 4361 6244 9690 12203 14701 2670 37415 54319
185 1953 2500 3129 4474 6405 9940 12518 15081 22230 38382 55723
190 2001 2562 3206 4587 6567 10191 12834 15462 22790 39350 57128
195 2049 2624 3284 4700 6728 10441 13150 15842 23351 40317 58532
200 2098 2685 3361 4812 6890 10692 13465 16222 23911 41285 59937
205 2146 2747 3438 4925 7051 10943 13781 16602 24471 42252 61341
210 2194 2809 3515 5038 7213 11193 14096 16982 25032 43220 62746
215 2242 2870 3592 5151 7374 11444 14412 17362 25592 44187 64151
220 2290 2932 3670 5264 7536 11694 14727 17742 26152 45155 65555
225 2339 2994 3747 5376 7697 11945 15043 18123 26713 46122 66960
230 2387 3055 3824 5489 7859 12195 15358 18503 27273 47090 68364
235 2435 3117 3901 5602 8020 12446 15674 18883 27833 48057 69769
240 2483 3179 3978 5715 8181 12697 15989 19263 28394 49025 71173
245 2531 3240 4055 5827 8343 12947 16305 19643 28954 49992 72578
250 2579 3302 4133 5940 8504 13198 16621 20023 29514 50960 73983
255 2628 3364 4210 6053 8666 13448 16936 20404 30075 51927 75387
260 2676 3426 4287 6166 8827 13699 17252 20784 30635 52894 76792
265 2724 3487 4364 6279 8989 13949 17567 21164 31195 53862 78196
270 2772 3549 4441 6391 9150 14200 17883 21544 31756 54829 79601
275 2820 3611 4519 6504 9312 14450 18198 21924 32316 55797 81005
280 2889 3672 4596 6617 9473 14701 18514 22304 32876 56764 82410
285 2917 3734 4673 6730 9635 14952 18829 22884 33437 57732 83815
290 2965 3796 4750 6842 9796 15202 19145 23065 33997 58699 85219
295 3013 3857 4827 6955 9958 15453 19460 23445 34557 59667 86624
300 3061 3919 4905 7068 10119 15703 19776 23825 35118 60634 88028
Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX (803) 714-2200

TIS 3.2121 US 06.02
INICIO
Bronze Safety Relief Valves

Models 211, 211S & 632
Description 632 Series 211 / 211S Series
The 211, 211S and 632 Series Bronze Safety Relief Valves are suitable
for use in steam, air or non hazardous liquid applications. All valves are
provided to ASME Section I or VIII Code requirements.
Available Types
Model 211 Series
• ASME Section VIII Code for air, gas and vapor.
• “D” through “J” orifice.
• 250 psig maximum set pressure.
• 406°F maximum temperature.
• Designed for use on air and gas compressors, pressure
vessels, and piping handling air, gases and vapor.
Model 211S Series

• ASME Section I and VIII Code for steam.
• “D” through “J” orifice
• 250 psig maximum set pressure.
• 406°F maximum temperature.
211 / 211S Construction Materials
• Designed for use on steam boilers, steam service un-fired
pressure vessels, steam lines and accumulators, steam No Qty Part Standard Optional
cleaners, cookers and distillers. Materials Materials
1 1 Seat Frame Brass N/A
Model 632 Series 2 1 Nozzle Brass 316 SS
• ASME Section VIII Code for liquid. 3 1 Simmer Ring Brass N/A
4 1 Blowdown Ring Brass N/A
• “D” through “H” orifice. 5 1 Lower Set Screw Brass N/A
• 250 psig maximum set pressure. 6 1 Upper Set Screw Brass N/A
• 406°F maximum temperature. 7 1 Disc Brass 316 SS w/Teflon Soft Seat
• Designed for use on vessels and piping handling liquids. 8 1 Ball Bearing 440 C SS N/A
9 1 Stem Adapter Brass N/A
10 1 Stem 304 SS N/A
211 / 211S Series 11 2 Spring Keeper Carbon Steel N/A
12 1 Spring 17-7 PH SS 316 SS, Inconel
X750, MP35N
13 1 Body Bronze N/A
14 1 Adjust Screw Brass N/A
15 1 Jam Nut Brass N/A
16 1 Washer Carbon Steel N/A
17 1 Jam Nut Carbon Steel N/A
18 1 Lift Lever Cap Bronze N/A
19 1 Set Screw Carbon Steel N/A
20 1 Clevis Pin 300 Series SS N/A
21 1 Lift Lever Bronze N/A
632 Series Construction Materials

No Qty Part Standard Optional
Materials Materials
1 1 Seat Frame Brass N/A
2 1 Nozzle Brass 316 SS
3 1 Simmer Ring Brass N/A
632 Series 4 1 Disc Brass 316 SS w/Teflon Soft Seat
5 1 Lower Set Screw Brass N/A
6 1 Disc Body Brass N/A
7 1 Retaining Ring 15-5 PH SS N/A
8 1 Guide Brass N/A
9 1 Ball 440 C N/A
10 1 Stem Adapter 304 SS N/A
11 1 Stem 304 SS N/A
12 2 Spring Keeper Carbon Steel N/A
13 1 Spring 17-7 PH SS 316 SS, Inconel
X750, MP35N
14 1 Body Bronze N/A
15 1 Jam Nut Brass N/A
16 1 Adjust Screw Brass N/A
17 1 Cap Brass N/A
INICIO
Bronze Safety Relief Valves
Models 211, 211S & 632
Sample Specification Maintenance
3/4" E 1" Spirax Sarco Series 211S Safety Valve shall be fitted with This product is factory sealed for tamper-proof operation, and no repair
exclosed spring and external lifting lever. Furnish with manufacturer’s parts are available. Test the safety valve every 6 months (depending on
standard connections and valve body of cast brass with bronze internals. plant age and condition), preferably by raising the system pressure to the
When ordering Safety Valves for use on power boilers, specify (V) code safety valve’s set pressure or operating the hand lever. For full details on
stamp as required by ASME Code Section I. proper maintenance, please refer to the installation, operating and main-
tenance instructions, IMI 3.215.
Installation
Valve should be installed in vertical upright position as close as
possible to the connection provided with no unnecessary intervening pipe
or fitting. Under no circumstances should there be a shut off valve or
restriction of any kind between the safety valve and the 211 / 211S D
connection provided. For full details on proper installation, please refer to Series
the installation, operating and maintenance instructions, IMI 3.212.
Series 211 / 211S B
Orifice Size A B C D E F
D 1/2 x 3/4 1.53 4.88 2.21 1.85 1-1/2 7.10 F
D 3/4 x 3/4 1.53 4.88 2.21 1.85 1-1/2 7.10
E 3/4 x 1 1.75 5.07 2.37 1.85 1-3/8 7.44
E 1x1 1.75 5.07 2.52 1.85 1-3/8 7.59
F 1 x 1-1/4 2.06 6.27 2.62 1.85 1-27/32 8.90
F 1-1/4 x 1-1/4 2.06 6.27 2.87 1.85 1-27/32 9.15
G 1-1/4 x 1-1/2 2.33 6.98 3.13 3.38 2-1/8 10.10
C
G 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 2.33 6.98 3.14 3.38 2-1/8 10.12 E
H 1-1/2 x 2 2.68 7.57 3.42 3.38 2-7/16 11.00 Wrench
H 2x2 2.68 7.57 3.67 3.38 2-7/16 11.25 Flat
J 2 x 2-1/2 3.34 9.70 4.25 3.38 3 13.94 A
J 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 3.34 9.70 4.35 3.38 3 14.05
632
Series
Series 632
Orifice Size A B C D E F
D 1/2 x 3/4 1.53 3.61 2.21 N/A 1-1/2 5.83
B
D 3/4 x 3/4 1.53 3.61 2.21 N/A 1-1/2 5.83
E 3/4 x 1 1.75 4.14 2.37 N/A 1-3/8 6.52
E 1x1 1.75 4.14 2.52 N/A 1-3/8 6.67 F
F 1 x 1-1/4 2.06 5.19 2.62 N/A 1-27/32 7.82
F 1-1/4 x 1-1/4 2.06 5.19 2.87 N/A 1-27/32 8.07
G 1-1/4 x 1-1/2 2.33 6.13 3.13 N/A 2-1/8 9.25
G 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 2.33 6.13 3.14 N/A 2-1/8 9.27
H 1-1/2 x 2 2.68 8.43 3.42 N/A 2-7/16 10.15 C
H 2x2 2.68 8.43 3.67 N/A 2-7/16 10.40
E
Wrench A
Flat
Capacities
LIQUID AIR STEAM
ORIFICE SIZE ORIFICE SIZE ORIFICE SIZE
PSI D E F G H PSI D E F G H J PSI D E F G H J
*5 9 15 24 39 62 *5 39 70 109 178 279 458 *5 111 197 308 504 791 1298
*10 12 22 34 56 87 *10 50 89 138 226 355 582 *10 141 251 392 641 1006 1651
15 15 27 42 68 107 15 60 107 168 275 431 707 15 171 305 475 779 1222 2005
20 17 31 48 79 123 20 71 126 197 323 507 832 20 201 358 559 916 1437 2358
25 19 34 54 88 138 25 81 145 227 371 583 956 25 231 412 643 1053 1652 2711
30 21 38 59 96 151 30 92 164 256 420 659 1081 30 261 466 727 1191 1868 3065
50 27 49 76 124 195 50 134 240 375 613 962 1579 50 381 681 1062 1740 2729 4478
75 33 60 93 152 239 75 188 335 522 856 1342 2202 75 532 949 1481 2426 3806 6245
100 39 69 107 176 276 100 241 429 670 1098 1722 2825 100 682 1218 1900 3112 4883 8012
125 43 77 120 197 309 125 294 524 818 1340 2102 3449 125 833 1487 2319 3799 5960 9779
150 47 84 132 216 338 150 347 619 966 1582 2481 4072 150 983 1755 2738 4485 7037 11546
175 51 91 142 233 365 175 400 714 1113 1824 2861 4695 175 1134 2024 3157 5172 8114 13313
200 55 97 152 249 390 200 453 808 1261 2066 3241 5318 200 1284 2292 3576 5858 9190 15080
225 58 103 161 264 414 225 506 903 1409 2308 3621 5941 225 1435 2561 3995 6544 10267 16847
250 61 109 170 278 437 250 559 998 1557 2550 4000 6564 250 1585 2829 4414 7231 11344 18614
275 64 114 178 292 458 275 612 1092 1704 2792 4380 7187 275 1735 3098 4834 7917 12421 20381
300 67 119 186 305 478 300 665 1187 1852 3034 4760 7810 300 1886 3367 5253 8604 13498 22148
Capacities are in gallons per minute (GPM) Capacities are in standard cubic feet per minute (SFM) Capacities are in pounds per hour (lbs/hr)
TIS 3.215 US 07.02

INICIO
Drip Pan Elbow
The Drip Pan Elbow, when used in Typical Applications

conjunction with a safety relief valve, Model ➪ DPE
provides a suitable unrestricted, self- Specifically for use on the outlet
draining outlet. This improves the Sizes 1-1/4" to 4" 6" &8"
connection of safety/relief valves to
performance and longevity of the safety assure unrestricted discharge.
valve by alleviating axial loads on the Connections Female NPT Flanged ANSI 125
valve, which could impair its operation
and shut off. Construction Cast Iron (ASTMA126 CL B)
PIPE SIZE RISER,

Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters SUPPORTED OVERHEAD
A
Size A B C D E F G Weight
1-1/4" 2.0 5.5 2.4 4.1 1.4 .375 2.1 5.0 lb
1-1/2" 51 140 61 104 36 10 53 2.3 kg
2" 3 6.25 2.4 3.6 1.6 .5 2.25 6.5 lb B
76 159 61 92 41 13 57 3.0 kg 11/2
MIN
2-1/2" 3.5/4 7.4 3.0 4.3 1.9 .75 2.7 11.0 lb C
89/102 188 76 109 48 19 69 5.0 kg

3" 4 8 3.5 4.9 2.3 .75 3.1 14.5 lb
D
102 203 89 124 58 19 79 6.6 kg
4" 6 9.6 4.5 5.75 2.9 .75 3.75 27.0 lb NOM
PIPE SIZE
152 244 114 146 74 19 95 12.2 kg E
6" 8 12.75 6.6 7.6 4.2 .75 8 60.0 lb
F NOM PIPE SIZE
203 324 168 193 107 19 203 27.2 kg
8" 10 16.5 7.5 9.6 5.4 1.0 10.75102.0 lb
254 419 191 244 137 25 273 46.3 kg G DRAIN
DRAIN TO WASTE NPT TO WASTE
G
➤ FLG
MAKE SHORT AS POSSIBLE
Max. Operating Temperature 450˚F (232˚C) at all operating pressures
Installation Sample Specification

The Drip Pan Elbow is to be connected to the discharge connection of the Drip Pan Elbows for use with safety/relief valves shall be
safety/relief valve by a short pipe nipple. Flanged valves 4" and smaller will ASTM A126 CL B Cast Iron, and be of the same size as the
require a companion flange and short nipple the same size as the valve outlet. valve outlet or larger. Pipe as shown on the drawings.
The drain connection on the bottom of the elbow should be piped to waste.
INICIO
BSA3 Bellows Sealed Stop Valve
The BSA3 is a Class 300

bellows sealed isolation valve Model ➪ BSA3
used on steam, gas, liquid, Sizes 1/2" to 8"
condensate, and water
systems. The metallic bellows Connections ANSI 300 7
replaces conventional stem Body Design ANSI Class 300
packing and acts as an
impervious barrier between Construction Cast Steel Optional
the fluid and environment. Gland flange
Options Gland Flange assembly (1/2" to 4") assembly
This design guarantees zero Balancing Disc (6" & 8") (1/2" - 4")
emissions from the stem seal.
6
Body design conditions ANSI 300
8
Maximum hydraulic test pressure 1116 psig
9
900
2
800 5
700 10
600
1
500
4
400
3
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Pressure, psig
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WCB
2 Bonnet Forged Steel (1/2"-3") ASTM A 105N
Cast Steel (4"-8") ASTM A 216 WCB
Optional
3 Seat Stainless Steel AISI 420 Balancing Disc
4 Disc Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Gr. 420 assembly
5 Bellows Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Gr. 321
6 Stem Stainless Steel AISI 420
7 Handwheel Pressed Steel BS1449 CR4 C V VA L U E S
8 Stem Packing Graphite
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2" 3" 4" 6" 8"
9 Bonnet Studs Steel ASTMA 193 B7
Bonnet Nuts Steel ASTM A 194 2 H 4.7 8.2 14 35 55 140 226 480 848
10 Body/Bonnet Gasket Graphite laminated with Stainless Steel insert
S TA N DA R D S 1" Spirax Sarco Type BSA3 bellows sealed stop valve, flanged
Valve bellows are designed in accordance to MSS SP-117. ANSI 300 (Available with optional gland flange assembly up to 4").
Note: Should the differential pressure exceed those listed against
C E RT I F I CAT I O N the respective sizes in the table below, then please ensure
All valves are EN 10204 (3.1.B) certifiable as standard and certificates are Balancing discs are specified for use in the valves. (see diagram).
available on request.
Size 6" 8"
S E AT L E A K AG E Differential Pressure (psi) 247 145
Disc to seat shut off conforms to API 598 no leakage.
INICIO
BSA3 Bellows Sealed Stop Valve
F
A
B
Size A B C Weight
1/2" 6.0 7.5 5.12 13.2 lb
152 190 130 6.0 kg A
3/4 7.0 7.5 5.12 15.4 lb
178 190 130 7.0 kg
1" 8.0 7.87 5.12 20.0 lb
203 200 130 9.0 kg
1-1/2" 9.0 8.66 5.12 22.0 lb
229 220 130 10 kg
2" 10.5 8.66 8.46 33.0 lb
267 220 215 15.0 kg
3" 12.5 10.25 8.46 64.0 lb
317 260 215 29.0 kg
4" 14.0 13.4 13.58 108.0
356 340 345 49.0 kg
6" 17.5 15.35 13.58 207.0 lb
445 390 345 94.0 kg
8" 22.0 16.34 13.58 424.0 lb
559 415 345 193.0 kg
S PA R E PA RT S
Body/Bonnet Gasket & stem packing† E, F (2 pcs.)
I N S TA L L AT I O N Stem and Bellows Assembly Kit B, C, E, F
Install in the direction of flow given by the arrow on the body Disc (Balancing disc where fitted) A
with the handwheel in a suitable position. The preferred Handwheel D
position is with the spindle vertical. Refer to IMI P137-02 for
Stem Packing† E
full installation and maintenance instructions.
The spare parts are shown in heavy outline.
†
Note: These items are fragile, please handle with care.
How to order
Please note: for customer convenience, spares are supplied in kits to
ensure all the appropriate replacement parts are supplied to carry out
a specific maintenance task. e.g. when a stem/bellows assembly is
ordered, parts (C), (B) and (E,F) will be included in the kit. Always
order spares by using the description given above and stating the size
and type of stop valve.
Example: 1—Body/Bonnet Gasket & stem packing for 1/2" Spirax
Sarco BSA3 ANSI 300 bellows sealed stop valve.
TIS 7.220 US 07.97
INICIO
A3S Bellows Sealed Stop Valve
The A3S is a Class 800 15 14

bellows sealed isolation valve Model ➪ A3S
used on steam, gas, liquid, Sizes 1/2" to 2"
condensate, and water
systems. The metallic bellows Connections NPT, Socketweld 7
replaces conventional stem
packing and acts as an Body Design ANSI Class 800
13
impervious barrier between Construction Forged Steel
the fluid and environment.
This design guarantees zero Options BSP
emissions from the stem seal. 17
16
Body design conditions ANSI 800
3
12 10
Maximum hydraulic test pressure 2175 psig
900 11
800
8
700
2
600
500 7
400
6
300
200 5
4
100
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Pressure, psig
The product must not be used in this region. 1
Operating restriction to conform to BS 5352.
No. Part Material S TA N DA R D S
1 Body Forged Steel ASTM A105 Valve bellows fatigue life conforms to BS 5352 for globe
2 Bonnet Forged Steel ASTM A105 valves.
3 Gland Flange Forged Steel ASTM A105
4 Integral Seat Stellite Gr. 6 C E RT I F I CAT I O N
5 Disc Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Type 410 + stellite Gr. 6 All valves are EN 10204 (3.1.B) certifiable as standard and
6 Bellows Stainless Steel ASTM A479 Type 321 certificates are available on request.
7 Gaskets Stainless Steel/Graphite
8 Body Bolts Carbon Steel ASTM A276 B7 S E AT L E A K AG E
9 Gland Nuts Carbon Steel ASTM A194 2H Disc to seat shut off conforms to API 598 and DIN 3230
10 Gland Studs Stainless Steel AISI 410 leakage rate B01.
11 Stem Packing Graphite
12 Gland Follower Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Type 410 C V VA L U E S
13 Handwheel Carbon Steel Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
14 Wheel Nut Carbon Steel 1.5 3.7 6.8 10.5 19.9 22.5
15 Nameplate Stainless Steel
16 Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Type 410 S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N
17 Yoke Nut Stainless Steel ASTM A582 Type 416 1" Spirax Sarco Type A3S bellows sealed stop valve screwed NPT.
Local regulation may restrict the use of this product below the conditions quoted. imiting conditions refer to standard connections only.
INICIO
A3S Bellows Sealed Stop Valve
Size A B (valve open) C Weight

1/2" 3.15 5.35 2.76 3.8 lb
80 136 70 1.7 kg
3/4 3.54 5.67 3.54 5.0 lb
90 144 90 2.3 kg
1" 4.33 6.57 4.33 8.0 lb
110 167 110 3.6 kg
1-1/4" 5.0 7.64 4.33 13.0 lb D (Graphite)
127 194 110 5.9 kg
1-1/2" 6.1 8.66 5.12 18.7 lb
155 220 130 8.5 kg
2" 6.7 9.06 7.09 25.5 lb
170 230 180 11.6 kg
F
Install in the direction of flow given by the arrow on the body with
the handwheel in a suitable position. The preferred position is with
the spindle vertical.
B
MAINTENANCE A
Before installation or any maintenance is carried out, ensure the C (Spiral wound graphite/steel)
valve is isolated and any residual internal pressure is carefully
relieved. Also ensure any hot parts have cooled to prevent risk of
injury from burns. Always wear appropriate safety clothing before
carrying out any installation or maintenance work.
To change the bellows assembly and body gaskets, unscrew 4
body bolts (E) and remove the valve bonnet. The body gasket (C)
is immediately accessible and can be replaced without further
dismantling. Ensure gasket faces are clean (body and upper
bellows ring face) before fitting new gasket.
To replace the second gasket (D) (graphite) and the bellows
assembly (B) unscrew the bellows assembly counterclockwise
from the stem (F). The second gasket is immediately accessible
and can be replaced having ensured the sealing faces are clean. S PA R E PA RT S
Make sure that the anti-rotation pin on the stem is still engaged in
the groove in the bonnet. Now screw the bellows assembly ( a new Available Spares
one if required) fully on to the stem in a clockwise direction. Make Set of body gaskets C, D
sure the gaskets are in the correct position. Unscrew the bellows Disc and bellows assembly A, B
1/2 to 3/4 turn. (This is to give the assembly flexibility). Replace
the bonnet and tighten body bolts (E) evenly to the torque values The spare parts are shown in heavy outline.
shown in the table.
After 24 hours in service, retighten body bolts. How to order
Recommended tightening torques headed Availalbe Spares and stating the size and type of valve.
Size Bolt ft-lbs. Example: 1 - Disc and bellows assembly plus
1/2", 3/4" M10 30-37 1 - Set of body gaskets for 1" Spirax Sarco type A3S
1", 1-1/4" M12 52-122 bellows sealed stop valve screwed NPT.
1-1/2" M14 81-96
2" M16 118-140
TIS 7.221 US 07.97
INICIO
Steam Trapping
for complete condensate drainage.
Spirax Sarco offers the world’s most complete range

of steam traps with sizes available from 1/4" to 4",
and operating pressures to 1,940 psig.
INICIO
Steam Traps Index

2.516 Thermo-Dynamic Steam Trap TD52 5: 338

2.5162 Thermo-Dynamic Steam Trap TDC 5: 340
2.502 Thermo-Dynamic Steam Trap TD42 ic 5: 342
2.508 Thermo-Dynamic Steam Trap TD45 Dynam 5: 344
mo
2.525 Thermo-Dynamic Steam Trap TD62 Ther 5: 346
2.510 Thermo-Dynamic Steam Trap TD 120 5: 348
2.517 Thermo-Dynamic Steam Trap UTD30L & UTD 30H with Swivel Connector 5: 350
2.5161 Thermo-Dynamic Steam Trap UTD52L, UTD52H, UTD52L-HP with Swivel Connector 5: 352
Steam Traps
2.518 Thermo-Dynamic Steam Trap BTD52L 5: 354

2.313 Cast Iron Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps FT15, FT30, FT75, FT125 5: 356
2.314 Cast Iron Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps FT150 & FT200 5: 358
2.321 Cast Iron Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps FTI15, FTI30, FTI75, FTI125,FTI200 5: 360
2.315 Cast Iron Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps FTB Super Capacity Series 5: 362
2.317 Cast Iron Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps FT, FTI & FTB Capacities 5: 364
2.320 Cast/Ductile Iron Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps FT14, IFT14 & FT14C 5: 366
2.306 Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap FT14 5: 368
2.322 Cast Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps FTB Super Capacity Series 5: 369
2.304 Cast Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap FT450 5: 371
2.308 Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap Capacities FT46, FT450 tic 5: 373
2.3041 Cast Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap 3" & 4" FT450Therm
osta 5: 375
t&
TI-P146-02 Floa
UFT14 Universal Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap 5: 377
2.312 Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps OK150, OK300 5: 379
2.318 Stainless Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap FT46 5: 381
TI-P145-01 FTS14 Austenitic Stainless Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap 5: 383
2.0102 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap RTA-125, RTH-125 5: 385
2.0101 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap TV125 5: 387
e
2.009 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap T250
e ssur 5: 389
r
e P
2.003 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap TM600, TH600L,dTM600N 5: 391
an c
Bal
2.014 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap BPM21L 5: 393
2.004 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap BPT21, BPT21Y 5: 395
2.005 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap BPT30, BPT30Y 5: 397
2.0001 Sealed Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap TSS300 5: 399
TIS INDEX US 11.02

5: 336
INICIO
Steam Traps Index (continued)

2.0011 Sealed Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap DTS300 5: 401

re
2.0021 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap MST21 ressu 5: 403
P
2.0061 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap SBP 30LC nced 5: 405
la
Bawith
2.008 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap UBP32 Swivel Connector 5: 407
2.407 Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps B Series 5: 409
2.408 Cast Iron Inverted Steam Trap B Series Capacities Chart 5: 411
2.401 Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Trap Series 200 5: 413
2.404 Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Trap Series HM34 5: 415
2.406 Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Trap Series HM34 Capacities Chart 5: 416
Steam Traps
ets
2.402 Forged Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Trap Series 600
ted Buck 5: 417
2.403 Forged Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Trap Series 900 Inver 5: 419
2.405 Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Trap Series 200/600/900 5: 421
2.410 Stainless Steel Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap SIB30 & SIB30H 5: 423
2.411 Stainless Steel Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap SIB45 5: 425
2.412 UIB30 & UIB30 H Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap & Swivel Connector 5: 427
2.201 Thermoton Liquid Expansion Steam Traps n 5: 429
xpansio
2.200 No. 8 Liquid Expansion Steam Trap
id E 5: 431
2.205 Freezeton II Temperature Actuated Trap Liqu 5: 433
2.100 Bimetallic Steam Trap SM21, SM21Y 5: 435
allic
2.102 Bimetallic Steam Trap SM24H 5: 437
et
TI-P623-02 HP45 Bimetallic Steam Trap
Bim 5: 439
TI-P623-06 HP80, HP100, HP150 and HP210 Series Bimetallic Steam Traps 5: 441
2.104 Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap SSM21 5: 443
2.700 Spira-tec Steam Loss Detector System Type 30 5: 445
2.701 Spira-tec Sensor Chambers ST14, ST16, ST17 5: 447
2.702 Spira-tec Remote Test Point R1 & R12 on 5: 449
2.707 R1C Steam Trap Failure Monitor etecti 5: 451
lt D
2.706 Spira-tec Automatic Steam Trap Monitor R16C Fau 5: 453
2.721 Ultrasonic Leak Detector LD1 5: 455
2.800 Tap Diffusers DFI & DF2 5: 457
6.805 Stainless Steel Steam Trap Stations 5: 458
&
ons
6.804 Forged Steel Manifolds 5: 460
tati
6.801 Vertical Condensate Collection Manifold-Fabrication
pS ds 5: 462
6.802 Horizontal Condensate Collection Manifold-Fabrication Tra anifol 5: 464
M
6.803 Vertical Steam Distribution Manifold-Fabrication 5: 466
TIS INDEX US 11.02
5: 337
INICIO
Thermo-Dynamic® Steam Trap

TD52
The Thermo-Dynamic® Model ➪ TD52

2
steam trap cycles
PMO 3
periodically to discharge 600 psig
condensate very near 1
to steam temperature. Sizes 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1"
It is unaffected by
Connections NPT
waterhammer or
superheat. stainless steel
Construction
Capacities
Pounds of condensate per hour continuous discharge at saturated steam temperature to
atmosphere
Inlet Pressure 3/8" TD52 1/2" TD52 TD52 TD52
psig barg 1/2" TD52L 3/4" TD52L 3/4" 1" Limiting Operating Conditions
3.5 .24 180 300 405 640 Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 600 psig(42 barg)
5 .34 185 310 420 670
10 .69 190 345 470 725 Max. Operating Temperature 800˚F (427˚C) at all operating
pressures
20 1.4 200 410 560 865
30 2.1 215 465 640 980 Minimum pressure for satisfactory operation is 3.5 psig, (0.24 barg).
50 3.5 245 575 810 1200 Maximum back pressure should not exceed 80% of the inlet pressure
75 5.2 305 700 1000 1470 under any conditions of operation, otherwise the trap may not shut.
100 6.9 370 810 1160 1750
150 10.3 500 1000 1450 2200
200 13.8 610 1140 1670 2600
250 17.2 700 1270 1900 2900 Pressure Shell Design Conditions
300 20.7 790 1410 2100 3250
350 24.1 880 1530 2250 3500 PMA 600 psig/up to 800˚F 42 barg/up to 427˚C
400 27.6 960 1630 2430 3780
450 31.0 1050 1730 2600 4020
500 34.5 1100 1830 2750 4250
TMA 800˚F/0-600 psig 427˚C/0-42 barg
550 37.9 1160 1910 2900 4450 Max. allowable temperature
600 41.4 1250 2000 3050 4700
Construction Materials Typical Applications

No. Part Material Steam main drainage and tracer lines,
1 Body Stainless Steel (with ENP) ASTM A743 GR. CA40F 420F process equipment, laundry and kitchen
equipment, superheated steam applications,
2 Cap Stainless Steel (with ENP) ASTM A743 GR. CA40F 420F
outdoor installations subject to freezing.
3 Disc Stainless Steel AISI 420
TIS 2.516 US 01.01
INICIO

TD52
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters E G
withdrawl
distance
Type A B C D E F G Weight
3/8 " TD52 2 1.03 1.8 1.8 1.6 1 0.4 .84 lbs
50.8 26.2 26.2 45.7 40.6 25.4 10.2 .38 kg C
1/2" TD52L 2.7 1.24 2.1 1.8 1.6 1.2 0.4 1.2 lbs F
68.6 31.5 53.3 45.7 40.6 30.4 10.2 .54 kg
1/2" TD52 2.7 1.24 2.1 1.9 1.75 1.2 0.4 1.2 lbs A
68.6 31.5 53.3 48.3 44.5 30.4 10.2 .54 kg
3/4" TD52L 2.8 1.56 2.4 1.9 1.75 1.5 0.4 1.94 lbs D
71.1 39.6 61 48.3 44.5 38.1 10.2 .88 kg
3/4" TD52 2.8 1.56 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.5 0.4 1.94 lbs
71.1 39.6 61 58.4 50.8 38.1 10.4 .88 kg
1" TD52 3.3 1.91 3 2.7 2.5 1.8 0.6 3.13 lbs
83.8 46 76.2 68.6 63.5 45.7 15.2 1.42 kg
From equipment From equipment Installation

being drained being drained
The preferred installation is in the horizontal position as close as
Freeze resistant possible to equipment being drained. Install strainer (20 mesh)
installation upstream and full port isolating valves upstream and downstream of
valve valve trap. Piping to and from the trap should be at least equal to or one
TD-Trap
size larger than trap connection. Do not weld pipe connection to
strainer
trap. Body material is not suitable for welding.
For freeze resistant installations, all drains must be pitched toward
strainer
the trap for gravity flow. Trap must be installed vertically,
(optional)
TD-Trap
discharging downward. Discharge piping must be self-draining.
Recommended
installation
Spare Parts
Steam trap shall be all stainless steel thermo-Dynamic® disc type with 1
connections on a common center line, which will operate in any position.
Integral seat design with hardened disc and seating surfaces. Trap to have
integral insulating cap.
3
Maintenance
Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line is required
before any servicing is performed.
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning of
the disc and seat.
The only wearing parts of the trap are the disc and seat rings, which should
be inspected and cleaned periodically. Slight wear can often be corrected by
resurfacing on a lapping plate.
Caution: Only perform maintenance after trap has been isolated. Disc 3
Cap 1
2.516, which accompanies the product.
TIS 2.516 US 01.01
Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd., Blythewood, SC 29016 Telephone: (803) 714-2000 Fax: (803) 714-2200
INICIO

TDC
The Thermo-Dynamic ®
steam trap cycles Model ➪ TDC 2
periodically to discharge
PMO 600 psig
condensate very near to
3
steam temperature. It is Sizes 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", & 1"
unaffected by waterhammer
or superheat. Connections NPT
1
Construction Stainless Steel
Capacities
Pounds of condensate per hour
continuous discharge at saturated steam temperature to atmosphere
Inlet Pressure 3/8" TDC 1/2" TDC TDC TDC

psig barg 3/4" 1"
3.5 .24 180 300 405 640
5 .34 185 310 420 670
10 .69 190 345 470 725
20 1.4 200 410 560 865 Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 600 psig (42 barg)
30 2.1 215 465 640 980
50 3.5 245 575 810 1200 Max. Operating Temperature 800°F (427°C) at all
75 5.2 305 700 1000 1470 operating pressures
100 6.9 370 810 1160 1750
150 10.3 500 1000 1450 2200 Minimum pressure for satisfactory operation is 3.5 psig, (0.24 barg)
200 13.8 610 1140 1670 2600
250 17.2 700 1270 1900 2900 Maximum back pressure should not exceed 80% of the inlet pressure
300 20.7 790 1410 2100 3250 under any conditions of operation, otherwise the trap may not shut.
350 24.1 880 1530 2250 3500
400 27.6 960 1630 2430 3780 Pressure Shell Design Conditions
450 31.0 1050 1730 2600 4020 PMA 600 psig/up to 800°F
500 34.5 1100 1830 2750 4250 Max. allowable pressure 42 barg/up to 427°C
550 37.9 1160 1910 2900 4450
600 41.4 1250 2000 3050 4700 TMA 800°F/0-600 psig
Max. allowable temperature 427˚C/0-42 barg
Construction Materials Typical Applications

No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless Steel ASTM A743 GR. CA40F Steam main drainage and tracer lines, process equipment,
2 Cap Stainless Steel ASTM A743 GR. CA40F laundry and kitchen equipment, superheated steam
3 Disc. Stainless Steel AISI 420 applications, outdoor installations subject to freezing.
INICIO

TDC
F
Size A B C D E F Weight withdrawal
distance
3/8"TDC 2 1.7 1.7 1 1.03 0.4 .7 lb

50.8 43.2 43.2 25.4 26.2 10.2 .24 kg C
D
1/2"TDC 2.7 1.7 2 1.2 1.24 0.4 0.9 lb
68.6 43.2 50.8 30.5 31.5 10.2 .41 kg
A
3/4"TDC 2.8 2.1 2.4 1.5 1.56 0.4 1.8 lb

71.1 53.3 61.0 38.1 39.6 10.2 .82 kg
B
1" TDC 3.3 2.5 2.8 1.8 1.87 0.6 2.7 lb

83.8 65.5 71.1 45.7 47.5 15.2 1.22 kg
From equipment
From equipment being drained
being drained
E
valve
Installation
valve The preferred installation is in the horizontal position
as close as possible to equipment being drained.
strainer TDC
Install strainer (20 mesh) upstream and full port
isolating valves upstream and downstream of trap.
strainer TDC Piping to and from the trap should be at least equal to
(optional)
or one size larger than trap connection. Do not weld
pipe connection to trap. Body material is not suitable
for welding.
Recommended Freeze resistant For freeze resistant installations, all drains must be
installation installation pitched toward the trap for gravity flow. Trap must be
installed vertically, discharging downward. Discharge
piping must be self-draining.
Steam trap shall be all stainless steel Thermo-Dynamic®
disc type with connections on a common center line, which Spare Parts
will operate in any position. Integral seat design with
hardened disc and seating surfaces. Trap to have intergral
insulcap and three hole balanced discharge. 1
Maintenance 3
This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping
connections. Complete isolation of the trap from both supply
and return line is required before any servicing is performed.
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and
cleaning of the disc and seat.
The only wearing parts of the trap are the disc and seat rings,
which should be inspected and cleaned periodically. Slight
wear can often be corrected by resurfacing on a lapping plate.
Disc 3
Caution: Only perform maintenance after trap has been Cap 1
isolated.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are

given in IMI 2.5162, which accompanies the product.
TIS 2.5162 US 12.01
INICIO

TD42
The Thermo-Dynamic® Model ➪ TD42 L TD42 H

steam trap cycles PMO 600 psig 3
2
condensate very near to Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1" 1/2", 3/4" 1
steam temperature. It is
Connections NPT
unaffected by
waterhammer or stainless steel
Construction
superheat.
Options Blowdown valve 5
Insulcap
6
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 600 psig (42 barg) 1/4"

NPT

Minimum pressure for satisfactory operation is 3.5 psi, 0.25 bar.
Maximum back pressure should not exceed 80% of the inlet pressure under any conditions of operation, 8
otherwise the trap may not shut. 10
P RESSURE SHELL D ESIGN CONDITIONS 9
PMA 914 psig/up to 248˚F 63 barg/up to 120˚C

853 psig/528˚F 59 barg/276˚C
609 psig/752˚F 42 barg/400˚C
TMA 752˚F/0-609 psig 400˚C/0-42 barg T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S

Steam main drainage, tracer lines, process
CA PAC I T I E S equipment, outdoor installations subject to freezing.
Differential Pressure bar
1 2 3 4 5 8 10 20 30 40
4000 2000
3000
2000
1000
800
600 No. Part Material
500
1000 400 1 Body Stainless Steel (w/ENP) ASTM A743 GrCA40F
800
300 2 Cap Stainless Steel AISI 416
600
200 3 Disc Stainless Steel AISI 420
400
5 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel (.031 Perf) AISI 304
300 100
6 Strainer Cap Stainless Steel AISI 416
200 80
60 7 Insulcap (optional) Aluminum
50 8 Blowdown Cap Stainless Steel ASTM A 582 416
100 40
9 Blowdown Screw Stainless Steel ASTM A 276 431
80 30
10 Blowdown Valve Stainless Steel AISI 440 B
20 30 40 60 100 200 300 400 600
Differential Pressure psi
INICIO

TD42
DIMENSIONS ( NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
withdrawal distance
for cap
TD42L, TD42H
Size A B C D E F G H Weight lb/kg B withdrawal distance
TD42L TD42H
G H for Insulcap
E
1/2" 1.6 3.1 2.2 3.4 1.6 2.3 2.3 1.5 1.6 1.7
41 78 55 85 41 57 57 38 0.7 0.8
3/4" 1.7 3.5 2.4 3.9 0.8 2.4 2.3 1.5 1.9 2.2
44 90 60 100 20 60 57 38 0.9 1 F
A
1" 1.9 3.7 2.6 3.9 0.8 2.5 2.3 1.5 2.4 –
48 95 65 100 20 64 57 38 1.1 –
with Blowdown Valve withdrawal

distance for
1/2" 1.6 3.1 2.8 4.0 1.6 2.3 2.3 1.5 2.2 2.3 C screen. (Also
41 78 71 103 41 57 57 38 1.0 1.1 D
applies to trap
with blowdown
3/4" 1.7 3.5 3.1 4.4 0.8 2.4 2.3 1.5 2.65 2.75 valve.)
44 90 80 113 20 60 57 38 1.2 1.25
1" 1.9 3.7 3.3 4.5 0.8 2.5 2.3 1.5 3.85 –
48 95 85 115 20 64 57 38 1.75 –
S PA R E PA RT S
Options
Blowdown Valve – When the blowdown valve is opened, loose material
collected by the strainer is blown to atmosphere. Because a wrench is used
C
to open the valve, the operator is clear of the blowdown stream. A locked set
screw prevents the valve from disengaging from the blowdown cap.
Insulcap – The insulcap is a friction-fit cover designed to reduce the effect

of excessive heat loss resulting from low ambient temperatures, wind, rain,
etc. Available as a spare part.
A
Steam trap shall be stainless steel thermodynamic type, integral seat design
with hardened disc and seating surfaces, and oxidation resistant (ENP)
finish. Trap to contain inlet Y strainer, and when required, shall be provided
with integral blowdown valve and insulating cover.
Installation
The trap will operate in any position, but the preferred installation is in a B
horizontal pipe. Full-port isolating valves should be installed upstream and
downstream of the trap.
Maintenance D
Although occasional operation of the optional blowdown valve will remove
most of the accumulated debris, the trap should be disassembled
periodically for cleaning of the strainer screen and inspection and cleaning
of the disc and seat.
Disc (pkt of 3) A
The only wearing parts of the trap are the disc and seat ring. A worn disc
can be replaced, and slight seat ring wear can often be corrected by Strainer Screen B
resurfacing on a lapping plate. Insulcap C
Blowdown Valve D
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in an IMI
Sheet, available upon request.
Available spare parts are shown in heavy outline.
TIS 2.502 US 08.99

INICIO

TD45
9
The Thermo-Dynamic®
Model ➪ TD45 7
steam trap cycles 10 7
3
periodically to discharge PMO 650 psig 6
condensate very near to 5
2
steam temperature. It is Sizes 1/2", 3/4" 1
unaffected by Connections ANSI 600 RF
waterhammer or
stainless steel 8
superheat. An insulating Construction chromium steel
cap minimizes the effect
of ambient conditions. Options ANSI 300 RF
5
4
7
C A PAC I T I E S
1 2 3 4 5 8 10 20 30 45 LI M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S
400
800 Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 650 psig (45 barg)
700 300 Max. Operating Temperature 842˚F (450˚C) at all operating pressures
600
Minimum pressure for satisfactory operation is 20 psi, 1.4 bar.
500 Maximum back pressure should not exceed 80% of the inlet pressure under any conditions of
200 operation, otherwise the trap may not shut.
400
300 PMA 914 psig/up to 248˚F 63 barg/up to120˚C
100 750 psig/750˚F 52 barg/399˚C
200 652 psig/842˚F 45 barg/450˚C
80
TMA 842˚F/0-652 psig 450˚C/0-45 barg
60
50
20 30 40 60 80 100 200 400 600 C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
Differential Pressure psi No. Part Material
1* Body Stainless Steel ASTM A743 CF16 Fa
2* Seat Chromium Steel BS 4659 Gr BD2
3 Top Cover Stainless Steel ASTM A743 CF16 Fa
4 Bottom Cover Stainless Steel ASTM A743 CF16 Fa
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S 5 Cover Gasket Metaflex Type E
Steam main drainage, small process Stainless Steel w/ Graphite Fill
equipment,superheated steam applications. 6 Disc Chromium Steel BS 4659 Gr BD2
7 Cover Studs Steel BS 1506 621B (B7A)
Cover Nuts Steel M10 x 35 mm BS 1506 162 (2H)
8 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel 3/64 Perf AISI304
9 Insulcap (standard) Stainless Steel AISI 304
10 Clip Stainless Steel AISI 302
* Note: item 2 (seat) is vacuum brazed into item 1 (body).
INICIO

TD45
C
withdrawal S PA R E PA RT S
distance
H
A
E
D
E
G
B
A
C
D
ANSI
600
Size A B C E G H Weight
1/2" 4.4 5.9 3.6 2.7 2.0 2.0 13.0 lb

122 150 91 69 51 52 5.9 kg
3/4" 4.4 5.9 3.6 2.7 2.0 2.0 16.0 lb

122 150 91 69 51 52 7.2 kg
Spirax Sarco TD45 thermodynamic steam trap, available in sizes 1/2" and
3/4", flanged ANSI 600 with stainless steel body/chromium steel seat and
B
disc. Trap is suitable for operation between 20 and 650 psig, contains
integral strainer and insulating cover.
C
The trap will operate in any position, but the preferred installation is in a
horizontal pipe. Full-port isolating valves should be installed upstream and
downstream of the trap. D
MAINTENANCE
Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line is required Disc (pkt of 3) A
before any servicing is performed. Strainer Screen B
The trap should be disassembled periodically for cleaning of the strainer Cover Gaskets (2 required) C
screen and inspection and cleaning of the disc and seat. Cover Studs & Nuts (Set of 8) D
Insulcap E
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in the
IMI Sheet, which accompanies the product. drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
TIS 2.508 US 03.94
INICIO

TD62
The Thermo-Dynamic® 5
steam trap cycles periodically Model ➪ TD62
to discharge condensate very
PMO 900 psig
near to steam temperature. It 8
is unaffected by waterhammer Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1"
2
or superheat. An insulating Connections SW to ANSI B16.11 Class 3000
6
cover minimizes the effect of
7
ambient conditions. Construction Alloy Steel
Options NPT Connections

ANSI 300 / ANSI 600 Flanged
1
10
Capacities 3
Differential Pressure bar Typical Applications

2 3 5 7 10 15 20 30 50 High pressure steam main drainage, small process
1000 equipment, superheated steam applications.
400
800
300 Limiting Conditions
600
250 Body design conditions ANSI 600
500 PMA — Max. allowable pressure 1500 psig 103 barg
200
400 TMA — Max. allowable temperature 977°F 525°C
Cold hydraulic test pressure 2250psig 155 barg
150
300 Minimum pressure for satisfactory operation is 20 psi, 1.4 bar.
Maximum back pressure should not exceed 80% of the inlet pressure
100 under any conditions of operation, otherwise the trap may not shut.
200
20 50 100 200 300 500 900 Note: Consult factory for TD62 flange pressure/temperature rating
Differential Pressure
No. Part Material
1 Body Alloy Steel ASTM A217 Gr WC6
2 Cover Alloy Steel ASTM A217 Gr WC6
3 Strainer Cap Alloy Steel ASTM A217 Gr WC6
4 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel ASTM A240 316L
5 Insulating Cover Aluminum BS 1470 1200 S1C H4
6 Disc Steel BS 4659 Gr BD2
7 Cover Studs Alloy Steel ASTM A193 GR B16
8 Cover Nuts Alloy Steel ASTM A194 GR BM
9 Cover Gasket Metaflex Type C with graphite filler and stainless steel
10 Cap Gasket Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite
INICIO

TD62
Socket Weld / NPT F withdrawal
Spare Parts
C
distance
Socket Weld / NPT Flanged
D
B
B
E withdrawal
distance
C
DIMENSIONS (nominal) in inches and millimeters E
Size A B C D E F Weight B
1/2", 3/4" 3.1 3.6 3.6 2.0 0.8 2.0 4.6 lb
79 92 92 51 20 51 2.1 kg
1" 3.3 3.9 3.6 1.8 0.8 2.0 5.3 lb
84 100 92 46 20 51 2.4 kg
withdrawal F C B
distance Flanged
D
B
D
Insulating Cover A
withdrawal B Cover Studs & Nuts B
distance E
Socket Weld & NPT: set of 4
Flanged: set of 8
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters Disc (pkt of 3) C
ANSI ANSI
600 300
Size A B1 B2 C D E F Weight Strainer Screen D
1/2" 3.2 5.8 5.3 5.7 3.6 1.6 1.2 18.7 lb Gaskets (Pkt of 3) E, F
82 147 135 146 92 40 30 8.5 kg
3/4" 3.2 5.9 5.4 5.7 3.6 1.6 1.2 18.7 lb
82 151 138 146 92 40 30 8.5 kg Maintenance
1" 3.2 6.3 5.8 6.1 3.6 1.6 1.2 20.0 lb This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping
82 160 147 156 92 40 30 9.1 kg
connections. Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return
line is required before any servicing is performed.
Sample Specification The trap should be disassembled periodically for cleaning of the strainer
Spirax Sarco TD62 ThermoDynamic® steam trap, available in sizes screen and inspection and cleaning of the disc and seat.
1/2", 3/4", and 1" socket weld connections to ANSI B16.11 Class Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in
3000 (or NPT or ANSI 300 or 600 flanged connections). Alloy steel the IMISheet, which accompanies the product.
construction, suitable for operation from 20 to 900 psig at a
maximum operating temperature of 842°F. An integral strainer and
insulating cover are standard.
We certify that the data as given
on this sheet are correct.
Installation
The trap will operate in any position, but the preferred installation is
in a horizontal pipe with the insulcap up. After 24 hours in service Signed:_______________________
the cover nuts should be checked for tightness and if necessary
torqued to 33-37 ft•lb. Full-port isolating valves should be installed Date:_________________________
upstream and downstream of the trap.
TIS 2.525 US 09.02
INICIO

TD120
The Thermo-Dynamic® Model ➪ TD 120

steam trap cycles PMO 3,625 psig
condensate very near to Sizes 1/2", 3/4" & 1"
steam temperature. It is
8
unaffected by Connections SW to ANSI B 16.11 Class 6000
3
waterhammer or
Construction Forged Alloy Steel
superheat. 2
6
Buttweld and 7
Options ANSI 1500 RF connections 1
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 3,625 psig (250 barg) 4

Max. Operating Temperature 972°F (522°C) at 3,625 psig (250 barg)
1022°F (550˚C) at operating pressures below 5
2,218 psig (153 barg)
Minimum pressure for satisfactory operation is 116 psi, 8 bar.
Maximum back pressure should not exceed 50% of the inlet pressure under any conditions of operation,
otherwise the trap may not shut.
PRESSURE SHELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S

PMA 3,625 psig/up to 972°F 250 barg/up to 522°C High pressure steam main drainage.
2,218 psig/1022°F 153 barg/550°C
TMA 1022°F/0-2,218 psig 550˚C/0-153 barg

Cold Hydraulic Test Pressure 5437 psig 375 barg
CA PAC I T I E S Differential Pressure bar
7 10 20 50 100 200 250
1,000
No. Part Material
1 Body Forged Alloy Steel ASTM A182 F22
2 Disc Steel ASTM A681 D-2
3 Top Cover Forged Alloy Steel ASTM A182 F22
100 4 Strainer Screen Assy. Sintered Stainless Steel AISI 304
5 Bottom Cover Forged Alloy Steel ASTM A182 F22
6 Seat Steel ASTM A681 D-2
7 Cover Gasket Spirally-wound Gasket
Stainless Steel Graphite
8 Cover Studs Alloy Steel ASTM A193 B16
Cover Nuts Alloy Steel ASTM A194 Gr4
M16 x 70 mm
10
100 300 500 700 1000 2000 3000 3625 Note: Item 6 (seat) is vacuum brazed into item 1 (body)
INICIO

TD120
F withdrawal distance S PA R E PA RT S
E
A
D
G
B E withdrawal
distance
D I M E N S I O N S (N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
Size Weight A
DN A B E F G
B
1/2" 3.1 6.2 2.2 2.0 3.1 23.1 lb

15 78 158 55 50 78 10.5 kg
3/4" 3.2 6.2 2.2 2.0 3.2 23.1 lb

20 80 158 55 50 80 10.5 kg
1" 3.2 6.2 2.2 2.0 3.2 23.1 lb

25 80 158 55 50 80 10.5 kg
B
D
Thermo-Dynamic® steam trap with socket weld connections to
ANSI B16.11 Class 6000. Constructed of alloy steel, suitable for
operation from 116 to 3,625 psig and containing integral strainer.
Install in a horizontal pipeline with the nameplate on top. After 24 hours in
service, the cover nuts should be checked for tightness. Full-port isolating
valves should be installed upstream and downstream of the trap.
E
MAINTENANCE
This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping connections. Set of Internals A, B, C
Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line is required Screen Assembly C
before any servicing is performed. Set of Cover Gaskets B
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning
Set of Cover Studs & Nuts (8) D, E
of the disc and seat.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI Available spare parts are shown in heavy outline. Parts
2.508. drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
The seat cannot be removed.
TIS 2.510 US 03.99
INICIO

UTD30L & UTD30H with Swivel Connector
9 11 3 2 1 12
The Thermo-Dynamic ® steam
trap cycles periodically to Model ➪ UTD30L & UTD30H
discharge condensate very near
PMO 450 psig
to steam temperature. It is
unaffected by waterhammer or Sizes 1/2", 3/4" & 1"
superheat. The UTD is a unique
solution to maintain the disc in Connections NPT
the horizontal plane by means Construction Stainless Steel

of a swivel connector. The trap
is easily replaced or removed Carbon Steel Connector 18
for servicing without disturbing Options SW connections
Insulcap, Blowdown Valve
the pipe connections.
8
7
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 450 psig (31 barg) 5 1/4"
NPT
Max. Operating Temperature 660˚F at 450 psig (349˚C at 31 barg) 6 13
752˚F (400˚C) at operating pressures
below 400 psig (28 barg)
Minimum Pressure for Satisfactory Operation is 3.5 psi, 0.24 barg.
Maximum Back Pressure should not exceed 80% of the upstream pressure.
PRESSURE SHELL DESIGN CONDITIONS

450 psig/460-750˚F 31 barg/238-400˚C
TMA 752˚F/0-450 psig 400˚C/0-31 barg

17

1 Body Stainless Steel (with ENP) ASTM A743 Gr CA 40F
2 Cap Stainless Steel AISI 416
18
5 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI304
7 Flange Alloy Steel ASTM A322 Gr 4130
8 Connector Stainless Steel ASTM A351 CF8
9 Connector Screw Steel ASTM A193 B7
10 Inner Gasket Stainless Steel & filler (non-asbestos) AISI 304 Strip T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
11 Outer Gasket Stainless Steel & filler (non-asbestos) AISI 304 Strip
12 Plug Stainless Steel ASTM A582 416 Steam main drainage and steam
13 Blowdown Plug Forged Steel ASTM A105 tracing.
14 Insulcap (optional) Aluminum
15 Blowdown Cap Stainless Steel ASTM A582 416
16 Blowdown Screw Stainless Steel ASTM A276 431
17 Blowdown Valve Stainless Steel AISI 440 B
18 Strainer Cap Gasket Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16
INICIO

UTD30L & UTD30H with Swivel Connector
Capacities DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
Differential Pressure bar Size Weight
0.7 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 A B C D J K L
4000 2000
1000
3000 1/2" 2.4 2.7 1.6 2.1 2.3 2.3 1.5 3.7 lb
61.5 69 40.5 55 57 57 38 1.7 kg
2000
3/4" 2.8 2.6 1.6 2.1 2.3 2.3 1.5 3.9 lb

1000
500 72 67 40.5 55 57 57 38 1.8 kg
400
300 1" 3.5 2.8 1.6 2.1 2.3 2.3 1.5 4.0 lb
500 90 70 40.5 55 57 57 38 1.8 kg
200
400
A K L
300
200 100
J
C
50
100 with optional
40
D blowdown
70 30 A valve
10 20 30 40 50 100 200 300 450 Dimension
Differential Pressure psi D=2.8"
B
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N OPTIONS
Steam trap shall be supplied with a pipeline connector which, once Blowdown Valve – When the blowdown valve is opened, loose
installed, remains in the line permanently. Trap shall be attached to material collected by the strainer is blown to atmosphere. Because a
the connector by two bolts to enable simple and rapid installation wrench is used to open the valve, the operator is clear of the blowdown
and replacement. The connection is designed to allow installation on stream. A locked set screw prevents the valve from disengaging from
pipework that is vertical, horizontal, or any angle in between. the blowdown cap.
The trap itself shall be thermodynamic disc type of stainless steel
Insulcap – The insulcap is a friction-fit cover designed to reduce the
construction and integral seat design with hardened disc and seating effect of excessive heat loss resulting from low ambient temperatures,
surface, and integral "Y" pattern strainer. Operation shall be on/off wind, rain, etc. Available as a spare part.
discharge with tight shut off and no bleed or "controlled" leak, with
back pressures up to 80% of inlet pressure. When specified, trap to
be provided with integral blowdown valve and/or insulcap for use D
outdoors. S PA R E PA RT S
I N S TA L L AT I O N A B C
E
The connector can be installed in horizontal or vertical lines. The
connector face must be in a vertical plane. The trap should be fitted
to the connector with its cap uppermost. Full-port isolating valves
should be installed upstream and downstream of the connector. F
G
MAINTENANCE
The trap can be removed for repair or replacement without disturbing
the connector piping connections. Complete isolation of the
Connector Screw & Gasket Set A, B, C
connector from both supply and return line is required before the trap
Insulcap D
is removed.
Packet of 3 discs E
The trap should be removed from the connector and disassembled
Strainer Screen F
periodically for cleaning of the strainer screen and inspection and
Strainer Cap Gasket G
cleaning of the disc and seat.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
the IMI sheet, which accompanies the product.
TIS 2.517 US 02.97
INICIO

UTD52L, UTD52H and UTD52L-HP with Swivel Connector
The Thermo-Dynamic® Standard Strainer Connector
steam trap cycles Model ➪ UTD52L, UTD52H and UTD52L-HP shown
periodically to discharge (Connector of choice sold separately)
condensate very near to PMO 450 psig / 600 psig HP Model
steam temperature. It is 9
unaffected by waterhammer Sizes 1/2", 3/4" & 1"
or superheat. The UTD is a
unique solution to maintain Connections NPT
the disc in the horizontal
plane by means of a swivel Construction Stainless Steel
connector. The trap is
easily replaced or removed Options SW connections to ANSI B16.11
for servicing without Carbon Steel Connector
disturbing the pipe 10
Left HandedConnector
connections. 600 psig connector for UTD52L-HP

Max. Operating Pressure 450 psig (31 barg) Standard 11
(PMO) 600 psig (42 barg) UTD52L-HP 14
12
Max. Operating Temperature 750˚F (400˚C) 2
Minimum pressure for satisfactory operation is 3.5 psig, 0.24 barg. 6 3

13
Maximum back pressure should not exceed 80% of the upstream pressure 5
Pressure Shell Design Conditions Optional

Blowdown
PMA 720 psig/up to 100˚F 50 barg/up to 38˚C - ALL Valve
450 psig/750˚F 31 barg/238-400˚C - Standard
600 psig/750°F 42 barg/400°C - UD52L-HP
TMA 750˚F/0-450 psig 400˚C/0-31 barg - Standard

1
Max. allowable temperature 750°F/600 psig 400°C/42 barg - UTD52L-HP
7 4
Typical Applications Steam main drainage, Note: Left Hand Strainer Connector
and steam tracing and constant pressure/constant load application. 8
Style is mirror image.
Capacities Differential Pressure bar

0.7 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 No. Part Material
4000 1 Body Stainless Steel ASTM A743 Gr.CA40F
3000
3000
2 Cap Stainless Steel ASTM A743 Gr.CA40F
1000
3 Disc Stainless Steel AISI420
2000
4 Flange Steel (Nickel Plated) ASTM A322 Gr.4130
5 Inner Gasket Stainless Steel AISI 304 Strip
1000
500 & Exfoliated Graphite Filler
400 6 Outer Gasket Stainless Steel AISI 304 Strip
300
& Exfoliated Graphite Filler
500 8 Connector Screws Alloy Steel (Plated) ASTM A193 Gr.B7
400
200
Standard Connector
300
7 Connector Stainless Steel ASTM A351 Gr.CF8
Strainer Connector
100
200 9 Connector Stainless Steel ASTM A351 Gr.CF8
10 Strainer Screen Strainer Screen (.031 perf) AISI 304
50
100
40
12 Blowdown Cap Stainless Steel ASTM A582 416
30
30
13 Blowdown Screw Stainless Steel ASTM A276 431
10 20 30 40 50 100 200 300 450 600 14 Blowdown Valve Stainless Steel AISI 440B
Differential Pressure psi * Consult factory for material specifications in carbon steel connectors.
INICIO

UTD52L, UTD52H and UTD52-L-HP with Swivel Connector
J
K Size Standard Straight Connector Weight
C A B (L) B(H) C (L) C (H) D E F (L) F (H) J(L) J(H) K(L) K(H)
1/2" 2.4 2.7 3.0 2 2.1 0.7 2.6 3.3 3.8 2.3 2.7 0.4 0.5 3.3 lb
61 69 76.2 50.8 53.3 17.8 66 84 97 58.4 68.6 10.2 12.7 1.5 kg
A
3/4" 2.9 2.7 3.0 2 2.1 0.7 2.6 3.3 3.8 2.3 2.7 0.4 0.5 3.3 lb
D
74 69 76.2 50.8 53.3 17.8 66 84 97 58.4 68.6 10.2 12.7 1.5 kg
1" 3.6 2.7 3.0 2 2.1 0.7 2.6 3.4 3.8 2.3 2.7 0.4 0.5 3.7 lb
E B 90.4 69 76.2 50.8 53.3 17.8 66 86.4 97 58.4 68.6 10.2 12.7 1.7 kg
F
A
K
C Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters
Size Standard and Left Hand Connector Weight
A B (L) B (H) C(L) C (H) D E F(L) F(H) J(L) J(H) K(L) K(H)
1/2" 3.2 2.7 3.0 1.6 1.7 2.9 2.3 3.3 3.8 2.3 2.7 0.4 0.5 3.8 lb
81.3 69 76.2 40.6 43.2 73.7 58.4 84 97 58.4 68.6 10.2 12.7 1.7 kg
D 3/4" 3.5 2.7 3.0 1.4 1.5 3 2.5 3.3 3.8 2.3 2.7 0.4 0.5 4.2 lb
Standard 88.9 69 76.2 35.6 38.1 76.2 63.5 84 97 58.4 68.6 10.2 12.7 1.5 kg
Strainer 1" 3.9 2.7 3.0 1.2 1.3 3.1 2.7 3.4 3.8 2.3 2.7 0.4 0.5 4.5 lb
Connector 99.1 69 76.2 30 33 78.7 68.6 86.4 97 58.4 68.6 10.2 12.7 2.0 kg
B
Shown F
E
Steam trap shall be supplied with a pipeline connector which,
once installed, remains in the line permanently. Trap shall be Spare Parts
attached to the connector by two bolts to enable simple and
rapid installation and replacement. The connection is designed A
to allow installation on pipework that is vertical, horizontal, or
any angle in between. Operation shall be on/off discharge with
tight shut off and no bleed or “controlled” leak, with back
pressures up to 80% of inlet pressure. When specified, the E
connector shall be provided with integral “Y” pattern strainer with or
without integral blowdown valve, standard or left hand pattern. The trap
itself shall be Thermo-Dynamic® disc type of stainless steel construction
and integral seat design with hardened disc and seating surface. D
Determining whether you need Standard Strainer

Connector or Left Hand — Because of location or space
constraints, when straddling the pipe facing in the direction of
flow the standard strainer connector wih the trap body facing the B
C
left side with bolt on the right. The left hand connector will have
the trap body on right with the bolts on the left.
Installation
The connector can be installed in horizontal or vertical lines. The
connector face must be in a vertical plane. The trap should be
fitted to the connector with its cap uppermost. Full-port isolating
valves should be installed upstream and downstream of the
connector.
Maintenance
The trap can be removed for repair or replacement without
disturbing the connector piping connections. Complete isolation
of the connector from both supply and return line is required Connector Screw
G & Gasket Set A, B, C
before the trap is removed. The trap should be removed from
the connector and disassembled periodically for inspection and Disc D
cleaning of the disc and seat. Complete installation and Cap E
maintenance instructions are given in the IMI 2.5161, which
accompanies the product. Strainer Screen G
Blowdown Valve H
on this sheet are correct. Available spare parts are shown in
heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line
H
Signed:_______________________
Date:_________________________ TIS 2.5161 US 12.01
Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd, Blythewood, SC 29016 Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX: (803) 714-2200
INICIO

BTD52L
The BTD52L Thermo- Typical Applications
Model ➪ BTD52L
Dynamic® Steam Trap In the biotechnology, pharmaceutical, fine chemical, food,
is constructed entirely dairy and beverage industries: main drip service, WFI sys-
PMO 150 psig
of 316Lstainless steel tem sterilization, and drainage of steam filter housing and
and is suitable for Sizes 1/4", 3/8" & 1/2" separators.
aggressive condensate
often found in clean NPT, 0.065" O.D. Tube (1/2" only)
Connections
steam systems using Tri-Clamp® * compatible (1/2" only)
deionized water.
Condensate and air are Construction 316LStainless Steel
discharged at saturated 2
Options BSPconnections
steam temperature
Insulcap 3
without the need for a
water seal. * A registered trademark of Tri-Clover Inc.

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 150psig (10 barg) 1
Minimum pressure for satisfactory operation is 3.5 psi (0.24 bar)
Maximum back pressure should not exceed 80% of the inlet pressure under
any conditions of operation, otherwise the trap may not shut.
Max. Operating Temperature 850˚F(454˚C)
at all operating pressures

PMA 230 psig/0-850˚F 16 barg/0-454˚C
TMA 850˚F/0-230 psig 454˚C/0-16 barg

Capacities
Differential Pressure, barg
0.5 1 2 3 5 7
500 200
400
300
100
200
150
50
100
No. Part Material

1 Body Stainless Steel AISI 316L
50 2 Cap Stainless Steel AISI 316L
20
40 3 Disc Stainless Steel AISI 316L
Insulcap (optional) Stainless Steel AISI 304
30
10
20
Material Certification
Actual mill test reports covering the O.D. tube and Tri-Clamp® body and
cap material are available if specified at the time of ordering.
10
3 5 10 20 50 100 150
Differential Pressure, psig
INICIO

BTD52L
Dimensions
Size A B C C C D Weight Weight Weight
Tube Screwed Tri-Clamp Tube Tube Screwed Tri-Clamp
1/4" 1.4 2.1 – 2.6 – – – 1 lb –
36 53 – 65 – – – .45 kg – B
3/8" 1.4 2.1 – 2.6 – – – 1 lb –

36 53 – 65 – – – .45 kg –
1/2" 1.4 2.1 4.4 2.6 2.6 1.5 1 lb 1 lb 1.2 lb A

36 53 111 65 65 40 .45 kg .45 kg .55 kg
Insulcap
C C C
Tube Connections NPTConnections Tri-Clamp Connections
Options
Insulcap – The insulcap is a friction-fit cover designed to Spare Parts
reduce the effect of excessive heat loss resulting from low
ambient temperatures, wind, rain, etc. Available as a spare
part.
4
Steam trap shall be all ANSI 316Lstainless steel thermody-
namic disc type with connections on a common center line
which can be installed in any position. Integral seat design.
Shall not require any water seal for normal operation. Spirax
Sarco type BTD52L for all pressures between 3.5 psig
(0.24 barg), and 150 psig (10 barg).
Installation
Preferably install in a horizontal line as close as possible to
equipment or pipeline being drained. For freeze proof or self- 3
draining installations, or where horizontal fitting is not possible,
the BTD52L may be installed vertically. Full-flow isolating
valves should be installed upstream and downstream of the
trap.
Maintenance
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection
and cleaning of the disc and seat.
The only wearing parts of the trap are the disc and seat rings, Disc 3
which should be inspected and cleaned periodically. Slight Insulcap 4
wear can often be corrected by resurfacing on a lapping plate.
Only parts listed above are available as spares
given in the IMI sheet, which accompanies the product.
TIS 2.518 US 03.02
INICIO
Cast Iron Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps

FT-15, FT-30, FT-75, FT-125
The trap contains a

Model ➪ FT-15 FT-30 FT-75 FT-125
float valve mechanism
which modulates to PMO 15 psig 30 psig 75 psig 125 psig Typical Applications
discharge condensate All process equipment, particularly when
continuously at steam Sizes 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2" controlled by modulating temperature
temperature, while non- control valves; unit heaters, air heating
condensible gases are Connections NPT coils, heat exchangers and steam main drip
released by a separate stations.
Cast Iron Body & Cover
internal balanced Stainless Steel Internals
Construction
pressure thermostatic
air vent.
Options Gauge Glass For Capacities,
See TIS 2.317
All 1-1/2", 2"

4 9
1-1/4" FT-75, FT-125
2 4 3 9
All 3/4", 1"
1-1/4" FT-15, FT-30
1
7
8,18
5
15
6
16
17
2 3 6 5 18 16 7
8 1
Limiting Operating Conditions Construction Materials

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) FT-15: 15 psig (1.0 barg) No. Part Material
FT-30: 30 psig (2.1 barg) 1 Body Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B
FT-75: 75 psig (5.2 barg) 2 Cover Screws Carbon Steel ASTM A449
FT-125: 125 psig (8.6 barg) 3 Cover Gasket Graphite
4 Cover Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B
Max. Operating Temperature 45˚F (25˚C) of superheat 5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel Type 420F
at all operating pressures 6 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel Type 302
7 Ball Float Stainless Steel Type 304
Pressure Shell Design Conditions 8 Float Arm Stainless Steel AISI 301/302/304
9 Air Vent Assembly Stainless Steel
Max. allowable pressure Air Vent Head Stainless Steel Type 440 GR B
Air Vent Seat Stainless Steel Type 303
TMA 450˚F/0-125 psig 232˚C/0-9 barg 15 Seat Bracket Stainless Steel AISI 301/302/304
16 Pivot Pins Stainless Steel Type 302 or 303
17 Head Bracket, Stop, LinkStainless Steel Type 301
18 Valve Head Stainless Steel Type 440 Gr.C
INICIO

FT-15, FT-30, FT-75, FT-125
All 3/4", 1"
G A
1-1/4" FT-15, FT-30
D
F
Dimensions
C E
Size A B C D E E1 F G Weight
3/4", 1" 6.2 4.6 3.3 3 5.75 – 1.3 0.3 9 lb

3/8" NPT Drain
157 117 84 77 146 – 33 7.9 4.1 kg
B
1-1/4"* 1-1/2"8.5 4.25 3 0.7 – 8.4 3.5 – 18 lb
D A 216 108 76 17 – 213 89 – 8.2 kg
F 2" 9.8 4.9 4.9 0.12 9.1 – 1.9 – 26 lb

249 124 124 3 230 – 49 – 11.8 kg
*1-1/4" 6.2 4.7 3 2.8 5.75 – 1.5 0.3 9.3 lb

C E E1 FT-15, FT-30 157 119 76 72 146 – 38 7.9 4.2 kg
All 1-1/2", 2"

1-1/4" FT-75, FT-125
B 3/8" NPT Drain
Steam traps shall be of the mechanical ball float type Spare Parts
having cast iron bodies, NPT connections, and all stainless
steel internals. Incorporated into the trap body shall be a
All 3/4", 1"
stainless steel balanced pressure thermostatic air vent 1-1/4" FT-15, FT-30 N
capable of withstanding 45˚F(25˚C) of superheat and J M H L
resisting waterhammer without sustaining damage.
Internals of the trap shall be completely servicable without
disturbing the piping.
Installation
A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any steam A C
D E F G
trap. Full port isolating valves should be placed to permit
servicing. The trap should be installed below the drainage P B
point of the equipment with a collecting leg before the trap,
in a position so that the float arm is in a horizontal plane so
that the float rises and falls vertically, and with the direction
of flow as indicated on the body. Refer to IMI 2.300 for
complete instructions.
A
Maintenance D
E
This product can be maintained without disturbing the F P B
piping connections. Complete isolation from both supply All 1-1/2", 2"
1-1/4" FT-75, FT-125
and return line is required before any servicing is
performed.
and cleaning of the valve head and seat, operating Gasket Kit (3 of each) B, E
mechanism and air vent. Air Vent Kit H, J, L, M, N
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a
complete valve mechanism assembly and/or air vent Valve Mechanism C, D, E, F, (G)
assembly. Kit (less float)
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are Float Kit P
given in IMI 2.300, which accompanies the product. Replacement Module A, C, B, D, E, F, G, H, J, L, M, N, P
3/4", 1", 1-1/4" FT-15 only (Assembled)
TIS 2.313 US 06.00

INICIO

FT-150, FT-200
The trap contains a
float valve Model ➪ FT-150 FT-200
mechanism which
modulates to PMO 150 psig 200 psig
discharge condensate 16 4 9 18 1
continuously at Sizes 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2"

steam temperature,
Connections NPT
while non-
condensible gases Cast Iron Body &Cover
Construction
are released by a Stainless Steel Internals
separate internal
balanced pressure Option Gauge Glass
thermostatic air vent.
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) FT-150: 150 psig (10.3 barg)
FT-200: 200 psig (13.8 barg)
Max. Operating Temperature 45˚F (25˚C) of Superheat at

all operating pressures
P RESSURE SHELL DESIGN CONDITIONS

PMA 200 psig/up to 450˚F 13.8 barg/up to 232˚C 6 2 3 15 7 5 17 8
TMA 450˚F/0-200 psig 232˚C/0-13.8 barg

No. Part Material
1 Body Cast Iron ASTMA126 CL B
2 Cover Screws Carbon Steel ASTM A449
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S 4 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA126 CL B
All process equipment, particularly when 5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel Type 303
controlled by modulating temperature 6 Main Valve Assy Gasket Graphite
control valves, unit heaters, air heating 7 Main Valve Assy Screws Copper Alloy Everdur 1015
coils, heat exchangers and steam main 8 Ball Float Stainless Steel Type 304
drip stations
Air Vent Head Stainless Steel Type 440 GR B
Air Vent Seat Stainless Steel Type 303
15 Main Valve Assy Housing Cast Red Brass ASTMB62 (85-5-5-5)
16 Pivot Pin Stainless Steel Type 303
17 Valve Head Stainless Steel Type 303
For C A P A C I T I E S , see TIS 2.317. 18 Float Arm Forged Brass (3/4", 1") ASTM B124 Alloy 377
Cast Red Brass (1-1/4", 1-1/2") ASTMB62 (85-5-5-5)
INICIO
Iron Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps

FT-150, FT-200
D
F DIMENSIONS
C Size A B C D E F Weight
E
3/4", 1" 8.5 3.9 2.6 0.4 6.9 1.8 15 lb
216 100 65 9 175 46 6.8 kg
1-1/4", 1-1/2" 10.75 5.75 3 0.6 9.1 2.5 30 lb
273 146 76 14 232 64 13.6 kg
A
B
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N MAINTENANCE
Steam traps shall be of the mechanical ball float type having cast iron bodies, NPT This product can be maintained without disturbing the
connections, and stainless steel valve heads and seats. Incorporated into the trap body piping connections. Complete isolation from both supply
shall be a stainless steel balanced pressure thermostatic air vent capable of withstanding and return line is required before any servicing is
45˚F (25˚C) of superheat and resisting waterhammer without sustaining damage. Internals performed.
of the trap shall be completely servicable without disturbing the piping. The trap should be disassembled periodically for
inspection and cleaning of the valve head and seat,
operating mechanism and air vent.
I N S TA L L AT I O N Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a
A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any steam trap. Full port isolating valves complete valve mechanism assembly and/or air vent
should be placed to permit servicing. The trap should be installed below the drainage assembly.
point of the equipment with a collecting leg before the trap, in a position so that the float Complete installation and maintenance instructions
arm is in a horizontal plane and the float rises and falls vertically, with the flow direction are given in IMI 2.300, which accompanies the
as indicated on the cover. Refer to IMI 2.300 for complete instructions. product.
S PA R E PA RT S
N
J
M
H L
A F D E P
Valve Mechanism
Assembly
Gasket Kit (3 of each) B, F
Air Vent Kit H, J, L, M, N
Valve Mechanism D, E, F B
Kit (less float)
Float Kit P
TIS 2.314 US 03.94
INICIO

FTI-15, FTI-30, FTI-75, FTI-125, FTI-200
The Spirax Sarco FTI

contains a float valve
mechanism which T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
modulates to Model ➪ FTI-15 FTI-30 FTI-75 FTI-125 FTI-200 Air heating coils, heat exchangers,
discharge condensate
steam main drip stations; small process
continuously at steam PMO 15 psig 30 psig 75 psig 125 psig 200 psig
equipment, particularly when controlled by
temperature while a modulating temperature control valve;
non-condensible Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1" replacement of less efficient inverted
gases are released by bucket traps on unit heating equipment.
a separate internal Connections NPT
balanced pressure
Cast Iron Body &Cover
The in-line piping Construction Stainless Steel Internals
connections simplify
installation.
2 3 9 1
4.8"
122 mm 3.3
2.7 84
69
5.8
147
4.8
122
6.5
165
WEIGHT: 11.3 lb
5 kg
4 5 15 16 8 7
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) FTI-15: 15 psig (1.0 barg) C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
FTI-30: 30 psig (2.1 barg) No. Part Material
FTI-75: 75 psig (5.2 barg) 1 Body Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B
FTI-125: 125 psig(8.6 barg)
FTI-200: 200 psig(13.8 barg) 2 Cover Screws Carbon Steel ASTM A449
Max. Operating Temperature 45˚F (25˚C) of superheat at 4 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA126 CL B
all operating pressures 5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel Type 420F
PRESSURE SHELL D ESIGN CONDITIONS 8 Float Arm Stainless Steel AISI 301/302/304
PMA 200 psig/up to 450˚F 13.8 barg/up to 232˚C
Max. allowable pressure Air Vent Seat Stainless Steel Type 303
15 Seat Bracket Stainless Steel AISI 301/302/304
TMA 450˚F/0-200 psig 232˚C/0-13.8 barg 16 Pivot Pins Stainless Steel Type 302 or 303
INICIO

FTI-15, FTI-30, FTI-75, FTI-125, FTI-200
C A PAC I T I E S I N L B/ H H O T C O N D E N S A T E
Differential
Steam traps shall be of the mechanical ball float type having cast iron bodies,
Pressure FTI-15 FTI-30 FTI-75 FTI-125 FTI-200 NPT horizontal in-line connections, and all stainless steel internals. Incorporated
psi
bar 1/2", 3/4", 1" 1/2", 3/4", 1" 1/2", 3/4", 1" 1/2", 3/4", 1" 1/2", 3/4", 1" into the trap body shall be a stainless steel balanced pressure thermostatic air
1/4 279 279 160 100 50
.01 vent capable of withstanding 45˚F(25˚C) of superheat and resisting
1/2 369 369 213 135 75 waterhammer without sustaining damage. Internals of the trap shall be
.035
1 completely servicable without disturbing the piping.
489 489 280 175 115
.07
2
.14
650 650 365 230 180 I N S TA L L AT I O N
5 785 785 520 330 230 A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any steam trap. Full-port
.35
10 isolating valves should be placed to permit servicing. The trap should be
1000 1000 700 415 305
.69 installed below the drainage point of the equipment with a collecting leg before
15 1075 1075 795 500 365
1.0 the trap, in a position so that the float arm is in a horizontal plane and the float
20 1210 875 565 415 rises and falls vertically with the flow direction as indicated on the body. Refer
1.4
30 1370 970 665 495
to the IMI which accompanies the product for complete instructions.
2.1
40 1120 750 530
2.8
50 1230 830 575
MAINTENANCE
3.5
75
1450 970 680
5.2 Complete isolation from both supply and return line is required before any
100 1110 750 servicing is performed.
6.9
125 1190 820 The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning of the
8.6
150
valve head and seat, operating mechanism and air vent.
895
10.3 Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete valve mechanism
175
12.0
930 assembly and/or air vent assembly.
200 985 Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in the IMI,
13.8
which accompanies the product.
For kg/h, multiply by .454
S PA R E PA RT S
N
J
M
H L
D
D
E
F
G
P
Gasket Kit (3 of each) B, E B

Valve Mechanism D, E, F, G
Kit (less float)
Float Kit P
TIS 2.321 US 04.95
INICIO

FTB Super Capacity Series
The trap contains a All process heat exchange equipment, particularly
Model ➪ FTB-20 FTB-30 FTB-125 FTB-175
float valve when controlled by modulating temperature control
valves; unit heaters and air heating coils.
mechanism which PMO 20 psig 30 psig 125 psig 175 psig
2" FTB-20
modulates to
4
Sizes 2" 2" 2-1/2" 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2"
9
continuously at Connections NPT
steam temperature.
Cast Iron Body
Non-condensible Construction Stainless Steel 1
gases are released by Internals 19
a separate internal 8
balanced pressure Gauge glass 18

Options
Bimetal air vent for superheat
2 3
516
17
C ONSTRUCTION M ATERIALS 1-1/2", 2"

4 FTB-175
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B 9
2 Cover Screws Carbon Steel Grade 5
4 Cover Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B 1
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel Type 303 18
6 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel (FTB-20) Type 302 8
Valve Assembly Gasket Graphite
7 Main Valve Stainless Steel
Assembly Screws ASTM A193 Grade B8 2 3 16
6 7
8 Ball Float Stainless Steel Type 304 17 15 5
Air Vent Seat Stainless Steel Type 303 4
15 Main Valve Assy Housing Stainless Steel ASTM A743 CF8M 9

17 Valve Head Stainless Steel (FTB-20, 175) Type 303 2" FTB-30
ASTM A351GR. CF-8M 2-1/2" FTB-125
2-1/2" FTB-175 1
Cast Stainless Steel (FTB-30, 125)
18
18 Float Arm Stainless Steel Type 301 8
19 Seat Bracket Stainless Steel (FTB-20) Type 304
Head Bracket, Stop, Link Stainless Steel (FTB-20) Type 301
F OR CAPACITIES , SEE TIS 2.317 2

3 6
16
7 15 17
5
L IMITING O PERATING C ONDITIONS P RESSURE S HELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) FTB-20: 20 psig
FTB-30: 30 psig
(1.4 barg)
(2.1 barg)
PMA
FTB-125
FTB-175 } 175 psig/up to 450˚F 12.1 barg/up to 232˚C
FTB-30 } 125 psig/up to 450˚F

FTB-125:125 psig (8.6 barg) FTB-20 8.6 barg/up to 232˚C
FTB-175:175 psig (12.1 barg)
TMA
FTB-175 }
FTB-125 450° F/0-175 psig 232°C/0-12.1 barg
Max. Operating Temperature 45˚F (25˚C) of Superheat at all
Max. allowable temp.
operating pressures
FTB-30 } 450° F/0-125 psig

FTB-20 232°C/0-8.6 barg
INICIO

D
D IMENSIONS
F 2" FTB-20 ( NOMINAL ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
Type & Size A B C D E F Weight

C E FTB-20 12.2 5.9 4.5 0.5 10.7 3 43 lb
D 2" 309 149 114 13 271 76 19.5 kg
FTB-30 15.25 9.25 7.25 1.4 15.6 3.75 89 lb
2" 387 235 184 35 397 95 40.4 kg
A
B FTB-125 15.6 9.25 7.25 1.4 15.6 3.75 90 lb
2-1/2" 390 235 184 35 397 95 40.8 kg
D
FTB-175 8.8 4.25 3 0.68 8.3 2.5 22 lb
F 1-1/2" 224 108 76 17 211 64 10.0 kg
1-1/2"FTB-175
FTB-175 12.1 5.9 4.5 0.5 11.8 4 48 lb
C E
2" 306 149 114 13 300 102 21.8 kg
FTB-175 15.4 9.25 7.25 1.4 15.6 3.75 90 lb
2-1/2" 390 235 184 35 397 95 40.8 kg
B A
D
D F
F 2"FTB-175
C
E
C E
B A
A
B 2" FTB-30, 2-1/2" FTB-125 & 175
I NSTALLATION S AMPLE S PECIFICATION

A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any steam trap. Steam traps shall be of the mechanical float type having cast iron bodies,
Full-port isolating valves should be placed to permit servicing. NPT connections, and stainless steel valve heads and seats. Incorporated
The trap should be installed below the drainage point of the into the trap body shall be a stainless steel balanced pressure thermostatic
equipment with a collecting leg before the trap, in a position with air vent capable of withstanding 45˚F(25˚C) of superheat and resisting
the float arm in a horizontal plane so that the float rises and falls waterhammer without sustaining damage. Internals of the trap shall be
vertically, and with the direction of flow as indicated on the completely servicable without disturbing the piping.
cover. Refer to IMI 2.300 for complete instructions.
M AINTENANCE
This product can be Air V
ent A
N ssem
maintained without disturbing J M bly
H L
the piping connections.
Complete isolation from both
supply and return line is 2” FTB-20
Valve Mechanism
required before any servicing Assembly
is performed.
The trap should be
disassembled periodically for
inspection and cleaning of the D
valve head and seat, and E
F
operating mechanism. A F
Valv ED
Worn or damaged parts should eM
Asseechanism P
be replaced using a complete mbly B
valve mechanism assembly S PARE PAR TS
and/or air vent assembly.
Gasket Kit (3 of each) B, E (F)

Complete installation and
maintenance instructions are
given in IMI 2.300, which Valve Mechanism D, E, F
accompanies the product. Kit (less float)
Float P
TIS 2.315 US 11.99
INICIO

FT, FTI and FTB Capacities
CA PAC I T I E S IN LB/H HOT CONDENSATE
Differential
Pressure FT, FTI-15 * FT, FTI-30 * FT, FTI-75 * FT, FTI-125 * FTI-200
psi 1/2",3/4",1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 1/2", 3/4", 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 1/2", 3/4", 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 1/2", 3/4", 1" 1-1/4"1-1/2" 2" 1/2", 3/4", 1"
bar
1/4 279 600 1100 2300 279 375 1000 1300 160 550 550 850 100 400 400 550 50
.017
1/2 369 770 1700 2800 369 500 1300 1800 213 725 725 1100 135 520 520 675 75
.035
1 489 980 2400 3600 489 690 1700 2500 280 960 960 1500 175 680 680 880 115
.07
2 650 1240 3300 4650 650 910 2300 3400 365 1300 1300 2000 230 890 890 1225 180
.14
5 785 1640 5000 6900 785 1200 3400 5200 520 1900 1900 3100 330 1300 1300 1950 230
.35
10 1000 2000 6600 9000 1000 1500 4600 6800 700 2650 2650 4150 415 1700 1700 2600 305
.69
15 1075 2340 7600 10900 1075 1680 5500 7800 795 3050 3050 4750 500 2050 2050 3000 365
1.0
20 1210 1800 6000 8600 875 3400 3400 5200 565 2300 2300 3250 415
1.4
30 1370 2000 7000 10000 970 4000 4000 5800 665 2700 2700 3800 495
2.1
40 1120 4400 4400 6400 750 3000 3000 4200 530
2.8
50 1230 4750 4750 6800 830 3200 3200 4600 575
3.5
75 1450 5400 5400 7700 970 3800 3800 5500 680
5.2
100 1110 4200 4200 6100 750
6.9
125 1190 4500 4500 6600 820
8.6
150 895
10.3
175 930
12.0
200 985
13.8
ORIFICE DIAMETER
in .218 .312 .500 .625 .218 .228 .390 .500 .166 .312 .312 .421 .125 .246 .246 .332 .100
mm 5.54 7.92 12.7 15.9 5.54 5.79 9.91 12.7 4.22 7.92 7.92 10.69 3.18 6.25 6.25 8.43 2.54
* FT: 3/4" to 2"

FTI: 1/2", 3/4", 1"
INICIO

FT, FTI and FTB Capacities
CA PAC I T I E S IN LB/ H HOT CONDENSATE
Differential
Pressure FT-150 FT-200 FTB-20 FTB-30 FTB-125 FTB-175
psi 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
bar
1/4 170 170 275 275 120 120 250 250 6000 12000 19000 920 2600 7000
.017
1/2 235 235 360 360 160 160 335 335 7500 15800 24000 1300 4000 12000
.035
1 315 315 470 470 210 210 450 450 9000 19000 29200 1850 5550 17000
.07
2 425 425 610 610 280 280 600 600 11500 24000 35000 2100 7100 21000
.14
5 650 650 920 920 400 400 870 870 15500 31500 44000 2600 9500 27000
.34
10 810 810 1120 1120 520 520 1100 1100 19000 38000 52000 3200 11500 32000
.69
15 940 940 1300 1300 600 600 1280 1280 22000 41500 57500 3750 13000 35500
1.0
20 1020 1020 1415 1415 660 660 1410 1410 25000 43500 61500 4200 14000 38500
1.4
30 1175 1175 1600 1600 770 770 1640 1640 – 45500 68500 5000 16000 42500
2.1
40 1310 1310 1770 1770 850 850 1800 1800 – – 73500 5650 17500 46000
2.8
50 1410 1410 1935 1935 910 910 1910 1910 – – 78000 6220 18500 48500
3.5
75 1625 1625 2210 2210 1050 1050 2200 2200 – – 86000 7400 21000 54000
5.2
100 1755 1755 2360 2360 1175 1175 2410 2410 – – 93000 8310 22500 58000
6.9
125 1900 1900 2600 2600 1260 1260 2610 2610 – – 100000 9220 24000 61000
8.6
150 2025 2025 2750 2750 1370 1370 2825 2825 – – – 10150 25500 64000
10.3
175 – – – – 1440 1440 2975 2975 – – – 10950 27000 68000
12.1
200 – – – – 1512 1512 3130 3130 – – – – – –
13.8
ORIFICE DIAMETER
in .152 .152 .250 .250 .128 .128 .203 .203 .937 2.125* 2.125* .375* .750* 1.500*
mm 3.86 3.86 6.35 6.35 3.25 3.25 5.16 5.16 23.8 54.2* 54.0* 9.53* 19.05* 38.1*
*each orifice of a double seated trap.
TIS 2.317 US 03.94
INICIO
Cast/Ductile Iron Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap

FT14, IFT14 and FT14C
The trap contains IFT14-4.5 IFT14-10 IFT14-10
Model ➪ FT14-4.5 FT14-10 FT14-14 2
a float valve 1
4 9 IFT14
mechanism which PMO 65 psig 145 psig 200 psig 1/2" & 3/4"
modulates to 3 Sensor Connection
discharge condensate IFT 1/2”, 3/4”, only standard with plug sensor
Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1" HC, 1-1/2", 2" added at installation
continuously at
steam temperature, Connections NPT
while non-
condensible gases 1/2", 3/4", 1" HC: Ductile Iron Body 15 8
Construction 1-1/2", 2": Cast Iron Body
are released by a All: Stainless Steel Internals 16 8 1 9 3
separate internal 17
balanced pressure Options 1/2", 3/4", 1": Combination (C) Air Vent
thermostatic air vent. FT14 only and SLR (steam lock release)
2
4
No. Part Material
1 Body 1/2", 3/4", 1" Ductile (SG) Iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
1-1/2", 2" Cast Iron DIN 1691 GG 25 1/2" and 3/4"
1
2 Cover Bolting Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 6 14 5 FT14C
3 Cover Gasket Nickel Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite only
4 Cover 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4" Ductile (SG) Iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
1-1/2", 2" Cast Iron DIN 1691 GG 25
5 Valve Seat 1/2", 3/4" Stainless Steel BS 970 431 529 1" HC
Valve Seat 1" Stainless Steel ASTMA276 Type 431
Main Valve Assy 1-1/2", 2" Stainless Steel AISI 431
6 Valve Seat Gasket 1/2", 3/4" 1", 1-1/4" Stainless Steel AISI 304 14
Main Valve Assy Reinforced Exofoliated
Gasket 1-1/2", 2" Graphite 4
7 Main Valve Assy Stainless Steel BS 6105 Cl A2-70
Screws 1/2", 3/4" M4 x 6 mm 2
Pivot Frame Assy Stainless Steel ANSI B 18.6.3
Set Screws 1", 1-1/4" M5 x 20 mm
Main Valve Assy Stainless Steel
Bolts 1-1/2" M6 x 20 mm BS 970 304 S16 2
Studs & Nuts 2" M8 x 20 mm BS 6105 A4-80 3
8 Ball Float & Lever Stainless Steel AISI 304 11/2" and 2" 9
9 Air Vent Stainless Steel 7

10 Air Vent Seat Gasket Stainless Steel BS1449 304 516 6
14
11 SLR Stainless Steel BS 970 303 S21
8
12 SLR Unit Gasket 1", 1-1/2", 2" Mild Steel BS1449 CS4 4 1
5
13 SLR Seal Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Type 431
14 Erosion Deflector Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Type 431
15 Sensor Gasket Stainless Steel BS1449 304 516
9
16 Sensor SSLI, WLSI optional Stainless Steel BS1449 304 516 FT 14C
17 Blanking Plug standard (not shown) Steel
12 Combination
13 Air Vent
Typical Applications 11 SLR unit
All process equipment, particularly when controlled by modulating temperature control
10
valves; also for unit heaters, air heating coils, heat exchangers and steam main drip stations
Capacities: s e e TIS 2.306

INICIO
Cast/Ductile Iron Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap

FT14, IFT14 and FT14C
Envelope Press Range Envelope Press Range
Limiting conditions (ISO 6552) 1/2” & 3/4” IFT14 & FT14 Pressure psig 1” FT14 HC Pressure psig
Body design conditions PN25 (1”) PN16 (1-1/2”, 2”) 0 29 58 87 116 145 174 203 232 0 72 145 218 290 363 435
250 572 300 572
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g 16 bar g 200 392 482
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 300°C 220°C 150 302 200 392
Cold hydraulic test pressure 38 bar g 24 bar g 100 Steam
212 Steam 302
saturation 100 saturation 212
50 curve 122 curve
122
0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Envelope Press Range Pressure bar g Pressure bar g
1-1/2”and 2” FT14 The product must not be used in this region
Pressure psig The product must not be used in this region
0 29 58 87 116 145 174 203 232 The product must not be used in this region due to
300 572 the limitations of the sensor.
200 392
150 302 Limiting conditions (ISO 6552) 1/2” & 3/4”
Steam
100 saturation 212 Maximum body design conditions PN16 PX-Maximum differential pressure
curve 1/2”, 3/4” & 1” HC 1-1/2” and 2” PX
50 122 PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g
0 TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 250°C IFT/FT 14 - 4.5 FT 14-4.5 65 psig 4.5 bar
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 PMO - Maximum operating pressure 14 bar g IFT/FT 14 - 10 FT 14-10 145 psi 10 bar
Pressure bar g TMO - Maximum operating temperature 240°C IFT/FT 14 - 14 FT 14-14 200 psi 14 bar
The product must not be used in this region Cold hydraulic test pressure 24 bar g 1-1/2” and 2” traps are limited to a PMO equal to ∆PX
1/2", 3/4" FT14 IFT14 D

A C Steam traps shall be of the mechanical ball float type having iron
bodies, horizontal line connections, and all stainless steel internals.
Incorporated into the trap body shall be a stainless steel balanced
FT14-C pressure thermostatic air vent capable of withstanding 45˚F(25˚C) of
superheat and resisting waterhammer without sustaining damage.
B Internals of the trap shall be completely servicable without disturbing
the piping. (Optional: The trap shall include an adjustable steam lock
G F release unit.) 14C version.
H
Withdrawal Distance E
F
Installation
1" F A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any steam trap. Full
port isolating valves should be placed to permit servicing. The trap
A
B
should be installed below the drainage point of the equipment with a
collecting leg before the trap, in a position so that the float arm is in a
B
horizontal plane and the float rises and falls vertically, with the flow
direction as indicated on the body. (The 1/2" and 3/4" FT14 only trap
C
is supplied with right-to-left flow. If left-to-right or vertical flows are
C required, cover can be rotated as desired.) Refer to IMI 2.300 or IM-
11/2", FO1-30 for IFT for complete instructions.
D
E
2" ↔
E
Dimensions Maintenance
(nominal) in inches and millimeters connections. Complete isolation from both supply and return line is
Size A B C D E F G H Weight required before any servicing is performed. The trap should be
1/2", 3/4" 4.8 4.2 2.6 5.8 4.1 1.2 2.6 3.9 6.4 lb disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning of the valve head
121 107 67 147 105 30 66 98 2.9 kg
and seat, operating mechanism and air vent. Worn or damaged parts
1" 4.7 4.3 3.2 7.7 6.3 8.6 - - 15.0 lb
120 110 80 195 160 220 - - 6.8 kg should be replaced using a complete valve mechanism assembly and/or
1-1/2" 10.6 5.1 4.3 9.4 7.9 10.6 - - 38.5 lb air vent assembly. Complete installation and maintenance instructions
270 130 108 238 200 270 - - 17.5 kg are given in IMI 2.300, or IM-FO1-30 for IFT which accompanies
2" 11.9 5.4 4.9 9.8 7.8 11.3 - - 52 lb the product.
300 138 125 250 200 288 - - 24 kg
Main Valve Assembly with float A,B,C,D (2 off), E,T Spare Parts U
K N
Air Vent Assembly H, J, L, M, N, T J M
Steam Lock Release Unit and Steam Lock
H L 1", 11/2", 2"
Air Vent Assembly FT14 only O,P,H,J,L,M,N,T Release Unit
Cover Gasket (Pkt of 3) T O
P
U
O
P
N T B AGEF D C
J
M Main Valve Assembly with float
H (1") B A D C
L
Main Valve Assembly
(11/2",2")
Main Valve Assy w/ Float (1") A,B,C,D,E,F,G

Main Valve Assy w/ Erosion Deflector (1-1/2", 2") A,B,D
Air Vent Assy (K not used on 1", 1-1/2", 2") H,J,K,L,M,N
Steam Lock Release Unit (state SLR or C unit) O,P,R,S
B Three Complete sets of Gaskets B,K,P,R,T
A
EF Set of Cover Bolts (set of 4)(1") U
D Set of Cover Bolts &Nuts (set of 6) (1-1/2", 2") U
C
Ball Float (1-1/2", 2") C
1/2" and 3/4" T The erosion deflector on the 1" is pressed into the body during
manufacture and not available as a spare.
TIS 2.320 US 05.01
INICIO
Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap

FT14
CAPACITIES IN LB / H HOT CONDENSATE
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 14
Condensate kg/h
40000
80000
30000
60000
20000
40000
30000
- 4.5
14
FT
2" 10000
20000
8000
0
-1
14 6000
FT
2" 5000
10000 4.5
4- 4000
F T1
8000 /2"
1-1 14
4- 0 3000
6000 F T1 -1
2" 14
5000 " FT
/2
1-1 2000
4000 - 14
14
" FT
/2
3000 1-1 5
- 4.
14
" FT 1000
/4
2000 1-1
1", 800
- 10
14 600
" FT
/4
1-1 - 14
500
1",
1000
F T14 5
/4" - 4. 400
800 ", 1-1 F T14
1 /4" 300
", 3
600 1/2
500
10 200
4-
400
4" FT1
/
", 3 14
300 1/2 4-
" FT1
/4
", 3
1/2 100
200
80
Condensate lb/h
60
50
100
40
80
30
60
50
20
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 20 30 40 50 65 80 100 145 200
INICIO
Cast Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps

The trap contains a
float valve Model ➪ FTB-125 FTB-200
mechanism which
modulates to PMO 125 psig 200 psig
discharge condensate T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
Sizes 2-1/2" All process heat exchange equipment,
continuously at steam
temperature. Non- particularly when controlled by modulating
Connections NPT, SW temperature control valves; unit heaters and
condensible gases are
air heating coils.
released by a separate Cast Steel Body
internal balanced Construction
pressure thermostatic Stainless Steel valve head & seat,
air vent. Mechanism housing
CO N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast Steel ASTMA216 WCB
2 Cover Screws Carbon Steel Grade 5
3 Cover Gasket Graphite 4
4 Cover Cast Steel ASTM A216 WCB 9
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel Type 303
6 Valve Assembly Gasket Graphite
2-1/2" FTB-125
7 Main Valve Stainless Steel ASTM A193 GR. B8 2-1/2" FTB-200
Assembly Screws
1
Air Vent Head Stainless Steel Type 440 GR B 18
Air Vent Seat Stainless Steel Type 303 8
15 Main Valve Assy Housing Stainless Steel ASTM A743 CF8M

17 Valve Head Stainless Steel (FTB-175) Type 303
Cast Stainless Steel (FTB-125) ASTMA351GR. CF-8M
18 Float Arm Stainless Steel (FTB-175) Type 301 2 3 16
ASTM A743 CF8M 6 7 15
17 5
F O R C A PAC I T I E S , SEE TIS 2.317
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G CO N D I T I O N S P RESSURE SHELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) FTB-125:125 psig (8.6 barg)
FTB-200:200 psig (13.8 barg)
PMA
FTB-125
FTB-200 } 200 psig/up to 650˚F 12.1 barg/up to 343˚C
Max. Operating Temperature 45˚F (25˚C) of Superheat at all

operating pressures with thermostatic
air vent
TMA
FTB-125
FTB-200 } 650° F/0-200 psig 343°C/0-12.1 barg
Example @ 125 psig Operating Pressure

Thermostatic Air Vent Operating Temperature Maximum is 398˚F (203˚C)
Bimetal Air Vent available for higher temperature operation (consult factory)
INICIO
Cast Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps

A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any steam trap. DIMENSIONS
Full-port isolating valves should be placed to permit servicing. (N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
The trap should be installed below the drainage point of the Type & Size A B C D E F Weight
equipment with a collecting leg before the trap, in a position FTB-125 15.4 9.25 6.9 1.4 14.4 4.0 112 lb
with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that the float rises 2-1/2" 390 235 184 35 397 95 50.8 kg
and falls vertically, and with the direction of flow as indicated FTB-200 15.4 9.25 6.9 1.4 14.4 4.0 112 lb
on the cover. Refer to IMI 2.300 for complete instructions. 2-1/2" 390 235 184 35 397 95 50.8 kg
D
MAINTENANCE F
connections. Complete isolation from both supply and return
C
line is required before any servicing is performed. E

and cleaning of the valve head and seat, and operating
mechanism.
B A
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete
2-1/2" FTB-125 & 200
valve mechanism assembly and/or air vent assembly.
N
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N J M H
L
Steam traps shall be of the mechanical float type having cast
steel bodies, NPT or SW connections, and stainless steel valve
heads and seats. Incorporated into the trap body shall be a
stainless steel balanced pressure thermostatic air vent capable
of withstanding 45˚F(25˚C) of superheat and resisting
waterhammer without sustaining damage. Internals of the trap
shall be completely servicable without disturbing the piping.
Trap tested in accordance to ANSI / FCI 85-1. Capacity data
obtained in accordance to PTC 39.1.
F
E D
P
B
S PA R E PA RT S
Gasket Kit (3 of each) B, E (F)
Valve Mechanism Kit (less float) D, E, F
Float P

Signed:_______________________
Date:_________________________
TIS 2.322 US 5.99

INICIO
Cast Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap

FT450
Model ➪ FT 450 (Replaces FT 32) 2 3 9 1
The trap contains a
float valve mechanism
which modulates to PMO 465 psig (see below)
Sizes 3/4" to 2"
temperature, while Connections NPT
non-condensible Carbon Steel Body
gases are released by Construction Stainless Steel Internals
a separate internal 11
ANSI 150, 300 or 600 RF flanged 7
balanced pressure Options 4
SW Connections to ANSI B16.11 13
Bimetal Air Vent on 4.5, 10, 14, and 21
Drain plug tapped 1/2" NPT
3/4" & 1"
Construction Materials 65 12 8
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast Steel ASTM A216 WCB 2 9 3 1
2 Cover Bolts Alloy Steel ASTM A 193 B7 1-1/2" & 2"
Cover Nuts 3/4" & 1" 7/16 - 14 UNC-2A ASTM A 194 2H
1-1/2" & 2" 5/8-11UNC-2A
3 Cover Gasket Exfoliated Graphite
4 Cover Cast Steel ASTM A216 WCB
5 Valve Seat (3/4" & 1") Stainless Steel A S T MA 2 7 6T y p e4 2 0
Main Valve Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 431 7
w/ erosion deflector (1-1/2" & 2") 6
6 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel ASTMA240 Type 301 13
(3/4" & 1") 4
Main Valve Assy Stainless Steel Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite
Gasket 1-1/2" & 2"
7 Pivot Frame Assy Stainless Steel AISI 18-8 8
5
Set Screws ( 3/4" & 1") 10-24 Fillister Head ANSI B 18.6.3
Main Valve Assembly Steel Capacities: See TIS 2.308
Cap Screws (1-1/2") 1/4-20 ASTM 276 Type 304
Studs & Nuts (2") 5/16-18 ASTM 276 Type 431 & 304 Limiting Operating Conditions*
8 Ball Float & Lever Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Type 304 Max. Operating Pressure FT450-4.5: 65 psig (4.5 barg)
9 Air Vent Assembly Standard Stainless Steel (PMO) FT450-10: 145 psig (10 barg)
9A Optional Bimetal Corrosion resistant Bimetal FT450-14: 200 psig (14 barg)
and Stainless Steel RAU Type RR FT450-21: 300 psig (21 barg)
10 Air Vent Seat Gasket Stainless Steel ASTMA240 Type 301 FT450-32: 465 psig (32 barg)
11 Support Frame Stainless Steel ASTMA240 Type 304 Max. Operating Temperature Bimetal optional air vent
12 Pivot Frame Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Type 304 650°F (343°C) at 450 psig 750°F (400°C) at opening
13 Erosion Deflector Stainless Steel ASTMA582 Type 303 (31 barg) pressures below 505 psig
Pressure (psig) Pressure Shell Design Conditions*

0 145 290 435 464 580 725 PMA 740 psig/up to 100˚F 51 barg/up to 38˚C
400 752 Max. allowable pressure
604 psig/489˚F 42 barg/254˚C
300 572 505 psig/750˚F 35 barg/400˚C
200 392 TMA 750˚F/0-505 psig 400˚C/0-35 barg
100 Steam saturation curve 212 * The limiting operating and design conditions for ANSI 150 flanged units
will be limited by the Flange Rating.
0 32
0 10 20 30 32 40 50
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region. All process equipment, particularly when controlled by modulating
temperature control valves; unit heaters, air heating coils, heat
as damage to internals may occur. exchangers and steam main drip stations.
INICIO

FT450
D Sample Specification
G
B Steam traps shall be of the mechanical ball float

B
t y p e h a v i n g s t e e l b o d i e s , horizontal line
connections, and stainless steel valve heads,
seats and ball floats. Incorporated into the trap
D
body shall be a stainless steel balanced pressure
C thermostatic air vent capable of withstanding
A 45˚F(25˚C) of superheat and resisting
A1 F E H waterhammer without sustaining damage. The
withdrawal
FT450-32 shall have a bimetal air vent. Internals
Dimensions of the trap shall be completely servicable without
(nominal) in inches and millimeters disturbing the piping.
Size-DN A A1 B C D E F G H NPT/SW Flg
3/4" 6.1 10.1 3.0 3.1 6.4 4.7 7.4 4.0 — 18.0 lb 23.8 lb
20 155 255 76 79 163 120 189 102 8.2 kg 10.8 kg
1" 6.5 10.4 5.0 3.8 8.2 6.3 9.2 5.8 — 28.0 lb 33 lb
25 165 264 127 97 208 160 234 147 12.7 kg 15 kg
1-1/2" 9.8 14.0 5.6 3.6 9.8 7.7 11.1 6.4 4.7 55.1 lb 64.0 lb
40 250 356 142 92 250 195 282 163 119 25.0 kg 29.0 kg Installation
2" 11.8 16.0* 6.0 4.0 10.0 7.7 11.6 6.5 6.0 68.0 lb 82.0 lb A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of
50 300 406* 152 102 255 195 295 165 152 31.0 kg 37.3 kg
any steam trap. Full port isolating valves should
*ANSI 600 16.5" 419 mm be placed to permit servicing. The trap should be
installed below t h e d r a i n a g e p o i n t o f t h e
Maintenance equipment with a collecting leg before the trap, in
This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping connections. Complete a position so that the float arm is in a horizontal
isolation from both supply and return line is required before any servicing is performed. plane and the float rises and falls vertically, with
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning of the valve head the flow direction as indicated on the body. Refer
and seat, operating mechanism and air vent. to IMI 2.300 for complete instructions.
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete valve mechanism assembly
and/or air vent assembly.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI 2.300, which
N
J
M
Spare Parts
H K
L H Valve Mechanism Kit
U w/ Float ( 3/4" & 1") A,B,C,D,E,F,G
Valve Mech. Kit (1-1/2" & 2") A,B,D,P
P - 2" Inlet Baffle Air Vent Kit

P
1-1/2" (PMO up to 21 bar) H,J,L,M,N
Inlet Baffle
Air Vent Kit
(PMO 32 bar) H,K
Gasket Kit
T
B G AEF D C (3 of each) B,K,T
3/4" & 1" Main Valve Assembly Ball Float (1-1/2"& 2") C
B A D C
The erosion deflector is pressed into the body during
1-1/2" & 2" manufacture and not available as a spare.
Main Valve
Assembly
TIS 2.304 US 10.01

INICIO
Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap Capacities

FT46, FT450
Differential Pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 20 30

40000
80000
30000
.5
Condensate kg/h
60000 4
PMO
2” 20000
40000
0
O1
PM
2” -32
4 -21 10000
20000 M O1
m* P 8000
5m .5 2”
2”/ O4
2 PM
1.1 2” -32 6000
11 / 10 -21
4
PM
O O1
10000 2” PM
11 / 11 /
2” 4000
8000 *
mm
/2 0.5 3000
6000 7”
.80 m*
7 .5m
1 2000
9”/ .5
4000 .68 m*
4 1 0
.7m P MO MO 1
1 6 1” 1”
P O2
3000 7”/ 1 4
1”
PM
.65 m* MO
5m 1”
P 1000
”/1 2
2000 .59
1
m* M O3
.5m 1 ”P 800
” / 13
1
.53 600
m
7m 500
1000 76”/ O1
0
. 2 PM
mm 4.5 3 /4” 4 400
800 5.2 PMO O1
5”/ 3 /4”
PM
.2 0 3 /4” 300
600 mm 21
4.7 O
8 5”/ PM
.1 3 /4” 200
m
400 4m
7”/
.15 O3
2
300 PM
mm 3 /4”
3.2
2 6”/ 100
200 .1 m
.7m 80
6 ”/2
.10 60
50
100 m
2m 40
80 9”/
.07
Condensate lb/h
30
mm
60 1.6
6 3”/
.0 20
40
30
10
2 3 4 5 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 145 200 400

* Each orifice of a double-seated mechanism
INICIO
Float & Thermostatic Steam TrapCapacities

FT46, FT450
Model Size Orifice Differential Pressure, psi

Inches/mm 1/4 1/2 1 2 5
FT14-4.5 1/2", 3/4" .157/4 115 155 205 265 390
FT14-10 1/2", 3/4" .110/2.8 56 76 100 137 200
FT14-14 1/2", 3/4" .079/2 40 53 71 95 138
FT14-4.5 1" .276/7 374 529 748 1058 1566
FT14-10 1" .205/5.2 163 230 325 459 695
FT14-14 1" .157/4 109 154 218 309 441
FT14-4.5 1-1/2" .689/17.5* 975 1378 1949 2756 4388
FT14-10 1-1/2" .591/15* 608 860 1216 1720 2700
FT14-14 1-1/2" .531/13.5* 394 557 788 1114 1764
FT14-4.5 2" 1.122/28.5* 3196 4520 6392 9040 14332
FT14-10 2" .807/20.5* 1637 2315 3274 4630 7166
FT14-14 2" .657/16.7* 780 1102 1559 2205 3418
FT450-4.5 3/4" .157/4 110 155 219 310 440
FT450-10 3/4" .126/3.2 65 91 129 183 275
FT450-14 3/4" .106/2.7 47 66 93 132 203
FT20-21 1/2" .079/2.0 25 35 50 70 110

FT450-21 3/4"
FT450-32 3/4" .063/1.6 16 22 31 44 66
FT450-4.5 1" .276/7 389 550 778 1100 1655
FT450-10 1" .205/5.2 202 285 403 570 870
FT450-14 1" .185/4.7 150 212 300 425 640
FT450-21 1" .157/4 110 155 219 310 440
FT450-32 1" .126/3.2 65 91 129 183 275
FT450-4.5 1-1/2" .689/17.5* 1209 1710 2418 3420 5733
FT450-10 1-1/2" .591/15* 624 882 1247 1764 2734
FT450-14/21/32 1-1/2" .531/13.5* 407 575 813 1150 1764
FT450-4.5 2" 1.122/28.5* 4289 6065 8577 12130 18522
FT450-10 2" .807/20.5* 1559 2205 3118 4410 6950
FT450-14/21/32 2" .657/16.7* 780 1103 1559 2705 3528

*each orifice of double seated trap
NOTE: for FT32 and FT46, use capacities for FT450.
TIS 2.308 US 01.97
INICIO
Cast Steel Float & Thermostatic

Steam Trap 3" and 4" FT450
The trap contains a Typical Applications
float valve mechanism Model ➪ FT450
• Reboilers, heat exchangers and other large process
which modulates to
discharge condensate PMO 450 psig equipment
continuously at steam • Large absorption chillers
Sizes 3" 4"
temperature, while • In combination with the Spirax Sarco 4" Pressure
non-condensible Connections NPT, SW, Flanged Flanged Powered Pump™
gases are released by 8
a separate internal Construction Carbon Steel Body 7
thermostatic air vent. Stainless Steel Internals
11
12
No. Part Material
4
1 Body Cast Carbon Steel ASTM A216 WCB 5
2 Cover Cast Carbon Steel ASTM A216 WCB 3
3 Cover Gasket Graphite with SS insert 6
4 Cover Bolts Alloy Steel ASTM A193 GR B7
5 Lockwashers Steel 1
6 Main Valve Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 300 (Hardened
Head and Seat)
Valve Mech. Gasket Graphite
Valve Mech. Screws Stainless Steel
7 Float Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Type 304
8 Cover Plug (3/4" NPT) Steel 9
Drain Plug (3/4" NPT) Steel 10
9 Companion Flange Forged Steel
10 Flange Bolts Alloy Steel ASTM A193 GR B7 3” NPT/SW
Air Vent Head Stailess Steel Type 440 GR B Limiting Operating Conditions
Air Vent Seal Stainless Steel Type 303 Max. Operating Pressure 450 psig (31 barg)
11A Air Vent Stainless Steel & Bimetal RAU Type RR
12 Air Vent Pipe Stainless Steel Max. Operating Temperature Optional Bimetal

650˚F (343°C) at 450 psig 750˚F (400˚C) at operating
.1 .15 .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 7 10 15 20 32
(31 barg) pressures below
1,000,000 400,000
375 psig (26 barg)
800,000
700,000 300,000 Pressure (psig)
600,000
0 145 290 435 464 580 725
500,000 400 752
200,000
400,000 572
150,000 300
300,000 200 392
100,000 100 Steam saturation curve 212
200,000
0 32
70,000
150,000 0 10 20 30 32 40 50
Pressure bar g
50,000
100,000 The product must not be used in this region.
40,000
80,000 The product must not be used in this region
70,000 30,000 as damage to internals may occur.
60,000
50,000
20,000 Pressure Shell Design Conditions
40,000 PMA 450 psig/up to 650˚F 31 barg/up to 343˚C
15,000
30,000 Max. allowable pressure 425 psig/700˚F 29 barg/371˚C
1 1.5 2 3 4 5 7 10 15 20 30 4050 70 100 150200300 400 375 psig/750˚F 26barg/400˚C
* In this region the trap capacity may exceed the flow TMA
capacity of the connection piping. Max. allowable temperature 750˚F/0-375 psig 400˚C/0-26 barg
INICIO

3" and 4" FT450
Dimensions (nominal) 3/4" NPT
32.0
813
16.0
406
8.0
203
23.7
602
➡ 6.75
171
3/4" NPT
7.56 12.0 11.5
192 305 292
.625Ø
Mounting Holes 17.5
3" NPT, SW 444
27.75 705
Weight 485 lb (220 kg)
3” ANSI 150 or 300 RF,
4” ANSI 150 or 300 RF
39.0 990
Sample Specification Spare Parts

Steam traps shall be of the mechanical ball float type having cast steel bodies with Standard
Air Vent Assembly
stainless steel internal parts. The piping connections shall be horizontal in-line, and
the body shall incorporate mounting legs with drilled pads. The traps shall have an
integral thermostatic air vent. The trap body shall be horizontally split and all
internal parts shall be completely serviceable without disturbing the inlet and outlet
piping.
Installation
The trap should be located below and close to the equipment drain point. A D
pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of the trap, and full port isolating valves
should be placed to permit servicing. The mounting legs should be bolted to a firm F
horizontal support. Access above the trap must be provided for servicing. E
Complete installation instructions are given in IMI 2.3041. B
Maintenance
This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping connections. Complete
isolation from both supply and return line is required before any servicing is performed.
Valve Mechanism Kit D,E,F
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning of the valve
mechanism and air vent. Gasket Kit (pkt of 3 each) B,F
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI 2.3041, which Air Vent Kit Standard N,J,M,T,L
Air Vent Kit Optional K,H
Float Kit P
TIS 2.3041 US 04.01

INICIO
UFT14 Sealed Stainless Steel

Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap (for use with Pipeline Connectors)
Description
The UFT 14 is an austenitic stainless steel maintenance free sealed ball
float steam trap with an integral automatic air venting capability. The UFT
14 is designed for differential steam pressures up to 203 psig. When
installed with a suitable pipeline connector the UFT 14 can easily and
simply be removed without breaking into the pipeline, thus speeding up
trap replacement with minimal system downtime. Pipeline connectors are
available with screwed, socket weld and flanged end connections.
Standards
The body to cover welded joint complies with ASME Section IX and BS/EN 288
This product fully complies with the requirements of the Escape Pressure
Equipment Dtechnic 97/23/EC and comes the CE part so required.
Certification
The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1.B as standard
and must be specified at the time of order placement.
Note: All inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement
and may be subject to extra costs.

The UFT 14 can be fitted to a variety of different pipeline connectors including:
Universal straight connector 1/2", 3/4", 1"
Strainer connector 1/2", 3/4", 1"
Standard or Left Hand with Blowdown Valve or
Standard 300 psig or 600 psig connector Materials
Note: The model of pipeline connector and connections selected will dictate the
No. Part Material
maximum operating pressure and temperature of the complete assembly. Consult 1 Body Austenitic stainless EN 10213-4 1.4308;
the relevant Technical Information Sheet, as listed above for this information. steel 304 ASTM A351 CF8
2 Cover Austenitic stainless EN 10213-4 1.4308;
Limiting conditions (ISO6552) steel 304 ASTM A351 CF8
3 Connector screws Steel ASTM A193 B7
Maximum body design conditions ANSI/ASME 300 4 Flange Alloy steel A322 Gr.4130
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 725 psig 50 barg 5 Inner gasket Stainless steel/ Spirally wound
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 752°F 400°C graphite filler AISI 304 strip
PMO - Maximum operating pressure 203 psig 14 barg 6 Outer gasket Stainless steel/ Spirally wound
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 437°F 225°C graphite filler AISI 304 strip
Designed for a maximum cold 7 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
948 psig 64.5 barg 8 Main valve/air vent Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
hydraulic test pressure of
seat gasket
9 Main valve Stainless steel BS 6105 CI A2-70
Operating range assembly screws
Pressure (barg) 10 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
11 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
0 5 10 14 12 Pivot frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
572 300 13 Pivot pin Stainless steel
482 250 14 Plug Austenitic stainless EN 10088-3 1.4301
392 200 steel 304 ATM A479 304
302 150
212 100
122 50 PMX - Maximum differential pressure
0 0 UFT14-4.5 UFT14-10 UFT14-14
0 14.5 29 43 58 72 87 101 116 130 145 160 174 189 203 65 psig 150 psig 203 psig
Pressure (psig)
4.5 barg 10 barg 14 barg
INICIO
UFT14
Dimensions/weight approximate in mm and kg Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)
Size A B C Weight N o t e : Capacities shown are based on discharge at saturation
UFT14 6.3" 161 3.7" 94 2.2" 57 4.5 lbs 2.02 temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent
provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions the thermostatic
air vent will be open, and will provide additional condensate capacity
B A to the main valve assembly. This will provide a minimum of 100%
increased capacity above the hot condensate figures shown.
Differential pressure barg (x 100 = kPa)

C 0.1 0.2 0.30.40.5 1 2 3 45 10 14
1102 500
882 400
Safety information, installation and maintenance 662 300

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions 4.5
(IM-P146-01) supplied with the product. 441 200
The UFT14 can be installed on any pipeline connector, but must be 10
installed in a horizontal plane with the plug (14) downwards.
14
How to specify
220 100
Steam traps shall be sealed ball float traps UFT14 type suitable for a 198 90
differential operating pressure of either 65, 145 or 203 psig. Traps to be 176 80
zero maintenance and be connected to a separate pipeline connector by 154 70
two screws to allow for quick and simple installation/replacement. For 133 60
example Spirax Sarco UFT14-10 ball float steam trap. 110 50
1.5 3 4.4 14.5 29 445873 145 203
How to order Differential pressure psig
When ordering a UFT14 and connector they must be ordered individually as
they are supplied as separate components to ease installation. Each UFT14
is supplied in a protective box complete with inner and outer gasket Spare parts
(securely crimped in place) and two connector screws. The UFT14 is a sealed non-maintainable trap unit. No internal
Example: 1 of Spirax Sarco UFT14 sealed stainless steel ball float steam spares are available.
trap (for use with pipeline connectors). The spares that are available are shown in heavy outline. Parts
shown in broken lines are not available as spares.
How to order spares
Available spares
Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column
Connector screws (x2) 3
headed ‘Available spares’ and state the size, model no. and pressure rating
Complete UFT14 trap unit inclusive of gaskets
of the trap.
and connector screws (3)
Example: 2 x Connector screws for a Spirax Sarco UFT14 sealed stainless
steel ball float steam trap (for use with pipeline connectors).
UFT14
Trap unit and gaskets
3
5 6
Recommended tightening torques

or
Item Part Ft / LBS
mm
3 Connector screws 9/16" A/F 22 - 26
TI-P146-02 US 10.02
INICIO
Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps

OK150, OK300
The trap contains a T YPICAL A PPLICATIONS
float valve Model ➪ OK150V OK300V OK150H OK300H
All process equipment,
mechanism which PMO 150 psig 300 psig 150 psig 300 psig particularly when controlled by
modulates to
modulating temperature control
discharge condensate Sizes 1/2" Vertical 1/2" Horizontal valves, unit heaters, air heating
coils, heat exchangers and steam
temperature, while Connections NPT
main drip stations.
non-condensible
Forged Steel Cover
gases are released by Construction
Stainless Steel Body & Internals
a separate internal
➧
balanced pressure Options 1 8 9 12 3 2 4
Socket Weld to ANSI B16.11
L IMITING O PERATING C ONDITIONS

7
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) OK150: 150 psig (10 barg) 11
10
OK300: 300 psig (21 barg) 6
5
Max. Operating Temperature 45˚F (25˚C) of superheat at

all operating pressures
P RESSURE S HELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS
PMA 450psig/up to 750˚F 31 barg/up to 400˚C

TMA 750˚F/0-450 psig 400˚C/0-31 barg

➧
No. Part Material
A
1 Body Stainless Steel AISI 304
2 Cover Screws Steel ASTM A449 Type 1
4 Cover Forged Steel ASTM A105
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel Type 420F
B
C 6 Valve Seat Gasket Copper
7 Float Screw & Washer Stainless Steel AISI 304
D IMENSIONS 8 Ball Float & Lever Stainless Steel AISI 304
( NOMINAL ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS 9 Air Vent Assembly Stainless Steel
Size A B C Weight 10 Valve Seat Bracket Stainless Steel AISI 301
1/2" 5.3 5.4 6.1 6 lb 11 Pivot Pin Stainless Steel AISI 303
135 139 156 2.7 kg 12 Body Retaining Ring Forged Steel ASTM A105
INICIO
Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Traps

OK150, OK300
CAPACITIES LB / HR HOT CONDENSATE
Inlet Pressure
psig 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 ORIFICE
bar .7 1.0 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.8 3.5 5.2 6.9 8.6 10.3 12.1 13.8 17.2 20.7 SIZE
OK150 300 350 385 420 450 500 540 625 700 760 800 – – – – .100"/2.54 mm
OK300 145 170 190 200 220 240 260 310 330 370 400 420 440 470 510 .070"/1.78 mm
For kg/h multiply by .454
S AMPLE S PECIFICATION M AINTENANCE

Steam traps shall be of the mechanical ball float type having stainless steel bodies and This product can be maintained without disturbing the
forged steel covers, NPT connections, and all stainless steel valve heads and seats. piping connections. Complete isolation from both
Incorporated into the trap body shall be a stainless steel balanced pressure thermostatic supply and return line is required before any servicing
air vent capable of withstanding 45˚F(25˚C) of superheat and resisting waterhammer is performed.
without sustaining damage. Internals of the trap shall be completely servicable without The trap should be disassembled periodically for
disturbing the piping. inspection and cleaning of the valve head and seat,
operating mechanism and air vent.
I NSTALLATION Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a
A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any steam trap. Full port isolating complete valve mechanism assembly and/or air vent
valves should be placed to permit servicing. The trap should be installed below the assembly.
drainage point of the equipment with a collecting leg before the trap, in a position so Complete installation and maintenance instructions
that the float arm is in a horizontal plane and the float rises and falls vertically, with the are given in IMI 2.300, which accompanies the
flow direction as indicated on the cover. Refer to IMI 2.300 for complete instructions. product.
S PARE PAR TS
Air Vent Assembly
N J M H L
D
E D
Valv E
eM F
ech
anis
m Ass G
emb
ly
P
B
Gasket Kit (3 of each) B, E

Valve Mechanism D, E, F,G
Kit
Float Kit P
TIS 2.312 US 03.94
INICIO
Stainless Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap

FT 46
The FT 46 is a 2 1 3 9 8 4
Model ➪ FT 46 - 4.5 FT 46 - 10 FT 46 - 14 FT 46 - 21
stainless steel
float trap designed PMO 65 psig 145 psig 200 psig 300 psig
for applications
requiring Sizes 1/2", 3/4" 1", 1-1/2", 2"
continuous Connections ANSI 150, 300

drainage of high
condensate loads
Construction AISI 316 Stainless Steel Body, Stainless Steel Internals
in filtered steam
applications. FT 46
1/2" and 3/4"
Options 3/8" NPTDrain Cock Tapping
11 657 12
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless Steel AISI316
2 Cover Bolts Stainless Steel Class A2 Gr80 FT 46
1/2". 3/4", 1" M10 x 60 mm 1"
1-1/2", 2" M16 x 85 mm
2 1 3 9 8 4
3 Cover Gasket Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16
4 Cover Stainless Steel AISI 316
5 Valve Seat 1/2", 3/4", 1" Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29
Main Valve Assembly Stainless Steel
w/ Erosion Deflector BS 3146 Pt2 type ANC2
1-1/2", 2" BS 970 416 S37
1/2", 3/4", 1"
Main Valve Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 316
Gasket 1-1/2", 2" FT 46
1-1/2" and 2"
7 Pivot Frame Assmebly Stainless Steel Capacities 7 6 5
Set Screws 1/2", 3/4", 1" M5 x 20 mm BS 4183 18/8 Refer to TIS 2.308
Bolts 1-1/2" M6 x 20 mm BS 970 304 S15
Studs &Nuts 2" M8 x 20 mm BS 6105 A4.80
8 Ball Float &Lever Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16 Typical Applications
9 Air Vent Stainless Steel Removal of filtered steam condensate from heating jackets,
11 Support Frame Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16 heat exchangers, large process vessels, steam filters,
12 Pivot Frame Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16 separators, and humidifiers.
Limiting Operating Conditions Pressure Shell Design Conditions

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) FT46-4.5: 65 psig (4.5 barg) PMA 580 psig/0-248˚F 40 barg/0-120˚C
FT46-10: 145 psig (10 barg) Max. allowable pressure
472 psig/464˚F 32 barg/240˚C
FT46-14: 200 psig (14 barg) 304 psig/752˚F 21 barg/400˚C
FT46-21: 300 psig (21 barg)
TMA 752˚F/0-304 psig 400˚C/0-21 barg
Max. Operating Temperature 45˚F (25˚C) of Superheat at all Max. allowable temperature
operating pressures
INICIO
Stainless Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap

FT 46
Dimensions
Size/DN A B C D E Weight
1/2" 5.8 3.2 3.2 8.4 4.7 23.8 lb
15 150 80 80 215 120 10.8 kg
3/4" 5.8 3.2 3.2 8.8 4.7 23.8 lb
20 150 80 80 225 120 10.8 kg
1" 6.2 4.5 3.4 10.8 6.7 33 lb
25 160 115 85 276 170 15 kg
1-1/2" 9.0 4.8 4.5 12.7 7.9 72.8 lb
40 230 130 115 326 200 33 kg
A 2" 9.0 5.5 4.8 12.9 7.9 94.8 lb
50 230 141 123 332 200 43 kg
B B
C C
E
D NOTE: Flanges drilled and tapped
Installation Sample Specification

The trap msut be fitted with the direction of flow as Float & Thermostatic traps for pharmaceutical sterile areas on plant or
indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal clean steam service shall have 316L stainless steel bodies and covers,
plane so that it rises and falls vertically. Full-flow isolating and all internals, including float, main valve, head/seat, thermostatic air
valves should be installed upstream and downstream of the vent and air vent head/seat, shall be stainless steel. Connections shall
trap. be in-line horizontal. ANSI flanged Spirax Sarco Model FT 46.
Maintenance
This product can be Spare Parts
maintained without
disturbing the piping U N
connections. Complete J
M
H
isolation from both supply L
and return line is required

before any servicing is
performed.
The trap should be
disassembled periodically B
AG
for inspection and cleaning EF
D
of the valve head and seat, T C
operating mechanism and B

A
air vent. D
C
Worn or damaged parts Main Valve Assembly
should be replaced using a w/ Float A,B,C,D,E,F,G
complete main valve
Main Valve Assembly w/
assembly and/or air vent
assembly. Erosion Deflector (1-1/2", 2")A,B,D
Complete installation and Ball Float (1/2", 3/4", 1") C
maintenance instructions Air Vent Assembly H, J, L, M, N
are given in the IMI sheet, Three complete sets
which accompanies the of Gaskets (Pkt of 3 sets) B,K,P,R,T
product.
Set of Cover Bolts & Nuts U
TIS 2.318 US 04.02
INICIO
FTS14
Austenitic Stainless Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap
Description FTS14-C (R-L) 9
The FTS14 is an austenitic stainless steel float and thermostatic steam (Horizontal) Flow In
trap with an integral automatic air vent.
It provides efficient condensate drainage and prompt air removal to
ensure process equipment operates to its maximum potential. 11 optional extra
As standard the FTS14 has horizontal connections with flow from right (special order)
to left (R-L). However its unique design allows the cover to be simply 10 and 13
rotated to provide horizontal left to right (L-R) and vertical up or vertical optional extra
(special order)
down configurations.

8 14 7 15
1/2", 3/4" and 1" NPT (ANSI B 1.20.1)
Socket weld ends to ANSI B 16.11, FTS14X
DN15, 20 and 25 Flanged ends to ANSI B 16.5 Class 150 and 300 Flow In
(Vertical down)
(Special Order) 4
1/2", 3/4" and 1" Hygienic/sanitary clamp ends (Special Order)
Note: For alternative connections please consult Spirax Sarco.
2
Optional extras 6
Internal strainer (FTS14X). A manually adjustable needle valve can be 1
added for use as a steam lock release mechanism (FTS14-C). 18
Note: All options are available at extra cost and are Special Order. optional extra
(special order)
Limiting conditions (ISO 6552) 5
12
Body design conditions PN25 3
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 362 psig 25 barg
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 572°F 300°C
Materials
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 437°F 225°C
Minimum operating temperature -4°F -20°C No. Part Material
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. 1 Body Austenitic stainless EN 10213-4 (1.4408)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 544 psig 37.5 barg steel (316) ASTM A351 CF8M
2 Cover bolts Stainless steel BS EN 3506 A2-70
Operating range 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
4 Cover Austenitic EN 10213-4 (1.4408)
stainless steel (316) ASTM A351 CF8M
5 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
6 Main valve/air vent Stainless steel
seat gasket Stainless steel
7 Main valve Stainless steel
assembly screws
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
9 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
10 SLR assembly Stainless steel
*PMO Maximum operating pressure for steam service,
A - B Flanged ANSI 300, screwed and socket weld.
11 SLR gasket Stainless steel
A - C Flanged ANSI 150. 12 Pivot frame Stainless steel
Note: For hygienic/sanitary clamp ends the maximum pressure and/or temperature 13 SLR seal Graphite
may be restricted by the gasket or clamp used.
14 Pivot Stainless steel
PMX - Max. Differential Pressure 15 'O' ring Grey Viton complies with FDA CFR
FTS14 - 4.5 FTS14-10 FTS14-14 Title 21, Para 177, Section 2600
65 psig 150 psig 200 psig *16 Valve spring (1" only) Stainless steel
4.5 bar 10 bar 14 bar *17 Sensor blanking plug Stainless steel (optional extra)
18 Strainer screen Stainless steel (optional extra)
Certification Note: Items 16 and 17 cannot be shown.
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.B
Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.
INICIO
FTS14 Austenitic Stainless Steel Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap

Dimensions/Weights approximate in inches and (millimeters)
A A E F WEIGHT
WITHDRAW SCREWED
SIZE SCREWED/SW CLAMPENDS B C D DISTANCE FTS14-C /SW
1/2" 5.3" (135) 7.1" (180) 3.8" (97) 1.9" (48) 6.4" (162) 5.3" (135) .9" (22) 8.3" LBS
3/4" 5.3" (135) 7.1" (180) 3.8" (97) 1.9" (48) 6.4" (162) 5.3" (135) .9" (22) 8.3" LBS
1" 5.5" (139) 7.9" (200) 4.4" (113) 2.0" (51) 7.0" (179) 5.7" (179) .9" (22) 9.4 LBS
A1 A1 WEIGHT
ANSI 150 ANSI 300 FLANGED
DN15 (1/2") 5.8" (147) 7.9" (200) 3.8" (97) 3.0" (97) 6.4" (162) 5.3" (135) .9" (22) 11 LBS
DN20 (3/4") 5.8" (147) 7.9" (200) 4.0" (102) 3.0" (77) 6.4" (162) 5.3" (135) .9" (22) 11 LBS
DN25 (1") 6.3" (160) 8.3" (210) 4.4" (113) 2.4" (62) 7.0" (179) 5.7" (145) .9" (22) 13.8 LBS
Screwed, socket welded and clamp ends (all sizes) Flanged DN25 Flanged DN15, 20 and FTS14-C
F
A D A1 D D
B B
C E C E C E
Capacities Safety information, installation and maintenance

Note. Capacities shown are based on discharge at saturation For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent (IM-P145-02) supplied with the product.
provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions the thermostatic
air vent will be open, and will provide additional condensate Spare parts
capacity to the main valve assembly. On 4.5 bar units this will The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot in broken line are not supplied as spares.
condensate figures shown. On 10 and 14 bar units this will be a
minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity. Available spares
Maintenance kit 3, 5, 6 (2 off), 7 (2 off), 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16 (1" only), 18
Gasket set (packet of 3) 3, 15
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10 14
3307 1500 How to order spares
2205 1000
'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and pressure range i.e.
4.5, 10 or 14 bar.
1102 500
882 400 Example: 1 - Maintenance kit for a Spirax Sarco 1/2"
662 300 FTS14-4.5 steam trap.
440 200
220 100
Air vent assembly

110 50
88 40 15 6 9
66 30
44 20 10 +13 11
1.5 3 14.5 29 44 5873 145 203 Steam lock
Differential pressure (psig) release assembly
18 13
How to order 2 6 5 14 12 7 16 8
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1/2" FT14 - 4.5TV stainless
Main valve assembly
steel float trap fitted with screwed NPT connections. Trap Note: Item 16 is required for the 1" size only
is maintainable in line. Fitted with integral air vent and
strainer screen.
TI-P145-01 US 11.02
INICIO
Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps

RTA-125, RTH-125
The balanced pressure steam Model ➪ RTA-125 RTH-125 Typical Applications
trap contains a welded stainless Angle Straightway
steel element which is self- Vapor or vacuum two-pipe heating
adjusting over the entire PMO 125 psig 125 psig systems, radiators, convectors, fintube,
operating pressure range and hospital blanket warmers, sterilizers
approximately 23˚F (13˚C) below Sizes 1/2", 3/4" & 1" 1/2" & 3/4" and stills, laundry and kitchen
saturated steam temperature. equipment, and small process
NPT — male union inlet
Traps in this series are Connections equipment.
NPT — female outlet
replacements for: TA-125, TH-
125, T-25, TB-25, TS-25, T-65, T- Construction Brass body with stainless steel internals
125; 1"H, N-100 angle; H,
S-65, N-100 straightway and Option Extended male inlet spud (1/2", 3/4" RTA-125 only)
vertical. Near to steam fill 11°F (6°C)
Capacity
•1 •2 •3 •5 1 2 3 5 8
1/2", 3/4" RTA
2 6000 2500
5000
2000
4000
7 1500
3000
5 9
1 1000
4 8 2000
6 700
1500
3
500
1000
400
1"RTA 700 300
2 500
200
400
7 1
300
9
5 100
1 200
4 8
150
6
3 50
100
1 2 3 4 5 7 10 15 20 30 50 70 100 125
Water Capacity
Hot Condensate
1/2", 3/4"RTH 2 Construction Materials

No. Part Material
7 1 Body Forged Red Brass ASTM B124 Alloy C3770
8
5
9 2 Cap Forged Red Brass ASTM B124 Alloy C3770
1 3 Seat Stainless Steel AISI 303
4
3 6 4 Thermostat Stainless Steel BP99 300/400 Series
5 Spring Stainless Steel AISI 302
6 Seat Gasket Brass ASTM B36
7 O-Ring EPDM
8 Union Nipple Brass ASTM B16
9 Union Nut Brass ASTM B16
INICIO

RTA-125, RTH-125
Spare Parts Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters
Size Type Body Pattern A B C D E F G Weight
1/2" RTA-125 Angle 2.8* 1.2 1.0 1.9 – – – 1 lb

71 30 25 48 – – – 0.5 kg
RTH-125 Straightway 3.2 – 1.2 1.9 1.4 0.7 1.1 1.4 lb
A
83 – 32 48 35 18 16 0.6 kg
3/4" RTA-125 Angle 3.0* 1.20 1.0 1.9 – – – 1.3 lb

78 32 25 48 – – – 0.6 kg
RTH-125 Straightway 3.2 – 1.20 1.9 1.4 0.8 1.1 1.8 lb
B
83 – 32 48 35 20 29 0.6 kg
1" RTA-125 Angle 3.5 2.0 1.2 1.9 – – – 2.8 lb

C
89 51 44 48 – – – 1.2 kg
* with optional extended inlet spud, "A" dimension is 3.2".

D
D D
E C
C
F
B B
A* A
Repair Kit (all models) B, C, D, E, F, G 1/2", 3/4" RTA-125 1"RTA-125

Cap Assembly A, B
D
E A
Limiting Operating Conditions 1/2", 3/4" RTH-125
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 125 psig (8.6 barg)
Max. Operating Temperature Saturated Steam Temperature Installation
Minimum Operating Pressure 25" Hg Vacuum A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any steam trap to protect
the head and seat from dirt and scale. Full port isolating valves should be
Pressure Shell Design Conditions placed to permit servicing. Trap should be installed below the drainage
PMA 125 psig/up to 353˚F 8.6 barg/up to 179˚C point of the equipment with a collecting leg before the trap. For best
Max. allowable pressure operation, the element should be in a horizontal position as shown. For a
freeze-resistant installation, inlet piping must be pitched toward the trap for
TMA 353˚F/0-125 psig 179˚C/0-8.6 barg gravity flow and the trap outlet must be free of any piping.
Maintenance
Sample Specification Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line is required
Steam traps shall be balanced pressure thermostatic type, self-adjusting before any servicing is performed.
to all pressures within their operating range. Bodies to be of forged red The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning
brass with male union inlet connection.Thermostatic element shall be of of the valve head and seat.
precision welded stainless steel construction, incorporating a hardened Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete Repair Kit.
stainless steel valve head. Valve seats shall be stainless steel, and all Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in
internals, shall be replaceable without disturbing the piping connections. IMI 2.004, which accompanies the product.
TIS 2.0102 US 09.00

INICIO

TV-125
The balanced pressure steam trap Model ➪ TV-125 Typical Applications
contains a welded stainless steel Vertical
element which is self-adjusting
over the entire operating PMO 125 psig Vapor or vacuum two-pipe
pressure range to discharge heating systems, radiators,
condensate at approximately Sizes 1/2" & 3/4" convectors, fintube, hospital
20˚F (11˚C) below saturated blanket warmers, sterilizers and
steam temperature. Connections NPT – male union inlet
stills, laundry and kitchen
Construction Brass body with stainless steel internals equipment, and small process
equipment.
Capacity Condensate 20˚F (11˚C) below steam temperature

•1 •2 •3 •5 1 2 3 5 8
TV-125 1/2”, 3/4”
6000 2500
5000
2000
4000
1500
3000
1000
2000
8
3/4” 700
1500
500
1000
1/2” 400
9
700 300
500
200
400
2
300
100
200
1
150
3
50
100
4
1 2 3 4 5 7 10 15 20 30 50 70 100 125
5
9
8 No. Part Material
1 Body Brass ASTM B62
2 Cap Brass ASTM B124 Alloy
3 Element /Head Stainless Steel 300/400 series
Assembly
4 Seat Stainless Steel AISI 303
5 Seat Gasket Brass ASTM B36
8 Union Nipple Brass ASTM B16
9 Union Nut Brass ASTM B16
INICIO

TV-125

Spare Parts Size Type Body Pattern A B Weight
1/2" TV-125 Vertical 2.0 5.1 1.6 lb

51 130 0.7 kg
3/4" TV-125 Vertical 2.0 5.6 2 lb
A 51 141 0.9 kg
C
A
D
1/2", 3/4"TV-125
B
Repair Kit (for vertical pattern)
TV A, C, D
1/2", 3/4"TV-125

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 125 psig (8.6 barg) Installation
(TH-25: 25 psig, 1.7 barg) A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any steam trap to protect
Max. Operating Temperature Saturated Steam Temperature the head and seat from dirt and scale. Full port isolating valves should be
Minimum Operating Pressure 25"Hg Vacuum placed to permit servicing. Trap should be installed below the drainage
point of the equipment with a collecting leg before the trap. For best
Pressure Shell Design Conditions operation, the bellows should be in a horizontal position as shown. For a
PMA 125 psig/up to 353˚F 8.6 barg/up to 179˚C freeze-resistant installation, inlet piping must be pitched toward the trap for
Max. allowable pressure gravity flow and the trap outlet must be free of any piping.
TMA 353˚F/0-125 psig 179˚C/0-8.6 barg
Maintenance
Sample Specification This product, can be maintained by removing the piping connections.
Steam traps shall be balanced pressure thermostatic type, self- Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line is required
adjusting to all pressures within their operating range. Bodies to be of before any servicing is performed.
heavy cast brass with male union inlet connection.Thermostatic The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning
element shall be of precision welded stainless steel construction, of the valve head and seat.
incorporating a hardened stainless steel valve head. Valve seats shall Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete Repair Kit.
be stainless steel, and all internals. Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI
250-D8, which accompanies the product.
TIS 2.0101 US 11.00

INICIO
Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

T250
The T250 has a T250

Model ➪ Angle Straightway
welded stainless
steel element, which 3
PMO 250 psig
is self-adjusting over
the entire operating
Sizes 1/2", 3/4" & 1" 1/2" &3/4" 2 11
pressure range and
will discharge
condensate at Connections NPT 4
approximately 20˚F
(11˚C) below 5
saturated steam Construction Cast Iron Body & Cover
Stainless Steel Internals 8
temperature.
1
Limiting Operating Conditions 9 7

Max. Operating Temperature Saturated Steam Temperature

TMA 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg

Max. allowable temperature Capacities Hot Condensate lb/h
Inlet Pressure
psig barg 1/2" 3/4" 1"
No. Part Material 1 .07 620 850 1300
1 Body Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B 2 .14 820 1200 1750
5 .34 1200 1650 2600
2 Cap Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B
10 .70 1580 2225 3500
3 Cap Screws Steel ASTMA449
15 1.0 1800 2650 4200
4 Cap Gasket Stainless Steel Clad AISI304 20 1.4 2100 2950 4600
Non-Asbestos Fill
30 2.1 2450 3500 5500
5 Element Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 303 40 2.8 2750 4000 6200
6 Bellows Stainless Steel AISI304 50 3.5 3100 4400 6850
7 Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 303 60 4.1 3300 4700 7250
8 Bellows Shield (1" only) Stainless Steel AISI 304 75 5.2 3650 5050 8000
9 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 303 100 6.9 4200 5750 9000
10 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel Clad AISI 304 125 8.6 4400 6150 9650
Non-Asbestos Fill 150 10.3 5000 7000 11000
175 12.1 5275 7450 11750
11 Lockwasher Stainless Steel AISI 301
200 13.8 5600 7800 12100
12 Plug (Stwy. only) Forged Steel
225 15.6 5900 8200 12500
250 17.2 6000 8500 13500
Typical Applications Discharge Capacities shown were obtained from tests using hot
Hospital, laundry and kitchen equipment, high capacity process equipment, outdoor condensate approximately 20˚F below Saturated Steam temperature.
applications subject to freezing, applications requiring high air venting capacity on initial When condensate temperature is below 200˚F, discharge capacity is
start up. from two to three times greater than shown above.
INICIO

T250
Dimensions
C (nominal) in inches and millimeters
C Size A B C D Weight
Angle
1/2" 1.75 1.75 3.12 4.56 3.5 lb
44 44 79 116 1.6 kg
D
3/4" 1.75 1.75 3.12 4.56 3.5 lb
D 44 44 79 116 1.6 kg
1" 2.12 2.25 3.9 5.37 6.0 lb

B B 54 57 100 137 2.7 kg
Straightway
1/2" 1.75 1.75 3.12 5.37 4.3 lb
A 44 44 79 137 1.9 kg
A
Angle Straightway 3/4" 1.87 1.75 3.12 5.37 4.3 lb
48 44 79 137 1.9 kg
Spare Parts
Steam traps shall be balanced pressure thermostatic types, self-
adjusting to all pressures within their operating range. Bodies to
be of heavy cast iron with NPT connections. Thermostatic
elements shall be of precision welded stainless steel construction.
All internals to be stainless steel and shall be replaceable without
disturbing the piping connections.
E
Installation
A
A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any steam trap to
protect the valve and seat from dirt and scale. Full port isolating
valves should be placed to permit servicing. The trap should be
installed below the drainage point of the equipment with a
collecting leg before the trap. For best operation, the bellows
should be in a horizontal position as shown. For a freeze-
resistant installation, inlet piping must be pitched toward the trap C
for gravity flow, and the trap outlet must be free of any piping. D
See installation instructions #250-D8. B
Maintenance
connections. Complete isolation from both supply and return line
is required before any servicing is performed.
cleaning of the valve head and seat.
element set.
given in IMI 250-D8, which accompanies the product.
Element Set A, B, C, D, E
Element & Lockwasher A, E
Valve Seat & Gasket C, D
Cap Gasket B

Signed:_______________________ Angle & straightway traps accept the same spare parts.
Date:_________________________
TIS 2.009 US 05.00

INICIO
Balanced Pressure Thermo-Matic® Steam Trap

TM600, TM600L, TM600N
The trap contains a calibrated element Typical

Model ➪ TM600 TM600L TM600N
module which is self-adjusting so that Applications
condensate is discharged within 10˚F of
PMO 600 psig
saturated steam temperature over the full
operating pressure range. The solid fill High-pressure steam
bellows can withstand pressure surges and Sizes 1/2" & 3/4" main drips,
waterhammer, and a patented heat sink high-pressure process
protects the bellows from over-expansion Connections NPT equipment, outdoor
should the steam pressure suddenly be installations subject to
reduced. The integral downstream flash Ductile iron body Steel body freezing.
Construction
chamber reduces discharge velocity to
stainless steel internals
provide smooth discharge of high
condensate loads. The TM 600N has a Options BSPConnections
carbon steel body and integral strainer. SW or flanged
to MIL-T-960, Type II
Limiting Operating Conditions TM600L*

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 600 psig(41 barg)
5
Max. Operating Temperature Saturated Steam Temperature 1
1A
3A
PMA 600 psig/up to 650˚F 41 barg/up to 343˚C 2
4
TMA 650˚F/0-600 psig 343˚C/0-41 barg
3C
3D
3E
No. Part Material
1 Cover* Ductile Iron ASTM A395
1A Cover Gasket Spiral Wound AISI 304 strip
Stainless Steel, Graphite Filled * TM600 has
2 Body* Ductile Iron ASTM A395
a cone valve
head.
3A Support Plate Stainless Steel AISI 304
3C Valve Head Hardened Stainless Steel
TM 600 (Cone Head) AISI 420F Differential Pressure -bar
TM 600L (Ball Head) AISI 440 1 2 3 4 5 10 15 20 30 40
5000
3D Valve Seat Hardened Stainless Steel AISI 420F 4000 2000
3E Valve Seat Gasket Spiral Wound AISI 304 strip 3000 1500
Stainless Steel, Graphite Filled 2500
2000 1000
4 Baffle Stainless Steel AISI 302 700
1500
5 Cover Screws Steel ASTMA 449, Type 1 500
3/8" - 16 x 1-1/4" 1000
400
700 300
* Body & cover of TM600N: Steel to ASTM A216 WCB
500 200
300
10 20 30 50 40 100 150 200 300 400 600
Differential Pressure - psi
TIS 2.003 US 02.02
INICIO
Balanced Pressure Thermo-Matic® Steam Trap

TM600, TM600L, TM600N
43/ 8" (111 mm) 4.2"
106 mm
6.25"
159 mm
6-1/16" Weight
(154 mm) TM600N 7.0 lb
2.8"
71 mm 3.2 kg
2.0"
51mm
TM600
1-1/16"
(27mm) TM600L
Weight — S.W. 41/4" (108mm)
91/ 4 lbs.(4.2kg) SCR. 51/4" (133mm)
Steam trap shall be Spirax Sarco type TM600 Thermo-Matic®, S PA R E PA RT S *
self-adjusting for operating pressures to 600 psig. The traps
shall incorporate a flash chamber to reduce discharge velocity.
Thermostatic elements shall be factory calibrated and shall have
a heat sink to prevent over-expansion. Traps shall be non-
freezing, and shall have a choice of top or side inlet (TM600 &
TM600L) or traps shall have horizontal in-line connectionss
(TM600N). Body and cap shall be ductile iron (TM600 &
TM600L) or carbon steel (TM600N).
Installation
A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any steam trap
3**
to protect the head and seat from dirt and scale. Full-flow
isolating valves should be placed to permit servicing. The trap
should be installed below the equipment with a collecting leg
before the trap. For best operation, the bellows should be in a
horizontal position as shown. For a freeze-resistant installation,
the inlet piping must be pitched toward the trap for gravity flow,
and the trap must discharge to atmosphere or drain.
Maintenance
This product can be maintained, unless installed vertically using
the alternate inlet, without disturbing the inlet piping connections.
Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line is
required before any servicing is performed. Cover Gasket 1
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and Element Set 3
cleaning of the valve head and seat, and cleaning of the strainer
screen (TM600N only). **TM600 has a cone head
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Element Set. * TM600, TM600L and TM600N parts are not
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are interchangeable. Consult factory for TM600N spare parts.
TIS 2.003 US 02.02
INICIO

BPM21L
The BPM21L is a compact

steel-bodied steam trap Model ➪ BPM21L
suitable for light load
applications. The welded PMO 305 psig
stainless steel element is
self-adjusting over the entire 1
Sizes 3/8" & 1/2"
operating pressure range,
and will discharge Connections NPT 8
condensate at approximately
18˚F (10˚C) below saturated Construction Carbon Steel Body
2
Stainless Steel Internals
steam tempeature. The 6
element is resistant to Options BSP Connections
waterhammer and moderate SW Connections (1/2" only) 5
superheat. 3
7
Max. Operating Temperature 437˚F at 304 psig (225˚C at 21 barg)

45˚F (25˚C) of Superheat at operating
pressures below 295 psig (20 barg)

withdrawal distance
Max. allowable pressure E
309 psig/424˚F 21 barg/218˚C C
188 psig/752˚F 13 barg/400˚C
TMA 752˚F/0-188 psig 400˚C/0-13 barg

Kitchen and laundry equipment, steam tracers, hospital equipment, steam
coils, steam radiators, main drips, outdoor applications subject to freezing.
D
A
No. Part Material
1 Cover Forged Carbon Steel 1.0560 (C22.8)
2 Capsule Stainless Steel DIMENSIONS
3 Valve Seat Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29
5 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel ASTMA240 TP 304 Size A B C D E Weight
6 Cover Gasket Nickel Reinforced exfoliated graphite
7 Body Forged Carbon Steel 1.0560 (C22.8)
3/8", 1/2" 2.75 2.4 1.4 .6 .4 2 lb
8 Cover Bolts Stainless Steel BS 1506 - 621 A B7M 70 62 35 15 10 0.9 kg
M8 x 25 mm
INICIO

BPM21L
CA PAC I T I E S S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N
Differential pressure bar Steam trap shall be Spirax Sarco BPM21L balanced pressure
thermostatic type, self-adjusting at all pressures to 304 psig. Body
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10 21 shall be forged carbon steel with bolted cover and horizontal in-line
1000 connections, containing a conical stainless steel strainer. The
800 thermostatic capsule shall be capable of resisting waterhammer,
1500 700 freezing conditions, and up to 45˚F of superheat.
600
500
1000
Cold 400
700 300
500 S PA R E PA RT S
200
400 Hot
300
J
100
200
80
150 70
2 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300
Differential pressure psi
I N S TA L L AT I O N E
Although the trap will operate in any position, the prefered B
installation is in a horizontal pipe with the cover at the top.

D
Provided that welding is by the electric arc method, SW traps may
be connected without removing the capsule. Full-port isolating G
valves should be installed upstream and downstream of the trap.
MAINTENANCE

connections. Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and
return line is required before any servicing is performed.
The trap should be disassembled periodically for cleaning of the Capsule & Seat Assembly A, B, C, D, E, F
strainer screen and inspection and cleaning of the valve head and Gasket Set C, D
seat. Strainer Screen (Pkt of 3) G
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete Set of Cover Bolts J
Capsule and Seat Assembly Set.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in Available spare parts are shown in heavy outline. Parts
TIS 2.014 US 03.94
INICIO

BPT21, BPT21Y
The welded stainless steel T Y P I CA L
Model ➪ BPT21LC BPT21H BPT21YLC BPT21YH
element is self-adjusting over
Low Capacity High Capacity Low Capacity High Capacity A P P L I CAT I O N S
the entire operating pressure range
and will discharge condensate at PMO 304 psig
approximately 18°F (10°C) below Kitchen and
saturated steam temperature. laundry
Sizes 1/2" & 3/4" equipment, steam
The element is resistant to
waterhammer, and up to 90°F tracers, hospital
Connections NPT
(50°C) superheat over saturated equipment, steam
steam temperature can be coils, steam
tolerated by this trap. Construction Forged steel body and cover, stainless steel internals radiators and
The BPT21Y has an integral steam main drip
"Y" strainer. Options SW connections, ANSI 150 & 300 flanges, subcooling capsule filling, stations.
1/4" plugs in bosses of body (BPT21) for strainer blowdown and trap testing
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S BPT 21

1
Max. Operating Temperature 437˚F at 304 psig (225˚C at 21 barg)
90˚F (50˚C) of Superheat at operating 8
2
pressures below 282 psig (19 barg)
PRESSURE S HELL DESIGN C ONDITIONS 5
3 6
Max. allowable pressure 7
309 psig/424˚F 21 barg/218˚C
188 psig/752˚F 13 barg/400˚C
TMA 752˚F/0-188 psig 400˚C/0-13 barg

Bosses can be fitted
with 1/4" plugs
No. Part Material BPT 21Y
1 Cover Forged Carbon Steel 1.0460 (C22.8)
2 Capsule Stainless Steel AISI 321
2A Element Valve Stainless Steel AISI 440 1
3 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 431
4 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel AISI 304
8
5 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304 2
1/32" (0.8 mm) perf.
6 Cover Gasket Nickel reinforced exfoliated graphite
7 Body Forged Carbon Steel 1.0460 (C22.8) 6 3
8 Cover Bolts & Nuts Steel BS 4882 Gr B7
M8 x 35 mm BS 4882 Gr 2H
7
9 Plug (optional) Steel
10 Strainer Cap Steel BS 970 070 M20
CA P S U L E FI L L I N G 5
10
As standard, the trap is supplied with filling D, which will operate approximately 18˚F (10˚C) below
steam temperature. As an optional alternative, the trap can be supplied with filling C, which will
operate approximately 36˚F (20˚C) below steam temperature, i.e., sub-cooling.
If the alternative capsule is required, this must be clearly stated on the order e.g. capsule to have C fill.
INICIO
BPT21, BPT21Y
withdrawal distance
H C

D Weight
Size A B C D E H J Scr/Sw Flgd
BPT21
E
BPT21 1/2" 3.4 5.9 2.9 2.5 0.83 1.4 – 3 lb 6.8 lb
87 150 74 64 21 35 1.4 kg 3.1 kg
A
B 3/4" 3.4 5.9 2.9 2.6 0.98 1.4 – 3.5 lb 7.3 lb

87 150 74 67 25 35 1.6 kg 3.3 kg
D BPT21Y
1/2" 3.4 5.9 2.9 2.5 2.0 1.4 3.0 3.5 lb 5.9 lb
BPT21Y 87 150 74 64 51 35 76 1.6 kg 2.7 kg
E 3/4" 3.4 5.9 2.9 2.6 2.0 1.4 3.0 3.9 lb 6.4 lb
87 150 74 67 51 35 76 1.8 kg 2.9 kg
J withdrawal distance
Steam trap shall be Spirax Sarco BPT21/BPT21Y balanced pressure
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 thermostatic-type which self-adjusts to all pressures to 304 psig. Body
6000 3000 construction of forged steel with side inlet and outlet threaded (or socket
5000 weld) ends containing an integral stainless steel strainer. Shall be provided
4000 2000 with blowdown and test connection when required, and be maintainable in
3000 the field without disturbing the piping. Operating element capsule of design
capable of resisting waterhammer and freezing conditions, and can
2000 1000
800 withstand up to 90˚F superheat.
700
600
1000 500
400
S PA R E PA RT S
800
300
600
500
400 200 H
300
C
20 30 40 50 70 100 150 200 300 A

D
Differential Pressure psi LC Orifice .098 E
H Orifice .196 B
F
I N S TA L L AT I O N G1
The trap is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal
plane and the cover at the top, preferably with a drop leg immediately
preceding the trap. When welding the trap into the pipeline, there is no
need to remove the element, providing the welding is done by the
electric arc method. Full port isolating valves should be installed G2
upstream and downstream of the trap. H
MAINTENANCE
connections. Complete isolation of the connector from both supply and Capsule & Seat Assembly Set A, B, C, D, E
return line is required before any servicing is performed.
Strainer Screen (Pkt of 3) G1, G2
The trap should be disassembled periodically for cleaning of the
strainer screen and inspection and cleaning of the valve head and seat. Set of Gaskets (Pkt of 3) F
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete Capsule Set of Cover Bolts & Nuts (4 off) H
and Seat Assembly Set. Available spare parts are shown in heavy outline. Parts
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
TIS 2.004 US 08.99
INICIO

BPT30, BPT30Y
The welded stainless steel
element is self-adjusting over Typical
Model ➪ BPT30 LC BPT30 HC BPT30Y LC BPT30Y HC Applications
the entire operating pressure
range and will discharge PMO 435 psig
condensate at approximately Kitchen and
22°F (12°C) below saturated Sizes 1/2", 3/4", & 1" hospital
steam temperature. The element equipment,
is resistant to waterhammer, and steam tracers,
Connections NPT
superheat over saturated steam steam coils,
temperature can be tolerated by steam radiators
Construction Forged steel body and cover, stainless steel internals
this trap. (See operational range and steam main
graph) Options Socket Weld Connections; ANSI150 & ANSI 300 Flanges; Blowdown Valve drip stations.
The BPT30Y has an integral "Y" for BPT30Y; Sub-cooling Capsule (see Capsule Filling below);
strainer. 1/2 &3/4" sizes in high capacity; 1" size in low capacity
1 BPT30Y
Operating Range Pressure psig 2
0 195 290 435 580 8
400 752 3
A 4
300 572
200 392 6
Steam
100 saturation
curve
212 BPT30
C B
0 0 7
0 10 20 30 40
1
Pressure barg 5
9
The product must not be used in this region 2
or beyond its operating range as damage
to the internals may occur.
8
* PMO Maximum operating presure 30 barg. 435 psig. 3
A - B Screwed, socket weld and flanged end connections to 4
BS 4504 PN40 and ANSI 300. 5
A - C Flanged end connectins to ANSI 150.
6
7
No. Part Material
1 Cover Forged Carbon Steel 1.0460 (C 22.8) Pressure Shell Design Conditions
2 Capsule Stainless Steel AISI 321 PMA 580 psig/ up to 248˚F 40 barg/up to 120˚C
2A Element Valve Stainless Steel AISI440 472 psig/ 464˚F 32 barg/240˚C
3 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 431 304 psig/ up to 752˚F 21 barg/up to 400˚C
4 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel AISI 304 TMA 752˚F/0-304 psig 400˚C/0-21 barg
5 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel Max. allowable temperature
3/64 1.2 mm perf. AISI 304
6 Cover Gasket Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite Capsule Filling
As standard, the trap is supplied with filling STD, which will operate
7 Body Forged Carbon Steel 1.0460 (C 22.8)
approximately 22˚F (12˚C) below steam temperature
8 Cover Nuts Steel DIN 17240 24 CrMo5 As an optional alternative, the trap can be supplied with filling SUB, which will
Cover Screws M10 x 42 mm ASTM A193 B7 operate approximately 43˚F (24˚C) below steam temperature, i.e. subcooling.
9 Strainer Cap Stainless Steel AISI 416 Note: If the alternative capsule is required, this must be clearly stated on the
order, e.g. Capsule to have SUB fill.
INICIO

BPT30, BPT30 Y
Withdrawal H
C
Distance Steam trap shall be Spirax Sarco BPT30/BPT30 Y balanced
pressure thermostatic type, which self adjusts to all
D pressures to 435 psig. Body construction of forged steel with
side inlet and outlet threaded (socket weld or flanged) ends
BPT30 containing an integral stainless steel strainer. Shall be
E
maintainable in the field without disturbing the piping.
A
Operating element capsule of design capable of resisting
B waterhammer and freezing conditions, and can withstand up
D
Installation
The trap is designed for installation with the capsule in a
BPT30Y horizontal plane and the cover at the top, preferably with a
Optional E drop leg immediately preceding the trap. When welding the
J
Blowdown trap into the pipeline, there is no need to remove the
Valve element, providing the welding is done by the electric arc
Withdrawal Distance method. Full-flow isolating valves should be installed
upstream and ‘downstream of the trap’.
Dimensions
Size Weight
DN A B C D E H J Scr. S/W flgd. Maintenance
BPT30 This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping
1/2" 3.7 5.9 3.2 3.9 0.67 1.5 – 4.8 lb 7.9 lb
15 95 150 82 98 17 37 – 2.2 kg 3.6 kg connections. Complete isolation of the trap from both supply
3/4" 3.7 5.9 3.2 3.9 0.79 1.5 – 5.1 lb 9.0 lb
20 95 150 82 98 20 37 – 2.3 kg 4.1 kg The trap should be disassembled periodically for cleaning of
1" 3.7 6.3 3.2 3.9 1.1 1.5 – 5.3 lb 10.1 lb the strainer screen and inspection and cleaning of the valve
25 95 160 82 98 27 37 – 2.4 kg 4.5 kg head and seat.
BPT30 Y Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a
1/2" 3.7 5.9 3.2 3.8 3.1 1.5* 5.0 7 lb 10.3 lb
15 95 150 82 96 79 39 127 3.2 kg 4.7 kg complete capsule and seat assembly set.
3/4" 3.7 5.9 3.2 3.8 3.1 1.5* 5.0 7 lb 11.9 lb
20 95 150 82 96 79 39 127 3.2 kg 5.4 kg given in the IMI sheet, which accompanies the product.
1" 3.7 6.3 3.2 3.8 3.1 1.5* 5.0 7.3 lb 12.8 lb
25 95 160 82 96 79 39 127 3.3 kg 5.8 kg
* with blowdown valve add 1.06"
Capacities H
Differential pressure bar
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 20 30 C
3000 A
6000 D
E
5000 B
Cold 2000 F
4000
G1
3000
1000
2000
HC 800
Hot
600 G2
Cold H
500
1000
400
800 LC
300 Capsule & Seat Assembly A,B,C,D,E
600
Hot Strainer Screen G1,G2
500
200 Set of Gaskets (pkt of 3) F
400
Set of Cover Screws & Nuts (4 off) H
300
100 drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
20 30 40 50 70 100 150 200 300 400
TIS 2.005 US 05.01
INICIO
Sealed Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

TSS300

element is self-adjusting Model ➪ TSS300
over the entire operating PMO 300 psig

pressure range and will 1
Sizes 3/8" & 1/2"
discharge condensate at
approximately 20˚F (11˚C) Connections NPT 4
below saturated steam
Construction All Stainless Steel
temperature. Trap may be 3
Tamper-proof body
installed in horizontal or 2
Options Strainer Screen 2A
vertical pipelines. (For 1/2” size only)
ANSI 600
PMA 800 psig/up to 725˚F 55 barg/up to 385˚C B

TMA 725˚F/0-800 psig 385˚C/0-55 barg

T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S A
Critical and non-critical steam tracing systems and steam main drips.
No. Part Material
1 Body* Stainless Steel AISI 304
2 Element Plates Stainless Steel AISI 316L DIMENSIONS
2A Element Valve Stainless Steel AISI440 (N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
3 Element Holder Stainless Steel AISI 303
4 Spring Stainless Steel AISI 304 Size A B Weight
5 Strainer Screen (optional)** Stainless Steel AISI 304
Screen Tab Stainless Steel AISI 301 3/8", 1/2" 2.5 1.5 0.7 lb
64 38 0.3 kg
* The body weld joint complies with ASME section IX and BS4870 (1981).
** Optional strainer screen can be inserted into the inlet connection.
INICIO

TSS300
CA PAC I T I E S
0.3 0.5 0.6 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 condensate discharge at
500 close to steam temperature
1000
800 400
600
300
500
200
400
300
100
200
80
60
50
100
40
70 30
5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Steam trap shall be encapsulated Spirax Sarco TSS300 balanced pressure
thermostatic type, which will operate installed in either horizontal or vertical
piping. Construction of all stainless steel with tamper-proof body sealed
against leakage. Operating element to be stainless steel welded thermostatic
bellows for operation without adjustment at any pressure to 300 psig. Trap to
operate close to steam temperature and shall be provided with internal
strainer when required.
O P E R AT I O N
The TSS300 should be used for critical applications (such as draining steam
mains or high temperature tracing lines) where it is important to keep the
steam space free of condensate. This installation must also be used when the
trap discharges into a pressurized condensate return system.
The normal failure mode will be in the open position unless the bellows is
distorted by severe operating conditions.
The TSS300 may also be used as a thermostatic air vent. For this use, it
should be installed to discharge vertically upward. The discharge should be
piped to a drain.
The trap nameplate indicates the flow direction. A strainer should be
installed upstream of the trap (an optional internal strainer is available). Full
port isolating valves should be installed upstream and downstream. To avoid
damaging the thermostatic element, the pipe connections should never be
welded to the trap. For freeze protection, all drain lines must be pitched
toward the trap for gravity flow. The trap must discharge vertically
downward and the discharge piping must be self-draining.
MAINTENANCE
This product is factory sealed for tamper-proof operation, and no repair parts
are available. Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line
is required before the trap is removed.
2.0001, which accompanies the product.
TIS 2.0001 US 09.96
INICIO

DTS300

element is self-adjusting Model ➪ DTS300
over the entire operating PMO 300 psig

pressure range and will
Sizes 3/8" & 1/2"
discharge condensate at
approximately 190˚F . Trap Connections NPT
2A
may be installed in 2
Construction All Stainless Steel
horizontal or vertical Tamper-proof body 3
pipelines. Options Strainer Screen
(For 1/2” size only) 4
L IMITING O PERATING C ONDITIONS 1
P RESSURE S HELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS

ANSI 600
PMA 800 psig/up to 725˚F 55 barg/up to 385˚C B

TMA 725˚F/0-800 psig 385˚C/0-55 barg

T YPICAL A PPLICATIONS A
Non-critical steam tracing systems.
No. Part Material
1 Body* Stainless Steel AISI 304
2 Element Plates Stainless Steel AISI 316L D IMENSIONS
2A Element Valve Stainless Steel AISI 440 ( NOMINAL ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
4 Spring Stainless Steel AISI 304 Size A B Weight
5 Strainer Screen (optional)** Stainless Steel AISI 304
Screen Tab Stainless Steel AISI 301 3/8", 1/2" 2.5 1.5 0.7 lb
64 38 0.3 kg
* The body weld joint complies with ASME section IX and BS4870 (1981).
** Optional strainer screen can be inserted into the inlet connection.
INICIO

DTS300
CAPACITIES
0.3 0.5 0.6 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 condensate discharge
at 190˚F
Condensate kg/h
500
1000
800 400
600
300
500 0˚F
19 200
AT
400 TE
SA
DEN
N
300 CO
100
200
Condensate lb/h
80
60
50
100
40
70 30
5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
S AMPLE S PECIFICATION
Steam trap shall be encapsulated Spirax Sarco DTS300 balanced pressure
thermostatic type, which will operate installed in either horizontal or vertical
piping. Construction of all stainless steel with tamper-proof body sealed
against leakage. Operating element to be stainless steel welded thermostatic
bellows for operation without adjustment at any pressure to 300 psig. Trap to
operate close to 190 ˚F steam temperature and shall be provided with internal
strainer when required.
O PERATION
The DTS300 should be used for non-critical applications (such as non-
critical tracing lines) where it is important to keep the temperature of
condensate discharge low.
The normal failure mode will be in the open position unless the bellows is
distorted by severe operating conditions.
ATMOSPHERIC
DRAIN
I NSTALLATION
The trap nameplate indicates the flow direction. A strainer should be
installed upstream of the trap (an optional internal strainer is available). Full
port isolating valves should be installed upstream. To avoid damaging the
thermostatic element, the pipe connections should never be welded to the DTS
trap. For freeze protection, all drain lines must be pitched toward the trap for
gravity flow. The trap must discharge vertically downward and the discharge
piping must be self-draining.
M AINTENANCE (Optional) Balanced

Pressure
This product is factory sealed for tamper-proof operation, and no repair parts ATMOSPHERIC
are available. Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line DRAIN
is required before the trap is removed. Consult factory for any alternate hook-ups.
2.0001A, which accompanies the product.
TIS 2.0011 US 10.99
INICIO

MST21

element is self-adjusting over the Model ➪ MST21 / MST21H
entire operating pressure range
and will discharge condensate at
PMO 304 psig
approximately 40˚F (22˚C) below
saturated steam temperature. Up 6
to 45˚F (25˚C) superheat over Sizes 1/4" & 1/2"
saturated temperature and
waterhammer can be tolerated by Connections NPT 4
this trap. The MST21 can be 3
disassembled for servicing. Trap
may be installed in horizontal or Construction All Stainless Steel 5
vertical pipelines. 1
2
B
A
Max. Operating Temperature 45˚F (25˚C) of Superheat
C
PRESSURE SHELL DESIGN C ONDITIONS
D Max. allowable pressure
309 psig/424˚F 21 barg/218˚C
188 psig/752˚F 13 barg/400˚C
DIMENSIONS
( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS TMA 752˚F/0-188 psig 400˚C/0-13 barg
Size A B C D Weight
1/4" 2 .3 .4 1.8 .75 lb

50.5 8.5 10 45 0.34 kg
1/2" 2.4 .4 .5 1.8 1.06 lb
61 12.5 14 45 0.48 kg No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless Steel ASTM A743 CF16F/
DIN 17440 X 10 CrNiS 18 9
2 Cap Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Gr 431
3 Capsule Stainless Steel
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S 4 Spring Stainless Steel BS 2056 302 S26
5 Spacer Plate Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16
6 Strainer Screen (0.8mm perf) Stainless Steel ASTM A240 316L
Steam main drainage and steam tracing. 7 Gasket Stainless Steel ASTM A276 304L
DIN 17440 X 2 CrNi 19 11
INICIO

MST21
CA PAC I T I E S
10000 S PA R E PA RT S
1000
100
10
1 10 100 300
D
Steam trap shall be Spirax Sarco MST21 balanced pressure
thermostatic type, which self adjusts to all pressures to 304 psig.
Trap to be of all stainless steel maintainable construction. Internal
element shall be capable of resisting waterhammer and withstanding A
up to 45˚F (25˚C) of superheat.
The steam trap is intended for installation in a vertical line with the
inlet at the top and the outlet at the bottom. This will ensure that it B
is self-draining. Full port isolating valves should be installed
upstream and downstream of the trap. If fitted in a horizontal line,
the trap should be preceded by a short drop leg.
MAINTENANCE
required before any servicing is performed.
The trap should be disassembled periodically for cleaning of the
strainer screen and inspection and cleaning of the valve head and
seat.
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete Capsule
Assembly Set. Capsule Assembly Set
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in A, B, C, D
the IM-P125-07 sheet, which accompanies the product.
TIS 2.0021 US 02.98
INICIO

SBP30LC

element is self-adjusting Model ➪ SBP30LC
over the entire operating 1
pressure range and will PMO 435 psig
discharge condensate at 2
approximately 18°F (10°C) Sizes 1/2" & 3/4"
below saturated steam 5
temperature. The element 3
is resistant to Connections NPT
waterhammer, and up to
90°F (50°C) superheat Construction All Stainless Steel
tamper- proof body
over saturated steam 6
temperature can be Options S.W. & BSPconnections
tolerated by this trap. Subcooling capsule filling
B
Max. Operating Temperature 500°F (260°C) at 435 psig(30 barg)

C
545°F (285°C) at operating pressures
below 426 psig (29 barg)
P RESSURE S HELL DESIGN C ONDITIONS

PMA 720 psig/up to 100°F 50 barg/up to 38°C
D
450 psig/459°F 31 barg/237°C
400 psig/752°F 27 barg/426°C
A TMA 752°F/0-400 psig 400°C/0-27 barg
CA P S U L E F I L L I N G
DIMENSIONS As standard, the trap is supplied with filling D, which will operate
(NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS approximately 18˚F (10˚C) below steam temperature.
As an option, the trap can be supplied with filling C, which will operate
Size A B C D Weight
approximately 36˚F (20˚C) below steam temperature, i.e. sub-cooling.
1/2",3/4" 3.1 2.5 2.2 0.74 2.2 lb Note: If the alternative capsule is required, this must be clearly stated on
80 63 56 19 1.0 kg the order, e.g. Capsule to have C fill.
No. Part Material
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S 1 Cover* Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Gr 304
2 Capsule Stainless Steel AISI 321
Kitchen and hospital equipment, steam 2A Element Valve Stainless Steel AISI 440
tracers, steam coils, steam radiators and 3 Seat Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 431
steam main drip stations. 4 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel AISI 304
5 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 304
6 Body* Stainless Steel ASTM A473 Gr 304
* The body/cover weld joint complies with ASME section IX and BS4870 (1981).
INICIO

SBP30LC
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N CA P A C I T I E S
Differential pressure bar
Steam trap shall be encapsulated Spirax Sarco SBP30LC balanced 1 2 3 4 5 7
pressure thermostatic type, which self-adjusts to all pressures to 435 3000
psig and can be installed in either horizontal or vertical piping.
Maintenance-free and tamper-proof design of all stainless steel 1000
2000
construction with forged body and drawn cover completely sealed 800
Cold
against leakage. Operating element to be a solidly liquid-filled 600
thermostatic capsule which vents air freely, operates close to steam 500
1000
temperature, resists waterhammer and freezing conditions, and can 400
800
withstand up to 90˚F superheat.
300
600
500
I N S TA L L AT I O N Hot 200
400
Although the trap will operate in any position, the preferred 300
installation is in a horizontal pipe with a drop leg immediately 100
before the trap. The electric arc process must be used when the SW 20 30 40 50 70 100 150 200 300 400
trap is welded into the pipeline. Full port isolating valves should be Differential pressure psi
installed unpstream and downstream of the trap.
MAINTENANCE
This product is factory sealed for tamper-proof operation, and no

repair parts are available. Complete isolation from both supply and
return line is required before the trap is removed.
TIS 2.0061 US 09.97
INICIO

UBP32 with Swivel Connector
The welded stainless steel Model ➪ UBP32

element is self-adjusting over
the entire operating pressure PMO 464 psig
range and will discharge
condensate at approximately Sizes 1/2", 3/4" & 1"
22˚F (12˚C) below saturated
steam temperature. The Connections NPT, SW
element is resistant to
waterhammer. The connector Trap All Stainless Steel
can be installed in either Construction Tamper-proof body
horizontal or vertical piping,
and the trap is easily removed Connector Straight strainer type
without disturbing the Construction Stainless steel or cast steel
pipework.
Subcooling capsule filling
Options Near to steam capsule filling
Construction Materials Limiting Operating Conditions

No. Part Material Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 464 psig (32 barg)
1 Body Austenitic ASTM A351 Gr. CF8
stainless steel (304 grade) Max. Operating Temperature 572˚F (300˚C) at 450 psig (31 barg)
See chart below
2 Cover Austenitic ASTM A276 Gr. 304
For all other pressures and temperatures
stainless steel (304 grade)
3 Screen Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Gr. 304 Pressure Shell Design Conditions
4 Seat Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
5 Capsule Stainless Steel PMA 720 psig/up to 100˚F 50 barg/up to 38˚C
Max. allowable pressure 450 psig/459˚F 31 barg/237˚C
6 Spacer plate Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Gr. 304
7 Spring Stainless Steel ASTM A313 Gr. 302 400 pgig/752 ˚F 27 barg/426˚C
8 Inner gasket Stainless Steel Spirally wound
graphite filler AISI 304 strip TMA 752˚F/0-400 psig 400˚C/0-27 barg
9 Outer gasket Stainless Steel Spirally wound
graphite filler AISI 304 strip
10 Connector screws Steel ASTM A183 B7 Operating Range
Differential pressure bar Pressure (psig)
Capacities 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 20 30 0 145 290 435 464 580 725
1000 400 752
200
800 300 572
200 392
600
500 100 Steam saturation curve 212
100
Cold 400 0 32
800
0 10 20 30 32 40 50
600
30 Pressure bar g
500 The product must not be used in this region.
20
400 The product must not be used in this region
Hot as damage to internals may occur.
300
Capsule Filling
10 As standard, the trap is supplied with filling for 22°F (12°C) , below
20 30 405060 80100 150200 300400
saturation.
As an optional alternative, a near to steam fil with a 11°F (6°C) below
Typical Applications saturation or a sub cooled 44°F (24°C) below saturation version can be
Steam tracing systems and steam main drip stations, kitchen suplied.
and hospital equipment, steam coils, and steam radiators. Note: If the alternative capsule is required, this must be clearly stated on the order.
INICIO

UBP32 with Swivel Connector
Dimensions
Size A B C D E F Weight
1/2" 2.4 2.2 1.3 1.8 2.7 3.0 3.5 lb

61.9 5.6 33 46 69 76 1.62 kg
3/4" 2.8 2.6 1.3 1.8 2.7 3.4 3.8 lb

72 66 33 46 69 86 1.7 kg
1" 3.5 3.3 1.3 1.8 2.7 4.1 4.2 lb

89 84 33 46 69 104 9.26 kg
The connector may be rotated to any position.
Steam trap shall be supplied with a pipeline connector
which, once installed, remains in the line permanently. The
trap shall be attached to the connector by two bolts, to
enable simple and rapid installation and replacement. The
connection is designed to allow installation on pipework
that is vertical, horizontal or any angle in between. The
trap itself shall be maintenance-free and tamper-proof
design of all stainless steel construction with forged body
and drawn cover completely sealed against leakage.
Operating element to be a solidly liquid-filled thermostatic
capsule which self adjusts to all pressures to 435 psig.
Trap shall vent air freely and withstand waterhammer,
Spare Parts
freezing and superheat.
Installation
The connector can be installed in either horizontal or
vertical pipework. The mating flange on the UBP 30 trap is
free to rotate 360˚. The steam trap should be fitted in a
horizontal position with the cover above the center line of
the trap. Full port isolating valves should be installed
upstream and downstream of the connector.
Maintenance
This product is factory sealed for tamper-proof operation.
Complete isolation from both supply and return line is
required before the trap is removed.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions
are given in the IMIsheet, which accompanies the
product.

Connector Screw & Gasket Set A, B, C
Signed:_______________________ Available spare parts are shown in heavy outline. Parts

Date:_________________________
TIS 2.008 US 05.00
INICIO
Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

B Series
The trap contains

an inverted bucket Model ➪ B1H B2 B3 B4 B5
Note: Top plug not provided on
mechanism which PMO 250 psig (see below) B1H, B2, B5
responds to the
difference in density Sizes 1/2", 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 2" 2
between steam and 1
Connections NPT
condensate. The
Cast Iron Body,Stainless Steel Mechanism
discharge action is Construction 5
7
cyclic. Condensate S.S.Bucket Brass Bucket S.S.Bucket 8 6
Bimetal air vent (add '2' to model No. eg. B12HS, B22S, etc.) 9
is discharged close Options Integral strainer (add 'S' to model No. eg. B1HS, B2S, etc.)
to steam (when bimetal is required, strainer becomes standard) 3
temperature. Stainless Steel Bucket B2, B3, B4 4
11
No. Part Material
1 Cover Cast Iron ASTM A126 CLB
2 Cover Screws Steel ASTM A 449
3 Body Cast Iron ASTM A126 CLB
4 Bucket B1H, B12HS, B5, B52S Stainless Steel AISI 301/302/304
B2, B3, B4, B22S, B42S, B32S Brass ASTM B 36 12
5 Valve Guide Plate (Seat Bracket) AISI 301/302/304
6 Cover Gasket Graphite FOR CAPACITIES — SEE TIS 2.408
7 Valve Seat Stainless Steel (hardened) AISI 420 F
8 Valve Head (Ball) Stainless Steel (hardened) AISI 440
9 Valve Lever
(Bucket Arm) Stainless Steel AISI 301/302/304 10
10 Air Vent (optional) Series 300 SS and 400 SS
11 Strainer Screen (optional)
B1HS Stainless Steel, 20 mesh AISI 304
B2S to B5S Stainless Steel, 1/16" perf. AISI 304
12 Cap on strainer Brass ASTM B16
models B1HS etc. Steel ASTM A105 Gr 11

Typical Applications Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 15 psig(1 barg) 125 psig (9 barg)
Steam main drip stations, laundry equipment, 30 psig(2 barg) 180 psig (12 barg)
industrial dryers and storage tanks. (Determined by Orifice selected. See 75 psig (5 barg) 250 psig (17 barg)
Capacity and Selection Data on TIS 2.408)

Options Pressure Shell Design Conditions
Stainless steel buckets are available for types B2 to B4.
The optional bimetal air vent allows rapid air removal on Max. allowable pressure
cold start-up. The vent closes at approximately 200˚F, and
will remain closed during normal operation of the trap. TMA 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg
INICIO
Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

B Series
Top plug not provided on B1H, B12HS, B2, B22S, B5, B52S.
B
Size Type A B C C1* D E Weight
C,C1 1/2", 3/4" B1H 5 4 3.3 3.8 3 1.4 6.2 lb

127 102 85 95 76 36 2.8 kg
3/4" B2 6.6 5.3 3.5 4.0 4.1 1.9 12.5 lb

168 135 89 102 104 48 5.7 kg
1" B3 7.9 5.9 4.4 4.4 4.8 2.2 19.5 lb

200 149 112 112 122 57 8.8kg
D
1-1/4" B4 9.3 7 5.6 5.4 7.4 2.3 40 lb
237 178 143 137 187 58 18.2 kg
2" B5 11.2 8.8 6.3 6.6 10.7 3.4 75 lb

A 186 222 160 168 272 86 34 kg
E E
*C1 Dimension for traps supplied with bi-metal air vents (B12HS, B22S, B32S, B42S, B52S)
Spare Parts
Steam traps shall be of the mechanical inverted bucket
1B
type with cast iron bodies, screwed NPT horizontal
connections and stainless steel valve head and seat. An 1
internal bi-metal air vent and/or strainer screen shall be
available as options.
3 (optional)
4
Installation
A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any trap 5A
5B
to protect the head and seat from dirt and scale.
Suitable full-port isolation valves should be placed 1A
around trap to permit servicing. The trap should be

installed below the equipment drainage connection in a
horizontal position so that the bucket will rise and fall
vertically. For superheated steam applications, a check
valve should be installed at the trap inlet.
6
Maintenance (optional)
This product can be maintained without disturbing the

piping connections. Complete isolation of the trap from
both supply and return line is required before any
servicing is performed. Cover w/ Gasket 1, 1A
Specify if standard or w/ bi-metal air vent
The trap should be disassembled periodically for
Cover Gasket 1A
inspection and cleaning of the valve head and seat, and
Cover Cap Screws, Set 1B
operating mechanism. The bucket vent hole must be
clear. The optional strainer screen should be removed Air Vent Assembly 3
and cleaned. Complete Mechanism 4
( specify pressure range)
complete mechanism assembly kit. Bucket (Brass) 5A
Complete installation and maintenance instructions Bucket (Stainless Steel) 5B
are given in IMI 2.400, which accompanies the Strainer (Stainless Steel) 6
product.
TIS 2.407 US 08.02
INICIO
Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Trap

B Series Capacities Chart
Capacities lb/hr for Kg/Hr, multiply Lb/Hr by .454
Trap Size 1/2" - 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 2"
Differential ➔
Model No. B1H-15 B2-15 B3-15 B4-15 B5-15
Pressure Range
Orifice ➔ 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 1-1/16"
1 psi 665 1700 2140 3940 11,600
2 psi 715 1920 2330 4090 12,100
1 – 15 psi 3 psi 755 2110 2600 4350 13,200
5 psi 835 2370 2920 4980 14,700
10 psi 960 2810 3590 5990 17,800
15 psi 1040 3220 3900 6560 20,000
Model No. ➔ B1H-30 B2-30 B3-30 B4-30 B5-30

Orifice ➔ 3/16" 5/16" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4"
5 psi 615 1920 2340 4150 10,000
10 psi 715 2260 2840 4930 12,100
5 – 30 psi 15 psi 810 2580 3230 5680 14,000
20 psi 895 2870 3630 6200 15,600
25 psi 945 3060 3900 6720 17,100
30 psi 1000 3220 4120 7140 18,500
Model No. ➔ B1H-75 B2-75 B3-75 B4-75 B5-75

Orifice ➔ 5/32" 1/4" 9/32" 3/8" 9/16"
10 psi 500 1250 1970 3840 9,860
20 psi 610 1600 2500 4720 12,400
10 – 75 psi 30 psi 705 1850 2860 5470 13,900
40 psi 770 2000 3120 6080 15,200
60 psi 905 2350 3640 7150 17,900
75 psi 965 2550 3960 7570 19,200
Model No. ➔ B1H-125 B2-125 B3-125 B4-125 B5-125

Orifice ➔ 1/8" 13/64" 1/4" 11/32" 1/2"
20 psi 446 1100 2080 4450 10,800
40 psi 600 1220 2600 5530 12,500
20 – 125 psi 60 psi 695 1700 3020 6350 15,600
80 psi 765 1900 3380 7110 17,100
100 psi 830 2080 3640 7750 18,900
125 psi 920 2240 4100 8540 20,000
Model No. ➔ B1H-180 B2-180 B3-180 B4-180 B5-180

Orifice ➔ 3/32" 5/32" 7/32" 9/32" 7/16"
60 psi 585 1500 2580 4250 13,650
80 psi 642 1700 2830 4730 15,100
60 – 180 psi 100 psi 703 1800 3070 5080 16,600
125 psi 765 1940 3380 5680 18,400
150 psi 816 2100 3580 5980 19,100
180 psi 867 2220 3780 6300 20,500
Model No. ➔ B1H-250 B2-250 B3-250 B4-250 B5-250

Orifice ➔ .070" 9/64" 3/16" 1/4" 3/8"
125 psi 562 1825 2760 4730 15,000
150 psi 600 1940 2910 4980 16,100
125 – 250 psi 175 psi 630 2060 3120 5130 16,800
200 psi 665 2120 3380 5500 17,800
225 psi 695 2240 3460 5780 18,900
250 psi 720 2300 3630 6040 19,400
INICIO

B Series Capacities Chart
How to Select
The tables overleaf show the maximum capacities on continuous discharge of condensate approximately at steam
temperature. Cold water discharge capacities are much higher.
When calculating the capacity requirement for the steam trap, use a safety factor of 2 or 3 times the normal load,
depending on the application. Then from the capacity table overleaf, select the trap with the required capacity and
pressure range. Caution: Oversizing bucket traps, especially on light load applications such as main drips, can cause
the trap to lose its seal and pass steam.
Be careful to select the inverted bucket trap with a seat suitable for the maximum pressure differential and with
sufficient capacity to handle the load at the minimum expected pressure differential. The trap will not open if
subjected to pressures greater than the maximum differential pressure.
The capacity table also applies to traps with optional air vents (B12H, B22, etc.)
TIS 2.408 US 03.94
INICIO

Series 200
The trap contains an
inverted bucket mechanism Model ➪ 211 212 213 215 216 1 7
which responds to the
difference in density PMO 250 psig (see below) 6
between steam and 2
condensate. The discharge
action is cyclic. Condensate Sizes 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2" 8
and non-condensibles are 9
discharged close to steam Connections NPT
10
temperature 11
Construction Cast Iron Body,Stainless Steel Internals
4
No. Part Material 5
12
1 Cover Cast Iron DIN 1691 GG 20
2 Cover Bolts UNC Steel BS 3692 Gr.8.8
Cover Nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr.8
4 Body Cast Iron DIN 1691 GG 20
5 Bucket Stainless Steel A 240 Type 321
6 Valve Guide Plate
Screws Stainless Steel B 18.6.3
7 Valve Guide Plate Stainless Steel A 240 Type 321
8 Cover Gasket Nickel Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite
9 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 440 B Typical Applications
10 Valve Stainless Steel AISI 440 B Steam main drip stations, laundry equipment,
11 Valve Lever Stainless Steel A 240 Type 321 industrial dryers and storage tanks.
12 Internal Tube Steel A 105 Gr. A
Capacities: See TIS 2.405
B
C Max. Operating Pressure Max. Operating Temperature *
Model # psig barg
211/6 250 17 410˚F (210˚C) at all operating pressures
211/7 200 13.8
A
1/2" 211/8 120 8.5 * For superheated steam applications, a
211/10 60 4 check valve should be installed at the trap
211/12 30 2 inlet.
212/7 250 17
212/8 200 13.8 Pressure Shell Design Conditions
3/4" 212/10 120 8.5
D
212/12 60 4 PMA 319 psig/up to 410˚F
212/16 30 2 Max. allowable
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters pressure 22 barg/0-210˚C
213/12 250 17
Size A B C D Weight 213/14 180 12.5
1" 213/16 120 8.5 TMA 410˚F/up to 319 psig
1/2" 6.4 4.3 7.0 2.6 6.25 lb 213/20 60 4 Max. allowable
163 108 178 67 2.8 kg temperature
213/24 30 2 210˚C/0-22 barg
3/4" 7.9 5.3 9.0 3.7 11.5 lb 215/18 250 17
200 135 229 93 5.2 kg
215/20 180 12.5
1" 10.6 7.4 11.0 4.5 27.0 lb 1-1/2" 215/22 120 8.5
269 188 280 114 12.2 kg
215/28 60 4
1-1/2" 14.4 9.4 15.0 5.5 59.0 lb 215/36 30 2
365 238 380 140 27.0 kg 216/24 250 17
2" 17.0 11.3 18.5 7.2 96.0 lb 216/32 120 8.5
2"
450 286 457 165 49.4 kg 216/40 60 4
216/48 36 2.5
Local regulation may restrict the use of this product below the conditions quoted. Limiting conditions refer to standard connections only.TIS 2.401 US 09.00
INICIO

Series 200
Steam traps shall be of the mechanical inverted bucket type with cast iron S PA R E PA RT S
bodies with screwed NPT vertical connections and stainless steel
internals.
Installation
A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any trap to protect the
head and seat from dirt and scale. Suitable full-port isolation valves C
should be placed around trap to permit servicing. The trap should be D
installed below the equipment drainage connection in a vertical B
position with the inlet at the bottom so that the bucket will rise and fall A
vertically.
G
Maintenance
This product must be removed from the line for maintenance.
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and J
cleaning of the valve head and seat, and operating mechanism. The
bucket vent hole must be clear.
K
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete valve
and seat assembly.
IMI 2.400, which accompanies the product.
Valve & Seat Assembly A, B, C,

(State pressure range) (2 of) D
Bucket G
Internal Tube J
Cover Gasket (pkt of 3) K
Set of Cover Nuts & Studs 1/2" - 6 of L
3/4" - 8 of
1" - 10 of
1-1/2 & 2"- 12 of
TIS 2.401 US 09.00
INICIO
Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Trap

Series HM 34
inverted bucket Model ➪ HM 34
mechanism which
responds to the difference PMO 464 psig
in density between steam
1
and condensate. The Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1" 2
discharge action is cyclic. 7 8
Condensate and non- Connections NPT 6
5 11
condensibles are
discharged close to steam Construction Carbon Steel Body, 9
Stainless Steel Internals 10
temperature. The HM 34
has an integral stainless
steel strainer. Options SWConnections

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO)
4
Model # psig barg 3
1/2" HM34/4 464 32

HM34/5 290 20
12 13
HM34/6 170 12
HM34/7 120 8.5
14
HM34/8 60 4
3/4" HM34/5 464 32
HM34/6 290 20
HM34/7 170 12
HM34/8 120 8.5
HM34/10 60 4
No. Part Material
1" HM34/5 464 32 1 Cover 1/2", 3/4" Forged Steel 1.0460 (C22.8)
HM34/6 290 20 1" Cast Steel DIN 17245 GS C25
HM34/8 170 12 2 Cover Bolts Steel BS 4168 Gr.8.8
HM34/10 120 8.5 Cover Nuts Steel BS3692 Gr.8
HM34/12 60 4 3 Body Cast Steel DIN 17245 GS C25
4 Bucket Stainless Steel AISI Type 321
Max. Operating Temperature *
5 Valve Guide Plate
482˚F at 464 psig (250˚C at 32 barg)
Screw Stainless Steel BS4183 (18/8)
572˚F (300˚C) at operating pressures below
406 psig (28 barg) 6 Valve Guide Plate Stainless Steel AISI Type 321
* For superheated steam aplications, a check valve 7 Cover Gasket Nickel Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite
should be installed at the trap inlet.
8 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 440 B
Pressure Shell Design Conditions 9 Valve Stainless Steel AISI 440 B
10 Valve Lever Stainless Steel AISI Type 321
PMA 580 psig/up to 248˚F 40 barg/up to 120˚C 11 Ferrule 1/2", 3/4" Stainless Steel AISIType 321H
Maximum 472 psig/464˚F 33 barg/240˚C 1" Stainless Steel AISIType 304
Allowable
Pressure 406 psig/572˚F 28 barg/300˚C 12 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI Type 304
13 Strainer Cap Steel 1.0460 (C22.8)
TMA 572˚F/0-406 psig 300˚C/0-28 barg 14 Strainer Gasket Stainless Steel AISI Type 304
Maximum Allowable Temperature
C a p a c i t i e s : See TIS 2.406 Steam main drip stations, laundry equipment, industrial dryers
and storage tanks.
INICIO

Series HM 34
Withdrawal
Distance A
C
B

F Weight
Size A B C F G H Scr./SW
1/2" 4.7 4.1 4.0 2.6 3.5 2.6 5.8 lb

120 105 100 67 89 65 2.6kg
3/4" 4.7 4.1 4.0 3.5 4.2 2.6 8.9 lb
120 105 100 88 107 65 4.0 kg
G
1" 7.1 6.3 6.3 5.7 4.7 3.4 22.9lb
180 160 160 145 120 85 10.4 kg
Withdrawal
Distance
H
Sample Specification Spare Parts

Steam traps shall be of the mechanical inverted bucket
type with steel bodies with screwed NPT horizontal
connections, stainless steel internals, and an integral K
stainless steel strainer.
Installation C
D
A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any trap B
A
to protect the head and seat from dirt and scale.
E
Suitable full-port isolation valves should be placed
G
around trap to permit servicing. The trap should be
installed below the equipment drainage connection in a F
horizontal position so that the bucket will rise and fall

vertically.
Maintenance
H
piping connections. Complete isolation of the trap from J
both supply and return line is required before any L
servicing is performed.
The trap should be disassembled periodically for
inspection and cleaning of the valve head and seat, and
operating mechanism. The bucket vent hole must be
Valve & Seat Assembly A, B, C,
clear. The strainer screen should be removed and
(2 of) D
cleaned.
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a Bucket E
complete valve and seat assembly. Cover Gasket & Ferrule (pkt of 3) F, G
Complete installation and maintenance instructions Strainer Screen H
are given in IMI 2.400, which accompanies the Strainer Screen Gasket (pkt of 3)J
product. Set of Cover Bolts & Nuts (set of 6)K
TIS 2.404 US 02.01
INICIO

Series HM 34 Capacities Chart
C A PAC I T I E S I N L B /H R H O T C O N D E N S A T E
0.5 0.8 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 20 30
1000
400
800
700
300
600
500
200
400
300
100
200
80
70
60
110 50
8 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 170 200 290300 400464

0.5 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40
2000 1000
800
600
500
1000
400
800
600 300
500
400 200
300
200 100
80
60
100 50
40
8 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 170 200 290 300 400 300 600
INICIO
Forged Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Trap

Series 600
inverted bucket Model ➪ 621 622 623 625 626
mechanism which
responds to the difference PMO 600 psig (see below)
in density between steam 1
and condensate. The Sizes 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2"
2
discharge action is cyclic.
Condensate and non- Connections ANSI 300/600 RF Flanges*
condensibles are
discharged close to steam Construction Forged Alloy Steel Body,Stainless Steel Internals
temperature. * The trap will accept either ANSI 300 or 600 connecting flanges
6
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 9 7
10
Model # psig barg 11
1/2" 621/7 600 41 4
621/8 450 31 5
621/10 250 17 C A PAC I T I E S
621/12 120 8.5 12
See TIS 2.405
3/4" 622/7 600 41 13
622/8 450 31
622/10 250 17
622/12 120 8.5 T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
1" 623/8 600 41
Steam main drip stations, laundry
623/10 450 31 equipment, industrial dryers and
623/12 250 17 storage tanks.
623/16 120 8.5
1-1/2" 625/12 600 41
625/14 450 31
625/18 250 17
625/22 120 8.5 C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
2" 626/18 600 41
626/20 450 31 No. Part Material
626/24 250 17 1 Cover Forged Steel ASTM A 182 F1
626/32 120 8.5 2 Cover Studs Steel BS 4882 Gr.B7
Cover Nuts Steel BS 4882 - 2H
4 Body Forged Steel ASTM A 182 F1
Max. Operating Temperature 5 Bucket Stainless Steel AISI 304
800˚F (427˚C) at all pressures 6 Valve Guide Plate
Screws Stainless Steel BS 4183 (18/8)
7 Valve Guide Plate Stainless Steel AISI304
P RESSURE S HELL DESIGN C ONDITIONS 9 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 440B
10 Valve Stainless Steel AISI 440B
PMA 600 psig/up to 800˚F 41 barg/up to 427˚C 11 Valve Lever Stainless Steel AISI 321
Max. allowable pressure 12 Internal Tube Mild Steel BS 1387 Heavy
TMA 800˚F/0-600 psig 427˚C/0-41 barg 13 Ball Check Valve Steel AISI 440B
INICIO

Series 600
S PA R E PA RT S
Withdrawal
E C
Distance
C
Sealing Face
A
D Cover
Valve Seat
B
B G
Size A B C D E Weight
1/2" & 3/4" 10.6 7.3 8.0 4.7 1.1 40 lb H
270 185 203 121 28 18.1 kg Check Valve Assy
1" 12.2 8.0 9.0 5.1 1.4 65 lb
310 203 229 130 36 29.5kg K
1-1/2" 15.8 9.8 12.0 6.6 1.8 110 lb
401 248 305 168 45 49.9 kg
2" 17.8 11.9 13.0 8.4 2.1 175 lb
452 301 330 213 52 79.4 kg
A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any trap to
protect the head and seat from dirt and scale. Suitable full-port
L
isolation valves should be placed around trap to permit
servicing. The trap should be installed below the equipment
drainage connection in a vertical position with the inlet at the
bottom so that the bucket will rise and fall vertically.
Steam traps shall be of the mechanical inverted bucket type with
forged steel bodies with ANSIflanged vertical connections and
stainless steel internals. Valve & Seat Assembly A, B, C
(State pressure range) (2 of) D
MAINTENANCE
This product must be removed from the line for maintenance. Bucket G
Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line Check Valve Assembly H
is required before any servicing is performed.
Cover Gasket (pkt of 3) K
and cleaning of the valve head and seat, and operating Set of Cover Nuts & Studs L
mechanism. The bucket vent hole must be clear. 621,622, 623, (8 of)
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete 625 (10 of)
valve and seat assembly. 626 (12 of)
TIS 2.402 US 09.97

INICIO

Series 900
inverted bucket Model ➪ 921 922 923 925 926
mechanism which PMO 900 psig (see below)
responds to the difference
in density between steam Sizes 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2"
and condensate. The
discharge action is cyclic. Connections ANSI600 Flanged*
Condensate and non-
Construction Forged Alloy Steel Body,Stainless Steel Internals
condensibles are
* ANSI/ASME B16.5 permits the use of ANSI 600 flanges at the Limiting 1
discharged close to
Operating Conditions of the trap. The ANSI 600 flanged connections will 2
steam temperature accept ANSI 300 connecting flanges.
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) Max. Operating Temperature
Model # psig barg 800˚F (427˚C) At all operating pressures 8
6
1/2" 921/8 900 62 PRESSURE SHELL DESIGN CONDITIONS 9
10
7
3/4" 922/8 900 62 11
1" 923/10 900 62 PMA 900 psig/up to 800˚F 4
Max. allowable
923/12 700 48 pressure 62 barg/up to 427˚C 5
1-1/2" 925/10 900 62 665 psig/850˚F
925/12 700 48 45 barg/0-454˚C 13
2" 926/16 900 62 12
TMA 850˚F/0-665 psig
926/18 700 48 Max. allowable
temperature 454˚C/0-45 barg
CA PAC I T I E S : See TIS 2.405
No. Part Material
1 Cover Forged Steel ASTM A 182 F1
2 Cover Bolts Steel BS 4882 Gr.B7
Cover Nuts Steel BS 4882 Gr.2H
4 Body Forged Steel ASTM A 182 F1
5 Bucket Stainless Steel AISI 304
6 Valve Guide Plate
Screws Stainless Steel AISI (18/8)
7 Valve Guide Plate Stainless Steel AISI 304
9 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 440B
11 Valve Lever Stainless Steel AISI 321
12 Internal Tube Mild Steel BS 1387 HEAVY
13 Ball Check Valve Steel AISI 440B Steam main drip stations, industrial dryers and storage tanks.
INICIO

Series 900
S PA R E PA RT S
Withdrawal
E C
Distance
A
C
Sealing Face
D Cover
Valve Seat
B
D
B

G
1/2" &3 /4" 12.2 8.0 9.0 5.1 1.4 65 lb
310 203 229 130 36 29.5kg H
1" & 1-1/2" 16.1 9.8 12.0 6.6 1.8 110 lb Check Valve Assy
410 248 305 168 45 50 kg
K
2" 17.3 11.9 13.0 8.4 2.1 175 lb
452 301 330 213 52 79.4 kg
protect the head and seat from dirt and scale. Suitable full-port
isolation valves should be placed around trap to permit
servicing. The trap should be installed below the equipment L
drainage connection in a vertical position with the inlet at the

bottom so that the bucket will rise and fall vertically.
Steam traps shall be of the mechanical inverted bucket type
with forged steel bodies with ANSI flanged vertical
connections and stainless steel internals.
MAINTENANCE Valve & Seat Assembly A, B, C,

This product must be removed from the line for maintenance. (State pressure range) (2 of) D
Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return
Bucket G
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection Check Valve Assy. H
and cleaning of the valve head and seat, and operating Cover Gasket (pkt of 3) K
mechanism. The bucket vent hole must be clear. Set of Cover Nuts & Studs L
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete 921,922 (8 of)
valve and seat assembly.
923, 925 (10 of)
given in IMI 2.400, which accompanies the product. 926 (12 of)
TIS 2.403 US 09.97
INICIO

Series 200
Capacities in lb/hr hot condensate Differential Pressure bar
0.5 0.7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 17
10000
48 9000
20000
40 32 8000
24 7000
15000
6000
5000
22 20 18
10000 36
28
4000
7000
3000
5000
24 2000
20 16
14 12
3000
1000
16
2000 900
12
10 800
1500 8 700
7
600
8 500
1000
12 10 7 6
400
700
300
500
200
300
100
200
90
80
150 70
60
50
100
40
30
8 10 15 20 30 50 70 100 150 200 250

INICIO

Series 600 & 900
0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 40
20000 8000
5000
10000
4000
8000
3000
6000
2000
4000
3000
2000 1000
1000 500
400
800
300
600
200
400
300
100
200
100 50
Series 600 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 200 250 300 400450 600


0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 40 60
6000
10000 5000
4000
8000
3000
6000
2000
4000
3000
1000
2000
500
1000
400
800
300
600
200
400
SERIES 900 8 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 800

Differential Pressure psi TIS 2.405 US 09.00
INICIO
Stainless Steel Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap

SIB30 and SIB30H
inverted bucket Model ➪ SIB30
mechanism which
responds to the PMO 435 psig (see below)
difference in density
between steam and Sizes 1/2", 3/4"
condensate. The
2
discharge action is Connections NPT
cyclic. Condensate and
Construction Tamper-proof,
non-condensibles are
all Stainless Steel
discharged close to
steam temperature. The Options SW Connections
SIB30 is sealed for
tamper-proof operation.
5
No. Part Material 4
6
1 Cover* Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Gr 304
7
3 Bucket Stainless Steel AISI 321
3
7 Valve Lever Stainless Steel AISI 321 1
8 Internal Tube Stainless Steel AISI 304/AISI 321
*The body/cover weld joint complies with ASME section IX and BS 4870 (1981). 8

PMO - Maximum operating pressure limitations
P PSIG BAR Trap
435 30.0 SIB30/4 SIB30H/5
290 20.0 SIB30/5 SIB30H/6
174 120 SIB30/6 SIB30H/7
123 8.5 SIB30/7 SIB30H/8
73 5.0 SIB30H/10
58 4.0 SIB30/8 Operating Range
36 2.5 SIB30/10
29 2.0 SIB30H/12 Pressure psig
22 1.5 SIB30/12 0 10 20 30 40 50
752 400
C B A
Pressure Shell Design Conditions 572 300
Limiting conditions (ISO 6552) 392 200
Maximum body design conditions PN50 (ANSI 300)
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 50 barg 212 100
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 400°C C B A
0 0
Cold hydraulic test pressure 75 barg 0 145 290 435 580 750
Pressure barg
Typical Applications The product must not be used in this region.
* PMO Maximum operating pressure rcommended
Steam tracing, steam main drip stations, with proper mechanism
laundry equipment, industrial dryers and A - A Flanged ANSI 300, screwed and socket weld
storage tanks. B - B Flanged BS 4504 PN40
C - C Flanged ANSI 150
INICIO

SIB30 and SIB30H
Pressure barg A
SIB30
PMX PMX PMX
SIB30/10 PMX SIB30/7 SIB30/5
PMX PMX PMX
SIB30/ SIB30/4
SIB30/12 SIB30/6
0.5 1 2 3 4 5 8 10 20 30
770 350
662 300
441 200 D
C
221 100
188 90
176 80
B
154 70
132 60
110 50 Installation
7 15 29 44 58 73 116 145 290 435 A pipeline strainer should be installed ahead of any trap to
Pressure psig protect the head and seat from dirt and scale. Suitable full-
port isolation valves should be placed around trap to permit
Pressure barg drainage connection in a horizontal position so that the
SIB30H PMX PMX PMX bucket will rise and fall vertically.
SIB30/10 PMX SIB30/7 SIB30/5 If installed in exposed locations, consideration should be
PMX PMX PMX
SIB30/ SIB30/4 given to insulating the trap.
SIB30/12 SIB30/6
0.5 1 2 3 4 5 8 10 20 30
770 450 Sample Specification
662 400 Steam traps shall be encapsulated inverted bucket type of
all-stainless steel construction, which is tamper-proof and
maintenance-free, and resists distortion due to freezeup or
waterhammer. Trap to have a forged body and drawn cover
441 fully weld-sealed against leakage, with threaded (socket
weld) end connections for installation in horizontal piping.
200
Operation shall be self-priming, with orifice size selected for
the capacity required by the application, and suitable for
working pressure to 435 psig.
221 100 Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters

188 90
176
Size A B C D Weight
80
SIB30
154 70
1/2" 4.3 3.0 4.9 5.6 3.3 lb
132 60
15 110 76 124 143 1.5 kg
110 50
7 15 29 44 58 73 116 145 290 435 3/4" 4.3 3.0 4.9 5.6 3.3lb
Pressure psig 20 110 76 124 143 1.5 kg
Maintenance SIB30H
This product is factory sealed for tamper-proof operation, and no 1/2" 4.3 3.0 6.3 7.0 3.9 lb
repair parts are available. Complete isolation of the trap from both 15 110 76 159 177 1.75 kg
supply and return line is required before the trap is removed.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI 3/4" 4.3 3.0 6.3 7.0 3.9 lb
2.400, which accompanies the product. 15 110 76 159 177 1.75 kg
TIS 2.410 US 05.01
INICIO

SIB 45
The trap contains an inverted

bucket mechanism which Model ➪ SIB 45
responds to the difference in
PMO 652 psig (see below)
density between steam and
Sizes 3/4", 1"
action is cyclic. Condensate
and non-condensibles are Connections NPT / SW (see below)
discharged close to steam 2
Construction Tamper-proof,
temperature. The SIB 45 is
all Stainless Steel
sealed for tamper-proof
operation. The SIB 45/5 has Options SW Connections
an integral check valve. (standard on SIB 45/5)
5
No. Part Material 4
6
1 Cover* Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Gr 304 7
3 Bucket Stainless Steel ASTMA240 Gr 304
1
7 Valve Lever Stainless Steel AISI 321
8 Internal Tube Stainless Steel ASTM A 269-304 9
9 Check Valve Assy. Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 3
(SIB 45/5 only) ASTM A 269 TP 316
AISI 420
* The cover is welded to the body using the TIG process. Welds are approved in accordance with
ASME section IX and BS 4870 (1981.) 8
Operating Pressure Range
Trap Model Connections Min. psig (barg) Max. psig (barg)
SIB 45/10 NPT – – to 65 (4.5)
SIB 45/8 NPT 65 (4.5) to 123 (8.5)
SIB 45/6 NPT 123 (8.5) to 290 (20)
SIB 45/5 SW 290 (20) to 652 (45)
Max. Operating Temperature * 842˚F (450˚C) at all operating pressures

* For superheated steam applications, a check valve should be installed at the trap inlet.
(SIB 45/5 has an integral check valve.)

Max. allowable pressure T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
862 psig/529˚F 59 barg/276˚C
782 psig/842˚F 54 barg/450˚C Steam tracing, steam main drip stations, laundry
equipment, industrial dryers and storage tanks.
TMA 842˚F/0-782 psig 450˚C/0-54 barg
INICIO

SIB 45
0.5 0.8 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 20 30 45
CA PAC I T I E S
1000 400
800
700
300
600
500
200
400
300
100
200
80
70
60
50
8 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 200 300 400500600
Steam traps shall be encapsulated inverted bucket type of all-
stainless steel construction, which is tamper-proof and
maintenance-free, and resists distortion due to freezeup or
waterhammer. Trap to have a forged body and drawn cover fully
weld-sealed against leakage, with threaded (socket weld) end A
connections for installation in horizontal piping. Operation shall
be self-priming, with orifice size selected for the capacity
required by the application, and suitable for working pressure to
652 psig.
I N S TA L L AT I O N CD
protect the head and seat from dirt and scale. Suitable full-
port isolation valves should be placed around trap to permit
drainage connection in a horizontal position so that the
bucket will rise and fall vertically. B
If installed in exposed locations, consideration should be
given to insulating the trap. SIB 45/5 SIB 45/10, 8, 6
MAINTENANCE
This product is factory sealed for tamper-proof operation, and
no repair parts are available. Complete isolation of the trap DIMENSIONS (N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
from both supply and return line is required before the trap is Size A B C D Weight
removed. 3/4" 4.3 3.3 6.9 7.8 6.5 lb

Complete installation and maintenance instructions are 20 110 85 175 198 3 kg
given in IMI 2.400, which accompanies the product. 1" 4.3 3.3 6.9 7.8 6.5 lb
25 110 85 175 198 3 kg
TIS 2.411 US 03.94
INICIO
UIB30 and UIB30H Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap

and Swivel Connector
The trap contains an inverted
bucket mechanism which Model ➪ UIB30 (Connector of choice
responds to the difference in sold separately)
density between steam and PMO 435 psig
action is cyclic. Condensate Sizes 1/2", 3/4" & 1"
and non-condensibles are
discharged close to steam Connections NPT
12
temperature. The UIB is
designed to maintain the Construction Stainless Steel 10
bucket in the proper plane by
means of a swivel connector. Options SW connections to 13
The trap is easily replaced ANSI B16.11
without disturbing the piping 2
connections.

Max. Operating Pressure UIB30/8 58 psig (4 barg)
14 5
(PMO) UIB30H/10 72 psig (5 barg)
4
UIB30/7 UIB30H/8 123 psig (8.5 barg)
UIB30/6 174 psig (12 barg) 6
7
UIB30/5 UIB30H/6 290 psig (20 barg)
UIB30/4 UIB30H/5 435 psig (30 barg)
3
9
Steam tracing, steam main drip stations, laundry
equipment, industrial dryers, and storage tanks.
Capacities
Differential Pressure bar Construction Materials
1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 No. Part Material
1,000 400
900 1 Cover Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Gr 304
800 2 Body Stainless Steel ASTM A 351 CF8
700 300 3 Bucket Stainless Steel BS 1449 321 S 12
600 4 Valve Guide Plate Stainless Steel BS 1449 321 S 12
500 5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 440B
200 6 Valve Stainless Steel AISI 440B
400
7 Valve Lever Stainless Steel BS 1449 321 S 12
8 Internal Tube Stainless Steel BS 3605 304 S 14
300
9 Guide Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S 16
10 Flange Alloy Steel ASTM A322 Gr 4130
100
200 11 Pipeline Connector Stainless Steel ASTM A 351 CF8
12 Connector Screw Steel ASTM A 193 B7
13 Inlet Gasket Stainless Steel AISI 304 Strip
& Filler (Asbestos Free)
100 50 14 Outer Gasket Stainless Steel AISI 304 Strip
8 10 20 30 40 58 60 80 100 125 175 200 290 300 400 & Filler (Asbestos Free)
Note: The body/cover weld joint is to BS4870 (1981) and complies with ASME section IX.
Differential Pressure, psi
INICIO
UIB30 and UIB30H Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap

and Swivel Connector
B
A Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters
D
Size A B C (UIB30) C (UB30H) D E (UIB30) E (UIB30H) Weight
A 1/2" 2.4 3.4 4.9 6.3 1.3 3.1 5.24 4.8 lb
61 86 125 160 34 80 2.44 2.19kg
C
3/4" 2.9 3.3 4.9 6.3 1.3 3.1 5.5 5.5 lb
74 84 125 160 34 80 2.47 2.22kg
1" 3.5 3.4 4.9 6.3 1.3 3.1 5.7 5.2 lb
E 90 87 125 160 34 80 2.60 2.38 kg
Steam trap shall be supplied with a Spare Parts
pipeline connector which, once installed,
A
remains in the pipeline permanently. Trap Connector Screw
shall be attached to the connector by two & Gasket Set A, B, C
bolts to enable simple and rapid Strainer Screen G
installation and replacement. The Blowdown Valve H
connection is designed to allow Available spare parts are shown in
installation on pipework that is vertical, heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken
horizontal, or any angle in between. The line are not supplied as spares.
trap itself shall be inverted bucket type of
all-stainles steel construction which
resists distortion due to freeze-up and
waterhammer. Trap to have a forged
body and drawn cover fully weld-sealed
against leakage. Operation shall be self-
priming, with orifice size selected for the
capacity required by the application, and
suitable for working pressures to 435
psig.
Installation
The connector can be installed in
horizontal or vertical lines. The connector B C
face must be in a vertical plane. The trap
should be fitted to the connector with the
G
body pointing downward. Full-port
isolating valves should be installed
upstream and downstream of the
connector.
Maintenance
The trap can be removed for repair or
replacement without disturbing the
H
connector piping connections. Complete
isolation of the connector from both the
supply and return lines is required before
the trap is removed. Complete
installation and maintenance
instructions are given in the IMI sheet,
which accompanies the product.
TIS 2.412 US 12.01
INICIO
Thermoton Liquid Expansion Steam Traps
6
Types "C" Thermotons 12
can be field adjusted to hold Model ➪ CL-6 CH-6
back condensate until it has 1
PMO 9
cooled to between 75˚F and 125 psig 300 psig 3 8
2
212˚F. (Four 50˚F
Sizes 3/4"
adjustment ranges are
available.) Thermotons can Connections NPT
therefore function as both
steam traps and very simple Construction Cast Iron Body
temperature regulators. Brass & Stainless Steel Internals
13 14
Options BSP connections 7
11
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) CL: 125 psig (9 barg)
CH: 300 psig (21 barg) No. Part Material
Max. Operating Temperature Maximum setting: 212˚F (100˚C) 1 Body Type C Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B
2 Adjustment Head Brass ASTM B124
Pressure Shell Design Conditions 3 Adjustment Nut Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B
PMA C: 300 psig/up to 450˚F 21 barg/up to 232˚C 6 Inlet Nut Type C Steel AISI 1117
Max. allowable pressure 7 Element Brass &Stainless Steel
TMA C: 450˚F/0-300 psig 232˚C/0-21 barg 8 Guide Nut Brass ASTM B16
Max. allowable temperature 9 Guide Washer Brass ASTM B36
10 Adjustment End Plug Brass ASTM B62
11 Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 302
Temperature Ranges 12 Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 303
Adjustment 13 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI303
Code Range Types 14 Seat Gasket Type C Stainless Steel AISI 302
W 170˚ to 212˚F CL-6W
76˚ to 100˚C CH-6W
B 145˚ to 195˚F CL-6B Typical Applications
63˚ to 91˚C CH-6B Steam trapping applications, such as outdoor storage tanks and non-critical
G 110˚ to 160˚F CL-6G tracing lines, where extreme sub-cooling is desirable to conserve energy.
43˚ to 71˚C CH-6G
Automatic drainage of steam traps and process equipment in which residual
Y 75˚ to125˚F CL-6Y
24˚ to 52˚C CH-6Y
condensate may freeze if the steam supply is interrupted.
Capacities
Maximum Inlet Pressure psig (barg)
Operating 5 10 25 40 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
Valve Pressure .34 .68 1.72 2.76 3.45 5.17 6.89 8.62 10.3 13.8 17.2 20.7
Type Orifice psig barg Pounds of condensate per hour*
CL-6 3/8" 125 8.6 445 630 1000 1260 1400 1730 2000 2240 – – – –
CH-6 5/16" 300 20.7 310 435 690 870 975 1200 1380 1540 1700 1950 2180 2400
* Capacities for 10˚F/5.5˚C drop below opening temperature
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters Type CL-6, CH-6

Size Weight
& Type A B C D E F
D
3/4" 1.5 4.6 3.7 2.7 – – 4.5 lb A
CL-6/CH-6 38 118 94 68 – – 2.0 kg

C B
INICIO
Thermoton Liquid Expansion Steam Traps

Sample Specification Maintenance
Liquid expansion steam traps shall contain a solidly liquid-filled thermostatic This product can be maintained without disturbing the
element, and shall be field-adjustable to discharge condensate at a fixed piping connections. Complete isolation of the trap from both
temperature below 212˚F. supply and return line is required before any servicing is
performed. The trap should be disassembled periodically
for inspection and cleaning of the valve head and seat, and
Installation operation of the element set. Worn or damaged parts
Thermotons function both as steam trap and simple temperature regulator. should be replaced using a complete repair kit. For spare
Where over temperature due to element failure will cause risk to people or parts, see TIS 2.202.
process a failsafe backup safety control should be fitted. The Type C Complete installation and maintenance instructions are
Thermotons should normally be installed with the outlet above the trap. When given in IMI 550-D27, which accompanies the product.
used to provide freeze protection, install with outlet downwards (as shown
above) to be self draining. Discharge temperature change is approximately
25˚F per full turn of the adjustment nut. Allow 1/2 hour between adjustemts.
Spare Parts
Types C
Part No.
1 Element Set (Specify Range) 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D
2 Body Assembly 2A, 2B, 2C
2C Inlet Nut Gasket 2C
3 Relief Spring 3A
4 Adjustment Head 4A, 4B, 4C
5 Lock Nut 5A
2B
2C
1D
1C
2A
4A 1B
5A 1A
Type C
4C
4B
3A
TIS 2.201 US 03.02
INICIO
No. 8 Liquid Expansion Steam Trap
The No. 8 Fixed Temperature Typical Applications

Model ➪ No. 8
Liquid Expansion Thermostatic Simple temperature control applications.
Steam Trap has an oil-filled PMO 250 psig
element set to operate at a Note: Suitable fail safe precautions

fixed temperature. It is easily Sizes 1/2" must be taken.
adjusted to discharge
condensate at any temperature Connections NPT Steam trapping applications
between 140˚ and 212˚F (60˚ where it is desireable to subcool
Construction Bronze Body the condensate below 212˚F.
and 100˚C). Brass & Stainless Seel Internals
Options BSP connections
1 2 3
4
5 6
7
8
No. 8 set at 140° - 212°F
9 when used outside or in
10 freezing conditions.
11
No. 8 adjustable in door process

temperature control and condensate
drainage.

No. Part Material Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 250 psig(17 barg)
1 Adjustment Nut Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
2 Overload Spring Stainless Steel AISI 302 Max. Operating Temperature 450˚F (232˚C)
3 Element Nut Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
4 Washer Brass BS 2870 CZ 108 Pressure Shell Design Conditions
5 Adjustment Locknut Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
6 Guide Screw Brass BS 2872 CZ 108 PMA 362 psig/up to 248˚F 25 barg/up to 120˚C
7 Body Gunmetal Bronze Type B62 Max. allowable
282 psig/416˚F 19 barg/213˚C
8 Element Brass pressure
152 psig/0-500˚F 10.5 barg/0-260˚C
10 Valve Seat Gasket Copper BS 2870 CZ 101 TMA 500˚F/0-152 psig 260˚C/0-10.5 barg
11 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI431 Max. allowable temperature
INICIO
No. 8 Liquid Expansion Steam Trap

20 40 60 80 100 200 250
Capacities 400
800 C B
Capacity 700
300
shown is 600 A
based on a
500
trap with the
adjustment 3 200
400 Dimensions
turns open (nominal) in inches and millimeters
and handling
condensate at 300 Size A B C Weight
176˚F 80˚C. 1/2" 1.3 5.4 3.1 2.7 lb
100 32 137 78 1.2 kg
1 2 3 4 5 10 17
Differential Pressure bar (x 100 = kPar)
Spare Parts
Installation
The No. 8 functions both as steam trap and simple temperature
regulator. Where over temperature due to element failure could Locknut
cause risk to people or process, a failsafe backup safety control
should be fitted. A 'Y' strainer should be installed upstream of Round-
the trap. For fixed temperature discharge, the No. 8 trap should Head
be installed with the inlet below the equipment being drained. Screw
The outlet should always be above the trap. On indoor process Adjustment
Nut
applications outside freezing application outlet should be rotated D
down for full drainage. Full-port isolating valves should be
installed upstream and downstream of the trap.
A
Steam traps shall be of the liquid expansion type, having bronze B
bodies with screwed connections and stainless steel trim.
Condensate discharge temperature shall be adjustable within
the range specified while traps are in service.
Maintenance
The No. 8 trap 140˚-212˚F range is repairable. Complete
isolation of the trap from both supply and return line is required
before any servicing is performed. The trap should be
disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning of the
valve head and seat. Worn or damaged parts should be
replaced using a complete element set (range 140˚ - 212˚F
only).
If the thermostat becomes inoperative, the cimplet No. 8 must
Element Set A, B, C, D
be replaced. Complete installation and maintenance
Note: Part for adjustable No.8 only.
instructions are given in the IMI sheet, which accompanies
the product.
TIS 2.200 US 07.02
INICIO
Freezeton II Temperature Actuated Drain Trap
The Freezeton II thermostatic Model ➪ Freezeton II

unit is designed to open at
35°F and be full open at 32°F PMO 200 psig
and re-close at 40°F at all
Size 1/2"
pressures within its range.
Trap to be mounted in vertical Connections NPT
or horizontal position to insure
drainage occurs. Construction Stainless Steel / Brass
Limiting Operating Conditions 1.0"

Max Operating Conditions (PMO) 200 psig (13.8 barg)
Max Operating Temperature (TMO) 180°F continuous*

*short spikes on steam system startup acceptable
1

PMA 200 psig (13.8 barg)
3.4"
TMA 388°F (198°C)
3
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless Steel ASTM-A581-95B
2 O-Ring EPDM ASTM D1418
3 Thermostat Brass ASTM B16
Typical Applications Flow Capacities (water)

Freeze protection for float & 20 10,000
thermostatic steam traps, coils, tanks,
water lines on docks, eyewash
stations, safety showers, tracing 10.0 5000
condensate manifolds, tracing steam
manifolds, condensate return lines,
pressure powered pumps, electric
5.0 2500
pumps, and flash tanks.
2000
3.0 1500
2.0 1000
1.0 500
0.5 250
1.0 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300
∆ P (PSIG)
INICIO
Freezeton II Temperature Actuated Drain Trap

Float & Thermostatic Trap Water or
Condensate Line
Temperature actuated drain trap shall have a stainless steel body with
brass thermostatic actuator, which will operate in a vertical or horizontal
position. Thermostatic actuator to be tamper proof and a sealed
encapsulated unit. Thermostatic actuator to crack open at 35°F, be full
open at 32°F and be closed tight at 40°F. Drain trap to operate from 0 to
200 psig pressure range.
Operation 6" Minimum

6" Minimum
The Freezeton II should be used for any application where flow to
replenish temperature is required to prevent freezing of water or
condensate lines or to drain a vessel which is prone to freezing due to
ambient conditions. The normal failure mode is in the open position Freezeton II
Freezeton II
unless plugged by debris.
Installation Pressure Powered

The marking on the trap indicates the flow direction if placed on water Pump
line, condensate line, tank etc. An isolation valve should be placed
ahead of trap to allow for removal of trap without draining the system.
When used on steam trap isolation valves, should be on the steam trap
itself so no isolation is required ahead of the Freezeton II. Discharge
must go to zero atmospheric pressure only, to avoid damage to the
6" Minimum
thermostat. The pipe connections should never be welded. The trap can
be mounted in a vertical or horizontal position. Vertical is the preferred
position where space is available. When used in a horizontal position,
pitch piping toward the trap. When used on steam service or hot
condensate the trap must be at least 6" or more from the device.
Freezeton II
Maintenance
Safety Shower

Thermostatic Assembly Set.
Freezeton
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in the II
IMI sheet, which accompanies the product.
A B
Thermostatic Assembly Set A, B

TIS 2.205 US 06.02

INICIO
Bimetallic Steam Trap

SM21, SM21Y
SM21
The bimetallic steam trap
Model ➪ SM21 SM21Y 1
contains a "multi cross"
thermostatic element which PMO 300 psig
is self-adjusting over the 2
operating pressure range of 3 11
Sizes 1/2" and 3/4"
the trap to discharge
condensate at Connections NPT 5 4
6
approximately 50˚F (28˚C)
forged steel body 7
below saturated steam Construction stainless steel internals 9
temperature.
socket weld connections,
The SM21Y has an integral Options ANSI 150, 300 or PN25 flanges
Y strainer. 1/4" NPT plugged tappings (SM 21 only)
Bosses can be fitted with
1/4" NPT plugs
PR E S S U R E BARG
5 10 15 16 20
662 350 SM21Y
660 300
Saturated Steam 1
400 200
2
PMA* 362 psig/0-248˚F 25 barg/0-120˚C
309 psig/424˚F 21 barg/217˚C 100
200 11
188 psig/752˚F 13 barg/400˚C 3
TMA* 752˚F/0-188 psig 400˚C/0-13 barg
5
6
10
50 100 150 200 250 300 7
P RESSURE PSIG
* PMA (Maximum allowable pressure) and TMA (Maximum allowable temperature) 9
are Pressure Shell Design Conditions
No. Part Material

1 Cover Forged Carbon Steel 1.0460 (C22.8) 12
2 Locking Nut Stainless Steel
3 Thermostatic Element Corrosion resistant Bimetal
and Stainless Steel RAU Type RR T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
5 Valve Set Stainless Steel AISI 431 Steam tracing, steam main drips,
6 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel AISI 304 non-critical process equipment,
7 Valve Stainless Steel AISI 431 outdoor installations subject to
9 Body Forged Carbon Steel 1.0460 (C22.8) freezing. Bimetallic traps should
10 Cover Gasket Nickel reinforced exfoliated graphite be used when sub-cooling of the
11 Cover Bolts Steel BS 4882 Gr B7 condensate is either permissable
Cover Nuts M8 x 35 mm BS 4882 Gr 2H or desirable.
12 Strainer Cap Steel BS 970 070 M20
INICIO

SM21, SM21Y
withdrawal distance
C SM21
F
D I M E N S I O N S ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
D Size Weight
DN A B C D E F G Scr/SW Flgd
E
SM 21
1/2" 3.4 5.9 2.9 2.5 0.83 1.4 - 3.2 lb 6.8 lb
A 15 87 150 74 64 21 35 - 1.5 kg 3.1 kg
B
SM21Y 3/4" 3.4 5.9 2.9 2.6 0.98 1.4 - 3.5 lb 7.3 lb
20 87 150 74 67 25 35 - 1.6 kg 3.3kg
D
SM 21 Y
1/2" 3.4 5.9 2.9 2.5 2.0 1.4 1.0 3.6 lb 5.9 lb
15 87 150 74 64 51 35 25 1.6 kg 2.7 kg
E 3/4" 3.4 5.9 2.9 2.6 2.0 1.4 1.0 3.9 lb 6.4 kg
20 87 150 74 67 51 35 25 1.8 kg 2.9 kg
G
withdrawal distance

0.6 0.8 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 20 S PA R E PA RT S
1000
2000
800
600
1000 500
800 400
600 300 E
500
400 200
300
200 100
80 A
60 (2)
100 50 D
80 40 C
60 30
8 9 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 B

Steam trap shall be bimetallic type of forged steel construction, bolted cover design containing an
integral stainless steel screen, and capable of being serviced without disturbing piping. Trap ends
shall be threaded (flanged or socket weld) side inlet and side outlet connections on a common
center line. Operating element to be a renewable stainless steel "multi-cross" element module that E B
The trap is designed for installation with the element in a horizontal plane and the cap at the top
preferably with a dropleg immediately preceding the trap. When welding the trap into the line,
there is no need to remove the element providing that welding is done by the electric arc method. Element Set A,D
Full-port isolating valves should be installed upstream and downstream of the trap.
Strainer Screen (pkt of 3) B
Set of Gaskets (pkt of 3 each) C,D
MAINTENANCE
This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping connections. Complete isolation Set of Cover Bolts & Nuts (4 off) E
of the trap from both supply and return line is required before any servicing is performed.
The trap should be disassembled periodically for cleaning of the strainer screen and inspection Available spare parts are shown in heavy outline. Parts
and cleaning of the valve head and seat. The element is not field adjustable. drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete element set.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in the IMIsheet which
TIS 2.100 US 03.94
INICIO

SM24H

contains a "multi-cross" Model Í SM24H
thermostatic element which is PMO 350 psig 1
self-adjusting over the
operating pressure range of
the trap to discharge Sizes 1/2", 3/4" & 1"
2
condensate at approximately
50˚F (28˚C) below saturated Connections NPT 3
steam temperature. 11
forged steel body
Construction stainless steel internals
5 4
socket weld connections,
Options ANSI 150 or 300 flanges 7
10
1/4" NPT plugged tappings
12
9

Bosses can be fitted with
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 350psig(24 barg) 1/4" NPT plugs

Size Weight
Pressure Shell Design Conditions DN A B C D E F Scr/SW Flgd
PMA 580 psig/up to 248˚F 40 barg/up to 120˚C 1/2" 3.7 5.9 3.2 3.8 0.67 2.2 4.5 lb 7.9lb
Max. allowable pressure 15 95 150 82 97 17 55 2.2 kg 3.6 kg
472 psig/464˚F 33 barg/240˚C
304 psig/752˚F 21 barg/400˚C 3/4" 3.7 5.9 3.2 3.8 0.79 2.2 5.1 lb 9.0 lb
20 95 150 82 97 20 55 2.3 kg 4.1kg
TMA 752˚F/0-304 psig 400˚C/0-21 barg
Max. allowable temperature 1" 3.7 6.3 3.2 3.8 1.1 2.2 5.2 lb 9.1 lb
25 95 160 82 97 27 55 2.4 kg 4.6 kg
withdrawal distance
F C
No. Part Material
1 Cover Forged Carbon Steel 1.0460 (C22.8) D
2 Locking Nut Stainless Steel
3 Thermostatic Element Corrosion resistant Bimetal
and Stainless Steel RAU Type RR
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 431 E
9 Body Forged Carbon Steel 1.0460 (C22.8) A
10 Cover Gasket Nickel reinforced exfoliated graphite
11 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A193 B7
Cover Nuts M10 x 42 mm DIN 17240 24 CrMo5 B
12 Erosion Baffle Stainless Steel AISI 303
INICIO

SM24H
Capacities
0.5 1 2 3 5 10 24 Typical Applications
8000 4000
Condensate kg/hr
7000
3000
High pressure steam main drips, non-critical
6000 high pressure process equipment, outdoor
5000
2000
installations subject to freezing. Bimetallic traps
4000 should be used when sub-cooling of the
3000 condensate is either permissible or desirable.
LD
CO
2000 1000
800
700
600
T
1000 HO 500
400
300
800
Condensate lb/hr
600
500 200
400 Spare Parts
300
100
8 10 20 30 40 50 80 100 200 300

E
Steam trap shall be bimetallic type of forged steel construction, bolted cover
design containing an integral stainless steel screen, and capable of being
serviced without disturbing piping. Trap ends shall be threaded (flanged or
C
socket weld) side inlet and side outlet connections on a common center line.
Operating element to be a renewable stainless steel "multi-cross" element
module that is self-adjusting for all pressures 0 to 350 psig, with a stainless
Element Set
steel valve head and seat.
A
Installation
The trap is designed for installation with the element in a horizontal plane B
and the cap at the top preferably with a drop leg immediately preceding the
trap. When welding the trap into the line, there is no need to remove the
element providing that welding is done by the electric arc method.
Full-port isolating valves should be installed upstream and downstream of
the trap.
E
Maintenance
Element Set A,B,C
The trap should be disassembled periodically for cleaning of the strainer
screen and inspection and cleaning of the valve head and seat. The element Cover Gasket (pkt of 3 each) C
Set of Cover Bolts & Nuts (4 off) E
is not field adjustable.

Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete element set.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in the IMI
sheet which accompanies the product. Available spare parts are shown in heavy outline. Parts
TIS 2.102 US 09.97
INICIO
HP45
Description
Spirax Sarco’s HP45 bimetallic steam traps are made of forged
steel, and designed for draining high pressure, high temperature 9
steam lines and processes.
10
These steam traps, which are specially designed for HP steam,
have a reinforced stainless steel insert within the body and can
8
be repaired inline. They operate with no loss of steam, and
quicky drain air, non-condensable gases and large quantities of
cold water on start-up. 7
4
Normally open in the event of failure, they have a check valve, a
6 5
built-in strainer screen and an external device for adjusting the
discharge temperature of the condensate.
3
Sizes and pipe connections Materials

1/2", to 1" screwed BSP/NPT and socket weld ends (ANSI B 16.11) No. Part Material
3/4" and 1" with ANSI 600 flanges 1 Body Steel ASTM A105 Gr.II or equivalent
2 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel AISI 304
3 Bimetallic element Stainless steel
4 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304L
5 Cover gasket Metal, copper/graphite (asbestos-free)
6 Cover Steel ASTM A105 or equivalent
7 Cover bolt Steel
Limiting Conditions 8 Blind nut gasket Metal, copper/graphite (asbestos-free)
Body design conditions PN150, Class 900 to ANSI B 16.34 9 Blind nut Steel ASTM A105 or equivalent
PMO - Maximum operating pressure 652 psig 45 barg 10 Lock-nut Steel
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 842°F 450°C
Minimum operating pressure 217 psig 15 barg
∆PMX - The back pressure for correct operation must not exceed
90% of the upstream pressure. Certification
Designed for maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 3320 psig 229 barg This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.B
All certificates must be requested at the time of ordering.
INICIO
HP45
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Capacities
Capacities
D Withdrawal distance for bimetallic element Differential pressure barg (x 100=kPa)
15 20 25 30 35 40 45
15435 7000
13230 6000
11025 5000
8820 4000
B 6615 3000
4410 2000
2205 1000
1984 900
C 1764 800
1544 700
1323 600
A1 1102 500
217 290 362 435 508 580 652
A
Differential pressure psig
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity

Size A A1 B C D Weight
1/2" 6.3" 160 4.9" 124 2.3" 58 5.9" 150 17.6 lb. 8.0
3/4" 6.3" 160 4.9" 124 2.3" 58 5.9" 150 17.6 lb. 8.0
1" 9.25" 235 6.3" 160 4.9" 124 2.3" 58 5.9" 150 17.6 lb. 8.0
3/4" 9.25" 235 6.3" 160 4.9" 124 2.3" 58 5.9" 150 22.0 lb.10.0
DN20 ANSI 600
1" 9.25" 235 6.3" 160 4.9" 124 2.3" 58 5.9" 150 23.2 lb.10.5 Spare Parts
DN25 ANSI 600
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
supplied as spares.
Available spare
Bimetallic assembly kit 2, 3, 4, 5, 8
Installation and maintenance
Full Installation and Maintenance Instructions (Inclusive of operation How to order spares
and fault finding) are supplied with the product, see IMI Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed ‘Available spare’ and state the size and model of the bimetallic
How to order steam trap.
Example: 1 off 1/2" Spirax Sarco ‘BYVAP’ HP45 bimetallic steam trap Example: 1 — Bimetallic assembly kit for a 1" Spirax Sarco
with socket weld end connections. ‘BYVAP’ HP45 bimetallic steam trap.

9
Item Ft. / Lbs.
10
4 3 36 A/F 88.51
8
7 22 A/F 59.0
7 9 24 A/F 59.0
10 24 A/F 118
5
3
2
TI-P623-02 US 06.02
INICIO
HP80, HP100, HP150 and HP210 Series

Bimetallic Steam Traps
Description
Spirax Sarco’sHP80, HP100, HP150
and HP210 bimetallic steam traps
are made of forged steel, and
designed for draining high pressure,
high temperature steam lines and
processes.
These steam traps, which are
specially designed for HP steam,
have a reinforced stainless steel
insert within the body and can be
repaired inline. They operate with no
loss of steam, and quicky drain air,
non-condensate gases and large
quantities of cold water on start-up.
Normally open in the event of failure,
they have a check valve, a built-in
strainer screen and an external
device for adjusting the discharge
temperature of the condensate.
Sizes and pipe connections Materials

1/2", 3/4" and 1" socket weld to ANSI B 16.11 No. Part Material
or butt weld to ANSI B 16.25 HP80 Alloy steel ASTM A182 F11
1 Body
HP100, 150, 210 Alloy steel ASTM A182 F22
Limiting Conditions 2 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel AISI 304
HP80 PN250, Class 1500 3 Bimetallic element Stainless steel
HP100 to ANSI B 16.24 4 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304L
Body design conditions
HP150 PN420, Class 2500 5 Gland packing Graphite (asbestos-fee)
HP210 to ANSI B 16.34 6 Locking gland nut Stainless steel
HP80 1160 psig 80 barg Metal, stainless steel/graphite
7 Cover gasket
PMO - Maximum operating HP100 1450 psig 100 barg (asbestos-free)
pressure HP150 2175 psig 150 barg HP80 Alloy steel ASTM A182 F11
8 Cover
HP210 3045 psig 210 barg HP100, 150, 210 Alloy steel ASTM A182 F22
HP80 932°F up to 1160 psig Cover HP80 Steel ASTM A193 B7
TMO - Maximum 9
500°C up to 80 barg bolt HP100, 150, 210 Steel ASTM A193 B16
operating
temperature HP100, HP150, HP210 1058°Fup to 3045 psig 10 Blind nut gasket Metal, stainless steel/graphite
570°C up to 210 barg 11 Blind nut Steel ASTM A105
HP80 290 psig 20 barg
Minimum operating pressure HP100 362 psig 25 barg
PMX - The back pressure for correct operation must not exceed
90% of the upstream pressure.
Designed for a HP80 and HP100 5628 psig
maximum cold 388 barg Certification
hydraulic test HP150 and HP210 9367 psig This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.B
pressure of: 646 barg All certificates must be requested at the time of ordering.
INICIO
HP80, HP100, HP150 and HP210 Series

Bimetallic Steam Traps
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Capacities
Capacities
Differential pressure barg (x 100 = kPa)
20 30 40 50 100 210
17640 8000
15435 7000
13230 6000
11025 5000
8820 4000
6615 3000
4410 2000
2205 1000
1985 900
1764 800
1544 700
1323 600
1102 500
290 435 580 725 1450 3045
Differential pressure psig
Hot water capacity
Cold water capacity
Size A B C D Weight
1/2" 6.3" 160 5.4" 138 2.3" 58 5.9" 150 21 lb. 9.5
HP80 3/4" 6.3" 160 5.4" 138 2.3" 58 5.9" 150 21 lb. 9.5
1" 6.3" 160 5.4" 138 2.3" 58 5.9" 150 21 lb. 9.5 Spare Parts
1/2" 6.3" 160 5.7" 145 2.3" 58 5.9" 150 23 lb.10.5 The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
HP100 3/4" 6.3" 160 5.7" 145 2.3" 58 5.9" 150 23 lb.10.5 supplied as spares.
1" 6.3" 160 5.7" 145 2.3" 58 5.9" 150 23 lb.10.5
1/2" 8.3" 210 6.6" 168 2.4" 61 5.9" 150 25.4 lb.11.5 Available spare
HP150
3/4" 8.3" 210 6.6" 168 2.4" 61 5.9" 150 25.4 lb.11.5 Bimetallic assembly kit 2, 3, 4, 7, 10
HP210
1" 8.3" 210 6.6" 168 2.4" 61 5.9" 150 25.4 lb.11.5
How to order spares
headed ‘Available spare’ and state the size and model of the bimetallic
Installation and maintenance steam trap.
Full Installation and Maintenance Instructions (Inclusive of operation Example: 1 — Bimetallic assembly kit for a 1" Spirax Sarco
and fault finding) are supplied with the product, see IMI HP80 bimetallic steam trap.
How to order
Example: 1 off 1/2" Spirax Sarco HP80 bimetallic steam trap
with socket weld end connections.
Item in mm Ft. / Lbs.
3 36 A/F 88.51
6 21 A/F
HP80 24 A/F 88.51
9 HP100 24 A/F 118
HP150, HP210 30 A/F 147.5
HP80, HP100 41 A/F 59
11
HP150, HP210 55 A/F 103.2
TI-P623-06 US 01.02
INICIO
Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap

SSM21

contains a "multi cross" Model ➪ SSM21
thermostatic element which
is self-adjusting over the PMO 304 psig
operating pressure range of
the trap to discharge 3
Sizes 1/2"
condensate at
approximately 50˚F (28˚C) 1 2
below saturated steam Connections NPT
temperature.
The SSM 21 has a sealed Stainless steel body
stainless steel body, and is Construction
and internals
not repairable.
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G CO N D I T I O N S 5
4
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 304 psig 21 barg

Max. Operating Temperature 423˚F (217˚C) at 304 psig (21 barg)
662˚F (350˚C) at operating pressures below
232 psig (16 barg)
P RESSURE SHELL DESIGN CONDITIONS Weight

1.0 lb
.22 kg
309 psig/424˚F 21 barg/217˚C
188 psig/752˚F 13 barg/400˚C
3.7"
TMA 752˚F/0-188 psig 400˚C/0-13 barg 73mm
No. Part Material 2.9"
94mm
1 Body Stainless Steel AISI 321
2 Locking Nut Stainless Steel AISI 302
3 Thermostatic Corrosion resistant Bimetal T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
Element and Stainless Steel RAU Type RR Non-critical steam tracing where
4 Valve Stainless Steel AISI 431 condensate sub-cooling is permissable or
desirable.
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 431
INICIO
Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap

SSM21
CA PAC I T I E S
0.6 0.8 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 20 B I M E TA L E L E M E N T
The SSM 21 bimetal element module contains stacked
1000
2000 bimetal plates which deflect against each other with
temperature change to move the valve. "Multi-cross"
shaped arms on each bimetal plate are of different length
1000 500 and width, arranged in opposing pairs so that the longest
800 400 (1) make initial contact. Shorter arms (2) and (3) contact
300 each other in stages, adding additional force to close the
600
500
valve as the temperature or operating pressure increases.
200 Thus the SSM 21 trap can self adjust its operation to
400
follow, to some degree, the saturated steam curve and cut
300 response time to a minimum. Frequent adjustment
100 necessary with other bimetal designs is not required.
200
80
60
100 50
80 40
60 30
8 9 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 Saturated Steam Curve

Arms
1&2&3
Arms
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N 1&2
Steam trap shall be encapsulated Spirax Sarco SSM 21 bimetallic type that
discharges sub-cooled condensate. Trap to be all-stainless-steel weld sealed
design that is tamper-proof and maintenance-free, for self-draining vertical Bimetal Force
threaded (or socket weld) piping installation. Shall contain an operating
element module incorporating stainless steel "multi-cross" bimetal plates that
self adjust to give consistent operation at all pressures to 300 psig, and which
is unaffected by waterhammer, superheat or freezing conditions. Arm 1
Install in a vertical pipe with the inlet at the top. Socket weld traps should be
installed using the electric arc process. Full-port isolating valves should be
installed upstream and downstream of the trap.
2
3
MAINTENANCE
This product is factory sealed for tamper-proof operation, and no repair parts
are available. Complete isolation from both supply and return line is required 1
before trap is removed.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in the IMI
sheet which accompanies the product.
TIS 2.104 US 01.97

INICIO
SPIRA-tec® Steam Loss Detector System

Type 30 (for use with SSL1 Sensor)
The SPIRA-tec ® Type 30 Indicator is a portable, battery-
operated instrument designed to detect the presence of a
steam leak in a steam trap (when used with a sensor
chamber) and to indicate this condition on an LED indicator. Plug into SSL1 Sensor
on sensor chamber,
Limiting Operating Conditions IFT with SSL1,
strainer connector with
Max. Ambient Temperature 104˚F (40˚C)
SSLI (IPC20. IPC21.
The Indicator Box is a polyamide plastic enclosure housing the
electronic circuit.
Use in Hazardous Areas

The Type 30 Indicator is listed by Underwriters Laboratories, B C
Inc., as intrinsically safe for use in hazardous locations (Class
1, Division 1 & 2, Groups A, B, C & D, in accordance with U.L.
Standard 913) when used with the ST Sensor Chamber, R1
and R12 remote test points.
The Type 30 Indicator is also approved for use in hazardous
locations by BASEEFA under BS 5501, Parts 1 & 7. The
enclosure is rated to IP 20 under BS 5490. 1977.
Operation
Full instructions are included with each indicator. The indicator
incorporates a test circuit which will show whether the battery
A
needs renewing or the indicator is faulty. To test for steam loss,
plug indicator into sensing chamber ahead of trap. In essence,
a green light √ means a trap which is working correctly, i.e.
closing to steam, and a red light x indicates a trap which is
allowing steam to pass.
SPIRA-tec steam leak detection system shall be comprised of
an in-line sensor chamber or trap with Integral Sensor and a
portable indicator box and cable for test purposes.
Sensor chambers, fitted before each trap, shall have ductile Dimensions (nominal) in inches and m i l l i m e t e r s
iron or steel bodies with screwed or socket weld connections,
and incorporate a level-sensing electrode. Weight
The hand-held indicator box shall have positive colored pass A B C (without battery)
and fail lights, an internal circuit check facility and be UL listed 6.2 2.4 1 4.6 oz
as intrinsically safe for use in hazardous locations. An indicator 157 62 25 130 g
cable 4 feet shall be provided with each box.
Optional items shall include a hand-operated remote test box Indicator Cable
for testing either a single trap or up to 12 traps, an automatic
A four-foot-long indicator cable of twin core, Teflon insulated, Hytel
remote electronic monitoring system for up to 16 traps, a
sheathed cable is provided with the indicator. It has connections on the
blanking plug to prevent ingress of dirt and cable plug tails of
ends for the Sensor Chamber or trap (if trap has Integral Sensor) and the
either of the push fit type or screw-on connection style.
Type 30 indicator. The Hytel sheathing will withstand 230˚F (110˚C).
The system shall test for steam loss by detecting the presence
or absence of condensate using the diffference in
conductivities of water and steam. Trap operation shall be Spare Parts
indicated by a green (pass) light or a red (fail) light on the The indicator cable is available as a spare part. To order, specify cable
indicator box. only.
INICIO
SPIRA-tec® Steam Loss Detector System

Type 30
Purpose Installation
The SPIRA-tec trap failure indicator is designed to indicate whether a The sensor chamber with SSLI sensor should be fitted immediately
steam trap is working correctly. It consists of a permanently installed upstream of the trap, in a horizontal line with the direction of flow
sensor chamber and an indicator which is plugged into the sensor according to the arrow on the body, or a trap with Integral SSL1 Sensor.
chamber for testing and removed when the testing is completed. The cable from the indicator should be disconnected from the sensor
chamber or remote test point after checking.
Operation Air and other incondensible gases present at the trap on start-up should
be allowed to dissipate to avoid a false red signal.
Trap Working Blast discharge traps may cause a temporary red flicker, but green over
Condensate flows to the steam trap, under the weir. Asmall hole in most of the cycle shows the trap to be working properly.
the top of the weir balances the pressure on either side and ensures
that the sensor on the upstream side in submerged in condensate. Batteries
When the sensor is connected to the indicator, the circuit is complete Type 30 Indicator – One 9 volt carbon zinc, NEDA 1604 battery.
and gives a green √ signal.
Trap Passing Steam Component Specifications

Steam volume in the sensor chamber increases, raising the pressure TIS 2.701, Sensor Chambers
difference across the weir. The upstream condensate level drops to TIS 2.702, Remote Test Points
expose the sensor, breaking the circuit to give a red x signal. TIS 2.704, Automatic Monitor
Intrap Sensing Chamber Sensing

Hole
Inlet Steam trap

(working)
Sensor chamber
SSL1 Sensor
Condensate Weir
Live steam
Inlet
Air vent passing
IFT-14 live steam
SSL1
SSL1
Heat-resistant
plug tail.PT1
IPC20 and IPC21 are strainer connectors with

a spiratec SSL1 Sensor
R1
Remote test points
SSL1
R12
IPC21
IPC20 Indicator
ITD32 Indicator cable
IBP31
UL Listed
Type 30
TIS 2.700 US 09.02

INICIO
®
SPIRA-tec Sensor Chambers
ST14, ST16, ST17
The Sensor Chamber is installed IN
upstream of the steam trap as Model ➪ ST14 ST16 ST17
part of the SPIRA-tec® steam
trap fault detection system. The PMO 464 psig
chamber is supplied with a
Sizes 1/2" to 2" 1/2", 3/4", 1" 1
drilled and tapped connection for
the SPIRA-tec® sensor (standard OUT
or waterlogging) which is Connections NPT
supplied separately (see other
side). Steam trap status is Construction Steel Stainless Steel Ductile Iron
indicated on a portable indicator
(Type 30) or remote monitor Options SW SW Connections
3, 4
Connections ANSI 150 & 300 3/8" Sensor
(R16C & R16E). Flanges Connection
Right Hand Shown
Limiting Operating Conditions A

Max. Operating Temperature (TMO) Saturated Steam Temperature
C

B (1" size)
PMA 580 psig/up to 248°F 40 barg/up to 120°C
Max. allowable pressure 464 psig/482°F 32 barg/250°C
319 psig/662°F (ST17 only) 22 barg/350°C
304 psig/752°F (ST14&ST16) 21 barg/400°C
TMA 662˚F/0-319 psig (ST17 only) 350˚C/0-22 barg (nominal) in inches and millimeters
Dimensions
ST14 & ST16 A B C Weight
Sample Specification 1/2", 3/4" 3.0 4.0 0.9 1.8 lb
SPIRA-tec® steam leak detection system shall consist of an in-line sensor chamber and a 75 101 23 0.8 kg
portable or remote indicator box and cable for test purposes. 1" 4.7 4.7 1.1 4.8 lb
Sensor chambers, fitted before each trap, shall have ductile iron, steel, or stainless steel
bodies with screwed, socket weld or flanged connections, and incorporate a sensing 120 120 28 2.2 kg
element. 1-1/2", 2" 9.9 8.5 1.8 48.4 lb
The hand-held indicator box shall have positive colored pass and fail lights, an internal (ST14 only) 252 215 45 22.0 kg
circuit check facility and be UL listed as intrinsically safe for use in hazardous locations. ST17
An indicator cable 4 feet long shall be provided with each box.
1/2", 3/4" 2.8 3.5 0.9 2.6 lb
Optional items shall include a hand-operated remote test box for testing either a single
trap or up to 12 traps, an automatic remote electronic monitoring system for up to 16 72 89 23 1.2 kg
traps, a blanking plug to prevent ingress of dirt, and cable plug tails of either the push-fit 1" 4.7 4.7 1.1 4.8 lb
type or screw-on connection style. 120 120 28 2.2 kg
The system shall test for steam loss by detecting the presence or absence of condensate
using the diffference in conductivities of water and steam. The system shall also test for Maintenance
traps failed, closed or blocked by detecting temperature drops at the steam trap. Trap The sensor should be removed periodically to inspect
operation shall be indicated by a green (OK) light or a red (fail open) light, or an amber
and clean the tip and insulator.
(fail closed) light on the indicator box.
Installation Spare Parts

The sensor chamber should be installed immediately upstream of the trap (close coupled) in a Sensor and Sensor Gasket
horizontal position with the direction of flow according to the arrow on the body. Blanking Plug
No. Part Material - ST14 Material - ST16 Material - ST17
1 Sensor Chamber Steel DIN 17245 GS C25 Stainless Steel AISI 316L Ductile Iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
3 Drain Plug Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S 29 Stainless Steel AISI 316L Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S 29
4 Drain Plug Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S 16 Stainless Steel AISI 316L Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S 16
INICIO
Standard and Waterlogging Sensor Assemblies
SPIRA-tec® sensor
assemblies are
Model ➪ Standard Waterlogging Right Hand Shown
installed into the
sensor chamber Connections 3/8" BSP
(see other side) for
detection of Construction Stainless Steel
condensate and
temperature drops at Type Conductivity Conductivity
& Temperature Chambers
the steam trap. This are supplied
indicates where the Options Plug Tail Assemblies separately.
steam trap is leaking (PT1, PT2, or PT3)
steam or is failed,
Sensor Plug Gasket
Waterlogging Sensor Assembly

PT1
Standard Sensor:
Sensor shall be of stainless steel construction with suitable insulator. Standard sensor
The sensor shall be capable of determining different conductivities
associated with steam and condensate.
Waterlogging Sensor: PT2

Sensor shall be of stainless steel construction with suitable insulator.
The sensor shall be capable of determining different conductivities PT3
associated with steam and condensate. The sensor shall also detect
temperature drops associated with steam traps that fail closed, are
blocked, or not in use. Sensor shall be made with plug tail on right Plug tail Assemblies
supplied separately
hand or left hand side.
Installation
The sensor is installed into the side connection on the SPIRA-tec®
sensor chamber. Chamber mounted upstream of trap as close as
possible.
Maintenance
The sensor should be removed periodically to inspect and clean the
tip and insulator.
Determine sensor position:
If you were to straddle the pipe facing in the direction of flow, right
hand sensor would be on right side and left hand on your left side.
Note: You must order sensor separately. Chamber does not have
sensor installed when supplied
Sensor types:
SSLI Steam leakage for use output only with type 30, R1C and R16C
WLSI Steam leakage and water logging for use with R1C only.
WLSI with diode steam leakage and water logging for use with R16C
only.
TIS 2.701 US 05.01

INICIO
SPIRA-tec Remote Test Point ®
R1 and R12
The SPIRA-tec ® Trap Leak Detection System is designed to
indicate whether a steam trap is leaking steam.
A Plug Tail is fixed permanently into the sensor chamber, R12
and this is then wired to the remote test point sited at any Remote
Test
convenient point. Trap checking is then carried out by
Point
plugging into the remote test point rather than into the sensor
chamber.
R1 test point, suitable for one sensor chamber.
R12 test point has a selection switch which can be used for checking up to
12 sensor chambers.
The plug tail is supplied with 4 feet (1.25 m) of wire. Any additional wire
must be provided by the installer in accordance with the Installation and
Operating Instructions.
PT 1 plug tail is available with plug in connection
PT 2 plug tail is available with screw on connection and brass angle R1
pattern housing. Remote
(PT 2 &PT 3 provide protection to IP67.) Test
Removing nut #1 allows a conduit adaptor to be connected to the M16 Point
conduit thread on the housing, if cable protection is required.
Plug in
A C
Connector
Screw On R1
Connector
PT1 B
PT2
A C
R12
#1
PT3
Type A B C Weight
#1
R1 3.2 3.1 2.1 0.4 lb
82 80 55 0.2 kg
R12 3.1 4.7 2.1 0.7 lb
80 120 65 0.3 kg
INICIO
SPIRA-tec Remote Test Point ®
R1 and R12
USE IN H AZARDOUS AREAS
The Type 30 Indicator is listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as intrinsically
safe for use in hazardous locations (Class 1, Division 1 &2, Groups A, B, C & D,
in accordance with U.L. Standard 913) when used with the STSensor Chamber,
R1 and R12 remote test points.
The R1 and R2 are also approved for use in hazardous locations by BASEEFA
under BS 5501, Parts 1 &7. The enclosure is rated to IP 20 under BS5490. 1977.
P E R M I S S I B L E I N T E R C O N N E C T I N G CA B L E S Waterproof
The total Capacitance, Inductance and Inductance to Resistance (L/R) ratio of Cable
cables used in hazardous areas, must not exceed the following values: Entry (R12)
Capacitance Inductance or L/R ratio
Group in µF in µH in µH/ohm
II C 0.3 0.22 19
IIB 0.9 0.66 57
II A 2.4 1.76 152
I N S TA L L AT I O N Fig. 1
1. Decide on the most convenient cable entry. Remove the front cover by taking out
the four securing screws and drill the required hole in the side or back of the test point.
Fit a suitable waterproof cable entry. (Fig. 1) Note: The R1 cover will only fit one way
round.
2. Secure the test point to a flat surface using the four mounting holes outside the
sealed enclosure.
3. Connect the Plug Tail PT1, PT2, or PT3 into the pipeline sensor chamber. Extend
the 4-ft (1.25 m) of cable provided by connecting on a suitable; length of twin core
cable. The type of cable is not critical – lightweight wire with 20 gauge conductors or
7/0.2 multi-strand wire will suffice. Similarly, the type of connection is not critical, but
it should be made waterproof if exposed to moisture. The extension cable should be
passed through the cable entry (Fig 2).
4. In the case of the R1, connect the extension to the terminals inside the cover.
5. In the case of R12, connect the extension from all red or green wires to the Plug Tail PT1
numbered terminals on the edge connector, noting the number of each sensor. The test
sheet provided can be used for this purpose. Extensions from all the blue wires should
be connected to the square ground bar in the base of the box.
With screw heads facing outwards, push the edge connector onto the printed circuit
board (Fig. 3).
6. Replace the front cover and the four securing screws.
T O O P E R AT E
Plug the indicator cable into the socket provided and use the indicator in
accordance with its instructions. Terminal Strip
(by others)
In the case of the R12, the rotary switch should be used to select the sensor to be
checked.
Waterproof
Cable
Entry (R1)
Fig. 3 Fig. 2
Edge
Connector
TIS 2.702 US 03.94

INICIO
R1C Steam Trap Failure Monitor
The R1C steam trap failure monitor will monitor the performance of a
single steam trap when used in conjunction with a Spiratec sensor
chamber and sensor. It will indicate whether a trap is operating
correctly, passing live steam or has failed closed by means of colored
trap status lights on the unit. Analog and digital outputs allow it to be
connected directly to BEMS/EMS to indicate steam trap status
remotely.
S YSTEM COMPONENTS
To detect a steam trap that is leaking steam, a standard SS1 Spiratec
sensor combined with a Spiratec sensor chamber is used. To detect a
steam trap that is leaking steam or is waterlogged, a WLS1 Spiratec
waterlogging sensor assembly combined with a Spiratec sensor
chamber is used.
Body Cast malleable iron, black enamel finish. The Spiratec sensor chamber is installed immediately upstream of the
trap being monitored in a horizontal pipeline. Full details are given in
the technical literature supplied with the products.
T E C H N I CA L DATA The R1C should be installed within 30 ft. of the Spiratec sensor
Enclosure rating IP65 (when fitted with correct cable chamber. It is designed to form part of a conduit cable protection
system but may be fixed to any convenient surface using bulkhead
glands)
clamps.
Supply voltage: Voltage required:
4-20 mA output not used Separate 9-30 Vdc, <35 mA S TEAM L EAK D ETECTION PERIOD
4-20 mA output used Separate 22-30 Vdc, <35 mA Internal switches in the R1C allow the steam leak detection period to
R1C operation: be set at various intervals. This helps to prevent nuisance alarms which
Trap status: Status lights: may be caused by intermittent interruptions in condensate flow under
normal operating conditions.
Trap operating correctly Red and orange lights OFF
Green light FLASHING C O N D E N S AT E C O N D U C T I V I T Y L E V E L S
Internal switches in the R1C allow the condensate conductivity levels
Trap leaking steam Red light ON
to be adjusted to accommodate local conditions. The purity of the
Green light FLASHING steam is directly related to its conductivity. Therefore, the multiple
settings cover a wide range of systems.
Trap blocked or waterlogged Orange light ON
Green light FLASHING T R A P WAT E R L O G G I N G T E M P E R AT U R E L E V E L S
Internal switches in the R1C allow the waterlogging temperature levels
Trap cold but free of con- Red and orange lights ON to be set at one of seven pre-set temperatures. Because of relation
densate (this is a common Green light FLASHING between steam pressure and temperature, each steam trap can be
state during system start-up monitored as closely as desired.
or when the system is shut
down). As supplied, the R1C comes factory set as follows:
During normal operation, the green light flashes ON every second to Channel Failure Detection Notes
show that electrical power is connected to the R1C and that it is Leak detection 22 minutes The trap must leak steam for
operating correctly. period 22 minutes before the R1C
signals a fault.
CO N N E C T I O N S Leak detection 4.8µS The conductivity of the
condensate in the sensor
The R1C enclosure is a circular conduit box with M20 threaded entry chamber must be greater
holes. To maintain resistance to moisture, use a suitable cable gland than 4.8 microsiemens for
between the R1C and the Spiratec sensor (Type SS1 or WLS1). If the correct operation.
cable to the BEMS/EMS passes through a conduit, make sure that the Waterlogging 185°F The condensate in the
threaded connection to the R1C is water-tight to maintain the IP65 detection sensor chamber must cool
enclosure rating. Details of electrical connection are supplied with the temperature below the R1C signals a
product. waterlogging fault.
INICIO
R1C Steam Trap Failure Monitor
O UTPUT S IGNALS FOR R E M OT E I N D I CAT I O N R1C Digital Outputs

Trap Status Waterlogged Steam Leak
O F T R A P S TAT U S
Trap operating correctly On On
Digital Outputs Trap leaking steam On Off
PNP open collector output - use this output to connect the R1C to a
BEMS/EMS whose digital inputs are pulled down to 0 volts. The pnp
Trap blocked or waterlogged Off On
outputs act like switches connected to the R1C’s power supply. During
normal trap operation, the pnp outputs will switch ON and give out a Trap cold, but free of condensate Off On
voltage equal to the R1C’s power supply minus 0.4 V. Their output (or R1C failure)
resistance in this state is 220 ohms. If the trap fails, one of the pnp
digital outputs will switch OFF. Analog Output:
An analog output is available as standard for use with BEMS/EMS’s that operate
NPN open collector outputs - use this output option to connect the on an analog input signal. Setting details are given below:
R1C to a BEMS/EMS whose digital inputs are pulled up to a positive
voltage. The npn outputs act like switches connected to 0 volts. Maintenance
During normal trap operation, the npn outputs will switch ON, giving There are no user serviceable parts in the R1C.
out 0 volts with an output resistance of 220 ohms. If the trap fails, one
of the npn digital outputs will switch OFF. How to Specify
1 - Spirax Sarco R1C steam trap failure monitor (pnp digital outputs),
or
1 - Spirax Sarco R1C steam trap failure monitor (npn digital outputs)
Nominal Output Recommended BEMS/EMS

Trap Status Current from R1C Alarm Threshold Settings
Trap operating correctly 20 mA 23.0 mA > setpoint > 17.5 mA
Trap leaking steam 15 mA 17.3 mA > setpoint > 12.5 mA
Trap blocked or waterlogged 10 mA 12.5 mA > setpoint > 7.5 mA
Trap cold, but free of condensate 4 mA 7.5 mA > setpoint > 0 mA
(or R1C failure)
The current output from the R1C is derived from an internally

powered loop and is capable of driving into an impedance of at least
550 ohms. In practice, this means that the maximum permissible
distance between the R1C and the BEMS/EMS will be governed by
the type of connecting cable used.
DIMENSIONS (N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES (mm)
4.3" 1.4"
(109) (35)
2.6"
(66)
M20 x 1.5 - 6 H 1.0"

(25.4)
TIS 2.707 US 04.98

INICIO
SPIRA-tec Automatic Steam Trap Monitor

®
R16C
The SPIRA-tec ® R16C is an automatic steam trap monitor for
up to 16 steam traps. Remotely mounted, it continuously scans
electronically up to 16 Spira-tec® Sensor Chambers and
indicates when steam wastage or waterlogging occurs at any of
the traps being monitored. A Sensor is screwed into each
Sensor Chamber and is connected by wiring to the R16C which
is sited at a convenient point.
When all the steam traps being monitored are working
correctly, a single green light will be illuminated. If one or
more of the steam traps is failing, then the corresponding “fail”
lights (of which there are thirty two) are illuminated and the
green light is extinguished.
The R16C, which is continuously operating, will indicate at a
glance that either all the traps are operating correctly, or that
there is a failure of any particular identified trap or traps. The
unit can be interfaced with most present day computer
controlled Building Management Systems, through a pair of
volt free contacts, which will open on trap failure.
R16C steam monitor is available as standard for use with mains
supplies at 96-240Vac or 24Vac. The monitor is supplied for wall or
panel mounting.
Supply voltage (standard) 96-240Vac, 24 Vac
Supply frequency 50 - 60Hz
Power consumption Maximum 6VA
Operating temperature limits 0°C to +50°C (storage 0° + 70°C)
Enclosure color and materials Charcoal and light grey.
ABS plastic with steel hinge pins
and recessed rubber sealing gaskets.
Enclosure rating IP65 with correct cable glands
(wall mounting only)
Electrical connections Screw terminals
Relay rating Maximum voltage switching:
240Vac, 300V dc.
Maximum current switching: 0.5A
Maximum power switching: 10 W
Maximum current carrying: 1.2A
If cable protection is required, a conduit adaptor can be connected to

the M16 conduit thread on the housing after removing the nut (1). The
plug tail is supplied with 1.25m of cable. Any additional cable must be
provided by the installer in accordance with the Installation
Instructions.
Note: The type of cable is not critical, but a lightweight cable with
20 gauge conductors of 7/0.2 (0.22mm2) multi-strand cable will suffice.
INICIO
SPIRA-tec Automatic Steam Trap Monitor

®
R16C
A C F
B G
E H K
D J
Wall Mounting
Front Back
A C F E
D
B
WALL MOUNTING
7.9 5.4 6.7 2.0 5.1 6.7 3.9 1.2 3.6 2.0 4.0 lb
201 138 169 50 130 170 100 30 92 52 1.8 kg
PANEL M OUNTING
A B C D E F WEIGHT
7.6 5.7 4.1 5.5 7.3 1.6 3.4 lb
192 145 105 140 186 40 1.53 kg
Master Box
T O USE AS M A S T E R B OX up to 16 local boxes

The R16C can be installed on a
cascade basis. One “master” box
will monitor up to 16 x R16C
“local” boxes. A red light on the
master box will indicate which
“local” box is registering a
leaking trap. Inspection of that
local box will then identify the
specific trap which is failing.
To steam traps
TIS 2.706 US 06.97

INICIO
Ultrasonic Leak Detector

LD-1
The LD-1 is a portable battery-operated instrument which will
sense ultrasonic frequencies and give visible and audible
indication of their presence apart from background noise. The LD-
1 is intended for use as a diagnostic tool in detecting steam trap
operation and can be used to detect leaks in steam and
compressed air systems. Some experience, together with a Touch Probe
working knowledge of steam trap operation, is required in order to Detachable
correctly interpret the signals. A detailed guide to its use in testing
traps is given in the Instruction Manual.
Components
The LD-1 is housed in a plastic carrying case and the package includes:
Standard Kit:
1 – Meter Detector. Requires a 9 volt alkaline battery. Air Sensor
2 – 6" Touch Probe and 3 foot extension kit with 31" of extension rods.
3 – Headset with coiled extension cable. Walkman type.
Digital display
4 – Carrying Case with instructional manual. LED Bargraph shows mode and
Deluxe Kit: shows relative level of current
Intensity input
1 – Meter Detector. Requires a 9 volt alkaline battery.
2 – 6" Touch Probe and 3 foot extension kit with 31" of extension rods. Mode button
3 – QZ-5 Noise isolating Headset. Volume
4 – Carrying Case with instructional manual. sensitivity and
peak hold
Limiting Conditions Power On/Off
Ambient Temperature Range: 32˚F to 120˚F (0˚C to 50˚C)

Max. Temperature at sensor tip of probe 600˚F (250˚C)
Materials
Carrying Case Hard shell with foam insert.
Metered Pistol Housing ABS Plastic and Anodized Aluminum
Touch Probe Sharp 6" solid stainless steel
Features
– Combines ultrasonic level display and audible output via headset.
– Contact probe can be used to detect system leaks, e.g., failed steam traps.
– Advanced digital system.
– Excellent sound quality.
– Offers LED bargraph and alphanumeric displays with Peak Hold.
– Separate volume and sensitivity adjustments help “zoom” into trap sounds.
– Two permanent sensors with independent settings held in memory.
Accesories Operation
Padded Canvas Beltpack with window. Full instructions are included
with each instrument.
Maintenance
Do not attempt to carry out any repairs to internal electronics, Ear Phones
cables or probes. If faulty operation is suspected, contact: (walkman style)
Spirax Sarco, Inc.
Carrying case
Return Materials Section
not shown
Blythewood, SC
(for return authorization)
INICIO
Ultrasonic Leak Detector

LD-1
A B C D Weight
Instrument 7.06 2.40 8.12 6.0 .60 lb
179 61 206 .52 1.7 kg
Carrying Case 8.5" wide x 12" long x 2.5" thick
(standard kit) 216 305 67
Carrying Case 13.3" wide x 16.6" long x 6" thick

(deluxe kit) 338 422 152
A ➤ D ➤
TOUCH
B PROBE
AIR
SENSOR
C ➤
Technical Specification Performance

Displays Sensitivity
LED Bargraph: Intense 20 element with peak hold Airborne Sensor: -80dB/v/µbar
Alphanumeric: 4 element with selectable modes;
off, continuous, and peak hold Frequency ranges
Airbourne Sensor: 36kHz to 42kHz, center
Power Requirements Touchprobe Sensor: 18kHz to 22kHz center
Battery: 9 volt cell
Low Battery Indicator Flashing “BATT” in display
Battery Life: 8 hours
Modes
Volume, Sensitivity, Peak-Hold, Sensor Select and more.
TIS 2.721 US 05.01

INICIO
Trap Diffusers
DF1 and DF2
The DF1 and DF2 Trap T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
Diffusers are compact units The DF1 can be fitted to any trap where conditions
designed to be fitted to the Model ➪ DF1 DF2
promote blast discharge similar to that associated with
outlet of a steam or liquid
balanced pressure, inverted bucket or Thermo-Dynamic®
drain trap. The DF1 reduces Sizes 1/2" & 3/4"
noise and erosion by traps. The DF2 is designed to be fitted to the outlet of
cushioning high velocity steam traps discharging into flood lines.
Connections NPT & SW (inlet only) NPT
discharge, while the DF2
reduces the problem of Construction Stainless Steel
waterhammer when the flash
steam formed on discharge
Options BSP Connection
from a steam trap condenses
due to rapid cooling.
DF1 Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 915 psig/63 barg
DF2 Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 580 psig/40 barg
Max. Operating Temperature (TMO) 750°F/400°C
2
No. Part Material
1 Case Stainless Steel ASTMA 240 Gr 304 1
2 End Boss Screwed Stainless Steel ASTM A 351 CF 8
Socket Weld Stainless Steel ASTM A 276 Gr 304
3 Internals Stainless Steel ASTM A 580 Gr 304
3
The DF1 should be fitted on the outlet side of a steam trap or liquid drainer
with a suitable fitting to ensure that the discharge of condensate is towards
the ground or some safe enclosure.
The DF2 should be fitted on the outlet side of a trap ensuring that the
directional arrow on the body is in the flow direction.
IMI which accompanies the product.
C C
The trap diffuser shall be all stainless steel with a knitted and compacted
wire mesh diffusing element. Where a trap is discharging into a flooded
line, the diffuser should have both threaded inlet and outlet connections. A
A
DIMENSIONS (approximate) in inches & millimeters
Size A (DF1) A (DF2) B C Weight(DF1) Weight (DF2)

1/2" 2.3 59 2.9 74 1.5 40 1.1 27 .51 lb .23 kg .66 lb .3 kg B
3/4" 2.3 60 2.9 74 1.5 40 1.3 32 .51 lb .23 kg .66 lb .3 kg B
INICIO
Stainless Steel Steam Trap Stations

and Three Way Test Valve
The compact steam trap station combines a Typical Applications
swivel connector, with two 3-way test valves in Model ➪ TSB
an all stainless steel assembly. The swivel For light condensate load applications
connector can be selected with or without an PMO 450 psig*
including steam main drainage
integral “Y” strainer. Connections can be NPT and tracing.
or plain end pipe, and sizes are 1/2" and 3/4". Connection Sizes 1/2", 3/4"
The stations will accept any steam trap with a Connection NPT or Plain End 5
swivel connector, and can be supplied stand Types NPT Valve only
alone or as part of a preassembled
condensate manifold system. The unique 3-way Test Valve
Construction All 300 Series Stainless Steel
only
integral valve/connector design eliminates 1/2" and 3/4"
piping stubs between the valves and *Check trap TIS for Pressure/Temperature ratings sizes
connector, and is fully compliant with ANSI which may lower rating of station with trap.
B16.11.

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 450 psig/31 barg station only* 2
For other conditions and specs, see TIS of individual swivel connector trap. 5
Max. Operating Temperature (TMO) 500°F (260°C)
*Check trap TIS for Pressure/Temperature ratings which may lower rating of station with trap.
5

Max. Allowable Pressure (PMA) 450 psig @ 500°F
31 barg @ 260°C
Max. Allowable Temperature (TMA) 500°F @ 450 psig

260°C @ 31 barg 2
4
Trap Station Nomenclature 1

TSB 0 S 1
TSB032 2
shown 4
1 - 1/2" threaded (NPT) end connections
2 - 1/2" plain end pipe with UTD52L
3 - 3/4" threaded (NPT) end connections Trap
4 - 3/4" plain end pipe
S - Connector with strainer

W - Straight Connector without strainer
B - Connector with integral “Y” strainer and blowdown valve
5
Stainless Steel Steam Trap Station
Compatible trap UTD52L, UTD52H, UBP32, UFT Series and UIB Series.
5 TSB0W2
shown
No. Part Material Specification
1 Swivel Connector Stainless Steel ASTM A351 GrCF8
2 Test Valve 3
Body 304L Stainless Steel ASTM A276/A479
Valve Stem & Plug 316L Stainless Steel ASTM A276/A479 2
4
3 Pipe 304L Stainless Steel ASTM A312 Sch 80 1
4 Vent Pipe & Lock Nut 304L Stainless Steel ASTM A276/A479
5 Handle PVC Coated Stainless Steel 2
4 3
TIS 6.805 US 08.02
INICIO
Stainless Steel Steam Trap Stations

and Three Way Test Valve
Sample Specification Function Direction of Flow
Steam trap test station to be Spirax Sarco model #TSB1B1 Valve Handle Position
Inlet Valve Outlet Valve
Operation
The three way test valves, located both upstream and downstream of
the connector can be used to perform several functions. See Chart. Normal Operation
Normal Position - Condensate drains through the steam trap
and the test valves to the condensate return line. Checking Line for Blockage
Test Position - Condensate will be discharged at the test port.

Trap Isolation for Maintenance
Blocked Position - Steam trap is isolated.

Visual Testing of Trap
Installation
The trap station can be installed horizontally or vertically. The trap station Shutdown Drainage
is supplied with the trap and vent pipe loose. After installation of the trap
station to the pipeline, connect the steam trap and vent pipe.
Start-up Purging
Maintenance
The trap can be removed from the trap test station without disturbing
the piping by isolating the trap with the 2 test valves. After supplying
steam to the system, check the connection point and re-tighten the
bolts if required.
PLAIN
Optional Equipment ENDPIPE
Trap test stations can be stand alone units or can be incorporated with
the forged or fabricated manifolds into a preassembled manifold
system. Consult factory.
Model Approx.
Number Size Connection A Weight*
TSB_S1 1/2" NPT 10.63 5.8 lb
270 2.6 kg
TSB_S2 1/2" STUB 16.63 6.4 lb
422 2.9 kg A
TSB_S3 3/4" NPT 10.63 5.6 lb
270 2.5 kg
TSB_S4 3/4" STUB 16.63 6.6 lb
422 3.0 kg
TSB_W1 1/2" NPT 10.0 5.0 lb
254 2.3 kg NPT
TSB_W2 1/2" STUB 16.0 5.6 lb
406 2.5 kg
TSB_W3 3/4" NPT 10.0 4.8 lb
254 2.2 kg
TSB_W4 3/4" STUB 16.0 5.8 lb
406 2.6 kg
TSB_B1 1/2" NPT 10.63 6.1 lb
270 2.8 kg
TSB_B2 1/2" STUB 16.63 6.7 lb
422 3.0 kg
TSB_B3 3/4" NPT 10.63 5.9 lb
270 2.7 kg
TSB_B4 3/4" STUB 16.63 6.9 lb
422 3.1 kg
* All weights are without steam trap. Add trap weight from trap TI sheet.
A
3.3
2.1
3.1
4.3 3.7
3.3
Valve only
3.1 TIS 6.805 US 08.02
INICIO
Forged Steel Manifolds
The type MSC forged steel

manifolds centralize steam Model ➪ MSC
distribution and condensate
collection for up to 12 sources. Body Design ANSI Class 300 (PN 50)
Both models have integral piston Rating
valves with a variety of Flow direction Flow direction when
connections, making them PMA 740 psig up to 100°F (50 barg up to 38°C)
when used for used for Condensate
particularly well suited for tracing Steam Distribution Service Collection Service
PM0 600 psig at 500°F (41 barg at 260°C) (siphon pipe not shown)
applications. The compact design
provides easy access for trap Hydrotest 1,110 psig (76 barg)
maintenance and monitoring, while Pressure
the mounting arrangement permits
quick installation. The condensate Number of 4, 8, 12 1-1/2"
collection manifold includes an Connections SW
internal siphon pipe to promote
even temperature distribution and Connection 1/2", 3/4"
ensure single phase discharge of Sizes
condensate. All units are
hydrotested to 1.5 times design Connection NPT, SW to ANSI B16.11 Cl. 3000
pressure, and painted with industrial Types
heat resistant coating (grey) 5
maximum temperature 850°F Piston Valve Cv 2.1 (per valve - both sizes) 2
4
3
M A N I F O L D N O M E N C L AT U R E
MSC 08 C 1
1 - 1/2" Threaded (NPT)

2 - 1/2" Socket Weld (SW) 6
3 - 3/4" Threaded (NPT)
4 - 3/4" Socket Weld (SW) 8
C - Condensate Collection
(includes siphon pipe) 7
D - Steam Distribution
04 - 4 Tracer Connections 12
08 - 8 Tracer Connections
12 - 12 Tracer Connections
1
Forged Steel Manifold
11
No. Part Material Specification
10
1 Body Carbon Steel ASTM A105N
2 Lower Ring Graphite and Stainless Steel
3 Upper Ring Graphite and Stainless Steel
4 Lantern Ring Steel 13
5 Piston Stainless Steel ASTM A479 F316
6 Spindle Stainless Steel ASTM A479 F410 14
7 Handwheel Carbon Steel ASTM A105N
8 Handwheel Nut Steel
9 Bonnet Carbon Steel ASTM A105N
10 Studs Steel ASTM A193 Gr B7
11 Nuts Steel ASTM A194 Gr 2H
3/4" NPT Drain
12 Washers Steel
Connection
13 Washer Steel (both models)
14 Nameplate Stainless Steel
MSC04D2 with socket weld tracer connections shown
TIS 6.804 US 01.97
INICIO
Forged Steel Manifolds
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N Steam Distribution (Typical)

Steam distribution manifold shall be a Spirax Sarco model MSC12D1. The
patented piston valve upper and lower sealing rings shall be interchangeable and MSC04D MSC12D
consist of multiple graphite and solid stainless steel layers. The manifolds shall 1-1/2" SW 1-1/2" SW
be certified to EN10204, hydrotested to 1,110 psig (76 barg), and provided with
one coat industrial heat resistant coating (grey) maximum temperature 850°F. All
welding is to be performed in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler &
Pressure Vessel Code.
O P E R AT I O N B AD B
The piston valves are intended to be either fully open or fully closed.
Throttling service is not recommended.
I N S TA L L AT I O N C
The type MSC manifolds have been designed for vertical installation. Steam B
traps, strainers, isolation valves, and other ancillary equipment are attached at the D
tracing connections provided. Threaded M12 connections have been included for
attachment to a supporting structure. An optional mounting kit is available.
3/4" NPT
The steam distribution manifold has a top inlet connection and a bottom
drain, which should be provided with an isolation valve and steam trap. The B AD
top connection on the condensate manifold is the outlet, and the bottom drain Condensate
connection should be provided with a blowdown valve. For cold weather Collection
installations, a freeze protection device is also recommended. (Typical)
It is recommended that the manifolds are insulated for personnel protection
and to minimize radiated heat losses. An optional custom designed insulating MSC08C B
cover is available for this purpose. 3/4" NPT
MAINTENANCE
The integral piston valves are designed for simple replacement of the internal
wear parts. Please refer to the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IMI B
6.804) for details. CAUTION: For personnel protection, it is imperative that
the manifolds are completely isolated from the system and depressurized
before any maintenance is performed. B
C
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
For ease of installation and insulation, an optional mounting kit is available D
which will provide a 2 in. stand-off from any adjacent structure. The kit
consists of a threaded stud, spacer, and nut, designed to match the M12 B AC
mounting holes on the back of the manifold. The MSC04 requires 2 sets of 3/4" NPT
fasteners, the MSC08 requires 3 sets, and the MSC12 requires 4.
A custom designed one piece insulation cover is available that does not
require any disassembly of the valves for installation.
B
S PA R E PA RT S F
The available spare parts are listed below. An extractor tool is available to
facilitate replacement of the sealing rings.
C
Description Part No. E
L
Sealing Ring Set 2,3 D
Complete Valve Internals Set 2,3,4,5,6,8,13
Extractor Tool N/A G M12
3/4" NPT (Open)
J
Spares are ordered by using the above description with the type of manifold.
Example: “One sealing ring set for integral piston valve on MSC04D2
manifold.”
Siphon Pipe
(3/4" Sch. 80 A106 Gr. B)
AC Cond. AD Steam B C D E F G H J K L Weight

MSC04 16.75 13.4 6.25 3.75 7.5 2.8 1.9 1.8 3.0 4.3 4.7 2.0 22 lb
425 340 160 95 191 71 48 45 75 110 120 50 10 kg
MSC08 29.4 26.0 6.25 3.75 7.5 2.8 1.9 1.8 3.0 4.3 4.7 2.0 45 lb
745 660 160 95 191 71 48 45 75 110 120 50 20 kg
MSC12 41.9 38.6 6.25 3.75 7.5 2.8 1.9 1.8 3.0 4.3 4.7 2.0 66 lb
1065 980 160 95 191 71 48 45 75 110 120 50 30 kg
TIS 6.804 US 01.97
INICIO
Vertical Condensate Collection

Manifold — Fabricated
The CMAV condensate collection M A N I F O L D N O M E N C L AT U R E

Model ➪ CMAV CMA 12 V 1
manifold is a fabricated assembly
designed for vertical installation to PMA 720 psig at 508°F (50 barg at 264°C)
facilitate centralized recovery of Hydrotest 1,080 psig (74 barg)
condensate from up to 12 sources. Pressure 1 - 1/2" Threaded (NPT)
Condensate is collected within the 2 - 1/2" Socket Weld (SW)
Number of 4, 6, 8, 12 3 - 3/4" Threaded (NPT)
shell and discharged through the Connections 4 - 3/4" Socket Weld (SW)
top via an internal siphon pipe. The
water seal created by the siphon Connection 1/2", 3/4" V - Vertical
Sizes
tube promotes even temperature
Connection 04 - 4 Connections
distribution and ensures single NPT, SW to ANSI B16.11 Cl. 3000 06 - 6 Connections
phase discharge of condensate. The Types 08 - 8 Connections
compact design provides easy Carbon Steel ASTM A106 Gr.B Sch. 80 12 - 12 Connections
access for trap maintenance and Construction Forged Steel A105 Cl.3000
CMA/CMB - Fabricated
monitoring, while the mounting All welding in accordance with Section IX Condensate
and connection arrangement of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Collection Manifold
permits fast installation. Options Without mounting brackets
Preassembled with steam trap stations
1" Condensate
Outlet Connection*
DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS 6.1"
Model Tracer Connections Approx.

Number Number Size A B Weight
CMA04V1/V2 4 1/2" 24.3 No Front 25 lb
617 Connection 11 kg
CMA04V3/V4 4 3/4" 24.3 No Front 25 lb
617 Connection 11 kg 8.0"
CMA06V1/V2 6 1/2" 24.3 5.4 25 lb
617 137 11 kg
CMA06V3/V4 6 3/4" 24.3 5.4 25 lb
617 137 11 kg
CMA08V1/V2 8 1/2" 40.3 No Front 40 lb
1024 Connection 18 kg 4.0"
CMA08V3/V4 8 3/4" 40.3 No Front 40 lb
1024 Connection 18 kg 16"
CMA12V1/V2 12 1/2" 40.3 5.4 40 lb A
1024 137 18 kg
CMA12V3/V4 12 3/4" 40.3 5.4 40 lb
1024 137 18 kg
CMB12V1/V2 12 1/2" 56.3 No Front 56 lb
CMB2V3/V4 12 3/4" 56.3 No Front 56 lb
0.63"ø
4.5"
3.0"
B
2-1/2" Sch. 80
Condensate
Inlet Internal
2.4" Connection Siphon
Pipe
*Same type (NPT or SW) 3/4" Drain

as tracer connections. CMA12V Shown Connection*
TIS 6.801 US 01.97
INICIO
Vertical Condensate Collection Manifold

Fabricated
T Y P I CA L H O O K - U P FOR 8 CONNECTION M ANIFOLD
Discharge to Condensate
Return Line
Inlet from Steam Tracing or Inlet from Steam Tracing or

Distribution System Distribution System
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N I N S TA L L AT I O N
The condensate collection manifold shall be Spirax Sarco model The manifold is to be installed vertically with the condensate
CMA12V designed for vertical orientation to accommodate up to 12 discharge connection at the top as shown. Isolation valves, steam
condensate sources. traps, strainers, and other required equipment are attached on up to 3
sides at the connections provided. Mounting is accomplished using
C O N S T RU C T I O N FE AT U R E S the brackets supplied on the back side of the unit. For outdoor
The unit shall include an internal siphon pipe designed to provide a installations, a freeze protection device fitted to the 3/4" drain
water seal at all condensate loads to ensure single phase discharge connection is recommended.
and even temperature distribution. The assembly shall have a 1"
discharge connection at the top and a 3/4" drain connection that OPTIONS
permits complete drainage during maintenance. Support brackets are Each manifold can be supplied with a wide selection of valves, traps,
to be provided for fast installation. Connections shall be provided on and other equipment as a completely fabricated and tested assembly.
up to 3 sides and spaced to accommodate any valve orientation Consult factory for specific applications.
without interference from adjoining piping. The design is to be
compact enough such that all traps and other connected equipment T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
are within easy reach for servicing. Construction shall consist of The manifold can be utilized wherever multiple sources of
ASTM A106 Gr. B carbon steel 2-1/2" Sch. 80 pipe with ANSI Cl. condensate from steam traps need to be centrally collected in a
3000 connections. Welding is to be performed in accordance with vertical orientation. This includes steam tracing, light condensate-
Section IX of the ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code. The producing equipment, separators, and steam main drips.
assembly shall be hydrostatically tested to 1.5 times design pressure,
sandblasted, and provided with one coat industrial heat resistant
coating (grey) maximum temperature 850°F.
TIS 6.801 US 01.97
INICIO
Horizontal Condensate Collection

The CMAH condensate collection Model ➪ CMAH CMA 08 H 1
manifold is a fabricated assembly
designed for horizontal installation PMA 720 psig at 508°F (50 barg at 264°C)
to facilitate centralized recovery of Hydrotest 1,080 psig (74 barg)
Pressure 1 - 1/2" Threaded (NPT)
condensate from up to 12 sources. 2 - 1/2" Socket Weld (SW)
Condensate is collected within the Number of 4, 6, 8, 12 3 - 3/4" Threaded (NPT)
shell and discharged through an Connections 4 - 3/4" Socket Weld (SW)
internal siphon pipe. The water seal Connection H - Horizontal
1/2", 3/4"
provided by the siphon pipe Sizes
promotes even temperature 04 - 4 Connections
Connection NPT, SW to ANSI B16.11 Cl. 3000 06 - 6 Connections
distribution and ensures single Types 08 - 8 Connections
phase discharge of condensate. The Carbon Steel ASTM A106 Gr.B Sch. 80 12 - 12 Connections
compact design provides easy Forged Steel A105 Cl.3000
Construction CMA - Fabricated
access for trap maintenance and All welding in accordance with Section IX Condensate
monitoring, while the mounting and of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Collection Manifold
connection arrangement permits Options Without mounting brackets
fast installation. Preassembled with steam trap stations

Condensate
Inlet 2.4"
CMA04 CMA04 CMA06 CMA06 CMA08 CMA08 CMA12 CMA12 Connection
H1/H2 H3/H4 H1/H2 H3/H4 H1/H2 H3/H4 H1/H2 H3/H4
Number 4 4 6 6 8 8 12 12
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" B
.63"ø
A 23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0 39.0 39.0 39.0 39.0
3.0"
584 584 584 584 991 991 991 991
B – – 5.4 5.4 – – 5.4 5.4
– – 137 137 – – 137 137 4.5"
Approx 20 lb 20 lb 20 lb 20 lb 35 lb 35 lb 35 lb 35 lb
Weight 9 kg 9 kg 9 kg 9 kg 16 kg 16 kg 16 kg 16 kg
1" Condensate Discharge*

A
4.0" 6.1"
8.0"
Typ. Typ. 3.0"
Internal
Siphon Pipe
3.0" 16.0" 2-1/2" Sch. 80
3/4"Drain Connection*
CMA12H Shown
*Same type (NPT or SW)

as tracer connections.
TIS 6.802 US 01.97
INICIO
Horizontal Condensate Collection Manifold

Fabricated
T Y P I CA L H O O K - U P FOR 8 C ONNECTION MANIFOLD
Discharge to condensate
return line
Inlet from steam tracing or Inlet from steam tracing or

distribution system distribution system
To drain
The condensate collection manifold shall be Spirax Sarco model The manifold is to be installed horizontally as shown. Isolation
CMA12H1/H2 designed for horizontal orientation to accomodate up valves, steam traps, strainers, and other required equipment are
to 12 condensate sources. attached on up to 3 sides at the connections provided. Mounting is
accomplished using the brackets supplied on the back side of the
C O N S T RU C T I O N F E AT U R E S unit. For outdoor installation, a freeze protection device fitted to the
The unit shall include an internal siphon pipe designed to provide a 3/4" drain connection is recommended.
constant water seal at all condensate loads to ensure single phase
discharge and even temperature distribution. The assembly shall have OPTIONS
a 1" discharge connection through the shell and a 3/4" drain Each manifold can be supplied with a wide selection of valves, traps
connection that permits complete drainage during maintenance. and other equipment as a completely fabricated and tested assembly.
Support brackets are to be provided for flexibility of installation. Consult factory for specific applications.
Connections shall be provided on up to 3 sides and spaced to
accommodate any valve orientation without interference from T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
adjoining piping. The design is to be compact enough such that all The manifold can be utilized wherever multiple sources of
traps and other connected equipment are within easy reach for condensate from steam traps need to be centrally collected in a
servicing. Construction shall consist of ASTM A106 Gr. B carbon horizontal orientation. This includes steam tracing, light condensate-
steel 2-1/2" Sch. 80 pipe with ANSI Cl. 3000 connections. Welding producing equipment, separators, and steam main drips.
is to be performed in accordance with Section IX of the ASME
Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code. The assembly shall be
hydrostatically tested to 1.5 times design pressure and supplied with
one coat of industrial heat resistant coating (grey) maximum
temperature 850°F
TIS 6.802 US 01.97
INICIO
Vertical Steam Distribution

The SMAV steam distribution Model ➪ SMAV SMA 06 V 1
manifold is a fabricated assembly PMA 720 psig at 508°F (50 barg at 264°C)
designed for vertical installation to Hydrotest 1,080 psig (74 barg)
provide up to 12 steam distribution Pressure 1 - 1/2" Threaded (NPT)
2 - 1/2" Socket Weld (SW)
points. The compact design Number of 4, 6, 8, 12 3 - 3/4" Threaded (NPT)
Connections 4 - 3/4" Socket Weld (SW)
provides easy access for isolation
Connection 1/2", 3/4" V - Vertical
valve operation and maintenance, Sizes
while the mounting and connection 04 - 4 Connections
Connection NPT, SW to ANSI B16.11 Cl. 3000 06 - 6 Connections
arrangement permits fast flexibility Types 08 - 8 Connections
Carbon Steel ASTM A106 Gr.B Sch. 80 12 - 12 Connections
of installation. Used in conjunction
Construction Forged Steel A105 Cl.3000
with the forged or fabricated SMA/SMB - Fabricated
All welding in accordance with Section IX Steam Distribution
condensate collection manifolds. of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Manifold
Options Without mounting brackets
Preassembled with isolation valves
2" Steam Inlet
Connection*

6.1'
Model Tracer Connections Approx.

Number Number Size A B Weight
SMA04V1/V2 4 1/2" 23.4 No Front 25 lb
SMA04V3/V4 4 3/4" 23.4 No Front 25 lb
8.0"
SMA06V1/V2 6 1/2" 23.4 4.8 25 lb
594 122 11 kg
SMA06V3/V4 6 3/4" 23.4 4.8 25 lb
594 122 11 kg
SMA08V1/V2 8 1/2" 39.4 No Front 35 lb
4.0"
SMA08V3/V4 8 3/4" 39.4 No Front 35 lb
16.0"
SMA12V1/V2 12 1/2" 39.4 4.8 35 lb
1001 122 16 kg
SMA12V3/V4 12 3/4" 39.4 4.8 35 lb A
1001 122 16 kg
SMB12V1/V2 12 1/2" 55.4 No Front 49 lb
SMB12V3/V4 12 3/4" 55.4 No Front 49 lb
4.5" 0.63"ø
2.8"
B 2" Sch. 80
Outlet
Connection
2.1"
3/4" Drain
* Same type (NPT or SW) Connection*
as tracer connections. SMA12V Shown
TIS 6.803 US 01.97
INICIO
Vertical Steam Distribution Manifold

Fabricated
T Y P I CA L H O O K - U P OF 8 CONNECTION M ANIFOLD
Inlet from steam supply
Steam discharge Steam discharge to tracers
To drain
The steam distribution manifold shall be Spirax Sarco model The manifold is to be installed vertically with the steam inlet
SMA12V designed for vertical orientation to provide up to 12 steam connection at the top as shown. Isolation valves and piping are
distribution points. attached on up to 3 sides at the connections provided. Mounting is
accomplished using the brackets supplied on the back side of the unit.
C O N S T RU C T I O N F E AT U R E S An appropriately sized steam trap fitted to the 3/4" drain connection
The assembly shall have a 2" inlet connection at the top and a 3/4" is recommended.
drain connection that permits complete drainage during maintenance.
Support brackets are to be provided for flexibility of installation. OPTIONS
Connections shall be provided on up to 3 sides and spaced to Each manifold can be supplied with a wide selection of isolation
accommodate any valve orientation without interference from valves and drainage trap as a completely fabricated and tested
adjoining piping. The design is to be compact enough such that all assembly. Consult factory for specific applications.
connected equipment are within easy reach for servicing.
Construction shall consist of ASTM A106 Gr. B carbon steel 2" Sch. T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
80 pipe with ANSI Cl. 3000 connections. Welding is to be performed The SMAV manifold can be utilized wherever multiple sources of
in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler & Pressure steam need to be centrally distributed in a vertical orientation, such as
Vessel Code. The assembly shall be hydrostatically tested to 1.5 steam tracing applications.
times design pressure and supplied with one coat of industrial heat
resistant coating (grey) maximum temperature 850°F
TIS 6.803 US 01.97
INICIO
Condensate Recovery Index

5.228 APT14 Automatic Pump Trap 6: 470

5.229 Spare Parts for the APT14 Automatic Pump Trap 6: 472
5.230 APT10 Automatic Pump Trap 6: 474
5.231 Spare Parts for the APT10 Automatic Pump Trap 6: 476
5.204 APT Selection & Sizing 6: 478
5.218 Low-Profile Pressure Powered Pump Unit PPEC 6: 480
5.200 Pressure Powered Pumps PPC, PPF 6: 482
s
5.210 Pressure Powered Pump PPF-Stainless Steel
ic Pump 6: 484
tr
5.207 Pressure Powered Pump PPF200
on-Elec 6: 486
N
5.206 Pressure Powered Pumps PPF-TOP Inlet 6: 488
5.208 Heat Transfer Fluid Pump PPF-HTP 6: 490
5.201 Spare Parts Pressure Powered Pumps, PPC, PPF 6: 492
5.209 Pressure Powered Pump PPF-HP (High Pressure) 6: 494
Condensate
Recovery
5.220 High Capacity Pressure Powered Pump 4" PPF-P 6: 496
5.221 Spare Parts for High Capacity Pressure Powered Pump 4" PPF-P 6: 498
5.202 Pressure Powered Pumps, Selection & Sizing 6: 500
5.203 Pressure Powered Pump Packages PPEC / PPC / PPF 6: 502
5.225 Pressure Powered Pump Accessories 6: 506
5.227 Digital Cycle Counter 6: 507
5.401 Flash Recovery Vessels 6: 509
5.302 Condensate Return & Boiler Feed Pumps “G” Series 6: 511
5.303 Boiler Feed Pumps “GB” Series 6: 513
5.304 Condensate Return & Boiler Feed Pumps “V” Series ps 6: 515
c Pum
5.305 Pump Dimensions “V” Series
lectri 6: 517
5.306 Pump Sizing Selection Tables “V” Series E 6: 519
5.325 Control Panels 550 Series & 700 Series 6: 522
TIS INDEX US 11.02

6: 469
INICIO
APT14 Automatic Pump Trap
The Spirax Sarco Automatic Model ➪ APT14

Pump Trap is a non-electric
combination pump and trap PMO 200 psig
which transfers high
temperature condensate Sizes 1-1/2” x 1” Inlet / Outlet
from a low-point, low 1/2” Motive / Exhaust
pressure or vacuum space
to an area of higher Connections NPT
pressure or elevation. This
self contained unit uses Ductile Iron Body
steam as the pumping force Construction Stainless Steel Internals
to remove condensate from Stainless Steel Check Valves
process equipment under Options ANSI 150 Inlet / Outlet
all operating conditions. 4 1 2 18 16 19 20 13 16

17
Max. Back Pressure 72.5 psig (5 barg)
11
Specific Gravity 0.9 to 1.0
12
Filling Head Requirements (from base) 7.8” (.2m) 14
Filling Head Recommended (from base) 11.8” (.3m) 24
5
Pressure Shell Design Conditions 3
PMA 232 psig (PN16) 6

25
TMA 388˚F (198˚C) 21

Trap
15 7
9 26
8
22
23
10
No. Part Material
No. Part Material 13 Pump mechanism bracket Stainless Steel
ASTM A395/ 14 Spring (pump) Stainless Steel
1 Cover SG Iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 15 Split pin Stainless Steel
2 Cover Gasket Synthetic fiber with PTFE surface coating 16 Inlet and exhaust seat Stainless Steel
ASTM A395/ 17 Inlet valve Stainless Steel
3 Body SG Iron
DIN1693 GGG 40.3 18 Exhaust valve Stainless Steel
4 Cover Bolts Stainless Steel ISO 3506 Gr. A2 70 19 Valve seat gasket Stainless Steel
5 Pump lever Stainless Steel 20 Pump mechanism bolt Stainless Steel
6 Float Stainless Steel 21 Trap housing bolt Stainless Steel
7 Trap lever Stainless Steel 22 Trap 1st stage valve Stainless Steel
8 Trap 2nd stage valveStainless Steel 23 ‘O’ ring EPDM
9 Trap housing Stainless Steel 24 Actuator arm Stainless Steel
10 Ball 25 Name-plate Stainless Steel
11 Seat (inlet check valve) Stainless Steel 26 Drain plug Stainless Steel
12 Flap (inlet check valve) Stainless Steel
INICIO

Size Connection A B C D E F G H Weight
1-1/2” x 1” NPT 13.8 7.8 9.7 15 11.9 6.2 2.2 9.8 100
350 198 246 382 304 157 57 250 45
1-1/2” x 1” ANSI 150 15.3 7.8 9.7 15 11.9 6.2 2.2 9.8 100
389 198 246 382 364 157 57 250 45
H ➤ D ➤ A ➤
INLET OUTLET
F ➤ G ➤
LIQUID LIQUID
OUTLET INLET
APT14 MUST ONLY BE FITTED

IN HORIZONTAL PLANE AS SHOWN.
Nominal capacities SIZE 1-1/2” x 1”

For full capacity details for a specific application consult Spirax Pump discharge/cycle 1.3 gallons
Sarco. 1.5 ft. installation head Max. trapping capacity 5800 lb/hr
To accurately size the pump trap, the following data is required. At: 50 psig motive pressure
1. Installation head available, from the base of the pump trap to the 15 psig total back pressure Max. pumping capacity 1500 lb/hr
center line of the heat exchanger/process condensate outlet (ft).
2. Motive steam pressure available to power the pump trap (psig). Note:
3. Total back pressure in the condensate return system (psig). Total lift or back pressure BP (static head plus pressure head in the
See note below. return system) must be below the motive fluid inlet pressure to allow
4. Heat exchanger full load operating pressure (psig). pump capacity to be achieved.
5. Heat exchanger maximum steam load (lb/hr).
6. Minimum temperature of process fluid. (°F). BP (back pressure) = (H : 2.3) + (P) + (Pf)
7. Maximum controlled temperature of process fluid (°F).
Height (H) in feet : 2.3 plus pressure (P) psig in the return line, plus
Spare Parts downstream piping friction pressure drop (Pf) in psig.
See TIS 5.229.
Installation & Maintenance

Complete installation and maintenance instuctions are given in IM-P612-04
The pump trap shall be a Spirax Sarco automatic pump trap type APT14 operated by steam to 200 psig. No electrical energy shall be required.
Body construction from SG iron (ASTM A395 dual certified with DIN 1693 GGG 40.3) with a swing type inlet check valve and ball type outlet
check valve.
The internal trap mechanism shall contain dual stainless steel floats connected with a two stage trap. The internal pump mechanism shall be
made of stainless steel incorporating a single spring snap-action device with no external seals or glands.
How to order 1 - Automatic pump trap, type APT14, 1-1/2” x 1”, NPT with NPT motive fluid connections.
TIS 5.228 US 06.02

INICIO
Spare Parts for the APT14 Automatic Pump Trap
Spare parts Please note:

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn For customer convenience, spares are supplied in kits to ensure all
in broken line are not supplied as spares. the appropriate replacement parts are available e.g. when an
inlet/exhaust valve and seat assembly is ordered, all replacement
A Cover assembly A-G inclusive split pins, washers and gaskets will be provided in addition to the
B Cover gasket See overleaf key components listed.
C Inlet check valve See overleaf
D Spring and actuator arm See overleaf
E Floats See overleaf How to order spares
F Trap and outlet check valve mechanism See overleaf Always order spares by using the description given.
G Inlet/exhaust valve and seats See overleaf
Example: 1 - Inlet/exhaust valve and seat kit for a Sprirax Sarco
1-1/2” x 1” NPT APT14.
A
C G Cover assembly B
F D E
INICIO

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in For customer convenience, spares are supplied in kits to ensure all
broken line are not supplied as spares. the appropriate replacement parts are available e.g. when an
A Cover assembly 1, 2, 5-25 split pins, washers and gaskets will be provided in addition to the
B Cover gasket 2 key components listed.
C Inlet check valve 2, 12
D Spring and actuator arm 2, 14, 24 How to order spares
E Floats 2, 5, 6, 7 Always order spares by using the description given.
F Trap and outlet check valve mechanism 2, 8, 9, 10, 21, 22, 23
G Inlet/exhaust valve and seats 2, 16, 17, 18, 19 Example: 1 - Inlet/exhaust valve and seat kit for a Sprirax Sarco
Refer to TIS 5.228 for component number details. 1-1/2” x 1” NPT APT14.
12
B Cover gasket C Inlet check valve
14 7
24
6
D Spring and actuator arm
E Floats
19
16
9
8
17
22
19
18
21
23
10
F Trap and outlet check valve mechanism

G Inlet / exhaust valve and seats
TIS 5.229 US 04.01
INICIO
The Spirax Sarco Automatic Pump Trap is a non- Model ➪ APT10

electric combination pump and trap which transfers
PMO 29 psig
high temperature condensate from a low-point, low
pressure or vacuum space to an area of higher Sizes 3/4” x 3/4” Inlet/Outlet
pressure or elevation. This self contained unit uses 1/2” Motive/Exhaust
steam as the pumping force to remove condensate Connections NPT
from process equipment under all operating
conditions. Ductile Iron Body
Construction Stainless Steel Internals
Stainless Steel Check Valves
Limiting Operating Conditions 4 16 18 19 20 2 16 1

Max. Back Pressure 27 psig (1.9 barg)
Specific Gravity 17
0.9 to 1.0
13
Filling Head Requirements 12
(from base) 7.8” (.2m) 24
14 11
Filling Head Recommended 25
5
(from base) 11.8” (.3m) 21
Pressure Shell Design Conditions Trap and outlet check

PMA 3 valve mechanism
8
Max. allowable pressure 136 psig (PN10)
7
22
TMA 6
Max. allowable temperature 356°F (180°C) 9
15 23
10
26
Materials
ASTM A395/ 13 Pump mechanism bracket Stainless Steel
1 Cover SG Iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 14 Spring (pump) Stainless Steel
2 Cover Gasket Synthetic fiber 15 Split pin Stainless Steel
ASTM A395/ 16 Inlet and exhaust seat Stainless Steel
3 Body SG Iron
DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 17 Inlet valve Stainless Steel
4 Cover Bolts Stainless Steel ISO 3506 Gr. A2-70 18 Exhaust valve Stainless Steel
5 Pump trap lever Stainless Steel 19 Valve seat gasket Stainless Steel
6 Float Stainless Steel 20 Pump mechanism bolt Stainless Steel
7 Pivot shaft Stainless Steel 21 Float bolt Stainless Steel
8 Washer Stainless Steel 22 Trap 1st stage valve Stainless Steel
9 Trap housing Stainless Steel 23 Trap gasket Stainless Steel
10 Ball Stainless Steel 24 Actuator arm Stainless Steel
11 Seat (inlet check valve) Stainless Steel 25 Name-plate Stainless Steel
12 Flap (inlet check valve) Stainless Steel 26 Drain plug Stainless Steel
INICIO

Approximate Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters
Size Connection A B C D E F G H I Weight
3/4” x 3/4” NPT 7.4 0.9 8.8 10.5 10.7 7.6 2.2 8.9 6.7 31
187 23 223 266 273 194 57 225 171 14
Inlet Exhaust
D A
G
E
F
C
I
B
H
Nominal capacities SIZE 3/4” x 3/4”

For full capacity details for a specific application consult Pump discharge/cycle 0.55 gallons
Spirax Sarco. 1.5 ft. installation head
To accurately size the pump trap, the following data is required. Max. trapping capacity 1617 lb/hr
At: 29 psig motive pressure
1. Installation head available, from the base of the pump trap to the Max. pumping capacity 891 lb/hr
center line of the heat exchanger/process condensate outlet (ft). 7 psig total back pressure
If the outlet is mounted vertically, then this should be from the
base of the pump to the face of the outlet. NO T E :
2. Motive steam pressure available to power the pump trap (psig). Total lift or back pressure BP (static head plus pressure head in the
3. Total back pressure in the condensate return system (psig). return system) must be below the motive fluid inlet pressure to allow
See note below. pump capacity to be achieved.
4. Heat exchanger/ plant full load operating pressure (psig).
5. Heat exchanger/plant maximum steam load (lb/hr). BP (back pressure) = (H : 2.3) + (P) + (Pf)
6. Minimum temperature of process fluid. (°F). Height (H) in feet : 2.3 plus pressure (P) psig in the return line, plus
7. Maximum controlled temperature of process fluid (°F). downstream piping friction pressure drop (Pf) in psig.
Spare Parts
See TIS 5.231
Installation & Maintenance

Complete installation and maintenance instuctions are given in IM-P612-18, supplied with each unit.
The pump trap shall be a Spirax Sarco automatic pump trap type APT10 operated by steam to 29 psig. No electrical energy shall be
required.
Body construction from SG iron ASTM A395 dual certified with DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 with a swing type inlet check valve and ball type outlet
check valve.
The internal trap mechanism shall contain a stainless steel float connected to an internal trap. The pump trap and check valve mechanisms
shall be incorporated into the same body envelope with no extenal seals or glands and shall be capable of operating with a minimum 7.8
inches installation head from the base of the uit.
Certification Design Compliance

All pump traps are EN 10204 (3.1.B) certifiable. Shell designed in accordance with ASME VIII / A.D.Merkblatter
How to order 1 - Automatic pump trap, type APT10, 3/4” x 3/4”, NPT with NPT motive fluid connections.
TIS 5.230 US 06.02
INICIO

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn For customer convenience, spares are supplied in kits to ensure all
in broken line are not supplied as spares. the appropriate replacement parts are available e.g. when an
split pins, washers and gaskets will be provided in addition to the
A Cover assembly A-G inclusive key components listed.
B Cover gasket See overleaf
C Inlet check valve See overleaf
D Spring and actuator arm See overleaf How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given.
E Floats See overleaf
F Trap and outlet check valve mechanism See overleaf Example: 1 - Inlet/exhaust valve and seat kit for a Sprirax Sarco
3/4” x 3/4”.
G Inlet/exhaust valve and seats See overleaf
Cover Assembly
G A B
F D E
INICIO

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in For customer convenience, spares are supplied in kits to ensure all
broken line are not supplied as spares. the appropriate replacement parts are available e.g. when an
A Cover assembly 1, 2, 5-25 split pins, washers and gaskets will be provided in addition to the
B Cover gasket 2 key components listed.
C Inlet check valve 2, 12
D Spring and actuator arm 2, 14, 24 How to order spares
E Floats 2, 5, 6, 7 Always order spares by using the description given.
F Trap and outlet check valve mechanism 2, 8, 9, 10, 21, 22, 23
G Inlet/exhaust valve and seats 2, 16, 17, 18, 19 Example: 1 - Inlet/exhaust valve and seat kit for a Spirax Sarco
Refer to TIS 5.230 for component number details. 3/4” x 3/4”.
2
12
B Cover gasket C Inlet check valve
14
21
24
6
D Spring and actuator arm E Floats
19
8
7
16
17
22
9 19
23
18
10
F Trap and outlet check valve mechanism G Inlet / exhaust valve and seats
TIS 5.231 US 01.01

INICIO
APT
Selection and Sizing
Spirax Sarco will ensure that the APT is accurately matched Alternatively arrange a visit for your local Spirax Sarco representative
to your process and will provide you with a detailed sizing who can provide detailed APT sizing information for all your specific
chart, tailored to your specific application. needs.
Providing the information below is known, we can even provide To help us size the APT for your application simply provide us
you with confirmation over the telephone and fax you your specific with the following information: -
chart.
Recommended Installation
B
* NB. Motive steam supply must be
trapped and free of condensate.
C
Soft sealing Secondary

check valve E fluid outlet
100
mesh
strainer F H
D
Motive Exhaust
In Out
Spirax Sarco sized length of pipe to act as

a reservoir
G
Minimum installation head 8" from Secondary

fluid inlet
base of pump A
Condensate Condensate
outlet inlet
APT14 Recommended the reservoir is installed at least

1 pipe diameter below the process outlet, but
as high as possible above the APT inlet.
A Installation head available from the base of the pump to the centreline of the heat exchanger / process condensate outlet. ft
B Motive steam pressure available to power the pump trap. psig
C Pressure in the condensate return system. psig
D Height of condensate return from floor level. fl
E Heat exchanger full load operating pressure. psig
F Maximum steam load on the heat exhanger. lb/hr
G Minimum secondary fluid temperature. °F
H Maximum controlled temperature of secondary fluid. °F
INICIO
APT
Selection & Sizing
How to Select & Size APT10
29 Psi Motive Steam (B)
0 Psi Back 15 Psi Back 27 Psi Back
From the inlet pressure, back pressure and filling head conditions given Pressure (C+D) Pressure (C+D) Pressure (C+D)
below, select the APT size which meets the capacity requirement of the Installation System Pumping Trapping Pumping Trapping Pumping Trapping
Head (A) Pressure Capacities Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity
application. inches (E) psig lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h
For GPM, multiply the capacities below by 0.002. 39 29 1558 1487 1083
For kg/h, multiply the capacities below by 0.454. 30 1320 1320 1060
20 991 991 991
* Back pressure is the lift height (D) in feet x 0.433 plus psig in return line, 16 823 823 823
(C), plus piping friction in psig. 12 611 611 611
8 263 263 263
39 20 1558 1236 249
Examples: 30 1320 1223 245
Steam Condensate load (F) 750 lb/h 20 991 991 239
16 823 823 235
Steam pressure available for operating APT (B) 100 psig 12 611 611 225
Vertical lift from APT to the return piping (D) 50 feet 8 263 263 186
39 15 1507 901 244
Pressure in the return piping (piping friction negligible) (C) 50 psig
30 1320 852 241
Filling head available from base of APT (A) 8 inches 20 991 783 235
System pressure (E) 150 psig 16 823 747 230
12 611 611 221
8 263 263 181
Solution: 39 7 1309 709 237
30 1298 682 233
1. Calculate "C + D", the total lift or back pressure, against which the 20 991 630 221
condensate must be pumped. = (50 x 0.433) + 50 = 72 psig 16 823 593
2. From capacity table, with 100 psig inlet pressure and 72 psig back 12 611 530 221
8 263 343 170
pressure, choose a APT14 which has a capacity of 1,695 lb/h. 39 0 958 654 226
30 911 626 222
20 820 573 215
16 758 537 209
12 611 475 198
Note:
8 263 300 156
The capacity charts shown below are applicable for the specific
conditions only. Any variance in system conditions A, B, C, D, or E
will alter the capacities shown, and hence these figures can be used
as a rough guide only. Your local Spirax Sarco representive will
provide detailed APT sizing information for all conditions.
200 Psi Motive Steam (B) 100 Psi Motive Steam (B) 30 Psi Motive Steam (B)
APT14 0 Psi Back 30 Psi Back 72 Psi Back 0 Psi Back 30 Psi Back 72 Psi Back 0 Psi Back 30 Psi Back
Pressure (C+D) Pressure (C+D) Pressure (C+D) Pressure (C+D) Pressure (C+D) Pressure (C+D) Pressure (C+D) Pressure (C+D)
Installation System Pumping Trapping Pumping Trapping Pumping Trapping Pumping Trapping Pumping Trapping Pumping Trapping Pumping Trapping Pumping Trapping
Head (A) Pressure Capacities Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacities Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacities Capacity Capacity Capacity
inches (E) psig lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h
39 200 10021 9561 8592 10021 9561 8592 10021 9561
30 8491 8491 8491 8491 8491 8491 8491 8491
20 6375 6374 6374 6374 6374 6374 6374 6374
16 5296 5296 5296 5296 5296 5296 5296 5296
12 3932 3932 3932 3932 3932 3932 3932 3932
8 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695
39 150 9120 8386 7135 9120 8386 7137 9120 8386
30 8491 8378 7126 8491 8378 7126 8491 8378
20 6375 6374 6374 6374 6374 6374 6374 6374
16 5296 5296 5296 5296 5296 5296 5296 5296
12 3932 3932 3932 3932 3932 3932 3932 3932
8 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695
39 75 7034 5820 3075 7034 5820 2694 7034 5820
30 7022 5804 2844 7022 5804 2569 7022 5804
20 6374 5786 2490 6374 5786 2345 6374 5786
16 5296 5296 2272 5296 5296 2200 5296 5296
12 3932 3932 2165 3932 3932 2165 3932 3932
8 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695 1695
39 30 5018 2419 2104 5018 2626 1974 5018 1553
30 4998 2248 1955 4998 2475 1875 4998 1406
20 4975 1695 1707 4975 2215 1700 4975 1205
16 4966 1792 1557 4966 2050 1587 4966 1107
12 3932 1534 1332 3932 1795 1408 3932 992
8 1695 941 815 1695 1160 941 1695 850
39 0 1553 1223 1066 1763 1425 1112 1915
30 1406 1136 990 1657 1337 1050 1835
20 1220 994 865 1478 1189 944 1692
16 1119 908 790 1366 1097 877 1598
12 992 780 678 1196 958 773 1445
8 850 487 423 850 620 513 1026
TIS 5.204 US 5.01

INICIO
Low-Profile Pressure Powered Pump™

PPEC
Spirax Sarco Pressure 316 Operating Characteristics
Powered Pump™ is a Body Style ➪ Iron Steel Stainless Steel Pump discharge per cycle – 4.0 gal (15.14 l)
non-electric pump which Maximum instantaneous discharge rate
transfers high temperature PMO 125 psig – 30 gpm (1.9 l/s)
condensate or other liquids Steam Consumption
from a low point, low Sizes 1" & 1-1/2" – 3 lbs. of steam per 1000 lbs. of liquid pumped.
pressure or vacuum space Connections NPT Air consumption
to an area of higher – 100 SCF per 1000 lbs. of liquid pumped.
pressure or elevation. This Cast Stainless
Cast Iron Body, Cast Steel Body Steel Body
self-contained unit uses Construction
steam, compressed air Stainless Steel Internals, Stainless Steel Internals, Accessories
or any other suitable Bronze Check Valves Stainless Steel Check Valves Gauge glass with brass cocks for iron pumps, steel
pressurized gas as the cocks for steel pumps, and stainless steel cocks for
pumping force. The BSPConnections, S.W. & BSPConnections, stainless steel pumps; Pump insulation cover; Cycle
standard pressure Options counter for monitoring the amount of liquid pumped.
Pump modified to handle Pump modified to handle The upper 3/8" NPT iron, 1/2" steel and stainless
powered pump will liquids down to 0.65 liquids down to 0.65
handle liquids from steel plugged gauge glass connection in the pump
specific gravity specific gravity
0.9 to 1.0 specific gravity. body can be used for connecting the cycle counter.
Construction Materials Capacities

Operating Pressure
Inlet (Front Face)
No. Body Style Part Material (1/2" NPT)
1 Iron Body Cast Iron ASTMA126 CLB For sizing and
Exhaust (Top)
Steel Cast Steel ASTM A216 WCB selection data, see Outlet ( 3/4" NPT)
316 SS Cast 316 Stainless Steel ASTM A351 CF8M TIS 5.202.
2 Iron Plug 3/8" Forged Steel 3
Steel Plug 1/2" Forged Steel 5
316 SS Plug 1/2" Forged 316 Stainless Steel
3 All Cover Gasket Graphite
4 Iron Cover Screws Steel 12 6
Steel Steel 11 1
316 SS Stainless Steel 16
5 Iron Cover Iron ASTMA126 CLB 10 7
Steel Steel ASTM A216 WCB 8
9
316 SS Stainless Steel ASTM A351 CF8M 15
6 All Exhaust Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel
7 All Exhaust Valve Seat Stainless Steel
8 All Exhaust Valve Head Stainless Steel 13
9 All Push Rod Stainless Steel 17
10 All Valve Head Actuator Cast Stainless Steel 18
11 All Inlet Valve Seat Stainless Steel 14 Liquid
12 All Inlet Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel 4 Outlet
13 All Push Rod Actuator Stainless Steel
14 All Float &Arm Stainless Steel
15 All Mechanism Casting Cast Stainless Steel 1-1/2" Liquid
Screws 1/2" – 13 x 1-1/4 Stainless Steel Inlet
16 All Inlet Valve Stainless Steel
17 All Spring Stainless Steel
18 Iron Lift Check Valve (outlet) Bronze with bronze disc 2
Steel & Wafer Check Vlv (outlet) Austenitic stainless steel
316 S.S. 19 Steel and
19 Iron 1" Swing Check Vlv (inlet) Bronze with teflon disc Stainless Steel
19
1-1/2" Lift Check Vlv (inlet) Bronze with bronze disc Inlet & Outlet
Steel & 1-1/2" Wafer Check Vlv (inlet) Austenitic stainless steel Connection
1" Liquid
316 S.S. Inlet
Limiting Operating Conditions Iron

Inlet & Outlet
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 125 psig (9 barg) Connection
Minimum motive pressure required: 5 psig (0.34 barg)
Specific Gravity of pumped liquid - 0.9 to 1.0 The pump shall be Spirax Sarco type PPEC low profile pressure powered pump
Specific Gravity of pumped liquid options - 0.89 to 0.8 & 0.79 to 0.65 operated by steam, compressed air or other pressurized gas to 125 psig, which does
Filling head recommended above pump is 6" (152 mm) See TIS 5.202 not require any electrical energy, and is safe for use in explosive atmospheres. Body
construction of cast iron, cast steel, or cast 316 stainless steel, for pumping liquids of
Pressure Shell Design Condition specific gravity of 0.65 and above. The pump shall contain a float operated snap-acting
PMA Iron 125 psig /0-450˚F 9 barg/0-232°C mechanism with no external seals or packing, stainless steel trim, and hardened
Max. allowable pressure Steel 285 psig /0-650˚F 19 barg/343°C stainless steel mechanism bearing components with single piece motive inlet valve.
316 SS 220 psig /0-400˚F 15 barg/204°C Pump to be provided complete with inlet and outlet check valves attached at the factory
for ease of field installation. When required, shall be equipped with a cycle counter to
TMA Iron 450˚F/0-125 psig 232°/0-9 barg monitor the volume of liquid being pumped, and/or a sight glass to monitor operation.
Steel 750˚F/240 psig 399°C/16 barg
316 SS 850˚F/180 psig 454°C/12 barg Installation
Note: Consult factory for PMA and TMA when using gauge glass. For generic hook-up sketch, see TIS 5.202. Full details are given in IMI 5.200, which
TIS 5.218 US 05.01
INICIO
Low-Profile Pressure Powered Pump™

PPEC
Pump with
Size Style A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q Check Valve Package*
1" Iron 11.0 18.9 14.6 13.1 2.1 14.0 9.0 1.1 .6 11.5 .6 3.6 3.4 19.73 0.9 154 lb
279 480 371 333 53 356 229 29 16 292 16 91 86 501 22 70 kg
1-1/2" Iron 11.0 18.9 14.6 13.1 2.1 14.0 9.0 1.1 .6 11.5 .6 4.3 4.3 22.6 1.6 155 lb
279 480 371 333 53 356 229 29 16 292 16 108 108 575 40 70 kg
1" Steel 11.7 19.6 14.6 13.1 2.8 14.0 9.0 1.1 .6 11.6 .6 2.2 2.2 15.9 — 166 lb
297 498 371 333 70 356 229 29 16 294 16 56 56 405 — 75 kg
1-1/2" Steel 11.7 19.6 14.6 13.1 2.8 14.0 9.0 1.1 .6 11.6 .6 2.7 2.7 17.1 — 171 lb
297 498 371 333 70 356 229 29 16 294 16 69 69 434 — 78 kg
1" 316 SS 11.7 19.6 14.6 13.1 2.8 14.0 9.0 1.1 .6 11.6 .6 2.1 2.1 15.9 — 166 lb
297 498 371 333 70 356 229 29 16 294 16 54 54 405 — 75 kg
1-1/2" 316 SS 11.7 19.6 14.6 13.1 2.8 14.0 9.0 1.1 .6 11.6 .6 2.7 2.7 17.1 — 171 lb
297 498 371 333 70 356 229 29 16 294 16 69 69 434 — 78 kg
Note: Cover/Mechanism withdrawal distance – 12" - 305 mm *For gauge glass assembly on cast iron unit, add 5 lbs (2.3 kg).
Iron Cover/Mechanism assembly — 35 lb (16 kg) For gauge glass assembly on steel or stainless steel unit, add 23 lbs (10.4 kg).
Not to be used for
cycle counter
C J 1/2" NPT STEAM, COMP.
D H AIR OR GAS INLET
Cast Iron
K B F
L
1" INLET
SWINGCHECK
3/4" NPT EXHAUST E G

1-1/2" INLET M A N
3/ 8"
NPT (PLUGGED) LIFTCHECK P
Q
(Gauge glass & cycle counter connection)
Not to be used for cycle counter

Steel and Stainless Steel C J 1/2" NPT STEAM, COMP.
D H
AIR OR GAS INLET
K
L
B F
3/4" NPT EXHAUST
M A N
1/ 2" NPT (PLUGGED) (Gauge glass connection) P E G
Spare Parts 1A
Cover only for PPEC 1
Cover Gasket for PPEC 1A
Push rod repair kit for PPEC 2
Spring Assembly for PPEC 3
Float only for PPEC 5
Inlet Valve Head, 6
Seat & Gasket for PPEC 6
Exhaust Valve Head, Seat &Gasket for PPEC 7 7
1
Mechanism Rebuild Kit (Not Shown) See TIS 5.201
Bronze Inlet Check Valve for PPEC 8 5
Bronze Outlet Check Valve for PPEC 9 3
Stainless Steel Water Check Valve 8/9
Cover &Complete Mechanism 8 9
2
Assembly for PPEC
TIS 5.218 US 05.01

INICIO
Pressure Powered Pumps™

PPC, PPF
Spirax Sarco Pressure Accessories

Powered Pump™ is a non Gauge glass with brass cocks.
electric pump which Model ➪ PPC PPF Reflex type gauge glass -pump
transfers high temperature insulation cover.
condensate or other liquids PMO 125 psig
Cycle counter for monitoring the
from a low point, low
Sizes 2", 3" x 2" amount of liquid pumped.
pressure or vacuum space
to an area of higher A plugged 1/2" NPT boss is
Connections NPT NPT
provided in the pump cover for
pressure or elevation. This
self-contained unit uses Ductile Iron Body Fabricated Steel Body, (125psig ASME connecting the optional cycle
steam, compressed air or Construction Stainless Steel Internals code stamped), Stainless Steel counter.
any other suitable Bronze Check Valves Internals, Stainless Steel Check Valves
pressurized gas as the
pumping force. Options Pump modified to handle liquids down to 0.65 specific gravity
The standard Pressure Capacities
Powered Pump™ will Stainless Steel Check Valves SW cover connections for inlet & outlet
handle liquids from 0.9 All stainless steel construction For sizing and selection data,
to 1.0 specific gravity. see TIS 5.202
Operating Characteristics 1/2" NPT

Pump discharge per cycle – PPC: 7.1 gal (26.9 l) 1" NPT Exhaust Outlet operating
PPF: 8.4 gal (31.8 l) pressure inlet
Average instantaneous discharge rate – 90 gpm (5.7 l/s) 3
1
Average Steam Consumption – 3 lbs. of steam per 1000 lbs. of liquid 2
pumped.
13
12
1 Cover PPC - Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
PPF - Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB 19
2 Cover Gasket Stainless Steel Reinforced Graphite 18
3 Cover Screws Steel 20
1/2" – 13 x 1-1/4"
16
4 Inlet Valve Seat Stainless Steel
5 Inlet Valve Head Stainless Steel 17
6 Inlet Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel
7 Exhaust Valve Seat Stainless Steel 22
8 Exhaust Valve Stainless Steel Stainless
9 Exhaust Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel Steel
10 Valve Actuator Disc Stainless Steel Check
Optional Valve
11 Push Rod Stainless Steel 3/ 4"
NPT
12 Baffle Cast Iron Drain Connection
21 Bronze Liquid
13 Baffle Screws Stainless Steel (PPC only) Inlet
1/4" – 20 x 3/4" 1/2"
Drain Check
14 Mechanism Yoke Cast Iron Connection Valve
15 Mechanism Yoke Screws Stainless Steel
1/2" – 13 x 1-1/4"
16 Body PPC - Ductile Iron ASTMA 395 Operating Pressure Inlet Exhaust Outlet
PPF - Welded Steel 125 psig ASME stamped
17 Float & Arm Stainless Steel 7
18 Linkage Mechanism Stainless Steel
19 Push Rod Actuator Stainless Steel
6
20 Spring Stainless Steel 9
21 Plug 1/2" Forged Steel 13
4
22 Check Valve (PPC) Lift Bronze with Bronze Disc 15
5 8
Check Valve (PPC) Wafer Austenic Stainless Steel Body - ASTM A351 CF3M
Disc - Stainless Steel 10 12
Check Valve (PPF) Wafer Austenic Stainless Steel Body - ASTM A351 CF3M
Disc - Stainless Steel 23
23 Lock Washers Stainless Steel
11
INICIO

PPC, PPF
PPC
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters with Bronze
PPC Weight Check Valve
Size A B C D E F G H* I Pump
2" PPC w/Bronze 29.3 14.5 14 24.9 5.1 4.5 3.9 24.2 6.1 252 lb
Check Valves 741 367 354 630 129 114 99 612 155 115 kg
DH 3/8" NPT
Gauge Glass
2" PPC w/Stn. Stl. 22.9 11.3 14 24.9 5.1 4.5 3.9 24.2 6.1 260 lb Connection C
Check Valves 579 286 354 630 129 114 99 612 155 118 kg Plugged
3"x 2" PPC w/Bronze 30.7 14.5 14 24.9 5.1 4.5 3.9 24.2 6.1 262 lb
Check Valves 777 367 354 630 129 114 99 612 155 119 kg
3" x 2" PPC w/Stn. Stl.23.6 11.3 14 24.9 5.1 4.5 3.9 24.2 6.1 270 lb
Check Valves 597 286 354 630 129 114 99 612 155 122 kg F G
1/2" Drain Valve
PPF Connection Plugged B
2" PPF w/Stn. Stl. 28.8 14.4 14 32.1 5.1 11 10.4 31.5 6.3 210 lb A
Check Valves 729 364 354 815 129 278 263 800 160 95 kg
3" x 2" PPF w/Stn. Stl. 29.9 14.4 14 32.1 5.1 11 10.4 31.5 6.3 230 lb PPC with
Check Valves 756 364 354 815 129 278 263 800 160 104 kg Stainless
* H Dimension is to the centerline of the motive supply inlet. Check Valve

3/8" NPT
DH Gauge Glass C
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 125 psig (9 barg) Connection
Plugged
Filling head recommended above pump is 12" (305 mm) (See TIS 5.202)
Specific gravity of pumped liquid 0.9 to 1.0
options 0.8 to 0.89 F G
options 0.65 to 0.79
1/2" Drain Valve
Connection Plugged B
Pressure Shell Design Conditions A
PMA PPC: 150 psig/650˚F 10 barg/343˚C
PPF: 125 psig/650˚F 9 barg/343˚C
PPF
TMA PPC: 650˚F/150 psig 343˚C/10 barg
PPF: 650˚F/125 psig 343˚C/9 barg
The pump shall be Spirax Sarco pressure powered pump operated by 3/8" NPT
C
Gauge Glass
steam, compressed air or other pressurized gas to 125 psig, which does not DH Connection
Plugged
require any electrical energy, and is safe for use in explosive atmospheres.
Body construction of ductile iron A395 or steel as required, with lift type
check (Bronze) or Stainless Steel Disc Check valves for pumping liquids of
specific gravity of 0.65 and above. The pump shall contain a float operated
snap-acting mechanism with no external seals or packing and stainless
steel trim, and hardened stainless steel mechanism bearing components F G
with single piece motive inlet valve. Pump to be provided with inlet and
outlet check valves attached at factory for ease of field installation. When
required, shall be equipped with a cycle counter to monitor the volume of B
A
liquids being pumped, and gauge glass to monitor operation. 1/2" Drain Valve
Connection Plugged
Spare Parts
See TIS 5.201.
Installation
For generic hook-up sketch, see TIS 5.202. Full details are given in IMI
5.200, which accompanies the product. I E
Maintenance
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI5.200,
a copy of which is supplied with each pump. Available spare parts are 5/8" 16 mm Motive Inlet 5/8" 16 mm Exhaust
shown on TIS 5.201.
TIS 5.200 US 04.01
INICIO
Pressure Powered Pump™

PPF-Stainless Steel
Spirax Sarco Pressure ACCESSORIES
Model PPF-Stainless Steel
Powered Pump™ is a
nonelectric pump which Insulation Cover
PMO MechanIam 125 psig Reflex Gauge Glass to monitor
transfers high temperature
condensate or other liquids Sizes 2” x 2” and 3” x 2” pump performance.
from a low point low presure Cycle Counter for use on vented
or vacuum space to an area Connections Motive & Exhaust - NPT systems to monitor amount of
of higher pressure or Inlet & Outlet - ANSI 150# & 300# screwed flange liquid pumped.
elevation. This self-contained by NPTor SW
unit uses steam, compressed Construction Fabricated Stainless Steel
CAPACITIES
air or any other suitable 125 psig ASME Code Stamped For sizing and selection data,
pressurized gas as the Stainless Steel Internals see TIS 5.202
pumping force. Stainless Steel Check Valves
The standard Pressure
Powered Pump™ will Options Pump modified to handle liquids down to
handle liquids from 0.9 to 0.65 specific gravity
1.0 specific gravity. Motive & Exhaust - SW
Reflex Gauge Glass
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
Pump discharge per cycle 8.4 gal (31.8 l)
Average instantaneous discharge rate - 90 gpm (5.7l/s)
Average Steam Consumption - 3 lbs. of steam per 1000 lbs. of liquid pumped.
Average Air consumption - 100 SCF per 1000 lbs. of liquid pumped.
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
No. Part Material
1 Cover Cast Stainless Steel ASTM A351 GR CF8M
2 Cover Gasket Stainless Steel Reinforced Graphite
3 Cover Screws Steel
5/8” — 11 x 1-1/4” lg
4 lnlet Valve Seat Stainless Steel
5 Inlet Valve Stainless Steel
7 Exhaust Valve Seat Stainfess Steel
8 Exhaust Valve Stainless Steel
9 Exhaust Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel
10 Valve Actuator Disc Stainless Steel
11 Push Rod Stainless Steel
12 Baffle Stainless Steel
13 Baffle Screws Stainless Steel
1/4” — 20 x 3/4”
14 Mechanism Yoke Stainless Steel
1/2” — 13 x 1-1/4”
16 Body Welded Stainless Steel 125 psig ASME stamped
17 Float & Arm Stainless Steel
20 Spring Stainless Steel
21 Check Valves - Water Austenic Stainless Steel
22 Lockwashers Stainless Steel
INICIO
PPF-Stainless Steel
DIMENSIONS (nominal) in inches and millimeters
3/8" NPT
PPF - Stainless Steel Gauge glass
Size A B C D E F G H I Weight connections, plugged.
2” x 2” 28.8 14.4 14.0 32.1 5.1 11 10.4 31.5 6.3 209 lb
732 366 355 815 130 279 264 800 160 96 kg
3’x 2” 29.9 14.4 14.0 32.1 5.1 11 10.4 31.5 6.3 224 lb
759 366 355 815 130 279 264 800 160 102 kg
LIMITING OPERATING CONDITIONS

Filling head recommended above pump is 12” (305 mm) (See TIS 5.202)
Specific gravity of pumped liquid 0.9 to 1.0

0.8 to 0.89 - option
0.65 to 0.79 - option

PMA
Max. allowable pressure PPF: 125 psi/650°F 14 barg/343°C
PMA
Max. allowable temperature PPF: 650°F/200 psi 343°C/14 barg
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION
The pump shall be Spirax Sarco Pressure Powered pump operated by steam.
compressed air or other pressurised gas to 125 psig, which does not require any
electrical energy, and is safe for use in explosive atmospheres.
Body construction shall be of stainless steel 125 psig ASME code stamped, with
NPT, SW connections & 150# or 300# Flanged ends. Disc type check valves
(stainless steel) are used for pumping liquids of .65 specific gravity and above. The
pump shall contain a float operated snap acting mechanism with no external seals
or packing, stainless steel trim and hardened stainless steel mechanism bearing
components with single piece motive inlet valve. Pump to be provided with inlet
and outlet check valves attached at factory for ease of field installation.
SPARE PARTS
See TIS 5.201.
INSTALLATION
For generic hook-up sketch, see TIS 5.202.
Full details are given in IMI 5.200, which accompanies the product.
MAINTENANCE
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI 5.200,
a copy of which is supplied with each pump.
TIS 5.210 US 04.02
INICIO

PPF-200 Stainless Steel
Spirax Sarco Pressure Accessories
Powered Pump™ is a non- Model ➪ PPF-200
electric pump which transfers Insulation Cover
PMO Mechanism 125 psig Reflex Gauge Glass to monitor
high temperature condensate
or other liquids from a low pump performance.
Sizes 2" x 2" and 3" x 2"
point, low pressure or vacuum Cycle Counter for use on vented
space to an area of higher Connections Motive & Exhaust - NPT systems to monitor amount of
pressure or elevation. Inlet & Outlet - ANSI 150# & 300# by NPT or SW liquid pumped.
This self-contained unit uses
steam, compressed air or any Construction Fabricated Stainless Steel Body
other suitable pressurized gas 200 psig ASME Code Stamped
as the pumping force.
Stainless Steel Check Valves
The standard Pressure Capacities
Powered Pump™ will Options Pump modified to handle liquids down to 0.65 specific gravity For sizing and selection data,
handle liquids from 0.9 to Motive & Exhaust - SW see TIS 5.202
1.0 specific gravity. Reflex Gauge Glass
Operating Characteristics 1/ 2"

NPT/SW
1" NPT/SW Exhaust Outlet operating
Pump discharge per cycle – 8.4 gal (31.8 l)
Average Maximum instantaneous discharge rate – 90 gpm (5.7 l/s) Inlet Pressure
1
Average Steam Consumption – 3 lbs. of steam per 1000 lbs. of liquid pumped. 3
Average Air consumption – 100 SCF per 1000 lbs. of liquid pumped. 2

1 Cover Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB
3 Cover Screws Steel ASTM A193 B7 18
20
5/8" – 11 x 1-1/4" lg 16
17
5 Inlet Valve Stainless Steel 21
7 Exhaust Valve Seat Stainless Steel
10 Valve Actuator Disc Stainless Steel 21
12 Baffle Cast Iron
13 Baffle Screws Stainless Steel Operating
Exhaust
1/4" – 20 x 3/4" Pressure
Outlet
14 Mechanism Yoke Cast Iron Inlet

1/2" – 13 x 1-1/4" 7
16 Body Stainless Steel SA-240 Type 304L

6 9
13
18 Linkage Mechanism Stainless Steel 4 15
19 Push Rod Actuator Stainless Steel 5 8
10 12
21 Check Valves - Wafer Austenic Stainless Steel 22
23 Lockwashers Stainless Steel 11
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. TIS 5.207BH US 05.01
INICIO

PPF-200 Stainless Steel
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters 1/2" Motive Inlet
PPF-200
Size A B C D E F G H* I J K L Weight
2"x 2" 28.8 14.4 16.9 32.1 5.1 11 10.4 31.5 6.3 17.1 12 16 209 lb
732 366 429 815 130 279 264 800 160 434 305 406 95 kg
3"x 2" 29.9 14.4 16.9 32.1 5.1 11 10.4 31.5 6.3 17.1 12 16 224 lb 3/4" NPT
759 366 429 815 130 279 264 800 160 434 305 406 102 kg Gauge Glass
Connections C
DH plugged
Reflex Gauge Glass 23 lb
* H Dimension is to the centerline of the motive supply inlet

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 125 psig (9 barg) F G
Filling head recommended above pump is 12" (305 mm) ( See TIS 5.202)
B
Specific gravity of pumped liquid 0.9 to 1.0 - standard A
1/2" Drain Valve
0.8 to .89 - option Connection Plugged
0.65 to 0.79 - option

PMA
Max. allowable pressure PPF: 200 psig/650˚F 14 barg/343˚C
PPF: with reflectors, gauge glass:
200 psig/600°F 14 barg/320°C
TMA
Max. allowable temperature PPF: 650˚F/200 psig 343˚C/14 barg I E
PPF with Reflex Gauge Glass:
600˚F/200 psig 320˚C/14 barg
Sample Specification 5/8" 16 mm Motive Inlet

5/8" 16 mm Exhaust
The pump shall be Spirax Sarco Pressure Powered Pump™ operated by
steam, compressed air or other pressurized gas to 125 psig, which does
not require any electrical energy, and is safe for use in explosive 1" Exhaust
atmospheres.
Body construction shall be of stainless steel 200 psi ASME code
stamped, with NPT or SW connections, 150# or 300# Flanged ends.
Disc type check valves (stainless steel) are used for pumping liquids of
.65 specific gravity and above. The pump shall contain a float operated
snap acting mechanism with no external seals or packing, stainless steel
trim and hardened stainless steel mechanism bearing components with
C
single piece motive inlet valve. Pump to be provided with inlet and outlet
check valves attached at factory for ease of field installation. When
required, shall be equipped with a Reflex Sight Glass providing complete
level monitoring of unit.
Spare Parts
See TIS 5.201.
Installation
For generic hook-up sketch, see TIS 5.202. Full details are given in IMI J
K
5.200, which accompanies the product. L
Maintenance
5.200, a copy of which is supplied with each pump. Available spare
parts are shown on TIS 5.201.
TIS 5.207BH US 05 .01
INICIO

PPF-TOP Inlet
Spirax Sarco Pressure
Accessories
Powered Pump™ is a non- Model ➪ PPF-TOP
electric pump which transfers Cycle counter for monitoring the
high temperature condensate PMO 125 psig amount of liquid pumped.
or other liquids from a low A plugged 1/2" NPT boss is
point, low pressure or vacuum Sizes 3" provided in the pump cover for
space to an area of higher connecting the optional cycle
pressure or elevation. This Connections NPT
counter.
self-contained unit uses
Construction Fabricated Steel Body
steam, compressed air or any
other suitable pressurized gas
125 psig ASME Code Stamped Capacities
Stainless Steel internals
as the pumping force. Stainless Steel Check Valves For sizing and selection data,
The standard Pressure see TIS 5.202
Powered™ Pump will handle Options Pump modified to handle liquids down to 0.65 specific gravity
liquids from 0.9 to 1.0 specific SW cover connections.
gravity. 21
Operating Characteristics
Pump discharge per cycle – PPF: 8.4 gal (31.8 l)
Average instantaneous discharge rate – 90 gpm (5.7 l/s)
Average Steam Consumption – 3 lbs. of steam per 1000 lbs. of liquid pumped.
Average Air consumption – 100 SCF per 1000 lbs. of liquid pumped.
1
3
3"
No. Part Material

1 Cover Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
3 Cover Screws Steel
1/2" – 13 x 1-1/4" 14
5 Inlet Valve Head Stainless Steel 19
6 Inlet Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel 18
7 Exhaust Valve Seat Stainless Steel 20
16
11 Push Rod Stainless Steel 17
12 Baffle Cast Iron
1/4" – 20 x 3/4"
14 Mechanism Yoke Cast Iron
1/2" – 13 x 1-1/4"
16 Body PPF - Welded Steel 125 psig ASME stamped Operating Pressure Inlet Exhaust Outlet
7
21 Check Valve - Wafer Austenic Stainless Steel 6 9
13
4 15
5 8
10 12
22
11
INICIO
Pressure Powered Pumps

PPF-TOP Inlet

PPF-TOP
Size A B C D E F G H* I J K Weight
3" x 3" 3 32.1 5.8 0.6 40.9 12 16 31.5 44.7 19.2 9.6 221 lb
76 815 147 15.24 1039 305 406 800 1135 488 244 100 kg
* H Dimension is to centerline of motive supply inlet.

Filling head recommended above centerline of inlet check valve is 12" (305 mm)
(See TIS 5.202)
Specific gravity of pumped liquid 0.9 to 1.0 - standard.
0.8 to 0.89 - option.
0.65 to 0.79 - option.
1" NPT Exhaust
PMA
Max. allowable pressure PPF: 125 psig/650˚F 9 barg/343˚C
1/2" NPT
TMA steam comp.
Max. allowable temperature PPF: 650˚F/125 psig 343˚C/9 barg air or gas inlet D
D
G
The pump shall be Spirax Sarco pressure powered pump operated by steam,
J
compressed air or other pressurized gas to 125 psig, which does not require any
K
electrical energy, and is safe for use in explosive atmospheres.
Body construction shall be of steel with Disc type check valves (stainless steel) for
pumping liquids of .65 specific gravity and above. The pump shall contain a float
operated snap acting mechanism with no external seals or packing, stainless steel
A
trim and hardened stainless steel mechanism bearing components with single piece Pipe Size
inlet valve. Pump to be provided with inlet and outlet check valves attached at factory
for ease of field installation. When required, shall be equipped with a cycle counter to
monitor the volume pumped.
Spare Parts
See TIS 5.201.
Installation I E B H
For generic hook-up sketch, see TIS 5.202. Full details are
Maintenance
in IMI 5.200, a copy of which is supplied with each pump.
F
TIS 5.206 US 09.02
INICIO
Heat Transfer Fluid Pump

PPF-HTF
The Spirax Sarco model PPF-HTF Model ➪ PPF-HTF

is a non-electric Pressured
PMO Mechanism 125 psig
Powered Pump™ specifically
designed for use on heat transfer
Sizes 3" x 2"
fluids in a closed loop system. This
self-contained unit uses the Connections Inlet & Outlet: ANSI 300 RF with surface finish 125-250 µ in.
pressurized heat transfer fluid serrated concentric or spiral grooves per ANSI B16.5
vapor phase as the pumping force Motive & Exhaust: SW ANSI B16.11
Drain: (2) ANSI 300 RF with surface finish 125-250 µ in.
to transport condensed heat serrated concentric or spiral grooves per ANSI B16.5
transfer fluid from a low point, or
low pressure space to an area of Construction Fabricated Steel Body
higher pressure or elevation. 150 PSIG ASME Code Stamped
1" SW Exhaust Outlet

1/2" SW Motive Inlet
Operating Characteristics 3
Pump discharge per cycle – 8.4 gal (31.8 l) 2
Average instantaneous discharge rate – 60 gpm (3.8 L/s)
11
14
19
No. Part Material
1 Cover Cast Steel ASTM SA216 Gr WCB 18
20
2 Cover Gasket Spiral-Wound Flexitallic Type “LS”
3 Cover Screws Alloy Steel ASTM SA193 Gr B7 16
4 Inlet Valve Seat Stainless Steel 17
5 Inlet Valve Head Stainless Steel

12 Baffle Cast Steel
Operating Pressure Inlet Exhaust Outlet
14 Mechanism Yoke Cast Steel
7
16 Body Welded Steel ASME Code Stamped
6 9
13
19 Push Rod Actuator Stainless Steel 4 15
20 Spring Stainless Steel 5 8
21 Lockwashers Stainless Steel 10 12
21
11
INICIO
Heat Transfer Fluid Pump

PPF-HTF

A B C D E F G H I J K L M Weight
34.6 33.4 12.2 11.6 2.0 16.0 15.0 30.0 19.0 9.5 6.1 4.4 .6 210 lb
879 848 310 295 51 406 381 762 483 241 155 112 15 95.3 kg
Limiting Operating Conditions 1/2" ANSI 300 RF Drain

M
1" SW Connection M
(Exhaust) 1/2" SW Connection
Minimum motive pressure required: 5 psig (0.34 barg) (Motive Inlet)
J
Filling head required is 12" (305 mm)
Minimum specific gravity of pumped liquid is 0.7 L K
I
PMA
TMA
Max. allowable temperature 750˚F/150 psig 399˚C/10 barg 1/2" ANSI 300 RF Drain
Capacity Information
For pump capacity, consult factory with specific application
requirements.
Check Valves 3" ANSI

Two check valves are required, but not supplied with the 300 RF
2" ANSI 300 RF Inlet
pump. Recommended check valves are 2" and 3" Velan Outlet
Model F00-1114C-02AA ANSI 300 RF flanged cast steel B A
swing type valves. (All capacity data established with Velan
check valves as specified.)
Installation & Maintenance D C

Complete installation and maintenance instructions, including
a generic piping hook-up sketch, are given in IMI 5.208. A
copy of the IMI is supplied with each pump. E
Ø12.00
F
G
H
TIS 5.208 US 05.01
INICIO
Spare Parts Pressure Powered Pumps™

PPC, PPF
PPC & P P F
A
Sizes 2" & 3" x 2"
B
L
H
Exhaust Valve and
Seat Assembly J G
} Inlet Valve and
Seat Assembly
Push Rod Repair Kit
N
O
P
E
D
C
} Spring Kit
Stainless Steel
Check Valve
Bronze
Check Valve
INICIO

PPC, PPF
Spare Parts
1 Cover A
1A Cover Gasket B
3 Spring Kit (set of 2) C,D,E
5 Float F
6 Inlet Valve & Seat Assy. G,H
7 Exhaust Valve & Seat Assy. J,K,L
8 Inlet/Outlet Check Valve (each) M
10 Cover & Internal Mechanism A,B,C,D,E
Assembly (complete) F,G,H,J,K,L
11 Mechanism Rebuild Kit • PPC/PPF/PPEC/PPF-P
12 Push Rod Repair Kit B,N,O,P,Q
3
Maintenance
6
Isolate pump and relieve all internal pressure, remove
cover screws from top cover and lift complete 1
mechanism from the body. 4
To check valve seats, first lower the baffle by removing 14
the holding screws. When replacing steam or exhaust 4A
valve heads or seats on pumps up to 3" x 2" size, make
2
certain the actuator disc is adjusted so that clearance
between valve actuator disc and steam valve stem is
approximately 0.070". The float must be in the down 16
position when making this adjustment. (See Below)
When re-assembling, be sure the complete mechanism 4*
is free of dirt and scale, and moves freely. 2A
Caution: The adjustment screws on the mechanism,
which are not available as spares, are factory set and 14
should not be changed.
Replace the cover gasket if necessary.
Parts List
Operating Exhaust
Pressure Outlet Item Description Quantity
Inlet 1 Anchor Pin Link 2
2 & 2A Spring Anchor Pin 1
3 Retainer Clip 4
*4 & 4* Pivot Pin 2
6 Bushing 2
Spring Assembly
7 1 set
w/Retainer Clips
Cover Gasket 1
Instruction Sheet 1
PPC/PPF
0.070” 14 Actuator, Outer 2
(PPEC 0.100) 15 Spacer, Actuator Tube 2
16 Actuator, Central 1
* Item 4 on 4" PPF-P is not the same length as 4A.
FLOAT MUST BE IN DOWN POSITION FOR THIS ADJUSTMENT
TIS 5.201 US 06.02
INICIO

PPF-HP (High Pressure)
Spirax Sarco Pressured Powered Pump™
Model ➪ PPF-HP
is a non-electric pump which transfers high
temperature condensate or other liquids PMO 300 psig
from a low point, low pressure or vacuum
Sizes 3" x 2"
space to an area of higher pressure or
elevation. This self-contained unit uses Connections Inlet & Outlet: ANSI 300 flange
steam, compressed air or any other suitable Motive & Exhaust: NPT
pressurized gas as the pumping force. Construction Fabricated Steel Body
The standard Pressure Powered Pump™ 300 psig ASME Code Stamped
will handle liquids from 0.88 to 1.0
specific gravity Options Size: 3" x 3"
Connections: Inlet & Outlet – ANSI 300 screwed flange NPT
Motive & Exhaust – SW
Construction: Fabricated Body to 600 psig ASME
1/2" NPT/SW
1" NPT/SW
Operating Characteristics Operating Inlet
Exhaust Outlet
Pump discharge per cycle – 16 gal (60.6 l) Pressure
Maximum instantaneous discharge rate – 192 gpm (12.1 l/s) 13
1
Steam Consumption – 4 lbs. of steam per 1,000 lbs. of liquid pumped 14
3
Air Consumption – 125 SCF per 1,000 lbs. of liquid pumped 2
Capacities 21
3
Note: Maximum allowable back pressure – 150 psig
19
For sizing and selection data see TIS 5.202
Accessories 20 15
Cycle counter for use on vented systems to monitor amount of liquid
pumped. Reflex gauge glass to monitor pump performance.
17
18
No. Part Material
22
1 Cover Cast Steel ASTM A216 Gr WCB
22
2 Cover Gasket Spiral Wound AISI 304 / Graphite
3 Cover Screws Steel 14
Cover Nuts Steel
6 Inlet Valve Head Stainless Steel
7 Inlet Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel Exhaust Outlet
9 Exhaust Valve Stainless Steel Operating
10 Exhaust Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel Pressure
Inlet
13 Lifting Lug Steel
14 Plug Steel
15 Mechanism Yoke Cast Stainless Steel 6
16 Mechanism Yoke Screws Stainless Steel 8
1/2" – 13 x 1-1/4" 7 10
17 Body Welded Steel 300 psig ASME Stamped
4 16
9
Stainless Steel 11
20 Mechanism Actuator Rod Stainless Steel
23
22 Check Valve - Wafer Austenic Stainless Steel
23 Lock Washers Stainless Steel
12
INICIO

PPF-HP
K
D i m e n s i o n s (nominal) in inches and millimeters 1/2" NPT/SW
(Motive Inlet) E 1" NPT/SW
Exhaust
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P Weight
32.8 32.1 6.0 6.8 0.6 2.8 4.0 45.1 22.1 14.5 18.7 9.0 4.5 5.8 20.0 472 lb
833 792 153 173 15 71 102 1141 559 368 475 229 114 147 508 214 kg
Reflex Gauge Glass weight = 23 lb (10.4 kg)

Cover and Mechanism Assembly weight = 101 lb
A
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 300 psig (20.7 barg) B
J
Filling head recommended above pump is 12" see (TIS 5.202)
Specific gravity of pumped liquid: 0.88 to 1.0

PMA
Max. allowable pressure PPF-HP: 300 psig/650˚F 21 barg/343˚C
TMA 4X 0.625 thru C

Max. allowable temperature PPF-HP: 650°F/300 psig (343°C/20.7 barg)
PPF-HP with Reflex Gauge Glass
600°F/300 psig (315°C/20.7 barg)
Sample Specification G
The pump shall be Spirax Sarco Pressure Powered Pump operated by
steam, compressed air or other pressurized gas to 300 psig, which does
not require any electrical energy, and is safe for explosive atmospheres.
Body construction shall be of steel 300 psig ASME code stamped, with
300# ANSI flanged end with socketweld connections. Disc type check
P
valves for the pumping of liquids of 0.88 specific gravity and above. The
E
pump shall contain a float operated snap acting mechanism with no
external seals or packing, stainless steel trim and hardened stainless
steel mechanism bearing components with single piece motive inlet
valve. Pump to be provided with inlet and outlet check valves attached at
factory for ease of field installation. When required, shall be equipped F
with a cycle counter to monitor the volume of liquids pumped and/or a
reflex sight glass to monitor operation.
Spare Parts
Recommended spare parts to include:
Cover Gasket; Float; Spring
Inlet Valve Heads & Seat
Inlet/Outlet Check Valves
Mechanism Rebuild Kit
Cover & Mechanism Assy (complete)
Installation
For generic hook-up sketch see TIS 5.202. Full details are provided in
IMI 5.209 which accompanies the product. 3/4" NPT Gauge glass
connections plugged.
J
Maintenance
5.209 a copy of which is provided with each pump.
D D
N
M
1/2" Drain Valve L
Conection Plugged I
H
TIS 5.209 US 05.01
INICIO
High Capacity Pressure Powered Pump™

4" PPF-P
Spirax Sarco Pressure Powered Operating Characteristics
Pump™ is a non-electric pump Model ➪ PPF-P Pump discharge per cycle – 128 gal (484 l)
which transfers high temperature Average instantaneous discharge rate – 350 gpm (22 l/s)
PMO 150 psig
condensate or other liquids from a
low point, low pressure or vacuum
Sizes 4"
space to an area of higher
pressure or elevation. This self- Connections Inlet & outlet
contained unit uses steam, SW Flanges
compressed air or any other
Construction 150psig ASMEcode stamped
suitable pressurized gas as the
with Stainless Steel Internals
pumping force. The PPF-P will
handle liquids from 0.9 to 1.0 Options Up to 250 psig ASME body
specific gravity.
No. Part Material
1 Cover Steel SA516 Gr 70
3 Pump Body – Shell Carbon Steel SA285 Gr 70
– Heads Carbon Steel SA516 Gr 70
4 Mechanism Yoke Cast Steel
5 Mechanism Linkage Stainless Steel
6 Actuator Disc Stainless Steel
7 Float Stainless Steel
8 Check Valve Stainless Steel ASTMA351 CF3
9 Check Valve Stainless Steel ASTMA351 CF3
10 Flex Hose Stainless Steel
11 Main Valve Casings Cast Steel ASTMA216 Gr WCB
12 Main Valve Head &Seats Stainless Steel
13 Main Valve Stems Stainless Steel
14 Main Valve Guides Stainless Steel
15 Main Valve Springs Stainless Steel
CONDENSATE
16 Diaphragm Plates Brass
INLET
17 Diaphragms Phosphor Bronze
18 Cap Gaskets Graphite
19 Pilot Valve Body & Caps Stainless Steel
20 Pilot Valve Trim Stainless Steel
21 Valve Trim Gaskets Gln. Fn.
22 Connector Gasket Copper ASTMB272 CONDENSATE
23 Packing Teflon OUTLET
Accessories Pressure Shell Design Condition

Gauge glass with brass cocks; Reflex type gauge glass - (special
order); Pump insulation cover; Cycle counter for measuring the PMA 150 psig /0-650˚F 10 barg/0-343˚C
amount of liquid pumped (A plugged 3/8" NPT boss is provided in the
intermediate case on the main valve assembly for connecting the
cycle counter). TMA 650˚F/0-150 psig 343˚C/0-10 barg

Capacities
Maximum backpressure is 80% of motive pressure for vented systems.
Specific Gravity of pumped liquid - 0.9 to 1.0 For sizing and selection data, see TIS 5.202.
For closed loop systems, motive pressure must be 15 psi higher than
backpressure. Vented systems minimum motive pressure 25 psi
Filling head recommended above pump is 24" (610 mm) (See TIS 5.202)
INICIO

4" PPF-P
1" NPT The pump shall be a 4" Spirax Sarco pressure powered pump
STEAM INLET J (4) GAUGE operated by steam from 25 to 150 psig. Body construction of welded
GLASS steel, ASME Code Stamped for 150 psig service, with 4" socket weld
M CONNS. 24" Fill ends. The pump shall contain a float operated snap-acting
3/8" NPT Head
1" NPT
PLUGGED mechanism, which operates a pilot valve and two-way steam/gas
H EXHAUST
valve, and requires no electrical energy for operation.
The pump mechanism and valves shall be steel construction with
K stainless steel trim and hardened stainless steel mechanism bearing
N
B G P components. When required, shall be equipped with a cycle counter to
L
INLET I monitor the volume of liquids being pumped, and sight glass to track
P
operation.
OUTLET
F 3/4"
E E NPT Q Q
D
A C
5/8" DIA 4" — ANSI 150
Mounting Holes S.W. FLANGE
4 Places
18
11 15
12
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters 13
14
A B C D E F G H I 10
56 60 30.5 27.6 8.3 8.75 40.1 7.1 44.3 16
1422 1524 775 701 211 222 1019 180 1125 11 17
J K L M N P Q Weight 14
10
3.0 3.4 36.2 2.5 0.7 17.5 12 1132 lb 13
76 86 919 64 18 445 305 513 kg 12
11
19
1
Maintenance
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI 5.220,
a copy of which is supplied with each pump. Available spare parts are 20 21
shown on TIS 5.221.
6
22 23
Spare Parts
See TIS 5.221.
4
3
Installation 5
Full details are given in IMI 5.220, which accompanies the
product.
TIS 5.220 US 11.02
INICIO
Spare Parts for High Capacity Pressure Powered Pump™

4" PPF-P
9 & 9A
See Back Side

7
1 7a
Spare Parts
Part
8 4 No.
1 Cover Gasket
2 Spring Assembly
3 Float Arm Extension
4 Float
5 Float Arm
6 Push Rod Repair Kit
7 4" Inlet Swing Check Valve (old style)
7a 4" SDCV4 + Flange Spool (replacement assembly for old style)
8 4" Check Valve Assembly with Studs (new style from datecode CO2)
9 Cover Mechanism/Valve Assembly Complete 36" Diameter Body
9A Cover Mechanism/Valve Assembly Complete 30" Body
INICIO

4" PPF-P
10A
10
12
10B
14
10C
13
10F 11C 11A

11
10E 11B
10D
Spare Parts
Part
No.
10 Main Valve Assembly
10A Screen & Spring Kit for Inlet Valve
10B Head & Seat Assembly with Gasket for Inlet Valve
10C Diaphram Plate & Stem Kit for Inlet Valve
10D Head & Seat Assembly for Exhaust Valve
10E Diaphram Plate for Exhaust Valve
10F Diaphram Kit for Main Valve
Gasket Kit for Main Valve (not Shown)
11 Pilot Valve Assembly
11A Head & Seat Assembly for Pilot Valve
11B Packing Gland Kit for Pilot Valve
11C Gasket Kit for Pilot Valve
12 1/4" Flex Metal Hose Kit
13 3/8" Flex Metal Hose Kit
14 1-1/2" Flex Metal Hose Kit
TIS 5.221 US 11.02
INICIO

How to Select & Size Condensate load 7000 lb/h
From the inlet pressure, back pressure and filling head conditions given below, select Steam pressure available for operating pump 75 psig
the pump size and check valve package which meets the capacity requirement of the Vertical lift from pump to the return piping 30 feet
application. Pressure in the return piping (piping friction negligible) 25 psig
Specify pump body, type PPC or PPF. Select optional extras as required. Filling head on the pump available 12 inches
For GPM, multiply the capacities below by 0.002. Solution:
For kg/h, multiply the capacities below by 0.454. 1. Calculate "H", the total lift or back pressure, against which the condensate must be
For liquid specific gravities from 0.9 to 0.65, consult Spirax Sarco. pumped. = (30 x 0.433) + 25 = 38 psig
* Back pressure is the lift height (H) in feet x 0.433 plus psig in return line, plus 2. From capacity table, with 75 psig inlet pressure and 40 psig back pressure, choose a
2"x2" pump with stainless steel check valves, which has a capacity of 7,200 lb/h.
downstream piping friction pressure drop in psi. calculated based on the maximum
instantaneous discharge rate of the respective pump selected. (See TIS Sheets) Note from capacity multiplying factor charts:
Note: To achieve rated capacity, pump must be installed with check valves supplied by Spirax A. Pump capacity if filling head is 24 in: 1.2 x 7,200 = 8640 lb/h
Sarco. Use of a substitute check valve may effect the performance of the pump. B. Pump capacity using compressed air: 1.12 x 7,200 = 8064 lb/h
* Please consult factory for PPF-HTF Capacities. (% back pressure is 38 ÷ 75 = 50%)
Capacity lb/h When installed with recommended filling head above top of pump.
Filling head 6" Filling Head 6" Filling head 12" Filling head 12 Filling Head 12" Filling head 24 "
Liquid Specific Liquid Specific Liquid Specific Liquid Specific Liquid Specific
Operating Total Lift Gravity 0.9 to 1.0 gravity 0.9 to 1 gravity 0.9 to 1 gravity 0.88 to 1 gravity 0.9 to 1
Inlet Back Single pump PPEC Single pump 2"x2" Single pump 3"x2" PPF-HP High Pressure Pump Duplex package Unit High Capacity PPF-P
Pressure Pressure Check Valve Size Check Valve Size Check Valve Size Check Valve Size Check Valve Size Check Valve Size Check Valve Size
psig psig 1" 1-1/2" 1" 1-1/2" 2" 3" in, 2" out 3" x 2" S.S. 3" in, 2" out 4"
Bronze Bronze Stn. Stl. Stn. Stl. Bronze Stn. Stl. Bronze Stn. Stl. Maximum allowable Bronze Stn. Stl.
back pressure - 150 psig
300 20 25,500
300 40 20,300
300 60 16,000
300 80 13,600
300 100 12,200
300 120 11,200
300 150 9,800
250 20 24,000
250 40 20,000
250 60 16,000
250 80 13,300
250 100 12,000
250 120 10,700
250 150 8,700
200 15 22,900
200 40 17,800
200 60 13,000
200 80 12,300
200 100 10,900
200 120 9,800
200 150 7,100
150 15 22,900 48,100
150 40 15,000 43,800
150 60 11,400 39,500
150 80 9,400 34,800
150 100 7,700 29,600
150 120 7,400 22,200
125 15 2,100 3,400 2,600 5,100 7,700 11,100 9,400 14,800 19,200 18,800 29,600 47,800
125 40 1,900 2,900 2,400 4,500 6,800 9,200 8,100 12,200 13,700 16,200 24,400 43,200
125 60 1,700 2,500 2,200 4,050 6,100 7,800 7,100 10,400 9,600 14,200 20,800 38,100
125 80 1,500 2,100 1,900 3,100 5,400 6,000 6,100 8,000 7,300 12,200 16,000 32,500
125 100 1,300 1,600 1,700 2,650 4,700 4,700 5,000 6,300 6,400 10,000 12,600 25,800
125 115 1,200 1,350 1,350 1,900 4,100 3,800 4,300 5,100 5,100 8,600 10,200
100 15 2,100 3,400 2,550 4,950 7,600 10,500 9,100 14,000 17,800 18,200 28,000 47,100
100 40 1,800 2,800 2,300 4,000 6,500 8,200 7,600 10,900 11,700 15,200 21,800 41,700
100 60 1,600 2,400 2,200 3,250 5,800 6,100 6,700 8,200 8,900 13,400 16,400 35,400
100 80 1,400 1,800 1,750 2,500 5,000 5,000 5,600 6,700 6,500 11,200 13,400 27,700
75 15 2,100 3,300 2,500 4,800 7,300 10,300 8,700 13,900 17,100 17,400 27,800 46,300
75 40 1,700 2,500 2,200 3,300 5,900 7,200 6,800 9,600 9,600 13,600 19,200 39,100
75 60 1,300 2,000 2,000 2,450 4,900 4,300 5,500 6,200 6,800 11,000 12,400
50 10 2,000 3,300 2,400 4,400 7,300 9,600 8,700 12,800 15,500 17,400 25,600 46,100
50 25 1,700 2,700 2,150 3,350 5,900 7,400 6,800 9,800 10,000 13,600 19,600 39,700
50 40 1,400 2,000 1,650 2,100 4,600 4,100 5,100 5,500 5,600 10,200 11,000
25 5 2,000 3,400 2,700 5,000 7,600 9,700 9,200 12,900 15,000 18,400 25,800 45,300
25 10 1,700 3,000 2,350 3,800 6,600 7,800 7,700 10,400 9,400 15,400 20,800 39,900
25 15 1,400 2,600 1,800 3,300 5,400 6,000 6,100 8,000 7,600 12,200 16,000
10 2 1,900 3,000 2,200 3,000 7,300 8,100 8,700 10,800 10,900 17,400 21,600
10 5 1,600 2,600 1,900 2,600 5,700 5,300 6,600 7,000 7,900 13,200 14,000
5 2 1,500 2,400 1,700 2,400 4,300 4,300 5,400 5,700 7,400 10,800 11,400
* For Capacity Multiplying Factors for Motive Gas Supplies and Other Filling Heads see back side of this page.
INICIO

Installation Details
Capacity Multiplying Factors for Motive Gas Supply (other than steam) Capacity Multiplying Factors for other Filling Heads
1"PPEC Capacity Multiplying Factors
10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% % Backpressure Vs. Motive Pressure (BP/MP) Filling Head Check valve and piping size, pump type
1.10 1.13 1.16 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 1.40 1.45 Capacity Multiplying Factors Inches mm 1"&1-1/2"PPEC 2"PPC/PPF 3"x2"PPC/PPF 3"x2"PPF-HP 4" PPF-P
1-1/2"PPEC 0 0 *0.7 0.80
6 152 1.0 0.7 0.84 0.92
10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% % Backpressure Vs. Motive Pressure (BP/MP)
12 305 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0
1.00 1.00 1.03 1.09 1.18 1.20 1.33 1.45 1.50 Capacity Multiplying Factors
18 457 1.2 1.1 1.04 1.05 0.8
2" and 3"x2" PPC/PPF
24 610 1.3 1.2 1.08 1.10 1.0
36 914 1.5 1.35 1.2 1.15 1.1
1.04 1.06 1.08 1.10 1.12 1.15 1.18 1.23 1.28 Capacity Multiplying Factors 48 1219 1.20 1.15
4"PPF-P (NOCHANGEINCAPACITY) 60 1524 1.30 1.2
3"x2" PPF-HP
For PPF-TOP, consult factory.
* When using a PPEC below 6" filling head, a swing check valve must always be
1.26 1.35 1.45 1.55 1.70 1.79 1.90 2.0 2.10 Capacity Multiplying Factors
fitted to the inlet.
Vent to atmosphere (if fitted) Motive Steam

or Gas Supply
Pump
Exhaust
Condensate
Return
At least Line
12" Seal
on overflow Vented Receiver (open system)
(if fitted)
Filling
Head
Recommended
Installation
The pump is fitted with vented
receiver or an inlet reservoir.
TD 42L or 52L Trap Details of the application will
Pressure
Powered when steam supply is used determine whether a vented
Pump receiver or an inlet reservoir
will be needed to accomplish
this.
Vented Receiver (Open System) Inlet Reservoir Piping (Closed System)

To drain condensate from a single or multiple source an “open” system, a To drain condensate from a single piece of equipment in a “closed” system, a
vented receiver should be installed in a horizontal plane above and ahead of the reservoir should be installed in a horizontal plane above and ahead of the pump.
pump. Sufficient receiver volume is needed above the filling head level to accept Sufficient reservoir volume is needed above the filling head level to accept the
the condensate reaching the receiver during the pump discharge stroke. More condensate reaching the reservoir during the pump discharge stroke. The chart
important, the receiver must be sized to allow sufficient area for complete flash below shows minimum reservoir sizing, based on condensate load, needed to
steam separation from the condensate. The chart below shows proper vented prevent equipment flooding during the pump discharge stroke. The reservoir can be
receiver sizing (per criteria set forth in the A.S.H.R.A.E. Handbook) based on the a length of large diameter pipe or a tank.
amount of flash steam present. If the receiver is sized as shown below, there will
be sufficient volume for condensate storage and sufficient area for flash steam Pump Size – up to 3"x2"
separation. The receiver can be a length of large diameter pipe or a tank. Liquid Reservoir Pipe Size
lb/h 3" 4" 6" 8" 10"
500 or Less 2'
1000 2'
Pump Size – up to 3"x2" 1500 3' 2'
Flash Steam Pipe Size Vent Line 2000 3.5' 2' 1'
up to – Diameter Length Diameter 3000 3' 2'
75 lb/h 4" 36" 1-1/2" 4000 4' 2' 1'
150 lb/h 6" 36" 2” 5000 6' 3' 2'
300 lb/h 8" 36" 3" 6000 3' 2'
600 lb/h 10'' 36" 4" 7000 3' 2'
900 lb/h 12" 36" 6" 8000 4' 2'
1200 lb/h 16" 36" 6" 9000 4.5' 3' 2'
2000 lb/h 20" 36" 8" 10,000 5' 3' 2'
11,000 5' 3' 2'
Pump Size – 4" PPF-P Pump Size – 4"
Flash Steam Pipe Size Vent Line Liquid Load Reservoir Pipe Size*
up to – Diameter Length Diameter lb/h 12" 16" 20" 24"
1000 lb/h 16" 60" 6" 10,000 5' 3' 2'
2000 lb/h 20" 60" 8" 20,000 10' 7' 4'
3000 lb/h 24" 60" 8" 30,000 9' 6' 4'
4000 lb/h 26'' 60" 10" 40,000 12' 7.5' 6'
5000 lb/h 28" 60" 10" 50,000 9' 6'
6000 lb/h 30" 72" 12"
7000 lb/h 32" 72" 12" * When BP/MP is less than 50%, these reservoir lengths can be reduced by 1/2.
8000 lb/h 36" 72" 14"
TIS 5.202 US 4.02
INICIO
Pressure Powered Pump™ Packages

PPEC / PPC / PPF
Model ➪ Simplex Duplex
A standard PPEC / PPC / PPF
Pressure Powered Pumps pre-piped
with the necessary auxiliary PMO Pump: 125 psig Tank: 0 psig (vented to atmosphere)
components and integral receiver
Sizes 1", 1-1/2" (PPEC) 2", 3" x 2" (PPC / PPF)
mounted on a skid base. The unit offers
versatility of providing a base mounted Connections Pump = NPT Tank: ANSI, 150# RF
module and pump with added modular
options for a comprehensive fully Construction Fabricated Steel Receiver
Stainless Steel Pump Internals
engineered modular package to
Stainless Steel or Bronze Check Valves
ensuring a technically correct and
complete hook up. Options see below

PMA (Max. Allowable Pressure)
Pump:
PPEC see TIS 5.218
PPC / PPF see TIS 5.200
Tank: Atmospheric Pressure
TMA (Max. Allowable Temperature)
Pump:
PPEC see TIS 5.218
PPC / PPF see TIS 5.200
Tank: 650°F / 0 psig

PMO (Maximum Operating Conditions)
Pump: 125 psig (8.6 barg)
Tank: 0 psig (vented to atmosphere)
No. Part Material
1. Receiver Shell Steel - Welded
2. Receiver Heads Steel
3. Piping Steel - SCH 40
4. Pump See appropriate TIS
Capacities
For sizing and selection data, see TIS 5.202.
INICIO
Vented Packaged Pressure Powered Pump™ Unit

PPEC and PPC
Options
A. Pump motive inlet (fully trapped) and exhaust piping.
B. Pump and receiver gauge glass.
C. Overflow pipe.
D. Inline strainer.
E. Pump drain.
F. Cycle counter.
G. Pressure gauges.
H. Receiver only.
I. Receiver with modified connections. G
J. ASME coded receiver.
K. Pump isolation Valve.
H, (I), (J)
B C
G or F
D
K
TD A
The packaged pump unit shall be Spirax Sarco Pressure Powered Pump Unit operated by steam, compressed air or other pressurized gas to 125 psig, which
does not require any electrical energy, and is safe for use in explosive atmospheres. The pump shall be ductile iron A395 (PPC) or cast iron (PPEC) and
supplied complete with vented receiver as a prepiped packaged unit. The pump shall have a float operated snap-acting mechanism with no external seals or
packing, stainless steel trim and hardened stainless steel mechanism bearing components. When required, shall be equipped with a cycle counter to monitor
pumping cycles.
TIS 5.203 US 10.02

INICIO
CL of Vessel
D
Simplex
J R Pressure Powered
Pump™ Packages
G E
Q F C
C
L of Vessel
D
P J R
M N K L H
B A
C
L of Skid
G
E
Q F
M K L
B A
CL of Skid N C
L of Skid

Unit A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T Weight
100 1" PPEC/BRZ 20 31 44-1/8 42 10-3/4 36-1/8 8 3 18-3/8 1-1/2 7-5/8 13 4-1/4 5-1/8 30-1/8 8-1/2 - - 415
508 787 1121 1067 273 918 203 76 467 38 194 330 108 130 765 216 - - 188
101 1-1/2"PPEC/BRZ 20 31 44-1/8 42 10-3/4 36-1/8 8 3 18-3/8 1-1/2 7-5/8 13 0 5-1/8 30-1/8 8-1/2 - - 425
508 787 1121 1067 273 918 203 76 467 38 194 330 0 130 765 216 - - 193
102 1" PPEC/SS 20 31 44-1/8 42 10-3/4 36-1/8 8 3 18-3/8 1-1/2 7-5/8 13 4-3/8 5-1/8 30-1/8 8-1/2 - - 415
508 787 1121 1067 273 918 203 76 467 38 194 330 111 130 765 216 - - 188
103 1-1/2" PPEC/SS 20 31 44-1/8 42 10-3/4 36-1/8 8 3 18-3/8 1-1/2 7-5/8 13 1-3/8 5-1/8 30-1/8 8-1/2 - - 425
508 787 1121 1067 273 918 203 76 467 38 194 330 35 130 765 216 - - 193
106 1" PPEC/SS CS 20 31 44-1/8 42 10-3/4 36-1/8 8 3 18-3/8 1-1/2 7-5/8 13 6-5/8 5/78 30-1/8 8-1/2 - - 430
508 787 1121 1067 273 918 203 76 467 38 194 330 168 149 765 216 - - 195
107 1-1/2" PPEC/SS CS 20 31 44-1/8 42 10-3/4 36-1/8 8 3 18-3/8 1-1/2 7-5/8 13 6-5/8 5-7/8 30-1/8 8-1/2 - - 435
508 787 1121 1067 273 918 203 76 467 38 194 330 168 149 765 216 - - 197
108 2" PPC/BRZ 26-1/4 45-3/4 60-7/8 36 16 51-7/8 12 1-3/4 16-1/2 2-7/8 10-3/4 20-3/8 4-5/8 6-7/8 37-1/4 9 - - 660
667 1162 1546 914 406 1318 305 44 419 73 273 518 117 175 946 229 - - 299
109 3x2" PPC/BRZ 28-3/8 45-3/4 60-7/8 36 16 51-7/8 12 1-3/4 16-1/2 3-3/4 11-3/4 20-3/8 3-5/8 6-7/8 37-1/4 9 - - 760
721 1162 1546 914 406 1318 305 44 419 95 298 518 92 175 946 229 - - 345
110 2" PPC/SS 28-3/8 45-3/4 60-7/8 36 16 51-7/8 12 1-3/4 16-1/2 4-7/8 11-3/4 20-3/8 7-1/4 6-7/8 37-1/4 9 - - 670
721 1162 1546 914 406 1318 305 44 419 124 298 518 183 175 946 229 - - 304
111 3x2" PPC/SS 28-3/8 45-3/4 60-7/8 36 16 51-7/8 12 1-3/4 16-1/2 3-7/8 11-3/4 20-3/8 7-1/4 6-7/8 37-1/4 9 - - 770
721 1162 1546 914 406 1318 305 44 419 98 298 518 184 175 946 229 - - 349
112 2" PPF/SS 28-3/8 45-3/4 60-7/8 36 16 58-3/8 12 1-3/4 16-1/2 3-7/8 11-3/4 20-3/8 3-1/8 13-3/8 43-5/8 9 - - 660
721 1162 1711 914 406 1483 305 44 419 98 298 518 79 340 1108 229 - - 299
113 3x2" PPF/SS 28-3/8 45-3/4 60-7/8 36 16 58-3/8 12 1-3/4 16-1/2 3-7/8 11-3/4 20-3/8 3-1/8 13-3/8 43-5/8 9 - - 760
721 1162 1711 914 406 1483 305 44 419 98 298 518 79 340 1108 229 - - 345
TIS 5.203 US 10.02

INICIO
C
L of Vessel
D
S
<H>
Duplex
R
Pressure Powered
Pump™ Packages
E G
C
F
C
L of Vessel
P
M K T D
N L M
A H
C CL of Skid
L of Skid S
R J
E
G
F
Q
M K T
L
A B
C
L of Skid N C
L of Skid

Unit A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T Weight
114 1" PPEC/BRZ 39-1/4 34 44-1/4 36 10-3/4 35-7/8 8 3-3/8 9-3/8 10-3/8 14-1/2 17-1/8 7-1/4 5-3/8 26 6-1/4 3-7/8 11-5/8 630
997 864 1124 914 273 911 203 86 238 264 368 435 184 137 660 159 98 295 286
115 1-1/2"PPEC/BRZ 39-1/4 34 44-1/4 36 10-3/4 35-7/8 8 3-3/8 9-3/8 10-3/8 14-1/2 17-1/8 5-5/8 5-1/8 26 6-1/4 3-7/8 11-5/8 640
997 864 1124 914 273 911 203 86 238 264 368 435 143 130 660 159 98 295 290
116 1" PPEC/SS 39-1/4 34 44-1/4 36 10-3/4 35-7/8 8 3-3/8 9-3/8 10-3/8 14-1/2 17-1/8 6-7/8 5-3/8 26 6-1/4 3-7/8 11-5/8 630
997 864 1124 914 273 911 203 86 238 264 368 435 175 137 660 159 98 295 286
117 1-1/2" PPEC/SS 41-1/4 34 49-1/4 36 16 40-3/8 12 4-7/8 9-3/8 10-3/8 14-1/2 18-1/8 5-1/4 5-1/8 26 8-3/4 3-7/8 11-5/8 640
1048 864 1254 914 406 1026 305 124 238 264 368 460 133 130 660 222 98 295 290
120 1" PPEC/SS CS 39-1/4 34 44-1/4 36 10-3/4 35-7/8 8 3-3/8 9-3/8 10-3/8 14-1/2 17-1/8 9-1/2 5-7/8 26 6-1/4 3-7/8 11-5/8 660
997 864 1124 914 273 911 203 86 238 264 368 435 241 149 660 159 98 295 299
121 1-1/2" PPEC/SS CS 41-1/4 34 49-3/8 36 16 40-3/8 12 4-7/8 9-3/8 10-3/8 14-1/2 18-1/8 5-1/4 5-1/8 26 8-3/4 3-7/8 11-5/8 790
1048 864 1254 914 406 1026 305 124 238 264 368 460 133 130 660 222 98 295 358
130 2" PPC/BRZ 51-1/4 48 64-7/8 48 20 55-7/8 16 16 10-7/8 12-7/8 21-1/2 23-1/8 4-1/2 6-7/8 33 11-1/8 6-7/8 12-7/8 1130
1302 1219 1648 1219 508 1419 406 406 276 327 546 587 114 175 838 283 175 327 513
131 3x2" PPC/BRZ 51-1/4 48 64-7/8 48 20 55-7/8 16 16 10-7/8 12-7/8 21-1/2 23-1/8 3-5/8 6-7/8 33 11-1/8 6-7/8 12-7/8 1300
1302 1219 1648 1219 508 1419 406 406 276 327 546 587 92 175 838 283 175 327 590
132 2" PPC/SS 51-1/4 48 64-7/8 48 20 55-7/8 16 16 10-7/8 12-7/8 21-1/2 23-1/8 7-3/8 6-7/8 33 11-1/8 6-7/8 12-7/8 1150
1302 1219 1648 1219 508 1419 406 406 276 327 546 587 187 175 838 283 175 327 522
133 3x2" PPC/SS 51-1/4 48 64-7/8 48 20 55-7/8 16 16 10-7/8 12-7/8 21-1/2 23-1/8 7-3/8 6-7/8 33 11-1/8 6-7/8 12-7/8 1320
1302 1219 1648 1219 508 1419 406 406 276 327 546 587 187 175 838 283 175 327 599
134 2" PPF/SS 51-1/4 48 70-5/8 48 20 61-5/8 16 16 10-7/8 12-7/8 21-1/2 23-1/8 4 13-3/8 39-3/8 11-1/8 6-7/8 12-7/8 1090
1302 1219 1794 1219 508 1565 406 406 276 327 546 587 102 340 1000 283 175 327 494
135 3x2" PPF/SS 56-3/4 48 71-3/8 48 20 62-3/8 16 16 10-7/8 12-7/8 21-1/2 25-7/8 7 13-3/8 39-1/2 11-1/8 6-7/8 12-7/8 1290
1441 1219 1813 1219 508 1584 406 406 276 327 546 657 178 340 1003 283 175 327 585
TIS 5.203 US 10.02

INICIO
Pressure Powered Pump™ Accessories
I N S U L AT I O N C O V E R S
The Spirax Sarco Insulation Cover is a removable, reusable cover custom designed for use with
all Spirax Sarco Pressure-Powered Pumps. These covers not only offer increased energy savings
through quality insulation, but also give personnel protection from exposure to hot metal
surfaces. The Spirax Sarco Insulation Cover is made of the highest quality materials available –
1" thick fiberglass material is quilted between two layers of 16 oz. teflon-impregnated fiberglass
cloth. The water, oil and chemical resistant construction provides long-lasting insulating quality
and equipment protection indoors, outdoors, and in most corrosive conditions.
Less expensive to install than conventional hard insulation, the covers are abuse-resistant and
will not wick moisture or hydrocarbons. Removable and reinstalled in minutes, the one-piece
construction maximizes energy savings and provides rapid payback.
4
Max. Operating Temperature 500˚F (260˚C) continuous
Standard Range
PPECInsulation Cover 3
PPCInsulation Cover (up to 3"x2"size) 1
PPF Insulation Cover (up to 3"x2"size)
4"PPF-P Insulation Cover (has 2 pc. construction)
2
No. Part Material
1 Cover Cloth Teflon Coated Fiberglass
2 Insulation Mat Fiberglass
3 Anchor Pin Type 304 Stainless Steel
4 Wire Fastener Type 304 Stainless Steel
Check the nameplate on the insulation cover and pump to be sure you have the correct cover for
your pump, i.e., PPC Cover will fit only model PPC Pump. Slip the cover around the pump,
making sure the steam inlet and outlet connections are exposed through their respective cut-outs.
Cut-outs are also provided for the optional gauge glass assembly on the pump. Take the stainless
steel wires attached to one side of the mating edge and pull them snugly around the lacing pins on
the adjacent mating edge of the cover, much like lacing a work boot.
The reusable cover shall be a Spirax Sarco Insulation Cover, custom-fitted for the specific Spirax
Sarco Pressure Powered Pump required. The cover shall contain no asbestos or silicone materials.
The cover cloth shall be teflon-impregnated, with double sewn and binded seams, suitable for
continuous temperatures of 500˚F, and the insulation shall be minimum 1" thick Burlglass 1200
needled mat with 100% Type E glass fibers. The insulation cover shall not spread flame or smoke
and render a V-O rating when tested under the NFPA701 vertical flame test.
INICIO
Digital Cycle Counter
The monitoring of condensate A

return pump operation is an Specifications
important activity for plant NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 12
operations and maintenance Enclosure DIGITALCYCLECOUNTER
IP 65 (watertight)
personnel. MADE IN
USA
The use of pressure powered 6 Digit LCD display – NEMA 4 Resettable
pumps equipped with a digital Counter (see instructions on back)
cycle counter provides the ability
to monitor pump operation, Sensor All Stainless Steel components B
schedule preventative
Options Auxillary set of SPST
maintenance and estimate the dry contacts for connection to
amount of condensate recovered. Building Energy Management System.
Note: Operation of the counter Contact ratings:
requires the pump exhaust be 5 amp resistive 110/250VAC
vented to the atmosphere. 3 amp inductive 28 VDC
No. Part Material

3
1 Enclosure Aluminum
2 Gasket Neoprene
3 Sensor Stainless Steel
4 Counter Aluminum
1/4" NPT
Operating Temperature Range

Counter: 32 to 122°F 0 to 50°C C
Sensor: -65 to 280°F -55 to 137°C
Maximum Sensor Pressure 1

PMO: 300 psig/21 barg
Minimum Back Pressure

15 psig/1 barg
Model Approximate Gallons/Cycle D

PPEC 4.0
PPC 7.1
PPF 8.4
4" PPF-P 128
2
A B C D Weight
TIS 5.227 US 09.99
INICIO
Digital Cycle Counter
1/4" Petcock Valve

Recommended Motive
Steam
Mount the counter in a vertical position at a level convenient for reading. Use a length of pipe to
elevate the counter as necessary. We recommend installing a 1/4" petcock valve for ease of
servicing. The supplied pigtail protects the counter from overheat through direct contact with steam.
Caution: Before installation or any maintenance is performed, ensure that all steam, condensate, air Pigtail
or gas lines are closed and internal pressure is relieved to prevent injury.
Pump Model Connection Size & Location

All PPC/PPF 1/2" NPT Pump on cover
PPEC Special 1/2" NPT on top of pump body or 3/8" NPT*
(Gauge glass connection)
PPF-P 3/8" NPT* on Intermediate casing
*These will require a pipe nipple, reducer bushing and a 90° elbow,
Counter Cover
Battery
Battery
To replace the batteries in the counter, first remove the cover of the enclosure (see caution note above before
servicing). Slide battery cover to the left until the right hand lip disengages. To reinstall battery cover insert left
Push contact springs hand lips into case first, push cover to the left until right hand lip drops down and cover snaps back into place.
toward connector to allow Install batteries as shown, observing proper polarity. Recommended batteries are (quantity 2) “N” alkaline type.
batteries to drop in freely.
Note: Push battery spring clips to the left toward connector, to completely free the batteries when removing or
The unit is supplied with the front panel reset button deactivated. To activate,
connect the Yellow wire from the RST. EN (Reset Enable) input to the Common,
as shown below. To deactivate, remove the Yellow wire from the RST. EN input.
H.S. CNT
White
L.S. CNT
Front
Optional
Panel REM. RST
Reset Yellow
RST. EN To
Black
COMMON Bldg.
EMS
Isolated Auxillary set of

“DRY” contacts for EMS
TIS 5.227 US 09.99
INICIO
Flash Recovery Vessels
Flash steam, which is formed when a
portion of the high pressure Model ➪ Flash Recovery Vessels Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 150 psig (10 barg)
condensate discharged from a steam PMO 150 psig Max. Operating Temperature 500˚F (260˚C)
trap re-evaporates, is separated from
the condensate and piped away from Sizes 6", 8", 12", 16"
the top of the vessel. The remaining
condensate drains from the bottom of Connections ANSI 150 RF &NPT
the vessel to a steam trap. The flash Flash Steam Outlet
is usually added to the low-pressure Construction Mild Steel
steam system.
H
ANSI 150 1/2"NPT
G
J
NPT
A C
D
B E 3 - 9/16 dia. holes on
a "K"dia. bolt circle.
H 7/8"
ANSI 150
120˚ Typ.
Inlet
L 1/4"
NPT
Size A B C D E F G H J K L M Weight
6 6 47 38.6 13 8 9 25.5 2-1/2" 3/4" 8.8 1-1/2" 2.5 75 lb
152 1194 980 330 203 229 648 224 64 34 kg
8 8 48 39.6 14.6 8.6 9.5 25.8 4" 3/4" 10.8 2" 3.5 105 lb
203 1219 1006 371 218 241 655 274 89 47.6 kg
12 12 49.5 41.2 19.9 11.8 11.5 26.8 5" 1-1/2" 14.9 3" 5 165 lb Condensate Outlet
305 1257 1046 505 300 292 681 378 127 74.8 kg
16 16 58 49.7 23.5 13.4 12.5 32 6" 2" 18.9 3" 5 215 lb

406 1473 1262 597 340 318 813 480 127 97.5 kg
INICIO
Flash Recovery Vessels
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N S TA N DA R D S
Flash Recovery Vessel shall be mild steel construction ASMECode Stamped for 150 These vessels are designed in accordance with ASME Code, Section VIII, Div. 1,
psig steam service with ANSI 150 RF flanges. Connections for a pressure gauge and a and are ASME Code Stamped for 150 psig steam service.
Safety Relief Valve shall be provided in the shell.
I N S TA L L AT I O N H OW TO SIZE
The vessel should be installed with the flash steam outlet at the top as shown. Fig. 1 shows the proportion by weight of flash steam formed from condensate
Each size vessel incorporates a 1/2"NPTconnection for the fitting of a with various pressure drops. From Fig. 1, find the weight of flash per unit weight
pressure gauge. If a Safety Relief Valve is required, it should be fitted in the of condensate. Multiply this by the maximum condensing rate to get the
NPTconnection provided in the side of the shell. For drainage, a properly sized maximum weight of flash steam expected from the flash vessel. Select the
float type steam trap must be connected to the condensate outlet at the bottom appropriate size flash vessel from Fig. 2 by finding the area within which both
of the vessel. the condensate rate and the flash steam weight fit.
F I G . 1 P R O P O RT I O N OF FLASH STEAM
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
Flash Steam Pressure
60
40
20
10
0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
Lb Flash Per Lb Condensate
FI G . 2 R E C OV E R Y V E S S E L CA PAC I T I E S
20,000
Size 16
Example:
A plant operating at 80 psig condenses 6000
lb/h of steam. Flash steam from this is to be
recovered at 5 psig. Fig. 1 shows that the
condensate at 80 psig produces approximately 10,000
Size 12
.105 lb of flash steam per lb of condensate
when the pressure is dropped to 5 psig. From
6000 lb/h of condensate, 630 lb/h of flash
steam will be produced. From Fig. 2 it will be 5,000
seen that 6000 lb/h of condensate meets the Size 8
line of 630 lb/h of flash steam in the Size 12
area, so a Size 12 Flash Recovery Vessel is 2,000
Size 6
necessary for this duty. 0
500 1000 2000 3000
Flash Steam Lb/H
For kg/h, multiply above by 0.454
TIS 5.401 US 03.94
INICIO
Condensate Return and Boiler Feed Pumps

“G” Series
DESCRIPTION
Spirax Sarco "G" Series condensate and boiler feed pumps are packaged units
completely assembled, wired and tested at the factory. They are used in low pressure
steam heating systems to collect and quickly return condensate to the boiler or boiler
feed unit. Pumping action is controlled by an integral float switch on simplex (one
pump) units or mechanical alternator on duplex (two pump) units. Unlike boiler feed
units which are controlled by a boiler mounted control and equipped with a makeup
valve mechanism, condensate pumps usually do not directly supply boiler makeup
water.
Simplex units
Simplex units are equipped with vapor tight, heavy duty float switch control with
stainless steel float. Easily field adjustable to provide proper pump control and
operation.
Duplex units
Duplex units offer some additional distinct advantages over simplex units. They are
used where an unusually heavy amount of condensate must be returned or where it is
desirable to have a stand-by pump available. Equipped with a float operated,
automatic mechanical alternator, they provide several benefits. Simplex Unit
• System overload protection—The second pump is activated if the rate of
condensate return exceeds the limits of the first pump.
• Extra long service life—Each of the two pumps is activated automatically on

alternating pumping cycles so the work load is evenly distributed between the two
pumps.
• Back-up system protection—A second pump is automatically actuated if the first

one fails to start. Maintenance or repairs can be made on either pump without
shutting down the other one or interrupting system operation.
L IMITING CONDITIONS
Capacity: to 18 gpm. Discharge pressures: 20, 30 and 40 psi.
RECEIVER
Close grained cast iron.
Simplex unit 6,15, 21 and 45 gallon sizes. Duplex Unit
Duplex unit 15, 21 and 45 gallon sizes.
Welded, copper bearing steel. PUMP A N D M OTO R A S S E M B LY

Simplex unit 10, 20 and 45 gallon sizes. Pump and motor assembly is close coupled centrifugal design with
Duplex unit 20 and 45 gallon sizes. enclosed type bronze impeller and wearing ring. The bronze impeller is
designed to assure smooth, efficient water passage. No close clearances
H E AV Y D U T Y, D R I P P R O O F M OTO R S that are subject to rapid wear and reduced efficiency.
Heavy duty, drip proof motors are designed for continuous operation. Ball bearings
Mechanical shaft seal designed for temperatures to 250 ˚F. Seal is vented
are prelubricated and shielded. Motors have stainless steel shaft -operated at 3450
to receiver to insure adequate lubrication at all times.
rpm 60Hz. Both single phase115/230 volt with built-in overload protection, and three
phase 230/460 volt (or 208 volt) motors are available with O.D.P. or special TEFC
enclosures. O PTIONAL EXTRAS
Suction Isolation Valve
All parts of the pump and motor which are subject to normal wear are easily When installed between the pump and receiver on simplex units, it
accessible by removal of motor and canopy, attached with universal type 4 bolt flange allows the pump motor assembly to be removed without draining the
mounting. Service of impeller and seal is also made easy . . . entire motor can be receiver. On duplex units, it permits one pump to be removed while the
removed without disturbing plumbing or electrical connections. other one continues to operate without interrupting system operation.
INICIO
“G” Series
ORDERING CODES AND MODELS
Motor Pump Cast Iron Receiver Sizes Welded Steel Receiver Sizes
Phase Discharge 6 Gallon 15 Gallon 21 Gallon 45 Gallon 10 Gallon 20 Gallon 45 Gallon
and HP Pressure gpm 8000 EDR 12000 EDR 12000 EDR 12000 EDR 8000 EDR 12000 EDR 12000 EDR
Voltage psi Simplex Simplex Duplex Simplex Duplex Simplex Duplex Simplex Simplex Duplex Simplex Duplex
Single 1/3 20 18 GC2S61 GC2S151 GC2D151 GC2S211 GC2D211 GC2S451 GC2D451 GS2S101 GS2S201 GS2D201 GS2S451 GS2D451
115/ 1/2 30 18 GC3S61 GC3S151 GC3D151 GC3S211 GC3D211 GC3S451 GC3D451 GS3S101 GS3S201 GS3D201 GS3S451 GS3D451
230 V. 3/4 40 18 GC4S61 GC4S151 GC4D151 GC4S211 GC4D211 GC4S451 GC4D451 GS4S101 GS4S201 GS4D201 GS4S451 GS4D451
Three 1/3 20 18 GC2S63 GC2S153 GC2D153 GC2S213 GC2D213 GC2S453 GC2D453 GS2S103 GS2S203 GS2D203 GS2S453 GS2D453
230/ 1/2 30 18 GC3S63 GC3S153 GC3D153 GC3S213 GC3D213 GC3S453 GC3D453 GS3S103 GS3S203 GS3D203 GS3S453 GS3D453
460 V. 3/4 40 18 GC4S63 GC4S153 GC4D153 GC4S213 GC4D213 GC4S453 GC4D453 GS4S103 GS4S203 GS4D203 GS4S453 GS4D453
MECHANICAL FLOAT
ALTERNATOR SWITCH
(DUPLEX UNITS) (SIMPLEX
B UNITS)
6 GAL. SIMPLEX
D C
F
D
B
(SIDE MOUNT) E C
K
E FLOAT
SWITCH
6 GAL.
3"
3/ 4"
NPT
A L
DISCHARGE DRAIN
P F P H O
G M
J
DIMENSIONS ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES & MILLIMETERS

Receiver Size A B C D E F G H J K L M O P
Simplex 6 gallon 1 1 2 14.5 14.5 9.5 – – – 9.0 – 27 – –
25 25 50 368 368 241 229 686
Simplex 15 gallon 1 1 2 21 15.6 17.6 19.8 – 26.5 13.3 9.3 – – 1
25 25 50 533 396 447 503 673 338 236 25
Duplex 15 gallon 1 1 2 21.5 15.6 17.6 19.8 – 26.5 13.3 9.3 – – 1
25 25 50 546 396 447 503 673 338 236 25
Simplex 21 gallon 1 1-1/4 2 17 12.4 22.7 27.7 18 31.8 10.2 – – 1.5 1.5
25 32 50 432 315 576 704 457 808 259 38 38
Duplex 21 gallon 1 1-1/4 2 18 12.4 22.7 27.7 18 31.8 10.2 – – 1.5 1.5
25 32 50 457 315 576 704 457 808 259 38 38
Simplex 45 gallon 1 1-1/2 2-1/2 21.8 17.3 26.7 28.7 20 36.7 15 – – 2.85 1
25 38 63 554 439 678 729 508 932 381 72 25
Duplex 45 gallon 1 1-1/2 2-1/2 22.8 17.3 26.7 28.7 20 36.7 15 – – 2.85 1
25 38 63 579 439 678 729 508 932 381 72 25
MECHANICAL ALTERNATOR
FLOAT (DUPLEX UNITS)
SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH
B (SIMPLEXUNITS)
C
A D
D DISCHARGE
E E
K
F F H
G G J
END VIEW STEEL 10 GAL. END VIEW STEEL 20 GAL. SIDE VIEW STEEL 10 AND 20 GAL.
SIMPLEX UNIT SIMPLEX AND DUPLEX UNITS SIMPLEX AND DUPLEX UNITS
DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL) IN INCHES & MILLIMETERS

Receiver Size A B C D E F G H J K
Simplex 10 gallon 1 1 2 18.2 14.2 12.5 14.3 15.2 25.2 12.7
25 25 50 462 361 318 363 386 640 323
Simplex 20 gallon 1 1 2 18.2 14.2 22.5 24.3 15.2 25.2 12.7
25 25 50 462 361 572 617 386 640 323
Duplex 20 gallon 1 1 2 19.7 14.2 22.5 24.3 15.2 25.2 12.7
25 25 50 500 361 572 617 386 640 323
Simplex 45 gallon 1 1.5 3 22.4 18.4 24.4 26.4 24.4 35.4 15.7
25 40 75 569 467 620 671 620 899 399
Duplex 45 gallon 1 1.5 3 24.4 18.4 24.4 26.4 24.4 35.4 15.7
25 40 75 620 467 620 671 620 899 399
TIS 5.302 US 4.95
INICIO
Boiler Feed Pumps

“GB” Series
DESCRIPTION PUMP A N D M O T O R A S S E M B LY
Spirax Sarco GB Series boiler feed pumps are packaged units, completely Pump and motor assembly is close coupled centrifugal design with enclosed
assembled, wired and tested at the factory. type bronze impeller and wearing ring. The bronze impeller is designed to
assure smooth, efficient water passage. No close clearances that are subject to
GB Series boiler feed units are used to pump condensate and makeup water rapid wear and reduced efficiency.
directly into the boiler(s). Pumping action is determined by a boiler mounted
control which senses boiler water level requirements. Each boiler feed unit is Mechanical shaft seal designed for temperatures to 250˚F. Seal is vented to
equipped with a heavy duty makeup valve actuated by the position of its receiver to insure adequate lubrication at all times.
seamless float within the receiver. The mechanism is readily adjustable for
various water levels. It is mounted on the end of the receiver and can be easily
removed as a complete unit. H E AV Y D U T Y, O P E N D R I P P R O O F M OTO R S
Heavy duty open drip proof motors are designed for continuous operation.
AVA I L A B L E T Y P E S Ball bearings are prelubricated and shielded. Motors have stainless steel shaft -
Simplex unit operate at 3450 rpm 60 Hz. Both single phase 115/230 volt with built-in
Duplex unit overload protection, and three phase 230/460 volt (or 208 volt) motors are
available with O.D.P. standard, or special TEFC enclosures.
LIMITING C ONDITIONS
Capacity to 18 gpm. All parts of the pump and motor which are subject to normal wear are easily
Discharge pressures: 20,30 and 40 psi accessible by removal of motor and canopy, attached with universal 4 bolt
flange mounting. Service of impeller and mechanical seal is also made easy
RECEIVER . . . entire pump and motor can be removed without disturbing plumbing or
Cylindrical welded steel, 49, 71, and 117 gallon sizes are standard. Water electrical connections.
level gauge glass and float operated make-up valve are standard.
Duplex Unit
INICIO
Boiler Feed Pumps
“GB” Series
M O D E L O R D E R I N G CO D E S
Motor Pump Receiver Sizes
Phase Discharge 49 Gallon 71 gallon 117 Gallon
and HP Pressure gpm (for 50 boiler HP or less (for 80 boiler HP or less) (for 120 boiler HP or less)
Voltage psi Simplex Duplex Simplex Duplex Simplex Duplex
Single 1/3 20 18 GB2S491 GB2D491 GB2S711 GB2D711 GB2S1171 GB2D1171
115/ 1/2 30 18 GB3S491 GB3D491 GB3S711 GB3D711 GB3S1171 GB3D1171
230 V. 3/4 40 18 GB4S491 GB4D491 GB4S711 GB4D711 GB4S1171 GB4D1171
Three 1/3 20 18 GB2S493 GB2D493 GB2S713 GB2D713 GB2S1173 GB2D1173
230/ 1/2 30 18 GB3S493 GB3D493 GB3S713 GB3D713 GB3S1173 GB3D1173
460 V. 3/4 40 18 GB4S493 GB4D493 GB4S713 GB4D713 GB4S1173 GB4D1173
J DISCHARGE K VENT
L RETURN
GAUGE
GLASS
3/4" MAKEUP
G C
VALVE
M DRAIN
H
E O
N MTG. F
HOLES
D
B
A
DI M E N S I O N S (NOMINAL) IN INCHES & MILLIMETERS

Receiver Size A B C D E F G H J K L M N O
49 gallons 41 24 20.7 30 21 15 25 5.5 1 1-1/4 2-1/2 3/4 5/8 4.5
1041 610 526 762 533 381 635 140 25 32 63 20 16 114
71 gallons 47 24 22.5 36 27 16 25 5 1 1-1/2 3 3/4 5/8 4.5
1194 610 572 914 686 406 635 127 25 38 75 20 16 114
117 gallons 71 24 22.5 60 30 19 25 5 1 2 4 3/4 5/8 15
1803 610 572 1524 762 483 635 127 25 50 100 20 16 381
TIS 5.303 US 4.95

INICIO

“V” Series
DESCRIPTION RECEIVERS
Condensate pumps are used in low pressure heating systems to collect and quickly Cast iron, rectangular receivers are available with 15 to 110 gallon capacities.
return condensate to the boiler feed unit. Their pumping action is controlled by the
water level in the receiver. Simplex units consist of an electric motor close-coupled Heavy duty, welded, rust resistant, copper bearing steel receivers are available in
to a centrifugal pump mounted on a cast iron or welded steel storage receiver with a rectangular or cylindrical configurations with capacities ranging from 21 to 1,000
float operated pump control. Multiple pump units are used when greater pumping gallons.
capacity or back-up pump protection is required.
SPIRAX SARCO C ENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
Boiler feed pumps are used to pump and precisely control the condensate and
Four centrifugal models are available in a large selection of sizes to meet your
makeup water required by the boiler(s) in low pressure steam applications.
specific application requirements: VC, VJ, VE and VA.
Pumping action is controlled by the fluid level in the boiler. They consist of a cast
iron or welded steel storage receiver equipped with a makeup valve and one or
The pumps are bolted directly to the receiver to provide a compact efficient design.
more close-coupled centrifugal pumps.
Their close-coupled, centrifugal design with bronze enclosed type impeller assures
smooth, efficient water passage. A mechanical seal, rated to a maximum
Spirax Sarco V series pumping systems are available in simplex, duplex, triplex or
temperature of 250˚F, is vented to the receiver to assure adequate lubrication at all
quadruplex configurations from 1,000 to 100,000 sq. ft. EDR capacities. Discharge
times.
pressures from 10-40 psi are available on units equipped with 1750 rpm motors; 20-
75 psi on 3500 rpm units. True 2 ft. net positive suction head pumps are available.
An advanced impeller and volute design make many of the pumps excellent for
applications requiring a true 2 ft Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH). These units are
identified with shaded areas in the selection tables on TIS 5.306 & 5.307. The
simple, reliable single stage construction eliminates the need for additional
impellers and parts used in other low NPSH pumps.
Designed for long-life, low maintenance and reliable service, the pumps are easily
serviceable if necessary. Parts subject to normal wear are readily accessible.
Impeller and mechanical seal can be serviced without disturbing piping or electrical
connections.
All pumps are close-coupled to heavy duty, ball bearing open drip proof electric
motors. Fractional horsepower single phase motors have built-in thermal overload
protection.
To help you determine the appropriate pump type for your application,
specifications for each of the four types are described in the next paragraphs. Refer
to selection tables for additional pumping system performance data.
INICIO
“V” Series
VC P U M P S AC C E S S O R I E S AND OPTIONAL E QUIPMENT
Condensate Pumps—Standard Equipment
1/3 through 15 hp
• Simplex units have opening blanked-off for addition of a second
1750 rpm—discharge pressures are 10, 15 or 20 psi
pump at a later date
3500 rpm—discharge pressures are 30 to 75 psi
• One float switch (simplex units)
Motor types available: Open drip proof (ODP)
• Mechanical alternator (duplex units)—equalizes running time between
Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC)
the two pumps and provides emergency back-up in case of excessive
Explosion proof
condensate return or a pump failure
Single phase, 115/230 V, 60 Hz
• Receiver tapping for gauge glass and thermometer
Three phase, 208 or 230/460 V, 60 Hz
Condensate Pumps—optional equipment
VJ P U M P S • Control Panels
1/2 through 2 hp • Thermometer
3500 rpm—discharge pressures are 15, 20, 30, 40 or 50 psi • Two float switches (duplex units)
Motor types available: Open drip proof (ODP) • Suction isolation valves—butterfly type
Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) • Inlet strainers—“Y” or basket type
Single phase, 115/230 V, 60 Hz • Gauge glass
Three phase, 200V, 60 Hz • Magnesium corrosion inhibitor
Three phase, 230/460 V, 60 Hz • Corrosion resistant receiver linings
• Discharge pressure gauges
VE PUMPS • Discharge check valves
• Discharge gate valves
3/4 through 2 hp
1750 rpm—discharge pressures are 20, 25 or 30 psi
Motor types available: Open drip proof (ODP) ORDERING CODES
Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC)
Explosion proof VE SS M 1 7-1/2
Single phase, 115/230 V, 60 Hz Series and pump type
Three phase, 200 V, 60 Hz VC
Three phase, 230/460 V, 60 Hz VJ
VE
VA P U M P S VA
3, 5 or 71/2 hp Receiver type

1750 rpm—discharge pressures are 30 or 40 psi S = cast iron
Motor types available: Open drip proof (ODP) SS = welded steel
Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) M = boiler feed unit
Explosion proof (omit for condensate return unit)
Three phase, 200 V, 60 Hz
Three phase, 230/460 V, 60 Hz Capacity, Sq Ft E.D.R.
1 = 1,000
ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 2 = 2,000
Boiler Feed Pumps—Standard Equipment 4 = 4,000
• Float operated makeup valve 6 = 6,000
• Gauge glass and thermometer tappings 8 = 8,000
Boiler Feed Pumps—Optional Equipment 10 = 1 0,000
• Control Panels 15 = 1 5,000
• Thermometer 20 = 20,000
• Makeup feeders—external type, or reverse acting float switch and 25 = 25,000
solenoid valve type 30 = 30,000
• Magnesium corrosion inhibitor 40 = 40,000
• Suction isolation valves—butterfly type 50 = 50,000
• Inlet strainers—"Y" or basket type 65 = 65,000
• Gauge glass 80 = 80,000
• Three valve bypass and inlet strainer assembly for solenoid make-up valve 100= 100,000
• Feedwater preheaters
• Discharge pressure gauges Discharge Pressure, psig
• Discharge check valves 1 = 10
• Discharge gate valves 1-1/2 = 15
• Corrosion resistant receiver linings 2 = 20
2-1/2 = 25
3 = 30
4 = 40
5 = 50
6 = 60
7-1/2 = 75
TIS 5.304 US 3.94

INICIO
Pump Dimensions
“V” Series
VC, VJ, & VE P U M P S WITH RECTANGULAR CAST I RON OR STEEL RECEIVERS
C
B
15 Gallon
Cast Iron Duplex Unit shown
Mounting Foot with Steel Receiver
DA
E
K K
J J
Float Switch or
Mechnical Alternator
Vent ‘M’ Return

Inlet ‘L’
H
G I F
Discharge Drain 3/4 NPT
Capacity Receiver
sq. ft. Capacity
E,D,R. gal.
Cast Iron Receiver A B C D E F G H I J K L M
1,000 to 15 15 17.5 19.5 CL 28 13 16-19 22 4 5.25 4 2 1
4,000 381 445 495 711 330 406-483 559 102 133 102 – –
1,000 to 21 21 22.75 26 14.75 34 10.25 16-21 19.5 4 6 4 2 1-1/4
15,000 533 578 660 375 864 260 406-533 495 102 152 102 – –
20,000 to 45 26 26.75 28.75 20 39 15 16-21 23.75 4 7.5 4 2-1/2 1-1/2
30,000 660 679 730 508 991 381 406-533 603 102 190 102 – –
40,000 to 65 28.5 28.5 30.75 22.75 41.5 19.5 16-21 29 4.75 7.5 4 3 2
50,000 724 724 781 578 1054 495 406-533 737 121 190 102 – –
65,000 to 110 30 42 36.25 32 43 19.5 18-28 28.5 4 7.5 4 5 2
100,000 762 921 1067 813 1092 495 457-711 724 102 190 102 – –
Steel Receiver
1,000 to 21 18 24 26.4 16.1 31 9 16-19 19 4 6 4 2-1/2 1-1/4
15,000 457 610 671 409 781 229 406-483 483 102 152 102 – –
20,000 to 45 24 24 26.4 22.1 37 15.5 16-21 25 4 6 4 3 1-1/2
30,000 610 610 671 561 940 394 406-533 635 102 152 102 – –
40,000 to 65 24 24 26.4 22.1 37 21.5 16-21 30.5 4 6 4 3 2
50,000 610 610 671 561 940 546 406-533 775 102 152 102 – –
65,000 to 110 30 42.5 45 25 43 17 18-28 27 4 11 4 4 2
100,000 762 1080 1143 635 1092 432 457-711 686 102 279 102 – –
INICIO
Pump Dimensions “V” Series
VA P U M P S WITH RECTANGULAR CAST IRON OR STEEL RECEIVERS
K Mounting Foot
Float switch or C Location on
Mechanical Alternator B 110 Gal.
Vent ‘M’ Receivers
Return Inlet ‘L’
DAE
H Duplex Unit shown with
G F Cast Iron Receiver
I
Drain
Disharge 3/4" NPT
J J
BB
Capacity Receiver
sq. ft. Capacity
E,D,R. gal.
Cast Iron Receiver A B C D E F G H I J K L M BB
1,000 to 45 26 26.75 28.75 20 47 18 28.75 26.75 7 7.5 31.75 2-1/2 1-1/2 28
30,000 660 679 730 508 1194 437 730 679 178 191 806 63 38 711
40,000 to 65 28.5 28.5 30.75 22.75 49.5 22.5 28.75 32 7 7.5 33.5 3 2 28
50,000 724 724 781 578 1257 571 730 813 178 191 851 75 50 711
65,000 to 110 30 42 36.25 32 51 22.5 30 31.5 7 7.5 42 5 2 34
100,000 762 1067 921 813 1295 571 762 800 178 191 1067 125 50 864
Steel Receiver
1,000 to 21 18 24 26.4 16.1 39 12.75 28.75 21 7 7.5 28.4 2-1/2 1-1/4 –
15,000 457 610 671 409 991 324 730 533 178 191 721 63 32
20,000 to 45 24 24 26.4 22.1 45 18.5 28.75 28 7 7.5 28.4 3 1-1/2 28
30,000 610 610 671 561 1143 470 730 711 178 191 721 75 38 711
40,000 to 65 24 24 26.4 22.1 45 24.5 28.75 33 7 7.5 28.4 3 2 28
50,000 610 610 671 561 1143 662 730 838 178 191 721 75 50 711
65,000 to 110 30 42.5 45 25 51 20 30 30 7 11 47 4 2 41
100,000 762 1080 1143 635 1295 508 762 762 178 279 1208 100 50 1041
VC, VJ AND VE P U M P S WITH C Y L I N D R I C A L ST E E L R E C E I V E R S

“H” Return “H” Return
M* Quadruplex
L* Triplex
Quadraplex B
Triplex K “J” Vent
K
4-1/2
A
1 10
4-1/2 E
F
G
13 C 15-1/2 41/2 1 10
*Note: Add 13" to dimension B for Simplex
15 1/2 D 9/16 Dia.
Add 15-1/2" to dimension B for Duplex Triplex Mounting Holes (4)
Quadruplex
Capacity Receiver
sq. ft. Capacity
E,D,R. gal. A B C D E F G H J K L M
25,000 49 22 30 10.5 21 7.5 15 17 2-1/2 1-1/4 23.5 58.5 61
559 762 267 533 191 381 432 63 32 597 1486 1569
40,000 71 24 36 13.5 27 8 16 18 3 1-1/2 25.5 64.5 67
610 914 343 686 203 406 457 75 38 648 1638 1702
65,000 117 24 60 15 30 8 16 18 4 2 25.5 88.5 91
610 1524 381 762 203 406 457 100 50 648 2248 2311
165,000 209 32 60 24 48 14 28 30 5 2 33.5 88.5 91
813 1524 610 1219 356 711 762 125 50 851 1638 1702
165,000 260 36 60 24 48 14 28 30 5 2 37.5 88.5 91
914 1524 610 1219 356 711 762 125 50 953 2248 2311
295,000 370 36 84 28 56 14 28 30 5 2 37.5 112.5 115
914 2134 711 1422 356 711 762 125 50 953 2858 2921
400,000 500 42 84 28 56 14 28 30 5 2 43.5 112.5 115
1067 2134 711 1422 356 711 762 125 50 1105 2858 2921
600,000 750 48 96 28 56 19 38 40 5 2 49.5 124.5 127
1219 2438 711 1422 483 965 1016 125 50 1237 3162 3226
800,000 1000 48 132 33 66 19 38 40 5 2 49.5 160.5 163
1219 3353 838 1676 483 965 1016 125 50 1237 4077 4140
TIS 5.305 US 11.02

INICIO
Pump Sizing Selection Tables

“V” Series
1750 R.P.M. Units 3500 R.P.M. Units * Receiver Size (condensate units)
Capacity Dish Cast Iron Steel
Sq. Ft. Capacity Press. Catalog Motor Dish. Catalog Motor Dish. Return Return
E.D.R. G.P.M. psig No. H.P. Size No. H.P. Size Capacity Size Capacity Size
10 VCS - 11 1/3 1-1/4"

15 VCS - 11-1/2 1/3 1-1/4" VJS - 11-1/2 1/2 1-1/4"
20 VCS - 12 1/3 1-1/4" VJS - 12 1/2 1-1/4"
30 VCS - 13 3/4 1-1/4"
VJS - 13 1/2 1-1/4"
1,000 1-1/2 40 VCS - 14 1 1-1/4" 15 2"
VJS - 14 3/4 1-1/4" or 21 2-1/2
50 VCS - 15 1-1/2 1-1/4" 21 2"
VJS - 15 1 1-1/2"
60 VCS - 16 2 1-1/4"
75 VCS - 17-1/2 3 1-1/4"
10 VCS - 21 1/3 1-1/4"
15 VCS - 21-1/2 1/3 1-1/4" VJS - 21-1/2 1/2 1-1/4"
20 VCS - 22 1/3 1-1/4" VJS - 22 1/2 1-1/4"
30 VCS - 23 3/4 1-1/4"
VJS - 23 1/2 1-1/4" 15 2"
2,000 3 40 VCS - 24 1 1-1/4" or 21 2-1/2
VJS - 24 3/4 1-1/4" 21 2"
50 VCS - 25 1-1/2 1-1/4"
VJS - 25 1 1-1/2"
60 VCS - 26 2 1-1/4"
75 VCS - 27-1/2 3 1-1/4"
10 VCS - 41 1/3 1-1/4"
15 VCS - 41-1/2 1/3 1-1/4" VJS - 41-1/2 1/2 1-1/4"
20 VCS - 42 1/2 1-1/4" VJS - 42 1/2 1-1/4"
30 VCS - 43 3/4 1-1/4"
VJS - 43 1/2 1-1/4" 15 2"
4,000 6 40 VCS - 44 1 1-1/4" or 21 2-1/2
VJS - 44 3/4 1-1/4" 21 2"
50 VCS - 45 1-1/2 1-1/4"
VJS - 45 1-1/2 1-1/2"
60 VCS - 46 2 1-1/4"
75 VCS - 47-1/2 3 1-1/4"
10 VCS - 61 1/3 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
15 VCS - 61-1/2 1/3 1-1/4" VJS - 61-1/2 1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
20 VCS - 62 1/2 1-1/4" VJS - 62 1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
25 VES - 62-1/2 3/4 1-1/2" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
30 VES - 63 1 1-1/2" VCS - 63 3/4 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 63 1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
6,000 9 40 VAS - 64 3 2" 45 2-1/2" 21 2-1/2"
VCS - 64 1, 1-1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 64 3/4 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
50 VCS - 65 1-1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 65 1-1/2 1-1/2" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
60 VCS - 66 2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"

75 VCS - 67-1/2 3 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
10 VCS - 81 1/3 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
15 VCS - 81-1/2 1/3 1-1/4" VJS - 81-1/2 1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
20 VCS - 82 1/2 1-1/4" VJS - 82 1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
25 VES - 82-1/2 3/4 1-1/2" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
30 VES - 83 1 1-1/2" VCS - 83 3/4 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 83 1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
8,000 12 40 VAS - 84 3 2" 45 2-1/2" 21 2-1/2"
VCS - 84 1 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 84 1 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
50 VCS - 85 1-1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 85 1-1/2 1-1/2" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
60 VCS - 86 2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
75 VCS - 87-1/2 3 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
Designates 2 Ft. NPSHCapability *For boiler feed units, receiver size should be approximately 1 gallon of storage per boiler h.p.
INICIO

“V” Series
Sq. Ft. Capacity Press. Catalog Motor Dish Catalog Motor Dish Return Return
10 VCS - 101 1/3 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"

15 VCS - 101-1/2 1/2 1-1/4" VJS - 101-1/2 1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
20 VCS - 102 1/2 1-1/4" VJS - 102 1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
25 VES - 102-1/2 3/4 1-1/2" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
30 VES - 103 1-1/2 1-1/2" VCS - 103 3/4 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 103 3/4 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
10,000 15 40 VAS - 104 3 2" 45 2-1/2" 21 2-1/2"
VCS - 104 1, 1-1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 104 1 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
50 VCS - 105 1-1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 105 2, 1-1/2 1-1/2" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
60 VCS - 106 2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
75 VCS - 107-1/2 3 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
10 VCS - 151 1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
15 VCS - 151-1/2 1/2 1-1/4" VJS - 151-1/2 1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
20 VES - 152 3/4 1-1/4" VJS - 152 3/4 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
25 VES - 152-1/2 1 1-1/2" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
30 VES - 153 1-1/2 1-1/2" VCS - 153 1 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 153 3/4 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
15,000 22-1/2 40 VAS- 154 3 2" 45 2-1/2" 21 2-1/2"
VCS - 154 1-1/2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 154 1 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
50 VCS - 155 2 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
VJS - 155 1-1/2 1-1/2" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
60 VCS - 156 3 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
75 VCS - 157-1/2 3 1-1/4" 21 2" 21 2-1/2"
10 VCS - 201 1/3 1-1/2"
15 VCS - 201-1/2 1/2 1-1/4" VJS - 201-1/2 1/2 1-1/4"
20 VES - 202 3/4 1-1/2" VJS - 202 3/4 1-1/4"
25 VES - 202-1/2 1 1-1/2"
30 VES - 203 1-1/2 1-1/2" VCS - 203 1-1/2, 1 1-1/4"
20,000 30 VJS - 203 1 1-1/4" 45 2-1/2" 45 3"
40 VAS-204 2 2" VCS - 204 1-1/2, 2 1-1/4"
VJS - 204 1-1/2 1-1/2"
50 VCS - 205 2 1-1/4"
VJS - 205 1-1/2 1-1/2"
60 VCS - 206 3 1-1/4"
75 VCS - 207-1/2 5 1-1/4"
10 VCS - 251 1/2 1-1/2"
15 VCS - 251-1/2 3/4 1-1/2" VJS - 251-1/2 3/4 1-1/4"
20 VES - 252 3/4 1-1/2" VJS - 252 3/4 1-1/4"
25 VES - 252-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2"
30 VES - 253 1-1/2 1-1/2" VCS - 253 1-1/2 1-1/4"
25,000 37-1/2 VJS - 253 1 1-1/4" 45 2-1/2" 45 3"
40 VAS - 254 2 2" VCS - 254 2 1-1/4"
VJS - 254 1-1/2 1-1/2"
50 VCS - 255 3 1-1/2"
60 VCS - 256 3 1-1/4"
75 VCS - 257-1/2 5 1-1/2"
10 VCS - 301 1/2 1-1/2"
15 VCS - 301-1/2 3/4 1-1/2" VJS - 301-1/2 1 1-1/4"
20 VES - 302 1 1-1/2" VJS - 302 1 1-1/4"
25 VES - 302-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
30 VES - 303 1-1/2 1-1/2" VCS - 303 1-1/2 1-1/4"
30,000 45 VJS - 303 1-1/2 1-1/2" 45 2-1/2" 45 3"
40 VAS - 304 3 2" VCS - 304 2, 3 1-1/4"
VJS - 304 2 1-1/2"
50 VCS - 305 3 1-1/2"
60 VCS - 306 3 1-1/4"
75 VCS - 307-1/2 7-1/2 1-1/2"
TIS 5.306 US 11.02

INICIO

“V” Series
Sq. Ft. Capacity Press. Catalog Motor Dish Catalog Motor Dish Return Return
10 VCS - 401 3/4 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"

15 VCS - 401-1/2 1 1-1/2" VJS - 401-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
20 VES - 402 1-1/2 1-1/2" VJS - 402 1-1/2 1-1/2", 2" 65 3" 65 3"
25 VES - 402-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 65 3" 65 3"
30 VES - 403 2 1-1/2" VCS - 403 2, 3 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
VJS - 403 1-1/2 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
40,000 60 40 VAS- 404 5 2" 65 3" 65 3"
VCS - 404 3 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
65 3" 65 3"
50 VCS - 405 5 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
60 VCS - 406 5 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
75 VCS - 407-1/2 7-1/2 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
10 VCS - 501 1 2" 65 3" 65 3"
15 VCS - 501-1/2 1-1/2 2" VJS - 5011-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
20 VES - 502 1-1/2 1-1/2" VJS - 502 1-1/2 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
25 VES - 502-1/2 2 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
30 VAS - 503 3 1-1/2" VCS - 503 3 1-1/2", 2" 65 3" 65 3"
VJS - 503 2 1-1/2", 2" 65 3" 65 3"
50,000 75 40 VAS - 504 5 2" 65 3" 65 3"
VCS - 504 3 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
50 VCS - 505 5 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
60 VCS - 506 5 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
75 VCS - 507-1/2 7-1/2 1-1/2" 65 3" 65 3"
10 VCS - 651 1-1/2 2"
15 VCS - 651-1/2 1-1/2 2" VJS - 651-1/2 2 1-1/2"
20 VES - 652 2 1-1/2" VJS - 652 2 1-1/2"
30 VAS - 653 5 1-1/2" VCS - 653 3 2" 110 5" 110 4"
65,000 97-1/2
40 VAS - 654 5 2" VCS - 654 5 2"
50 VCS - 655 5 2"
60 VCS - 656 7-1/2 2"
10 VCS - 801 1-1/2 2"
15 VCS - 801-1/2 2 2"
20 VCS -802 3 1-1/2"
30 VAS - 803 5 2" VCS - 803 5 2" 110 5" 110 4"
80,000 120
40 VAS - 804 5 2" VCS - 804 5 2"
50 VCS - 805 7-1/2 2"
60 VCS - 806 7-1/2 2"
10 VCS - 1001 1-1/2 2"
15 VCS - 1001-1/2 2 2"
20 VCS - 1002 5 2"
30 VAS - 1003 5 2" VCS - 1003 5 2" 110 5" 110 4"
100,000 150
40 VAS - 1004 5 2" VCS - 1004 5 2"
50 VCS - 1005 7-1/2 2"
60 VCS - 1006 10 2"
TIS 5.306 US 11.02

INICIO
Control Panels
550 Series and 700 Series
Series 550
Enclosure: Nema Type 1 ONLY
Controls: 2 starters with 3rd leg overload protection
Reset button in cover
Series 700
Enclosure: Nema Type 1.
Controls: 2, 3 or 4 starters, each with 3rd leg overload protection and
reset button on starters.
Numbered terminal strip
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
Series 550
Controls: 3 Position Selector Switch Hand-Off-Auto or Lead-Off Lag, or
Test-Off-Auto
Pilot Light(s) Red or Green
230 V Max. Use 700 Series if voltage exceeds 230 V.
Series 700
Enclosure: Nema 1, 2, 3, 4X or 12. NEMA 7 or 9 Explosion Proof, consult factory.
Controls: 1 Disconnect per panel with Cover Interlock with provisions for padlock
l-Fuse Block per starter or—
l-Circuit Breaker per starter
Fused Control Circuit Transformer, 110 Volt Secondary.
l-Electric Alternator per panel (duplex models only)
Relays— as required. SERIES 550
Selector Switches on cover, 1 per starter labeled:
- Hand-Off-Auto
- Lead-Off-Lag
- Boiler No. l-Off-Boiler No. 2
- Pump No. l-Off-Pump No. 2
- Test-Off-Auto (spring loaded to off)
Pilot Lights on cover - 1 per starter
(Green for standard pumps: red for stand by pumps.)
Alarm bell with silencing switch - 1 per panel
SERIES 700
INICIO
Control Panels
550 Series and 700 Series
NEMA E N C L O S U R E S T Y P E 4X W A T E R T I G H T & D U S T T I G H T I N D O O R & O U T D O O R
Enclosures For Inside Non-Hazardous Locations Type 4X corrosion resistant enclosures are intended for use indoors or outdoors to
protect the enclosed equipment against splashing water, seepage of water, falling or
Type of Enclosure hose-directed water, and severe external condensation. They are sleet-resistant but not
Provides Protection Against
1 2* 4* 12* sleet-(ice) proof. They shall have conduit hubs or equivalent provision for watertight
connection at the condiut entrance and mounting means external to the equipment cavity.
Accidental contact with enclosed equipment yes yes yes yes
Falling dirt yes yes yes yes E N C L O S U R E S FO R H A Z A R D O U S L O C A T I O N S - G E N E R A L
Falling liquids and light splashing yes yes yes The term “explosion proof” has been so loosely applied that NEMA deprecates its use.
Dust lint fibers and flyings yes yes As defined by the “National Electrical Code,” the term “explosion proof”applies only to
Hosedown and splashing water yes Type 7 and 10 enclosures which, when properly installed and maintained, are designed to
Oil and coolant seepage yes yes contain an internal explosion without causing external hazard. The term should not be
Oil and coolant spraying and splashing applied to Type 8 enclosures which are designed to prevent an explosion through the use
Corrosive agents of oil-immersed equipment or to Type 9 enclosures which are designed to prevent an
Occasional submersion explosion by excluding explosive amounts of hazardous dust.
*These enclosures may be ventilated. However Type 1 may not provide protection
against small particles of falling dirt when ventilation is provided in the enclosure top; EXPLOSION PROOF - NONVENTILATED ENCLOSURES
and Type 12, if ventilated, will not be dust-tight
Type 7 enclosures are intended for use indoors in the atmosphere and locations defined
as Class I and Group A, B, C or D in the “National Electrical Code." The letter or letters
TYPE 1 - GENERAL PURPOSE I NDOOR A, B, C or D which indicate the gas or vapor atmospheres in the hazardous location shall
Nonventilated Enclosures appear as a suffix to the designation "Type 7" to give the complete NEMA designation
and correspond to Class 1, Group A, B, C or D, respectively, as defined in the "National
Type 1 enclosures are intended for use indoors primarily to prevent accidental contact of Electrical Code." These enclosures shall be designed in accordance with the requirements
personnel with the enclosed equipment in areas where unusual service conditions do not of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc, "Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous
exist. In addition, they provide protection against falling dirt. Enclosures which are Locations," UL 698. and shall be marked to show the Class and Group letter
intended to be flush mounted in building walls shall have provision to align the device designations.
with the flush plate and to compensate for the thickness of the wall.
Type 9 enclosures are intended for use indoors in the atmospheres defined as Class II
Type 2 enclosures are intended for use indoors to protect the enclosed equipment against and Group E, F or G in the "National Electrical Code." The letter or letters E, F or G
falling non-corrosive liquids and falling dirt. They shall have provision for drainage. If which indicate the dust atmospheres in the hazardous location shall appear as a suffix to
provision is made for the entrance of conduit at the top, it shall consist of a conduit hub the designation "Type 9" to give the complete NEMA designation and correspond to
or the equivalent. When completely and properly installed, these enclosures shall prevent Class II, Group E, F or G, respectively, as defined in the "National Electrical Code."
entrance of dripping liquid at a higher level than the lowest live part within the enclosure. These enclosures shall prevent the ingress of explosive amounts of hazardous dust. If
gaskets are used, they shall be mechanically attached and of a noncombustible,
Type 12 enclosures are intended for use indoors to protect the enclosed equipment nondeteriorating, vermin-proof material.
against fibers, flyings, lint, dust and dirt and light splashing, seepage, dripping and
external condensation of non corrosive liquids. There shall be no holes through the
enclosure and no conduit knockouts or conduit openings, except that oiltight and
dusttiqht mechanisms may be mounted through holes in the enclosure when provided
with oil-resistant gaskets. Doors shall be provided with oil-resistant gaskets. In addition,
enclosures for combination controllers shall have hinged doors which swing horizontally
and require a tool to open.
TIS 5.325 US 04.95

INICIO
Strainers
for pushing dirt and debris to the blowdown.
Spirax Sarco Strainers offers the user the advantage

of a cost effective means of straining foreign matter
from virually any fluid.
INICIO
Strainers
7.414 Cast Iron Strainers IT 7: 526

7.418 Cast Steel Strainers CT 7: 528
7.416 Bronze Strainers, BT, TBT 7: 530
7.406 Strainers Steel Strainers SSY 7: 532
7.415 Cast Iron Strainers CI-125, F-125 7: 534
7.417 Cast Iron Strainers CI-250, F-250 7: 536
7.409 Steel Strainers Fig., 34 7: 538
7.413 Stainless Steel Strainers Fig. 36 7: 540
7.420 Stainless Steel Strainers CCS 7: 542
7.435 Cast Iron Basket Strainers 7: 544
7.436 Cast Steel Basket Strainers 734 7: 546
7.437 Stainless Steel Basket Strainers 736 7: 548
7.429 Sizing Formulas for Spirax Sarco Strainers for Water, Steam, Air & other Gases 7: 550
Strainers
TIS INDEX US 11.02

6: 525
INICIO
Cast Iron Strainers

IT
Type ➪ IT
Sizes 1/4" to 3"
Connections NPT
Construction Cast Iron
Max Saturated 250 psig

Steam Pressure 1
Standard Screen 20 Mesh 4
Options 60/100 Mesh Screens

1/4" to 2"
Note: 3/8" - 3" ITconforms to WW-S-2739 when equipped with
an optional bronze plug in the blow-off connection.
2
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S (N O N - S H O C K )
450 232
400 204
406
350 177
300 149
250 121
1
200 93
150 66 4
5
100 38
21/2" & 3"
50 10
3
0
0 100 200 300 2A
(7) (14) (21)
C V VA L U E S & F R E E A R E A ( S T A N D A R D SC R E E N )
PRESSURE S HELL DESIGN C ONDITIONS Size Cv Free Area (sq. in.)
1/4" 3.5 1.37
Max. allowable pressure 300 psig/-20-150˚F 21 barg/-29-66˚C 3/8" 3.5 1.37
1/2" 6.5 2.20
3/4" 11.5 4.0
Max. allowable temperature 406˚F/0-250 psig 208˚C/0-17 barg
1" 20 5.2
1-1/4" 28 6.8
1-1/2" 38 9.45
C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S 2" 70 12.56
No. Part Material 2-1/2" 100 19.05
1 Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B 3" 160 25.93
Consult factory for free areas of optional screens.
2 Bushing (1/4"-2") Malleable Iron
2A Cap (2-1/2"-3") Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CL B For water:
3 Cap Gasket (2-1/2"& 3") Graphite Pressure (GPM)2
=
4 Standard Screen Stainless Steel Type 304 Drop (Cv)2
5 Cap Screws (2-1/2" & 3") Steel ASTM A 449 Consult factory for other liquids.
See TIS 7.429 for pressure drops on steam, air and other gases.
INICIO
Cast Iron Strainers

IT
D S PA R E PA RT S
A
1/4" to 2"
B
A
C NPT
DIMENSIONS E
Size A B C D Weight
1/4" 2.9 2.2 1/4" 3.0 1.1 lb
73 56 76 .50 kg
3/8" 2.9 2.2 1/4" 3.0 1.1 lb

73 56 76 .50 kg
21/2" & 3"
1/2" 3.4 2.7 3/8" 3.9 1.3 lb
87 68 99 .59 kg
3/4" 4.4 3.4 1/2" 4.6 2.4 lb

111 86 117 1.1 kg
B
1" 4.9 3.5 3/4" 5.0 4.3 lb
124 86 127 1.9 kg
A
1-1/4" 5.4 4.1 1" 5.75 6.5 lb
137 105 146 2.9 kg F
1-1/2" 6.4 4.7 1-1/4" 6.6 9.6 lb

162 119 167 4.3 kg
2" 7.5 5.4 1-1/2" 7.75 12.6 lb

191 138 197 5.7 kg
2-1/2" 9.0 6.4 1-1/4" 8.25 22.0 lb

229 164 210 10.0 kg
3" 10.0 7.6 1-1/4" 10.25 35.0 lb

254 194 260 15.9 kg
Screen A
I N S TA L L AT I O N (state material, perforations or mesh & size of strainer)
The strainer should be installed with the flow direction as indicated Cap Gasket 2-1/2" & 3" B
on the body, in a vertical down or horizontal pipeline. The strainer Blowoff Bushing, 3/8" - 2" E
must be accessible for periodic removal of accumulated debris, by Cap, 2-1/2" &3" F
either blowing down or removal and cleaning of the screen.
TIS 7.414 US 01.97
INICIO
Cast Steel Strainers

CT
Type ➪ CT
Sizes 1/2" to 2"
Connections NPT
Construction Cast Steel
Max Saturated 984 psig

Steam Pressure
Standard Screen 20 Mesh
Options 60/100 Mesh Screens 1

SWConnections
Steel Plug
4
Limiting Operating Conditions (non-shock)

900 482
800 427
371 3
700
600 316 2
500 260
400 204
300 149
200 93
100 38
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
(14) (28) (42) (36) (70) (85) (99)
Pressure Shell Design Conditions Cv Values & Free Area (standard Screen)
Size Cv Free Area (sq. in.)
Max. allowable pressure 1480 psig/-20-150˚F 102 barg/-29-66˚C 1/2" 6.5 2.20
3/4" 11.5 4.0
Max. allowable temperature 750˚F/0-1010 psig 399˚C/0-67 barg 1" 20 5.2
1-1/4" 28 6.8
Rated to ANSI 600 up to a Maximum Allowable Temperature of 750°F 1-1/2" 38 9.45
Complies with ASME B31.3 - Chemical Plant and Refinery Piping. 2" 70 12.56
Consult factory for free areas of optional screens.
For water:
Construction Materials Pressure (GPM) 2
No. Part Material Drop =
(Cv)2
1 Body Steel ASTMA 216 WCB Consult factory for other liquids.
2 Cap Steel ASTMA 108 Gr 1117
3 Cap Gasket Stainless Steel, Type 304 Jacketed Graphite See TIS 7.429 for pressure drops on steam,
4 Standard Screen Stainless Steel, Type 304 air and other gases.
INICIO
Cast Steel Strainers

CT
D Spare Parts
A
C NPT
Dimensions A
Size A B C D Weight E
1/2" 3.4 2.7 3/8" 3.75 1.5 lb
87 70 95 .68 kg
3/4" 4.4 3.6 3/8" 4.8 3.2 lb

111 92 122 1.5 kg
1" 4.9 3.8 1/2" 5.25 3.9 lb

124 97 133 1.8 kg
1-1/4" 5.4 4.4 3/4" 5.9 5.8 lb

137 113 151 2.6 kg
1-1/2" 6.4 4.9 3/4" 6.8 8.5 lb

162 124 173 3.9 kg
2" 7.5 5.9 1" 8.1 14.0 lb

191 149 205 6.3 kg
Screen A
(state material, perforations or mesh & size of strainer)
Cap Gasket B
Blowoff Bushing E
Installation
The strainer should be installed with the flow direction as indicated on
the body, in a vertical down or horizontal pipeline. The strainer must be
accessible for periodic removal of accumulated debris, by either
blowing down or removal and cleaning of the screen.
TIS 7.418 US 07.02
INICIO
Bronze Strainers
BT, TBT
C V VA L U E S & F R E E A R E A ( STANDARD S CREEN)

Type ➪ BT TBT Size Cv Free Area (sq. in.)
BT TBT
Sizes 1/4" to 3" 1/2" to3" 1/4" – 3.5 1.37
3/8" 1/2" 3.5 1.37 For water:
Connections NPT Sweat tubing 1/2" 3/4" 6.5 2.20 Pressure (GPM)2
=
3/4" 1" 11.5 4.0 Drop (Cv)2
Construction Bronze
1" 1-1/4" 20 5.2 Consult factory for other
1-1/4" 1-1/2" 28 6.8 liquids.
Max Saturated
250 psig 1-1/2" 2" 38 9.45 See TIS 7.429 for pressure
Steam Pressure drops on steam, air and
2" 2-1/2" 70 12.56
other gases.
Standard Screen 20 Mesh 2-1/2" 3" 100 19.05
3" – 160 25.93
Options Bronze Plug; 60/100 Mesh Screens Consult factory for free areas of optional screen.
1/4" - 2" BT
LI M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S ( N O N- S H O C K ) 1 /2" - 21/2" TBT
500 260
400 204
406
300 149
1
200 93 4
100 38
0
0 100 200 300 400 2
(7) (14) (21) (28)
PRESSURE SHELL D ESIGN CONDITIONS 21/2" - 3" BT

3" TBT
Max. allowable pressure 400 psig/-20-150˚F 17 barg/-29-66˚C
Max. allowable temperature 406˚F/0-250 psig 208˚C/17 barg
No. Part Material 4
1 Body Bronze ASTM B 62
2 Bushing 3/8" - 2"BT 1/2" - 2-1/2" TBT Bronze ASTM B 62
2A Cap 2-1/2", 3" BT 3" TBT Bronze ASTM B 62
3 Cap Gasket 2-1/2", 3" BT 3"TBT Graphite 3
4 Standard Screen Stainless Steel Type 304 2A
5
5 Cap Screws 2-1/2", 3"BT 3"TBT Steel ASTM A 449
INICIO
Bronze Strainers
BT, TBT
S PA R E PA RT S
D
A E
1/ 4" TO 2" BT
1 /2" - 21/2" TBT
TBT
2 1/2" - 3" BT
3" TBT
DIMENSIONS
B (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
A Size Size
BT TBT A B C D E Weight
1/4"* – 3.4 2.2 1/4" 3.2 1 lb
86 56 81 .45 kg
F
3/8" 1/2" 2.9 2.2 1/4" 3.0 .31 1 lb
73 56 76 7.8 .45 kg
1/2" 3/4" 3.4 2.7 3/8" 3.9 .44 1.3 lb

87 68 98 11.2 .59 kg
Screen A 3/4" 1" 4.4 3.4 1/2" 4.6 .5 2.7 lb
(state material, size of perf or mesh, and size of strainer) 111 86 117 12.7 1.2 kg
1" 1-1/4" 4.9 3.5 3/4" 5.0 .63 3.5 lb

Cap Gasket B 124 89 127 16 1.6 kg
Blowoff Bushing E
1-1/4" 1-1/2" 5.4 4.2 3/4" 5.4 .63 5.1 lb
Cap F 137 106 137 16 2.3 kg
1-1/2" 2" 6.4 4.75 3/4" 6.6 .69 7.6 lb

162 121 168 17.5 3.5 kg
I N S TA L L AT I O N 2" 2-1/2" 7.5 5.7 1" 7.9 .72 13.0 lb
The strainer should be installed with the flow direction as indicated 191 144 200 18.3 5.9 kg
on the body, in a vertical down or horizontal pipeline. The strainer
2-1/2" 3" 8.6 6.75 1-1/4" 9.1 .88 21.0 lb
must be accessible for periodic removal of accumulated debris, by 219 171 232 22.4 9.5 kg
3" – 10.1 7.9 1-1/4" 10.75 32.0 lb
257 200 273 14.5 kg
* 1/4" is 3/8" with Bushings
TIS 7.416 US 05.01
INICIO
Stainless Steel Strainers

SSY
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G CO N D I T I O N S ( N O N -
Type ➪ SSY
1000 538
Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2"
482
900
Connections NPT or SW to ANSI B16.11 800 427
700 371
Construction Investment Cast
Stainless Steel Type 316L 600 316
500 260
Max Saturated
Steam Pressure 757 psig 400 204
Screen .040" perf. 300 149
200 93
100 38
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
(14) (28) (41) (55) (69) (83) (97)
C V VA L U E S & F R E E A R E A ( S T A N D A R D SC R E E N ) Pressure psig (barg)
1/2" 4.4 1.2 PRESSURE SHELL DESIGN CONDITIONS ANSI CLASS 600
3/4" 10 2.4
1" 15 3.8
1-1/4" 22.5 5.5
1-1/2" 30 7.1
2" 54 10.7 Max. allowable temperature 850˚F/0-645 psig 454˚C/0-45 barg
For water:
Pressure (GPM) 2
=
Drop (Cv)2
Consult factory for other liquids.
No. Part Material
1 Body Type 316L Stainless Steel
ASTM A351 GR CF 3M
2 Cap Type 316L Stainless Steel 4
ASTM A351 GR CF 3M
1
3 Cap Gasket Type 316 Stainless Steel Jacketed
Graphite
4 Strainer Screen Type 316 Stainless Steel
INICIO

SSY
S PA R E PA RT S
A
D
NPT
B
A
Withdrawal
Distance
DIMENSIONS
Size A B C D Weight
1/2" 2.9 2.0 3.3 1/4" .63 lb
74 51 84 0.28 kg
Strainer Screen A
3/4" 3.6 2.9 4.9 1/2" 1.32 lb
Cap Gasket (pkt of 3) B 91 74 124 0.60 kg
1" 4.2 3.3 5.7 1/2" 2.25 lb

107 84 145 1.0 kg
1-1/4" 5.6 4.2 7.2 1/2" 3.70 lb

142 107 183 1.7 kg
1-1/2" 6.0 4.5 7.8 1/2" 4.9 lb

152 114 198 2.3 kg
The strainer should be installed with the flow direction as indicated 2" 7.0 5.5 9.4 1/2" 8.0 lb
178 140 239 3.6 kg
on the body, in a vertical down or horizontal pipeline. The strainer
must be accessible for periodic removal of accumulated debris, by
TIS 7.406 US 08.99
INICIO
Cast Iron Strainers

CI-125, F-125
Cv Values
Type ➪ CI-125 F-125
Size Cv
Sizes 2" to 3" 4" to 8" 10" &12" 14" & 18" 2" 70
2-1/2" 110
Connections ANSI 125 3" 165
4" 280
Construction Cast Iron 5" 450
For water:
6" 650
Max Saturated Pressure (GPM)2
147 psig 125 psig 100 psig 8" 1100 =
Steam Pressure Drop (Cv)2
10" 1650
Consult factory for other
12" 2400
Standard 4" to 6" 8" to 18" liquids.
20 Mesh 14" 3500 See TIS 7.429 for
Screen 1/8" perf 1/8" perf
16" 5400 pressure drops on steam,
Options 60/100 mesh 4" to 6" 3/64" perf 8" to 18" 1/16" perf 18" 6300 air and other gases.
Steel or Brass Plug
SIZE 21/2" TO 18" CI-125 & F-125
Note: CI-125 conforms to WW-S-2739 when equipped with an optional bronze plug in the
blow-off connection.
500 260 BLOWDOWN

OFFSET ON
450 CI-125
SIZES 4"- 8"
400 204
1
353
338 4
300 149
5
Saturated
Steam 3
200 93
2
150 14"-18" F-125 10",12" F-125
100 38
0
0 50 100 125 150 200
(3) (7) (10) (14)
1
4
3
2 SIZE 2" CI-125

Construction Materials Max. allowable pressure CI-125: 200 psig/-20-150˚F 14 barg/-29-66˚C
No. Part Material 10",12" F-125: 125 psig/-20-353˚F 9 barg/-29-
1 Body Cast Iron 178˚C
2 Cap/Bushing Cast Iron 14",18" F-125: 100 psig/-20-338˚F 7 barg/-29-
3 Cap Gasket *Graphite 170˚C
4 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel Max. allowable temperature CI-125: 450˚F/0-125 psig 232˚C/0-9 barg
5 Cap Screws Steel 10",12" F-125: 353˚F/0-125 psig 178˚C/0-9 barg
14",18" F-125: 338˚F/0-100 psig 170˚C/0-7 barg
*2" – Copper Jacketed Gasket with Non-Asbestos Filler
INICIO
Cast Iron Strainers

CI-125, F-125
A Spare Parts
21 /2" TO 18"
CI-125 & F-125
B BLOWDOWN CONN.
OFFSET ON
SIZES 4" - 8"
Dimensions
B
Size A B C (NPT) Weight
CI-125
A
2" 8.7 5.7 1" 17 lb
222 146 7.7 kg
F
2-1/2" 10.5 6.7 1-1/4" 29 lb
267 171 13 kg
3" 12.0 7.6 1-1/4" 44 lb

305 194 20 kg
4" 14.9 10.6 1-1/4" 82 lb

378 270 37 kg
5" 17.2 12.9 1-1/2" 115 lb

438 327 52 kg
6" 20.0 15.4 1-1/2" 160 lb

508 391 73 kg
8" 24.0 18.9 2" 296 lb
610 481 134 kg
F-125 B
10" 26.0 22.5 2" 400 lb A

660 572 182 kg
C
12" 33.3 26.5 2-1/2 800 lb 2" CI-125
845 673 363 kg ONLY
14" 33.3 25 2" 863 lb

845 635 392 kg
16" 38.8 26.5 2" 1380 lb

984 673 627 kg
18" 43.1 31 2" 2272 lb

1105 788 1032 kg
Screen A
(state material, perforations or mesh & size of strainer)
Installation Cap Gasket B
The strainer should be installed with the flow direction as Blowoff Bushing, 3/8" - 2" C
indicated on the body, in a vertical down or horizontal pipeline.
Cap F
The strainer must be accessible for periodic removal of
accumulated debris, by either blowing down or removal and
cleaning of the screen.
TIS 7.415 US 05.02
INICIO
Cast Iron Strainers

CI-250, F-250
Type ➪ CI-250 F-250
Sizes 2" 2-1/2" & 3" 4" 5" to 12" 14" to 18"
Connections ANSI 250
Max Saturated
280 psig 250 psig 200 psig
Steam Pressure
Standard 4" to 6" 5" to 18"

1/32" 20 Mesh
Screen 1/8" perf 1/8" perf
Optional 100 mesh 60/100 4" to 6" 3/64" perf 5" to 18" 3/64" perf
1
5
4
Limiting Operating Conditions (non-shock) 3

500 260 2
450
400 406 204

2" to 4" CI-250
Cv Values
300 149 Size Cv
2" 70
2-1/2" 110
200 93 3" 165
4" 280
14"-18" F-250 5" to 12" F-250 5" 450 For water:
6" 650 Pressure (GPM)2
=
100 38 8" 1100 Drop (Cv)2
10" 1650
Consult factory for
12" 2400 other liquids.
0 14" 3500
0 100 200 250 300 400 500 600 16" 5400 See TIS 7.429 for
(7) (14) (21) (28) (34) (41) 18" Consult factory pressure drops on
Pressure psig (barg) steam, air and other
gases.
Pressure Shell Design Conditions Construction Materials

Max. allowable pressure CI-250: 500 psig/-20-150˚F 34 barg/-29-66˚C No. Part Material
5"-12" F-250: 250 psig/-20-450˚F 17 barg/-29-208˚C 1 Body Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
2 Cap Cast Iron ASTMA 126 CL B
14"-18" F-250: 200 psig/-20-406˚F 14 barg/-29-208˚C
3 Cap Gasket Graphite
4 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel Type 304
Max. allowable temperature CI-250: 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg 5 Cap Screws Steel
5"-12" F-250: 450˚F/0-250 psig 208˚C/0-17 barg
14"-18" F-250: 406˚F/0-200 psig 208˚C/0-14 barg
INICIO
Cast Iron Strainers

CI-250, F-250
Spare Parts A
C
NPT
B
Dimensions
A (nominal) in inches and millimeters
F Size A B C (NPT) Weight

CI-250
2" 11.6 6.34 1-1/4" 30 lb
295 161 13.6 kg
2-1/2" 13.0 7.13 1-1/4" 44 lb
330 181 20 kg
3" 14.0 8.0 1-1/4" 60 lb

356 203 27 kg
4" 17.06 11.25 1-1/4" 117 lb
433 286 53 kg
F-250
5" 19.0 15.25 1-1/2" 176 lb
483 387 80 kg
Screen A 6" 21.1 15.75 1-1/2" 240 lb
(state material, perforations or mesh & size of strainer) 535 400 109 kg
8" 25.8 20.0 2" 410 lb
Cap Gasket B 655 508 186 kg
Cap F 10" 29.13 21.0 2" 475 lb
740 533 215 kg
12" 33.1 27.0 2-1/2" 1100 lb
840 686 499 kg
14" 38.75 36.4 2-1/2" 1240 lb
984 924 563 kg
Installation
16" 41.25 33.9 2-1/2" 1660 lb
The strainer should be installed with the flow direction as 1048 860 753 kg
18" 48.38 36.6 2-1/2" 1927 lb
The strainer must be accessible for periodic removal of 1229 930 874.1 kg
TIS 7.417 US 05.02
INICIO
Steel Strainers
Fig. 34
Type ➪ Fig. 34 1/2 "—1"

Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3",
4", 6", 8"
Connections ANSI 150, 300
Max Saturated ANSI150: 200 psig

Steam Pressure ANSI 300: 600 psig
4
1/2" - 3" : 1/32" perf 1

Standard Screen 4" to 8" : 1/8" perf
3
100 mesh screen (1/2" & 3/4")
Options 2
100 mesh lined screen (1" - 8")
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S ( N O N - S H O C K )
900 482
800 427
11/2"—8"
700 371
ANSI 300
600 316
500 260
400 204
300 149
200 93
100 ANSI 150 38
4
0
0 200 285 400 600 740 800 1
(14) (28) (42) (56)
3
2
Max. allowable pressure ANSI 300 5
740 psig/-20-100˚F 51 barg/-29-38˚C
ANSI 150
285 psig/-20-100˚F 19.6 barg/-29-38˚C
Max. allowable temperature ANSI 300
750˚F/0-510 psig 400˚C/O-35 barg
ANSI 150
750˚F/0-100 psig 400˚C/O-7 barg C V VA L U E S
Size Cv
1/2" 6 For water:
C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S 3/4" 10 Pressure
=
(GPM)2
1" 15 Drop (Cv)2
No. Part Material
1-1/2" 34 Consult factory for other liquids.
1 Body Steel ASTM A 216 Gr WCB 2" 54 See TIS 7.429 for pressure drops
2 Cap Steel ASTM A 105 2-1/2" 84 on steam, air and other gases.
3 Cap Gasket Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite 3" 120
4" 181
4 Strainer, Std. Screen Stainless Steel ASTM A 240 316L 6" 398
5 Bolts Steel ASTM A 193 Gr B7 8" 688
INICIO
Steel Strainers
Fig. 34
S PA R E PA RT S
A
1/ 2" — 1"
B
B
C Withdrawal
A Distance
1-1/2" — 8"
DIMENSIONS
Size ANSI ANSI BLOWDOWN

150 300
(in.) A A NPT B C Weight
1/2" 4.7 5.0 1/4" 2.8 4.3 4.6 lb
120 127 70 110 2.1 kg
3/4" 5.7 5.9 1/2" 3.1 5.1 6.4 lb

144 150 80 130 2.9 kg
1" 6.1 6.3 1/2" 3.7 5.9 8.4 lb

154 160 95 150 3.8 kg
1-1/2" 7.9 8.2 3/4" 5.7 10.2 19.8 lb

B 200 208 146 260 9.0 kg
A
2" 9.1 9.5 3/4" 7.1 12.6 23.1 lb
230 240 180 320 10.5 kg
2-1/2" 11.4 11.4 3/4" 7.9 12.8 38.5 lb

290 289 200 325 17.5 kg
3" 12.2 12.2 1" 8.1 13.0 53 lb

310 311 205 330 24.0 kg
4" 13.8 13.8 1-1/2" 10.0 15.9 66.0 lb

351 351 255 405 30.0 kg
Strainer Screen A
(state perforation or mesh size) 6" 18.6 18.8 2" 13.6 22.0 150 lb
473 478 345 560 68.0 kg
Cap Gasket 1/2" to 4" pkt of 3 B
6" & 8" 1 off 8" 23.3 23.6 2" 17.3 28.0 282 lb
593 600 440 710 128.0 kg
I N S TA L L AT I O N AND MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDED T I G H T E N I N G TO R Q U E S

The strainer should be installed with the flow direction as Item Size lbft Nm A/F mm
indicated on the body, in a vertical down or horizontal pipeline. 2 1/2" 37-40 50-55 22
3/4" 44-49 60-66 27
The strainer must be accessible for periodic removal of 1" 74-81 100-110 27
accumulated debris, by either blowing down or removal and 5 1-1/2" to 2-1/2" 15-18 20-24 19
cleaning of the screen. 3" 22-26 30-35 19
4" 37-41 50-55 24
6" 59-65 80-88 30
8" 89-96 120-130 36
TIS 7.409 US 03.96
INICIO

Fig. 36
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S ( N O N - S H O C K )
900 482
Type ➪ Fig. 36
850 427
800
Sizes 1/2" to 2" 700 371
ANSI 300 FLGD
Connections ANSI 150, 300 600 316
500 260
Construction Cast 316 Stainless Steel
400 204
Max Saturated 491 psig ANSI 150
300 FLGD 149
Steam Pressure
200 93
Standard Screen 1/32" perf 100 38
0
0 200 275 400 600 720 800
(14) (28) (42) (56)

C V VA L U E S & F R E E A R E A ( S T A N D A R D SC R E E N )
1/2" 5.4 1.8
PRESSURE S HELL DESIGN C ONDITIONS
3/4" 9.6 2.1
1" 15.6 3.6 Max. allowable pressure 720 psig/-20-100˚F 50 barg/-29-38˚C
1-1/2" 34 8.2
2" 54 12.3 Max. allowable temperature 850˚F/0-405 psig 454˚C/0-30 barg
For water:
Pressure (GPM)2
=
Drop (Cv)2
Consult factory for other liquids.
No. Part Material
1 Body AISI 316 Cast Stainless Steel
ASTMA 743 CF-8M 1
4
2 Cap (1/2", 3/4", 1") AISI 316 Cast Stainless Steel
3
ASTMA 276
2 Cover (1-1/2". 2") AISI 316 Cast Stainless Steel
ASTMA 240 2
3 Cap Gasket (1/2", 3/4", 1") AISI 316 Stainless Steel
5
covered Non Asbestos
3 Cover Gasket (1-1/2". 2") Non Asbestos
4 Screen AISI 316 Stainless Steel
5 Stud Bolt (1-1/2". 2") Cr-Mo Stainless Steel
ASTMA 193 Grade B7
5 Hex Nut (1-1/2". 2") Carbon Steel ASTMA 194 Grade 2H
INICIO

Fig. 36
S PA R E PA RT S
A
B
DIMENSIONS
blowdown
Size A connection
150 lb 300 lb B C Weight (NPT)
Strainer Screen A 1/2" 4.9 5.1 2.8 4.7 5.5 lb 1/4

124 130 70 120 2.5 kg
Cap Gasket B
3/4" 5.6 5.9 3.2 5.1 10.0 lb 1/2
142 149 80 130 4.5 kg
1" 6.1 6.4 3.7 6.3 11.0 lb 1/2

156 163 95 162 5.0 kg
I N S TA L L AT I O N 1-1/2" 7.9
200
8.2
208
5.7
146
10.2
260
26.5 lb
12.0 kg
1
The strainer should be installed with the flow direction as indicated

2" 9.1 9.5 7.1 12.6 36.4 lb 1-1/4
on the body, in a vertical down or horizontal pipeline. The strainer 230 241 180 320 16.5 kg
must be accessible for periodic removal of accumulated debris, by
TIS 7.413 US 08.99
INICIO

CSS
Type ➪ CSS-150
1
Sizes 2-1/2" to 14"
Connections ANSI 150
Construction Cast 316 stainless steel
Max Saturated
197 psig
Steam Pressure
Standard Screen 2-1/2" to 8": 3/64" perf 6

10" to 14" : 1/16" perf
3
900 482 2
800 427
700 371 5
600 316
500 260
400 204
300 149 Pressure Shell Design Conditions
ANSI 150 FLDG.
200 93
100 38
0
0 100 200 275 300 400 500 Max. allowable temperature 850˚F/0-65 psig 454˚C/0-28 barg
(14) (28)
Cv Values
Construction Materials Size Cv
No. Part Material 2-1/2" 110 For water:
1 Body Stainless Steel ASTMA 743 Gr CF-8M 3" 165 Pressure (GPM)2
=
2 Cap 2-1/2", 3", 4" Stainles Steel ASTM A 743 Gr CF-8M 4" 280 Drop (Cv)2
6", 8", 10", 12", 14" ASTMA 240 Type 316 5" 450 Consult factory for other
6 650 liquids.
3 Cap Gasket Graphite
8" 1100 See TIS 7.429 for
4 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel AISI 316 pressure drops on
5 Cap Screws 2-1/2" to 8" Stainless Steel ASTMA 193 Grade B8 10" 1650 steam, air and other
12" 2400 gases.
Cap Studs 10" to 14" Stainless Steel ASTMA 193 Grade B7
14" 3500
6 Nuts 2-1/2" to 8" Stainless Steel ASTMA 194 Grade 8
Nuts 10" to 14" Stainless Steel ASTMA 194 Grade 2H
INICIO

CSS
Spare Parts
A
B
A
B
C
F
Dimensions
Size A B C Weight
2-1/2" 11.4 8.7 1-1/4" 44.8 lb
290 220 NPT 22.6 kg
Strainer Screen A 3" 12.2 9.1 1-1/4" 67 lb
state material, size of perf or mesh, and size of strainer 310 230 NPT 30.4 kg
Cap Gasket B 4" 14.6 10.25 1-1/4" 103 lb
370 261 NPT 46.8 kg
Cap F
6" 18.9 15.1 1-1/2" 256 lb
480 383 NPT 116 kg
8" 23.6 19 2" 494 lb

600 482 NPT 224 kg
10" 28.75 23.6 2" 772 lb

730 600 NPT 350 kg
Installation
12" 33.5 24.8 2" 886 lb
The strainer should be installed with the flow direction as 850 630 NPT 402 kg
The strainer must be accessible for periodic removal of 14" 38.6 24.8 2" 1212 lb
980 630 NPT 550 kg
TIS 7.420 US 06.02
INICIO
Cast Iron Basket Strainers

733
Type ➪ 733-125 733-250 733C-125

5
Sizes 2" to 20" 2" to 16"
2
3
Connections ANSI 125 ANSI 250 ANSI 125
Max Saturated see below

Steam Pressure
Standard Screen
Steam 2" to 8": .045 perf N/A
10" to 20": .125 perf N/A
Liquid 2" to 4": .063 perf 2" to 4": 0.062 perf
6" and up: .125 perf 6" and up: 0.125
Limiting Operating Conditions (non-shock) 4

TYPE 733
500 260 1
450
400 406 204

6
353 3 2
300 149
2" to 12" 2" to 12"

Saturated 733-125 733-250
Steam
200 93
150
100 38
125150 TYPE 733C

0 100 200 300 400 500 4
(7) (14) (21) (28) (34) 1

733-125 (2" - 12"): PMA: 150 psig @ 150°F Construction Materials
TMA: 450°F @ 125 psig No. Part Material
733-125 (14" - 20"): PMA: 150 psig @ 150°F 1 Body Cast Iron ASTMA126 Cl B
TMA: 353°F @ 100 psig 2 Cover Cast Iron ASTM A126 Cl B
733-250 (2" - 12"): ANSI B16.1 Class 250 3 Cover/Clamp Gasket Non-Asbestos
733-250 (14" - 20"): PMA: 300 psig @ 150°F 4 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel Type 304
TMA: 406°F @ 200 psig 5 Cover Bolts Steel A-307 Gr. B
733C-125: PMA: 150 psig cold water 6 Clamp Cover 733C Ductile Iron ASTM A 395
INICIO
Cast Iron Basket Strainers

733
Cv Values (GPM)
Size Cv For water:
2" 45 Pressure (GPM)2
2-1/2" 90 =
Drop (Cv)2
B 3" 130
4" 290
Consult factory for other
C 6" 800
liquids.
8" 1500
10" 3200 See TIS 7.429 for
12" 5000 pressure drops on steam,
14" 7600 air and other gases.
A 16" 9200
TYPE 733 18" 12000
D (NPT) 20" 15000
Installation
B1
The strainer should be installed with the
flow direction as indicated on the body,
C
in a horizontal pipeline. The strainer
must be accessible for periodic removal
and cleaning of the screen.
D (NPT)* TYPE 733C
Dimensions
weight
ANSI 125 ANSI 250 ANSI 125 ANSI 250
Size A A B B1 C D(NPT) 733 733C 733
2" 8.63 8.63 10.3 11.63 5.88 1/2 32 lb 35 lb 40 lb
219 219 262 295 149 14.5 kg 15.9 kg 18.2 kg
2-1/2" 7.6 8.4 9.2 10.6 5.4 3/4 28 lb 32 lb 30 lb
192 213 233 270 138 12.7 kg 14.5 kg 13.6 kg
3" 8.8 9.6 10.4 11.9 5.3 3/4 37 lb 40 lb 52 lb
225 243 264 302 133 16.8 kg 18.2 kg 23.6 kg
4" 11.2 11.5 13.3 15.4 8.0 1 63 lb 70 lb 90 lb
284 292 337 391 203 28.6 kg 31.8 kg 41 kg
6" 14.0 15.5 16.0 19.3 10.4 1-1/4 122 lb 136 lb 224 lb
356 394 406 489 264 55.4 kg 62 kg 102 kg
8" 17.1 18.1 22.5 25.1 15.5 1-1/2 198 lb 218 lb 240 lb
435 461 572 638 394 90 kg 99 kg 109 kg
10" 22.0 23.3 25.3 28.4 16.0 1-1/2 350 lb 396 lb 460 lb
559 591 643 721 406 159 kg 180 kg 209 kg
12" 25.3 26.5 35.4 37.7 23.8 2 716 lb 720 lb 854 lb
641 673 899 957 603 325 kg 327 kg 388 kg
14" 29.7 31.3 39.0 44.3 26.8 2 1010 lb 990 lb 1182 lb
754 794 991 1124 679 460 kg 450 kg 537 kg
16" 31.9 33.5 42.7 48.5 29.5 2 1320 lb 1040 lb 1540 lb
810 851 1084 1232 749 600 kg 473 kg 700 kg
18" 34 - 52.3 - 36 2 1916 lb - -
864 - 1327 - 914 870 kg - -
20" 36.6 - 57.9 - 40.9 2 2468 - -
930 - 1470 - 1038 1121 kg - -
Larger Sizes Available

TIS 7.435 US 05.02
INICIO
Cast Steel Basket Strainers

734
Type ➪ 734-150 734-300

5
Sizes 2" to 16"
2
3
Connections ANSI 150 ANSI 300
Max Saturated 203 psig 604 psig

Steam Pressure
Standard Screen
Steam 1-1/2" to 8": .045 perf
10" to 16": .125 perf
Liquid 1-1/2" to 4": .063 perf
6" and up: .125 perf

4
1
750 399
700 371
600 316
500
260
734-300 Max. allowable pressure 734-150: 285 psig/-20-100˚F 20 barg/-29-38˚C

400 204 734-300: 740 psig/-20-100˚F 51 barg/-29-38˚C
734-150 Max. allowable temperature 734-150: 750˚F/0-95 psig 399˚C/0-7 barg

300 149
734-300: 750˚F/0-505 psig 399˚C/0-35 barg
Saturated
Steam
200 93
100 38
0
95 285 505 740 C v Va l u e s
0 200 400 600 800
(14) (28) (41) (55) (GPM)
Size Cv For water:
1-1/2" 25 Pressure (GPM) 2
=
2" 45 Drop (Cv)2
2-1/2" 90 Consult factory for
Construction Materials 3" 130 other liquids.
4" 290 See TIS 7.429 for
No. Part Material
6" 800 pressure drops on
1 Body Cast Steel ASTMA216 WCB steam, air and other
8" 1500
2 Cover Carbon Steel HRS gases.
10" 3200
3 Cover Gasket Non Asbestos 12" 5000
4 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel Type 304 14" 7600
5 Cover Studs Steel A193 Gr. B7
Nut Steel A194 Gr. 2H
INICIO
Cast Steel Basket Strainers

734
Installation
The strainer should be installed with the flow direction
as indicated on the body, in a horizontal pipeline. The
strainer must be accessible for periodic removal and
D (NPT)
Dimensions
ANSI 150 ANSI 300 NPT WEIGHT
Size A A B C D ANSI 150 ANSI 300
1-1/2" 6.5 7.0 8.13 4.13 1/2 23 lb 23.3 lb
165 178 207 105 10.5 10.6 kg
2" 8.5 8.5 10.63 5.88 1/2 34 lb 34.3 lb
216 216 270 149 15.5 kg 15.6 kg
2-1/2" 8.0 8.69 9.69 5.44 3/4 34 lb 39.8 lb
203 221 246 138 15.5 kg 18.1 kg
3" 8.75 9.56 10.75 5.3 3/4 46 lb 54 lb
222 243 273 133 21 kg 24.5 kg
4" 11.19 11.75 13.88 7.88 1 70 lb 86 lb
284 298 353 200 32 kg 40 kg
6" 13.88 14.75 18.3 12.5 1-1/4 168 lb 196 lb
353 375 465 318 76 kg 90 kg
8" 17.38 18.13 22.43 15.13 1-1/2 234 lb 292 lb
441 461 570 384 106 kg 133 kg
10" 21.63 22.88 26.38 16.0 1-1/2 402 lb 460 lb
549 581 670 406 183 kg 209 kg
12" 25.0 25.38 36.13 25.0 2 692 lb 790 lb
635 645 918 635 315 kg 360 kg
14" 47.1 47.1 54.6 34.4 2 1550 lb 1650 lb
1196 1196 1386 874 705 kg 750 kg
16" 47.1 47.1 54.6 34.4 2 1600 lb 1900 lb
1196 1196 1386 874 727 kg 864 kg
TIS 7.436 US 05.02
INICIO
Stainless Steel Basket Strainers

736
Type ➪ 736-150 736-300

5
Sizes 2" to 16" 2
3
Connections ANSI 150 ANSI 300
Construction Cast Stainless Steel
Max Saturated 198 psig 491 psig

Steam Pressure
Standard Screen
Steam 1-1/2" to 8": .045 perf
10" to 16": .125 perf
Liquid 1-1/2" to 4": .063 perf
6" and up: .125 perf

4
850 454
800 427 1
700 371
600 316
Saturated
Steam
500 260 Pressure Shell Design Conditions
736-300 Max. allowable pressure 736-150: 275 psig/-20-100˚F 19 barg/-29-38˚C
400 204
736-300: 720 psig/-20-100˚F 50 barg/-29-38˚C
300 149 Max. allowable temp. 736-150: 850˚F/0-65 psig 454˚C/0-4 barg
736-150
736-300: 850˚F/0-405 psig 454˚C/0-28 barg
200 93
100 38
65 275 405 720

0 200 400 600 800
Cv Values (GPM)
(14) (28) (41) (55) Size Cv
Pressure psig (barg) 1-1/2" 25
For water:
2" 45
Pressure (GPM)2
2-1/2" 90 =
Construction Materials 3" 130 Drop (Cv) 2
No. Part Material 4" 290 Consult factory for
6" 800 other liquids.
1 Body Stainless Steel Type 316 ASTMA351 CF8M See TIS 7.429 for
8" 1500
2 Cover Stainless Steel Type 316 ASTM A240 pressure drops on
10" 3200
3 Cover Gasket* Non-Asbestos steam, air and other
12" 5000
gases.
4 Strainer Screen Stainless Steel Type 304 ASTM A240 14" 7600
5 Cover Studs Steel A193 Gr. B7 16" 9200
Nuts Steel A194 Gr. 2H
* PTFE available upon request.
INICIO
Stainless Steel Basket Strainers

736
Installation
The strainer should be installed with the flow direction as
indicated on the body, in a horizontal pipeline. The strainer
must be accessible for periodic removal and cleaning of
the screen.
D (NPT)
Dimensions
ANSI 150 ANSI 300 NPT WEIGHT

Size A A B C D ANSI 150 ANSI 300
1-1/2" 6.5 7.0 8.13 4.13 1/2 23 lb 30 lb
165 178 207 105 10.5 kg 13.6 kg
2" 8.5 8.5 10.63 5.88 1/2 35 lb 42 lb
216 216 270 149 15.9 kg 19.1 kg
2-1/2" 8.0 8.69 9.69 5.44 3/4 41 47 lb
203 221 246 138 18.6 kg 21.4 kg
3" 8.75 9.56 10.75 5.3 3/4 51 lb 64 lb
222 243 273 133 23.2 kg 29.1 kg
4" 11.19 11.75 13.88 7.88 1 78 lb 100 lb
284 298 353 200 35.5 kg 45.5 kg
6" 13.88 14.75 18.3 12.5 1-1/4 153 lb 197 lb
353 375 465 318 70.0 kg 90.0 kg
8" 17.38 18.13 22.43 15.13 1-1/2 239 lb 289 lb
441 461 570 384 109 kg 132 kg
10" 21.63 22.88 26.38 16.0 1-1/2 402 lb 464 lb
549 581 670 406 183 kg 211 kg
12" 25.0 25.38 36.13 25.0 2 692 lb 790 lb
635 645 918 635 315 kg 360 kg
14" 47.1 47.1 54.6 34.4 2 1550 lb 1650 lb
1196 1196 1386 874 705 kg 750 kg
16" 47.1 47.1 54.6 34.4 2 1600 lb 1900 lb
1196 1196 1386 874 727 kg 864 kg
TIS 7.437 US 05.02
INICIO
Sizing Formulas for Spirax Sarco Strainers

for Water, Steam, Air, and Other Gases
STEAM F ORMULAS
Steam Flow #/h = 3.2 x Cv x √ (P1 - P2) x P2 Required Cv #/h
Cv =
Non-critical Non-critical 3.2 x √ (P1 - P2 ) x P2
P2 > 1/ 2 P1 P2 > 1/ 2 P1
Pressure Drop = P1 - P 2 P 2 = P1 + √ P12 - 4 K K= #/h 2
2 3.2 x Cv
(Any kind of steam)
Note: All Pressures are absolute.
AIR AND GAS FORMULAS

Pressure Drop = P1 - P2 SCFH √ 460 + ˚F x √ Specific Gravity
K= ( )2
Any Flow ( 695 x C v )
P2 = P1 + √ P12 - K
2 P1 = Inlet Pressure
P2 = Outlet Pressure
Non-critical flow
SCFH = 1391 x Cv x √ (P1 - P2 ) x P2

√ 460 + ˚F x √ Specific Gravity
Note: All Pressures are absolute.
WAT E R F O R M U L A S Y TYPE PIPELINE AND BASKET STRAINERS

GPM = Cv x √ Pressure Drop PSI Size Screwed Strainers Flanged Strainers Flanged Strainers Basket Strainers
IT, BT F, CI, CSS
Cv = GPM CT SSY Fig. 36 SLF
√ Pressure Drop PSI 3/8" 3.5 - - -
1/2" 6.5 4.4 5.4 4
Pressure = GPM2 3/4" 11.5 10 9.6 10
Drop PSI Cv2 1" 20 15 15.6 13
1-1/4" 28 22.5 25.2 -
1-1/2" 38 30 34 31
Consult factory for other Liquid Specific
2" 70 54 54 49 70 45
Gravities and Viscosities.
2-1/2" 100 74 110 90
3" 160 160 165 130
4" 330 280 290
5" - 450 500
6" 600 650 800
8" 1226 1,100 1,500
10" 1850 1,650 3,200
12" 2780 2,400 5,000
14" 3,500 8,000
16" 5,000 10,000
18" 5,500 12,000
20" - 15,500
TIS 7.429 US 05.01
INICIO
Water Capacities of Spirax Sarco Strainers
733, 733L, 734, 736 BASKET STRAINERS CAPACITY CHART

LIQUID FLOW (Liters/min)
100 200 400 1000 2000 4000 10,000 20,000 40,000 70,000
5.0
.3
4.0
3.0 .2
2.0
.1
2" 21/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12"

1.0
.9
.8
.05
.7
.6
.5
14" 16" .03
.4
.3 .02
18" 20"
.2
.01
.007
.1
20 40 60 80 100 2 4 6 8 1,000 2 4 6 8 10 15 18.000
LIQUID FLOW (GPM)
STRAINER TYPES IT, BT, CT, CI, CAPACITY CHART

LIQUID FLOW (Liters/min)
4 10 20 40 100 200 400 1000 2000 4000 10,000 20,000 40,000
5.0
.3
4.0 STRAINER
SIZES. 3/8 " 1/ 2" 3/4" 1 11 /4" 11/2" 2 21/2" 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14
3.0 INCH .2
VELOCITY 16
10 FT./SEC.
2.0
18
1.5 .1
Cv FACTOR
1.0
.9 LINE*
.8 .05
VELOCITY
.7 5FT./SEC.
.6
.5
.03
.4
.3 .02
18
3/ 8" 1/ 2" 3/4" 1 11/4" 11/2" 2 21 /2" 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16
.2
STRAINER
.01
.15 SIZES.
INCH
.007
.1
1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1,000 2,000 5,000 10.000
LIQUID FLOW (GPM)

CLEAN WATER — STANDARD SCREENS
*Note: Cv Factor is Flow in GPM at 1 psi pressure drop
Fluid velocities shown are based on ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, Fluid Flow Recommendations.
TIS 7.429 US 05.01

INICIO
Stainless Specialties
for quality and purity of a clean steam system.
The use of clean or pure steam to reduce the risk of

product or process contamination spans many
industries and applications.
INICIO
Stainless Steel Specialities

2.000 Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap BT6 8: 554
2.0002 Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap BTM/BTS7 8: 556
2.015 Stainless Steel High Capacity Thermostatic Steam Trap BT6 HC 8: 558
3.111 Stainless Steel Sanitary Pressure Regulator SRV6 8: 560
10.3705 SC20 Sample Coolers 8: 562
7.005 Stainless Steel Filters CSF26 8: 564
Stainless Steel
Specialties
TIS INDEX US 11.02

8: 553
INICIO
Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

BT6
The BT6 thermostatic Model ➪ BT6
steam trap is designed for Typical Applications
use in Clean Steam PMO 88 psig Fermenter sterilization, steam barriers
systems. All wetted parts (block & bleed systems), sterilizer
are 316L stainless steel, Vertical 1/2", 3/4", 1"
Sizes drainage and air venting, CIP/SIP system
Horizontal connection 1/2" only.
with internal body surfaces condensate drainage, and sterilization of
finished to 8-32 process vessels and pipes.
microinches Ra. Tri-Clamp®* compatible sanitary
Connections
clamp ends
Condensate is discharged
close to steam saturation
Construction 316L Stainless Steel body &internals
temperature, which
ensures minimal Buttweld &Screwed Connections
condensate back-up. Options are available on special request
Fixed Bleed, Optional finishes
Option mixed end connections
* A registered trademark of Tri-Clover Inc.

1

3

5
PMA 145 psig/0-338˚F 10 barg/0-150˚C
132 psig/350˚F 9 barg/177˚C
TMA 350˚F/0-132 psig 177˚C/0-9 barg 4
2
Capacities Differential Pressure, bar

0.2 0.5 1 2 3 5 7
4,000
1,500
3,000
2,000 1,000
500 Construction Materials

1,000
No. Part Material
500 200 1 Body (Inlet Side) Stainless Steel ASTM A276-87 Gr. 316L
2 Body (Outlet Side) Stainless Steel ASTM A276-87 Gr. 316L
90 3 Element Stainless Steel AISI 316L
200
4 Body Clamp Stainless Steel AISI 304
100 50 5 Gasket PTFE Jacketed Viton
50 20 Note: PTFE compiles with FDA, CFR title 21, paragraph 177, section 1550.
15 All wetted parts of this trap are constructed from FDA approved materials.
30
10 5
Material Certification
Actual mill test reports covering the BT6 body material are available if
1 3 5 10 20 50 100
specified at the time of ordering.
INICIO

BT6
Dimensions standard BT6
Spare Parts
Size A B C D E
1/2", 3 /4", 1" 2.6 2.1 2.4 1.4 3.3
65 54 60 35 83
Weight 1/2" 3/4" 1"
lb 1.9" 1.9 2.2
kg 0.85 0.85 1.0
Standard BT6
3
Clamp omitted
in this view
A 5
2
B
D Element Assembly 3
End Connection (Outlet Orifice)
Specify end type 2
Gasket (Pkt of 3) 5
E 1/2" BT
Horizontal Trap shown with Tri-Clamp connections. For other connection
only
details, please consult factory.
49 mm
Installation
1.9" The trap is designed to be fitted in vertical lines with the flow
downwards so that it can be completely self-draining. Check flow
68mm arrow for correct orientation. Fittings, clamps and gaskets for pipe end
2.67” connections are not supplied. Do not over expose the element to
28mm 45.6 mm superheat conditions since over expansion may result.
1.1” 1.8” 1/2" BT6 Note: The body and element must be handled carefully to ensure that
Horizontal
22mm the machined surfaces are not damaged.
.87”
Steam trap shall be self-adjusting balanced pressure type capable of
operating close to saturated steam temperature. All wetted parts shall
be manufactured from 316L grade stainless steel with body parts
finished internally and externally to 8-32 micro inches Ra, equivalent
86mm to a minimum of 180 grit. Trap shall have body clamp to allow
3.39" maintenance of internals, and shall be completely self-draining when
installed in vertical pipeline.
Maintenance
Clamp Before undertaking any maintenance on the trap, it must be isolated
omitted from the supply line and return line and any pressure allowed to
in this view normalize to atmosphere. The trap assembly should then be allowed
49 mm to cool.
1.9”
TIS 2.000 US 03.02
INICIO

BTM7/BTS7
The BTM7 T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S

(maintainable) and BTS7 Model ➪ BTM7 / BTS7 Fermenter sterilization, steam barriers (block
(sealed) are vertical body & bleed systems), sterilizer drainage and air
thermostatic steam traps, PMO 102 psig
venting, CIP/SIP system condensate drainage,
with all AISI 316L Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1" and sterilization of process vessels and pipes.
construction designed for
use in clean steam 0.065" O.D. Tube, NPT
Connections
systems. Normal or Tri-Clamp®* compatible (BTM7 only)
operation is close to
Construction All 316L Stainless Steel 1
saturated steam
temperature, with Other connections are available
minimal back-up of Options Fixed bleed (BTM7 only)
condensate. 6
Max. Operating Temperature Saturated Steam Temperature 4

2 5
PRESSURE SHELL D ESIGN CONDITIONS BTM7

PMA 145 psig/0-302˚F 10 barg/0-150˚C
132 psig/338˚F 9 barg/170˚C
TMA 338˚F/0-132 psig 170˚C/0-9 barg

CA PAC I T I E S
Differential Pressure, bar 3
0.2 0.5 1 2 3 5 7
4,000 5
1,500
3,000
2,000 1,000
500
1,000
500 200
BTS7
90
200
100 50 C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
No. Part Material
50 20 1 (BTM7) Body (Inlet) Stainless Steel AISI 316L
15 2 (BTM7) Body w/ Seat (Outlet) Stainless Steel AISI 316L
30
5 3 (BTS7) Body Stainless Steel AISI 316L
10
4 (BTM7) O-Ring gasket Grey Viton FDA Compliant
5 Element Stainless Steel AISI 316L
1 3 5 10 20 50 100 6 (BTM7) Nuts &Bolts Stainless Steel BS6105 Gr A4 80
INICIO

BTM7/BTS7
DIMENSIONS
BTM7 BTS7
Size A B C D E Weight Size A B C D Weight
Tube Tube Screwed Tri-Clamp* Tube Screwed Tri-Clamp*
Tube Tube Screwed Tube Screwed
1/2" 2.8 4.2 1.5 2.9 1.85 .62 lb .66 lb .48 lb 1/2" 1.6 4.2 1.5 2.9 .44 lb .49 lb
70 106 40 74 47 .28 kg .30 kg .22 kg 40 106 4.0 74 .20 kg .22 kg
3/4" 2.8 5.1 1.5 3.2 1.85 .68 lb .77 lb .48 lb 3/4" 1.6 5.1 1.5 3.2 .51 lb .60 lb
70 130 40 81 47 .31 kg .35 kg .22 kg 40 130 40 81 .23 kg .27 kg
1" 2.8 5.0 1.5 3.7 1.85 .77 lb .90 lb .78 lb 1" 1.6 5.0 1.5 3.7 .60 lb .73 lb
70 126 40 95 47 .35 kg .41 kg .37 kg 40 126 40 95 .27 kg .33 kg
C C
B B
D E D
A
A
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N S PA R E PA RT S
Steam trap shall be self-adjusting balanced
pressure type capable of operating close to
saturated steam temperature. All wetted parts
shall be manufactured from 316L stainless
steel. Trap shall be maintainable (BTM7), or
sealed construction (BTS7), and shall be
completely self-draining when installed in
vertical pipeline. Connections shall be 0.065"
extended O.D. tube, Tri-Clamp® compatible
(BTM7 only), or screwed NPT.
The traps are designed for installation in A
vertical lines with the flow downward to
ensure self-draining. The element may be
damaged if it is exposed to superheated steam.
Full-flow isolating valves, such as Spirax
Sarco Model 61 Clean Ball Valve, should be B
installed so as to permit servicing. Element Assembly A
Gasket (Pkt of 3) B
MAINTENANCE Body with Seat C C
The BTM7 is a maintainable trap.The BTS7 is
non-maintainable. Maintenance on the BTM7
Available spare parts are
can be performed once the steam trap is
shown in heavy outline. Parts
isolated from system and return line pressure.
Complete Installation &Maintenance shown in broken lines are not
instructions are given in IMI 2.0002, which available as spares.
is included with the product.
TIS 2.0002 US 10.02
INICIO
Stainless Steel High Capacity Thermostatic Steam Trap

BT6HC
The BT6HC high capacity T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
thermostatic steam trap is designed Model ➪ BT6HC For SIP applications requiring high steam loads
for steam use up to 87 psig saturated and/or high CIP discharge rates in process
steam. This trap is manufactured PMO 87 psig vessels, bioreactors and storage vessels.
from 316L stainless steel and has
polished internal surfaces to 32 Sizes 1", 1-1/2"
microinches Ra. Designed for clean
and hygienic steam systems, the Connections Tri-Clamp®* compatible
BT6HC will discharge condensate sanitary clamp ends
close to saturated steam temperature.
When cold, its high capacity will Construction 316L Stainless Steel body &internals
allow CIP/SIP fluids to flow freely
prior to normal steam operation.

2

PMA 145 psig/0-338˚F 10 barg/0-150˚C
132 psig/350˚F 9 barg/177˚C
TMA 350˚F/0-132 psig 177˚C/0-9 barg
CA PAC I T I E S Differential Pressure, bar

0.2 0.5 1 2 3 4 6
11,000 5,000
10,000 4,000
5,000 2,000
2,000 1,000
1,000 500
500 200
200 90
100 40 No. Part Material
60 1 Body Stainless Steel ASTMA276 Gr. 316L
2 Element Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Gr. 316L
10
1 3 5 10 20 50 90
M AT E R I A L C E RT I F I CAT I O N
Actual mill test reports covering the BT6HC body material
are available if specified at the time of ordering.
INICIO
Stainless Steel High Capacity Thermostatic Steam Trap

BT6HC
DIMENSIONS S PA R E PA RT S
Size A B Weight
1", 1-1/2" 2.56 2.0 .90 lb

65 51 .41 kg
2
B
Element Assembly
for BT6HC 2
E L E M E N T O P E R AT I O N MAINTENANCE
During CIP operations the trap will be fully open to allow maximum flow of Before undertaking any maintenance on the trap it must be isolated from
the cleaning fluid. On steam start up the trap will remain open until all air both supply line and return line and any residual pressure should be
and noncondensibles are purged from the system. Under normal operation removed. The trap should then be allowed to cool.
conditions the trap will typically begin to open at approximately 5°F below
steam saturation temperature at the trap inlet. Some variation will exist To replace element assembly
depending on actual pressure and load conditions. Undo the Tri-Clamp fittings and remove the trap from the line. Remove the
Note: The BT6HC must be allowed to cool to ambient temperature prior to element assembly and fit new assembly. Replace trap in the line together
CIP operation with the required gaskets and retighten the Tri-Clamp fittings to the
manufacturer’s specified torque.
All packing to be removed from the trap, including the internal element S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N
support prior to installation. The trap is designed to be installed in vertical Steam trap shall be self-adjusting balanced pressure type capable of
lines with the flow downwards so that it can be completely self draining. Full operating close to saturated steam temperature. All wetted parts shall be
flow isolating valves (such as the Spirax Sarco Model 61 sanitary ball valve) manufactured from 316L grade stainless steel with body parts finished
should be installed to permit servicing. Check flow direction arrow for internally to 32 micro inches Ra, equivalent to a minimum of 180 grit. Trap
correct orientation. Tri-Clamp fittings and gaskets are supplied by the shall be completely self-draining when installed in vertical pipeline.
installer. Do not expose the element to superheat conditions as over
expansion may result.
TIS 2.015 US 01.97
INICIO
Stainless Steel Sanitary Pressure Regulator

SRV6
The SRV6 is an Typical Applications
angle pattern, Model ➪ SRV6 Clean steam, gas, and liquid supplies to bioreactors,
sanitary pressure centrifuges, freeze dryers (lyophilizers), sterilizers,
regulator with Sizes 1", 1 1/2", 2" autoclaves, process tanks, production suites, humidifiers,
polished 316/316L and culinary equipment.
stainless steel Connections Tri-Clamp®* compatible
construction for use
on steam, process Construction All 316/316L Stainless Steel Wetted Parts
liquids and gases.
* A registered trademark of Tri-Clover, Inc.
No. Part Material
1 Adjusting screw Stainless Steel (PTFE coated) AISI 303
2 Lock nut Stainless Steel AISI 304
3 Spring chamber Stainless Steel AISI 316L
4 Spring pusher Stainless Steel AISI 304
6 Diaphragm nut Stainless Steel AISI 304
7 Spring washer Stainless Steel 11
8 Spacer ring Stainless Steel AISI 304
9 Retainer Stainless Steel AISI 304
10 Upper disc Stainless Steel AISI 304
11 V-band clamp Stainless Steel AISI 300 Series
12 Lower disc Stainless Steel AISI 316
13 Main valve Stainless Steel AISI 316
14 Body Stainless Steel AISI 316L
15 Diaphragm Viton/PTFE (FDA approved)
1
Surface Finish
All wetted parts mechanically polished to 20 microinch Ra then
electropolished. All external parts electropolished 2
Pressure Ranges 3
Downstream Control Range: 7-75 psi 0.5– 5.2 bar
4
Shutoff
ANSI Class III 5
Note: The SRV6 should not be used for line isolation. If line isolation is
required, a suitable shut-off valve should be installed upstream of the 6 7
SRV6.
8 15
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 116 psig 8.0 barg 9
10
12
Pressure Shell Design Conditions 13
PMA 232 psig 15 barg 14
TMA 347˚F 175˚C

INICIO
Stainless Steel Sanitary Pressure Regulator

SRV6
Valve Selection: Installation

Step 1 The SRV6 should be installed with the inlet vertical and the
spring chamber upward. Full installation instructions
For Steam: accompany each valve.
Establish whether the flow is critical or non-critical, and calculate
the required Cv using one of the following formula:
Q
Maintenance
Critical ∆P Cv = Complete isolation of the valve is required before any servicing
P2 < 1/2 P1 1.6 x P1
is performed. Full installation & maintenance instructions
Noncritical ∆P Cv = Q are given in IMI 3.111 which accompanies the product.
P2 > 1/2 P1 3.2 x √(P1 - P2) x P2
All pressures in psi absolute
Q = Steam load lb/h
Spare Parts
For Liquids:
P1 = Primary pressure (psia)
Calculate the required Cv
P2 = Secondary pressure (psia)
using the following formula:
W = Liquid flow rate (GPM)
Cv = W S.G. SG= Specific gravity of liquid
√ ∆P ∆P = Pressure differential
STEP 2
For highest control accuracy, especially on widely fluctuating loads,
select the valve size with the closest Cv at 20% droop to the required
value.
For steady load applications, or where high accuracy of control is not
required, the maximum Cv figure can be used for selection.
Cv Values
Valve size 1" 1-1/2" 2"
Average Cv at 20% droop 2.5 3.0 4.2
Maximum Cv 5.5 13.5 27
Dimensions
Main Valve A
Diaphragm B
Only parts listed above are available as spares.
A B Stainless steel sanitary pressure regulator shall be
diaphragm actuated with integral valve guide and have all
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters wetted parts in AISI 316/316L mechanically polished to 20
Size A B C D Weight lb(kg) microinch Ra then electropolished. All parts AISI 300 series
1" 2.3 3.0 2.4 12 6.5 with electropolished external surfaces. Angle pattern design
58 77 60 305 3.0 shall be fully self-draining when installed with inlet vertical.
1-1/2" 2.3 3.0 3.5 13.3 7.2 Valve travel stops shall prevent over extension of diaphragm,
58 77 90 340 3.3 and diaphragm shall include an integral valve stem seal,
2" 2.3 3.0 4.3 14.8 8.9 complete with restraint. Spirax Sarco SRV6 sanitary
58 77 110 355 4.0 pressure regulator
TIS 3.111 US 01.95
INICIO
SC20
Sample Coolers
• For accurate sampling of water, steam and process liquors
• Nickel alloy coil and stainless steel body minimizes corrosion
• Counter current flow for efficient cooling Sample IN
• For water, steam, or condensate sampling
Description
The Spirax Sarco SC20 sample cooler is used to cool samples of boiler
water, process liquor, or steam from vessels at high temperature and
pressure. The cooler consists of a nickel alloy coil, through which the
sample flows, and a stainless steel body, through which cooling water
Sample inlet valve
flows in the opposite direction. A pre-drilled mounting bracket is incorpo-
rated into both end caps. The SC20 is also available with a ferrule for
connecting to an industry standard 1/2" sanitary clamp fitting.
Alternative
Available types ferrule
The SC20 sample cooler is available in five variants:- connector
BSP connections (6 mm O/ D tube).
NPT connections (6 mm O/ D tube). A 1/4" NPTmale x 6 mm O/ D
stud coupling is supplied loose for connecting the sample inlet tube
to an NPT inlet valve or fitting.
BSP sample cooler kit (SCS20), complete with sample inlet valve,
cooling water inlet valve, and carbon steel fittings.
A kit (SCS20), as above, but with stainless steel fittings.
A sample cooler (BSP or NPT) with a ferrule suitable for connection
to an industry standard 1/2" sanitary clamp fitting (clamp not supplied).
Note: The sample cooler is not polished or specially treated internally,

and the internal finish is not specified.
Stainless steel couplings are also available separately:-
1/4" BSP male x 6 mm O/ D tube.
1/4" NPT male x 6 mm O/ D tube. Cooling
water OUT
Cooling water IN and OUT connections
BSP version NPT version Ferrule versions
1/2" BSP 1/2" NPT 1/2" BSP or 1/2" NPT
Sample tube diameter (inlet and outlet)

BSP version NPT version Ferrule versions
6 mm O/ D 6 mm O/ D* 6 mm O/ D with 1/2"
ferrule for clamp fitting
* A 1/4" NPT male x 6 mm O/ D stud coupling is provided.
Limiting conditions
Design temperature Design pressure Cooling
Coil 350°C (662°F) 100 barg (1 450 psig) water IN
Body 100°C (212°F) 10 barg (145 psig)
Body cold hydraulic test pressure 16 barg (232 psig)
Ferrule - Pressure and temperature dependent on clamp
manufacturers recommendation.
Cooling water
Materials inlet valve
Body Austenitic stainless steel grade 316L
Coil Nickel alloy Incoloy 825 Sample OUT
INICIO
Performance
The tables below show typical sample outlet temperatures above cooling water inlet temperatures for several pressures and cooling water flowrates.
Example
A sample flowrate of 0.13 GPM is required from a boiler operating at 145 psig. For a cooling water flowrate of 4.8 GPM from Table 1 the sample
outlet
temperature would be 7°F above the cooling water inlet temperature. If the cooling water is at 60°F, the sample temperature would be 67°F.
Table 2 is used in the same way for steam.
Table 1 Saturated water (e.g. boiler water)

Sample Cooling water flowrate Cooling water flowrate Cooling water flowrate
Flowrate 1.6 GPM 4.8 GPM 9.5 GPM
GPM Boiler pressure psig
15 43 101 145 290 15 43 101 145 290 15 43 101 145 200
0.04 2°F 2°F 5.5°F 11°F 11°F 0°F 0°F 2°F 2°F 7°F 0°F 0°F 0°F 0°F 3.5°F
0.09 3.5°F 3.5°F 11°F 14.5°F 14.5°F 2°F 2°F 3.5°F 3.5°F 11°F 0°F 0°F 0°F 2°F 7°F
0.13 9°F 9°F 14.5°F 20°F 20°F 5.5°F 5.5°F 7°F 7°F 14.5°F 0°F 0°F 3.5°F 5.5°F 11°F
0.18 12.5°F 12.5°F 20°F 23.5°F 23.5°F 9°F 9°F 11°F 11°F 18°F 2°F 2°F 3.5°F 5.5°F 14.5°F
0.22 18°F 18°F 23.5°F 27°F 27°F 11°F 11°F 14.5°F 14.5°F 21.5° 5.5°F 5.5°F 7°F 9°F 16°F
0.26 25°F 25°F 29°F 32.5°F 32.5°F 16°F 16°F 18°F 18°F 25°F 7°F 9°F 9°F 11°F 20°F
0.35 29°F 32.5°F 36°F 39.5°F 39.5°F 20°F 21.5°F 23.5°F 25°F 32.5°F 11°F 12.5°F 14.5°F 16°F 27°F
0.44 32.5°F 36°F 43°F 47°F 48.5F 27°F 29°F 29°F 32.5°F 39.5°F 18°F 20°F 21.5°F 23.5°F 32.5°F
0.53 39.5°F 41.5°F 52°F 54°F 56°F 30.5°F 32.5°F 36°F 41.5°F 47°F 20°F 23.5°F 27°F 30.5°F 39.5°F
Table 2 Saturated steam

Sample Cooling water flowrate Cooling water flowrate Cooling water flowrate
Flowrate 1.6 GPM 4.8 GPM 9.5 GPM
lb/h Boiler pressure psig
7.5 15 43 101 145 290 7.5 15 43 101 145 290 7.5 15 43 101 145 290
11 5.5°F 5.5°F 7°F 9°F 11°F 11°F 3.5°F 3.5°F 5.5°F 5.5°F 7°F 7°F 2°F 2°F 2°F 3.5°F 3.5°F 3.5°F
22 - 12.5°F 14.5°F 14.5°F 14.5°F 16°F - 7°F 7°F 7°F 7°F 9°F - 2°F 3.5°F 3.5°F 3.5°F 3.5°F
33 - - 16°F 18°F 18°F 20°F - - 9°F 11°F 11°F 12.5°F - - 3.5°F 3.5°F 5.5°F 7°F
44 - - - 21.5°F 23.5°F 25°F - - - 14.5°F 16°F 16°F - - - 7°F 9°F 11°F
66 - - - - 38°F 38°F - - - - 25°F 25°F - - - - 16°F 18°F
88 - - - - - 50.5°F - - - - - 36°F - - - - - 23.5°F
110 - - - - - 63°F - - - - - 45°F - - - - - 30.5°F
132 - - - - - 75.5°F - - - - - 54°F - - - - - 38°F
155 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dimensions (approximate) in inches Installation

A B C D E F G H See Installation and Maintenance Instructions for full details, as
16.1 13.8 11.8 3.5 1.0 0.9 0.5 17.7 insufficient information is given here for safe installation.
Notes on installation
WARNING:-To avoid the risk of scalding, it is essential that
cooling water is flowing before opening the sample inlet valve.
E F Always close the sample inlet valve before turning off the
cooling water.
1/2" BSPor NPT Sample pipework becomes very hot under normal working
Sample in Cooling water out conditions, and will cause burns if touched.
We recommend the use of corrosion resistant pipework suitable for
ØG the fluid being sampled.
Keep the length of all pipe runs to the minimum.
Cooling water must be clean and free from scale forming salts.
The sample cooler must be mounted vertically.
The cooling water inlet is connected in 1/2" nominal bore pipe via an
Weights (approx.) inlet valve.
H
Cooler 6.8 lbs.
Ferrule The cooling water outlet should be piped to an open drain or tundish.
SCS20 system 9.3 lbs.
cooler B C The sample inlet pipe should be in 6 mm O/ D tube.
The sample inlet to the cooler can be taken direct from a boiler or
A
steam line isolating valve, or if a Spirax Sarco TDS control system is
Standard
fitted, from the take-off point provided on the blowdown valve.
cooler
We recommend that a tundish piped to drain is located under the
outlet, with sufficient space below it for a beaker or similar sample
J container.
1/2" BSP or NPT Maintenance

Cooling water in No routine maintenance is required.
Sample out
How to order
1 - Spirax Sarco SC20 sample cooler - NPT connections.
D TIS 10.3705 US 04.02
INICIO
Stainless Steel Filter

CSF26
The CSF26 is an in-line all T Y P I CA L
Model ➪ CSF26
316 stainless steel filter A P P L I CAT I O N S
suitable for use in steam, gas Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3" The CSF26 is ideally
and liquid systems. The
suited for culinary
CSF26 is USDA approved, Connections NPT (1/2" - 2"), ANSI 150 (2-1/2" & 3")
applications, where steam
and conforms to the is being directly injected
requirements of 3-A Accepted Construction Body: 316 Stainless Steel
Element: 316 Stainless Steel into food product, wash-
Practice Number 609-01 for down water, etc. Other
the production of culinary Element Rating 2.8 microns Absolute applications include
steam. The CSF26 utilizes a autoclaves, sterilizers and
fully cleanable sintered Options Tri-Clamp® compatible, humidification systems
flanged ANSI 150 (1/2"-2") often found in the
stainless steel element for
and BSP connections,
reduced cost of ownership. 4" & 6" sizes
healthcare and
pharmaceutical industries.
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 150 psig/(10.3barg)
Max. Operating Temperature (TMO) 366˚F/(186°C)
P RESSURE SHELL DESIGN C ONDITIONS

PMA 275 psig/0-100˚F 19 barg/0-38°C
6
TMA 750˚F/0-95 psig 399˚C/0-6.5 barg
Element Design Conditions 15 psi/1 bar

Max. element differential pressure
No. Part Material

1 Filter Body Stainless Steel
1/2" & 3/4" SA-351 CF3M
1" - 2-1/2" SA-351 CF8M 8
3" SA-240 Gr. 316
2 Filter Bowl Stainless Steel
1/2" & 1" SA-240 Gr. 316L
1-1/2" - 3" SA-240 Gr. 316
3 Plug Stainless Steel 316
4 O-Ring EPDM
5 Body Clamp (1/2"-2-1/2") Stainless Steel 300 Series
6 Bolt (3" only) Stainless Steel SA-193 Gr. B8 9
7* Nut (3" only) Stainless Steel 304
4
8 Element
Sintered Material Stainless Steel 316L Sintered Media 5
End Caps Stainless Steel SA-479 Gr. 316
9 O-Rings (2) EPDM
1
* Not shown in drawing.
INICIO
Stainless Steel Filter

CSF26
DIMENSIONS (N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS Minimum
E withdrawal
distance
1/2" 8.0 4.3 0.6 2.5 7.0 3.6 lb
203 110 14 64 178 1.6 kg
3/4" 8.9 4.9 0.6 2.5 8.0 4.2 lb
225 124 16 64 203 1.9 kg
Minimum
1" 9.6 4.9 1.3 4.0 7.0 5.9 lb E withdrawal D
245 124 32 102 178 2.7 kg distance
1-1/2" 13.8 6.3 1.6 4.0 10.0 10.5 lb

349 160 40 102 254 4.8 kg
2" 22.3 6.7 1.9 4.0 18.0 14.0 lb
565 170 48 102 457 6.3 kg
D
2-1/2" 28.9 11.0 3.5 4.0 23.0 33.0 lb
734 279 89 102 584 15.0 kg
A A
3" 44.0 14.0 6.1 6.6 30.0 80.0 lb
1118 356 154 168 762 36.4 kg
Vent and drain connection on all sizes - 1/4” NPT. Weight includes element.
C A PAC I T I E S – The following table lists CSF26 capacities, in lb/h of saturated steam, based
on a pipeline velocity of 100 ft/s and an approximate differential pressure across the filter of 1 psi. C
Steam Supply Filter Size B
Pressure
psig 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1-1/2” 2” 2-1/2” 3”
10 35 65 110 270 445 640 1,000 1/2" - 2-1/2"
20 50 90 150 370 615 880 1,375 C
30 60 110 190 470 780 1,120 1,745
40 75 135 230 565 945 1,350 2,110 B
50 90 160 270 660 1,105 1,585 2,470
60 100 185 310 755 1,265 1,810 2,830 3" only
70 115 210 350 850 1,420 2,040 3,180
80 125 230 385 950 1,580 2,270 3,535
90 140 255 425 1,040 1,740 2,495 3,885
100 150 280 460 1,130 1,895 2,710 4,235
110 165 300 500 1,230 2,050 2,945 4,585
120 175 325 540 1,320 2,210 3,170 4,945
130 190 350 575 1,400 2,365 3,395 5,290
140 200 370 615 1,500 2,520 3,615 5,635
150 210 390 650 1,600 2,675 3,840 5,985
For liquid and gas applications, consult factory.
Higher capacities are available with 4" and 6" size filters. For further information, consult factory. A
S T E A M F I LT E R E F F I C I E N C Y
The 2.8 micron absolute rated filter element will remove 95% of all particles exceeding 2
microns.
F I LT E R S TAT I O N S
Also available from Spirax Sarco are a range of steam filter stations which conform to
the requirements of the 3-A Accepted Practice Number 609-01. Each filter station
includes a moisture separator with trap-set, strainer, CSF26 filter, together with the B
necessary auxiliary products required for efficient steam filtration. Further details are
available upon request.
C
Steam filter shall be all 316 stainless steel, with cleanable sintered stainless steel
element. Filter element to utilize double O-Ring seal, and be capable of removing 95%
of all particles 2 microns and above. Body and element seals to be an FDA approved
material.
I N S TA L L AT I O N & M A I N T E N A N C E
When used in steam service, it is recommended to remove the plastic drain plug and fit
the CSF26 with a condensate drain trap and and air vent (Spirax Sarco MST 18). To S PA R E PA RT S
prolong service life and ensure optimum filter efficiency, a strainer and separator should
be installed upstream of the filter. This will ensure that entrained moisture and larger Filter Element with O-Rings A
solid particles such as rust and pipescale are removed prior to filtration. Filter Element O-Rings(Pack of 2) B
It is recommended that the element be removed for cleaning when the differential Body O-Rings(Pack of 2) C
pressure across the filter reaches 10 - 15 psi. Cleaning can be achieved either chemically
or ultrasonically. Complete installation and maintenance instructions, which include
element cleaning procedures, accompany the product.
TIS 7.005 US 05.96
INICIO
Liquid Drain Traps

for continuous drain trap operation.
Spirax Sarco Liquid Drain Traps are ideally suited for

industrial processes involving the removal of a
liquid from a pressurized gas.
INICIO
Liquid Drain Traps

7.306 Iron Liquid Drain Traps FA-30, FA-75, FA-150 9: 568

7.309 Iron Liquid Drain Trap FA-200 9: 570
7.312 Iron Liquid Drain Trap FAB Super Capacity Series 9: 572
7.316 rton Liquid Drain Traps FAI-30, FAI-75, FAI-150, FAI-200 9: 574
7.3021 Iron Liquid Drain Trap CA10S 9: 576
7.317 Ductile Iron Liquid Drain Trap CA14 9: 578
7.315 Steel Liquid Drain Trp FA450 9: 580
7.3151 Steel Liquid Drain Trap 3" & 4" FA450 9: 582
7.310 Steel Liquid Drain Trap F-150V, F-300V 9: 584
7.307 Stainless Steel Liquid Drain Trap FA-150 9: 586
7.3023 Stainless Steel Liquid Drain Trap CA16S 9: 588
7.3022 Stainless Steel Liquid Drain Trap CA46S 9: 590
7.314 Thermo-Dynamic Liquid Drain Trap TDA52 9: 592
7.318 Liquid Drain Traps Selection & Sizing 9: 594
Liquid Drain
Traps
TIS INDEX US 11.02

9: 567
INICIO
Iron Liquid Drain Traps

FA-30, FA-75, FA-150
The float-operated
liquid drain trap Model ➪ FA-30 FA-75 FA-150
discharges T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
continuously in direct Sizes 3/4", 1", 1-1/2", 2" Receiver and air line drainage, draining a liquid
response to variations from its vapor phase
Connections NPT
in liquid flow rate,
assuring thorough Construction Cast Iron Body,Stainless Steel Internals
drainage of the system.
4 19
1/2" NPT Balance pipe connection 1/2"NPT Balance pipe connection
3
2
19 20
8
20
7
5
16
15
6
3/4"& 1" 1-1/2", 2"

2 3 6 5 1716 8 7 1
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) No. Part Material
Up to 150 psig. The PMO depends on the model selected and the specific 1 Body Cast Iron ASTMA126 CL B
gravity of the liquid being drained. See TIS 7.318. 2 Cover Screws Steel ASTM A449
Max. Operating Temperature FA-30, 75 450˚F (232˚C) 4 Cover Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B
FA-150 200 ˚F (93˚C)
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 420F
PRESSURE SHELL DESIGN CONDITIONS 6 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel AISI 302
PMA FA-30,75: 125 psig/0-450˚F 9 barg/0-232˚C 7 Float Stainless Steel AISI 304
Max. allowable pressure FA-150: 150 psig/0-200˚F 10 barg/0-93˚C 8 Lever Stainless Steel AISI 301/304
15 Seat Bracket Stainless Steel AISI 301/304
TMA FA-30,75: 450˚F/0-125 psig 232˚C/0-9 barg 16 Pivot Pin Stainless Steel AISI 302/303
Max. allowable temperature FA-150: 200˚F/0-150 psig 93˚C/0-10 barg
17 Valve Head
& Bracket Assy Stainless Steel AISI 300/440
19 Plug Brass ASTMB16
20 Plug Gasket Stainless Steel ASTM A240
INICIO

FA-30, FA-75, FA-150
CA PAC I T Y
The discharge capacity depends on the differential pressure (inlet pressure
minus outlet pressure) and the specific gravity of the liquid being drained. See
TIS 7.318.
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N G A
D
The liquid drain trap shall be of the float type with screwed NPT connections. F
Valve mechanism and float shall be stainless steel with hardened working
surfaces, designed to retain a water seal at all times. A 1/2" NPT tapping shall C E
be provided for a balance pipe. All internals are to be renewable and field
serviceable.
Balance Pipe B
I N S TA L L AT I O N connection
3/4" & 1"
The trap must be fitted in a horizontal pipe line with direction of flow as (all models)
indicated and so that the float mechanism is free to rise and fall in a vertical 1/2" NPT D
A
plane. Full-flow isolating valves should be placed to permit servicing.
The high point of the body is provided with a 1/2" NPTtapping for a balance F
pipe, which is essential for satisfactory operation of this unit. The balance pipe
E1
must be connected with a continuous rise between the tapping provided on the C E
body of the trap and the vessel being drained. The trap discharge should be
piped to a safe place.
MAINTENANCE B 11/2" & 2"

before any servicing is performed. Size A B C D E E1 F G Weight

The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning of the 3/4", 1" 6.2 4.6 3.3 3 5.75 – 1.3 0.3 9 lb
valve head and seat. 157 117 84 77 146 – 33 7.9 4.1 kg
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete repair kit. 1-1/2" 8.5 4.25 3 0.7 8.4 3.5 – 18 lb
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI7.306 216 108 76 17 213 89 8.2 kg
which accompanies the product. 2" 9.8 4.9 4.9 0.12 9.1 – 1.9 – 26 lb
249 124 125 3 230 – 49 11.8 kg
Liquid drain traps can be used to drain most liquids from most gases.
However, some applications, particularly those involving hazardous or
unusual fluids, may be subject to regulation or may otherwise require
special consideration.
Spirax Sarco will endeavor to provide whatever data is necessary to
assist in product selection.
S PA R E PA RT S
4
5
1A
3/4"& 1"
Gasket Kit (Set of 3 cover and mechanism gaskets)
4
Valve mechanism kit (less float) 4
1-1/2" & 2" Float Kit 5
TIS 7.306 US 08.99
INICIO
Iron Liquid Drain Trap

FA-200
Balance Pipe Connection
The float-operated 1" - 3/8"NPT 16 4 19 18 1
liquid drain trap Model ➪ FA-200 1-1/2" - 1/2"NPT
discharges PMO 200 psig
continuously in direct
Sizes 1" &1-1/2"
response to variations
in liquid flow rate, Connections NPT
assuring thorough
drainage of the system.
20
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B
2 Cover Screws Steel ASTM A449
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel (1") AISI 304 (1-1/2") AISI 303
6 Main Valve
Assembly Gasket Graphite
6 2 3 7 5 15 17 8
7 Cap Screw Copper Alloy Everdur 1015
or ASTM B 97-S1 Alloy B14
8 Float Stainless Steel AISI 304
15 Main Valve T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
Assembly Housing Cast Brass ASTM B62
Receiver and air line drainage, draining a liquid from
16 Pivot Pin Stainless Steel AISI 303 its vapor phase.
17 Valve Head Stainless Steel (1") AISI 304 (1-1/2") AISI 303
18 Pivot Rod Die Forged Brass (1") ASTM B 124
Cast Brass (1-1/2") ASTM B62
19 Plug Brass ASTM B16 L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S
Up to 200 psig. The PMO depends on the model selected and
the specific gravity of the liquid being drained. See TIS 7.318
D
F Max. Operating Temperature 450˚F (232˚C)
C
E
PMA 200 psig/0-450˚F 14 barg/0-232˚C
TMA 450˚F/0-200 psig 232˚C/0-14 barg
B A
1" 8.5 3.9 2.6 0.37 6.9 1.8 15 lb
216 100 65 9 175 46 6.8 kg
1-1/2" 10.75 5.75 3 0.56 9.1 2.5 30 lb
273 146 76 14 232 64 13.6 kg
INICIO

FA-200
C A PAC I T Y I N S TA L L AT I O N
The dischrage capacity depends on the differential pressure (inlet pressure The trap must be fitted in a horizontal pipe line with direction of flow as
minus outlet pressure) and the specific gravity of the liquid being drained. indicated and so that the float mechanism is free to rise and fall in a vertical
See TIS 7.318. plane. Full-flow isolating valves should be placed to permit servicing.
The high point of the body is provided with an NPTtapping for a balance
pipe, which is essential for satisfactory operation of this unit. The balance
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N pipe must be connected with a continuous rise between the tapping provided
The liquid drain trap shall be of the float type with screwed NPT on the body of the trap and the vessel being drained. The trap discharge
connections. Float and valve head and seat shall be stainless steel designed should be piped to a safe place.
to retain a water seal at all times. An NPT tapping shall be provided for a
balance pipe. All internals are to be renewable and field serviceable. MAINTENANCE
Liquid drain traps can be used to drain most liquids from most Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line is required
gases. However, some applications, particularly those involving before any servicing is performed.
hazardous or unusual fluids, may be subject to regulation or may
the valve head and seat.
otherwise require special consideration. Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete repair kit.
Spirax Sarco will endeavor to provide whatever data is necessary Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI
to assist in product selection. 7.306 which accompanies the product.
S PA R E PA RT S
4A
Gasket kit (set of 3 cover & seat gaskets)

Valve mechanism kit (less float) 4, 4A
Float kit 5
TIS 7.309 US 08.99
INICIO

FAB Super Capacity Series
2" FAB-10
The float-operated 4 1/2" NPT Balance
liquid drain trap Model ➪ FAB-10 FAB-75 FAB-175 Pipe Connection
discharges 9,10
Sizes 2" 1-1/2", 2-1/2" 2"
continuously in
direct response to Connections NPT
variations in liquid 1
Cast Iron Body 19
flow rate, assuring 8
Construction Stainless Steel Stainless Steel valve head & seat
thorough drainage 18
Internals Brass valve housing
of the system.
Options Gauge glass
2 3
5 16
17
Note: FAB-75 and FAB-175 valves are double-seated and may not shut tight under no-load conditons.
Normally, the liquid load will always be greater than the small residual leakage. 1/2"NPT Balance
4 Pipe Connection
9,10
No. Part Material 1
1-1/2" FAB-75 18
2 Cover Screws Carbon Steel ASTM A449 2" FAB-175 8
4 Cover Cast Iron ASTMA126 CL B
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel Type 303 2 3 16
6 7
6 Valve Seat Gasket (FAB-10) Stainless Steel Type 302 17 15
5
Valve Assembly Gasket Graphite
7 Main Valve 1/2"NPT Balance
Assembly Screws Copper Alloy Everdur 1015 Pipe Connection
4
8 Float Stainless Steel Type 304
9 Plug Brass ASTM B16
9,10
15 Main Valve Assy. Housing Cast Red Brass ASTM B62 (85-5-5-5)
16 Pivot Pin Stainless Steel Type 303 2-1/2" FAB-75 1
17 Valve Head Stainless Steel Type 303 18
18 Float Arm (FAB-10) Stainless Steel Type 301 8
(FAB-75/175) Red Brass ASTM B62
19 Seat Bracket Stainless Steel Type 304
Head Bracket, Stop, Link Stainless Steel Type 301
23 16
6 7 15 17
5
Receiver and air line drainage, draining a liquid from its vapor phase
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) Up to 175 psig. The PMO depends
on the model selected and the specific gravity of the liquid being PMA FAB-75,175 175 psig/0-450˚F 12 barg/0-232˚C
drained. See TIS 7.318. Max. allowable pressure FAB-10 125 psig/0-450˚F 9 barg/0-232˚C
TMA FAB-75,175 450° F/0-175 psig 232°C/0-12 barg
Max. allowable temp. FAB-10 450° F/0-125 psig 232°C/0-9 barg
INICIO

FAB Super Capacity Series
D
F 2" FAB-10
DIMENSIONS
C E
D
Type & Size A B C D E F Weight
FAB-10 12.2 5.9 4.5 0.5 10.7 3 43 lb
2" 309 149 114 13 271 76 19.5 kg
A
B
FAB-75 8.8 4.25 3 0.68 8.3 2.5 22 lb
D 1-1/2" 224 108 76 17 211 64 10.0 kg
FAB-175 12.1 5.9 4.5 0.5 11 4 48 lb
F
1-1/2"FAB-75 2" 306 149 114 13 279 102 21.8 kg
FAB-75 15.4 9.25 7.25 1.4 15.6 3.75 90 lb
C E 2-1/2" 390 235 184 35 397 95 40.8 kg
B A
D
D F
F 2"FAB-175
C
E
C E
B A
A
B
2-1/2" FAB-75
CA PAC I T Y
The discharge capacity depends on the differential pressure (inlet pressure
minus outlet pressure) and the specific gravity of the liquid being drained. See
TIS 7.318. S PA R E PA RT S
The liquid drain trap shall be of the float type with screwed NPT connections.
Float and valve heads and seats shall be stainless steel. An NPT tapping shall be
provided for a balance pipe. All internals shall be renewable and field
serviceable.
The trap must be fitted in a horizontal pipe line with direction of flow as
indicated and so that the float mechanism is free to rise and fall in a vertical
plane.
The high point of the body is provided with an NPTtapping for a balance pipe, A
E
which is essential for satisfactory operation of this unit. The balance pipe must FD
be connected with a continuous rise between the tapping provided on the body P
B
of the trap and the vessel being drained. The trap discharge should be piped to a
safe place.
2" FAB-10
P
MAINTENANCE Valve Mechanism
Assembly
before any servicing is performed. Gasket Kit (set of 3 cover B, E
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning of the and Mechanism Gaskets)
valve head and seat.
Valve Mechanism D, E, F
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete repair kit.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI7.306 Kit (less float)
which accompanies the product. Float Kit P
D
Liquid drain traps can be used to drain most liquids from most E
gases. However, some applications, particularly those involving F
hazardous or unusual fluids, may be subject to regulation or may
otherwise require special consideration.
Spirax Sarco will endeavor to provide whatever data is necessary
to assist in product selection. TIS 7.312 US 08.99
INICIO

FAI-30, FAI-75, FAI-150, FAI-200
The float-operated
liquid drain trap Model ➪ FAI-30 FAI-75 FAI-150 FAI-200 T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
discharges
continuously in Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1" Receiver and air line drainage, draining a liquid from
direct response to its vapor phase
variations in liquid Connections NPT
flow rate, assuring Construction Cast Iron Body & Cover

thorough drainage Stainless Steel Internals
of the system.
19, 20
4.8 1/2" NPT
122 Balance
2.7 3.3 Pipe
69 84 Connection
5.8
4.8 147
122 7
8,18
1
5 16
4
15
6.5
WEIGHT: 13.4 lb 165 2
6 kg
3
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) Up to 200 psig. The PMO C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
depends on the model selected and the specific gravity of the liquid No. Part Material
being drained. See TIS 7.318.
2 Cover Screws Carbon Steel ASTM A449
P RESSURE SHELL D ESIGN CONDITIONS
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel Type 420F
PMA 200 psig/0-450˚F 13.8 barg/0-232˚C
Max. allowable pressure 8 Float Arm Stainless Steel AISI 301/302/304
15 Seat Bracket Stainless Steel AISI 301/302/304
TMA 450˚F/0-200 psig 232˚C/0-13.8 barg 16 Pivot Pin Stainless Steel Type 302 or 303
19 Plug Brass ASTM B16
INICIO

FAI-30, FAI-75, FAI-150, FAI-200
CA PAC I T Y I N S TA L L AT I O N
The discharge capacity depends on the differential pressure (inlet The trap must be fitted in a horizontal pipe line with direction of flow as
pressure minus outlet pressure) and the specific gravity of the liquid indicated and so that the float mechanism is free to rise and fall in a vertical
being drained. See TIS 7.318. plane. Full-flow isolating valves should be placed to permit servicing.
The high point of the body is provided with a 1/2" NPTtapping for a
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N balance pipe, which is essential for satisfactory operation of this unit. The
The liquid drain trap shall be of the float type with horizontal in-line balance pipe must be connected with a continuous rise between the tapping
provided on the body of the trap and the vessel being drained. The trap
NPT connections. Valve mechanism and float shall be stainless steel
discharge should be piped to a safe place.
with hardened working surfaces, designed to retain a water seal at all
times. A 1/2" NPT tapping shall be provided for a balance pipe. All
internals are to be renewable and field serviceable. MAINTENANCE
Liquid drain traps can be used to drain most liquids from most Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line is required
gases. However, some applications, particularly those
involving hazardous or unusual fluids, may be subject to the valve head and seat.
regulation or may otherwise require special consideration. Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete repair kit.
Spirax Sarco will endeavor to provide whatever data is Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI
necessary to assist in product selection. 7.306 which accompanies the product.
S PA R E PA RT S
D
D
E
F
G
Gasket Kit (set of 3 Cover B, E

and Mechanism Gaskets)
Valve Mechanism Kit D, E, F, G
(less float)
Float P
TIS 7.316 US 09.97
INICIO

CA10S
The float-operated T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S

liquid drain trap Model ➪ CA10S-4.5 CA10S-10 CA10S-14 Receiver and air line drainage, draining a liquid from
discharges its vapor phase.
continuously in Sizes 1", 1-1/2", 2"
direct response to Connections NPT
variations in liquid 1/2" NPT Balance
Construction 1": Ductile (SG) Iron Body Pipe Connection
flow rate, assuring
1-1/2", 2": Cast Iron Body
thorough drainage of Stainless Steel Internals
1"
the system.
Note: 1-1/2" and 2" valves are double-seated, and may not shut tight under no-load conditions.
Normally, the liquid load will always be greater than the small residual leakage.
C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S 8 1
No. Part Material

1 Body 1" Ductile (SG) Iron DIN 1693 GGG 40 15,16
4
1-1/2", 2" Cast Iron DIN 1691 GG 25 17
2 Cover Bolting Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
4 Cover 1" Ductile (SG) Iron DIN 1693 GGG 40 5,6
1-1/2", 2" Cast Iron DIN 1691 GG 25
5 Valve Seat 1" Stainless Steel ASTMA276Type431 1/2" NPT
Balance Pipe
Main Valve Assy 1-1/2", 2" Stainless Steel AISI 431 Connection
6 Valve Seat Gasket 1" Stainless Steel AISI 304
Main Valve Assy Compressed Asbestos
Gasket 1-1/2", 2" Fibre Graphited F104 11/2" and 2"
7 Pivot Frame Assy Stainless Steel ANSI B 18.6.3
2
Set Screws 1" M5 x 20 mm 3
Main Valve Assy Stainless Steel
Bolts 1-1/2" M6 x 20 mm BS 970 304 S16
Studs & Nuts 2" M8 x 20 mm BS 6105 A4-80
7
8 Ball Float &Lever Stainless Steel AISI 304 6
15 Support Frame Stainless Steel AISI 304 17
16 Pivot Frame Stainless Steel AISI 304 8

4
17 Erosion Deflector Stainless Steel ASTMA276Type 431 1
5
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) Up to 200 psig 14 barg. The PMO depends on the model selected and
the specific gravity of the liquid being drained. See TIS 7.318.

1" 1-1/2", 2"
PMA 362 psig/0-248˚F 25 barg/0-120˚C 232 psig/0-450˚F 16 barg/0-232˚C
309 psig/424˚F 21 barg/218˚C
160 psig/572˚F 11 barg/300˚C
TMA 572˚F/0-160 psig 300˚C/0-11 barg 450˚F/0-232 psig 232˚C/0-16 barg
INICIO

CA10S
CA PAC I T Y
The discharge capacity depends on the differential pressure (inlet pressure F
minus outlet pressure) and the specific gravity of the liquid being drained.
See TIS 7.318. A
B
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N 1"
Steam traps shall be of the mechanical ball float type having iron bodies,
horizontal line connections, and all stainless steel internals. A 1/2" NPT C
tapping shall be provided for a balance pipe. All internals are to be E

D
renewable and field serviceable.
F ➝
The trap must be fitted in a horizontal pipe line with direction of flow as B
indicated and so that the float mechanism is free to rise and fall in a vertical
plane. Full-flow isolating valves should be placed to permit servicing. 1-1/2", 2"
The high point of the body is provided with a 1/2" NPTtapping for a balance C
pipe, which is essential for satisfactory operation of this unit. The balance
pipe must be connected with a continuous rise between the tapping provided
on the body of the trap and the vessel being drained. The trap discharge D ➝ ➝
E
should be piped to a safe place.
DIMENSIONS
MAINTENANCE (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping connections. Size A B C D E F Weight
Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return line is required 1" 4.7 4.3 3.2 7.7 6.3 8.6 15.0 lb
before any servicing is performed. 120 110 80 195 160 220 6.8 kg
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning of 1-1/2" 10.6 5.1 4.3 9.4 7.9 10.6 38.5 lb
the valve head and seat. 270 130 108 238 200 270 17.5 kg
2" 11.9 5.4 4.9 9.8 7.8 11.3 49 lb
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI 300 138 125 250 200 288 22 kg
7.306 which accompanies the product.
S PA R E PA RT S
Main Valve Assy w/ Float (1") A,B,C,D,E,F,G

Main Valve Assy w/ Erosion Deflector (1-1/2", 2") A,B,D
Three Complete sets of Gaskets B,T
Ball Float (1-1/2", 2") C
T B AGEF D C
Main Valve Assembly with float The erosion deflector on the 1" is pressed into the body during manufacture
(1”) B A D C and not available as a spare.
Main Valve Assembly
(11/2”,2”)
TIS 7.3021 US 03.94

INICIO
Ductile Iron Liquid Drain Trap

CA14

liquid drain trap Model ➪ CA1 4 Receiver and airline drainage, draining a
discharges continuously liquid from its vapour phase.
PMO 203 psig
in direct response to
variations in liquid flow
Sizes 1/2" & 3/4"
rate, assuring thorough
drainage of the system. Connections NPT
The CA 14 has a
synthetic rubber valve Construction Ductile Iron 10 4 3 1 2
head for positive closure.
Options BSPConnections
PMA 232 psig/0-248˚F 16 barg/0-120˚C

203 psig/389˚F 14 barg/198˚C
188 psig/482˚F 13 barg/250˚C
TMA 482˚F/0-188 psig 250˚C/0-13 barg

Differential Pressure — bar 5 7 6 9

.1 .2 .3 .5 .7 1 2 3 5 10 14
1000
400
700
300 C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
No. Part Material
500
1 Cover Ductile (SG) Iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
200
400 2 Cover Bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr B.8
150
M10 x 30
300
3 Cover Gasket Asbestos-free Synthetic Fiber BS 2815 Gr.B
4 Body Ductile (SG) Iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
100 5 Main Valve Synthetic Rubber Viton
200
6 Main Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 431
150 70 7 Main Valve Stainless Steel AISI 304
Seat Gasket
50 9 Main Valve Stainless Steel BS 6105 C1 A2-70
100 Assembly Screws M4 x 6
1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200
Differential Pressure — psi 10 Ball Float & Lever Stainless Steel AISI 304
INICIO
Ductile Iron Liquid Drain Trap

CA 14
A
The liquid drain trap shall be of the float type with screwed
NPT connections (top inlet, side outlet.) Body material shall C
be Ductile (SG) Iron. Valve mechanism shall be stainless
steel with viton valve head designed to retain a water seal at
all times. All internals are to be renewable & field servicable F
without disturbing the piping connections.
D
The trap must be fitted in a horizontal plane, as shown, with
E withdrawal
the inlet at the top so that the float mechanism is free to rise distance
and fall vertically. The discharge should be piped to a safe
place B
MAINTENANCE
and cleaning of the valve head and seat.
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete D IMENSIONS (NOMINAL ) IN INCHES & MILLIMETERS
repair kit.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are Size A B C D E F Weight
given in the IMI sheet which accompanies the product. 1/2", 3/4" 5.8 4.5 3.15 4.5 4.1 2.4 5.5 lb
147 114 80 114 105 60.5 2.5 kg
S PA R E PA RT S
Maintenance Kit A, B (2 off), C, D, E, F, G, O
Seal Kit C, O
Available spare parts are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in

broken line are not supplied as spares.
F G
D E
BC
TIS 7.317 US 03.94
INICIO
Steel Liquid Drain Trap

FA450
1/2" NPT
Balance Pipe
The float-operated Connection
Model ➪ FA450 3 9 1
liquid drain trap 2
discharges PMO 465 psig (see below)

Sizes 3/4" to 2"
response to variations
Connections NPT
in liquid flow rate, Carbon Steel Body
19
assuring thorough Construction Stainless Steel Internals 20
drainage of the Options ANSI 150, 300 or 600 flanges 11
7
system. SW Connections to ANSI B16.11 4
13
Note: 1-1/2" and 2" valves are double-seated, and may not shut tight under no-load conditions.
Normally, the liquid load will always be greater than the small residual leakage. 3/4" & 1"
65 12 8
C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S 1/2" NPT
Balance Pipe
No. Part Material Connection
1 Body Steel ASTM A216 WCB 2 9 3 1
1-1/2" & 2"
2 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A 193 B7
Cover Nuts 3/4" & 1" 7/16 - 14 UNC-2A ASTM A 194 2H
1-1/2" & 2" 5/8-11UNC-2A
3 Cover Gasket Stainless Steel Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite
4 Cover Steel ASTM A216 WCB 19
20
5 Valve Seat (3/4" & 1") Stainless Steel ASTM A276Type420F
7
Main Valve Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 431 6
w/ erosion deflector (1-1/2" & 2") 13
6 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Type 301 4
(3/4" & 1")
Main Valve Assy Stainless Steel Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite
Gasket 1-1/2" & 2" 5 8
7 Pivot Frame Assy Stainless Steel AISI 18-8
Set Screws ( 3/4" & 1") 10-24 Fillister Head ANSI B 18.6.3
Main Valve Assembly Steel L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S *
Cap Screws (1-1/2") 1/4-20 ASTM 276 Type 304 Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) Up to 465 psig. The PMO
Studs & Nuts (2") 5/16-18 ASTM276 Type 431 & 304 depends on the model selected and the specific gravity of the
8 Ball Float & Lever Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Type 304 liquid being drained. See TIS 7.318.
11 Support Frame Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Type 304
12 Pivot Frame Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Type 304 Max. Operating Temperature 750 ˚F (400˚C)
13 Erosion Deflector Stainless Steel ASTM A582 Type 303
19 Plug Stainless Steel P R E S S U R E S H E L L D E S I G N CO N D I T I O N S *
PMA 740 psig/0-100˚F 51 barg/0-38˚C
604 psig/489˚F 42 barg/254˚C
505 psig/750˚F 35 barg/400˚C
Receiver and air line drainage, draining a liquid from its vapor phase
TMA 750˚F/0-505 psig 400˚C/0-35 barg
* The limiting operating and design conditions for ANSI 150

flanged units will be limited by the flange rating
INICIO

FA450
CA PAC I T Y
The discharge capacity depends on the differential pressure (inlet
pressure minus outlet pressure) and the specific gravity of the liquid
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N A
Liquid drain traps shall be of the mechanical ball float type having A1
steel bodies, horizontal in-line connections, and stainless steel valve
heads, seats and ball floats. Internals of the trap shall be completely D
G
servicable without disturbing the piping.
I N S TA L L AT I O N B
indicated and so that the float mechanism is free to rise and fall in a
C
vertical plane. Full-flow isolating valves should be placed to permit
servicing.
The high point of the body is provided with a 1/2" NPTtapping for a F E H
Withdrawal
balance pipe, which is essential for satisfactory operation of this unit. The
balance pipe must be connected with a continuous rise between the
tapping provided on the body of the trap and the vessel being drained.
The trap discharge should be piped to a safe place. DIMENSIONS
(N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
MAINTENANCE Size A A1 B C D E F G H Scr/SW Flg

3/4" 6.1 10.1 3.0 3.1 6.4 4.7 7.4 4.0 — 18.0 lb 23.8 lb
This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping 155 255 76 79 163 120 189 102 8.2 kg 10.8 kg
connections. Complete isolation from both supply and return line is 1" 6.5 10.4 5.0 3.8 8.2 6.3 9.2 5.8 — 24.2lb 33 lb
required before any servicing is performed. 165 264 127 96 208 160 234 147 11.0 kg 15 kg
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and 1-1/2" 9.8 14.0 5.6 3.6 9.8 7.7 11.1 6.4 4.7 55.1 lb 64.0 lb
cleaning of the valve head and seat. 250 356 142 347 250 195 282 163 119 25.0 kg 29.0 kg
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete valve 2" 11.8 16.0*6.0 4.0 10.0 7.7 11.6 6.5 6.0 66.1 lb 70.5 lb
mechanism kit. 300 406* 152 102 255 195 295 165 152 30.0 kg 32.0 kg
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in *ANSI 600 16.5" 419 mm
IMI 7.306, which accompanies the product.
S PA R E PA RT S
P - 2" Inlet Baffle Valve Mechanism Kit

P w/ Float ( 3/4" & 1") A,B,C,D,E,F,G
1-1/2" Valve Mechanism Kit (1-1/2" & 2") A,B,D,P
Inlet Baffle
Gasket Kit (3 sets of cover
and Mechanism Gaskets) B,T
Float Kit (1-1/2"& 2") C
T
B G AEF D C The erosion deflector is pressed into the body during
manufacture and not available as a spare.
3/4" & 1" Main Valve Assembly
B A D C
1-1/2" & 2"

Main Valve
Assembly
Liquid drain traps can be used to drain liquids from most gases.
TIS 7.315 US 01.97
INICIO

3" and 4" FA450
liquid drain trap Model ➪ FA450 Draining a liquid from a gas in large process applications.
discharges Sizes 3" 4"
response to variations Connections NPT, SW, Flanged Flanged
in liquid flow rate,
Construction Carbon Steel Body 7 8
assuring thorough 3/4" NPT
drainage of the system. Balance Pipe
Connection
Note: The double seated valve may not shut tight under no-load conditions.
2
5
No. Part Material 3
1 Body Cast Carbon Steel ASTM A216 WCB 6
2 Cover Cast Carbon Steel ASTM A216 WCB
3 Cover Gasket Graphite with SS insert 1
4 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A193 GR B7
5 Lockwashers Steel
6 Main Valve Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 300 & Hardened
Head and Seat
Valve Mech. Gasket Graphite
Valve Mech. Screws Stainless Steel
9
7 Float Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Type 304 10
8 Cover Plug (3/4" NPT) Steel
Drain Plug (3/4" NPT) Steel
9 Companion Flange Forged Steel
10 Flange Bolts Steel ASTM A193 GR B7
CA PAC I T I E S LI M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S *
For liquids other than cold water, see TIS 7.318. Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) Up to 450 psig, depending
.1 .15 .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 7 10 15 20 32 on the specific gravity of the liquid being drained. See TIS
1,000,000 400,000
7.318.
800,000 Max. Operating Temperature 650˚F (343˚C) at 450 psig
700,000 300,000
600,000 (31 barg)
500,000
200,000
400,000 750˚F (400˚C) at
150,000
300,000
operating pressures below
375 psig (26 barg)
100,000
200,000
150,000
70,000 PR E S S U R E SH E L L D E S I G N C O N D I T I O N S*
50,000 PMA 450 psig/0-650˚F 31 barg/0-343˚C
100,000 Max. allowable pressure
80,000
40,000 425 psig/700˚F 29 barg/371˚C
70,000 30,000 375 psig/750˚F 26barg/400˚C
60,000
50,000
20,000
TMA
40,000 Max. allowable temperature 750˚F/0-375 psig 400˚C/0-26 barg
15,000
30,000
1 1.5 2 3 4 5 7 10 15 20 30 4050 70 100 150200300 400
* The limiting operating and design conditions for ANSI 150
*In this region the trap capacity may exceed the flow flanged units will be limited by the flange rating.
capactiy of the connection piping.
INICIO

3" and 4" FA450
Dimensions (nominal) 3/4" NPT
Balance Pipe
Connection
32.0
813
Inlet 16.0
Companion 406
Flange * 8.0
203
23.7
602
➡ 6.75
171
3/4" NPT
15.52 12.0 11.5
394 305 292
.625Ø
Mounting Holes 17.5
3" NPT, SW 444
27.75 705
Weight 485 lb. (220 kg)
28.9 734
3"&4" Flanged
38.9 988
* The inlet connection on NPT and SW traps is a standard 4" ANSI 300 RF Flange bolted to the trap body.
The flange bore is 3", NPT or SW to match the outlet connection of the trap.
Liquid drain traps shall be of the mechanical ball float type having steel bodies with
stainless steel internal parts. The piping connections shall be horizontal in-line, and the S PA R E PA RT S
body shall incorporate mounting legs with drilled pads. The trap body shall be horizontally
split and all internal parts shall be completely serviceable without disturbing the inlet and
outlet piping.
The trap should be located below and close to the equipment drain point. A pipeline strainer
should be installed ahead of the trap, and full-flow isolating valves should be placed to P
permit servicing. The mounting legs should be bolted to a firm horizontal support. Access
above the trap must be provided for servicing. The cover has a plugged 3/4" NPT balance
pipe connection. The balance pipe must be connected with a continuous rise between the
D
trap and the eaquipment being drained.
Complete installation instructions are given in IMI 7.3151. F
E
MAINTENANCE
B
This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping connections. Complete
isolation from both supply and return line is required before any servicing is performed.
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning of the valve
mechanism.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in IMI 7.3151, which
Liquid drain traps can be used to drain most liquids from most gases. Valve Mechanism Kit D,E,F
However, some applications, particularly those involving hazardous or Gasket Kit (pkt of 3 each) B,F
Float Kit P
TIS 7.3151 US 03.94
INICIO

F-150V, F-300V
The float-operated 1/4"NPTBalance Pipe

liquid drain trap Model ➪ F-150V F-300V 1 8 133 2 4 Connection
discharges PMO 150 psig 300 psig
continuously in
Sizes 1/2"
direct response to
variations in liquid Connections NPT
flow rate, assuring
Construction Stainless Steel Body
thorough drainage of Carbon Steel Cover
the system.
Options SW to ANSI B16.11
11
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless Steel AISI 304 71412 5 6
2 Cover Screws Steel ASTM A449 Type 1
4 Cover Forged Steel ASTM A105 T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 420F Receiver and air line drainage, draining a liquid from
6 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel AISI303 its vapor phase.
7 Float Screw & washer Stainless Steel AISI304
8 Ball Float Stainless Steel AISI304 L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S
11 Valve Seat Bracket Stainless Steel AISI 301
12 Pivot Pin Stainless Steel AISI 303
13 Body Retaining Ring Forged Steel ASTM A105 F-150V F-300V
Specific Gravity psig barg psig barg
14 Lever & Ball Head Stainless Steel AISI 301/304 Lever
1.0 150 10.3 300 20.7
AISI 440 Ball Head .95 150 10.3 300 20.7
.90 150 10.3 300 20.7
.85 150 10.3 300 20.7
.80 138 9.5 282 19.4
.75 119 8.1 243 16.7
.70 100 6.8 203 13.9
.65 80 5.5 164 11.2
.60 61 4.2 125 8.6
.55 42 2.8 86 5.9
.50 23 1.5 46 3.1
5.3"
Weight 135 mm Max. Operating Temperature 750˚F (399˚C)
6 lb
2.7 kg
PMA 450 psig/0-750˚F 31 barg/0-399˚C

5.4" Max. allowable pressure
139 mm
6.1" TMA 750˚F/0-450 psig 399˚C/0-31 barg
156 mm Max. allowable temperature
C O L D WAT E R CA PAC I T Y L B /H
Differential pressure
psi 1 2 5 10 20 30 50 65 75 100 125 150 250 300
bar .07 .14 .34 .69 1.4 2.1 3.5 4.5 5.2 6.9 8.6 10.3 17.2 20.7
F-150V 150 200 295 395 530 625 785 880 940 1060 1160 1250 – –
F-300V 80 105 145 210 280 335 420 470 500 570 620 680 850 920
For kg/h, multiply lb/hr by .454
INICIO

F-150V, F-300V
C O N V E R S I O N FAC TO R S
for equivalent cold water capacity of light liquids
Specific gravity .95-.99 .90-.94 .85-.89 .80-.84 .75-.79 .70-.74 .65-.69 .60-.64 .55-.59 .50-.54
Conversion Factor 1.03 1.06 1.09 1.12 1.16 1.20 1.24 1.29 1.35 1.42
D R A I N I N G C O L D WAT E R & L I Q U I D S OF SPECIFIC I N S TA L L AT I O N

G R AV I T Y 1 . 0 The trap must be fitted in a vertical pipe line with direction of flow as
Obtain the required cold water capacity by multiplying the peak load indicated and so that the float mechanism is free to rise and fall in a
by a safety factor of 1.5. Select the drain trap from the capacity table vertical plane.
which satisfies the required cold water capacity and operates at the The cover is provided with a 1/4"tapping for a balance pipe, which is
minimum pressure differential of the application. essential for satisfactory operation of this unit. The balance pipe must be
connected with a continuous rise between the tapping provided on the
trap and the vessel being drained. The trap discharge should be piped to
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N a safe place.
The liquid drain trap shall be of the float type with screwed NPT
connections. Valve mechanism shall be stainless steel with hardened MAINTENANCE
working surfaces designed to retain a water seal at all times. A 1/4" NPT This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping
tapping shall be provided for a balance pipe. All internals are to be connections. Complete isolation of the trap from both supply and return
renewable and field serviceable. line is required before any servicing is performed. The trap should be
disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning of the valve head
and seat. Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete
D R A I N I N G L I Q U I D S O F S P E C I F I C G R AV I T Y 0.5 TO 0 . 9 5 repair kit.
Determine the “Equivalent Cold Water Capacity” of the light liquid by Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in the
multiplying its peak load (include a safety factor of 1.5) by the IMI7.316 which accompanies the product.
conversion factor given in the table above. If the maximum load is
accurately known, the safety factor can be reduced or eliminated.
Refer next to Limiting Conditions table which gives the maximum Liquid drain traps can be used to drain most gases. However, some
operating pressure with various gravity liquids. For liquids between applications, particularly those involving hazardous or unusual
those listed, use the next lower specific gravity. Determine the fluids, may be subject to regulation or may otherwise require
maximum operating pressure equal to, or greater than, the inlet pressure special consideration.
of the application. Spirax Sarco will endeavor to provide whatever data is necessary
to assist in product selection.
S PA R E PA RT S
Cover Gasket (Set of 3 Cover & Seat Gaskets)

Valve Mechanism Kit 4
Float Kit 5
TIS 7.310 US 03.94
INICIO
Stainless Steel Liquid Drain Trap

FA-150
The float-operated
liquid drain trap Model ➪ FA-150
discharges
PMO 150 psig
continuously in direct Receiver and air line drainage, draining liquid
response to from its vapor phase.
Sizes 1/4"
variations in liquid
flow rate, assuring Connections NPT
thorough drainage of
the system. Constructio
Stainless Steel Body
and Internals
Connectors Plated Steel
1/4" NPT Balance Pipe Connection
Options All stainless construction
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless Steel AISI 304 11
2 Cover Screws Plated Steel ASTM A574
10
Cover Nuts ASTM A 563
6 1
2
4 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 420F
5 'O' Rings BUNA-N
6 Float Stainless Steel AISI 304 3
9
7 Seat Bracket Stainless Steel AISI 301
8 Pivot Pin Stainless Steel AISI 303 8
9 Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 300/440 7 4
& Arm 5
10 Connection Stud Stainless Steel AISI 304 12
11 Connection Nut Plated Steel ASTM A108 GA 1117
12 Drain Plug Steel ASTM A105
5.8"
148 mm Limiting Operating Conditions
2.1"
54 mm Max. Operating Pressure (PMO)
Specific Gravity psig barg
1.0 150 10.3 Max. Operating Temperature 250˚F (121˚C)
.95 135 9.3
.90 119 8.2
.85 104 7.1
5.3" .80 89 6.1 Pressure Shell Design Conditions
134 mm
.75 73 5.0
.70 58 4.0 PMA 150 psig/0-250˚F 10 barg/0-121˚C
.65 43 2.9 Max. allowable pressure
Weight .60 25 1.7
2 lb TMA 250˚F/0-150 psig 121˚C/0-10 barg
0.9 kg .55 12 0.8
Cold Water Capacity lb/h .10" (2.5mm) orifice diameter

Differential pressure
psi 1 2 5 10 20 30 50 65 75 100 125 150
bar .07 .14 .34 .69 1.4 2.1 3.5 4.5 5.2 6.9 8.6 10.3
1/4" FA-150 125 165 250 330 450 530 650 750 790 900 980 1025
For kg/h, multiply lb/h by .454
INICIO

FA-150
Conversion Factors
for equivalent cold water capacity of light liquids
Specific gravity .95-.99 .90-.94 .85-.89 .80-.84 .75-.79 .70-.74 .65-.69 .60-.64 .55-.59
Conversion Factor 1.03 1.06 1.09 1.12 1.16 1.20 1.24 1.29 1.35
Draining Cold Water & Liquids of specific Spare Parts

gravity 1.0
Obtain the required cold water capacity by multiplying the peak load by a
safety factor of 1.5. Select the drain trap from the capacity table which
satisfies the required cold water capacity and operates at the minimum
pressure differential of the application.
1B
Draining Liquids of specific gravity 0.55 to 0.95
Determine the “Equivalent Cold Water Capacity” of the light liquid by
multiplying its peak load (include a safety factor of 1.5) by the conversion
factor given in the table above. If the maximum load is accurately known, the
safety factor can be reduced or eliminated.
Refer next to Limiting Conditions table which gives the maximum operating
pressure with various gravity liquids. For liquids between those listed, use the
next lower specific gravity. Ensure that the maximum operating pressure is 1A
equal to, or greater than, the inlet pressure of the application.
5
The liquid drain trap shall be of the float type with screwed NPT
connections. Body shall be stainless steel, and valve mechanism shall be
stainless steel with hardened working surfaces designed to retain a water
seal at all times. An NPT tapping shall be provided for a balance pipe. All 4
internals are to be renewable and field serviceable.
6
2
Installation
The trap must be fitted in a vertical pipe line so that the float mechanism is 1B
free to rise and fall in a vertical plane.
The high point of the cover is provided with a 1/4" NPT tapping for a 6
balance pipe, which is essential for satisfactory operation of this unit. The
balance pipe must be connected with a continuous rise between the tapping 6
provided on the cover of the trap and the vessel being drained. The trap
Maintenance
This product can be maintained without disturbing the inlet piping
Gasket Kit (Set of 3 Cover & Seat Gaskets)
cleaning of the valve head and seat. Complete valve mechanism
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete repair kit. assembly with ‘O’ ring 4
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given in Float with Screw & Washer 5
IMI 7.306 which accompanies the product.
assist in product selection. TIS 7.307 US 05.01
INICIO
Stainless Steel Drain Trap

CA16S
The float-operated
liquid drain trap
discharges Model ➪ CA16S-4.5 CA16S-10 CA16S-14
continuously in Sizes 1/2", 3/4"
direct response to Process applications requiring an
variations in liquid Connections NPT austentic stainless steel
flow rate, assuring liquid drain trap.
thorough drainage Construction 316L Stainless Steel Body,
of the system. Stainless Steel Internals
1 2
No. Part Material
8
1 Body Stainless Steel AISI316
2 Cover Bolts Stainless Steel Class A2 Gr80
M10 x 30 mm 4
4 Cover Stainless Steel AISI 316 12
5
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29 3
7 Pivot Frame Assembly Stainless Steel
Set Screws M5 x 20 mm BS 4183 18/8
8 Ball Float & Lever Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16
11 Support Frame Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16
6117
12 Pivot Frame Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) Up to 200 Pressure Shell Design Conditions
psig The PMO depends on the model selected and the specific
gravity of the liquid being drained. See TIS 7.318 PMA 362 psig/0-248˚F 25 barg/0-120˚C
309 psig/424˚F 21 barg/218˚C
Max. Operating Temperature 572˚F (300˚C) 261 psig/572˚F 18 barg/300˚C
TMA 572˚F/0-261 psig 300˚C/0-18 barg
INICIO

CA16S
Capacity
The discharge capacity depends on the differential pressure (inlet
pressure minus outlet pressure) and the specific gravity of the liquid
Steam traps shall be of the mechanical ball float type having
stainless steel bodies, horizontal line connections, and all stainless
steel internals. A 1/2" NPT tapping shall be provided for a balance
pipe. All internals are to be renewable and field serviceable. A
Installation F
indicated and so that the float mechanism is free to rise and fall in a
vertical plane. Full-flow isolating valves should be placed to permit
servicing.
B
The high point of the body is provided with a 1/2" NPT tapping for a
balance pipe, which is essential for satisfactory operation of this unit.
The balance pipe must be connected with a continuous rise between
the tapping provided on the body of the trap and the vessel being
drained. The trap discharge should be piped to a safe place. C
Maintenance
This product can be maintained without disturbing the piping D E
cleaning of the valve head and seat.
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete repair kit. Dimensions
IMI 7.306 which accompanies the product. Size A B C D E F Weight
1/2", 3/4" 4.7 2.1 2.1 5.8 4.3 6.7 9 lb
120 54 54 148 110 169 4 kg
Liquid drain traps can be used to drain most liquids from most
gases. However, some applications, particularly those
involving hazardous or unusual fluids, may be subject to
regulation or may otherwise require special consideration.
Spirax Sarco will endeavor to provide whatever data is
necessary to assist in product selection.
S PA R E PA R T S
T B
Main Valve Assembly AG
E F
w/ Float A,B,C,D,E,F,G D
Three complete sets C
of Gaskets (Pkt of 3 sets) B,T
TIS 7.3023 US 06.02
INICIO

CA46S
The float-operated Typical Applications
liquid drain trap Process applications requiring an austentic
Model ➪ CA46S-4.5 CA46S-10 CA46S-14 CA46S-21
discharges stainless steel liquid drain trap.
continuously in Sizes 1/2", 3/4" 1", 1-1/2", 2"
1/2" NPT Balance Pipe Connection
direct response to
variations in liquid Connections ANSI 150 and 300 flanged 2 1 3 8 4
flow rate, assuring
thorough drainage Construction 316L Stainless Steel Body, Stainless Steel Internals
of the system.
Note:1-1/2" and 2" valves are double-seated, and may not shut tight under no-load conditions.
1 /2" and 3/4"
Construction Materials 11 657 12

No. Part Material 1/2" NPT Balance
1 Body Stainless Steel AISI316 Pipe Connection
2 Cover Bolts Stainless Steel Class A2 Gr80
1/2". 3/4", 1" M10 x 60 mm
1-1/2", 2" M16 x 85 mm
4 Cover Stainless Steel AISI 316
5 Valve Seat 1/2", 3/4", 1" Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29
Main Valve Assembly Stainless Steel 1"
w/ Erosion Deflector BS 3146 Pt2 type ANC2
1-1/2", 2" BS 970 416 S37
1/2" NPT Balance
6 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S11 Pipe Connection
1/2", 3/4", 1"
2 1 3 8 4
Main Valve Assembly Stainless Steel AISI316
Gasket 1-1/2", 2"
7 Pivot Frame Assembly Stainless Steel
Set Screws 1/2", 3/4", 1" M5 x 20 mm BS 4183 18/8
Bolts 1-1/2" M6 x 20 mm BS 970 304 S15
Studs &Nuts 2" M8 x 20 mm BS 6105 A4.80
8 Ball Float &Lever Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16
11 Support Frame Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16
1-1/2", 2"
12 Pivot Frame Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S16
7 6 5
Limiting Operating Conditions Pressure Shell Design Conditions

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) Up to 300 PMA 580 psig/up to 121˚F 40 barg/up to
psig.The PMO depends on the model selected and the specific 49˚C
gravity of the liquid being drained. See TIS 7.318. Max. allowable pressure 398 psig/448˚F 27 barg/231˚C
Max. Operating Temperature 750˚F (400˚C) 304 psig/752˚F 21 barg/400˚C
TMA 752˚F/0-304 psig 400˚C/0-21 barg
INICIO

CA46S
Dimensions
C
Size/DN A B C D E Weight
1/2" 5.8 3.2 3.2 8.4 4.7 23.8 lb
E 15 150 80 80 215 120 10.8 kg
D
3/4" 5.8 3.2 3.2 8.8 4.7 23.8 lb
1/2", 3/4", 1" 20 150 80 80 225 120 10.8 kg
1" 6.2 4.5 3.4 10.8 6.7 33 lb
25 160 115 85 276 170 15 kg
A
B 1-1/2" 9.0 4.8 4.5 12.7 7.9 72.8 lb
40 230 130 115 326 200 33 kg
2" 9.0 5.5 4.8 12.9 7.9 94.8 lb
50 230 141 123 332 200 43 kg
C
1-1/2" & 2"
Capacity
The discharge capacity depends on the differential pressure Spare Parts
(inlet pressure minus outlet pressure) and the specific gravity
of the liquid being drained. See TIS 7.318.
Steam traps shall be of the mechanical ball float type having
stainless steel bodies, horizontal line connections, and all
stainless steel internals. A 1/2" NPT tapping shall be provided
for a balance pipe. All internals are to be renewable and field
serviceable.
Installation
The trap must be fitted in a horizontal pipe line with direction
of flow as indicated and so that the float mechanism is free to
B
rise and fall in a vertical plane. Full-flow isolating valves AG
EF
D
should be placed to permit servicing. T C
The high point of the body is provided with a 1/2" NPT
B
tapping for a balance pipe, which is essential for satisfactory A
D
operation of this unit. The balance pipe must be connected C
with a continuous rise between the tapping provided on the
body of the trap and the vessel being drained. The trap
Maintenance
and return line is required before any servicing is performed. Main Valve Assembly
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and w/ Float A,B,C,D,E,F,G
cleaning of the valve head and seat. Main Valve Assembly w/
repair kit. Erosion Deflector (1-1/2", 2") A,B,D
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are Ball Float (1-1/2", 2") C
given in IMI 7.306 which accompanies the product. Three complete sets
of Gaskets (Pkt of 3 sets) B,T
Liquid drain traps can be used to drain most liquids from
most gases. However, some applications, particularly those
involving hazardous or unusual fluids, may be subject to
regulation or may otherwise require special consideration.
Spirax Sarco will endeavor to provide whatever data is
necessary to assist in product selection.
TIS 7.3022 US 06.02
INICIO
Thermo-Dynamic Liquid Drain Trap ®
TDA52
The Thermo-Dynamic® Model ➪ TDA52

type liquid drain trap Typical Applications
cycles periodically, PMO 250 psig
Receiver and air line drainage,
discharging liquid as
Sizes 1/2" gas line drainage
quickly as it
accumulates, so as to Connections NPT
prevent harmful Construction stainless steel
back-up.

Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 250psig(17 barg)

Minimum pressure for satisfactory operation is
50 psi (3.5 bar) Maximum back pressure should not
exceed 80% of the inlet pressure under any conditions of 3
operation, otherwise the trap may not shut.
1
PMA 600 psig/0-800˚F 42 barg/0-427˚C

TMA 800˚F/0-600 psig 427˚C/0-42 barg

No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless Steel AISI 420F
2 Cap Stainless Steel AISI 416
.4" 1.7"
102 mm 43.2 mm
Capacities
Pounds of water per hour continuous discharge to atmosphere
2.0" Inlet Pressure
50.8 mm 1.2" psig bar 1/2" TDA52
30.5 mm
50 3.5 1140
75 5.2 1400
2.7" 1.24"
100 6.9 1650
68 mm 3.5 mm
150 10.3 2050
200 13.8 2400
Weight
250 17.2 2800
.9 lb
0.41 kg For kg/hr, multiply lb/hr by .454
INICIO
Thermo-Dynamic Liquid Drain Trap ®
TDA52
Spare Parts
Drain trap shall be all stainless steel Thermo-Dynamic® type with
connections on a common center line. Integral seat design with hardened
disc and seating surfaces, Spirax Sarco type TDA52 for all pressures from
50 psig 250 psig.
1
Installation
The trap should be installed in a vertical position (discharging downward)
as close as possible to the equipment being drained. The discharge should
be piped to a safe place. 3
Maintenance
The trap should be disassembled periodically for inspection and cleaning
of the seat and disc.
IMI sheet which accompanies the product.
However, some applications, particularly those involving hazardous or Disc 3
unusual fluids, may be subject to regulation or may otherwise require Cap 1
TIS 7.314 US 11.00
INICIO
Liquid Drain Traps

The discharge rate depends on the differential pressure across the trap ( that is, the pressure at the trap inlet minus the pressure at the outlet). The capacity charts show the maximum cold water
discharge rate versus the differential pressure. Note: Although the differential pressure is used for sizing, the trap body must be designed for the full maximum system pressure.
Operation Against Return
Line Back-Pressure
If the pressure in the return line (the “back-pressure”) is above atmospheric at all times, the maximum operating pressure (PMO) of the trap is increased by the amount of the back-pressure. (But
the increased PMO must never be higher than the PMA — the maximum allowable pressure.)
Example:
If the nameplate PMO is 100 psig, and the back-pressure is always at least 25 psig, the drain trap may be used at a working pressure of up to 125 psig, provided that the nameplate PMA is at
least 125 psig at the operating temperature. The excess pressure will not hold the valve closed because the differential pressure is not greater than the nameplate PMO.
Safety Factors
Both the amount of liquid to be discharged and the differential pressure may fluctuate. To ensure continuous drainage during periods of high load and/or low pressure, the liquid drain trap should
be selected to handle the estimated load times a safety factor of 1.5 at the lowest expected differential pressure. If the capacity requirements or operating conditions cannot be predicted
accurately, the safety factor should be increased accordingly. If the maximum peak load and minimum differential pressure are accurately known, the safety factor may be reduced or eliminated.
Liquids other than cold water
For liquids higher than cold water (that is, liquids with a specific gravity less than 1.0), both the discharge capacity and the maximum operating pressure will be reduced. The required capacity of
the light liquid (including the safety factor) must be multiplied by the appropriate conversion factor from figure 1. The resulting equivalent cold water capacity is used to select a trap using the cold
water capacity charts. Table 1 must be consulted to ensure that the reduced PMO of the selected trap is higher than the expected maximum system pressure. If there is a back-pressure in the
return line, the PMO of the trap may be increased (see above).
Flashing Liquids
The capacity charts are based on single-phase (liquid only) flow. If the pressure/temperature conditions upstream and downstream of the trap are such that a portion of the liquid will re-evaporate,
or “flash” as it passes through the valve, the resulting two-phase (liquid and gas) flow will reduce the capacity of the trap. If two-phase flow is expected, the safety factor should be increased by 1-
1/2 to 2 times.
TA B L E 1: M A X I M U M O P E R AT I N G P R E S S U R E WITH LI G H T L I Q U I D S
Model(s)* Size(s) Maximum Operating Pressure, psig
s.g. 1.00 .99 to .95 .94 to .90 .89 to .85 .84 to .80 .79 to .75 .74 to .70 .69 to .65 .64 to .60 .59 to .55 .54 to .50
1/2",3/4",1" 35 31 28 24 21 17 14 10 7 3 —
FA/FAI-30
1-1/2",2" 34 31 28 25 22 20 17 14 11 8 6
1/2",3/4",1" 90 81 73 65 57 49 41 33 25 16 8
FA/FAI-75 1-1/2" 88 81 73 66 58 51 43 36 28 21 13
2" 75 60 54 49 44 38 33 28 23 17 12
1/2",3/4",1" 150 142 128 114 100 86 71 57 43 29 15
FA/FAI-150 1-1/2" 150 140 127 115 103 90 78 65 53 40 28
2" 150 139 127 115 103 91 79 67 55 43 31
FAI-200 1/2",3/4",1" 200 184 168 152 135 119 103 87 71 54 38
1" 200 200 200 190 164 139 113 88 62 37 11
FA-200
1-1/2" 200 200 200 191 168 145 122 99 76 53 30
FAB-10 2" 10 9 8 7.5 7 6 5.5 5 4 3.5 3
1-1/2" 75 69 63 57 50 44 37 31 25 19 13
FAB-75
2-1/2" 75 69 63 57 50 44 37 31 25 19 13
FAB-175 2" 175 163 150 137 124 111 98 85 72 59 46
CA-14 1/2",3/4" 200 198 195 173 152 130 110 87 65 45 26
1/2",3/4" 65 65 65 65 65 55 50 38 26 16 7
-4.5 1" 65 65 65 65 65 57 50 39 29 20 11
1-1/2",2" 65 59 53 47 42 36 30 24 18 12 6
1/2",3/4" 145 145 145 125 108 94 80 60 43 30 19
-10 1" 145 145 145 125 107 93 80 65 50 35 21
FA450 1-1/2",2" 145 132 119 105 92 79 66 53 40 26 13
CA10S 1/2",3/4" 203 198 195 173 152 130 110 87 65 45 26
CA16S -14 1" 203 203 203 180 160 135 113 92 72 50 29
CA46S 1-1/2",2" 203 203 203 203 203 203 203 165 99 54 27
1/2",3/4" 304 304 304 280 261 225 165 155 116 75 36
-21 1" 304 290 275 245 217 187 159 130 100 66 36
1-1/2",2" 304 304 304 304 295 253 211 165 99 54 27
3/4" 465 464 464 440 420 350 300 240 185 125 65
-32 1" 465 450 435 385 340 290 246 195 145 100 55
1-1/2",2" 465 422 380 337 295 253 211 165 99 54 27
FA450 3",4" 450 450 450 450 450 450 390 275 158 40 —
FA-150 1/4" 150 135 119 104 89 73 58 43 25 12 —
F-150V 1/2" 150 150 150 150 138 119 100 80 61 42 23
F-300V 1/2" 300 300 300 300 282 243 203 164 125 86 46
*Some models are not available in all of the listed sizes. For liquids with a specific gravity less than 0.5, please consult factory.
INICIO
Liquid Drain Traps
Figure 1: Capacity Conversion Factors

1.50
1.45
1
Conversion Factor =
√ S.G.
1.40
1.35
1.30
1.25
1.20
1.15
1.10
1.05
1.00
1.0 .95 .90 .85 .80 .75 .70 .65 .60 .55 .50
Specific Gravity
1/2" to 2" FA/FAI Capacities

15,000
Trap Orifice
1/2", 3/4", 1"
.218
10,000 FA / FA 130
1-1/2" FA30 .390
7,000 2" FA30 .500
1/2", 3/4", 1" .166
5,000 FA / FA 175
1-1/2" FA 75 .312
2" FA 75 .421
1/2", 3/4", 1" .125
3,000
FA / FAI 150
1-1/2" FA 150 .246
2,000 2" FA 150 .332
1/2", 3/4" 1" .100
1,500
FAI 200
1" FA 200 .128
1,000 1-1/2" FA 200 .203
700
500
300
1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 75 100 150 200

Cold water capacity for single-phase flow of liquids with a specific gravity of 1.0
INICIO
Liquid Drain Traps
3/4" to 2" FA450 Capacities
Trap Orifice
100,000 3/4", FA 450-4.5 .157
70,000 3/4" FA 450-10 .126
3/4", FA 450-14 .106
50,000
3/4" FA 450-21 .079
3/4" FA 450-32 .063
30,000
1", FA 450-4.5 .276
20,000 1", FA 450-10 .205
15,000 1", FA 450-14 .185
1", FA 450-21 .157
10,000
1", FA 450-32 .126
7,000 1-1/2", FA 450-4.5 .689*
5,000 1-1/2", FA 450-10 .591*
1-1/2", FA 450-14 .531*
3,000 1-1/2", FA 450-21 .531*
1-1/2", FA 450-32 .531*
2,000
2", FA 450-4.5 1.112*
1,500 2", FA 450-10 .807*
1,000 2", FA 450-14 .657*
2", FA 450-21 .657*
700
2", FA 450-32 .657*
500
300 * Double Seated (2 valve orifices)
200 Cold water capacity for single-phase flow of liquids

with a specific gravity of 1.0
1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 65 100 145203 304 465
Differential Pressure, psi Note: 1-1/2" and 2" FA450 traps have double-
seated valves which may not close tight
under no-load conditions.
Normally, the liquid load will always be
greater than the small residual leakage.
1-1/2" TO 2-1/2" FAB CA PAC I T I E S

250,000
200,000 Trap Orifice

2-1/2", FAB-75 1.500*
2", FAB-10 .937
100,000
2", FAB-175 .750*
70,000 1-1/2", FAB-75 .375*
50,000
* Double Seated (2 valve orifices)
30,000
20,000
10,000
Cold water capacity for single-phase flow
7,000 of liquids with a specific gravity of 1.0
5,000
Note: FAB-75 and FAB-175 traps have double-

3,000 seated valves which may not close tight
under no-load conditions.
Normally, the liquid load will always be
2,000 greater than the small residual leakage.
1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 75 100 175
INICIO
Liquid Drain Traps

CA10S, CA16S, CA46S CAPACITIES LIQUID ORIFICE
DRAINER DN DIAMETER (MM)
100,000
70,000 CA10S 3/4" 4.0 .157

CA14 All 2.0 .079
50,000
CA16 1/2", 3/4" 2.0 .079
CA16S-4.5 1/2", 3/4" 4.0 .157
30,000
CA16S-10 1/2", 3/4" 2.7 .106
20,000 CA16S-14 1/2", 3/4" 2.0 .079
CA16S-4.5 1" 7.0 .275
15,000
CA16S-10 1" 5.2 .205
10,000 CA16S-14 1" 4.0 .157
CAS-4.5 1/2", 3/4" 4.0 .157
7,000
CAS-10 1/2", 3/4" 3.2 .126
5,000 CAS-14 1/2", 3/4" 2.7 .106
CAS-21 1/2", 3/4" 2.0 .079
3,000 CAS-32 1/2" 3/4" 1.6 .063
CAS-4.5 1" 7.0 .276
2,000 CAS-10 1" 5.7 .224
1,500 CAS-14 1" 4.7 .185
CAS-21 1" 4.0 .157
1,000
700 Cold water capacity for single-phase flow of

liquids with a specific gravity of 1.0
500 Note: 1-1/2" and 2" traps have double-seated valves
which may not close tight under no-load conditions.
Normally, the liquid load will always be greater than
the small residual leakage.
300
200 Trap Orifice

1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 65 100 145 203 304 1/4", FA150 .100
* CA10S-14 ** CA46S only Differential Pressure, psi
3", 4" FA450 Capacities CA14, 1/4" FA-150, TDA52 Capacities
1,000,000
3,000
800,000
700,000
600,000
2,000
500,000
400,000
300,000
1,000
200,000
150,000 700
100,000 500
80,000
70,000
60,000
300
50,000
40,000
200
30,000
1 1.5 2 3 4 5 7 10 15 20 30 4050 70 100 150200 300 400
Cold water capacity for single-phase flow of liquids with a specific gravity of 1.0
* In this region the trap capacity may exceed the flow capacity of the connection piping.
100
Note: This trap has a double-seated valve which may not close tight under no-load conditions.
Normally, the liquid load will always be greater than the small residual leakage. 1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 150 200250
Trap Orifice Cold water capacity for single-phase flow of liquids with a specific gravity of 1.0
* Double Seated
3" & 4" FA450 2.063* (2 Valve Orifices) TIS 7.318 US 06.01
INICIO
Pipeline Auxiliaries
for the fulfillment of your steam system needs.
• Air & Gas Eliminators

• Air Vents • Check Valves
• Radiator Valves • Injectors
• Ball Valves • Separators
• Stop Valves • Sight Glasses & Checks
INICIO
Pipeline Auxiliaries
4.006 Air Eliminators 13WS, WHS 10: 600

4.009 Air Eliminators AE30, AE30A 10: 602
4.008 Air Vent 6A 10: 604
4.104 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Air Vent T202 10: 606
4.105 Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Air Vent VS204, VS206 10: 608
4.106 Thermo-matic Air Vent TM600 and TM600L 10: 610
4.103 Vacuum Breaker VB14, VB21 10: 612
7.2121 Packless Radiator Supply Valve 740A 10: 614
7.2131 Radiator Supply Valve 10: 616
7.223 LCV1 Bronze Lift Check Valve 10: 618
7.222 DCV4 Wafer Check Valve 10: 619
TI-P601-18 DCV41 Austenitic Stainless Steel disc check valve 10: 621
10.1430 Steam Injectors IN15, IN25, IN40M 10: 623
10.1431 Self Contained Steam Injector SL-6 10: 625
7.001 Iron Separator 10: 627
7.000 Steel Separator S4A 10: 629
7.0001 Steel Separator 8" to 18" S4A 10: 631
TI-P023-11 S5 Carbon Steel Separator 10: 633
TI-P023-12 S6 Austenitic Stainless Steel Separator 10: 635
7.003 Stainless Steel Separator 1808 10: 637
7.003A Sizing Chart for 1808SS, S5 & S6 Separators 10: 639
7.100 Sight Glasses 10: 641
7.101 Sight Check (Combined Sight Glass & Check Valve) 10: 643
10.531 Vent Heads Type VH 10: 645
TI-P027-03 Stainless Steel Pressure Gauge 10: 646
Auxiliaries
Pipeline
TIS INDEX US 11.02

10: 599
INICIO
Air Eliminators
13WS, 13WHS
13WS and 13WHS Air Model ➪ 13WS 13WHS

Eliminators improve
the circulation of PMO 150 psig 300 psig
pressurized liquids by
eliminating air and Sizes 3/4" x 3/8", 1" x 3/8" 3/4" x 3/8"
other non-condensible
gases which may Connections NPT
collect at high points in 3

Construction Cast Iron Body 2
the system. The EPDM
Stainless Steel internals w/ EPDM valve head
valve head ensures
tight shut-off. Options Brass Body; Stainless Steel Body
4
6 5
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S 9 7
8
10
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 13WS: 150 psig (10 barg)
13WHS: 300 psig (21 barg)
1
Max. Operating Temperature 13WS & 13WHS: 338˚F (170˚C)
PRESSURE SHELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS
PMA 13WS: 150 psig/0-353˚F 10 barg/0-178˚C

13WHS: 300 psig/0-317˚F 21 barg/0-158˚C
TMA 13WS: 450˚F/0-125 psig 232˚C/0-9 barg

13WHS: 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg
No. Part Material
Brass ASTM B62
Optional 13WS
Stainless Steel Type 304 TY P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
Air vents can be used on both hot
Brass ASTM B62
Optional 13WS and cold liquid services. Typical
Stainless Steel Type 304
applications are cold water lines,
3 Cover Bolts Steel ASTM A449
suction lines to pumps, mixing
tanks, condensate return lines,
5 Valve Seat Stainless Steel Type 303
cooling water lines on air
6 Seat Gasket Stainless Steel Type 304
compressors, and water storage
7 Valve Head EPDM
tanks.
8 Float Arm Stainless Steel Type 304
9 Bracket Stainless Steel Type 301
10 Float Stainless Steel Type 304
INICIO
Air Eliminators
13WS, 13WHS
A I R CA PAC I T Y (discharge to atmosphere)
SCFM cubic feet per minute at standard conditions of 14.7 psia at 60˚F. For dm3/s multiply by .4719.
Inlet Pressure
Type psi 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 300
bar 1.7 3.4 5.2 6.9 10.3 13.8 17.2 20.7
13WS 1.6 2.7 3.7 4.8 6.9 – – –
13WHS 1.1 1.8 2.5 3.2 4.6 6.0 7.4 8.8
B Automatic Air Eliminators shall be mounted at high points to provide
for immediate removal of contained air or other non-condensible gases
in liquid piping systems. They shall be of the float type design, having
cast iron (brass or stainless steel) bodies with threaded connections.
Valve head shall be of EPDM material to provide positive shut-off. All
other internals to be stainless steel. Air vent shall have minimum
A venting capacity of 4.8 SCFM at 100 psig. Spirax Sarco model 13WS
for 150 psig service and model 13WHS for 300 psig service.
S PA R E PA RT S
D IMENSIONS (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
Size A B Weight
1
3/4" 13WS 5.1 4.4 4.75 lb
129 111 2.2 kg
1" 13WS 5.1 4.4 4.75 lb
2
129 111 2.2 kg
3/4" 13WHS 6.0 4.75 5.0 lb
152 121 2.3 kg
5
An air vent is required at all high points of a liquid system, on 1A
terminal equipment and wherever air can collect. The air vent
must be installed vertically above the pipe or equipment with the
inlet at the bottom. The inlet piping should be the same size as the
body piping connection, and a full-port isolating valve should be
installed to permit servicing. The discharge must be piped to drain
or other safe place to prevent damage if the air vent should
malfunction.
MAINTENANCE
connection. Complete isolation is required before any servicing is
performed.
The air vent should be disassembled periodically for inspection
and cleaning of the valve head and seat and operating mechanism. Gasket Kit (set of 3)
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete valve Valve Mechanism Kit
mechanism assembly and new cover gasket. Float Kit
TIS 4.006 US 01.97

INICIO
Air Eliminators
AE30, AE30A
AE30 and AE30A

Model ➪ AE30
Air Eliminators are AE30A
designed to improve
the circulation of PMO 116 psig
pressurized liquids by Sizes 1/2" x 1/4"

eliminating air and other
non-condensible gases Connections NPT 9
which may collect at
Construction Brass Body
high points in the
Stainless Steel, Rubber and 8
system. The AE30A has Plastic Internals 6
a check valve in the 1 5
Options BSPConnections
outlet orifice.
7
2
3
No. Part Material
4
1 Cap Brass Alloy Delta Alloy S10
2 Cap "O" Ring Nitrile Rubber
3 Body Brass Alloy Delta Alloy S10
4 Float Plastic
5 Valve Viton Rubber
6 Valve Seat Stainless Steel BS 970 431 S29
7 Bracket & Lever Assy. Stainless Steel BS 1449 304 S12
8 Bracket Screw
4 mm Cheese Head
x 6 mm Stainless Steel BS 4183 18/8
9 Check Valve (for AE30CV) Stainless Steel AISI 440 B

Max. Operating Temperature 230˚F (110˚C) Air vents can be used on both hot
and cold liquid services. Typical
P RESSURE SHELL DESIGN C ONDITIONS applications are cold water lines,
suction lines to pumps, mixing
PMA 145 psig/0-230˚F 10 barg/0-110˚C tanks, condensate return lines,
cooling water lines on air
compressors, and water storage
TMA 230˚F/0-145 psig 110˚C/0-10 barg tanks.
INICIO
Air Eliminators
AE30, AE30A
A I R CA PAC I T Y (discharge to atmosphere) S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N
SCFM cubic feet per minute at standard conditions of 14.7 Automatic Air Eliminators shall be mounted at high points to provide
psia at 60˚F. For dm3/s multiply by .4719. for immediate removal of contained air or other non-condensible
gases in liquid piping systems. They shall be of the float type design
Inlet Pressure having brass body with threaded connections, valve head shall be of
psi 25 50 75 100 viton rubber material to provide positive shut-off. Air vent shall have
bar 1.7 3.4 5.2 6.9 a minimum venting capacity of 5.0 SCFM at 100 psig.
Capacity 1.5 2.7 3.9 5.0
An air vent is required at all high points of a liquid system, on
terminal equipment and wherever air can collect. The air vent must
be installed vertically above the piping with the inlet at the bottom
A
so that the float mechanism is rising and falling in the vertical
plane. The inlet piping should be the same size as the piping
C
connection on the body, and a full-port isolating valve should be
installed upstream of the air vent. As with all air vents, dribbling
may occur if the valve becomes fouled with dirt. For this reason, it
is recommended that a pipe be fitted to the outlet discharge to drain
or to a safe place where damage cannot occur.
S PA R E PA RT S
E
B
D

B
Size
Inlet Outlet A B C Weight
1/2 1/4 2.2 4.1 0.40 1.5 lb C
56 105 10 0.7 kg
MAINTENANCE
performed.
and cleaning of the valve head and seat and operating mechanism.
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete set of
internals.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given Set of Internals A, B, C, D, E
TIS 4.009 US 01.97
INICIO
Air Vent
6A
The 6A Air Vent has both

a float and a thermostatic Model ➪ 6A
bellows for use where air,
PMO 15 psig 8
condensate and steam may 7
be present (as in one pipe 9
steam heating systems.) Sizes 3/4"
6
The 6A will discharge air, 5
while preventing the Connections NPT
escape of either condensate

or steam. An outlet check Cast Iron Body
valve prevents the re-entry Construction Stainless Steel Internals 1
Nylon Check Valve
of air.
10
No. Part Material 3
3 Element Stainless Steel AISI 304 &AISI316L
4
5 Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 316
6 Valve Seat Bronze ASTMB21 Alloy 464
7 Ball Valve Nylon 2
8 Spring Clip Stainless Steel AISI 304
9 Sealing Nut Steel Chromated cadium
plated steel w/ Teflon seat
10 Float Stainless Steel AISI 304

Max. Operating Temperature Saturated Steam Temperature Venting air from one-pipe steam
heating systems or other
P RESSURE SHELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS applications where air must be
removed from a space containing
PMA 125 psig/up to 450˚F 9 barg/up to 232˚C both steam and condensate.
TMA 450˚F/0-125 psig 232˚C/0-9 barg

INICIO
Air Vent
6A
A I R C A PAC I T Y (discharge to atmosphere)
SCFM cubic feet per minute at standard conditions of 14.7 psia at 60˚F. For dm3/s multiply by .4719.
Inlet Pressure
psi 2.5 5.0 7.5 10 12.5 15
bar .17 .34 .52 .68 .86 1.0
Capacity 2.5 4.0 5.0 6.0 6.5 7.2
Air vents shall be self-adjusting balanced pressure thermostatic
type with precision welded multiple plate stainless steel bellows
and stainless steel float. Head and seat shall be stainless steel. Body
and cap shall be cast iron and internals shall be renewable. The
outlet shall incorporate a nylon-ball check valve.
S PA R E PA RT S
4&5
D I M E N S I O N S (N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS

3
Size A B Weight
3/4" 7.25 3.6 4.5 lb
185 92 2.0 kg
I N S TA L L AT I O N 6
The air vent should be positioned with the inlet at the bottom at
the highest point in the piping system or equipment where air
3A
collects. The valve will be closed when either condensate or
steam enters the body. The discharge can be hot and wet, and the
6A should be positioned accordingly.
MAINTENANCE
Element Set* 3
performed.
The air vent should be disassembled periodically for inspection Element 3A
and cleaning of the valve head and seat and operating mechanism. Seat & Gasket 4&5
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete valve Float 6
mechanism assembly and new cover gasket. *Part No. 3 Element Set converts Type 6T Air Vent to
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given current Type 6A design.
TIS 4.008 US 03.94
INICIO
Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Air Vent

T202
The T202 air vent

is designed for use Model ➪ T202
on steam systems
PMO 125 psig
to remove air and 1
1
other non-
Sizes 3/8" x 1/4" 6 3
condensible gases,
8
which may impair
Connections NPT
heat transfer
during start-up
Construction Brass Body with
and normal Stainless Steel Internals
operation.
2


TMA 353˚F/0-125 psig 178˚C/0-9 barg

B
A
No. Part Material
1 Cap Brass ASTMB124 Class 2
2 Body Brass ASTM B62
3 Thermostatic Bellows Stainless Steel 300 & 400 Series SS
5 Seat Stainless Steel AISI 303
6 Seat Gasket Brass ASTM B36 Alloy 8
8 Spring Stainless Steel AISI 304
DIMENSIONS
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S Size Outlet A B Weight

For installation at end of all steam mains and headers, on all steam equipment such as
3/8" 1/4" 2.9 2.1 1.0 lb
air coils, heat exchangers, autoclaves, sterilizers, platen presses, rotating cylinders,
jacketed kettles, laundry equipment and reboilers. 75 54 .045 kg
Seat orifice – 1/4" diameter
INICIO

T202
S A M P L E S P E C I F I CAT I O N SCFM cubic feet per minute at standard conditions of 14.7 psig at
Air Vents shall be installed at the end of all steam mains and 60˚F. For dm3/s multiply by .4719.
headers, and on large equipment steam spaces to facilitate start-up Inlet Pressure
and heat transfer. They shall be self-adjusting balanced pressure
psi 5 10 25 50 100 125
thermostatic type with precision welded multiple plate stainless
bar .34 .68 1.7 3.4 6.9 8.6
steel bellows. Head shall be hardened and both head and seat shall
be stainless steel. Body and cap shall be brass and internals shall SCFM 8 13 25 40 70 80
be renewable.
S PA R E PA RT S
The air vent should be positioned at a high point of the piping
system or equipment, or where the air collects. The discharge can
be hot and wet; the outlet should therefore be piped to a safe
place. An isolation valve should be fitted upstream of the air vent.
D
C
A
B
MAINTENANCE
connections. Complete isolation is required before any servicing is
performed.
element set.
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given Element Set A, B, C, D
in the IMI sheet, which accompanies the product.
TIS 4.104 US 03.94
INICIO

VS204, VS206
The VS204 and

Model ➪ VS204 VS206
VS206 air vents are
designed for use on PMO 250 psig
steam systems to
10
remove air and other Sizes 1/2" 3/4" 9
7
non-condensible
gases, which may Connections NPT
6
impair heat transfer
during start-up and Construction Cast Iron Body with 1
normal operation. Stainless Steel Internals
5
4
2
Max. Operating Temperature Saturated Steam
3

TMA 450˚F/0-250 psig 232˚C/0-17 barg

No. Part Material A
3 Cap Screws Steel ASTM A 449
4 Cap Gasket Stainless Steel clad,
non-asbestos fill AISI 304
B
6 Bellows Stainless Steel AISI 300 & 400 series
7 Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 303
9 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 303 DIMENSIONS
10 Valve Seat Gasket Stainless Steel clad, ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
non-asbestos fill AISI 304
11 Lockwasher Stainless Steel AISI 304 Size A B Weight
1/2" 4.9 3.1 3.25 lb
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S 125 79 1.5 kg
For installation at end of all steam mains and headers, on all steam equipment such as 3/4" 5.5 3.9 5.0 lb
air coils, heat exchangers, autoclaves, sterilizers, platen presses, rotating cylinders, 140 100 2.3 kg
jacketed kettles, laundry equipment and reboilers.
INICIO

VS204, VS206
SCFM cubic feet per minute at standard conditions of 14.7 psia at 60˚F. For S PA R E PA RT S
dm3/s multiply by .4719.
Inlet Pressure
Type psi 10 25 50 100 125 150 200 250
bar .68 1.7 3.4 6.9 8.6 10.3 13.8 17.2
VS204 34 54 88 160 196 232 304 380
VS206 44 68 112 208 250 298 392 485
C
Air Vents shall be installed at the end of all steam mains and headers, D
and on large equipment steam spaces to facilitate start-up and heat
transfer. They shall be self-adjusting balanced pressure thermostatic
type with precision welded multiple plate stainless steel bellows. Head
shall be hardened and both head and seat shall be stainless steel. Body
and bolted cap shall be cast iron and internals shall be renewable.
I N S TA L L AT I O N F
The air vent should be positioned at a high point of the piping system
or equipment, or where the air collects. The discharge can be hot and
wet; the outlet should therefore be piped to a safe place. An isolation
valve should be fitted upstream of the air vent.
MAINTENANCE
performed.
The air vent should be disassembled periodically for inspection and
cleaning of the valve head and seat. Cap gasket A
Worn or damaged parts should be replaced using a complete element Element Set C, D, E, F
set.
TIS 4.105 US 01.97
INICIO
Thermo-matic Air Vent

TM600, TM600L
The TM600 and

TM600L air vents are Model ➪ TM600
designed for use on TM600L
steam systems to remove PMO 600 psig
air and other non-
condensible gases, Sizes 1/2", 3/4"
which may impair heat
Connections NPT 9
transfer during start-up 8
and normal operation. 7
The TM600 and Construction Ductile Iron Body with
TM600L are identical
except for the valve head 14
Options BSP connections
and seat. 6
4
2

D
TMA 650˚F/0-600 psig 343˚C/0-41 barg
C
No. Part Material
1 Body Ductile Iron ASTM A395
2 Cover Ductile Iron ASTM A395
3 Cover Screws Steel ASTM A 449 Type 1
A
3/8" - 16 x 1-1/4"
4 Cover Gasket Spiral Wound Stainless Steel AISI 304
Graphite Filled
5 Support Plate Stainless Steel AISI 304
6 Element Assembly Stainless Steel AISI 304 & Custom 450
7 Valve Head Stainless Steel TM600L AISI 440
Hardened TM600 AISI 420 F
8 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI 420 F Hardened B
9 Valve Seat Gasket Spiral Wound Stainless Steel AISI 304
Graphite Filled DIMENSIONS
14 Baffle Stainless Steel AISI 302 (NOMINAL ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S Size A B C D Weight

For installation at end of all steam mains and headers, on all steam equipment such as 1/2", 3/4" 6.25 4.2 2.8 2.0 6.75 lb
air coils, heat exchangers, autoclaves, sterilizers, platen presses, rotating cylinders, 159 106 71 51 3.1 kg
jacketed kettles, laundry equipment and reboilers.
INICIO
Thermo-matic Air Vent

TM600, TM600L
SCFM cubic feet per minute at standard conditions of 14.7 psia at 60˚F. For dm3 /s multiply by .4719.
Inlet Pressure
Type psi 10 25 50 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 600
bar .68 1.7 3.4 6.9 8.6 10.3 13.8 17.2 20.7 27.6 34.5 41.4
TM600L 5.9 9.7 16 28 34 40 52 63 75 100 125 149
TM600 19 31 50 89 108 127 165 200 240 320 400 475
Air Vents shall be installed at the end of all steam mains and
headers, and on large equipment steam spaces to facilitate start-up
and heat transfer. They shall be self-adjusting balanced pressure
thermostatic type with solidly filled element made of stainless
steel. Head shall be hardened and both head and seat shall be
stainless steel. Body and bolted cap shall be ductile iron and
internals shall be renewable.
The air vent should be positioned at a high point of the piping 3*
system or equipment, or where the air collects. The discharge can
be hot and wet; the outlet should therefore be piped to a safe place.
An isolation valve should be fitted upstream of the air vent.
1A 1A
MAINTENANCE
performed.
* TM600L has ball head
element set. Cover Gasket 1A
Complete installation and maintenance instructions are given Element Set 3
in the IMI sheet, which accompanies the product. (Specify TM600 or TM600L)
TIS 4.106 US 03.94
INICIO
Vacuum Breaker
VB14, VB21
The VB14 and VB21 Typical Applications

Model ➪ VB14 VB21
are designed to admit Used on steam inlet to air coils, heat exchangers,
air to condensing Sizes 1/2" x 1/8" sparge systems, jacketed kettles, boiler feed water
vapor (steam) or tanks, chilled water lines and liquid process lines,
liquid systems where all of which at one time or another generate
Connections NPT
vacuum formation vacuum conditions which must be releived to allow
proper system operation.
may inhibit system Brass Body Stainless Steel Body
drainage or Construction
Stainless Steel Valve
operation.
Options BSP Connections
5
No. Part Material

3
1 Cap VB14 Brass CUZN 39 PB2
VB21 Stainless Steel Type 303
2 Valve VB14 Stainless Steel Z 100 CD 17
3 Valve Seat VB14 Stainless Steel Z10 CN 18 08
4 Body VB14 Brass CUZN 39 PB2
4
5 Gasket VB14 Nickel Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite
L I M I T I N G O P E R AT I N G C O N D I T I O N S O P E R AT I N G C H A R AC T E R I S T I C S
Maximum Cv – 0.625.
Vacuum required to open – 2 in H2O (0.15 in Hg)
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) VB14: 210 psig (14 barg)
AIR HANDLING CAPACITIES
VB21: 304 psig (21 barg)
7
Max. Operating Temperature VB14: 500˚F (260˚C)
6
VB21: 752˚F (400˚C)
5
P RESSURE SHELL D ESIGN C ONDITIONS 4
PMA VB14: 232 psig/0-500˚F 16 barg/0-260˚C 3

VB21: 304 psig/0-752˚F 21 barg/0-400˚C 2
TMA VB14: 500˚F/0-232 psig 260˚C/0-14 barg 1

VB21: 752˚F/0-304 psig 400˚C/0-21 barg 0
2 4 6 8 10 12
inHgVACUUM
INICIO
Vacuum Breaker
VB14, VB21
Vacuum Breakers shall be used on all modulating or on/off
B heat exchangers and coils, except in vacuum return
systems. They shall be installed in the supply side between
the control valve and equipment and be of hardened ball
check valve design with all working parts manufactured
from stainless steel. Bodies shall be made from either brass
or stainless steel depending on the application, and shall be
suitable for operating conditions of 210 psig (or 304 psig)
saturated steam.
Always install in a vertical position with cap at the top.
Generally the device should be mounted on the highest
point of the circuit. Large coils or equipment may require
more than one vacuum breaker to be fitted. An isolating
valve should be fitted to facilitate servicing.
Size A B C Weight MAINTENANCE

1/2" VB14 2.2 1.3 1.5 0.77 lb After the vacuum breaker is isolated from system pressure,
55 34 39 0.35 kg the cap can be unthreaded to examine the valve and valve
seat areas for debris which can become trapped and cause
1/2" VB21 2.0 1.3 1.5 0.73 lb
breakage of system pressure during normal operation. The
52 34 39 0.33 kg vacuum breaker is not repairable.
TIS 4.103 US 03.94
INICIO
Packless Radiator Supply Valve

740A
The 740A Series are

packless, non-rising Model ➪ 740A
stem series brass Sizes 1/2" to 1-1/2"
radiator valves for
steam and liquid Connections Union, Sweat End,
services, available in Threaded
twelve different
radiator or sweat end Construction Brass
connections.
Options Lock Shields
Vented Bypass
ExtensionStemAssembly
LIMITING CONDITIONS
Steam: 150 psig (10.3 bar)
366˚F (186˚C)
Liquid: 200 psig (13.9 bar)
SIZES & PIPE C ONNECTIONS

Model Pattern Connection Size
740A-AP-1 Angle Pipe to Male Union 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4",1-1/2"
740A-ST-1 Straightway Pipe to Male Union 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4",1-1/2"
740A-AP-2 Angle Sweat to Female 1/2", 3/4"
Sweat Union
740A-ST-2 Straightway Sweat to Female 1/2", 3/4", 1"
Sweat Union
740A-AP-3 Angle Sweat to Sweat 1/2", 3/4"
740A-ST-3 Straightway Sweat to Sweat 1/2", 3/4", 1-1/4"
740A-AP-4 Angle Sweat to Male Union 1/2", 3/4"
740A-ST-4 Straightway Sweat to Male Union 1/2", 3/4", 1"
740A-AP-5 Angle Pipe to Female 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2"
Sweat Union
740A-ST-5 Globe Pipe to Female 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2"
Sweat Union
740A-RH1 Right Pipe to Male Union 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2"
Hand Angle
740A-LH1 Left Pipe to Male Union 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2"
Hand Angle
740A-AP Series meets Mil. Spec. WWV-160B, Section 3.1.1, Style A
740A-ST Series meets Mil. Spec. WWV-160B, Section 3.1.1, Style A
M AT E R I A L S
No. Part Material
1 Handle Screw Steel
2 Handle Plastic
3 Packing Nut Yellow Brass ASTM B-16
4 Packing Spring Steel
5 Holder & Screw Brass
6 O-Ring EPDM
7 Disc EPDM
8 Push Nut Stainless Steel
9 Body Cast Brass ASTM B-30
10 Union Nipple Yellow Brass ASTM B-16
11 Union Nut Yellow Brass ASTM B-16
12 Valve Stem Yellow Brass ASTM B-16
13 Bonnet Cast Brass ASTM B-30
14 Aligning Washer Brass
15
16
Packing
Plate-Back
Graphite-Non Asbestos
Plated Steel
17 Handle Insert Steel Low profile non-rising stem packless radiator valve.
18 Holder Disc Brass All brass construction with pipe to male connections.
INICIO
Packless Radiator Supply Valve

740A
MODEL ST MODEL AP
Straightaway Pattern Angle Pattern
(Typical) C (Typical)
C
B
Inlet Outlet
Outlet
D A A
Inlet
C C
Outlet Outlet
E E
MODEL RH Inlet MODEL LH
Inlet
RH Angle Pattern A A LH Angle Pattern
(Typical) D D (Typical)
DIMENSIONS D IMENSIONS
(NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS (NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
No. SIZE A B C D E WEIGHT No. SIZE A B C D E WEIGHT

AP-1 1/2" 2.25 1.06 2.88 1.13 lb ST-4 1/2" 2.25 3.19 1.5 1.25 lb
57 27 73 .51 kg 57 81 38 .56 kg
3/4" 2.56 1.25 2.88 1.5 lb 3/4" 2.63 3.25 2.0 1.75 lb
65 32 73 .68kg 67 83 51 .80 kg
1" 3.0 1.43 3.19 1.88 lb 1" 3.19 3.69 2.38 2.38 lb
76 36 81 .85kg 81 94 60 .1.07 kg
1-1/4" 3.25 1.63 3.31 2.25 lb AP-5 1/2" 1.63 1.06 2.88 1.0 lb
83 41 84 1.02 kg 41 27 73 .45 kg
1-1/2" 3.56 1.88 3.69 3.25 lb 3/4" 2.13 1.25 2.88 1.38 lb
90 48 94 1.47 kg 54 32 73 .62 kg
ST-1 1/2" 2.25 3.19 1.31 1.25 lb 1" 2.5 1.44 3.19 1.75 lb
57 81 33 .56 kg 64 36 81 .8 kg
3/4" 2.63 3.25 1.56 1.63 lb 1-1/4" 2.81 1.63 3.31 2.25 lb
67 83 40 .74 kg 71 41 84 1.02 kg
1" 3.56 4.19 1.88 2.5 lb 1-1/2" 3.63 1.88 3.69 3.13 lb
90 106 48 1.1 kg 92 48 94 1.41 kg
1-1/4" 3.69 4.44 2.06 3.0 lb ST-5 1/2" 1.06 3.19 1.31 1.25 lb
94 113 52 1.36 kg 27 81 33 .56 kg
1-1/2" 4.25 4.94 2.31 4.25 lb 3/4" 2.13 3.25 1.56 1.5 lb
108 125 59 1.92 kg 54 83 40 .68 kg
AP-2 1/2" 1.69 1.19 2.88 .875 lb 1" 3.06 4.19 1.89 2.38 lb
43 30 73 .4 kg 78 106 48 1.07 kg
3/4" 2.19 1.63 2.88 1.25 lb 1-1/4" 3.25 4.44 2.06 2.88 lb
56 41 73 .56 kg 83 113 52 1.3 kg
ST-2 1/2" 1.69 3.19 1.5 1.13 lb 1-1/2" 4.0 4.94 2.31 4.63 lb
43 81 38 .51 kg 102 125 59 2.1 kg
3/4" 2.13 3.25 2.0 1.63 lb RH-1 1/2" 2.31 2.88 1.38 .625 1.5 lb
54 83 51 .74 kg 59 73 35 16 .68 kg
1" 2.69 3.5 2.38 2.25 lb 3/4" 2.56 2.89 1.63 .75 1.88 lb
68 89 60 1.02 kg 65 73 41 19 .85 kg
AP-3 1/2" 1.19 1.19 2.88 .75 lb 1" 3.0 3.19 1.88 1.0 3.0 lb
30 30 73 .34 kg 76 87 48 25 1.36 kg
3/4" 1.56 1.63 2.88 1.13 lb 1-1/4" 3.25 3.31 2.06 1.13 3.5 lb
40 41 73 .51 kg 83 84 52 29 1.59 kg
ST-3 1/2" 1.5 3.1 1.38 1.0 lb 1-1/2" 3.56 3.69 2.31 1.25 4.5 lb
38 81 35 .45kg 90 94 59 32 2.04 kg
3/4" 2.0 3.25 1.88 1.38 lb LH-1 1/2" 2.31 2.89 1.38 .625 1.5 lb
51 83 48 .62 kg 59 73 35 16 .68 kg
1-1/4" 2.63 4.0 2.5 2.5 lb 3/4" 2.56 2.88 1.63 .75 1.88 lb
67 102 64 1.1 kg 65 73 41 19 .85 kg
AP-4 1/2" 2.25 1.19 2.88 1.0 lb 1" 3.0 3.19 1.88 1.0 3.0 lb
57 30 73 .45 kg 76 81 48 25 1.36 kg
3/4" 2.69 1.63 2.88 1.38 lb 1-1/4" 3.25 3.31 2.06 1.13 3.5 lb
68 41 73 .62 kg 83 84 52 29 1.59 kg
1-1/2" 3.56 3.69 2.31 1.25 4.5 lb
90 94 59 32 2.04 kg
TIS 7.2121 US 11.99
INICIO
Radiator Supply Valve

600A
The 600A Series are
Low profile rising Model ➪ 600A
stem brass radiator Sizes 1/2" to 2"
valves for steam and
liquid systems, Connections Union, Sweat End,
available in ten Threaded
different radiator or
sweat end Construction Brass
connections.
Options Lock Shields
Vented Bypass
ExtensionStemAssembly
LIMITING CONDITIONS
Steam: 125 psig (8.6 bar)
353˚F (178˚C)
Liquid: 200 psig (13.9 bar)
S IZES & P IPE CONNECTIONS

Model Pattern Connection Size
600A-AP-1 Angle Pipe to Male Union 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2"
600A-ST-1 Straightway Pipe to Male Union 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2"
600A-AP-2 Angle Sweat to Female 1/2", 3/4"
Sweat Union
600A-ST-2 Straightway Sweat to Female 1/2", 3/4", 1"
Sweat Union
600A-AP-3 Angle Sweat to Sweat 1/2", 3/4"
600A-ST-3 Straightway Sweat to Sweat 1/2", 3/4"
600A-AP-4 Angle Sweat to Male Union 1/2", 3/4"
600A-ST-4 Straightway Sweat to Male Union 1/2", 3/4", 1"
600A-AP-5 Angle Pipe to Female 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2"
Sweat Union
600A-ST-5 Straightway Pipe to Female 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2"
Sweat Union
600A-AP Series meets Mil. Spec. WWV-160B, Section 3.1.1, Style A
600A-STSeries meets Mil. Spec. WWV-160B, Section 3.1.1, Style A
M AT E R I A L S
No. Part Material
1 Handle Screw Steel
2 Handle Plastic
3 Packing Nut Yellow Brass ASTM B-16
4 Packing Graphite, Non-Asbestos
5 Bonnet Cast Brass ASTM B-30
6 Valve Stem Yellow Brass ASTM B-16
7 Disc Retainer Brass
8 Back Plate Plated Steel
9 Disc EPDM
10 Push Nut Stainless Steel
11 Body Cast Brass ASTM B-30
12 Union Nut Yellow Brass ASTM B-16
13 Union Nipple Yellow Brass ASTM B-16
14 Handle Insert Steel
15 O-Ring EPDM
Low profile rising stem straightaway pattern radiator valve.
All brass construction with pipe to male connections.
INICIO
Radiator Supply Valve

600A
Globe Pattern Angle Pattern
(Typical) (Typical)
C
C
B
Inlet Inlet
Outlet Outlet
D A A
DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS
(NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
No. SIZE A B C D WEIGHT No. SIZE A B C D WEIGHT

AP-1 1/2" 2.25 1.06 2.94 .875 lb ST-3 1/2" 1.5 3.31 1.38 .75 lb
57 27 75 .4 kg 38 84 35 ..34 kg
3/4" 2.56 1.25 3.0 1.25 lb 3/4" 2.0 3.38 1.88 1.13 lb
65 32 76 .56 kg 51 86 48 .5 kg
1" 3.0 1.44 3.13 1.63 lb AP-4 1/2" 2.25 1.19 2.88 1.0 lb
76 36.5 79 .74 kg 57 30 73 .45 kg
1-1/4" 3.13 1.63 3.5 2.13 lb 3/4" 2.69 1.63 2.88 1.25 lb
79 41 89 .96 kg 68 41 73 .56 kg
1-1/2" 3.56 1.88 4.31 3.13 lb ST-4 1/2" 2.25 3.19 1.5 1.25 lb
90 48 110 1.45 kg 57 81 38 .56 kg
2" 4.06 2.25 4.81 4.88 lb 3/4" 2.63 3.25 2.0 1.75 lb
103 57 122 2.2 kg 67 83 51 .8 kg
ST-1 1/2" 2.25 3.31 1.31 1.0 lb 1" 3.19 3.69 2.38 2.38 lb
57 84 33 .45 kg 81 94 60 1.1 kg
3/4" 2.62 3.38 1.56 1.5 lb AP-5 1/2" 1.63 1.06 2.88 1.0 lb
67 86 40 .68 kg 41 27 73 .45 kg
1" 3.56 4.13 1.88 2.25 lb 3/4" 2.13 1.25 2.88 1.38 lb
90 105 48 1.02 kg 54 32 73 .62 kg
1-1/4" 3.69 4.63 2.06 2.75 lb 1" 2.5 1.44 3.19 1.75 lb
94 117 52 1.25 kg 64 36 81 .8 kg
1-1/2" 4.25 5.52 2.31 4.5 lb 1-1/4" 2.81 1.63 3.31 2.25 lb
108 141 59 2.04 kg 71 41 84 1.02 kg
2" 5.13 6.31 2.69 5.5 lb 1-1/2" 3.63 1.88 3.69 3.13 lb
130 160 68 2.5 kg 92 48 94 1.41 kg
AP-2 1/2" 1.69 1.19 2.94 5.5 lb ST-5 1/2" 1.06 3.19 1.31 1.25 lb
43 30 75 2.5 kg 27 81 33 .56 kg
3/4" 2.19 1.63 3.0 1.63 lb 3/4" 2.13 3.25 1.56 1.5 lb
56 41 76 .74 kg 54 83 40 .68 kg
ST-2 1/2" 1.69 3.31 1.5 1.0 lb 1" 3.06 4.19 1.88 2.38 lb
43 84 38 .45 kg 78 106 48 1.1 kg
3/4" 2.13 3.38 2.0 1.38 lb 1-1/4" 3.25 4.44 2.06 2.88 lb
54 86 51 .62 kg 83 113 52 1.3 kg
1" 2.69 3.63 2.38 2.0 lb 1-1/2" 4.0 4.94 2.31 4.63 lb
68 92 60 .9 kg 102 125 59 2.1 kg
AP-3 1/2" 1.19 1.19 2.94 .5 lb
30 30 75 .22 kg
3/4" 1.56 1.63 3.0 1.63 lb
40 41 76 .74 kg
TIS 7.2131 US 11.99
INICIO
LCV1
Bronze Lift Check Valve
Description 3
The LCV1 is a bronze lift check valve which is installed in horizontal
lines to prevent reverse flow.

1
1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2" and 3".
Screwed NPT
Limiting conditions
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 200 psig 2
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 500°F
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 406 psig
Operating range
➚
500
392
302
Steam
212 saturation
122 curve
32
0 29 58 87 116 145 174 200
Pressure psig
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and lbs.
Size A B C D Weight
Cv values 1/2" 2.1 1.8 0.7 1.4 0.4
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 3"
3/4" 2.8 2.3 0.8 1.6 1.1
Cv 2.2 5.0 9.9 13.9 22.0 36.0 80.0
1" 3.4 2.8 1.1 2.2 1.8
1-1/4" 3.4 2.8 1.1 2.2 1.8
Opening pressures in inches of water 1-1/2" 4.3 3.6 1.4 2.8 4.2
Without springs ➝Flow pressures
2" 5.3 4.1 1.7 3.4 5.9
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
3" 7.1 6.0 2.4 4.8 15.2
➝ 2.5 3.0 2.6 2.9 2.9 2.8
With springs fitted the opening pressure is the same as the spring
strength.
A D
Materials
No Part Material
1 Body Bronze
2 Cone Brass
B
3 Cap Brass
4* Spring Stainless steel
* Not illustrated
C
Installation
Always install with the flow in the direction as indicated on the body.
How to order
1/2" NPT Spirax Sarco LCV1 lift check valve.
INICIO
DCV 4 Wafer Check Valve
The DCV 4 Wafer Model ➪ DCV 4

Check Valve is
designed to be fitted Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/2", 2", 3", 4"
between ANSI Connections ANSI 150 or 300
flanges. It is suitable Construction Austenitic Stainless Steel
for use on
a wide range of Standard Standard Disk: Metal - Metal Seat
fluids for Internals Standard Spring: Stainless Steel
applications in Viton (for oils & gases):
process lines, hot Soft Seat temp. limits: -5°F to +482°F (-15°C to +250°C)
Options EPDM (for water):
water systems, steam temp. limits: -58°F to +302°F (-50°C to +150°C)
and condensate
systems. high temperature nimonic or
Spring Options supplied without spring
Maximum design conditions ANSI 300
Max. Operating Temperature (TMO) 572°F (300°C) with standard spring
752°F (400°C) nimonic high
temperature spring
752°F (400°C) without spring 4 3 2 1
Minimum temperature (Standard Disc) -58°F (-50°C)

Maximum cold hydraulic test 1102 psig (76 barg)
Pressure (barg)
O PENING PRESSURES
Differential pressures with Zero Flow (in psi and mbar)
0 10 20 30 40 50
752 400 Size
A B Flow 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2" 3" 4"
E C 300 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.41 0.42 0.45 0.48
500
25 25 25 28 29 31 33
200
0.33 0.33 0.33 0.35 0.36 0.37 0.38
250 ➔
100
22.5 22.5 22.5 24 24.5 25.5 26.5
0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29
D 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
0
0 145 290 435 580 725 Where lowest opening pressures are required, valves without
Pressure (psig) springs can be installed in vertical pipes with bottom-to-top flow.
E, C, D — Standard spring Without spring
A, B, D — Nimonic spring & without spring
0.04 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09
2.5 2.5 2.5 4 4.5 5.5 6.5
S TA N DA R D S
No. Part Material Designed and manufactured in accordance with BS 7438.
1 Body Austenitic Stainless Steel ASTMA351 CF3M
2 Disc Austenitic Stainless Steel BS 1449 316 S 11
Standard of shut off
Standard valves conform to DIN 3230 Part 3, BN 2. Valves
3 Spring Retainer Austenitic Stainless Steel BS 1449 316 S 11
conforming to DIN 3230 Part 3, BO3 available on request.
4 Standard Spring Austenitic Stainless Steel BS2056 316 S 42
Soft seated versions meet DIN 3230 Part 3 BN1 and BO1
High Temperature Spring Nickel alloy Nimonic 90 provided a differential pressure exists.
INICIO
DCV 4 Wafer Check Valve

P R E S S U R E L O S S D I AG R A M
Pressure loss (barg)
1000
.02 .07 .3 1
1/2" 2.1 1.9 1.5 1 .9 .5 0.53 lb
54 47 38 25 22.4 15 0.24 kg
3/4" 2.7 2.3 1.8 1.3 1.5 .75 0.90 lb
67 57 46 31 27.4 20 0.41 kg
1" 2.9 2.7 2.1 1.4 1.3 1 1.19 lb
73 67 54 35 33.2 25 0.54 kg
400 1-1/2" 3.8 3.4 3 1.8 2 1.5 2.54 lb
100 95 86 76 45 49.2 40 1.15 kg
2" 4.4 4.1 3.8 2.3 2.3 2 4.06 lb
111 105 95 56 59.2 50 1.84 kg
3" 5.9 5.3 5.1 2.8 3.5 3 8.14 lb
149 136 130 71 90.2 80 3.69 kg
4" 7.1 6.9 6.3 3.1 4.4 4 12.57 lb
181 174 160 80 111.2 100 5.70 kg
40
10
1 3.78
.3 1 10 15
Pressure loss (psig)
Pressure loss diagram with open valve at 68°F (20°C).
The values indicated are applicable to spring loaded valves with
horizontal flow. With vertical flow, insignificant deviations occur
only within the range of partial opening.
The curves given in the chart are valid for water at 68°F (20°C).
To determine the pressure drop for other fluids, the equivalent B
water volume flowrate must be calculated and used in the graph. A
Vw = √ S.G. x V E
Vw = Equivalent water volume flow in GPM

S.G.= Specific Gravity
V = Volume of fluid GPM
Pressure loss information for steam, compressed air, and gases is D
available from Spirax Sarco.
DCV 4 Wafer Check Valves must be fitted in accordance with the
direction of flow arrow indicating correct fluid flow direction. F
When fitted with a spring they can be installed in any plane. When
supplied without a spring these must be fitted in a vertical flow C
line with the flow from bottom to top.
Note: Disc Check valves are not suitable for use where heavily
pulsating flow exists, such as close to a compressor. H OW TO SPECIFY
Spirax Sarco DCV 4 Wafer Check Valve for fitting between
ANSI 300 flanges.
Valve bodies that are marked with:
“N” — Have a nimonic spring fitted for operating temperatures
up to 752°F
“W”— Have no return spring fitted. These must be fitted with
flow from bottom to top in a vertical line.
“T” — Valves tested to DIN 3230 Part 3, BO3.
Flange Joint Gasket
(supplied by installer)
Discs that are marked with a:
“V” — Have a Viton soft seating face—temperature limit 482°F
“E” — Have an EPDM soft seating face—temperature limit 302°F.
H OW TO ORDER
1-1/2" Spirax Sarco DCV 4 Wafer Check Valve, steam at 400 psi,
Austenitic stainless steel body to fit between ANSI 300 flanges.
TIS 7.222 US 09.97
INICIO
DCV41
Austenitic Stainless Steel Disc Check Valve
Description
DCV41 is an austenitic stainless steel disc check valve with screwed
or socket weld end connections. Its function is to prevent reverse flow
on a wide variety of fluids for applications in process lines, hot water
systems, steam and condensate systems. For oils and gases, a Viton
seat is available and for water an EPDM seat is available. Soft seat
versions provide a zero leakage rate or bubble tight shut-off, i.e. they
meet DIN 3230 BN1 and DIN 3230 BO1, provided a differential pres-
sure exists (Note: Soft seat options are not available with socket weld
ends). The shut-off of the standard valve conforms to DIN 3230 BN2.
When a heavy duty spring is installed with an EPDM seat, the valve is
suitable for boiler feedwater check applications.
A high temperature spring version is available to operate at 752°F.
(400°C)

1/2", 3/4", 1", Screwed NPT to ANSI B 1.20.1 and (screwed BSPto BS Soft seat option (screwed connections only)
21 female taper) socket weld to ANSI B 16.11 Class 3000.
Optional extras
Heavy duty springs 10 psi (700 mbar) opening pressure for boiler feed
applications.
High temperature spring.
Viton soft seals for water applications - screwed connections only
EPDM soft seals for water applications - screwed connections only.
Limiting conditions
Maximum body design condition PN50
PMO - Maximum operating pressure (50 barg) 725 psig
With metal seat and standard spring (300°C) 572°F
TMO - With metal seat and high temperature spring (400°C) 752°F
Maximum
Operating Without spring (400°C) 752°F Certification
Temperature Viton seat (250°C) 482°F The product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.B for body as
EPDM seat (150°C) 302°F standard.
Minimum With metal seat (-29°C) -20°F
operating With viton seat (-15 to +250°C) 5°F to 482°F Standards
temperature With EPDM seat (-29 to +250°C) -20°F to 482°F Designed and manufactured in accordance with BS 7438.
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 1102 psig (76 barg)
Standard shut-off
Note: Special testing to allow lower temperature operation can be provided at Standard valves conform to DIN 3230 BN2.
extra cost. Consult Spirax Sarco.
Soft seated versions meet DIN 3230 BN1 and DIN 3230 BO1 provided a
differential pressure exists.
Operating range
Operation
Pressure barg Disc check valves are opened by the pressure of the fluid and closed by
0 10 20 30 40 50
752 400 the spring as soon as the flow ceases and before the reverse flow occurs.
A B
572 300
E C
392 200 Materials
Steam 1 Body Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF 3M
212 saturation 100
curve 2 Seat Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF3M
D 0 3 Disc Austenitic stainless steel BS 1449 316 S11
0
0 145 290 435 580 725 Standard spring Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
Pressure psig
This product must not be used in this region. 4 Heavy duty spring Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
A - B - D High temperature spring and without spring High temp. spring Nickel alloy Nimonic 90
E - C - D Standard spring
INICIO
DCV41
Austenitic Stainless Steel Disc Check Valve
Pressure loss diagram
Cv values Pressure loss in barg
0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1
Size 1/2" 1/4" 1" 88
Cv 5.1 8.8 14 5
4
Opening pressures in psi (mbar) 44 3
Differential pressures with zero flow for standard and high 31 2
temperature springs 26
22
18
➜ Flow direction 1
13
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1"
0.36 (25) 0.36 (25) 0.36 (25) 9
0.5
➜ 0.33 (22.5) 0.33 (22.5) 0.33 (22.5) 0.4
0.29 (20) 0.29 (20) 0.29 (20) 0.3
4.4
Where lower opening pressures are required, valves without springs
can be installed in vertical pipes with bottom-to-top-flow. 3.1 0.2
2.6
2.2
0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1
Pressure loss in psig
Dimensions / weight (approximate) in inches (mm) and lb (kg)
Pressure loss diagram with open valve at 68°F (20°C). The valves
Size A A B Weight
indicated are applicable to spring loaded valves with horizontal flow.
Socket weld Screwed A/F
With vertical flow, insignificant deviations occur only within the
1/2" 2.0 (50) 2.0 (51) 1.3 (34) 0.4 (0.2)
range of partial opening.
3/4" 2.6 (67) 2.7 (68) 2.0 (50) 1.1 (0.5)
The curves given in the chart are valid for water at 68°F (20°C) To
1" 2.6 (67) 2.7 (68) 2.0 (50) 1.1 (0.5)
determine the pressure for other fluids the equivalent water volume
flow rate must be calculated and used in the graph.
A Vw = √ S.G. x V
Vw = Equivalent water volume flow in GPM
S.G. = Specific Gravity
V = Volume of fluid GPM
Pressure loss information for steam, compressed air, and gases is
available from Spirax Sarco.
B Installation
For more detailed installation and maintenance instructions please
refer to IM-P601-19 which is supplied with the product. The DCV41
must be fitted in accordance with the direction of flow arrow indicat-
ing correct fluid flow direction. When fitted with a spring, they can be
installed in any plane. When supplied without spring, they must be fit-
ted in a vetical flow line with the flow from bottom-to-top.
Note: Disc check valves are non-maintainable (no spares are avail-
able). Disc check valves are not suitable for use where heavily pul-
sating flow exists, such as close to a compressor.
Various options are denoted by a marking on the valve body: -
‘N’ -High temperature spring -Standard metal seat
‘W’ -Without spring -Standard metal seat
End elevation ‘H’ -Heavy duty spring -Standard metal seat
‘V’ -Standard spring -Viton seat
‘E’ -Standard spring -EPDM seat
No identification indicates a standard spring with a metal disc.
Disposal
If a product which contains a Viton component has been subjected to
a temperature approaching 599°F (315°C) or higher, then it may have
decomposed and formed hydrofluoric acid. Avoid skin contact and
inhalation of any fumes as the acid will cause deep skin burns and
How to order damage to the respiratory system. Viton must be disposed of in a rec-
Example: 1 Spirax Sarco DCV41 in an austenitic stainless steel body ognized manner as stated in the Installation and Maintenance
having 1/2" screwed NPT connections and complete with certification Instructions (IM-P601-19). No other ecological hazard is anticipated
to EN 10204 3.1.B for the body. with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
TI-P601-18 US 06.02
INICIO
Steam Injectors IN15, IN25M, IN40M

Steam Injectors Type IN are: IN40M
• All stainless steel Model ➪ IN15 IN25M IN40M (available screwed
or butt-weld)
• Ideal for boiler feedtank
heating of water and other Sizes 1/2" 1" 1-1/2"
fluids
Connections NPT NPT male
• Heats, mixes and circulates- & Butt-weld
no moving parts
• Compact design- Construction Austenitic Stainless
minimizes noise and Steel grade 316L
vibration
IN25M
Description (available screwed
Spirax Sarco steam injectors use steam to raise the temperature of or butt-weld)
water or other liquids. They work by using a jet of steam to draw in the
liquid through radial ports, mix it, and distribute the heated liquid
throughout the tank vessel. The circulation induced by the injector
ensures thorough mixing and avoids temperature stratification. Three IN15
sizes of injectors are available to suit a wide range of applications.
The smallest, the IN15, has a male and a female thread for direct
mounting to a tank wall from the outside, or to pipework within the tank.
The IN25M and IN40M are available in male thread or butt-weld form
and are fitted to pipework in the tank, or to a tank wall connection. For
higher capacities, two or more injectors may be mounted in parallel. Capacities - selecting a steam injector
The choice of steam injector depends on the flowrate of steam required
to heat the liquid. The table below shows steam injector capacities in
Limiting Operating Conditions lb/h of injected steam when heating tanks are vented to atmosphere,
Body Design Rating 350 psig (PN25) and are up to 10 feet deep. The choice of control valve can affect the
steam capacity.
Maximum Saturated Steam Conditions 250 psig at 400˚F
(17 barg 207˚C) Injector type IN15 IN25M IN40M
Maximum Heated Liquid Temperature 190˚F (90˚C)
Steam pressure psig Saturated steam capacity lb/h
15 44 297 880
Available Ty p e s 30 105 385 1226
Steam injectors for horizontal installation are available as 45 145 616 1771
type IN15, IN25M and IN40M. The choice of injector depends 60 185 770 2134
on the flowrate of steam required to heat the liquid. The IN15 75 224 920 2475
can be fitted to the end of the steam supply pipework or 90 264 1100 2849
directly through the tank weld using a female threaded 105 303 1276 3179
connection. 120 343 1408 3564
NPT male 135 382 1540 4004
150 422 1683 4290
165 462 1826 4950
IN15 A C
180 501 1980 5214
195 541 2145 5709
NPT B 210 580 2299 5962
female 225 620 2409 6193
240 661 2574 6743
255 699 2697 7040
IN25M A C Intermediate values may be obtained by linear interpolation. For higher
IN40M capacities use 2 or more injectors in parallel.
* Steam pressure at Steam supply Pressure drop across
B inlet of injector = pressure to – control valve
control valve
Cv values
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and ( m i l l i m e t e r s ) Injector type IN15 IN25M IN40M
Type A B C Weight (lb kg) Cv 1.81 10.7 16.9
IN15 1/2" 8.2 (205) 1.1 28 .8 (.4)
IN25M 1" 3.4 (84) 2.8 (71) 2.0 (.8) Sample Specification
IN40M 1-1/2" 4.6 (115) 3.5 (88) 3.2 (1.6) Steam injectors shall be all 316L stainless steel, with radial inlet ports
and full length discharge nozzle.
INICIO
Steam Injectors IN15, IN25M, IN40M

Self-Acting Control System IN15 shown
Stop
Valve Vacuum
breaker
Dial
Stea Thermometer
m
Y-type Control
Valve
Control
and sensor
Pocket
Installation
WARNING:- Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM Injector
GCM-10. Full Installation and Maintenance Instructions are
provided with each unit. The reference notes below do not contain
sufficient information to install the product safely, and any attempt
to do so may be hazardous.
The injectors are installed at a low level in a tank, ideally along the
center line, and discharging horizontally along the length. Pipework may
be routed inside or outside the tank wall. We reccomend the use of a
suitable thread locking compound on all threaded connections.
Use the same size pipe as the injector, i.e. 1" pipe for IN25M.
Pipe sizes for multiple injector installations are as follows:-
No. of injectors Type Minimum Pipe Size

2 IN15 3/4"
2 IN40M 2-1/2"
3 IN40M 3"
Allow a minimun of 6" between the injector(s) and the sides and bottom
of the tank, and as much length as possible between the injector outlet
and the end of the tank. See IMI for minimum limits. Space multiple Type INS Steam Injector Systems
injectors equally across the tank width. The IN injectors are also available as part of a steam injection system, type
INS. The table to the left covers eight preferred INS steam injection systems
Injector available from Spirax Sarco.
package INS10 INS20 INS30 INS40 INS50 INS60 INS70 INS80
Valve type BX6 SB SB KB51 KB51 KC51 KB51 KC51 Estimating Steam Flow by Calculation
& size 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2 The following formulas can be used to calculate an approximate steam load:
For general heating applications -
Valve Cv 1.92 3.0 4.5 11.4 19.2 19.2 39.6 39.6
W x Cp x ∆T
Q=
Controller 128 with 13' capillary. 121 with 13' capillary. 1000 x t
type Range 1 — 0 to 230˚F Range 2 — 105 to 225˚F For boiler feedtanks -
Injector G x ∆T
IN15 IN15 IN25M IN40M IN40M IN40M IN40M IN40M Q = 1000
type
Number Q = Steam load (lb/h)
of Injectors 1 2 1 1 2 2 3 3
W = Mass of liquid (lb)
Steam G = Feedwater flow rate (lb/h) Note: 1 Boiler hp = 34.5 lb/h
supply Saturated steam capacity lb/h Cp = Specific heat of liquid (Btu/lb˚F)
pressurepsig ∆T = Temperature rise (˚F)
20 75 140 170 565 915 915 1850 1850 t = heating time (hours)
30 105 180 245 710 1175 1175 2330 2330
40 130 220 310 855 1435 1435 2805 2805
50 150 270 365 990 1695 1695 3285 3285 Steam Injector system shall include an isolation valve, Y type strainer, self
60 175 310 425 1140 1955 1955 3760 3760 acting control system with stainless steel well, vacuum breaker and 316L
70 200 350 485 1285 2215 2215 4235 4235 grade stainless steel injector.
80 225 395 545 1430 2475 2475 4825 4825
90 245 440 600 1575 2700 2700 5195 5195 Installation
Spirax Sarco steam injectors are designed to operate with the minimum of
100 285 485 660 1715 2995 2995 5675 5675
noise provided installation is correct. For full details refer to the Installation
120 320 530 780 2005 3510 3510 - 6625
and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
140 360 660 900 2295 - 4035 - 7580
160 400 740 - - - 4550 - 8535 Maintenance
180 430 820 - - - 5075 - 9490 Injectors require no maintenance. We recommend an annual inspection of
200 470 900 - - - 5670 - 10,445 the steam supply pipework and injector to check that the fittings are
Each INS system also includes a valve size model 10 ball valve and type CT securely fastened. All other system components should be maintained in
strainer, a stainless steel well, and VB14 vacuum breaker. Full technical details accordance with the relevant Installation and Maintenance Instructions
for each of the products contained in the INS systems are available upon which are available upon request.
TIS 10.1430 US 04.01
INICIO
Self Contained Steam Injector

SL-6
The SL-6 self contained

steam injector is designed to
inject steam directly into Model ➪ SL-6
water or other non-corrosive T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
liquid. The device is Size 3/4" Approximate temperature control of open
submerged into the liquid, tanks heated by direct steam injection.
Connection NPT
which circulates over the
thermostatic element. The Construction Cast Iron Body
valve modulates to control the Brass & Stainless Steel Internals
amount of steam injected so
as to maintain the temperature Options BSP Connection
9 11
of the liquid at the set point.
5
1
6 7
3
2
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) 125 psig 9 barg
Max. Operating Temperature Maximum setting: 212˚F 100˚C
PR E S S U R E S H E L L D E S I G N C O N D I T I O N S
PMA 300 psig/0-450˚F 21 barg/0-232˚C 10
12
TMA 450˚F/0-300 psig 232˚C/0-21 barg 4

8
T E M P E R AT U R E R A N G E C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S
Adjustment No. Part Material
Code Range Type
W 170˚ to 212˚F SL-6W
2 Adjustment Head Brass ASTMB124
76˚ to 100˚C
3 Lock Nut Cast Iron ASTM A126 CL B
B 145˚ to 195˚F SL-6B
4 Tank Nut Brass ASTMB16
63˚ to 91˚C
5 Element Brass &Stainless Steel
G 110˚ to 160˚F SL-6G
6 Guide Nut Brass ASTM B16
43˚ to 71˚C
7 Guide Washer Brass ASTMB36
Y 75˚ to125˚F SL-6Y 8 Return Spring Stainless Steel AISI 302
24˚ to 52˚C 9 Valve Head Stainless Steel AISI 303
10 Valve Seat Stainless Steel AISI303
11 Seat Gasket Stainless Steel AISI 302
E 12 Baffle Shield Brass ASTMB135
A
DIMENSIONS ( NOMINAL) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS

Size Weight
C F B A B C D E F
3/4" 5.2 2.25 2.3 0.25 8.1 1.7 3.5 lb

132 57 59 6.4 205 43 1.6 kg
D
INICIO
Self Contained Steam Injector

SL-6
CA PAC I T I E S
Maximum Inlet Pressure psig (barg)
Operating 5 10 25 40 50 75 100 125
Valve Pressure .34 .68 1.72 2.76 3.45 5.17 6.89 8.62
Orifice psig barg
3/8" 125 8.6 17 24 39 53 63 87 112 136
* Capacities at 10˚F/5.5˚C drop below set temperature
Self contained steam injector shall contain a solidly liquid-filled thermostatic
element, and shall be field-adjustable to control discharge at a fixed
temperature below 212˚F.
MAINTENANCE SL-6
The SL-6 can be maintained without disturbing the piping connections.
before any servicing is performed. The trap should be disassembled
periodically for inspection and cleaning of the valve head and seat, and
operation of the element set. Worn or damaged parts should be replaced
using a complete repair kit.
IMI sheet, which is available upon request.
S PA R E PA RT S
7A
1C
1D
2A
6A
4A 1B
5A Part No.
1A
1 Element Set (Specify Range) 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D
4C 2 Body 2A
3A 4B 3 Return Spring 3A
4 Adjustment Head 4A, 4B, 4C
5 Lock Nut 5A
6 Tank Nut 6A
7 Baffle Shield 7A
TIS 10.1431 US 03.94
INICIO
Iron Separator
S1, S2, S3
Moisture Separators are used to
improve the quality of steam or Model ➪ S1 S2 S3 3
compressed air either within the
distribution system or on the PMO 200 psig 145 psig
supply inlet to equipment.
Removal of moisture is by a series Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1" 1-1/2", 2" 1-1/2" to 8" 1
of baffles on which the suspended 2
Connections NPT ANSI125
water droplets impinge and fall
out by gravity to the drain, which Construction Ductile Iron Cast Iron 1
must be piped to a trap.
5
6
Model S2 & S3
4
C O N S T RU C T I O N M AT E R I A L S Model S1
No. Part Material 4
1 S1 Body & Cover Ductile (SG) Iron DIN 1693 Gr GGG 40
S2 & S3 Body Cast Iron ASTM A126 CLB
2 Gasket Semi Rigid Graphite Laminate A D
3 Bolts Steel UNF BS 1768 Gr 5
4 Bushing Malleable Iron
5 Plug Malleable Iron
6 Gasket Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite
C
Max. Operating Pressure (PMO) S1: 200 psig (14 barg)
S2, S3: 145 psig (10 barg)
Max. Operating Temperature S1: 388˚F (198˚C) B
S2, S3: 363˚F (184˚C)

PMA S1: 232 psig/0-248˚F 16 barg/0-120˚C Drain E
S2, S3: 232 psig/0-248˚F 16 barg/0-120˚C
188 psig/428˚F 13 barg/220˚C D I M E N S I O N S T Y P E S1 ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
TMA S1: 572˚F/0-160 psig 300˚C/0-11 barg

Max. allowable temperature Size A B C D E Weight
S2, S3: 428˚F/0-188 psig 220˚C/0-13 barg
1/2" 3.5 4.8 8.9 3.4 1/2" 6.0 lb
T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S 89 124 225 86 2.7 kg
On steam mains, as a drip station ahead of steam pressure reducing or 3/4" 4.5 6.1 10.3 4.4 1/2" 9.3 lb
114 156 260 111 4.2 kg
temperature control valves. On the steam inlet to laundry presses and
1" 6.0 8.8 15.0 5.6 1/2" 18.0 lb
other process equipment which require dry saturated steam. On the 152 222 381 143 8.1 kg
compressed air supply to sensitive instruments and before filters.
INICIO
Iron Separators
S1, S2, S3
F (Plug not on 1-1/2" S2) F
B
B A
A
G
Drain E
D C
G Drain E
D C
Model S2 Model S3
RECOMMENDED A I R CA PAC I T I E S
(SCFM based on approximately D I M E N S I O N S (N O M I N A L ) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS
60 ft/s for 1/2" – 2-1/2" units, and 55 ft/s for 3" – 8" units) Type S2 with screwed connections
Convert SCFM to CFM = SCFM x (460 + T) : T = ˚F
35.4 x P 1 P1 = psia Size A B C D E F G Weight
Operating Pressure psig 1-1/2" 4.4 6.1 3.5 12.0 1/2" – 2.4 21.5 lb
111 156 89 304 60 9.6 kg
Size 20 40 60 80 100 150 200 2" 6.5 8.1 4.6 15.6 1/2" M72 2.8 42.0 lb
166 205 117 397 71 19.0 kg
1/2" 20 30 40 55 65 95 125
Type S3 with flanged connections
3/4 30 50 65 85 100 145 190
1-1/2" 4.4 6.1 3.5 14.4 1/2" M56 3.7 31.0 lb
1" 50 80 105 135 165 240 315 111 156 89 365 94 14.0 kg
1-1/2" 120 185 255 325 395 570 2" 5.7 8.1 4.6 18.0 1/2" M72 3.85 56.0 lb
146 206 117 456 98 25.4 kg
2" 200 310 425 540 655 940
2-1/2" 7.2 9.1 5.6 16.0 3/4" M56 3.85 81.0 lb
2-1/2" 280 445 605 770 930 1340 184 232 146 406 98 36.7 kg
3" 360 570 780 990 1200 1725 3" 7.4 10.4 6.0 19.0 1" M72 3.85 99.0 lb
187 264 152 483 98 44.9 kg
4" 625 985 1345 1705 2070 2970
4" 9.4 13.3 7.8 27.3 1" M72 4.6 165.0 lb
6" 1420 2240 3060 3880 4695 6745 238 337 197 692 118 74.8 kg
8" 2460 3880 5300 6715 8135 11685 6" 9.1 16.1 15.0 27.8 1" M72 4.8 400 lb
232 409 381 706 121 181.4 kg
8" 12.0 19.9 16.8 30.0 1-1/2" M72 5.5 560.0 lb

305 505 426 762 140 254.0 kg
RECOMMENDED S AT U R AT E D S T E A M CA PAC I T I E S
(lb/h based on approximately 100 ft/s)
Based on flows and velocity indicated, the pressure drop will
be no more than equivalent length of pipe.
Moisture Separator shall be of the high efficiency internal baffle type
Operating Pressure psig having a pressure drop that does not exceed an equivalent length of
Size 5 10 25 50 100 150 200 pipe. Body shall be iron with screwed or flanged connections. A
screwed bottom drain shall be provided for the installation of a trap to
1/2" 37 46 71 113 195 277 354 discharge any accumulated liquid.
3/4 66 80 125 199 342 486 622
1" 107 130 203 323 555 788 1009
Install in a horizontal pipeline with the drain directly below the
1-1/2" 253 308 480 761 1308 1792 line. Recommended trap is a continuous draining float operated
2" 417 508 791 1255 2156 2953 type.
2-1/2" 595 725 1129 1791 3076 4214
3" 919 1120 1743 2766 4751 6507 MAINTENANCE
The trap at the separator drain should be serviced periodically
4" 1583 1928 3002 4764 8182 11206
according to the manufacturer's instructions. The separator itself
6" 3593 4377 6813 10813 18567 25431 requires no maintenance.
8" 6222 7579 11798 18723 32151 44037
TIS 7.001 US 01.96
INICIO
Steel Separator
S4A
Moisture Separators
are used to improve Model ➪ S4A Typical Applications
the quality of steam
PMO 600 psig 150/300 psig
On steam mains, as a drip station ahead of steam pressure
or compressed air
reducing or temperature control valves. On the steam inlet to
either within the
distribution system or Sizes 1/2" to 2" 2-1/2" to 6" laundry presses and other process equipment which require
on the supply inlet to dry saturated steam. On the compressed air supply to sensitive
Connections NPT, SW ANSI 150
equipment. Removal ANSI 300 instruments and before filters.
of moisture is by a
series of baffles on Construction Fabricated steel body F-Vent
which the suspended 1/2" to 2" F-Vent
water droplets ASME 21/2" to 6"
impinge and fall out code stamped 600 psig 150 psig/300psig
by gravity to the
drain, which must be Options 2-1/2" to 6" to 600 psig ASME code stamped.
piped to a trap. Gauge Glass Assembly 2-1/2" to 6"
2 3 6 C G C
1
B
5 B
7
E-Drain
E-Drain
A A
4 H H
Construction Materials Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters

No. Part Material Size Conn. A B C E F G H Weight
1/2" Scr/SW 9.0 5.2 10.6 3/4" 3/4" — 2.5" 9.0 lb
1 Body (1/2" to 2") Steel SA-106 GRB 15 229 132 269 4.1 kg
(2-1/2" to 6") ASTM A 53 GRB 3/4" Scr/SW 9.3 5.9 12.1 3/4" 3/4" — 2.5" 10.0 lb
20 236 150 307 4.5 kg
2 End Caps (1/2" to 6") Steel SA-234 WPB
1" Scr/SW 11.8 6.0 14.1 3/4" 3/4" — 4" 19.0 lb
3 Coupling Steel SA-105 25 300 152 358 8.6 kg
4 Screen (4" & 6") Steel ASTM A 569 1-1/4" Scr/SW 13.3 7.1 16.3 3/4" 3/4" — 5" 30.0 lb
5 Baffle Steel ASTM A 569 32 338 180 414 13.6 kg
6 Plug Steel ASTM A105 1-1/2" Scr/SW 15.4 7.6 19.0 1" 3/4" — 6" 43.0 lb
40 391 193 483 19.5 kg
7 End Connections (1/2" to 2") Steel SA-105
2" Scr/SW 15.9 8.1 20.6 1" 3/4" — 6" 50.0 lb
(2-1/2" to 6") ASTM A105 50 404 206 523 22.7 kg
Designed to Section VIII Division I of the ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code. 2-1/2" ANSI 150 22.5 9.4 24.5 1" 3/4" 7.1 8.7" 109.0 lb
65 572 239 622 180 49.4 kg
ANSI 300 22.5 9.4 24.5 1" 3/4" 7.1 112.0 lb
Pressure Shell Design Conditions 572 239 622 180 50.8 kg
ANSI 600 22.5 9.9 25.6 1" 3/4" 7.1 113.0 lb
(1/2" to 2") NPT and Socket Weld 572 251 650 180 51.3 kg
MAWP 600 psig/41.4 barg 3" ANSI 150 25.3 12.0 28.6 2" 3/4" 7.9 10.8" 163.0 lb
Max. allowable working pressure -20˚F to 650˚F/-29˚C to 344˚C 80 643 305 726 201 73.9 kg
ANSI 300 25.3 12.0 28.8 2" 3/4" 7.9 169.0 lb
(2-1/2" to 6") ANSI 150 flanged 643 305 732 201 76.7 kg
150 psig/10.4 barg ANSI 600 25.3 12.7 29.9 2" 3/4" 7.9 189.0 lb
645 323 759 201 85.7 kg
-20˚F to 650˚F/-29˚C to 344˚C
4" ANSI 150 29.0 12.6 31.2 2" 1-1/2" 8.8 12.8" 237.0 lb
ANSI 300 flanged 100 737 320 792 224 107.5 kg
300 psig/20.7 barg ANSI 300 29.0 12.6 31.2 2" 1-1/2" 8.8 256.0 lb
737 320 792 224 116.1 kg
-20˚F to 650˚F/-29˚C to 344˚C
ANSI 600 29.0 13.2 32.1 2" 1-1/2" 9.0 297.0 lb
737 335 815 229 134.7 kg
Optional Pressure Shell Design Conditions 6" ANSI 150 35.8 12.3 36.7 2" 1-1/2" 11.4 16.0" 365.0 lb
150 909 312 932 290 165.6 kg
(2-1/2" to 6") ANSI 600 Flanged ANSI 300 35.8 12.4 36.9 2" 1-1/2" 11.4 401.0 lb
909 315 937 290 181.9 kg
MAWP 600 psig/41.4 barg
ANSI 600 35.8 13.0 37.8 2" 1-1/2" 11.4 551.0 lb
Max. allowable working pressure -20˚F to 650˚F/-29˚C to 344˚C 909 330 960 290 249.9 kg
INICIO
Steel Separator
S4A
S4A Steam Sizing Chart 6"
Sizing Example 4"

for Model S4A 3"
2-1/2"
1. Taking a steam pressure of 180 psig and flow
rate of 1100 lb/h draw line A-A. 2"
2. Draw horizontal line A-B. 1-1/2"
1-1/4"
3. Any separator curve that is bisected by line A-B
within the shaded area will operate at near 100% 1"
A B
efficiency. 3/4"
4. Line velocity for any size can be determined by
dropping a vertical line B-C (eg. 60 ft/s for 1-1/4" 1/2"
unit).
5. Pressure drop is determined by plotting lines C-
D and A-D. The point of intersection is the
pressure drop across the separator, ie: 0.5 psi.
6. Separators should be selected on the basis of A
the best compromise between line size, velocity
and pressure drop for each application. 2040 60 80100120 150180200 250 300 350 20 50 80 90100 110120
Steam pressure psi (approx.) Flow velocity (ft/s)
The shaded area denotes recommended
selection for better than 99% separation efficiency.
D C
Pressure drop across separator psi (approx.)

Flow SCFM Separator size
S4A Separator Flow 6"
Velocity & Pressure Drop
4"
for compressed Air
3"
Note: Any Separator curve that is bisected within the 2-1/2"
shaded area will operate at near 100% efficiency. 2"
1-1/2"
1-1/4"
1"
Moisture Separator shall be of the high efficiency 3/4"
internal baffle type having a pressure drop that does not 1/2"
exceed an equivalent length of pipe. Separator shall be
of steel construction in accordance with Section VIII,
Division I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code. ASME Code Stamped for maximum working
pressures of 150, 300, or 600 psig. A screwed bottom
drain connection shall be provided for the installation of 20 40 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 10 20 30 40 60
a trap to discharge accumulated liquid. A Spirax Sarco Air pressure psi (approx.) Flow velocity (ft/s)
Float Operated Drain Trap and “Y” Type Strainer shall
be installed on the drain connection.

TIS 7.000 US 05.02
INICIO
Steel Separator
8" to 18" S4A
Moisture Separators Typical Applications
are used to improve the Model ➪ S4A On steam mains, compressed air lines, steam turbines, heat
quality of steam or transfer processes, meter protection, steam distribution systems,
PMO 150 psig 300 psig 600 psig protection of equipment requiring dry saturated steam,
compressed air either
within the distribution removal of moisture from steam, air, or gas systems.
Sizes 8" to 18"
system or on the
supply inlet to Connections ANSI 150 ANSI 300 ANSI 600 8" to 18"
equipment. Removal of
moisture is by a series
of baffles on which the Construction Fabricated steel body
suspended water
ASME
droplets impinge and
code stamped 150 psig 300 psig 600 psig
fall out by gravity to
the drain, which must
Options Gauge Glass Assembly F C
be piped to a trap.
2 3 6
1
5 E-Drain
A

Size Conn. A B C E F Weight
8" ANSI 150 41.9 15.3 48.1 2" 15.0 445 lb
200 1064 389 1222 381 202 kg
4 ANSI 300 41.9 15.5 48.3 2" 15.0 601 lb
1064 394 1227 381 273 kg
Construction Materials ANSI 600 41.9
1064
15.7
399
48.8
1240
2" 15.0
381
972 lb
441 kg
No. Part Material 10" ANSI 150 48.7 27.0 63.2 2" 16.4 805 lb
250 1237 686 1605 417 365 kg
1 Body Steel
ANSI 300 48.7 27.1 63.5 2" 16.4 969 lb
2 End Caps Steel 1237 688 1613 417 440 kg
3 Coupling Steel ANSI 600 48.7 27.4 64.1 2" 16.4 1740 lb
4 Screen Steel 1237 696 1628 417 789 kg
5 Baffle Steel 12" ANSI 150 49.5 29.8 68.0 2" 19.0 828 lb
300 1257 757 1727 483 376 kg
6 Plug Steel
ANSI 300 49.5 29.9 68.3 2" 19.0 1145 lb
7 End Connections Steel 1257 759 1735 483 519 kg
Designed to Section VIII Division I of the ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code. ANSI 600 49.5 30.3 68.9 2" 19.0 2008 lb
1257 770 1750 483 911 kg
14" ANSI 150 54.8 30.8 72.1 2" 20.1 1282 lb
350 1392 782 1831 511 582 kg
ANSI 300 54.8 30.8 72.2 2" 20.1 1634 lb
Pressure Shell Design Conditions 1392 782 1834 511 741 kg
(8" to 18") ANSI 600 54.8 31.1 72.8 2" 20.1 2851 lb
MAWP ANSI 150 flanged 1392 790 1849 511 1293 kg
Max. allowable working pressure 16" ANSI 150 59.0 32.8 77.6 2" 20.1 1509 lb
150 psig/10.4 barg 400 1499 833 1971 511 684 kg
-20˚F to 650˚F/-29˚C to 344˚C ANSI 300 59.0 32.9 77.9 2" 20.1 1953 lb
1499 836 2007 511 886 kg
ANSI 300 flanged ANSI 600 59.0 33.5 79.0 2" 20.1 3578 lb
300 psig/20.7 barg 1499 851 2007 511 1623 kg
-20˚F to 650˚F/-29˚C to 344˚C 18" ANSI 150 67.2 35.2 83.9 2" 20.1 2186 lb
450 1707 894 2131 511 992 kg
ANSI 600 Flanged ANSI 300 67.2 35.2 84.0 2" 20.1 2858 lb
600 psig/41.4 barg 1707 894 2134 511 1296 kg
ANSI 600 67.2 36.3 86.2 2" 20.1 5155 lb
-20˚F to 650˚F/-29˚C to 344˚C 1707 922 2189 511 2338 kg
INICIO
Steel Separator
8" to 18" S4A
Recommended Saturated Steam Capacities

(lb/h based on 90 ft/sec velocity)
Based on flows and velocity indicated, the pressure drop will be no more than equivalent length of pipe.
Operating
Separator Size
Pressure
psig 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18"
5 5,754 8,871 12,576 15,153 19,812 25,190
10 7,020 10,822 15,342 18,487 24,171 30,733
25 10,933 16,855 23,894 28,791 37,643 47,862
50 17,262 26,613 37,728 45,460 59,437 75,573
100 29,576 45,597 64,640 77,888 101,836 129,481
150 42,005 64,759 91,805 110,620 144,631 183,894
200 53,744 82,856 117,460 141,533 185,049 235,283
250 65,713 101,308 143,618 173,052 226,259 287,681
300 78,257 120,647 171,034 206,087 269,451 342,597
325 84,587 130,405 184,868 222,756 291,245 370,307
350 89,881 138,566 196,438 236,697 309,472 393,483
375 96,671 149,034 211,277 254,578 332,851 423,208
400 102,770 158,438 224,608 270,641 353,853 449,911
450 115,084 177,422 251,521 303,069 396,252 503,819
500 129,355 199,422 282,709 340,650 445,387 566,293
550 140,403 216,455 306,855 369,744 483,427 614,640
600 153,062 239,971 334,523 403,082 527,015 670,080
Capacities for air and other gases available upon request.
Moisture Separator shall be of the high efficiency internal baffle
type having a pressure drop that does not exceed an equivalent
length of pipe. Separator shall be of steel construction in
accordance with Section VIII, Division I of the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code. ASME Code Stamped for maximum
working pressures of 150, 300, or 600 psig. A screwed bottom
drain connection shall be provided for the installation of a trap to
discharge accumulated liquid. A Spirax Sarco Float Operated
Drain Trap and “Y” Type Strainer shall be installed on the drain
connection.
TIS 7.0001 US 05.01

INICIO
S5
Carbon Steel Separator
Description
The S5 is a carbon steel baffle type separator used for the removal of
entrained liquids in steam, compressed air and gas systems.

1
1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2".
Screwed NPT, butt weld, socket weld.
Flanged ANSI B16.5 Class 150 or 300
with screwed NPT drain and air vent.
Optional extras
Insulation jackets are available which will increase the performance of the 2
separator.
Limiting conditions
PMA
Maximum body design conditions ANSI 300
TMA
Designed for a maximum ANSI Class 150 435 psig

cold hydraulic test pressure of: ANSI Class 300 1102 psig
Scr, sw, bw 1102 psig
Operating range
A B
797
752 Steam
saturation
Flanged S5 shown 4
572
curve 3
392
212 5
A B
32
0 145 200 290 435 585 600* 725
*PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam

A - A Flanged ANSI Class 150 Capacities See TIS 7.003A US
B - B Flanged ANSI Class 300, screwed NPT, socket weld and butt weld
Materials
1 Body Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
2 Flange ANSI Carbon steel ASTM A105N
3 Cover Carbon steel ASTM A105N
4 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
5 Bolt Steel Steel
Certification
The product is available with cetification EN 10204 3.1.B for body and flange as standard, all certification must be requested when placing an order.
TI-P023-11 US 06.01
INICIO
Dimensions (approximate) in mm and inches
ANSI ANSI
Screwed sw bw 150 300
Size A A A A A B C D F G
1/2" (130) 5.12" (130) 5.12" (130) 5.12" (204) 8.03" (204) 8.03" (162) 6.38" (292) 11.50" (90) 3.54" 1" 1/2"
3/4" (130) 5.12” (130) 5.12" (130) 5.12" (212) 8.35" (212) 8.35" (158) 6.22" (345) 13.58" (90) 3.54" 1" 1/2"
1" (178) 7.01" (178) 7.01" (178) 7.01" (260) 10.24" (260) 10.24" (184) 7.24" (387) 15.24" (90) 3.54" 1" 1/2"
1-1/4" (190) 7.48" (190) 7.48" (190) 7.48" (304) 11.97" (320) 12.60" (209) 8.23" (438) 17.24" (90) 3.54" 1" 1/2"
1-1/2" (220) 8.66" (220) 8.66" (220) 8.66" (344) 13.54" (396) 15.59" (221) 8.70" (508) 20.00" (90) 3.54" 1" 1"
2" (214) 8.43" (214) 8.43" (214) 8.43" (342) 13.46" (354) 13.94" (221) 8.70" (558) 21.97" (90) 3.54" 1" 1"
Weights/volume (approximate) in lbs and US gallons G Air vent

Size Weight Volume
Scr/sw/bw Flanged Scr/sw/bw Flanged
1/2" 7.3 9.9 0.22 0.22
3/4" 8.4 11.0 0.26 0.27
1" 15.4 20.9 0.66 0.69
1-1/4" 30.8 41.8 1.19 1.22
1-1/2" 48.4 59.4 2.03 2.09
2" 50.6 63.8 2.22 2.3
Sizing: See TIS 7.003AUS
Installation
Install in a horizontal pipeline with the drain directly below. C
To ensure that any separated liquid is drained quickly, a suitable liquid
drainer must be connected to the drain connection.
For those steam systems where air can be present, air can collect in the
upper portion of the separator. In this situation a suitable air vent should
be connected to the air vent connection.
If an air vent is not being fitted then the connection must have the plas-
tic transit protection plug removed and must have a carbon steel class
3000 lb plug fitted. B
Safety
When replacing product ensure any pressure is isloated and safely vent-
ed to atmosphere. Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation
to avoid danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing is
required (including safety glasses). 5
Note: The cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring which F Drain
may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully. D
Disposal A Scr/sw/bw
The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the
disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
A Flanged
How to order
3/4" Spirax Sarco S5 separator with carbon steel body flanged to
ANSI 150.
or
Item lb.ft
mm
5 3/4" M12 x 1.38 29.5-33.0
TI-P023-11 US 06.01
INICIO
S6
Austenitic Stainless Steel Separator
Description
The S6 is an austenitic stainless steel (316L) baffle type separator
used for the removal of entrained liquids in steam, compressed air and
gas systems.
1
1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2".
Screwed NPT, butt weld, socket weld.
Flanged ANSI B16.5 Class 150 or 300
with screwed NPT drain and air vent.
Optional extras 2
Insulation jackets are available which will increase the performance of
the separator.

PMA ANSI 150 230 psig/-20° to 100°F 15.8 barg/-29 to 37.8°C
ANSI 300 600 psig/-20° to 100°F 41.4 barg/-29 to 37.8°C
SW, BW, NPT 720psig/-20° to 100°F 49.3 barg/-29 to 37.8°C
TMA ANSI 150 800°F/0 to 80 psig 426.7°C/0 to 5.5 barg

ANSI 300 800°F/0 to 330 psig 426.7° C/0 to 22.8 barg
SW, BW, NPT 800°F/0 to 410 psig 426.7°C/0 to 28.3 barg
Operating range 4
A B C
3
797
752 Steam 5
saturation
572 Flanged S6 shown
curve
392
212
A B C
32
0 145 290 435 600 725
203 405 495 Pressure psig

Capacities See TIS 7.003A
*PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam
A -A Flanged ANSI Class 150
B -B Flanged ANSI Class 300
C -C Screwed NPT, socket weld and butt weld
Materials
1 Body Austenitic stainless steel 316L ASTM A351CF3M
2 Flange ANSI Austenitic stainless steel ASMAA182 F316L
3 Cover Stainless steel ASTM A182 F316L
4 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
5 Bolt Stainless steel Grade A4-80
Certification
The product is available with cetification EN 10204 3.1.B for body and flange as standard, all certification must be requested when placing an order.
TI-P023-12 US 06.01
INICIO
Dimensions (approximate) in mm and inches
ANSI ANSI
Screwed sw bw 150 300
Size A A A A A B C D F G
1/2" (130) 5.12" (130) 5.12" (130) 5.12" (204) 8.03" (204) 8.03" (162) 6.38" (292) 11.50" (90) 3.54" 1" 1/2"
3/4" (130) 5.12” (130) 5.12" (130) 5.12" (212) 8.35" (212) 8.35" (158) 6.22" (345) 13.58" (90) 3.54" 1" 1/2"
1" (178) 7.01" (178) 7.01" (178) 7.01" (260) 10.24" (260) 10.24" (184) 7.24" (387) 15.24" (90) 3.54" 1" 1/2"
1-1/4" (190) 7.48" (190) 7.48" (190) 7.48" (304) 11.97" (320) 12.60" (209) 8.23" (438) 17.24" (90) 3.54" 1" 1/2"
1-1/2" (220) 8.66" (220) 8.66" (220) 8.66" (344) 13.54" (396) 15.59" (221) 8.70" (508) 20.00" (90) 3.54" 1" 1"
2" (214) 8.43" (214) 8.43" (214) 8.43" (342) 13.46" (354) 13.94" (221) 8.70" (558) 21.97" (90) 3.54" 1" 1"
Weights/volume (approximate) in lbs and US gallons G Air vent

Size Weight Volume
Scr/sw/bw Flanged Scr/sw/bw Flanged
1/2" 7.3 9.9 0.22 0.22
3/4" 8.4 11.0 0.26 0.27
1" 15.4 20.9 0.66 0.69
1-1/4" 30.8 41.8 1.19 1.22
1-1/2" 48.4 59.4 2.03 2.09
2" 50.6 63.8 2.22 2.3
Sizing: See TIS 7.003AUS
Installation
Install in a horizontal pipeline with the drain directly below. C
To ensure that any separated liquid is drained quickly, a suitable liquid
drainer must be connected to the drain connection.
For those steam systems where air can be present, air can collect in the
upper portion of the separator. In this situation a suitable air vent should
be connected to the air vent connection.
If an air vent is not being fitted then the connection must have the plas-
tic transit protection plug removed and must have a carbon steel class
3000 lb plug fitted. B
Safety
When replacing product ensure any pressure is isloated and safely vent-
ed to atmosphere. Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation
to avoid danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing is
required (including safety glasses). 5
Note: The cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring which
F Drain
may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully. D
Disposal A Scr/sw/bw
The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the
disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
A Flanged
How to order
3/4" Spirax Sarco S6 separator with carbon steel body flanged to
ANSI 150. Recommended tightening torques
or
Item lb.ft
mm
5 3/4" M12 x 1.38 29.5 - 33.0
TI-P023-12 US 06.01
INICIO
Stainless Steel Separator

1808
Moisture Separators are used to T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S
improve the quality of steam or Model ➪ 1808
compressed air either within On steam mains, as a drip station ahead of
the distribution system or on Sizes 1/2" to 6" steam pressure reducing or temperature
the supply inlet to equipment. control valves. On the steam inlet to process
Removal of moisture is by a Connections ANSI300 equipment which require dry saturated
series of baffles on which the steam. On the compressed air supply to
suspended water droplets Construction Fabricated 316L stainless steel sensitive instruments and before filters.
impinge and fall out by gravity
to the drain, which must be Options ANSI 150 connections, Larger sizes
piped to a trap.
Part Material
Body Stainless Steel AISI 316L

Design Pressure Design Temperature
Size psig (barg) °F °C
1/2" 464 32 464 239
3/4" & 1" 435 30 455 235
1-1/4" – 2-1/2" 362 25 437 225
3" & 4" 290 20 417 213
6" 203 14 390 198
2-1/2" – 6"
Size A B C E F Weight
1/2" 10.8 5.1 10.4 1/2" 9.9 lb
273 130 265 4.5 kg
3/4" 10.8
273
5.1
130
12.5
317
1/2" 11.0 lb
5 kg
1/2" – 2"
F
1" 12.4 6.0 14.0 1/2 15.4 lb C
314 152 355 7 kg
1-1/4" 17.4 7.0 16.0 1/2" 24.2 lb
441 178 407 11 kg
1-1/2" 18.4 7.6 19.0 1" 33.0 lb B
468 194 484 15 kg
2" 14.5 7.9 20.7 1" 55.1 lb C
368 201 525 25 kg
E
2-1/2" 16.5 9.7 25.0 1" 7.1 90.3 lb A
420 245 638 181 41 kg
3" 20.6 11.8 28.9 2" 8.0 114.6 lb B
523 300 735 204 52 kg
4" 22.6 12.4 31.3 2" 7.1 160.9 lb
574 316 795 180 73 kg
6" 27.8 13.4 36.8 2" 10.8 297.6 lb
706 341 935 273 135 kg A
INICIO
Stainless Steel Separator
1808
1808 S T E A M S I Z I N G C H A RT 6"
4"
S IZING EXAMPLE FOR MODEL 1808
3"
2-1/2"
2. Draw horizontal line A-B. 1-1/2"
3. Any separator curve that is bisected by line A-B 1-
within the shaded area will operate at near 100%
efficiency. 1"
4. Line velocity for any size can be determined by A B
dropping a vertical line B-C (eg. 60 ft/s for 1- 3/4"
1/4"unit).
5. Pressure drop is determined by plotting lines C- 1/2"
D and A-D. The point of intersection is the
pressure drop across the separator, ie: 0.5 psi.
6. Separators should be selected on the basis of the
best compromise between line size, velocity and
pressure drop for each application.
The shaded area denotes recommended A
2040 60 80100120 150180200 250 300 350 20 50 80 90100 110120
D C

Flow SCFM Separator size
1808 S E PA R ATO R F L OW V E L O C I T Y & 6"
P RESSURE DR OP FOR COMPRESSEED AIR
4"
Note:Any Separator curve that is bisected within the 3"
shaded area will operate at near 100% efficiency. 2-1/2"
2"
1-1/2"
1-1/4"
1"
Moisture Separator shall be of the high efficiency internal 3/4"
baffle type having a pressure drop that does not exceed an 1/2"
equivalent length of pipe. Body shall be stainless steel with
ANSI 300 flanged connections. A screwed bottom drain
shall be provided for the installation of a trap to discharge
any accumulated liquid.
20 40 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 10 20 30 40 60

Air pressure psi (approx.) Flow velocity (ft/s)

TIS 7.003 US 01.96
INICIO
Sizing Chart for 1808 SS, S5 & S6 Separators
Steam Sizing Chart

6"
Sizing Example
4"
2-1/2"
2. Draw horizontal line A-B.
2"
3. Any separator curve that is bisected by line A-B
within the shaded area will operate at near 100% 1-1/2"
1-
efficiency. 1"
4. Line velocity for any size can be determined by A B
dropping a vertical line B-C (eg. 60 ft/s for 1-1/4" 3/4"
unit). 1/2"
5. Pressure drop is determined by plotting lines C-
D and A-D. The point of intersection is the pres-
sure drop across the separator, ie: 0.5 psi.
6. Separators should be selected on the basis of
the best compromise between line size, velocity A
and pressure drop for each application.
2040 60 80100120 150180 200 250 300 350 20 50 80 90100 110120
The shaded area denotes recommended
D C
Note: Any Separator curve that is bisected

within the shaded area will operate
at near 100% efficiency.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. TIS 7.003A US 05.01
INICIO
Sizing Chart for 1808 SS, S5 & S6 Separators
Separator Flow Velocity & Pressure Flow SCFM Separator size

Drop for compressed Air 6"
4"
Note: Any Separator curve that is bisected
3"
within the shaded area will operate 2-1/2"
at near 100% efficiency. 2"
1-1/2"
1-1/4"
1"
3/4"
1/2"
20 40 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 10 20 30 40 60
Air pressure psi (approx.) Flow velocity (ft/s)
TIS 7.003A US 05.01

INICIO
Sight Glass
A Sight
Glass Model ➪ Single Window Double Window
provides a Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1" 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2"
visual
Connections NPT
indication
of liquid Construction Brass Body Bronze Body
flow Toughened Glass
through Options BSPConnections
pipework.
2
1
3
4
5
No. Part Material
1 Body 1/2" to 1" Brass BS 1400 LG2
1-1/4" to 2" Bronze BS 1400 LG2 GpA
2 Bezel Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 Single Window
3 Window Toughened Soda Lime Glass BS 3463
4 Top Washer (thin) Nickel Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite
5 Bottom Washer Nickel Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite
3
4
1

PMA 72 psig/0-298˚F 5 barg/0-148˚C
TMA 298˚F/0-72 psig 148˚C/0-5 barg

Max. allowable temperature 5
3
4
2
Double Window
On any liquid system where indication of flow through pipe is required.
Applications such as water lines, outlet condensate side of steam traps
and discharge of pumps.
INICIO
Sight Glass

A
D
Single Window F C
1/2" 3.5 0.63 1.3 2.5 2.0 0.18 1.5lb

89 16 32 64 50 4.8 0.6 kg B
3/4" 3.5 0.75 1.4 2.5 2.0 0.18 1.7 lb
E
89 19 35 64 50 4.8 0.7 kg
1" 3.5 0.94 1.5 2.5 2.0 0.18 2.0 lb A
89 24 38 64 50 4.8 0.9 kg D
Double Window
1-1/4" 4.3 2.0 2.0 2.9 2.0 0.18 4.4 lb C
108 51 51 73 50 4.8 1.9 kg
1-1/2" 4.3 2.0 2.0 2.9 2.0 0.18 4.0 lb
108 51 51 73 50 4.8 1.8 kg
2" 4.5 2.2 2.2 3.0 2.0 0.18 5.5 lb B

114 57 57 76 50 4.8 2.5 kg F
Sight Glass shall be single/double type having brass body
with screwed connections and removable toughened glass
windows.
I N S TA L L AT I O N B
When installed on the outlet of a steam trap having a blast
action discharge, the sight glass should be positioned at A
least 3 feet (1 meter) from trap outlet. C
MAINTENANCE
piping connections. Complete isolation of the sight glass is
The sight glass should be disassembled as necessary for
cleaning of the glass. The glass should be examined
carefully for any evidence of erosion or chemical attack.
complete Repair Kit comprised of toughened glass and
gaskets.
Set of Windows & Gaskets/Washers A, B, C
Set of Gaskets/Washers B, C
Spare Parts are common to all sizes.
TIS 7.100 US 03.94

INICIO
Sight Check
(Combined Sight Glass & Check Valve)
The Sight Check

provides visual Model ➪ Sight Check 7
indication of
Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1" 2 6
liquids flowing
through Connections NPT
5
pipework. An
Construction Bronze Body
integral check 4
Stainless Steel Ball
valve prevents 3
back flow of Options BSPConnections 2
liquids.
No. Part Material
1 Body Bronze BS 1400 LG1
2 Gasket Ethylene Propylene
3 Sight Tube Borosilicate Glass
4 Discharge Tube Copper BS 2871 PT2 C106
5 Ball Check Stainless Steel BS 970 420 S45
6 Cover Brass BS 1400 PC81
7 Cover Bolts Steel Zinc Plated BS 3692 GR.8.8 Withdrawal
Distance E
C
B

PMA 66 psig/0-298˚F 4.6 barg/0-148˚C
TMA 298˚F/0-66 psig 148˚C/0-4.6 barg

Max. allowable temperature A D
On any liquid system where indication of flow through the 1/2" 3.0 3.7 1.7 1.5 2.5 1.4 lb
pipe is required, along with the prevention of liquid 76 95 44 38 64 0.6 kg
backflow. Applications such as water lines, outlet discharge 3/4" 3.0 3.8 1.7 1.5 2.5 1.4 lb
of steam traps and discharge of pumps. 76 96 44 38 64 0.6 kg
1" 3.5 4.3 2.1 1.5 2.5 2.7 lb
89 108 54 38 64 1.2 kg
INICIO
Sight Check
(Combined Sight Glass & Check Valve)
Sight Check valves shall have a borosilicate viewing S PA R E PA RT S
glass and internal ball check valve. The ball check valve
shall be situated so as to provide a visual indication of
flow.
When installed on the outlet of a steam trap having a
blast action discharge, the sight glass should be
positioned at least 3 feet (1 meter) from the trap
outlet. This is to ensure the glass tube is not subjected B
to thermal shock. The sight check can be installed in
horizontal or vertical pipework, provided that the ball
check can close by gravity.
Warning: Since condensate can, in some cases, act as A
a solvent on glass, it is advisable to check the tube
periodically for thinning and to take reasonable steps
to protect people from injury, should the glass break.
MAINTENANCE
This product can be maintained without disturbing the D
piping connections. Complete isolation of the sight
check is required before any servicing is performed.
The sight check should be disassembled periodically
for inspection and cleaning of the glass, ball check
and seat. Worn or damaged parts should be replaced C
as required.
Complete installation and maintenance G
instructions are given in the IMI sheet, which
Sight Tube Assembly A

B (2 off)
Discharge Tube Assembly C, D

Set of Bolts G (set of 4)
Gaskets B (pkt of 6)
Available spares are common to 1/2" &3/4", but not 1"

TIS 7.101 US 03.94

INICIO
Vent Head Type VH
Spirax Sarco Vent Heads T Y P I CA L A P P L I CAT I O N S

type VH are designed for Model ➪ VH 2S-VH 3S VH 3-VH 12 Vent heads type VH are ideal for condensate tanks,
fitting to vertical open-ended blowdown vessels, boiler feedtanks, deaerators, hot
steam vent pipes. The vent Sizes 2" and 3" 3" - 12" water storage tanks, etc. Caution: Vent heads are not
head will discharge dry steam recommended for safety valve outlets.
at low velocity safely to Vent
atmosphere protecting NPT ANSI 150
Connection
personnel from injury and
buildings from material
damage. The vent head Drain NPT
incorporates an internal baffle Connection
to separate entrained water
from the steam and Construction Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
discharges separately through Flange - Plated Steel
the drain connection.
Vent heads are available as types VH 2S, 3S, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12. The vent
head should be selected so that it is the same nominal size as the vent pipe,
when sized for a maximum velocity of 3500 ft/min at atmospheric pressure.
M AT E R I A L S
300 grade austenitic stainless steel except the flange (VH 3–VH 12 only)
which is electroplated carbon steel
Vent head shall be baffle type, manufactured in stainless steel with threaded Vent Head type
drain connection. Flanged units shall have a lap type flange to allow VH 3 — VH 12 shown
rotation and easy orientation of the drain connection during installation.
The lap joint flange allows rotation and easy orientation of the drain
connection. The drain should be piped to a safe position. An annual
inspection is recommended to ensure that the outlet drain connection is
unobstructed.
VH 2S & VH 3S VH 3 — VH 12
W W
D I M E N S I O N S ( N O M I N A L) IN INCHES AND MILLIMETERS Outlet Outlet
Vent Head Type Inlet size Drain Size H W Weight
VH 2S 2" 3/4" NPT 8.3 6.0 4.4 lb
50 210 152 2.0 kg
VH 3S 3" 3/4" NPT 10.6 8.0 5.5 lb
80 270 202 2.5 kg
VH 3 3" 3/4" NPT 12.0 8.6 12.0 lb H
H
80 305 218 5.5 kg
VH 4 4" 1" NPT 12.6 9.5 13.0 lb
100 320 240 6.0 kg
VH 6 6" 1" NPT 15.4 13.4 29.0 lb
150 390 340 13.0 kg
VH 8 8" 1-1/2" NPT 16.9 16.7 44.0 lb
200 430 425 20.0 kg Inlet Drain
Drain
VH 10 10" 1-1/2" NPT 19.5 20.7 62.0 lb Inlet
250 495 525 28.0 kg Inlet Connections: VH 2S is screwed 2" NPT; VH3S is screwed 3" NPT
VH 12 12" 2" NPT 22.4 24.6 77.0 lb VH 3 — VH 12 flanged to suit ANSI 150
300 570 625 35.0 kg Flanges are the lap joint type.
INICIO
Stainless Steel Pressure Gauge
Description
Stainless Steel case pressure gauge with 4" diameter dial with
units marked in psig and inches Hg for vacuum as appropriate.
The gauge is supplied with 316 stainless steel bourdon tube.
Pressure gauge comes with a 3/2/3% ASME Grade B accuracy.

Pressure gauge: 1/4" NPT
Gauge end 1/4" NPT
Gauge cock: Syphon end 1/4" NPT
Cock end 1/4" NPT
Coil Syphon: Process end 1/4" NPT
Limiting Conditions
Maximum design conditions = full scale reading.
(Coil syphon must be fitted to achieve this)
Maximum service temperature, if the syphon tube is not fitted is
150°F. On applications with a service temperature above 150°F
syphon tube must be fitted.
The pressure gauge has an IP rating of 34 and should be used in
an indoor dry environment.
Pressure ranges Materials

Range psig Case 304 Stainless Steel
1 0 - 30 Gauge Window Polycarbonate
2 0 - 60 Bourdon tube 316 Stainless Steel
3 0 - 100 Coil syphon ASTM A-106 seamless steel/grade A
4 0 - 160 Body Brass
5 0 - 200 Gauge cock Handle Brass
6 0 - 30/0 Hg
7 30" Hg - 15 psig
8 30" Hg - 30 psig Certification
9 30" Hg - 60 psig A calibration certificate is available by special order at extra cost.
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in inches and millimeters

Gauge Coil Syphon Tee Handle Cock Valve
A B C D E Weight B C Weight A B Weight
3.9 1.2 4.2 3.2 .25 .50 6.5 2.5 .61 1.6 1.4 .165
100 31 106 81 6 .23 165.1 63.5 .28 41 31 .07
"A" thread typical both ends

.000/.090 (0/2)
Spacing between
Coils
D B A
B
C A
"B" +/- .25
(6)
H O "C" +/- .5
(11) (13) 1/4 NPT
7/16 Connection
1/4
ACROSS NPT
FLATS
(12)
15/32
INICIO
Stainless Steel Pressure Gauge

Accuracy Safety
Accuracy of this pressure gauge is expressed as percent of span. The Pressure
gauges are calibrated to an accuracy of ±2% of span over the middle Ensure that any pressure is isolated upstream and downstream of the
of the scale and ±3% of span over the first and last quarters of the product and safely vented atmospheric pressure before attempting to
scale. maintain the product.
Temperature
±2%
approx. Allow time for temperature to normalize after isolation to avoid the
135° danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including
safety glasses) is required.
±3% ±3%
approx. approx. Isolation
68° 68°
Consider whether closing isolating valves will put any other part of the
GRADE B system or personnel at risk. Dangers might iclude: isolation of vents,
protective devices or alarms. Ensure isolation valves are turned on and
off in a gradual way to avoid system shocks.
Installation
As with all instrumentation, the Spirax Sarco pressure gauge is a
delicate measuring device and care has to be taken in its installation
and use if it is to remain reliable.
It is recommended that all gauges are fitted with a gauge cock to assist
when maintenance is necessary. When used on steam or other hot
gases, gauges must be protected from heat by the use of a syphon
tube and gauge cock. To protect live steam from entering the bourdon
tube, a syphon filled with water should be installed between the gauge
and the process line.
Care should be taken if the installation is exposed to frost as gauges
can burst.
Tighten the gauge with care using a 22mm A/F spanner not by twisting
the gauge case. Gauges should be selected so as not to exceed 75%
of maximum scale reading during normal use.
Note: Gauge cocks should always be opened and closed slowly

to avoid pressure shocks to the gauges.
TI-P027-03 US 11.02
INICIO
Heat Exchange Packages

for a complete and compact steam solution.
EasiHeat, with its full range of option packages,

provides the complete solution to steam heat exchange
needs. The key components are matched and
configured for optimum performance.
INICIO
Heat Exchange
Packages
®
Heat Exchange Packages

12.000 EasiHeat Packaged Heat Exchanger System 11: 650
TIS INDEX US 11.02

11: 649
INICIO
EasiHeat
Packaged Heat Exchanger System
• Hot water for heating, potable & process applications.

• Non ferrous waterside construction.
• Stable temperature control ±9°F on instantaneous duty
• Spirax Sarco steam control and condensate products.
• Plate and frame heat exchanger.
• Fully assembled skid-mounted system.
EasiHeat system
The EasiHeat system uses steam to provide accurate heating
of low temperature hot water (HTG), domestic hot water (DHW)
or hot water for processes. Systems can be sized for any
heating duty up to approximately 6 MBTUH and are supplied
fully assembled and pressure tested ready for installation.
The EasiHeat provides the core of the system. Additional items
such as steam pressure reduction, safety valve and safety high
limit shut-off should be selected separately.
Temperature control
The steam flowrate is modulated to exactly match the system
demand. The control valve is pneumatically actuated and the
system uses a fast response temperature sensor and
programmer/ controller for precise temperature control. Electric AEH-PT-DHW
operated control systems are available. EasiHeat with condensate pump and secondary
recirculation for domestic hot water service
Heat exchanger
The plate heat exchanger for steam is used for efficient heat
transfer within a very compact design. The high surface/ volume
ratio of the plates enables rapid heat transfer, allowing a fast
response to temperature control. The heat exchanger is easily
dismantled for examination or cleaning of the heat transfer
surfaces without disrupting any steam or water connections.
All wetted parts are stainless steel.
Design
Heat exchanger-Plate and Frame Type — ASME Constructed
& Stamped at 150 psig
Steam Side = 75 PSIG MAX.allowable pressure @ 320°F (std gaskets)
125 PSIG Max allowable pressure @ 356°F
(with special gaskets)
Water Side = 150 PSIG Max allowable working pressure @ 200°F
Materials
Steam and Condensate Piping = Carbon Steel
Water side Piping = 316/316L Stainless Steel
Circulation Pump - Stainless Steel
Condensate removal
Effective condensate removal from the heat exchanger under all
operating conditions is essential to achieve a stable water
temperature. At part load the pressure inside the heat
exchanger may go below atmospheric so a pressure powered AEH-ST-HTG
pump is usually used to ensure condensate removal. For EasiHeat with steam trap for low
suitable applications a steam trap may be used instead. temperature of water (heating) service
TIS 12.000 US 10.02
INICIO
EasiHeat
Packaged Heat Exchanger System
Pipework Scale formation
All pipework is correctly sized for the application and is fabricated For open systems where the water is being used for washing etc.
using modern welding techniques, approved welders and weld there is continuous make-up and there may be a danger of scale
procedures. Flanged products are used where possible for reliability formation in the heat exchanger. This depends mainly on the water
and easy maintenance. quality, and expert advice from a water treatment specialist should be
sought. By reducing the steam pressure and by careful design of the
Electrics and pneumatics system the heat exchanger metal temperature can be kept low to
All control equipment is pre-wired and piped ready for connection to minimize scale formation. After long service the plate heat exchanger
the air supply and power source. is easily dismantled for cleaning. If the water is scale forming, consult
Spirax Sarco.
Supply voltage AEH…HTG 115VAC / 230VAC
AEH…DHW 115VAC / 230VAC Typical specification
The HTG / DHW heat provider shall be a Spirax Sarco packaged heat
Support frame exchanger system with plate heat exchanger. The system shall come
The whole system is delivered pre-assembled on a compact frame complete with pneumatic controls, heat exchanger and condensate
and baseplate suitable for moving into position with a fork lift truck. removal equipment. All items shall be pre-assembled and mounted on
a compact frame.
Domestic hot water applications
In many cases the very fast response of the packaged plate heat How to order
exchanger system will mean that large hot water storage tanks are no Standard EasiHeat systems are designed for conditions specified in
longer required. The system uses pumped hot water circulation.The the sizing and selection chart. The best way of ensuring that we have
first hot water draw-off point must be at least 15’ from the heat all the necessary information for your application is to complete our
exchanger. inquiry data sheet. Copies can be supplied on request. Any special
requirements or access limitations should be detailed.
Core System
Dimensions / weight (approximate) in inches (Additional models available)
Pipe connections
Model A B C D lbs Steam Water Condensate
AEH-1-PT-DHW 44" 58" 29" 28" 416 3/4 3" 1"
AEH-PT-DHW AEH-2-PT-DHW 44" 58" 29" 28" 429 1" 3" 1"
AEH-3-PT-DHW 44" 58" 29" 28" 440 1-1/4" 3" 1"
Pipe connections
Model A B C D lbs Steam Water Condensate
AEH-1-ST-HTG 39" 57" 24" 25" 326 3/4 3" 1"
AEH-ST-HTG AEH-2-ST-HTG 39" 57" 24" 25" 339 1" 3" 1"
AEH-3-ST-HTG 39" 57" 24" 26" 360 1-1/4" 3" 1-1/2"
EasiHeat AEH-PT-DHW EasiHeat AEH-ST-HTG
TIS 12.000 US 10.02
INICIO
Engineering Data
Engineering Data
Eng:653
INICIO
Properties of Saturated Steam
Gauge Temper- Heat in Btu/lb Specific Gauge Temper- Heat in Btu/lb Specific
Pressure ature Volume Pressure ature Volume
psig ˚F Sensible Latent Total ft3/lb psig ˚F Sensible Latent Total ft3/lb
25 134 102 1017 1119 142 160 371 344 853 1197 2.60
INS. VAC.
20 162 129 1001 1130 73.9 165 373 346 851 1197 2.54
15 179 147 990 1137 51.3 170 375 348 849 1197 2.47
10 192 160 982 1142 39.4 175 377 351 847 1198 2.41
5 203 171 976 1147 31.8 180 380 353 845 1198 2.34
0 212 180 970 1150 26.8 185 382 355 843 1198 2.29
1 215 183 968 1151 25.2 190 384 358 841 1199 2.24
2 219 187 966 1153 23.5 195 386 360 839 1199 2.19
3 222 190 964 1154 22.3 200 388 362 837 1199 2.14
4 224 192 962 1154 21.4 205 390 364 836 1200 2.09
5 227 195 960 1155 20.1 210 392 366 834 1200 2.05
6 230 198 959 1157 19.4 215 394 368 832 1200 2.00
7 232 200 957 1157 18.7 220 396 370 830 1200 1.96
8 233 201 956 1157 18.4 225 397 372 828 1200 1.92
9 237 205 954 1159 17.1 230 399 374 827 1201 1.89
10 239 207 953 1160 16.5 235 401 376 825 1201 1.85
12 244 212 949 1161 15.3 240 403 378 823 1201 1.81
14 248 216 947 1163 14.3 245 404 380 822 1202 1.78
16 252 220 944 1164 13.4 250 406 382 820 1202 1.75
18 256 224 941 1165 12.6 255 408 383 819 1202 1.72
20 259 227 939 1166 11.9 260 409 385 817 1202 1.69
22 262 230 937 1167 11.3 265 411 387 815 1202 1.66
Engineering Data
24 265 233 934 1167 10.8 270 413 389 814 1203 1.63
25 267 234 933 1169 10.3 275 414 391 812 1203 1.60
26 268 236 933 1169 10.3 280 416 392 811 1203 1.57
28 271 239 930 1169 9.85 285 417 394 809 1203 1.55
30 274 243 929 1172 9.46 290 418 395 808 1203 1.53
32 277 246 927 1173 9.10 295 420 397 806 1203 1.49
34 279 248 925 1173 8.75 300 421 398 805 1203 1.47
35 281 250 924 1174 8.6 305 423 400 803 1203 1.45
36 282 251 923 1174 8.42 310 425 402 802 1204 1.43
38 284 253 922 1175 8.08 320 427 405 799 1204 1.38
40 286 256 920 1176 7.82 330 430 408 796 1204 1.34
42 289 258 918 1176 7.57 340 433 411 793 1204 1.31
44 291 260 917 1177 7.31 350 435 414 790 1204 1.28
45 292 261 916 1177 7.21 360 438 417 788 1205 1.24
46 293 262 915 1177 7.14 370 441 420 785 1205 1.20
48 295 264 914 1178 6.94 380 443 422 783 1205 1.18
50 298 267 912 1179 6.68 390 446 425 780 1205 1.14
55 300 271 909 1180 6.27 400 448 428 777 1205 1.12
60 307 277 906 1183 5.84 450 460 439 766 1205 1.00
65 312 282 901 1183 5.49 500 470 453 751 1204 .89
70 316 286 898 1184 5.18 550 479 464 740 1204 .82
75 320 290 895 1185 4.91 600 489 473 730 1203 .75
80 324 294 891 1185 4.67 650 497 483 719 1202 .69
85 328 298 889 1187 4.44 700 505 491 710 1201 .64
90 331 302 886 1188 4.24 750 513 504 696 1200 .60
95 335 305 883 1188 4.05 800 520 512 686 1198 .56
100 338 309 880 1189 3.89 900 534 529 666 1195 .49
105 341 312 878 1190 3.74 1000 546 544 647 1191 .44
110 344 316 875 1191 3.59 1250 574 580 600 1180 .34
115 347 319 873 1192 3.46 1500 597 610 557 1167 .23
120 350 322 871 1193 3.34 1750 618 642 509 1151 .22
125 353 325 868 1193 3.23 2000 636 672 462 1134 .19
130 356 328 866 1194 3.12 2250 654 701 413 1114 .16
140 361 333 861 1194 2.92 2500 669 733 358 1091 .13
145 363 336 859 1195 2.84 2750 683 764 295 1059 .11
150 366 339 857 1196 2.74 3000 696 804 213 1017 .08
155 368 341 855 1196 2.68
Eng:654
INICIO
Calculating Condensate Loads

When the normal condensate load is not
known, the load can be approximately deter-
mined by calculations using the following for-
mulae.
General Usage Formulae Steam Tracing Lines:
Heating water with steam (Exchangers)*

Approximate load is 10 to 50 lb/h for each 100 ft.
GPM of tracer
lb/h Condensate = x (1.1) x Temperature Rise ˚F
2
Heating fuel oil with steam

Recommended Safety
lb/h Condensate =
GPM
x (1.1) x Temperature Rise ˚F
Factors for Steam Traps
4
The actual safety factor to use for any particu-
Heating air with steam coils lar application will depend upon accuracy of:
1. Estimated load
CFM 2. Estimated pressure at trap
lb/h Condensate = x Temperature Rise ˚F
800 3. Estimated backpressure
Any unusual or abnormal conditions must be
Steam Radiation taken into consideration.
Sq. Ft. E. D. R. Safety

lb/h Condensate = Safety Factor by Type of Trap Factor
4 Balanced-Pressure Thermo- 2 to 4
static Traps
BTU/HR Thermo-Matic ThermostaticTraps 1.5 to 2.5
lb/h Condensate =
Latent Heat at Operating Pressure Liquid Expansion Traps 2 to 4
Bimetallic Traps 2 to 3
Float and Thermostatic Traps 1.5 to 2.5
Engineering Data
MBH x 1,000
lb/h Condensate = Inverted Bucket Traps 2 to 3
Latent Heat at Operating Pressure Thermo-Dynamic® Traps 1.2 to 2
*Delete the (1.1) factor when steam is injected With

directly into water. Safety Factor by Temp.
Application General Control
Mains Drainage x2 —
Specialized Applications Storage Heaters x2 —
Unit Heaters x2 x3
Air Heating Coils x2 x4
Submerged Coils (low
Sterilizers, Autoclaves, Retorts Heating Steam Jacketed Dryers level drain) x2 —
Solid Material Submerged Coils
(siphon drain) x3 —
W x Cp x ∆T 1000 (Wi - Wf) + (Wi x ∆T) Rotating Cylinders x3 —
lb/h Condensate = lb/h Condensate =
Lxt L Tracing Lines x2 —
Platen Presses x2 —
Rule of Thumb: Use factor of 2 on everything
W = Weight of material — lbs. Wi = Initial weight of the material — except Temperature
Cp = Specific heat of the material pounds per hour Controlled Air Heater Coils
∆T = Temperature rise of the material ˚F Wf = Final wether of the material — and Converters, and Siphon
L = Latent heat of steam Btu/lb pounds per hour applications
t = Time in hours ∆T = Temperature rise of the material ˚F
L = Latent heat of steam Btu/lb
Effect of Backpressure on Steam

Heating Liquids in Steam Jacketed Kettles Heating Air with Steam; Pipe Coils and Trap Capacity
and Steam Heated Tanks Radiation
% Reduction in Capacity
Backpressure Inlet Pressure PSIG
G x s.g. x Cp x ∆T x 8.3 A x U x ∆T % of Inlet 5 25 100 200
lb/h Condensate = lb/h Condensate =
Lxt L 25% 6% 3% 0% 0%
50 20 12 10 5
75 38 30 28 23
G = Gallons of liquid to be heated A = Area of the heating surface in
s.g. = Specific gravity of the liquid square feet
Cp = Specific heat of the liquid U = Heat transfer coefficient (2 for free
∆T = Temperature rise of the liquid ˚F convection)
L = Latent heat of the steam Btu/lb ∆T = Steam temperature minus the air
t = Time in hours temperature ˚F
L = Latent heat of the steam Btu/lb
Note: The condensate load to heat the

equipment must be added to the
condensate load for heating the
material. Use same formula
Eng:655
INICIO
Warm-up and Condensate Load Tables

Warm-up Load in Pounds of Steam per 100 ft of Steam Main (based on a start-up timer of 1 hour)
Ambient Temperature 70˚F. Based on Sch. 40 Pipe to 250 psi, Sch. 80 Above 250 Except Sch. 120 5" and Larger Above 800 psi.
Steam Pressure 0˚F
Pressure Correction
(psig) 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" Factor*
0 6.2 9.7 12.8 18.2 24.6 31.9 48 68 90 107 140 176 207 208 1.50
5 6.9 11.0 14.4 20.4 27.7 35.9 48 77 101 120 157 198 233 324 1.44
10 7.5 11.8 15.5 22.0 29.9 38.8 58 83 109 130 169 213 251 350 1.41
20 8.4 13.4 17.5 24.9 38.8 44 66 93 124 146 191 241 284 396 1.37
40 9.9 15.8 20.6 29.3 39.7 52 78 110 145 172 225 284 334 465 1.32
60 11.0 17.5 22.9 32.6 44 57 86 122 162 192 250 316 372 518 1.29
80 12.0 19.0 24.9 35.3 48 62 93 132 175 208 271 342 403 561 1.27
100 12.8 20.3 26.6 37.8 51 67 100 142 188 222 290 366 431 600 1.26
125 13.7 21.7 28.4 40 55 71 107 152 200 238 310 391 461 642 1.25
150 14.5 23.0 30.0 43 58 75 113 160 212 251 328 414 487 679 1.24
175 15.3 24.2 31.7 45 61 79 119 169 224 265 347 437 514 716 1.23
200 16.0 25.3 33.1 47 64 83 125 177 234 277 362 456 537 748 1.22
250 17.2 27.3 35.8 51 69 89 134 191 252 299 390 492 579 807 1.21
300 25.0 38.3 51 75 104 143 217 322 443 531 682 854 1045 1182 1.20
400 27.8 43 57 83 116 159 241 358 493 590 759 971 1163 1650 1.18
500 30.2 46 62 91 126 173 262 389 535 642 825 1033 1263 1793 1.17
600 32.7 50 67 98 136 187 284 421 579 694 893 1118 1367 1939 1.16
800 38 58 77 113 203 274 455 670 943 1133 1445 1835 2227 3227 1.156
Engineering Data
1000 42 72 86 126 227 305 508 748 1052 1264 1613 2048 2485 3601 1.147
1200 47 72 96 140 253 340 566 833 1172 1407 1796 2280 2768 4010 1.140
1400 52 79 106 155 280 376 627 922 1298 1558 1988 2525 3064 4440 1.135
1600 57 87 117 171 309 415 692 1018 1432 1720 2195 2787 3383 4901 1.130
1750 62 94 126 184 333 448 746 1098 1545 1855 2367 3006 3648 5286 1.128
1800 63 97 129 189 341 459 765 1126 1584 1902 2427 3082 3741 5420 1.127
*For outdoor temperature of 0˚F, multiply load value in table for each main size by correction factor shown.
Condensate Load in Pounds per Hour per 100 ft. of Insulated Steam Main
Ambient Temperature 70˚F — Insulation 80% Efficient. Load Due to Radiation and Convection for Saturated Steam
Steam Pressure 0˚F
Pressure Correction
(psig) 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" Factor*
10 6 7 9 11 13 16 20 24 29 32 36 39 44 53 1.58
40 8 9 11 14 17 20 26 32 38 42 48 51 57 68 1.50
60 10 12 14 18 24 27 33 41 49 54 62 67 74 89 1.45
100 12 15 18 22 28 33 41 51 61 67 77 83 93 111 1.41
125 13 16 20 24 30 36 45 56 66 73 84 90 101 121 1.36
175 16 19 23 26 33 38 53 66 78 86 98 107 119 142 1.38
250 18 22 27 34 42 50 62 77 92 101 116 126 140 168 1.36
300 20 25 30 37 46 54 68 85 101 111 126 138 154 184 1.33
400 23 28 34 43 53 63 80 99 118 130 148 162 180 216 1.32
500 27 33 39 49 61 73 91 114 135 148 170 185 206 246 1.32
600 30 37 44 55 68 82 103 128 152 167 191 208 232 277 1.31
800 36 44 53 69 85 101 131 164 194 214 244 274 305 365 1.30
1000 43 52 63 82 101 120 156 195 231 254 290 326 363 435 1.27
1200 51 62 75 97 119 142 185 230 274 301 343 386 430 515 1.26
1400 60 73 89 114 141 168 219 273 324 356 407 457 509 610 1.25
1600 70 85 103 132 163 195 253 315 375 412 470 528 588 704 1.22
1750 77 93 113 145 179 213 278 346 411 452 516 580 645 773 1.22
1800 79 96 117 150 185 221 288 358 425 467 534 600 667 800 1.21
*For outdoor temperature of 0˚F, multiply load value in table for each main size by correction factor shown.
Eng:656
INICIO
Heat Transfer Calculations

Heat Emmission Rates Heat Emission Coefficients from Pipes Submerged
from Pipes Submerged in Water in Miscellaneous Fluids
Published Overall Heat Transfer Rates Btu/ft2 h ˚F The viscosity of fluids has a considerable bearing on heat transfer
Tank Coils, Steam/Water characteristics and this varies in any case with temperature. The fol-
100 to 225 lowing figures will therefore serve only as a rough guide.
(Temperature difference 50˚F)
Tank Coils, Steam/Water
(Temperature difference 100˚F) 175 to 300 Immersed steam coil, medium pressure, natural convection
Tank Coils, Steam/Water 225 to 475
Temperature difference 200˚F Btu/ft2 h ˚F
difference
Reasonable Practical Heat Transfer Rates
Tank Coils, Light Oils 30
100 Heavy Oils 15 to 20
low pressure with natural circulation
Tank Coils, *Fats 5 to 10
high pressure with natural circulation 200
Immersed steam coil, medium pressure, natural convection
Tank Coils, 200
low pressure with assisted circulation Btu/ft2 h ˚F
Tank Coils, difference
high pressure with assisted circulation 300
Light Oils (220 SSU at 100˚F) 100
Medium Oils (1100 SSU at 100˚F) 60
Heavy Oils (3833 SSU at 100˚F) 30
Average Heat Loss from Heat Loss from Open Tanks

Oil in Storage Tanks and Pipe Lines
Engineering Data
* Heat Transfer Rate in Heat Loss from Heat Lost through
Btu/ft2 h ˚F Liquid Liquid Surface Tank Wall
temperature difference Temp. Btu/ft2 h Btu/ft2 h
between oil and ˚F Evap. Rad. Total Bare Insulation
surrounding air Loss Loss Steel 1" 2" 3"
Position Oil Temperature Exposed Insulated
Tank Sheltered Up to 50˚F 1.2 .3 90 80 50 130 50 12 6 4
Up to 80˚F 1.3 .325 100 160 70 230 70 15 8 6
Up to 100˚F 1.4 .35 110 240 90 330 90 19 10 7
120 360 110 470 110 23 12 9
Tank Exposed Up to 50˚F 1.4 .35 130 480 135 615 135 27 14 10
Up to 80˚F 1.5 .375 140 660 160 820 160 31 16 12
Up to 100˚F 1.6 .4 150 860 180 1040 180 34 18 13
Tank In Pit All Temperatures 1.2 — 160 1100 210 1310 210 38 21 15
Pipe Sheltered Up to 80˚F 1.5 .375 170 1380 235 1615 235 42 23 16
Line 80 to 260˚F 2.3 .575 180 1740 260 2000 260 46 25 17
190 2160 290 2450 290 50 27 19
Pipe Exposed Up to 80˚F 1.8 .45 200 2680 320 3000 320 53 29 20
Line 80 to 260˚F 2.75 .7 210 3240 360 3590 360 57 31 22
* For maximum heat loss the “surrounding air temperature” may be 25˚F higher or lower according to country
and locality. The above values are for open tanks in 60˚F still ambient air.
For rough calculations it may be taken that 1 ton of fuel oil occupies
36 .4 ft3. The specific heat capacity of heavy fuel is 0.45 to 0.48 Btu/lb ˚F.
Heat Transfer from Steam Coils

Approximately 20 Btu/h per square foot of heating surface per ˚F differ-
ence between oil and steam temperature.
Heat Transfer from Hot Water Coils
Approximately 10 Btu/h per square foot of heating surface per ˚F differ-
ence between oil and steam temperature.
Eng:657
INICIO
Steam Tracing
Designing of Steam Tracing Steam Size Connections for Jacketed Lines
Recommended number of 1/2" tracers to meet average requirements
Type A Type B Type C Steam
General frost Where solidi- When solidifica- Product Line Jacket Diameter Connection
protection or fication may tion may occur 2-1/2" 4" 1/2"
where solidi- occur at temps. at temps. 3" 6" 3/4"
fication may between 75 - between 150 -
occur at temps. 150˚F 300˚F 4" 6" 3/4"
below 75˚F 6" 8" 3/4"
Product Number of Number of Number of 8" 10" 1"
Line Size 1/2" Tracers 1/2" Tracers 1/2" Tracers 10" 12" 1"
1" 1 1 1
1-1/2" 1 1 2 Length of jacket should not exceed 20 ft. In most cases 1/2" condensate outlet
2" 1 1 2 would be adequate but it is usual to make this same size as the steam connec-
3" 1 1 3 tion as it simplifies installation.
4" 1 2 3
6" 2 2 3
8" 2 2 3 Recommended Header Size
10"-12" 2 3 6 for Supplying Steam Tracer Lines
14"-16" 2 3 8
18"-20" 2 3 10 Header Size Number of 1/2" Tracers
3/4" 2
As a general rule, length of tracers to 3/8" size should not exceed 60 ft. Larger 1" 3 to 5
size tracers should not exceed 150 ft. in length. 1-1/2" 6 to 15
2" 16 to 30
Recommended Header Size

for Condensate Lines
Header Size Number of 1/2" Tracers
1" Up to 5
1-1/2" 6 to 10
2" 11 to 25
Engineering Data
Steam Pipe Sizing
Sizing for Pressure Drop per 100 ft. in Schedule 40 Pipe

Divide “Allowable Drop” by pressure factor and use chart to select pipe size.
Based on 100 psig saturated steam

For other pressures, multiply chart ∆P by factor below
psig 0 2 5 10 15 20 30 40 60 75 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 500 600
factor 6.9 6.0 5.2 4.3 3.6 3.1 2.4 2.0 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.92 0.83 0.70 0.62 0.55 0.49 0.45 0.38 0.33 0.29 0.23 0.19
1/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 7" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20"
15.0
10.0 24"
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
Pressure Drop psi/100 ft
2.0
1.0
.9
.8
.7
.6
.5
.4
.3
.2
.1
100 200 300 400 500 1,000 2 3 4 5 10,000 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 100,000 2 3 4 5 1,000,000 2
Steam Flow lbs/h
Eng:658
INICIO
Steam Pipe Sizing

How to Size Steam Pipes for
Various Pressure and Velocity
Conditions
To select pipe size in long mains and wherev-
er supply pressure is critical, use the pressure
drop chart to assure it is within allowable lim-
its. Most saturated steam lines may be sized Steam Pipe Sizing
for a velocity of 4800 to 7200 ft/min; higher
velocities should be avoided unless apprecia-
ble superheat is present. Pipe Size
Reasonable (Schedule 40 pipe)
Piping at pressure reducing stations should Steam Velocities 20000
1"
be sized for the same velocity on both sides in Pipes 1- 1/2
of the PRV. This generally results in a valve 1-1 1/4" "
/2" 3/4 12000
smaller than the supply piping with still larger Process Steam 2 " 10000
downstream pressure piping due to the 8000 to 12000 ft/min 2-1 "
Velocity ft/min
/2" 8000
increase in steam volume (see example 3"
below.) F G 6000
Heating Systems 4" 5000
4000 to 6000 ft/min
Trap discharge piping contains a bi-phase 5" C D 4000
flash steam/condensate mixture, and a lower Flash Vent Lines
6"
3000
velocity of 4000 to 6000 ft/min to the receiver 3000 ft/min 8"
encourages gravity separation. The receiver 2000
vent line is sized for the amount of flash vent- 10
1 "
ed at atmospheric pressure at a velocity of 14 2"
3000 to 4000 ft/min. 16 "
"
1000
Velocity Chart Example
Given a steam heating piping system with a
100 psig inlet pressure ahead of a control 50000
valve with a capacity of 1,000 lb/h of steam 40000
reduced to 25 psig, find the smallest sizes of Multiply chart velocity
by factor below to get
upstream and downstream piping for reason- 30000
velocity in schedule
Engineering Data
able quiet steam velocities. 80 pipe
20000 Pipe Size Factor
Upstream Pressure Piping Sizing 1/2" 1.30
Enter the velocity chart above at A for steam 3/4" & 1" 1.23
flow of 1,000 lb/h. Go over to point B where 10000 1-1/4" & 1-1/2" 1.17
the 100 psig diagonal line intersects. Follow
8000 2" to 16" 1.12
up vertically to C where an intersection with a
25 00
Capacity lb/h
diagonal line falls inside the 4,000-to-6,000 6000

2 0
0
15 25
5000
1 00
ft/min velocity band. Actual velocity at D is

1 5
about 4,800 ft/min for 1-1/2" upstream piping.

7
4000
50
Selecting a smaller pipe size results in greater 3000

25
steam velocity and noise level.

10
5
2000
Downstream Piping Sizing
0
Enter the velocity chart at A for 1,000 lb/h. Go

over to point E where the 25 psig diagonal A
line intersects. Follow up vertically to F where E B
1000
an intersection with a diagonal line falls inside 800
the 4,000-to-6,000 ft/min velocity band. Actual 600
25 00
velocity at G is 5,500 ft/min for 2-1/2" down-

2 0
500
0
15 25
stream piping.
1 00
400
1 5
7
Formula for Velocity of Steam in Pipes: 300

50
25
V = 2.4Q Vs 200
10
A
5
0
Where: Steam Velocity Chart

V = Velocity in ft/min 100
Q = Flow lb/h steam
Vs = Sp. Vol. in cu. ft3/lb at the Steam Pressure psig
flowing pressure (Saturated Steam)
A = Internal area of the pipe — in2
Eng:659
INICIO
Condensate Line Sizing

Condensate return lines on the discharge side Percent Flash Steam
of steam traps must be able to accomodate
the flow of both water and flash steam. While Produced when Condensate is discharged to atmosphere or into a flash tank controlled at various pressures.
the percentage, by weight, of flash steam may
be rather low, its overall volume in compari- Atmo-
son to the liquid is very large. By determining Pressure sphere Flash Tank Pressure — psig
the quantity of flash steam and sizing the psig 0 2 5 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100
return line for velocities between 4,000 and
6,000 ft/min, the two-phase flow within the 5 1.7 1.0 0
pipe can be accomodated. The information 10 2.9 2.2 1.4 0
required for sizing is the condensate load in 15 4.0 3.2 2.4 1.1 0
lb/h, inlet pressure to steam trap(s) in psig 20 4.9 4.2 3.4 2.1 1.1 0
and return line system pressure. 30 6.5 5.8 5.0 3.8 2.6 1.7 0
40 7.8 7.1 6.4 5.1 4.0 3.1 1.3 0
Example: 60 10.0 9.3 8.6 7.3 6.3 5.4 3.6 2.2 0
Size a condensate return line from a 160 psig 80 11.7 11.1 10.3 9.0 8.1 7.1 5.5 4.0 1.9 0
steam trap discharging to 20 psig. flash tank. 100 13.3 12.6 11.8 10.6 9.7 8.8 7.0 5.7 3.5 1.7 0
Load is 3,000 lb/h. 125 14.8 14.2 13.4 12.2 11.3 10.3 8.6 7.4 5.2 3.4 1.8
1. Determine percent flash steam produced 160 16.8 16.2 15.4 14.1 13.2 12.4 10.6 9.5 7.4 5.6 4.0
using table. With a steam pressure of 160 200 18.6 18.0 17.3 16.1 15.2 14.3 12.8 11.5 9.3 7.5 5.9
psig and a flash tank pressure of 20 psig 250 20.6 20.0 19.3 18.1 17.2 16.3 14.7 13.6 11.2 9.8 8.2
read a value of 12.4%. 300 22.7 21.8 21.1 19.9 19.0 18.2 16.7 15.4 13.4 11.8 10.1
2. Next, multiply the condensate load by the 350 24.0 23.3 22.6 21.6 20.5 19.8 18.3 17.2 15.1 13.5 11.9
percent flash from step #1 to determine the 400 25.3 24.7 24.0 22.9 22.0 21.1 19.7 18.5 16.5 15.0 13.4
flowrate, of flash steam produced.
3,000 lb/h x .124 = 372 lb/h.
3. Enter Condensate
Recovery Sizing chart Condensate Recovery Sizing
at the flash steam
flowrate of 372 lb/h at Velocity Velocity
“A” and move hori- (ft/sec) Pipe Size (schedule 40) (ft/min) Recommended
zontally to the right to Service
100 6000
the flash tank pres- C Condensate Return
sure of 20 psig “B”. Line Sizing
Engineering Data
66 4000
Rise vertically to E 3000
Vent Pipe Sizing
50
choose a condensate
return line size which 33 2000
30 28" 26 24 20 18 16 14 12 10 6" 5" 4" 3" 2-1 2" 1-1 1-1 1" 3/4 1/2
will give a velocity " " " " " " " " "
8" /2" /2" /4" " "
between 4,000 and
6,000 ft/min, “C”. In 17 1000
this example, an
1-1/2" schedule 40 10 D 600 Flash Tank
pipe with a velocity of Diameter Sizing
approximately 5,000
50,000
ft/min. If schedule 80
Multiply chart velocity
pipe is to be used, by factor below
10 0
refer to table within 30,000 to get velocity

0
8
60 0
in schedule 80 pipe
body of chart. Multiply
4 0
3 0
20,000 Pipe Size Factor

2
the velocity by the 1/2" 1.30

10
factor to determine 3/4" & 1"

5
1.23
0
1-1/4" & 1-1/2" 1.15

whether the velocity 10,000 2" & 3" 1.12
is within acceptable 8000
4" to 24"
26" to 30"
1.1
1.0
limits.
Flash Steam Flowrate (lb/h)
5000
10 0
0
8
3000
60 0
4 0
3 0
2
2000
10
5
0
1000
800
500
A B
300
200
10
0
80 0
6 0
100
4 0
3 0
80
2
10
60
5
50
0
40
30
20 P
c re
fla ond ssu
10
sh en re
ta sa in
nk te
(p lin
si e
g) or
Eng:660
INICIO
Flash Tank and Vent Line Sizing

How to Size Flash Tanks
and Vent Lines Flash Vessel Sizing
Whether a flash tank is to be atmospheric or
pressurized for flash recovery, the procedure
for determining its size is the same. The most Flash Steam
Horizontal Flash Vessel outlet or vent pipe
important dimension is the diameter. It must
be large enough to provide adequate separa-
tion of the flash and condensate to minimize
condensate carry over.
Condensate
Example: inlet
Size a 20 psig flash recovery vessel based on
the information in the example on page 582
(condensate line sizing). Length Diameter
1. Using the calculated flash steam quantity of Length = 2 x diameter or
372 lb/h enter Condensate Recovery Sizing 24" minimum
chart on page 112 at “A” and move horizin-
tally to the right to the flash tank pressure
of 20 psig “B”. Rise vertically to the flash
tank diameter line (600 ft/min) at “D”. Read
tank diameter of 5". If schedule 80 pipe is Condensate
to be installed, the table within the body of outlet
the chart can be used to determine whether
the velocity will exceed the recommended
limit of 600 ft/min.
2. From point “D” continue to rise vertically to
“E” to determine the size of vent pipe to
give a velocity between 3000 and 4000 Vertical Flash Vessel Flash steam outlet
or vent pipe
ft/min. In this case 2" schedule 40 pipe. As
before, use the table within the body of
chart for schedule 80 pipe.
Flash vessels can be either horizontal or verti-

cal. For flash steam recovery (pressurized
Engineering Data
receiver) the vertical style is preferred
because of its ability to provide better separa-
tion of steam and water. Diameter
Condensate Height = 3 x Diameter or

inlet 36" minimum
35% of
height
Condensate
outlet
For proper installation of flash vessels, controls and traps refer to Design of Fluid Systems Hook-Ups.
Eng:661
INICIO
Steam Trap Selection Guide
As the USA’s leading provider of steam system solutions, Spirax Sarco recognizes that no two steam trapping systems are
identical. Because of the wide array of steam trap applications with inherently different characteristics, choosing the correct
steam trap for optimum performance is difficult. Waterhammer, superheat, corrosive condensate, or other damaging operating
characteristics dramatically affect performance of a steam trap. With over 80 years of experience in steam technology, Spirax
Sarco is committed to helping it’s customers design, operate and maintain an efficient steam system. You have our word on it!
1st Choice 2nd Choice

Float & Thermo- Balanced Liquid Inverted Float & Thermo- Balanced Liquid Inverted
Application Thermostatic Dynamic® Pressure Bimetallic Expansion Bucket Thermostatic Dynamic® Pressure Bimetallic Expansion Bucket
Steam Mains to 30 psig ✓ ✓
30-400 psig ✓ ✓
to 600 psig ✓ ✓
to 900 psig ✓ ✓
to 2000 psig ✓ ✓
with Superheat ✓ ✓
Separators ✓ ✓
Steam Tracers Critical ✓ ✓
Non-Critical ✓ ✓
Heating Equipment
Shell & Tube Heat Exchangers ✓ ✓
Heating Coils ✓ ✓
Unit Heaters ✓ ✓
Plate & Frame Heat Exchangers ✓ ✓
Radiators ✓
Engineering Data
General Process Equipment

to 30 psig ✓ ✓
to 200 psig ✓ ✓
to 465 psig ✓ ✓
to 600 psig ✓
to 900 psig ✓
to 2000 psig ✓
Hospital Equipment
Autoclaves ✓ ✓
Sterilizers ✓ ✓
Fuel Oil Heating
Bulk Storage Tanks ✓ ✓
Line Heaters ✓
Tanks & Vats
Bulk Storage Tanks ✓ ✓
Process Vats ✓ ✓
Vulcanizers ✓ ✓
Evaporators ✓ ✓
Reboilers ✓ ✓
Rotating Cylinders ✓
Freeze Protection ✓
Eng:662
INICIO
Regional Offices
Northeast Mid-Atlantic Midwest

Spirax Sarco, Inc. Spirax Sarco, Inc. Spirax Sarco, Inc.
209 W. Central Street 1125 S. Cedar Crest Blvd. 2806 Centre Circle Dr.
Suite 228 Suite 101 Downers Grove, IL 60515
Natick, MA 01760 Allentown, PA 18103 Phone: (630) 268-0330
Phone: (508) 651-3200 Phone: (336) 605-0221 Fax: (630) 268-0336
Fax: (508) 655-9434 Fax: (336) 605-1719
Southwest
Spirax Sarco, Inc. Southeast Spirax Sarco, Inc.
7760 Olentangy River Road Spirax Sarco, Inc. 203 Georgia Avenue
Suite 120 200 Centre Port Drive Deer Park, TX 77536
Columbus, OH 43235 Suite 170 Phone: (281) 478-4002
Phone: (614) 436-8055 Greensboro, NC 27409 Fax: (281) 478-4615
Fax: (614) 436-8479 Phone: (336) 605-0221
West
Fax: (336) 605-1719
Spirax Sarco, Inc.
1930 East Carson Street
Suite 102
Long Beach, CA 90810
Phone: (310) 549-9962
Fax: (310) 549-7909
To contact your local Spirax Sarco Representative, call:

Toll Free 1-800-883-4411
663
INICIO
Model Designation Index

13WHS ...........................10: 600 926/16 ..............................5: 419
13WS ..............................10: 600 25PT 6" ..............................4:301 926/18 ..............................5: 419
200 BVA w/Spirax Sarco Ball 25PTE 1/2" - 4" ...............4: 303 1808 ................................10: 637
Valves...............................4: 200 25PTE 6"...........................4: 305 1808 SS Sizing Chart ....10: 639
BVA200 w/M10S ISO....4: 202 25T 1/2" - 4" ....................4: 281 A3S ...................................4: 333
BVA200 w/M10F ISO....4: 202 25T 1/2" - 2" Spares........4: 293 ABV 20 ...............................1: 50
BVA200 w/M10H ISO...4: 204 25T 6" ...............................4: 283 Acoustic Blankets ...........4: 314
BVA200 w/M20 .............4: 206 25T 6" Spares...................4: 295 Acoustic Plates................4: 315
BVA200 w/M40 ISO......4: 208 25TE 1/2" - 4"..................4: 285 AE30...............................10: 602
200 Series Capacities......5: 421 25TE 1/2" - 2" Spares .....4: 293 AE30A............................10: 602
211 Safety Valve .............4: 328 25TE 6" .............................4: 287 APS 1..................................1: 23
211/6 ................................5: 413 25TE 6" Spares ................4: 295 APT Series Sizing ...........6: 478
211/7 ................................5: 413 25 Series Main Valve APT10 ..............................6: 474
211/8 ................................5: 413 Spares 1/2" - 2" ..........4: 307 APT10 Spares..................6: 476
211/10 ..............................5: 413 25 Series Main Valve APT14 ..............................6: 471
211/12 ..............................5: 413 Spares 6" .....................4: 309 APT14 Spares..................6: 472
211S Safety Valve ...........4: 328 25 Series Pilot B1H...................................5: 409
212/7 ................................5: 413 Spares 1/2" - 6" ..........4: 310 B1HS.................................5: 409
212/8 ................................5: 413 25 Series Sizing ...............4: 312 B2 ......................................5: 409
212/10 ..............................5: 413 500 Series .........................6: 522 B2S....................................5: 409
212/12 ..............................5: 413 6A ...................................10: 604 B3 ......................................5: 409
212/16 ..............................5: 413 600A ...............................10: 616 B3S....................................5: 409
213/12 ..............................5: 413 600 Series Capacities......5: 422 B4 ......................................5: 409
213/14 ..............................5: 413 621/7 ................................5: 417 B4S....................................5: 409
213/16 ..............................5: 413 621/8 ................................5: 417 B5 ......................................5: 409
213/20 ..............................5: 413 621/10 ..............................5: 417 B5S....................................5: 409
213/24 ..............................5: 413 621/12 ..............................5: 417 B12H.................................5: 409
215/18 ..............................5: 413 622/7 ................................5: 417 B12HS...............................5: 409
215/20 ..............................5: 413 622/8 ................................5: 417 B22 ....................................5: 409
215/22 ..............................5: 413 622/10 ..............................5: 417 B22S..................................5: 409
215/28 ..............................5: 413 622/12 ..............................5: 417 B32 ....................................5: 409
215/36 ..............................5: 413 623/8 ................................5: 417 B32S..................................5: 409
216/24 ..............................5: 413 623/10 ..............................5: 417 B42 ....................................5: 409
216/28 ..............................5: 413 623/12 ..............................5: 417 B42S..................................5: 409
216/32 ..............................5: 413 623/16 ..............................5: 417 B52 ....................................5: 409
216/40 ..............................5: 413 625/12 ..............................5: 417 B52S..................................5: 409
216/48 ..............................5: 413 625/14 ..............................5: 417 B Series Capacities .........5: 411
25BP 1/2"- 4"...................4: 269 625/18 ..............................5: 417 BC 1100 ..............................1: 36
25BP 6" .............................4: 271 625/22 ..............................5: 417 BC 3200 ..............................1: 38
25BP Sizing......................4: 273 626/18 ..............................5: 417 BC 3210 ..............................1: 38
25E 1/2" - 4" ....................4: 289 626/20 ..............................5: 417 BCS 1 ..................................1: 33
25E 1/2" - 2" Spares........4: 293 626/24 ..............................5: 417 BCV1 ..................................1: 40
25E 6" ...............................4: 291 626/32 ..............................5: 417 BCV30 ................................1: 44
25E 6" Spares...................4: 295 632 Safety Valve .............4: 328 BCV31 ................................1: 42
25MP ................................4: 243 700 Series .........................6: 522 BM2 ..................................4: 227
25MT ................................4: 215 733 ....................................7: 544 BM3 ..................................4: 227
25P 1/2" - 4"........................4: 257 734 ....................................7: 546 BM4 ..................................4: 227
25P 2"................................4: 255 736 ....................................7: 548 BM6 ..................................4: 227
25P 6"................................4: 259 740A ...............................10: 614 BMRA ..............................4: 227
25P Sizing ........................4: 267 900 Series Capacities......5: 422 BPM21L ...........................5: 393
25PA 1/2" - 4" ..................4:261 921/8 ................................5: 419 BPT21H............................5: 395
25PA Sizing .....................4: 267 922/8 ................................5: 419 BPT21LC..........................5: 395
25PE 1/2" - 4"..................4: 263 923/10 ..............................5: 419 BPT21YH .........................5: 395
25PE 6" .............................4: 265 923/12 ..............................5: 419 BPT21YLC .......................5: 395
25PE Sizing......................4: 267 925/10 ..............................5: 419 BPT30HC .........................5: 397
25PT 1/2" - 4" .................4: 299 925/12 ..............................5: 419 BPT30LC..........................5: 397
664
INICIO

BPT30YHC ......................5: 397 EL2271..............................4: 165 FTB-175 Cast Iron...........5: 362
BPT30YLC .......................5: 397 EL2300..............................4: 161 FTB-125 Cast Steel..........5: 369
BRV2 ................................4: 247 EL2600 & “U” Syphon...4: 167 FTB-175 Cast Steel..........5: 369
BRV71 ..............................4: 251 EL2810..............................4: 165 FTB Capacities ................5: 364
BRV73 ..............................4: 251 EL3300..............................4: 163 FTI-15 ...............................5: 360
BSA3.................................4: 331 EL3500..............................4: 136 FTI-30 ...............................5: 360
BT......................................7: 530 EL5060..............................4: 144 FTI-75 ...............................5: 360
BT6....................................8: 554 EL5061..............................4: 144 FTI-125 .............................5: 360
BT6HC ..............................8.558 EL5600..............................4: 138 FTI-200 .............................5: 360
BT 1000...............................1: 52 EL5600 Accessories ........4: 142 FTI Capacities .................5: 364
BTD52L ............................5: 354 EL5650..............................4: 140 FTS14................................5: 383
BTM7................................8: 556 EL5650 Accessories ........4: 142 G Series ............................6: 511
BTS7 .................................8: 556 Engineering Data ......Eng: 651 GB Series..........................6: 513
BX .....................................4: 217 EP5....................................4: 148 Gilflo - B Type...................2: 58
BXRA................................4: 217 EasiHeat.........................11: 648 Gilflo - ILVA .....................2: 61
CA10S ..............................9: 576 F50C ...................................2: 85 Gilflo - ILVA System .......2: 63
CA14 ................................9: 578 F-125.................................7: 534 Gilflo - Spool .....................2: 56
CA16S ..............................9: 588 F-150V ..............................9: 584 Gilflo - System ..................2: 60
CA46S ..............................9: 590 F-250.................................7: 536 HM34 ...............................2: 415
CH-6 .................................5: 429 F-300V ..............................9: 584 HP45.................................5: 439
CI-125 ...............................7: 534 FA-30................................9: 568 HP80.................................5: 441
CI-250 ...............................7: 536 FA-75................................9: 568 HP100...............................5: 441
CL-6..................................5: 429 FA-150 1/4".....................9: 568 HP150...............................5: 441
CMAH .............................5: 464 FA-150 3/4" - 2" ..............9: 568 HP210...............................5: 441
CMAV..............................5: 462 FA-200..............................9: 570 IFT14 ................................5: 366
CP 10 ..................................1: 31 FA450 3/4" - 2" ...............9: 580 IN15................................10: 623
CP30 ...................................1: 34 FA450 3"& 4" ...................9: 580 IN25................................10: 623
CSF 26 ..............................8: 564 FAB-10 .............................9: 572 IN40................................10: 623
CSS ...................................7: 542 FAB-75 ..............................9.572 INS10..............................10: 623
CT .....................................7: 528 FAB-175 ............................9.572 INS20..............................10: 623
D1 .....................................4: 319 FAI-30 ...............................9.574 INS30..............................10: 623
D3 .....................................4: 319 FAI-75 ...............................9.574 INS40..............................10: 623
D4 .....................................4: 319 FAI-150 .............................9.574 INS50..............................10: 623
D5 .....................................4: 319 FAI-200 .............................9.574 INS60..............................10: 623
D6 .....................................4: 319 Fig. 34...............................7: 538 INS70..............................10: 623
D8 .....................................4: 319 Fig. 36...............................7: 540 INS80..............................10: 623
D10 ...................................4: 319 Flash Recovery Vessel ...6: 509 IPC4A Converter............4: 152
D12 ...................................4: 319 Freezeton II .....................5: 433 IT.......................................7: 526
D14 ...................................4: 319 FT14..................................5: 366 KA43 ................................4: 229
D16 ...................................4: 319 FT14 Capacities ..............5: 368 KA51 ................................4: 223
D18 ...................................4: 319 FT14C ...............................5: 366 KB43 .................................4: 229
D20 ...................................4: 319 FT-15 ................................5: 356 KB51 .................................4: 223
D24 ...................................4: 319 FT-30 ................................5: 356 KBV 20 ...............................1: 48
DF1 ...................................5: 457 FT46..................................5: 381 KC43.................................4: 229
DF2 ...................................5: 457 FT46 Capacities ..............5: 373 KC51.................................4: 223
DCV 4.............................10: 619 FT-75 ................................5: 356 KE43 .................................4: 106
DCV41............................10: 621 FT-125 ..............................5: 356 KE71 .................................4: 102
Digital Cycle Counter....6: 507 FT-150 ..............................5: 358 KE73 .................................4: 102
DM Solenoid Valve........4: 181 FT-200 ..............................5: 358 KE Spare Parts ................4: 114
DP 163 ..............................4: 275 FT-450 3/4" - 2"...............5: 371 KEA71 ..............................4: 102
DP 163 Capacities...........4: 279 FT-450 3" - 4" ...................5: 375 KEA73 ..............................4: 102
DP 163 Spares .................4: 277 FT-450 Capacities ...........5: 373 KEA73 6" & 8".................4: 104
DPE ..................................4: 330 FT Capacities ..................5: 364 KEA41 ..............................4: 106
DS1000 ...............................1: 22 FTB-20 ..............................5: 362 KEA43 ..............................4: 106
DTS300.............................5: 401 FTB-30 ..............................5: 362 KEA43 6" & 8".................4: 108
EL2270..............................4: 165 FTB-125 Cast Iron...........5: 362 KEA61 ..............................4: 110
665
INICIO

KEA63 ..............................4: 110 M20...................................4: 194 PPP Accessories..............6: 506
KEA63 6" & 8".................4: 112 M40 ISO ...........................4: 196 PPP Sizing .......................6: 500
K Series Options .............4: 114 M60...................................4: 198 PP5....................................4: 146
K Series Spares ...............4: 116 M240G................................2: 71 Pressure Gauge.............10: 646
KVB20 ................................1: 48 M250G................................2: 73 PT2......................................1: 31
KX51.................................4: 225 M410 Compensated .........2: 68 R1......................................5: 449
KY51.................................4: 225 M410 Data Sheet...............2: 70 R1C ...................................5: 451
LC 1000 ..............................1: 06 M410 Non-Compensated ...2: 67 R12....................................5: 449
LC 2200 ..............................1: 10 M410 Orifice Plate............2: 65 R16C .................................5: 453
LC 2300 ..............................1: 12 M610...................................2: 77 RTA-125...........................5: 385
LC 2400 ..............................1: 14 M640...................................2: 78 RTH-125...........................5: 385
LC 2500 ..............................1: 16 M700...................................2: 75 S1 ....................................10: 627
LC 2610 ..............................1: 18 MPC 2 .............................4: 154 S2 ....................................10: 627
LC3000 ...............................1: 29 MS1.....................................1: 47 S3 .....................................10:627
LCV1 ..............................10: 618 MSC..................................5: 460 S4A 1/2" - 6" .................10: 629
LCV-2 ...............................4: 317 MST21 ..............................5: 403 S4A 8" - 18" ....................10: 631
LCV-3 ...............................4: 317 No. 8 .................................5: 431 S5 ....................................10: 633
LCV-4 ...............................4: 317 NS .....................................4: 221 S6 ....................................10: 635
LCV-5 ...............................4: 317 NSRA ...............................4: 221 S20 ......................................1: 31
LCV-6 ...............................4: 317 OK150 ..............................5: 379 SA121 ...............................4: 233
LCV-8 ...............................4: 317 OK300 ..............................5: 379 SA122 ...............................4: 233
LCV-10 .............................4: 317 PA20...................................1: 09 SA122TP ..........................4: 233
LCV-12 .............................4: 317 PF51G-BD........................4: 177 SA123 ...............................4: 233
LCV-14 .............................4: 317 PF51G-NC .......................4: 173 SA123TP ..........................4: 233
LCV-16 .............................4: 317 PF51G-NO .......................4: 171 SA128 ...............................4: 233
LCV-18 .............................4: 317 PF61G-BD........................4: 179 SA1219 .............................4: 233
LCV-20 .............................4: 317 PF61G-NC .......................4: 169 Safeguard ........................4: 211
LCV-22 .............................4: 317 PF61G-NO .......................4: 175 Safety Valve-
LCV-24 .............................4: 317 PN1000 2-1/2" to 4" .......4: 131 Sizing Chart ...............4: 325
LCV-26 .............................4: 317 PN1000 6" to 8" ...............4: 133 SV73 .................................4: 321
LCV-28 .............................4: 317 PN1000 Spares ................4: 135 SV74 .................................4: 323
LCV-30 .............................4: 317 PN3000 Spring Extend ..4: 118 SB......................................4: 219
LD-1..................................5: 455 PN3000 Spares ................4: 122 SBP30LC ..........................5: 405
LEA31 ................................4: 97 PN4000 Spring Retract ..4: 120 SBRA ................................4: 219
LEA33 ................................4: 97 PN4000 Spares ............... 4: 122 SC20 .................................8: 562
LEA Series Options..........4: 99 PN4431.............................4: 237 Self Acting Temperature
LEA31 Spares..................4: 101 PN5000 Spring Extend ..4: 123 Control System ..........4: 233
LEA33 Spares..................4: 101 PN5000 Spares ................4: 129 SIB30/4 ............................5: 423
Limit Switch Box ............4: 210 PN5700 Spring Extend ..4: 125 SIB30/5 ............................5: 423
LP10-4 ................................1: 04 PN 600 Pneumatic Con ....4: 157 SIB30/6 ............................5: 423
LP 20...................................1: 07 PN 6000 Spring Retract....4: 127 SIB30/7 ............................5: 423
LP 30...................................1: 25 PN 6000 Spares ...............4: 129 SIB30/8 ............................5: 423
LP 31...................................1: 27 PPC...................................6: 482 SIB30/10 ..........................5: 423
LRV2 ................................4: 245 PPC Spares ......................6: 492 SIB30/12 ..........................5: 423
Liquid Drain Trap PPC Vented Package .....6: 502 SIB30H/5.........................5: 423
Sizing ...........................9: 594 PPEC ................................6: 480 SIB30H/6.........................5: 423
LT 2010...............................1: 20 PPEC Vented package ...6: 502 SIB30H/7.........................5: 423
M10F ................................4: 186 PPF ...................................6: 482 SIB30H/8.........................5: 423
M10F ISO.........................4: 188 PPF ASME package .......6: 502 SIB30H/10.......................5: 423
M10H ISO........................4: 190 PPF Spares.......................6: 492 SIB45/5 ............................5: 425
M10S.................................4: 182 PPF Top Inlet ..................6: 488 SIB45/6 ............................5: 425
M10S ISO .........................4: 184 PPF-200 ............................6: 486 SIB45/8 ............................5: 425
M10V................................4: 192 PPF-HP ............................6: 494 SIB45/10 ..........................5: 425
M111 Spiraflo......................366 PPF-HTF ..........................6: 490 Sight Glass.....................10: 641
M115 Spiraflo......................366 PPF-P 4" ...........................6: 496 Sight Check ...................10: 643
M210G..................................369 PPF-P 4" Spares ..............6: 498 SL6..................................10: 625
666
INICIO

SM21.................................5: 435 TP20....................................1: 31
SM21Y..............................5: 435 TSB ...................................5: 458
SM24H .............................5: 437 TSS300..............................5: 399
SMAV...............................5: 466 TV-125..............................5: 387
SP2 ....................................4: 150 TW ....................................4: 231
SRV2.................................4: 249 Type 30 ............................5: 445
SRV461.............................4: 253 Type VH ........................10: 645
SRV461S...........................4: 253 UBP32 ..............................5: 407
SRV463.............................4: 253 UFT14...............................5: 377
SRV463S...........................4: 253 UIB30................................5: 427
SRV6.................................8: 560 UIB30H ............................5: 427
SSM21 ..............................5: 443 UTD30L ...........................5: 350
SSY....................................7: 532 UTD30H ..........................5: 350
ST14..................................5: 447 UTD52L ...........................5: 352
ST16..................................5: 447 UTD52H ..........................5: 352
ST17..................................5: 447 UTD52L-HP ....................5: 352
Steam Capacities - V Series ............................6: 515
2 Port ...........................4: 239 V Series Dimensions ......6: 517
Steam Sizing......................4: 95 V Series Sizing ................6: 520
Stone Limit Switch .........4: 156 VB14 ...............................10: 612
Sizing Formulas - VB21 ...............................10: 612
Strainers......................7: 550 VH ..................................10: 645
STVM .................................3: 88 VS204 .............................10: 608
SX25..................................4: 159 VS206 .............................10: 608
TI.......................................4: 297 Water Capacity
T2 ......................................4: 297 2 & 3 Port...................4: 241
T3 ......................................4: 297
T4 ......................................4: 297
T5 ......................................4: 297
T6 ......................................4: 297
T7 ......................................4: 297
T8 ......................................4: 297
T9 ......................................4: 297
T10 ....................................4: 297
T11 ....................................4: 297
T12 ....................................4: 297
T202 ................................10: 606
T250 ..................................5: 389
T44 ....................................4: 213
TBT ...................................7: 530
TD42H..............................5: 342
TD42L ..............................5: 342
TD45.................................5: 344
TD52.................................5: 338
TD52L ..............................5: 338
TD62.................................5: 346
TD120...............................5: 348
TDA52..............................9: 592
TDC ..................................5: 340
Temperature Control
Ancillaries ..................4: 235
TM600 ..............................5: 391
TM600 Air Vent ............10: 610
TM600L............................5: 391
TM600L Air Vent .........10: 610
TM600N...........................5: 391
667

ProdMan PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ProdMan PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ProdMan PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Página Principal

We do everything with steam

Accurate control of water level/alarm within the boiler

9.114 LP 10-4 Level Probe 1: 4

TIS INDEX US 11.02

LP 10-4 Level Probe

Wiring How to specify

TIS 9.114 US 05.01

LC 1000 Level Controller

• For modulating or on/off level control, and level alarm systems

• Suitable for pressures up to 464 psig, 462°F - (32 barg, 239°C)

• Multiple control/switching points possible

• Easy to install - no cutting to length required

LP 20 Capacitance Level Probe

Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimetres Available probe lengths 'L'

Probe Length Max. expansion (inc. ‘dead band’)

1.0" (25mm) 'dead' length

Weights (approximate) including immediate packaging

TIS 9.101 US 04.02

• Compact, rigidly mounted unit 1/2" NPT

Limiting Conditions Materials

0.2" (5) How to Order

LC 2200 Level Controller

• Proportional controller for electrically actuated valves

Limiting conditions Clamping

LC 2200 Level Controller

Capacitance Probe Current Input (4-20mA)

Input Out of Input Out of Range ON

High Alarm Low Alarm

Alarm Wave Alarm Wave Filter ON

Level Filter Level Filter Position 2/3

TIS 9.108 US 09.97

LC 2300 Level Controller

• Proportional controller for pneumatically actuated valves

The controller must be installed in an industrial control panel or box

LC 2300 Level Controller

Field Wiring/Terminal Details

cUL C22.2 Number14-M91

TIS 9.103 US 06.00

• Allows two or three element control of boiler water level

• Interfaces with Spirax Sarco LC 2200 or LC 2300 controllers

• Scales 4-20mA output signals from steam and water meters

• Loop powered - needs no batteries or mains connections

Two element level control Three element level control

LC 2500 Level Controller

• On/off controller with adjustable level settings

LC 2500 Level Controller

Installation General wiring diagram

Field Wiring/Terminal Details

TIS 9.104 US 06.00

LC2610 Level Controller

LC 2610 Level Controller

General wiring diagram

High alarm Low alarm Control Select

Dimensions (approximate) in inches

Installation How to specify

LT 2010 Level Transmitter

• Versatile, simple 0-20 or 4-20mA transmitter

cUL C22.2 Number 14-M91